Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

Pt. 173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

where the material is relinquished to an- 24. Past incidents; other entity. Railroad facilities are railroad 25. Overall times in transit; property including, but not limited to, clas- 26. Training and skill level of crews; and sification and switching yards, storage fa- 27. Impact on rail network traffic and con- cilities, and non-private sidings; however, gestion. they do not include an offeror’s facility, pri- [73 FR 20772, Apr. 16, 2008] vate track, private siding, or consignee’s facility. Each rail carrier must use best efforts to communicate with its shippers, con- PART 173—SHIPPERS—GENERAL RE- signees, and interlining partners to ensure QUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS the safety and security of shipments during all stages of transportation. AND PACKAGINGS C. Because of the varying operating envi- ronments and interconnected nature of the Subpart A—General rail system, each carrier must select and Sec. document the analysis method/model used 173.1 Purpose and scope. and identify the routes to be analyzed. 173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index D. The safety and security risk analysis to hazard class definitions. must consider current data and information 173.2a Classification of a material having as well as changes that may reasonably be more than one hazard. anticipated to occur during the analysis 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. year. Factors to be considered in the per- 173.4 Small quantity exceptions. formance of this safety and security risk 173.4a Excepted quantities. analysis include: 1. Volume of hazardous material trans- 173.5 Agricultural operations. ported; 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, mechanical 2. Rail traffic density; displacement meter provers, and road- 3. Trip length for route; way striping vehicles exceptions. 4. Presence and characteristics of railroad 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigeration facilities; systems. 5. Track type, class, and maintenance 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. schedule; 173.7 Government operations and materials. 6. Track grade and curvature; 173.8 Exceptions for non-specification pack- 7. Presence or absence of signals and train agings used in intrastate transportation. control systems along the route (‘‘dark’’ 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight con- versus signaled territory); tainers containing lading which has been 8. Presence or absence of wayside hazard fumigated. detectors; 173.10 Tank car shipments. 9. Number and types of grade crossings; 173.11 Exceptions for shipment of light 10. Single versus double track territory; bulbs containing hazardous materials. 11. Frequency and location of track turn- 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of waste ma- outs; terials. 12. Proximity to iconic targets; 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 13. Environmentally sensitive or signifi- 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 mate- cant areas; rials. 14. Population density along the route; 15. Venues along the route (stations, Subpart B—Preparation of Hazardous events, places of congregation); Materials for Transportation 16. Emergency response capability along the route; 173.21 Forbidden materials and packages. 17. Areas of high consequence along the 173.22 Shipper’s responsibility. route, including high consequence targets as 173.22a Use of packagings authorized under defined in § 172.820(c); special permits. 18. Presence of passenger traffic along 173.23 Previously authorized packaging. route (shared track); 173.24 General requirements for packagings 19. Speed of train operations; and packages. 20. Proximity to en-route storage or repair 173.24a Additional general requirements for facilities; non-bulk packagings and packages. 21. Known threats, including any non-pub- 173.24b Additional general requirements for lic threat scenarios provided by the Depart- bulk packagings. ment of Homeland Security or the Depart- 173.25 Authorized packagings and over- ment of Transportation for carrier use in the packs. development of the route assessment; 173.26 Quantity limitations. 22. Measures in place to address apparent 173.27 General requirements for transpor- safety and security risks; tation by aircraft. 23. Availability of practicable alternative 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufac- routes; ture of packagings.

464

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.29 Empty packagings. 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of packing 173.30 Loading and unloading of transport group. vehicles. 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Definition and 173.31 Use of tank cars. assignment of packing groups. 173.32 Requirements for the use of portable 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Definitions and tanks. types. 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo tank 173.129 [Reserved] motor vehicles. 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Definitions. 173.34 [Reserved] 173.133 Assignment of packing group and 173.35 Hazardous materials in intermediate hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials. bulk containers (IBCs). 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Definitions and 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large Pack- exceptions. agings. 173.136 Class 8—Definitions. 173.37 Hazardous Materials in Flexible Bulk 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of packing Containers. group. 173.40 General packaging requirements for 173.140 Class 9—Definitions. toxic materials packaged in cylinders. 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of packing 173.41 Sampling and testing program for group. unrefined petroleum-based products. 173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)— Definitions. Subpart C—Definitions, Classification and 173.145 Other Regulated Materials—Assign- ment of packing group. Packaging for Class 1 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable 173.50 Class 1—Definitions. and combustible liquids). 173.51 Authorization to offer and transport 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. explosives. 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 173.52 Classification codes and compat- (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic per- ibility groups of explosives. oxides). 173.53 Provisions for using old classifica- 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poi- tions of explosives. sonous materials). 173.54 Forbidden explosives. 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive ma- 173.55 [Reserved] terials). 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscella- 173.56 New explosives—Definition and proce- neous hazardous materials). dures for classification and approval. 173.156 Exceptions for limited quantity and 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new explo- ORM. sives. 173.157 Reverse logistics—General require- 173.58 Assignment of class and division for ments and exceptions for reverse logis- new explosives. tics. 173.59 Description of terms for explosives. 173.60 General packaging requirements for Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging for Haz- explosives. 173.61 Mixed packaging requirements. ardous Materials Other Than Class 1 173.62 Specific packaging requirements for and Class 7 explosives. 173.158 Nitric acid. 173.63 Packaging exceptions. 173.159 Batteries, wet. 173.64 Exceptions for Division 1.3 and 1.4 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable bat- fireworks. teries. 173.65 Exceptions for Division 1.4G con- 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corro- sumer fireworks. sive). 173.66 Requirements for bulk packagings of 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid kits. certain explosives and oxidizers. 173.162 Gallium. 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. Subpart D—Definitions, Classification, 173.164 Mercury (metallic and articles con- Packing Group Assignments and Ex- taining mercury). ceptions for Hazardous Material Other 173.165 Polyester resin kits. Than Class 1 and Class 7 173.166 Safety devices. 173.167 Consumer commodities. 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3— 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators. Definitions. 173.170 Black powder for small arms. 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of hazard zone. 173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms. 173.117–173.119 [Reserved] 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel 173.120 Class 3—Definitions. tank. 173.121 Class 3—Assignment of packing 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, adhe- group. sives and ink and resins. 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3— 173.174 Refrigerating machines. Definitions. 173.175 Permeation devices.

465

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pt. 173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

173.176 Capacitors. 173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation, 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liquids). Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or more Zone A. water wet. 173.227 Materials poisonous by inhalation, 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. Zone B. 173.185 Lithium batteries and cells. 173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or bromine 173.186 Matches. trifluoride. 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlorine di- n.o.s. oxide hydrate, frozen. 173.188 White or yellow phosphorous. 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges containing haz- 173.189 Batteries containing sodium or cells ardous material. containing sodium. 173.231 Ammonium nitrate emulsion, sus- 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic gases in pension or gel. Hazard Zone A. 173.232 Articles containing hazardous mate- 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, rials, n.o.s. chloropicrin and methyl bromide or methyl chloride mixtures, etc. Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for Hazardous 173.194 Gas identification sets. Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solu- 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain low haz- tion). ard solid materials. 173.196 Category A infectious substances. 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain low haz- 173.197 Regulated medical waste. ard liquid and solid materials. 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain medium 173.199 Category B infectious substances. hazard liquids and solids, including solids 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- with dual hazards. ardous materials in Packing Group I. 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain high haz- 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazard liquids and dual hazard materials ardous materials in Packing Group II. which pose a moderate hazard. 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liquid haz- 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain ardous materials in Packing Group III. pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), dan- 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification pack- gerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, agings for certain hazardous materials. and poisonous liquids with inhalation 173.205 Specification cylinders for liquid hazards (Division 6.1). hazardous materials. 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely haz- 173.206 Packaging requirements for ardous materials such as poisonous gases chlorosilanes. (Division 2.3). 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group I. 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain elevated 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- temperature materials. ardous materials in Packing Group II. 173.249 Bromine. 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid haz- 173.251 Bulk packaging for ammonium ni- ardous materials in Packing Group III. trate emulsion, suspension, or gel. 173.214 Packagings which require approval by the Associate Administrator. Subpart G—Gases; Preparation and 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown, or white. Packaging 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice). 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. 173.300 [Reserved] 173.219 Life-saving appliances. 173.301 General requirements for shipment 173.220 Internal combustion engines, vehi- of compressed gases and other hazardous cles, machinery containing internal com- materials in cylinders, UN pressure re- bustion engines, battery-powered equip- ceptacles and spherical pressure vessels. ment or machinery, fuel cell-powered 173.301a Additional general requirements equipment or machinery. for shipment of specification cylinders. 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable and 173.301b Additional general requirements Plastic molding compound. for shipment of UN pressure receptacles. 173.222 Dangerous good in machinery or ap- 173.302 Filling of cylinders with nonlique- paratus. fied (permanent) compressed gases or ad- 173.223 Packagings for certain flammable sorbed gases. solids. 173.302a Additional requirements for ship- 173.224 Packaging and control and emer- ment nonliquefied (permanent) com- gency temperatures for self-reactive ma- pressed gases in specification cylinders. terials. 173.302b Additional requirements for ship- 173.225 Packaging requirements and other ment of non-liquefied (permanent) com- provisions for organic peroxides. pressed gases in UN pressure receptacles.

466

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173

173.302c Additional requirements for the 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile shipment of adsorbed gases in UN pres- excepted and non-fissile). sure receptacles. 173.421 Excepted packages for limited quan- 173.303 Charging of cylinders with com- tities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials. pressed gas in solution (acetylene). 173.422 Additional requirements for ex- 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liquefied cepted packages containing Class 7 (ra- compressed gases. dioactive) materials. 173.304a Additional requirements for ship- 173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard ment of liquefied compressed gases in limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) specification cylinders. materials. 173.304b Additional requirements for ship- 173.424 Excepted packages for radioactive ment of liquefied compressed gases in UN instruments and articles. pressure receptacles. 173.425 Table of activity limits—excepted 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a mixture quantities and articles. of compressed gas and other material. 173.426 Excepted packages for articles con- 173.306 Limited quantities of compressed taining natural uranium or thorium. gases. 173.427 Transport requirements for low spe- 173.307 Exceptions for compressed gases. cific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) 173.308 Cigarette lighter or other similar de- material and surface contaminated ob- vice charged with fuel. jects (SCO). 173.309 Fire extinguishers. 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) mate- 173.310 Exceptions for radiation detectors. rials packaging. 173.311 Metal hydride storage systems. 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and Type 173.312 Requirements for shipment of B packages. MEGCs. 173.433 Requirements for determining basic 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for Lique- radionuclide values, and for the listing of fied Compressed Gases and Chemical radionuclides on shipping papers and la- Under Pressure. bels. 173.314 Compressed gases in tank cars and 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for ura- multi-unit tank cars. nium and natural thorium. 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radio- portable tanks. nuclides. 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders. 173.436 Exempt material activity concentra- 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks. tions and exempt consignment activity 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars. limits for radionuclides. 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions. 173.441 Radiation level limitations and ex- 173.321 Ethylamine. clusive use provisions. 173.322 Ethyl chloride. 173.442 Thermal limitations. 173.323 Ethylene oxide. 173.443 Contamination control. 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with com- 173.447 Storage incident to transportation— pressed gas. general requirements. 173.335 Chemical under pressure n.o.s. 173.448 General transportation require- 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or ments. dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions. 173.337 Nitric oxide. 173.457 Transportation of fissile material 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. packages—specific requirements. 173.340 Tear gas devices. 173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages with non-fissile or fissile-excepted mate- Subpart H [Reserved] rial packages. 173.461 Demonstration of compliance with Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials tests. 173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing. 173.401 Scope. 173.465 Type A packaging tests. 173.403 Definitions. 173.466 Additional tests for Type A pack- 173.410 General design requirements. agings designed for liquids and gases. 173.411 Industrial packages. 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the ability 173.412 Additional design requirements for of Type B and fissile materials pack- Type A packages. agings to withstand accident conditions 173.413 Requirements for Type B packages. in transportation. 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. 173.468 Test for LSA-III material. 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (radio- 173.417 Authorized fissile materials pack- active) materials. ages. 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regu- 173.418 Authorized packages—pyrophoric latory Commission approved packages. Class 7 (radioactive) materials. 173.472 Requirements for exporting DOT 173.419 Authorized packages—oxidizing Specification Type B and fissile pack- Class 7 (radioactive) materials. ages.

467

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.1 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

173.473 Requirements for foreign-made fered for transportation by air, high- packages. way, rail, or water. It is the responsi- 173.474 Quality control for construction of bility of each hazmat employer subject packaging. 173.475 Quality control requirements prior to the requirements of this subchapter to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) to ensure that each hazmat employee materials. is trained in accordance with the re- 173.476 Approval of special form Class 7 (ra- quirements prescribed in this sub- dioactive) materials. chapter. It is the duty of each person 173.477 Approval of packagings containing who offers hazardous materials for greater than 0.1 kg of non-fissile or transportation to instruct each of his fissile-excepted uranium hexafluoride. officers, agents, and employees having Subparts J–O [Reserved] any responsibility for preparing hazardous materials for shipment as to ap- APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] plicable regulations in this subchapter. APPENDIX B TO PART 173—PROCEDURE FOR (c) In general, the Hazardous Mate- TESTING CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY AND rials Regulations (HMR) contained in RATE OF PERMEATION IN PLASTIC PACK- this subchapter are based on the UN AGING AND RECEPTACLES Recommendations and are consistent APPENDIX C TO PART 173—PROCEDURE FOR BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING with international regulations issued APPENDIX D TO PART 173—TEST METHODS FOR by the International Civil Aviation Or- DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, BLASTING, TYPE ganization (ICAO Technical Instruc- A) tions) and the International Maritime APPENDIXES E–G TO PART 173 [RESERVED] Organization (IMDG Code). However, APPENDIX H TO PART 173—METHOD OF TEST- the HMR are not consistent in all re- ING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUSTIBILITY spects with the UN Recommendations, APPENDIX I TO PART 173—CALCULATION METH- OD the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code, and compliance with the AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 5101–5128, 44701; 49 HMR will not guarantee acceptance by CFR 1.81, 1.96 and 1.97. regulatory bodies outside of the United EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to States. part 173 appear at 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005. [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16062, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 173–100, 41 FR 40476, Sept. Subpart A—General 20, 1976; Amdt. 173–161, 48 FR 2655, Jan. 20, 1983; Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990; § 173.1 Purpose and scope. Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 20953, May 15, 1992; 64 (a) This part includes: FR 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, (1) Definitions of hazardous materials 2003] for transportation purposes; (2) Requirements to be observed in § 173.2 Hazardous materials classes preparing hazardous materials for ship- and index to hazard class defini- ment by air, highway, rail, or water, or tions. any combination thereof; and The hazard class of a hazardous ma- (3) Inspection, testing, and retesting terial is indicated either by its class responsibilities for persons who retest, (or division) number, its class name, or recondition, maintain, repair and re- by the letters ‘‘ORM-D’’. The following build containers used or intended for table lists class numbers, division num- use in the transportation of hazardous bers, class or division names and those materials. sections of this subchapter which con- (b) A shipment of hazardous mate- tain definitions for classifying haz- rials that is not prepared in accordance ardous materials, including forbidden with this subchapter may not be of- materials.

49 CFR ref- Class Division No. Name of class or division erence for No. (if any) definitions

None Forbidden materials...... 173.21 None Forbidden explosives...... 173.54 1 1.1 Explosives (with a mass explosion hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.2 Explosives (with a projection hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.3 Explosives (with predominately a fire hazard) ...... 173.50

468

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.2a

49 CFR ref- Class Division No. Name of class or division erence for No. (if any) definitions

1 1.4 Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) ...... 173.50 1 1.5 Very insensitive explosives; blasting agents ...... 173.50 1 1.6 Extremely insensitive detonating substances ...... 173.50 2 2.1 Flammable gas...... 173.115 2 2.2 Non-flammable compressed gas ...... 173.115 2 2.3 Poisonous gas...... 173.115 3 Flammable and combustible liquid ...... 173.120 4 4.1 Flammable solid...... 173.124 4 4.2 Spontaneously combustible material ...... 173.124 4 4.3 Dangerous when wet material ...... 173.124 5 5.1 Oxidizer...... 173.127 5 5.2 Organic peroxide...... 173.128 6 6.1 Poisonous materials...... 173.132 6 6.2 Infectious substance (Etiologic agent) ...... 173.134 7 Radioactive material...... 173.403 8 Corrosive material...... 173.136 9 Miscellaneous hazardous material ...... 173.140 None Other regulated material: ORM-D ...... 173.144

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173– 234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993]

§ 173.2a Classification of a material § 173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Divi- having more than one hazard. sion 4.2). (a) Classification of a material having (7) A material that meets the defini- more than one hazard. Except as pro- tion of a self-reactive material in vided in paragraph (c) of this section, a § 173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Divi- material not specifically listed in the sion 4.1). § 172.101 Table or assigned to an entry (8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class of articles containing hazardous mate- 8 (corrosive materials), Division 4.1 rials (UN3537 to UN3548) that meets the (flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spon- definition of more than one hazard taneously combustible materials), Di- class or division as defined in this part, vision 4.3 (dangerous when wet mate- shall be classed according to the high- rials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Divi- est applicable hazard class of the fol- sion 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids lowing hazard classes, which are listed other than Packing Group I, poisonous- in descending order of hazard: by-inhalation). The hazard class and (1) Class 7 (radioactive materials, packing group for a material meeting other than limited quantities; and more than one of these hazards shall be shipments of UN 3507, Uranium determined using the precedence table hexafluoride, radioactive material, ex- in paragraph (b) of this section. cepted package) (9) Combustible liquids. (2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases). (10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous (3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases). materials). (4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases). (b) Precedence of hazard table for (5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids), Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, Packing Group I, poisonous-by-inhala- 5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks tion only. those materials that meet the defini- (6) A material that meets the definition of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions tion of a pyrophoric material in 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1:

PRECEDENCE OF HAZARD TABLE [ Hazard class or division and packing group ]

4.2 4.3 5.1 5.1 5.1 6.1, I 6.1, I 6.1 6.1 8, I 8, I 8, II 8, II 8, III 8, III I 1 II 1 III 1 dermal oral II III liquid solid liquid solid liquid solid

3 I2 ...... 4.3 3 3 3 3 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 II2 ...... 4 .3 3 3 3 3 8 (3) 3 (3) 3 (3) 3 III2 ...... 4 .3 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 34 8 (3) 8 (3) 3 (3) 4.1 II 2 ...... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 4 .1 (3) 8 (3) 4 .1 (3) 4 .1

469

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.3 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

PRECEDENCE OF HAZARD TABLE—Continued [ Hazard class or division and packing group ]

4.2 4.3 5.1 5.1 5.1 6.1, I 6.1, I 6.1 6.1 8, I 8, I 8, II 8, II 8, III 8, III I 1 II 1 III 1 dermal oral II III liquid solid liquid solid liquid solid

4.1 III 2 ...... 4 .2 4 .3 5 .1 4 .1 4 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .1 (3) 8 (3) 8 (3) 4.1 4.2 II ...... 4 .3 5 .1 4 .2 4 .2 6 .1 6 .1 4 .2 4 .2 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4 .2 4.2 III ...... 4.3 5.1 5.1 4.2 6.1 6.1 6.1 4.2 8 8 8 8 4 .2 4 .2 4.3 I ...... 5.1 4.3 4.3 6.1 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 II ...... 5 .1 4 .3 4 .3 6 .1 4 .3 4 .3 4 .3 8 8 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 III ...... 5 .1 5 .1 4 .3 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 4 .3 8 8 8 8 4.3 4.3 5.1 I 1 ...... 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5.1 II 1 ...... 6 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5 .1 5.1 III 1 ...... 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 5 .1 8 8 8 8 5 .1 5 .1 6.1 I, Dermal .... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 I, Oral ...... 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Inhalation 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 II, Dermal ... 8 6 .1 8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 II, Oral ...... 8 8 8 6 .1 6 .1 6 .1 6.1 III ...... 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 See § 173.127. 2 Materials of Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances and solid desensitized explosives, and materials of Class 3 other than liquid desensitized explosives. 3 Denotes an impossible combination. 4 For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group III, the primary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III.

NOTE 1: The most stringent packing group (4) A material that meets the defini- assigned to a hazard of the material takes tion of a wetted explosive in precedence over other packing groups; for § 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Divi- example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II sion 4.1). Wetted explosives are either and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classi- specifically listed in the § 172.101 table fied as Class 3 PG I. or are approved by the Associate Ad- NOTE 2: A material which meets the definition of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity ministrator (see § 173.124(a)(1) of this by dusts and mists which meets criteria for subchapter); and Packing Group I specified in § 173.133(a)(1) (5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 must be classed as Division 6.1 if the oral or (radioactive) material that meets the dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing definition for more than one hazard Group I or II. If the oral or dermal toxicity class or division shall be classed in ac- meets criteria for Packing Group III or less, cordance with § 173.423. the material must be classed as Class 8. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52606, Dec. 21, 1990, as (c) The following materials are not amended at 56 FR 66264, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. subject to the provisions of paragraph 173–241, 59 FR 67490, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– (a) of this section because of their 247, 60 FR 48787, Sept. 20, 1995; Amdt. 173–244, unique properties: 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995; 64 FR 10776, Mar. (1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that 5, 1999; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45182, 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; meets any other hazard class or divi- 80 FR 1151, Jan. 8, 2015; 85 FR 27878, May 11, sion as defined in this part shall be as- 2020] signed a division in Class 1. Class 1 materials shall be classed and approved in § 173.3 Packaging and exceptions. accordance with § 173.56 of this part; (a) The packaging of hazardous mate- (2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) rials for transportation by air, high- material that meets the definition of way, rail, or water must be as specified any other hazard class or division as in this part. Methods of manufacture, defined in this part, shall be classed as packing, and storage of hazardous ma- Division 5.2; terials, that affect safety in transpor- (3) A Division 6.2 (infectious sub- tation, must be open to inspection by a stance) material that also meets the duly authorized representative of the definition of another hazard class or di- initial carrier or of the Department. vision, other than Class 7, or that also Methods of manufacture and related is a limited quantity Class 7 material, functions necessary for completion of a shall be classed as Division 6.2; DOT specification or U.N. standard

470

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.3

packaging must be open to inspection quirements of this paragraph in effect by a representative of the Department. on December 31, 2014, may continue in (b) The regulations setting forth service until the end of its useful life. packaging requirements for a specific (4) Each drum shall be labeled as pre- material apply to all modes of trans- scribed for the respective material. portation unless otherwise stated, or (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping unless exceptions from packaging re- papers in accordance with subpart C of quirements are authorized. part 172 of this subchapter. (c) Salvage drums. Packages of haz- (6) The overpack requirements of ardous materials that are damaged, de- § 173.25 do not apply to drums used in fective, or leaking; packages found to accordance with this paragraph. be not conforming to the requirements (7) A salvage packaging marked ‘‘T’’ of this subchapter after having been in accordance with applicable provi- placed in transportation; and, haz- sions in the UN Recommendations may ardous materials that have spilled or be used. leaked may be placed in a metal or (d) Salvage cylinders. Cylinders of haz- plastic removable head salvage drum ardous materials that are damaged or that is compatible with the lading and leaking may be overpacked in a non- shipped for repackaging or disposal DOT specification full opening hinged under the following conditions: head or fully removable head steel sal- (1) Except as provided in paragraph vage cylinder under the following con- (c)(7) of this section, the drum must be ditions: a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and (1) Only a cylinder containing a Divi- marked for Packing Group III or higher sion 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3, 6.1, or a Class 8 ma- performance standards for liquids or terial may be overpacked in a salvage solids and a leakproofness test of 20 cylinder. A cylinder containing acety- kPa (3 psig). Alternatively, a drum lene may not be overpacked in a sal- manufactured and marked prior to Oc- vage cylinder. tober 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in accordance with the provisions of this (2) Each salvage cylinder— section in effect on September 30, 1991, (i) Must be designed, constructed and is authorized. Capacity of the drum marked in accordance with Section may not exceed 450 L (119 gallons). VIII, Division I of the ASME Code (2) Each drum shall be provided when (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) with necessary with sufficient cushioning a minimum design margin of 4 to 1. and absorption material to prevent ex- Salvage cylinders may not be equipped cessive shifting of the damaged pack- with a pressure relief device. Damaged age and to eliminate the presence of cylinders must be securely positioned any free liquid at the time the salvage in the salvage cylinder to prevent ex- drum is closed. All cushioning and ab- cessive movement. The overpack re- sorbent material used in the drum quirements of § 173.25 of this part do must be compatible with the hazardous not apply to salvage cylinders used in material. accordance with this section. (3) Each salvage packaging must be (ii) Must have a maximum water ca- marked with the proper shipping name pacity of 450 L (119 gallons). of the hazardous material inside the (iii) Except for liquefied nitrous packaging and the name and address of oxide and carbon dioxide, contents of the consignee. In addition, the pack- the damaged or leaking cylinder must aging must be marked ‘‘SALVAGE’’. be limited in pressure and volume so The lettering of the marking must be that if totally discharged into the sal- at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high. vage cylinder, the pressure in the sal- (i) Transitional exception. A marking vage cylinder will not exceed 5⁄4 of the in conformance with the requirements MAWP at 55 °C (131 °F). of this paragraph in effect on December (iv) Must have gaskets, valves and 31, 2014, may continue to be used until fittings that are compatible with the December 31, 2016. hazardous materials contained within. (ii) For domestic transportation, a (3) Each salvage cylinder must be packaging marked prior to January 1, plainly and durably marked. Unless 2017 and in conformance with the re- otherwise specified, the markings

471

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.3 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

below must be in the same area on any rienced in the use of the inspection and portion of the upper end: testing equipment. (i) The proper shipping name of the (ii) Each salvage cylinder that is suc- hazardous material contained inside cessfully requalified must be durably the packaging; and legibly marked with the word (ii) The name and address of the con- ‘‘Tested’’ followed by the requalifica- signee or consignor; tion date (month/year), e.g., ‘‘Tested 9/ (iii) The name and address or reg- 04.’’ The marking must be in letters istered symbol of the manufacturer; and numbers at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) and high. The requalification marking may (iv) The word ‘‘SALVAGE’’ in letters be placed on any portion of the upper at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high on op- end of the cylinder near the marking posite sides near the middle of the cyl- required in (d)(3) of this section or on a inder; stamping on the sidewall is not metal plate permanently secured to the authorized. cylinder. Stamping on the cylinder (A) Transitional exception. A marking sidewall is not authorized. in conformance with the requirements (10) Record retention: The owner of of this paragraph in effect on December each salvage cylinder or his authorized 31, 2014, may continue to be used until agent shall retain a record of the most December 31, 2016. recent visual inspection and pressure (B) For domestic transportation, a test until the salvage cylinder is repackaging marked prior to January 1, qualified. The records must be made 2017 and in conformance with the re- available to a DOT representative upon quirements of this paragraph in effect request. on December 31, 2014, may continue in (e) Emergency transportation of DOT service until the end of its useful life. 3A480 or 3AA480 cylinders and DOT (4) Each salvage cylinder must be la- 106A500 multi-unit tank car tanks. (1) A beled for the hazardous material con- DOT 3A480 or DOT 3AA480 cylinder contained inside the packaging. taining chlorine or sulphur dioxide (5) The shipper must prepare shipping that has developed a leak in a valve or papers in accordance with subpart C of fusible plug may be repaired tempo- part 172 of this subchapter. rarily by trained personnel using a (6) Transportation is authorized by Chlorine Institute Kit ‘‘A’’ (with the motor vehicle and cargo vessel only. exception of repair method using De- (7) Each salvage cylinder must be vice 8 for side leaks) (IBR, see § 171.7 of cleaned and purged after each use. this subchapter). The repaired cylinder (8) In addition to the training re- is authorized to be transported by pri- quirements of §§ 172.700 through 172.704 vate or contract carrier one time, one of this subchapter, a person who loads, way, from the point of discovery to a unloads or transports a salvage cyl- proper facility for discharge and exam- inder must be trained in handling, ination. loading and unloading the salvage cyl- (2) A DOT 106A500 multi-unit tank inder. car tank containing chlorine or sul- (9) Cylinder Requalification: At least phur dioxide that has developed a leak once every five years, each cylinder in the valve or fusible plug may be must be visually inspected (internally temporarily repaired by trained per- and externally) in accordance with sonnel using a Chlorine Institute Kit CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see § 171.7 of ‘‘B’’ (with the exception of repair this subchapter) and pressure tested. A method using Device 9 for side leaks) minimum test pressure of at least 11⁄2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The times MAWP must be maintained for repaired tank is authorized to be trans- at least 30 seconds. The cylinder must ported by private or contract carrier be examined under test pressure and one time, one way, from the point of removed from service if a leak or a de- discovery to a proper facility for dis- fect is found. charge and examination. (i) The retest and inspection must be (3) Training for personnel making the performed by a person familiar with repairs in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of salvage cylinders and trained and expe- this section must include:

472

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4

(i) Proper use of the devices and tools (4) Each large salvage packaging in the applicable kits; shall be labeled as prescribed for the (ii) Use of respiratory equipment and respective material. all other safety equipment; and (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping (iii) Knowledge of the properties of papers in accordance with subpart C of chlorine and sulphur dioxide. part 172 of this subchapter. (4) Packagings repaired with ‘‘A’’ or (6) The overpack requirements of ‘‘B’’ kits must be properly blocked and § 173.25 do not apply to large salvage braced to ensure the packagings are se- packagings used in accordance with cured in the transport vehicle. this paragraph. (f) Large salvage packagings. Except [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52607, Dec. 21, 1990, as for transportation by air, packages of amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. hazardous materials that are damaged, 173–234, 58 FR 51531, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– defective, or leaking; packages found 261, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997; 66 FR 45380, Aug. to be not conforming to the require- 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 69 FR 76154, ments of this subchapter after having Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 3307, Jan. 24, 2005; 68 FR been placed in transportation; and, 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 70 FR 34397, June 14, 2005; hazardous materials that have spilled 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 75 FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 43528, July 20, 2011; 80 FR 1151, or leaked may be placed in a large sal- Jan. 8, 2015; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018] vage packaging that is compatible with the lading and shipped for repackaging § 173.4 Small quantities for highway or disposal under the following condi- and rail. tions: (a) When transported domestically by (1) Large salvage packagings must be highway or rail in conformance with tested and marked in accordance with this section, quantities of Division 2.2 part 178, subparts P and Q of this sub- (except aerosols with no subsidiary chapter at the Packing Group II or hazard), Class 3, Division 4.1, Division higher performance standards for large 4.2 (PG II and III), Division 4.3 (PG II packagings intended for the transport and III), Division 5.1, Division 5.2, Divi- of solids or inner packagings, except as sion 6.1, Class 7, Class 8, and Class 9 follows: materials are not subject to any other (i) The test substance used in per- requirements when— forming the tests shall be water, and (1) The maximum quantity of mate- the large salvage packagings must be rial per inner receptacle or article is filled to not less than 98 percent of limited to— their maximum capacity; and (i) Thirty (30) mL (1 ounce) for au- (ii) Large salvage packagings must thorized liquids, other than Division have been successfully subjected to a 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A or leakproofness test of 30 kPa (4.4 psig). B materials; (2) Each large salvage packaging (ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for author- shall be provided when necessary with ized solid materials; sufficient cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive shifting (iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author- of the contents and to eliminate the ized materials meeting the definition presence of any free liquid at the time of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Haz- the packaging is closed. All cushioning ard Zone A or B material; and and absorbent material used in the (iv) [Reserved] large salvage packaging must be com- (v) Thirty (30) mL water capacity (1.8 patible with the hazardous material. cubic inches) for authorized Division (3) Each large salvage packaging 2.2 materials. must be marked with the proper ship- (2) With the exception of temperature ping name of the hazardous material sensing devices, each inner receptacle: inside the packaging and the name and (i) Is not liquid-full at 55 °C (131 °F), address of the consignee. In addition, and the packaging must be marked ‘‘SAL- (ii) Is constructed of plastic having a VAGE’’. The lettering of the marking minimum thickness of no less than 0.2 must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, glass, high. or metal;

473

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.4a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) Each inner receptacle with a re- through (e), § 173.424(a) through (g), or movable closure has its closure held se- § 173.426(a) through (c) as applicable. curely in place with wire, tape, or (c) Packages which contain a Class 2 other positive means; (other than those authorized in para- (4) Unless equivalent cushioning and graph (a) of this section), Division 4.2 absorbent material surrounds the in- (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG I) material side packaging, each inner receptacle conforming to paragraphs (a)(1) is securely packed in an inside pack- through (10) of this section may be of- aging with cushioning and absorbent fered for transportation or transported material that: if approved by the Associate Adminis- (i) Will not react chemically with the trator. material, and (d) Lithium batteries and cells are (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire not eligible for the exceptions provided contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; in this section. (5) The inside packaging is securely [74 FR 2253, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 packed in a strong outer packaging; FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; (6) The completed package, as dem- 79 FR 40610, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, onstrated by prototype testing, is capa- 2015] ble of sustaining— (i) Each of the following free drops § 173.4a Excepted quantities. made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) (a) Excepted quantities of materials, directly onto a solid unyielding surface other than articles (e.g., aerosols), are without breakage or leakage from any not subject to requirements of this sub- inner receptacle and without a subchapter except for: stantial reduction in the effectiveness (1) The shipper’s responsibilities to of the package: properly class their material in accord- (A) One drop flat on bottom; ance with § 173.22 of this subchapter; (B) One drop flat on top; (2) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this (C) One drop flat on the long side; subchapter pertaining to the reporting (D) One drop flat on the short side; of incidents; and and (3) For a Class 7 (Radioactive) mate- (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- rial the requirements for an excepted tion of three intersecting edges; and package. (ii) A compressive load as specified in (4) Packagings for which retention of § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. liquid is a basic function must be capa- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(6): Each of the ble of withstanding without leakage tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may the pressure differential specified in be performed on a different but identical § 173.27(c) of this part. package; i.e., all tests need not be performed (b) Authorized materials. Only mate- on the same package. rials authorized for transport aboard (7) Placement of the material in the passenger aircraft and appropriately package or packing different materials classed within one of the following haz- in the package does not result in a vio- ard classes or divisions may be trans- lation of § 173.21; ported in accordance with this section: (8) The gross mass of the completed (1) Division 2.2 material with no sub- package does not exceed 29 kg (64 sidiary hazard. An aerosol is not in- pounds); cluded as authorized Division 2.2 mate- (9) The package is not opened or oth- rial; erwise altered until it is no longer in (2) Class 3 materials; commerce; and (3) Class 4 (PG II and III) materials (10) The shipper certifies conform- except for self-reactive materials; ance with this section by marking the (4) Division 5.1 (PG II and III); outside of the package with the state- (5) Division 5.2 materials only when ment ‘‘This package conforms to 49 contained in a chemical kit, first aid CFR 173.4 for domestic highway or rail kit or a polyester resin kit; transport only.’’ (6) Division 6.1, other than PG I, Haz- (b) A package containing a Class 7 ard Zone A or B material; (radioactive) material also must con- (7) Class 7, Radioactive material in form to the requirements of § 173.421(a) excepted packages

474

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4a

(8) Class 8 (PG II and III), except for held securely in place with wire, tape UN2803 (Gallium) and UN2809 (Mer- or other positive means. Each inner re- cury); and ceptacle having a neck with molded (9) Class 9, except for UN1845 (Carbon screw threads must have a leak proof, dioxide, solid or Dry ice), and lithium threaded type cap. The closure must batteries and cells. not react chemically with the mate- (c) Inner packaging limits. The max- rial. imum quantity of hazardous materials (3) Each inner packaging must be se- in each inner packaging is limited to: curely packed in an intermediate pack- (1) For toxic material with a Division aging with cushioning material in such 6.1 primary or subsidiary hazard, PG I a way that, under normal conditions of or II— transport, it cannot break, be punc- (i) 1 g (0.04 ounce) for solids; or tured or leak its contents. The com- (ii) 1 mL (0.03 ounce) for liquids; pleted package as prepared for trans- (2) 30 g (1 ounce) or 30 mL (1 ounce) port must completely contain the con- for solids or liquids other than those tents in case of breakage or leakage, covered in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- regardless of package orientation. For tion; and liquid hazardous materials, the inter- (3) For gases a water capacity of 30 mediate or outer packaging must con- mL (1.8 cubic inches) or less. tain sufficient absorbent material that: (d) Outer packaging aggregate quantity (i) Will absorb the entire contents of limits. The maximum aggregate quan- the inner packaging. tity of hazardous material contained in (ii) Will not react dangerously with each outer packaging must not exceed the material or reduce the integrity or the limits provided in the following function of the packaging materials. paragraphs. For outer packagings con- (iii) When placed in the intermediate taining more than one hazardous mate- packaging, the absorbent material may rial, the aggregate quantity of haz- be the cushioning material. ardous material must not exceed the (4) The intermediate packaging must lowest permitted maximum aggregate be securely packed in a strong, rigid quantity. The limits are as follows: outer packaging. (1) For other than a Division 2.2 or Division 5.2 material: (5) Placement of the material in the (i) Packing Group I—300 g (0.66 package or packing different materials pounds) for solids or 300 mL (0.08 gal- in the package must not result in a lons) for liquids; violation of § 173.21. (ii) Packing Group II—500 g (1.1 (6) Each package must be of such a pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 gal- size that there is adequate space to lons) for liquids; apply all necessary markings. (iii) Packing Group III—1 kg (2.2 (7) The package is not opened or oth- pounds) for solids or 1 L (0.2 gallons) erwise altered until it is no longer in for liquids; commerce. (2) For Division 2.2 material, 1 L (61 (8) Overpacks may be used and may cubic inches); or also contain packages of hazardous ma- (3) For Division 5.2 material, 500 g terial or other materials not subject to (1.1 pounds) for solids or 500 mL (0.1 the HMR subject to the requirements gallons) for liquids. of § 173.25. (e) Packaging materials. Packagings (f) Package tests. The completed pack- used for the transport of excepted age as prepared for transport, with quantities must meet the following: inner packagings filled to not less than (1) Each inner receptacle must be 95% of their capacity for solids or 98% constructed of plastic, or of glass, por- for liquids, must be capable of with- celain, stoneware, earthenware or standing, as demonstrated by testing metal. When used for liquid hazardous which is appropriately documented, materials, plastic inner packagings without breakage or leakage of any must have a thickness of not less than inner packaging and without signifi- 0.2 mm (0.008 inch). cant reduction in effectiveness: (2) Each inner packaging with a re- (1) Drops onto a solid unyielding sur- movable closure must have its closure face from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet):

475

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.4a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) Where the sample is in the shape package. The ‘‘**’’ must be replaced by of a box, it must be dropped in each of the name of the shipper or consignee if the following orientations: not shown elsewhere on the package. (A) One drop flat on the bottom; (2) The marking must be durable and (B) One drop flat on the top; clearly visible and in the form of a (C) One drop flat on the longest side; square. The hatching must be of the (D) One drop flat on the shortest side; same color, black or red on white or a and suitable contrasting background. The (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- minimum dimensions must not be less tion of three intersecting edges. than 100 mm (3.9 inches) by 100 mm (3.9 (ii) Where the sample is in the shape inches) as measured from the outside of of a drum, it must be dropped in each the hatching forming the border. of the following orientations: Where dimensions are not specified, all (A) One drop diagonally on the top features shall be in approximate pro- chime, with the center of gravity di- portion to those shown. rectly above the point of impact; (i) Transitional exception—A marking (B) One drop diagonally on the base in conformance with the requirements chime; and of this paragraph in effect on December (C) One drop flat on the side. 31, 2014, may continue to be used until (2) A compressive load as specified in December 31, 2016. § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of (ii) For domestic transportation, a the tests in this paragraph (f) of this packaging marked prior to January 1, section may be performed on a dif- 2017 and in conformance with the re- ferent but identical package; that is, quirements of this paragraph in effect all tests need not be performed on the on December 31, 2014, may continue in same package. service until the end of its useful life. (g) Marking. Excepted quantities of (3) When packages of excepted quan- hazardous materials packaged, tities are contained in an overpack, marked, and otherwise offered and and the package marking required by transported in accordance with this this section is not visible inside the section must be durably and legibly overpack, the excepted quantities marked with the following marking: marking must also be placed on the overpack. Additionally, an overpack containing packages of excepted quantities is not required to be marked with the word ‘‘OVERPACK.’’ (h) Documentation. (1) For transportation by highway or rail, no shipping paper is required. (2) For transport by air, a shipping paper is not required, except that, if a document such as an air waybill ac- companies a shipment, the document must include the statement ‘‘Dan- gerous Goods in Excepted Quantities’’ and indicate the number of packages. (3) For transport by vessel, a shipping paper is required and must include the statement ‘‘Dangerous Goods in Excepted Quantities’’ and indicate the number of packages. (1) The ‘‘*’’ must be replaced by the (i) Training. Each person who offers primary hazard class, or when as- or transports excepted quantities of signed, the division of each of the haz- hazardous materials must know about ardous materials contained in the the requirements of this section.

476

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER14JA09.002 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.4b

(j) Restrictions. Hazardous material (ii) A compressive load as specified in packaged in accordance with this sec- § 178.606(c) of this subchapter. Each of tion may not be carried in checked or the tests in this paragraph (a)(5) may carry-on baggage. be performed on a different but identical package; that is, all tests need [74 FR 2254, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; not be performed on the same package. 80 FR 1152, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35541, June 2, (6) Placement of the material in the 2016; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, 2017] package or packing different materials in the package does not result in a vio- § 173.4b De minimis exceptions. lation of § 173.21; (a) Packing Group II and III mate- (7) The aggregate quantity of haz- rials in Class 3, Division 4.1, Division ardous material per package does not 4.2, Division 4.3, Division 5.1, Division exceed 100 g (0.22 pounds) for solids or 6.1, Class 8, and Class 9 do not meet the 100 mL (3.38 ounces) for liquids; definition of a hazardous material in (8) The gross mass of the completed § 171.8 of this subchapter when pack- package does not exceed 29 kg (64 aged in accordance with this section pounds); and, therefore, are not subject to the (9) The package is not opened or oth- requirements of this subchapter. erwise altered until it is no longer in (1) The maximum quantity of mate- commerce; and rial per inner receptacle or article is (10) For transportation by aircraft: limited to— (i) The hazardous material is authorized to be carried aboard passenger-car- (i) One (1) mL (0.03 ounce) for author- rying aircraft in Column 9A of the ized liquids; and § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table; (ii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for author- and ized solid materials; (ii) Material packed in accordance (2) Each inner receptacle with a re- with this section may not be carried in movable closure has its closure held se- checked or carry-on baggage. curely in place with wire, tape, or (b) Non-infectious specimens, such as other positive means; specimens of mammals, birds, amphib- (3) Unless equivalent cushioning and ians, reptiles, fish, insects and other absorbent material surrounds the in- invertebrates containing small quan- side packaging, each inner receptacle tities of Ethanol (UN1170), Formalde- is securely packed in an inside pack- hyde solution, flammable (UN1198), Al- aging with cushioning and absorbent cohols, n.o.s. (UN1987) and Isopropanol material that: (UN1219) are not subject to the require- (i) Will not react chemically with the ments of this subchapter provided the material, and following packaging, marking and doc- (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire umentation provisions, as applicable, contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; are met: (4) The inside packaging is securely (1) The specimens are: packed in a strong outer packaging; (i) Wrapped in a paper towel or (5) The completed package is capable cheesecloth moistened with alcohol or of sustaining— an alcohol solution and placed in a (i) Each of the following free drops plastic bag that is heat-sealed. Any made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) free liquid in the bag must not exceed directly onto a solid unyielding surface 30 mL; or without breakage or leakage from any (ii) Placed in vials or other rigid con- inner receptacle and without a sub- tainers with no more than 30 mL of al- stantial reduction in the effectiveness cohol or alcohol solution. The con- of the package: tainers are placed in a plastic bag that (A) One drop flat on bottom; is heat-sealed; (B) One drop flat on top; (2) The bagged specimens are placed (C) One drop flat on the long side; in another plastic bag with sufficient (D) One drop flat on the short side; absorbent material to absorb the entire and liquid contents inside the primary re- (E) One drop on a corner at the junc- ceptacle. The outer plastic bag is then tion of three intersecting edges; and heat-sealed;

477

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.5 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) The completed bag is placed in a (1) It is transported by a farmer who strong outer packaging with sufficient is an intrastate private motor carrier; cushioning material that conforms to and subpart B of part 173; (2) The movement of the agricultural (4) The aggregate net quantity of product conforms to requirements of flammable liquid in one outer pack- the State in which it is transported aging may not exceed 1 L; and and is specifically authorized by a (5) The outer package must be legibly State statute or regulation in effect be- marked ‘‘Scientific research speci- fore October 1, 1998. mens, 49 CFR 173.4b applies.’’ (b) The transportation of an agricul- (6) Documentation. (i) For transpor- tural product to or from a farm, within tation by highway or rail, no shipping 150 miles of the farm, is excepted from paper is required. the requirements in subparts G and H (ii) For transport by air, a shipping of part 172 of this subchapter and from paper is not required, except that, if a the specific packaging requirements of document such as an air waybill ac- this subchapter when: companies a shipment of specimens (1) It is transported by a farmer who containing hazardous materials ex- is an intrastate private motor carrier; cepted under the terms of this section, (2) The total amount of agricultural the document must include the state- product being transported on a single ment ‘‘Scientific research specimens, motor vehicle does not exceed: 49 CFR 173.4b applies’’ and the number (i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium of packages indicated. nitrate fertilizer properly classed as (iii) For transport by vessel, a ship- Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk pack- ping paper is not required; however, aging, or the Dangerous Cargo Manifest must in- (ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or clude the statement ‘‘Scientific re- gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids, search specimens, 49 CFR 173.4b ap- of any other agricultural product; plies’’ and the number of packages in- (3) The movement and packaging of dicated. Vessel stowage is the same as the agricultural product conform to for hazardous materials in excepted the requirements of the State in which quantities. it is transported and are specifically (7) Training. Each person who offers authorized by a State statute or regu- or transports excepted quantities of lation in effect before October 1, 1998; hazardous materials must know about and the requirements of this section. (4) Each person having any responsi- (8) Restrictions. Except as provided in bility for transporting the agricultural § 175.10, for transportation by aircraft, product or preparing the agricultural hazardous material packaged in ac- product for shipment has been in- cordance with this section may not be structed in the applicable requirements carried in checked or carry-on baggage of this subchapter. by a passenger or crew member. (c) Formulated liquid agricultural [74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 products in specification packagings of FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010; 76 FR 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with 78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013] closures manifolded to a closed mixing system and equipped with positive dry § 173.5 Agricultural operations. disconnect devices may be transported (a) For other than a Class 2 material, by a private motor carrier between a the transportation of an agricultural final distribution point and an ulti- product over local roads between fields mate point of application or for load- of the same farm is excepted from the ing aboard an airplane for aerial appli- requirements of this subchapter. A cation. Class 2 material transported over local (d) Moveable fuel storage tenders. A roads between fields of the same farm non-DOT specification cargo tank is excepted from subparts G and H of motor vehicle may be used to transport part 172 of this subchapter. In either Liquefied petroleum gas, UN1075, in- instance, transportation of the haz- cluding Propane, UN1978, as moveable ardous material is subject to the fol- fuel storage tender used exclusively for lowing conditions: agricultural purposes when operated by

478

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5a

a private carrier under the following transport is permitted only under the conditions: following conditions: (1) The cargo tank must have a min- (1) Cargo tanks. MC 306 and DOT 406 imum design pressure of 250 psig. cargo tank motor vehicles must: (2) The cargo tank must meet the re- (i) Meet qualification and mainte- quirements of the HMR in effect at the nance requirements (including periodic time of its manufacture and must be testing and inspection) in accordance marked accordingly. For questions re- with subpart E of part 180 of this sub- garding these requirements, contact chapter; PHMSA by either: (ii) Conform to the pressure relief (i) Telephone (800) 467–4922 or (202) system requirements specified in 366–4488 (local); or § 173.243(b)(1); (ii) By electronic mail (e-mail) to: (iii) For MC 306 cargo tanks, be [email protected]. equipped with stop-valves capable of (3) The cargo tank must have a water being remotely closed by manual and capacity of 1,200 gallons or less. mechanical means; and (4) The cargo tank must conform to (iv) For DOT 406 cargo tanks, con- applicable requirements in National form to the bottom outlet require- Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 58, ments specified in § 173.243(b)(2). Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, (2) Portable tanks. DOT 57 portable see § 171.7 of this subchapter). tanks must— (5) The cargo tank must be securely (i) Be constructed of stainless steel; mounted on a motor vehicle. and (6) The cargo tank must be filled in (ii) Meet qualification and mainte- accordance with § 173.315(b) for lique- nance requirements of subpart G of fied petroleum gas. part 180 of this subchapter. (7) The cargo tank must be painted (f) See § 173.315(m) pertaining to nurse white, aluminum, or other light-re- tanks of anhydrous ammonia. flecting color. (g) See § 173.6 pertaining to materials (8) Transportation of the filled move- of trade. able fuel storage tender is limited to (h) See § 172.800(b) pertaining to secu- movements over local roads between rity plans. fields using the shortest practical distance. [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1215, Jan. 8, 1997, as (9) Transportation of the moveable amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. 22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, fuel storage tender between its point of 1998; 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 70 FR 73165, use and a liquefied petroleum gas dis- Dec. 9, 2005; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008; 76 FR tribution facility is authorized only if 5491, Feb. 1, 2011] the cargo tank contains no more than five percent of its water capacity. A § 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles, me- movable fuel storage tender may only chanical displacement meter prov- be filled at the consumer’s premises or ers, and roadway striping vehicles point of use. exceptions. (e) Liquid soil pesticide fumigants. MC (a) Oilfield service vehicles. Notwith- 306 and DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehi- standing § 173.29 of this subchapter, a cles and DOT 57 portable tanks may be cargo tank motor vehicle used in oil- used to transport liquid soil pesticide field servicing operations is not subject fumigants, Pesticides, liquid, toxic, to the specification requirements of flammable, n.o.s., flash point not less this subchapter provided— than 23 degrees C, 6.1, UN2903, PG II, ex- (1) The cargo tank and equipment clusively for agricultural operations by contains only residual amounts (i.e., it a private motor carrier between a bulk is emptied so far as practicable) of a loading facility and a farm (including flammable liquid alone or in combina- between farms). However, transpor- tion with water, tation is not to exceed 150 miles be- (2) No flame producing device is oper- tween the loading facility and the ated during transportation, and farm, and not more than five days are (3) The proper shipping name is pre- permitted for intermediate stops for ceded by ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST CON- temporary storage. Additionally, TAINED * * * ’’ on the shipping paper

479

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.5a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

for each movement on a public high- (4) In addition to the training re- way. quirements in subpart H, the person (b) Mechanical displacement meter who performs the visual inspection or provers. (1) A mechanical displacement pressure test and/or signs the inspec- meter prover, as defined in § 171.8 of tion report must have the knowledge this subchapter, permanently mounted and ability to perform them as re- on a truck chassis or trailer and trans- quired by this section. ported by motor vehicle is excepted (5) A meter prover that fails the peri- from the specification packaging re- odic test and inspection must be requirements in part 178 of this subjected and removed from hazardous chapter provided it— materials service unless the meter (i) Contains only the residue of a Di- prover is adequately repaired, and vision 2.1 (flammable gas) or Class 3 thereafter, a successful test is con- (flammable liquid) material. For liq- ducted in accordance with the require- uids, the meter prover must be drained ments of this section. to not exceed 10% of its capacity or, to (6) Prior to any repair work, the the extent that draining of the meter meter prover must be emptied of any prover is impracticable, to the max- hazardous material. A meter prover imum extent practicable. For gases, containing flammable lading must be the meter prover must not exceed 25% purged. of the marked pressure rating; (7) Each meter prover successfully (ii) Has a water capacity of 3,785 L completing the external visual inspec- (1,000 gallons) or less; tion and the pressure test must be (iii) Is designed and constructed in marked with the test date (month/ accordance with chapters II, III, IV, V year), and the type of test or inspec- and VI of ASME Standard B31.4 (IBR, tion as follows: see § 171.7 of this subchapter); (i) V for external visual inspection; (iv) Is marked with the MAWP deter- and mined from the pipe component with (ii) P for pressure test. the lowest pressure rating; and The marking must be on the side of a (v) Is equipped with rear-end protec- tank or the largest piping component tion as prescribed in § 178.337–10(c) of in letters 32 mm (1.25 inches) high on a this subchapter and 49 CFR 393.86 of the contrasting background. Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regula- (8) The owner must retain a record of tions. the most recent external visual inspec- (2) The description on the shipping tion and pressure test until the next paper for a meter prover containing the test or inspection of the same type is residue of a hazardous material must successfully completed. The test or in- include the phrase ‘‘RESIDUE: LAST spection report must include the fol- CONTAINED * * * ’’ before the basic lowing: description. (i) Serial number or other meter (3) Periodic test and inspection. (i) prover identifier; Each meter prover must be externally (ii) Type of test or inspection per- visually inspected once a year. The ex- formed; ternal visual inspection must include (iii) Test date (month/year); at a minimum: checking for leakage, (iv) Location of defects found, if any, defective fittings and welds, defective and method used to repair each defect; closures, significant dents and other (v) Name and address of person per- defects or abnormalities which indicate forming the test or inspection; a potential or actual weakness that (vi) Disposition statement, such as could render the meter prover unsafe ‘‘Meter Prover returned to service’’ or for transportation; and ‘‘Meter Prover removed from service’’. (ii) Each meter prover must be pres- (c) Roadway striping. In addition to sure tested once every 5 years at not conformance with all other applicable less than 75% of design pressure. The requirements of this subchapter, non- pressure must be held for a period of DOT specification cargo tanks used for time sufficiently long to assure detec- roadway striping are authorized pro- tion of leaks, but in no case less than vided all the following conditions in 5 minutes. this paragraph (c) are met.

480

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.5a

(1) Authorized materials. Only the haz- Cargo tanks may not be filled to a ca- ardous materials listed in the table 1 to pacity that would be greater than liq- this paragraph (c)(1) may be trans- uid full at 130 °F. ported in roadway striping vehicles.

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (c)(1)—HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION

Hazard class/ Packing Proper shipping name division Identification No. group

Acetone a ...... 3 UN1090 II. Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid ...... 3 UN1133 II. Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s.b or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s b 8 UN2735 III. Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s b ...... 8 UN3267 III. Corrosive liquids, n.o.s b ...... 8 UN1760 III. Dichloromethane a ...... 6 .1 UN1593 III. Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s., at or above 100 °C and below its 9 UN3257 III. flash point (including molten metals, molten salts, etc.) c. Environmentally hazardous substance, liquid, n.o.s b ...... 9 UN3082 III. Ethyl acetate a ...... 3 UN1173 II. Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone a ...... 3 UN1193 II. Flammable liquids, n.o.s d ...... 3 UN1993 II. Gasoline ...... 3 UN1203 II. Methanol a ...... 3 UN1230 II. Organic peroxide type E, liquid (Dibenzoyl peroxide) b ...... 5 .2 UN3107 NA. Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solution, varnish, 3 UN1263 II. polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base. Paint related material including paint thinning drying, removing, or re- 3 UN1263 II. ducing compound. Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s a ...... 3 UN1268 III. Toluene a ...... 3 UN1294 II. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane a ...... 6 .1 UN2831 III. Xylenes a ...... 3 UN1307 II, III. a: Solvent. b: Catalyst. c: Thermoplastic material non-hazardous at room temperature. d: Adhesive containing ethyl acetate.

(2) Cargo tank requirements. Each non- chapter as specified for an MC 331 cargo DOT specification cargo tank used for tank motor vehicle; and roadway striping must be securely (vii) Be securely mounted to a motor bolted to a motor vehicle and must— vehicle in accordance with the secure- (i) Be constructed and certified in ment provisions prescribed in §§ 393.100 conformance with the HMR in effect at through 393.106 of this title. the time of its manufacture and must (3) Test records. The owner or oper- be marked accordingly. For questions ator of the roadway striping vehicle regarding these requirements, contact must maintain hydrostatic test records PHMSA by either: (1) Telephone (800) in accordance with § 180.417(b) and must 467–4922 or (202) 366–4488 (local); or (2) make those records available to any by electronic mail (e-mail) to: representative of the Department of [email protected]; Transportation upon request. (ii) Have a minimum design pressure (4) Marking. A non-DOT specification of 100 psig; cargo tank used for roadway striping (iii) Have a maximum capacity of 500 must be plainly marked on both sides near the middle in letters at least two gallons; inches in height on a contrasting back- (iv) For solvents and organic perox- ground ‘‘ROADWAY STRIPING’’. ides, the cargo tank may not contain (5) Operational controls. A non-DOT more than 50 gallons; specification cargo tank used for road- (v) Be given an external visual in- way striping may not be pressurized spection prior to each use to ensure when the motor vehicle is traveling to that it has not been damaged on the and from job sites. Additionally, the previous trip; distance traveled by a non-DOT speci- (vi) Be retested and reinspected in fication cargo tank used for roadway accordance with § 180.407(c) of this sub- striping may not exceed 750 miles.

481

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.5b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Thermoplastic resin may only be heat- (5) Each pressure vessel and associ- ed during roadway striping operations. ated piping containing anhydrous am- [70 FR 3308, Jan. 24, 2005, as amended at 75 monia must conform to the following: FR 27213, May 14, 2010; 76 FR 5492, Feb. 1, (i) Piping with a diameter of 2 inches 2011; 83 FR 55807, Nov. 7, 2018] or more must conform to ASTM A 53 Schedule 40 or ASTM A106 Schedule 40 § 173.5b Portable and mobile refrigera- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). tion systems. (ii) Piping with a diameter of less This section authorizes the highway than 2 inches must conform to ASTM A transportation of residual amounts of 53 Schedule 80 or ASTM A 106 Schedule Division 2.2 refrigerant gases or anhy- 80 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). drous ammonia contained in non-speci- (iii) The words ‘‘Inhalation Hazard’’ fication pressure vessels that are com- must be marked as required in special ponents of refrigeration systems, which provision 13 in § 172.102 of this sub- may or may not be permanently chapter and, when practicable, within mounted to a transport vehicle, used 24 inches of the placard. for agricultural operations. These re- (b) Refrigeration systems placed into frigeration systems are used at field service prior to June 1, 1991. (1) For re- sites to cool (pre-cool) produce before frigeration systems placed into service the produce is loaded into trucks or prior to June 1, 1991, each pressure ves- railcars for market or used to supple- sel and associated piping for the con- ment stationary refrigeration systems densing line (‘‘high side’’) must be during peak harvest times. The compo- rated at an MAWP of not less than 250 nents of these refrigeration systems psig. Each pressure vessel and associ- are commonly known as vacuum tubes, ated piping for the evaporating line accumulators, refrigeration units, ice (‘‘low side’’) must be rated at an makers, pressure coolers, or evapo- MAWP of not less than 150 psig, except rators. that each pressure vessel or associated (a) General packaging requirements. piping that will contain refrigerant gas Each non-specification pressure vessel during transportation must be rated at must conform to the following: (1) Each pressure vessel must be de- an MAWP of not less than 250 psig. signed, manufactured, and maintained During transportation, pressure in the in accordance with applicable require- components that are part of the ments of the ASME Code (IBR, see evaporating line may not exceed 150 § 171.7 of this subchapter). psig. (2) Except as authorized in this sec- (2) Each pressure vessel and associ- tion, each pressure vessel and associated piping that is part of the ated piping must be rated at a max- evaporating line must be marked imum allowable work pressure (MAWP) ‘‘LOW SIDE’’ in a permanent and clear- of 250 psig. The pressure in these com- ly visible manner. The evaporating line ponents may not exceed MAWP. must have a pressure gauge with cor- (3) Any part of the piping or pressure responding temperature markings vessel separated from another compo- mounted so as to be easily readable nent of the refrigeration system by when standing on the ground. The means of a valve, blank flange, or other gauge must be permanently marked or device must be equipped with a pres- tagged ‘‘SATURATION GAUGE’’. sure relief valve set at MAWP. All lines (3) Each pressure vessel and associ- that must be disconnected for trans- ated piping with an MAWP of 250 psig portation purposes must be closed by or greater containing liquid anhydrous means of a cap, plug or blank flange, ammonia must be isolated using appro- and valves at the end of disconnected priate means from piping and compo- lines must be tightly closed. nents marked ‘‘LOW SIDE’’. (4) The aggregate total volumetric (4) Liquid lading is only authorized in capacity of components within the re- system components with a rated frigeration system authorized for high- MAWP of not less than 250 psig. way transportation in accordance with (5) Prior to transportation, each pres- this section may not exceed 2,500 gal- sure vessel and associated piping with lons per vehicle. a rated MAWP of less than 250 psig

482

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.6

must be relieved of enough gaseous lad- dicating type of last test (V = visual; P ing to ensure that the MAWP is not ex- = pressure: hydrostatic or pneumatic) ceeded at transport temperatures up to and the month/year in which it was 54 °C (130 °F). performed. Reports and all of the re- (6) Refrigeration systems placed into quirements for records of inspections service prior to June 1, 1991, may con- including markings must be completed tinue in service until October 1, 2017. as specified in part 180. (c) Prior to transportation over pub- (2) Pressure relief valves must be du- lic highways, each pressure vessel and rably marked with either the date of associated piping must be drained of last test, set-pressure and testing com- refrigerant gas or liquid anhydrous am- pany or the date of last replacement, monia to the extent practicable. set-pressure, and certifying company, Drained contents must be recovered in as applicable. conformance with all applicable envi- ronmental regulations. Residual liquid [74 FR 16142, Apr. 9, 2009] anhydrous ammonia in each component may not exceed one percent of the § 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. component’s total volumetric capacity When transported by motor vehicle or 10 gallons, whichever is less. in conformance with this section, a (d) System inspection and testing. (1) material of trade (see § 171.8 of this sub- Each refrigeration system authorized chapter) is not subject to any other re- under this section must be visually in- quirements of this subchapter besides spected every year. The visual inspec- those set forth or referenced in this tion must include items listed in section. § 180.407(d)(2) of this subchapter applicable to refrigeration systems. A cer- (a) Materials and amounts. A material tificate of the annual visual inspection of trade is limited to the following: must be dated and signed by the person (1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, performing the inspection and must 6.1, or ORM-D material contained in a contain that person’s company affili- packaging having a gross mass or ca- ation. The certificate must remain at pacity not over— the equipment owner’s office. (i) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for (2) Each refrigeration system author- a Packing Group I material; ized under this section must be proof (ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gal- pressure tested every two years begin- lons) for a Packing Group II, Packing ning with the initial pressure test per- Group III, or ORM-D material; formed after manufacture. Additional (iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted pressure tests must be performed after mixture, not to exceed 2 percent con- any modification, repair or damage to centration, of a Class 9 material. a part of the system pressurized with (2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a refrigerant gas. System test pressures cylinder with a gross weight not over may not be less than one-and-one-half 100 kg (220 pounds), in a Dewar flask (1.50) times the rated MAWP of the sys- meeting the requirements of § 173.320, tem component or piping. or a permanently mounted tank manu- (3) Pressure relief valves must be suc- factured to the ASME Code of not more cessfully tested every two years at the than 70 gallon water capacity for a MAWP for the components or piping to non-liquefied Division 2.2 material which they are attached. Pressure relief valves may be replaced and marked with no subsidiary hazard. every 5 years with valves certified at (3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing the appropriate MAWP, in which case Group II or III contained in a pack- the valves need not be tested every two aging having a gross capacity not ex- years. Valves that do not pass the test ceeding 30 mL (1 ounce). must be repaired or replaced. (4) A Division 6.2 material, other (e) Test markings and reports. (1) Evi- than a Category A infectious sub- dence of testing specified in paragraph stance, contained in human or animal (d) of this section must be marked on samples (including, but not limited to, the right forward side of the refrigera- secreta, excreta, blood and its compo- tion system with 2 inch high letters in- nents, tissue and tissue fluids, and

483

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.6 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

body parts) being transported for re- stances, instruments and articles are search, diagnosis, investigational ac- not authorized under the provisions of tivities, or disease treatment or pre- this section. vention, or is a biological product or (7) For a material or article for which regulated medical waste. The material Column (5) of the Hazardous Materials must be contained in a combination Table in § 172.101 of this subchapter packaging. For liquids, the inner pack- does not indicate a packing group. Au- aging must be leakproof, and the outer thorized amounts are: packaging must contain sufficient ab- (i) For Classes or Divisions indicated sorbent material to absorb the entire in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the contents of the inner packaging. For amounts shown in paragraph (a)(1)(ii). sharps, the inner packaging (sharps (ii) For Division 4.3, the amounts container) must be constructed of a shown in paragraph (a)(3) of this sec- rigid material resistant to punctures tion. and securely closed to prevent leaks or (b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be punctures, and the outer packaging leak tight for liquids and gases, sift must be securely closed to prevent proof for solids, and be securely closed, leaks or punctures. For solids, liquids, secured against shifting, and protected and sharps, the outer packaging must against damage. be a strong, tight packaging securely (2) Each material must be packaged closed and secured against shifting, in- in the manufacturer’s original pack- cluding relative motion between packaging, or a packaging of equal or great- ages, within the vehicle on which it is er strength and integrity. being transported. (3) Outer packagings are not required (i) For other than a regulated med- for receptacles (e.g., cans and bottles) ical waste, the amount of Division 6.2 or articles that are secured against material in a combination packaging shifting in cages, carts, bins, boxes, or must conform to the following limita- compartments or by other means. tions: (4) For gasoline, a packaging must be (A) One or more inner packagings, made of metal or plastic and conform each of which may not contain more to the requirements of this subchapter than 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) or 0.5 L (17 ounces), or to the requirements of the Occupa- and an outer packaging containing not tional Safety and Health Administra- more than 4 kg (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gal- tion of the Department of Labor con- lon); or tained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or (B) A single inner packaging con- 1926.152(a)(1). taining not more than 16 kg (35.2 lbs) or (5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel 16 L (4.2 gallons) in a single outer pack- containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 mate- aging. rial must conform to packaging, quali- (ii) For a regulated medical waste, a fication, maintenance, and use require- combination packaging must consist of ments of this subchapter, except that one or more inner packagings, each of outer packagings are not required. which may not contain more than 4 kg Manifolding of cylinders is authorized (8.8 lbs) or 4 L (1 gallon), and an outer provided all valves are tightly closed. packaging containing not more than 16 (c) Hazard communication. (1) A non- kg (35.2 lbs) or 16 L (4.2 gallons). bulk packaging other than a cylinder (5) This section does not apply to a (including a receptacle transported hazardous material that is self-reactive without an outer packaging) must be (see § 173.124), poisonous by inhalation marked with a common name or proper (see § 173.133), or a hazardous waste. shipping name to identify the material (6) A limited quantity package pre- it contains, including the letters ‘‘RQ’’ pared in accordance with § 173.63(b), if it contains a reportable quantity of a § 173.150, § 173.151(b) and (c), § 173.152, hazardous substance. § 173.153, § 173.154, § 173.155, § 173.161, (2) A bulk packaging containing a di- § 173.165, § 173.167, § 173.306(i), or luted mixture of a Class 9 material § 173.309(d) of this subchapter. Division must be marked on two opposing sides 4.3 substances must be prepared in ac- with the four-digit identification num- cordance with paragraph (a)(3) of this ber of the material. The identification section. Class 7 (radioactive) sub- number must be displayed on placards,

484

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.7

orange panels or, alternatively, a white under this provision may be reshipped square-on-point configuration having by any shipper to any consignee pro- the same outside dimensions as a vided the original packaging has not placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) been damaged or altered in any man- on a side), in the manner specified in ner. § 172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter. (1) Hazardous materials sold by the (3) A DOT specification cylinder (ex- DOD in packagings that are not cept DOT specification 39) must be marked in accordance with the require- marked and labeled as prescribed in ments of this subchapter may be this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder shipped from DOD installations if the must display the markings specified in DOD certifies in writing that the pack- 178.65(i). agings are equal to or greater in (4) The operator of a motor vehicle strength and efficiency than the pack- that contains a material of trade must aging prescribed in this subchapter. be informed of the presence of the haz- The shipper shall obtain such a certifi- ardous material (including whether the cation in duplicate for each shipment. package contains a reportable quan- He shall give one copy to the origi- tity) and must be informed of the re- nating carrier and retain the other for quirements of this section. no less than 1 year. (d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for (2) [Reserved] a material of trade authorized by para- (b) Shipments of hazardous mate- graph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the ag- rials, made by or under the direction or gregate gross weight of all materials of supervision of the U.S. Department of trade on a motor vehicle may not ex- Energy (DOE) or the Department of De- ceed 200 kg (440 pounds). fense (DOD), for the purpose of na- (e) Other exceptions. A material of tional security, and which are escorted trade may be transported on a motor by personnel specifically designated by vehicle under the provisions of this sec- or under the authority of those agen- tion with other hazardous materials cies, are not subject to the require- without affecting its eligibility for ex- ments of this subchapter. For transpor- ceptions provided by this section. tation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as the escorts must be in a separate trans- amended by Amdt. 173–262, 62 FR 49566, Sept. port vehicle from the transport vehicle 22, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; Amdt. 173– carrying the hazardous materials that 259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, 1998; 63 FR 52849, Oct. are excepted by this paragraph. A docu- 1, 1998; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 53137, ment certifying that the shipment is Aug. 14, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; for the purpose of national security 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 78 FR 1113, Jan. 7, must be in the possession of the person 2013; 78 FR 15326, Mar. 11, 2013; 78 FR 65478, in charge of providing security during Oct. 31, 2013; 85 FR 27878, May 11, 2020] transportation. (c) Shipments of explosive samples, § 173.7 Government operations and not exceeding 1 g net weight, offered by materials. and consigned to the Bureau of Alco- (a) Hazardous materials offered for hol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of transportation by, for, or to the De- the Department of the Treasury are partment of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. not otherwise subject to the regula- Government, including commercial tions in parts 110–189 of this subchapter shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, when placed in a specifically designed must be packaged in accordance with multi-unit assembly packed in a strong the regulations in this subchapter or in outer packaging. The packaging must packagings of equal or greater strength be of a type accepted by ATF as capa- and efficiency as certified by DOD in ble of precluding a propagation of any accordance with the procedures pre- explosion outside the packaging. The scribed by ‘‘Packaging of Hazardous second component from the outside of Material, DLAR 4145.41/AR 700–143/ the packaging must be marked or NAVSUPINST 4030.55D/AFMAN 24– tagged to indicate the presence of an 210lIP/MCO 4030.40C (IBR, see § 171.7 of explosive. this subchapter).’’ Hazardous materials (d) Notwithstanding the require- offered for transportation by DOD ments of §§ 173.416 and 173.417 of this

485

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.8 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

subchapter, packagings made by or be used, and type and amount of cargo under the direction of the U.S. Depart- to be carried. ment of Energy may be used for the [29 FR 18671, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 transportation of Class 7 materials FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] when evaluated, approved, and certified by the Department of Energy against EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- packaging standards equivalent to tations affecting § 173.7, see the List of CFR those specified in 10 CFR part 71. Pack- Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume ages shipped in accordance with this and at www.govinfo.gov. paragraph shall be marked and otherwise prepared for shipment in a manner § 173.8 Exceptions for non-specifica- equivalent to that required by this sub- tion packagings used in intrastate chapter for packagings approved by the transportation. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. (a) [Reserved] (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials (b) Non-specification cargo tanks for pe- owned by the Department of Defense troleum products. Notwithstanding re- and packaged prior to January 1, 1990, quirements for specification pack- in accordance with the requirements of agings in subpart F of this part and this subchapter in effect at that time, parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a are excepted from the marking and la- non-specification cargo tank motor ve- beling requirements of part 172 of this hicle having a capacity of less than subchapter and the packaging and 13,250 L (3,500 gallons) may be used by package marking requirements of part an intrastate motor carrier for trans- 178 of this subchapter, provided the portation of a flammable liquid petro- packagings have maintained their in- leum product in accordance with the tegrity and the explosive material is provisions of paragraph (d) of this sec- declared as ‘‘government-owned goods tion. packaged prior to January 1, 1990’’ on (c) Permanently secured non-bulk tanks the shipping papers. In addition, pack- for petroleum products. Notwithstanding ages of these materials owned by the requirements for specification pack- Department of Defense that are agings in subpart F of this part 173 and marked and labeled in conformance parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a with the requirements of the HMR that non-specification metal tank perma- were in effect at the time they were nently secured to a transport vehicle originally marked and labeled are ex- and protected against leakage or dam- cepted from the current marking and age in the event of a turnover, having labeling requirements. a capacity of less than 450 L (119 gal- (f) The requirements of this sub- lons), may be used by an intrastate chapter do not apply to shipments of motor carrier for transportation of a hazardous materials carried aboard an flammable liquid petroleum product in aircraft that is not owned by a govern- accordance with the provisions of para- ment or engaged in carrying persons or graph (d) of this section. property for commercial purposes, but (d) Additional requirements. A pack- is under the exclusive direction and aging used under the provisions of control of the government for a period paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section of not less than 90 days as specified in must— a written contract or lease. An aircraft (1) Be operated by an intrastate is under the exclusive direction and motor carrier and in use as a pack- control of a government when the gov- aging for hazardous material before Oc- ernment exercises responsibility for: tober 1, 1998; (1) Approving crew members and de- (2) Be operated in conformance with termining they are qualified to operate the requirements of the State in which the aircraft; it is authorized; (2) Determining the airworthiness (3) Be specifically authorized by a and directing maintenance of the air- State statute or regulation in effect be- craft; and fore October 1, 1998, for use as a pack- (3) Dispatching the aircraft, includ- aging for the hazardous material being ing the times of departure, airports to transported;

486

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.9

(4) Be offered for transportation and EPA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used transported in conformance with all as an alternative to the FUMIGANT other applicable requirements of this marking. subchapter; (c) No person may affix or display on (5) Not be used to transport a flam- a rail car, freight container, truck mable cryogenic liquid, hazardous sub- body, or trailer the FUMIGANT mark- stance, hazardous waste, or a marine ing specified in paragraph (e) of this pollutant (except for gasoline); and section, unless the lading has been fu- (6) For a tank authorized under para- migated or is undergoing fumigation. graph (b) or (c) of this section, conform (d) The FUMIGANT marking re- to all requirements in part 180 (except quired by paragraph (b) of this section for § 180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the must remain on the rail car, freight same manner as required for a DOT container, truck body, or trailer until specification MC 306 cargo tank motor the rail car, freight container, truck vehicle. body, or trailer has been completely [Amdt. 173–259, 62 FR 1216, Jan. 8, 1997, as ventilated either by opening the doors amended by Amdt. 172–262, 62 FR 49567, Sept. of the unit or by mechanical ventila- 22, 1997; Amdt. 173–259, 63 FR 8142, Feb. 18, tion to ensure no harmful concentra- 1998; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, tion of gas remains after fumigation Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015] has been completed. § 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight (e) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FU- containers containing lading which MIGANT marking must consist of has been fumigated. black letters on a white background (a) For the purpose of this section, that is a rectangle at least 400 mm not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail (15.75 inches) wide and at least 300 mm car, freight container, truck body, or (11.8 inches) high as measured to the trailer in which the lading has been fu- outside of the lines forming the border migated with any material, or is under- of the marking. The minimum width of going fumigation, is a package con- the line forming the border must be 2 taining a hazardous material. mm and the text on the marking must (b) No person may offer for transpor- not be less than 25 mm high. Except for tation or transport a rail car, freight size and color, the FUMIGANT mark- container, truck body, or trailer in ing must be as shown in the following which the lading has been fumigated or figure. Where dimensions are not speci- treated with any material, or is under- fied, all features shall be in approxi- going fumigation, unless the FUMI- mate proportion to those shown. GANT marking specified in paragraph (i) The marking, and all required in- (e) of this section is prominently dis- formation, must be capable of with- played so that it can be seen by any standing, without deterioration or a person attempting to enter the interior substantial reduction in effectiveness, of the transport vehicle or freight con- a 30-day exposure to open weather container. For domestic transportation, a ditions. hazard warning label authorized by (ii) [Reserved]

487

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.9 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) The ‘‘*’’ shall be replaced with the (1) Has been completely ventilated ei- technical name of the fumigant. ther by opening the doors of the unit or (f) A closed cargo transport unit that by mechanical ventilation after fumi- has been fumigated is not subject to gation, and any other provisions of this subchapter (2) Displays the FUMIGANT mark- if it— ing, including the date of ventilation.

488

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER30MR17.033 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.10

(g) For international shipments, and filed with originating carrier, writ- transport documents should indicate ten permission (see Note 2 of this sec- the date of fumigation, type and tion) for such removal. The consignee amount of fumigant used, and instruc- must furnish adequately safe mechan- tions for disposal of any residual fumi- ical hoist, obtained from the carrier if gant, including fumigation devices. desirable, by which the tanks shall be (h) Any person subject to the require- lifted from the car and deposited di- ments of this section, solely due to the rectly upon vehicles furnished by the fumigated lading, must be informed of consignee for immediate removal from the requirements of this section and carrier property or tanks must be lift- the safety precautions necessary to protect themselves and others in the ed by adequately safe mechanical hoist event of an incident or accident involv- from car directly to vessels for further ing the fumigated lading. transportation. (i) Any person who offers for trans- (c) Any tank car of other than DOT- portation or transports a rail car, 106A or 110A type (see §§ 179.300 and freight container, truck body or trailer 179.301 of this subchapter), containing that is subject to this subchapter sole- anhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydro- ly because of the hazardous materials carbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and designation specified in paragraph (a) having interior pipes of liquid and gas of this section is not subject to any re- discharge valves equipped with check quirements of this subchapter other valves, may be consigned for delivery than those contained in this section. and unloading on carrier tracks, if the [71 FR 78629, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 80 lading is piped directly from the car to FR 1152, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15874, Mar. 30, permanent storage tanks of sufficient 2017] capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Such cars may also be con- § 173.10 Tank car shipments. signed for storage on a private track or (a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 ma- on a carrier track when designated by terial (including a cryogenic liquid) or the carrier for such storage. Class 3 material with a flash point (d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A ° ° below 38 C (100 F), except liquid road type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this asphalt or tar, may not be offered for subchapter), the tanks must be placed transportation unless originally con- in position and attached to the car signed or subsequently reconsigned to structure by the shipper. parties having private-siding (see Note 1 of this section) or to parties using (e) Class 3 materials with a flash ° ° railroad siding facilities which have point below 38 C (100 F) and Division been equipped for piping the liquid 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic from tank cars to permanent storage liquid) may not be loaded into tank tanks of sufficient capacity to receive cars on carrier property from tank contents of car. trucks or drums. (b) A tank car containing any Class 2 NOTE 1: For this purpose, a private track is material must not be offered for trans- a track outside of carrier’s right-of-way, portation unless the car is consigned yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier for delivery (see paragraph (c) of this does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed section) and unloading on a private or right-of-way; or a track or portion of a track (see Note 1 of this section) except track which is devoted to the purpose of its that where no private track is avail- user, either by lease or written agreement; able, delivery and unloading on carrier in which case the lease or written agreement tracks is permitted provided the fol- will be considered as equivalent to owner- lowing conditions are complied with: ship. (1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A NOTE 2: Carriers should give permission for type (see §§ 179.300 and 179.301 of this the unloading of these containers on carrier subchapter) may be offered for trans- tracks only where no private siding is avail- portation and the loaded unit tanks able within reasonable trucking distance of final destination. The danger involved is the may be removed from car frame on car- release of compressed gases due to accidental rier tracks, provided the shipper has obtained from the delivering carrier

489

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.11 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

damage to container in handling. The expo- bung opening) and the hazardous waste sure to this danger decreases directly with contains solids or semisolids that make the isolation of the unloading point. its placement in a closed head drum [29 FR 18773, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 impracticable, an equivalent (except FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and by Amdt. 173–162, 48 for closure) open head drum may be FR 10226, Mar. 10, 1983, and amended by used for the hazardous waste. Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, 1984; (b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials Amdt. 173–207, 53 FR 38274, Sept. 29, 1988; Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52608, Dec. 21, 1990; 56 prohibited by paragraph (b)(3) of this FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR section are not authorized for trans- 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] port in packages authorized by this paragraph (b). Waste materials classed § 173.11 Exceptions for shipment of as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, light bulbs containing hazardous 5.2, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the materials. specification packaging requirements The following light bulbs (lamps) are of this subchapter for combination not subject to any other requirements packagings if packaged in accordance of this subchapter provided they do not with this paragraph (b) and transported contain Class 7 (radioactive) material: for disposal or recovery by highway, (a) Light bulbs that are collected di- rail or cargo vessel. In addition, a ge- rectly from individuals and households neric description from the § 172.101 Haz- when transported to a collection or re- ardous Materials Table may be used in cycling facility. place of specific chemical names, when (b) Light bulbs each containing not two or more chemically compatible more than 1 g of hazardous materials waste materials in the same hazard and packaged so that there is not more class are packaged in the same outside than 30 g of hazardous materials per packaging. package. Each light bulb must be (2) Combination packaging require- packed in inner packagings separated ments: by dividers, or surrounded by cush- (i) Inner packagings. The inner pack- ioning material to protect the light agings must be either glass, not ex- bulbs and packed into strong outer ceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or packagings meeting the requirements metal or plastic, not exceeding 20 L (5.3 of § 173.24(b) of this subpart and capable gallons) rated capacity. Inner pack- of passing a 1.2 m (4 feet) drop test; agings containing liquid must be sur- (c) Used, damaged, defective light rounded by a chemically compatible bulbs each containing not more than 1 absorbent material in sufficient quan- g of hazardous materials and packaged tity to absorb the total liquid contents. so that there is not more than 30 g of (ii) Outer packaging. Each outer pack- hazardous materials per package when aging may contain only one class of transported from a collection or recy- waste material. The following outer cling facility. The light bulbs must be packagings are authorized except that packed in strong outer packagings Division 4.2 Packing Group I materials meeting the requirements of § 173.24(b) must be packaged using UN standard of this subpart and capable of passing a steel or plastic drums tested and 1.2 m (4 feet) drop test. marked to the Packing Group I per- (d) Light bulbs containing only gases formance level for liquids or solids; and of Division 2.2 provided they are pack- bromine pentafluoride and bromine aged so that the projectile effects of trifluoride may not be packaged using any rupture of the bulb will be con- UN 4G fiberboard boxes: tained within the package. (A) A UN 1A2, UN 1B2 or UN 1N2 [80 FR 1153, Jan. 8, 2015] metal drum, a UN 1D plywood drum, a UN 1G fiber drum, or a UN 1H2 plastic § 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of drum, tested and marked to at least waste materials. the Packing Group III performance (a) Open head drums. If a hazardous level for liquids or solids; material that is a hazardous waste is (B) At a minimum, a double-walled required by this subchapter to be UN 4G fiberboard box made out of 500 shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a pound burst-strength fiberboard fitted drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less with a polyethylene liner at least 3

490

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.12

mils (0.003 inches) thick and when filled unless the motor carrier is a private or during testing to 95 percent capacity contract carrier. with a solid material, successfully (5) The packaging may be used only passes the tests prescribed in §§ 178.603 once under this paragraph and may not (drop) and 178.606 (stacking), and is ca- be used again for shipment of haz- pable of passing the tests prescribed in ardous materials except in accordance § 178.608 (vibration) to at least the with § 173.28. Packing Group II performance level for (d) Technical names for n.o.s. descrip- liquids or solids; or tions. The requirements for the inclu- (C) A UN 11G fiberboard intermediate sion of technical names for n.o.s. de- bulk container (IBC) or a UN 11HH2 scriptions on shipping papers and pack- composite IBC, fitted with a poly- age markings, §§ 172.203 and 172.301 of ethylene liner at least 6 mils (0.006 this subchapter, respectively, do not inches) thick, that successfully passes apply to packages prepared in accord- the tests prescribed in subpart O of ance with paragraph (b) of this section, part 178 and § 178.603 to at least the except that packages containing mate- Packing Group II performance level for rials meeting the definition of a haz- liquids or solids; a UN 11HH2 is com- ardous substance must be described as posed of multiple layers of encap- required in § 172.203 of this subchapter sulated corrugated fiberboard between and marked as required in § 172.324 of inner and outer layers of woven coated this subchapter. polypropylene. (e) Segregation requirements. Waste (iii) The gross weight of each com- materials packaged according to para- pleted combination package may not graph (b) of this section and trans- exceed 205 kg (452 lbs). ported in conformance with this paragraph (e) are not subject to the seg- (3) Prohibited materials. The following regation requirements in §§ 174.81(d), waste materials may not be packaged 176.83(b), and 177.848(d) if blocked and or described under the provisions of braced in such a manner that they are this paragraph (b): a material poi- separated from incompatible materials sonous-by-inhalation, a temperature by a minimum horizontal distance of controlled material unless it complies 1.2 m (4 feet) and the packages are with § 173.21(f)(1), a Division 6.1, Pack- loaded at least 100 mm (4 inches) off ing Group I material, chloric acid, and the floor of the freight container, unit oleum (fuming sulfuric acid). load device, transport vehicle, or rail (c) Reuse of packagings. A previously car. The following conditions specific used packaging may be reused for the to incompatible materials also apply: shipment of waste material trans- (1) General restrictions. The freight ported for disposal or recovery, not container, unit load device, transport subject to the reconditioning and reuse vehicle, or rail car may not contain provisions contained in § 173.28 and part any Class 1 explosives, Class 7 radio- 178 of this subchapter, under the fol- active material, or uncontainerized lowing conditions: hazardous materials; (1) Except as authorized by this para- (2) Waste cyanides and waste acids. For graph, the waste must be packaged in waste cyanides stored, loaded, and accordance with this part and offered transported with waste acids: for transportation in accordance with (i) The cyanide or a cyanide mixture the requirements of this subchapter. may not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net (2) Transportation is performed by weight per inner packaging and may highway only. not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight (3) A package is not offered for trans- per outer packaging; a cyanide solution portation less than 24 hours after it is may not exceed 2 L (0.6 gallon) per finally closed for transportation, and inner packaging and may not exceed 10 each package is inspected for leakage L (3.0 gallons) per outer packaging; and and is found to be free from leaks im- (ii) The acids must be packaged in mediately prior to being offered for lab packs in accordance paragraph (b) transportation. of this section or in single packagings (4) Each package is loaded by the authorized for the acid in Column (8B) shipper and unloaded by the consignee, of the § 172.101 Hazardous Materials

491

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.12 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Table of this subchapter not to exceed packaging. Organic Peroxide, Type B 208 L (55 gallons) capacity. material may not exceed 0.5 kg (1.1 (3) Waste Division 4.2 materials and pounds) net weight per inner packaging waste Class 8 liquids. For waste Division and may not exceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) 4.2 materials stored, loaded, and trans- net weight per outer packaging. The ported with waste Class 8 liquids: aggregate net weight per freight con- (i) The Division 4.2 material may not tainer, unit load device, transport vehi- exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight per cle, or rail car may not exceed 50 kg inner packaging and may not exceed 10 (110 pounds). kg (22 pounds) net weight per outer (f) Additional exceptions. Lab packs packaging; and conforming to the requirements of this (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack- section are not subject to the fol- aged in lab packs in accordance with lowing: paragraph (b) of this section or in sin- (1) The overpack marking and label- gle packagings authorized for the ma- ing requirements in § 173.25(a)(2) of this terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 subchapter when secured to a pallet Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- with shrink-wrap or stretch-wrap ex- chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) cept that labels representative of each capacity. Hazard Class or Division in the over- (4) Waste Division 6.1 Packing Group I, pack must be visibly displayed on two Hazard Zone A material and waste Class opposing sides. 3, Class 8 liquids, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, (2) The restrictions for overpacks 5.1 and 5.2 materials. For waste Division containing Class 8, Packing Group I 6.1 Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A material and Division 5.1, Packing material stored, loaded, and trans- Group I material in § 173.25(a)(5) of this ported with waste Class 8 liquids, or subchapter. These waste materials may Division 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 5.2 materials: be overpacked with other materials. (i) The Division 6.1 Packing Group I, (g) Household waste. Household waste, Hazard Zone A material must be pack- as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, aged in accordance with § 173.226(c) of is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter and overpacked in a this subchapter when transported in UN standard steel or plastic drum accordance with applicable state, local, meeting the Packing Group I perform- or tribal requirements. ance level; (h) Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped (ii) The Class 8 liquid must be pack- pallets of limited quantity waste. Shrink- aged in lab packs in accordance with wrapped or stretch-wrapped pallets paragraph (b) of this section or in sin- containing packages of waste ORM–D gle packagings authorized for the ma- or limited quantity materials may be terial in Column (8B) of the § 172.101 transported by motor vehicle and cargo Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- vessel under the following conditions: chapter not to exceed 208 L (55 gallons) (1) The waste materials must be in capacity. their original undamaged packaging (iii) The Division 4.2 material may and marked with the ‘‘Consumer Com- not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight modity ORM–D’’ marking in conform- per inner packaging and may not ex- ance with § 172.316 or an authorized lim- ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per ited quantity marking in conformance outer packaging; with § 172.315 of this subchapter, as ap- (iv) The Division 5.1 materials may propriate. The word ‘‘waste’’ in asso- not exceed 2 kg (4.4 pounds) net weight ciation with the proper shipping name per inner packaging and may not ex- is not required on individual packages; ceed 10 kg (22 pounds) net weight per (2) Packages must be securely affixed outer packaging. The aggregate net to a pallet and shrink-wrapped or weight per freight container, unit load stretch-wrapped; device, transport vehicle, or rail car (3) The outside of the shrink-wrap or may not exceed 100 kg (220 pounds); stretch-wrap must be marked on oppo- (v) The Division 5.2 material may not site sides with either ‘‘Waste, Con- exceed 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net weight per sumer Commodity, ORM–D’’ or ‘‘Waste, inner packaging and may not exceed 5 Limited Quantity.’’ kg (11 pounds) net weight per outer [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52609, Dec. 21, 1990]

492

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.13

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (c) A hazardous material permitted tations affecting § 173.12, see the List of CFR by paragraph (a) of this section must Sections Affected, which appears in the be packaged as follows: Finding Aids section of the printed volume (1) For liquids: and at www.govinfo.gov. (i) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic § 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divi- sions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Class- or metal inner packaging with a max- es 8 and 9 materials. imum capacity not exceeding 1.2 L. Sufficient outage must be provided (a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, such that the inner packaging will not 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted become liquid full at 55 °C (130 °F). The from the labeling (except for the net quantity (measured at 20 °C (68 °F)) CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label), of liquid in any inner packaging may placarding and segregation require- not exceed 1 L. For transportation by ments of this subchapter if prepared for aircraft, the net quantity in one pack- transportation in accordance with the age may not exceed the quantity speci- requirements of this section. A mate- fied in columns (9A) or (9B), as appro- rial that meets the definition of a ma- priate. terial poisonous by inhalation may not (ii) The inner packaging must be be offered for transportation or trans- placed in a hermetically sealed barrier ported under provisions of this section. bag which is impervious to the lading, (b) A hazardous material conforming and then wrapped in a non-reactive ab- to the requirements of this section sorbent material in sufficient quantity may be transported by motor vehicle to completely absorb the contents of and rail car. In addition, packages pre- the inner packaging. Alternatively, the pared in accordance with this section inner packaging may first be wrapped may be transported by aircraft under in a non-reactive absorbent material the following conditions: and then placed in the hermetically (1) Cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous sealed barrier bag. The combination of materials permitted to be transported inner packaging, absorbent material, aboard either a passenger or cargo-only and bag must be placed in a snugly fit- aircraft by column (9A) or (9B) of the ting metal can. Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 (iii) The metal can must be securely of this subchapter are authorized closed. For liquids that are in Division aboard cargo-only aircraft. 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be hermetically sealed. For Division 4.2 ma- (2) Passenger carrying aircraft. Only terials in Packing Group I, the metal hazardous materials permitted to be can must be tested in accordance with transported aboard a passenger aircraft part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- by column (9A) of the Hazardous Mate- ing Group I performance level. rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub- (iv) The metal can must be placed in chapter are authorized aboard pas- a fiberboard box that is placed in a her- senger aircraft. The completed pack- metically sealed barrier bag which is age, assembled as for transportation, impervious to the lading. must be successfully tested in accord- (v) The intermediate packaging must ance with part 178 of this subchapter at be placed inside a securely closed, the Packing Group I level. A hazardous outer packaging conforming to material which meets the definition of § 173.201. a Division 5.1 (oxidizer) at the Packing (vi) Not more than four intermediate Group I level in accordance with packagings are permitted in an outer § 173.127(b)(1)(i) of this subchapter may packaging. not be transported aboard a passenger (2) For solids: aircraft. (i) The hazardous material must be (3) Packages offered for transpor- placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic tation aboard either passenger or or metal inner packaging. The net cargo-only aircraft must meet the re- quantity of material in any inner pack- quirements for transportation by air- aging may not exceed 2.85kg (6.25 craft specified in § 173.27 of this sub- pounds). For transportation by air- chapter. craft, the net quantity in one package

493

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.21 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

may not exceed the quantity specified sonous gases or vapors, or to produce in columns (9A) or (9B), as appropriate. corrosive materials. (ii) The inner packaging must be (f) A package containing a material placed in a hermetically sealed barrier which is likely to decompose with a bag which is impervious to the lading. self-accelerated decomposition tem- (iii) The barrier bag and its contents perature (SADT) or polymerize with a must be placed in a fiberboard box that self-accelerated polymerization tem- is placed in a hermetically-sealed bar- perature (SAPT) of 50 °C (122 °F) or rier bag which is impervious to the lad- less, with an evolution of a dangerous ing. quantity of heat or gas when decom- (iv) The intermediate packaging posing or polymerizing, unless the ma- must be placed inside an outer pack- terial is stabilized or inhibited in a aging conforming to § 173.211. manner to preclude such evolution. (v) Not more than four intermediate The SADT and SAPT may be deter- packagings are permitted in an outer mined by any of the test methods de- packaging. scribed in Part II of the UN Manual of (d) The outside of the package must Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of be marked, in association with the this subchapter). proper shipping name, with the state- (1) A package meeting the criteria of ment: ‘‘This package conforms to 49 paragraph (f) of this section may be re- CFR 173.13.’’ quired to be shipped under controlled temperature conditions. The control [Amdt. 173–253, 61 FR 27173, May 30, 1996, as temperature and emergency tempera- amended at 65 FR 50460, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 3309, Jan. 24, 2005; ture for a package shall be as specified 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 27215, May in the table in this paragraph (f)(1) 14, 2010] based upon the SADT or SAPT of the material. The control temperature is Subpart B—Preparation of Haz- the temperature above which a package of the material may not be offered ardous Materials for Transpor- for transportation or transported. The tation emergency temperature is the temperature at which, due to imminent § 173.21 Forbidden materials and packages. danger, emergency measures must be initiated. Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the offering for transpor- TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (f)(1)—DERIVATION OF tation or transportation of the fol- CONTROL AND EMERGENCY TEMPERATURE lowing is forbidden: (a) Materials that are designated 1 Control tem- Emergency tem- SADT/SAPT peratures perature ‘‘Forbidden’’ in Column 3 of the § 172.101 table. SADT/SAPT ≤20 °C 20 °C (36 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) (b) Forbidden explosives as defined in (68 °F). below SADT/ below SADT/ SAPT. SAPT. § 173.54 of this part. 20 °C (68 °F)

494

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.21

are shown in Columns 5 and 6, respec- ture inside the transport vehicle, tively. For organic peroxides listed in freight container, or motor vehicle. The Organic Peroxides Table in § 173.225 The written procedures must include control and emergency temperatures, instructions for the vehicle operator on where required, are shown in Columns actions to take if the inside tempera- 7a and 7b, respectively. ture exceeds the control temperature (3) Refrigeration may be used as a and approaches or reaches the emer- means of stabilization only when ap- gency temperature for the material. In proved by the Associate Administrator. addition, the written temperature-con- Approvals issued by the Bureau of Ex- trol procedures must identify enroute plosives are no longer valid (see § 171.19 points where the consumable refrig- of this subchapter). Methods of sta- erant may be procured, or where re- bilization approved by the Associate pairs to, or replacement of, the me- Administrator are as follows: chanical refrigeration unit may be ac- (i) For highway transportation: complished. (A) A material meeting the criteria (E) The vehicle operator shall main- of this paragraph (f) may be trans- tain the written temperature-control ported only in a transport vehicle, procedures, and the written record of freight container, or motor vehicle temperature measurements specified in equipped with a mechanical refrigera- paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if tion unit, or loaded with a consumable applicable, in the same manner as spec- refrigerant, capable of maintaining the ified in § 177.817 of this subchapter for inside temperature of the hazardous shipping papers. material at or below the control tem- (F) If the control temperature is perature required for the material dur- maintained by use of a consumable re- ing transportation. frigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitro- (B) Each package containing a mate- gen), the quantity of consumable re- rial meeting the criteria of this para- frigerant must be sufficient to main- graph (f) must be loaded and maintain the control temperature for twice tained at or below the control tempera- the average transit time under normal ture required for the material. The conditions of transportation. temperature of the material must be (G) A material that has a control determined by appropriate means and temperature of 40 °C (104 °F) or higher entered on a written record at the time may be transported by common car- the packaging is loaded. rier. A material that has a control (C) The vehicle operator shall mon- temperature below 40 °C (104 °F) must itor the inside temperature of the be transported by a private or contract transport vehicle, freight container, or carrier. motor vehicle and enter that tempera- (ii) For transportation by vessel, ture on a written record at the time shipments are authorized in accordance the package is loaded and thereafter at with the control temperature require- intervals not exceeding two hours. Al- ments in 7.3.7 of the IMDG Code (IBR, ternatively, a transport vehicle, freight see § 171.7 of this subchapter). container, or motor vehicle may be (g) Packages which give off a flam- equipped with a visible or audible mable gas or vapor, released from a warning device that activates when the material not otherwise subject to this inside temperature of the transport ve- subchapter, likely to create a flam- hicle, freight container, or motor vehi- mable mixture with air in a transport cle exceeds the control temperature re- vehicle. quired for the material. The warning (h) Packages containing materials device must be readily visible or audi- (other than those classed as explosive) ble, as appropriate, from the vehicle which will detonate in a fire. operator’s seat in the vehicle. (1) For purposes of this paragraph, (D) The carrier shall advise the vehi- ‘‘detonate’’ means an explosion in cle operator of the emergency tempera- which the shock wave travels through ture for the material, and provide the the material at a speed greater than vehicle operator with written proce- the speed of sound. dures that must be followed to assure (2) When tests are required to evalu- maintenance of the control tempera- ate the performance of a package under

495

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.21, Nt. 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the provisions of this paragraph, the lution of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas testing must be done or approved by when decomposing or polymerizing, unless one of the agencies specified in § 173.56. the material is stabilized or inhibited in a (i) Except for a package containing a manner to preclude such evolution. The SADT may be determined by any of the test lighter design sample that meets the methods described in Part II of the UN Man- requirements of § 173.308(b)(2), a pack- ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of age containing a lighter (see § 171.8 of this subchapter). this subchapter) containing a Division (1) A package meeting the criteria of para- 2.1 material, of a design that has not graph (f) of this section may be required to been examined and successfully tested be shipped under controlled temperature by an authorized person under the cri- conditions. The control temperature and teria specified in § 173.308(a)(4) or, a emergency temperature for a package shall be as specified in the table in this paragraph lighter design containing a Class 3 ma- based upon the SADT of the material. The terial, that has not been approved by control temperature is the temperature the Associate Administrator. above which a package of the material may (j) An organic peroxide of the ‘‘ke- not be offered for transportation or trans- tone peroxide’’ category which con- ported. The emergency temperature is the tains more than 9 percent available ox- temperature at which, due to imminent dan- ygen as calculated using the equation ger, emergency measures must be initiated. in § 173.128(a)(4)(ii). The category, ketone peroxide, includes, but is not lim- TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (f)(1)—METHOD OF DE ited to: TERMINING CONTROL AND EMERGENCY TEM- Acetyl acetone peroxide PERATURE Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) Control tem- Emergency tem- Diacetone alcohol peroxides SADT 1 Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) peratures perature Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) SADT ≤20 °C (68 °F) ... 20 °C (36 °F) 10 °C (18 °F) Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) below SADT. below SADT. 20 °C (68 °F)

496

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.22a

(iii) National or international regula- commerce. Subsequent offerors of a tions based on the UN Recommenda- filled and otherwise properly prepared tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- unaltered package are not required to chapter), as authorized in § 173.24(d)(2); maintain manufacturer notification (iv) An approval issued under this (including closure instructions). subchapter; or (iii) When applicable, a person must (v) An exemption or special permit retain a copy of any supporting docu- issued under subchapter A of this chap- mentation used to determine an equiv- ter. alent level of performance under the (3) In making the determination selective testing variation in under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, § 178.601(g)(1) of this subchapter. Such the person may accept: documentation is to be retained by the (i) Except for the marking on the person certifying compliance with bottom of a metal or plastic drum with § 178.601(g)(1), as prescribed in a capacity over 100 L which has been § 178.601(l), and retained as prescribed reconditioned, remanufactured or oth- in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section. erwise converted, the manufacturer’s (b) No person may offer a motor car- certification, specification, approval, rier any hazardous material specified or exemption or special permit mark- in 49 CFR 385.403 unless that motor car- ing (see §§ 178.2 and 179.1 of this sub- rier holds a safety permit issued by the chapter); or Federal Motor Carrier Safety Adminis- (ii) With respect to cargo tanks pro- tration. vided by a carrier, the manufacturer’s (c) Prior to each shipment of fissile identification plate or a written cer- radioactive materials, and Type B or tification of specification or exemption highway route controlled quantity or special permit provided by the car- packages of radioactive materials (see rier. § 173.403), the shipper shall notify the (4)(i) For a DOT Specification or UN consignee of the dates of shipment and standard packaging subject to the re- expected arrival. The shipper shall also quirements of part 178 of this sub- notify each consignee of any special chapter, a person must perform all loading/unloading instructions prior to functions necessary to bring the pack- his first shipment. For any shipment of age into compliance with parts 173 and irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper 178 of this subchapter, as identified by shall provide physical protection in the packaging manufacturer or subse- compliance with a plan established quent distributor (for example, apply- under: ing closures consistent with the manu- (1) Requirements prescribed by the facturer’s closure instructions) in ac- U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, cordance with § 178.2 of this subchapter. or (ii) For other than a bulk package or (2) Equivalent requirements approved a cylinder, a person must retain a copy by the Associate Administrator. of the manufacturer’s notification, in- [Amdt. 173–100, 42 FR 2689, Jan. 13, 1977] cluding closure instructions (see EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- § 178.2(c) of this subchapter). For a bulk tations affecting § 173.22, see the List of CFR package or a cylinder, a person must Sections Affected, which appears in the retain a copy of the manufacturer’s no- Finding Aids section of the printed volume tification, including closure instruc- and at www.govinfo.gov. tions (see § 178.2(c) of this subchapter), unless permanently embossed or print- § 173.22a Use of packagings authorized ed on the package. A copy of the manu- under special permits. facturer’s notification, including clo- (a) Except as provided in paragraph sure instructions (see § 178.2(c) of this (b) of this section, no person may offer subchapter), unless permanently em- a hazardous material for transpor- bossed or printed on the package when tation in a packaging the use of which applicable, must be made available for is dependent upon an exemption or spe- inspection by a representative of the cial permit issued under subpart B of Department upon request for at least part 107 of this title, unless that person 90 days once the package is offered to is the holder of or a party to the ex- the initial carrier for transportation in emption or special permit.

497

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.23 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(b) If an exemption or special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to Jan- authorizes the use of a packaging for uary 1, 1983, may be continued in use if the transportation of a hazardous ma- marked before or at the time of the terial by any person or class of persons next retest with the specification iden- other than or in addition to the holder tification ‘‘4BA’’ near the special per- of the exemption or special permit, mit or exemption marking. that person or a member of that class (e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders of persons may use the packaging for manufactured for use under special per- the purposes authorized in the exemp- mit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 tion or special permit subject to the may be continued in use, and must be terms specified therein. Copies of ex- marked ‘‘DOT-4LXXXYY’’ (XXX to be emptions and special permits may be replaced by the service pressure, YY to obtained by accessing the Hazardous be replaced by the letters ‘‘AL’’, if ap- Materials Safety Web site at http:// plicable) in compliance with Specifica- www.phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat/regs/sp-a’’ or tion 4L (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) on by writing to the Associate Adminis- or before January 1, 1986. The ‘‘DOT- trator for Hazardous Materials Safety, 4LXXXYY’’ must appear in proximity U.S. Department of Transportation, to other required special permit or ex- East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, emption markings. SE., Washington, DC 20590–0001, Atten- (f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- tion: Records Center. cle must conform to structural integ- (c) When an exemption or special per- rity requirements in § 178.337–3 or to mit issued to a person who offers a haz- corresponding requirements in effect at ardous material contains requirements the time of manufacture. that apply to a carrier of the hazardous (g) A non-bulk packaging manufac- material, the offeror shall furnish a tured, tested, marked, and certified on copy of the current exemption or spe- or before September 30, 1996, in accord- cial permit to the carrier before or at ance with the applicable provisions of the time a shipment is tendered. subparts L and M of part 178 of this subchapter in effect on September 30, [70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005, as amended at 72 1995, may be used as authorized by this FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, subchapter if the packaging conforms 2011] to all requirements applicable at the § 173.23 Previously authorized pack- time of manufacture. In addition, such aging. a packaging may be reused as authorized by § 173.28 without a nominal (a) When the regulations specify a thickness marking, if it conforms to packaging with a specification mark- the minimum thickness criteria pre- ing prefix of ‘‘DOT,’’ a packaging scribed in § 173.28(b)(4). marked prior to January 1, 1970, with (h) A packaging that is permanently the prefix of ‘‘ICC’’ may be used in its marked with a special permit number, place if the packaging otherwise con- ‘‘DOT–SP’’ or ‘‘DOT–E,’’ for which the forms to applicable specification re- provisions of the special permit have quirements. been incorporated into this subchapter (b) [Reserved] may continue to be used for the life of (c) After July 2, 1982, a seamless alu- the packaging without obliterating or minum cylinder manufactured in con- otherwise removing the special permit formance with and for use under DOT number. special permit (SP) or exemption (E) (i) An exemption packaging or ship- 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be con- ping paper that is permanently marked tinued in use if marked before or at the ‘‘DOT-E’’ prior to October 1, 2007, may time of the next retest with either the continue in use as long as the exemp- specification identification ‘‘3AL’’ im- tion or special permit remains valid, mediately above the special permit or unless otherwise specified in the ex- exemption number, or the DOT mark emption or special permit. (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to the special permit or exemption mark- [Amdt. 173–3, 33 FR 14921, Oct. 4, 1968] ing. EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured tations affecting § 173.23, see the List of CFR and marked under DOT special permit Sections Affected, which appears in the

498

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24

Finding Aids section of the printed volume (ii) The packaging is permitted and at www.govinfo.gov. under, and conforms to, provisions contained in subparts B or C of part 171 of § 173.24 General requirements for this subchapter or § 173.3, § 173.4, packagings and packages. § 173.4a, § 173.4b, § 173.5, § 173.5a, § 173.6, (a) Applicability. Except as otherwise § 173.7, § 173.8, § 173.27, or § 176.11 of this provided in this subchapter, the provi- subchapter. sions of this section apply to— (2) The use of supplementary pack- (1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings; agings within an outer packaging (e.g., (2) New packagings and packagings an intermediate packaging or a recep- which are reused; and tacle inside a required inner pack- (3) Specification and non-specifica- aging) additional to what is required tion packagings. by this subchapter is authorized pro- (b) Each package used for the ship- vided all applicable requirements of ment of hazardous materials under this this subchapter are met and, when nec- subchapter shall be designed, con- essary, suitable cushioning is used to structed, maintained, filled, its con- prevent movement within the pack- tents so limited, and closed, so that aging. under conditions normally incident to (d) Specification packagings and UN transportation— standard packagings manufactured out- (1) Except as otherwise provided in side the U.S.—(1) Specification pack- this subchapter, there will be no identi- agings. A specification packaging, in- fiable (without the use of instruments) cluding a UN standard packaging man- release of hazardous materials to the ufactured in the United States, must environment; conform in all details to the applicable (2) The effectiveness of the package specification or standard in part 178 or will not be substantially reduced; for part 179 of this subchapter. example, impact resistance, strength, packaging compatibility, etc. must be (2) UN standard packagings manufac- maintained for the minimum and max- tured outside the United States. A UN imum temperatures, changes in humid- standard packaging manufactured out- ity and pressure, and shocks, loadings side the United States, in accordance and vibrations, normally encountered with national or international regula- during transportation; tions based on the UN Recommenda- (3) There will be no mixture of gases tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- or vapors in the package which could, chapter), may be imported and used through any credible spontaneous in- and is considered to be an authorized crease of heat or pressure, significantly packaging under the provisions of para- reduce the effectiveness of the pack- graph (c)(1) of this section, subject to aging; the following conditions and limita- (4) There will be no hazardous mate- tions: rial residue adhering to the outside of (i) The packaging fully conforms to the package during transport. applicable provisions in the UN Rec- (c) Authorized packagings. (1) A pack- ommendations and the requirements of aging is authorized for a hazardous ma- this subpart, including reuse provi- terial only if— sions; (i) The packaging is prescribed or (ii) The packaging is capable of pass- permitted for the hazardous material ing the prescribed tests in part 178 of in a packaging section specified for this subchapter applicable to that that material in Column 8 of the standard; and § 172.101 table and conforms to applica- (iii) The competent authority of the ble requirements in the special provi- country of manufacture provides recip- sions of Column 7 of the § 172.101 table rocal treatment for UN standard pack- and, for specification packagings (but agings manufactured in the U.S. not including UN standard packagings (e) Compatibility. (1) Even though cer- manufactured outside the United tain packagings are specified in this States), the specification requirements part, it is, nevertheless, the responsi- in parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; bility of the person offering a haz- or ardous material for transportation to

499

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.24 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

ensure that such packagings are com- of reacting dangerously with each patible with their lading. This particu- other and causing— larly applies to corrosivity, perme- (i) Combustion or dangerous evo- ability, softening, premature aging and lution of heat; embrittlement. (ii) Evolution of flammable, poi- (2) Packaging materials and contents sonous, or asphyxiant gases; or must be such that there will be no sig- (iii) Formation of unstable or corro- nificant chemical or galvanic reaction sive materials. between the materials and contents of (5) Packagings used for solids, which the package. may become liquid at temperatures (3) Plastic packagings and receptacles. likely to be encountered during trans- (i) Plastic used in packagings and re- portation, must be capable of con- ceptacles must be of a type compatible taining the hazardous material in the with the lading and may not be per- liquid state. meable to an extent that a hazardous (f) Closures. (1) Closures on pack- condition is likely to occur during agings shall be so designed and closed transportation, handling or refilling. that under conditions (including the ef- (ii) Each plastic packaging or recep- fects of temperature, pressure and vi- tacle which is used for liquid hazardous bration) normally incident to transpor- materials must be capable of with- tation— standing without failure the procedure (i) Except as provided in paragraph specified in appendix B of this part (g) of this section, there is no identifi- (‘‘Procedure for Testing Chemical Com- able release of hazardous materials to patibility and Rate of Permeation in the environment from the opening to Plastic Packagings and Receptacles’’). which the closure is applied; and The procedure specified in appendix B of this part must be performed on each (ii) The closure is leakproof and se- plastic packaging or receptacle used cured against loosening. For air trans- for Packing Group I materials. The port, stoppers, corks or other such fric- maximum rate of permeation of haz- tion closures must be held in place by ardous lading through or into the plas- positive means. tic packaging or receptacles may not (2) Except as otherwise provided in exceed 0.5 percent for materials meet- this subchapter, a closure (including ing the definition of a Division 6.1 ma- gaskets or other closure components, if terial according to § 173.132 and 2.0 per- any) used on a specification packaging cent for other hazardous materials, must conform to all applicable require- when subjected to a temperature no ments of the specification and must be lower than— closed in accordance with information, (A) 18 °C (64 °F) for 180 days in ac- as applicable, provided by the manufac- cordance with Test Method 1 in appen- turer’s notification required by § 178.2 dix B of this part; of this subchapter. (B) 50 °C (122 °F) for 28 days in accord- (g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to ance with Test Method 2 in appendix B reduce internal pressure which may de- of this part; or velop by the evolution of gas from the (C) 60 °C (140 °F) for 14 days in accord- contents, is permitted only when— ance with Test Method 3 in appendix B (1) Except for shipments of cryogenic of this part. liquids as specified in § 173.320(c) and of (iii) Alternative procedures or rates carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), trans- of permeation are permitted if they portation by aircraft is not involved; yield a level of safety equivalent to or (2) Except as otherwise provided in greater than that provided by para- this subchapter, the evolved gases are graph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are not poisonous, likely to create a flam- specifically approved by the Associate mable mixture with air or be an as- Administrator. phyxiant under normal conditions of (4) Mixed contents. Hazardous mate- transportation; rials may not be packed or mixed to- (3) The packaging is designed so as to gether in the same outer packaging preclude an unintentional release of with other hazardous or nonhazardous hazardous materials from the recep- materials if such materials are capable tacle;

500

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24a

(4) For bulk packagings, other than hazardous materials must be packed so IBCs, venting is authorized for the spe- that closures on inner packagings are cific hazardous material by a special upright. provision in the § 172.101 table or by the (2) Friction. The nature and thickness applicable bulk packaging specification of the outer packaging must be such in part 178 of this subchapter; and that friction during transportation is (5) Intermediate bulk packagings not likely to generate an amount of (IBCs) may be vented when required to heat sufficient to alter dangerously the reduce internal pressure that may de- chemical stability of the contents. velop by the evolution of gas subject to (3) Securing and cushioning. Inner the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) packagings of combination packagings through (g)(3) of this section. The IBC must be so packed, secured and cush- must be of a type that has successfully ioned to prevent their breakage or passed (with the vent in place) the ap- leakage and to control their shifting plicable design qualification tests with within the outer packaging under con- no release of hazardous material. ditions normally incident to transpor- (h) Outage and filling limits—(1) Gen- tation. Cushioning material must not eral. When filling packagings and re- be capable of reacting dangerously ceptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage with the contents of the inner pack- (outage) must be left to ensure that agings or having its protective prop- neither leakage nor permanent distor- erties significantly weakened in the tion of the packaging or receptacle will event of leakage. occur as a result of an expansion of the (4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and liquid caused by temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation. other metallic devices shall not pro- Requirements for outage and filling trude into the interior of the outer limits for non-bulk and bulk pack- packaging in such a manner as to be agings are specified in §§ 173.24a(d) and likely to damage inner packagings or 173.24b(a), respectively. receptacles. (2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liq- (5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package uids. Filling limits for compressed must be capable of withstanding, with- gases and cryogenic liquids are speci- out rupture or leakage, the vibration fied in §§ 173.301 through 173.306 for cyl- test procedure specified in § 178.608 of inders and §§ 173.314 through 173.319 for this subchapter. bulk packagings. (b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1) (i) Air transportation. Except as pro- A non-bulk packaging not exceeding vided in subpart C of part 171 of this 400 kg may be filled with a liquid haz- subchapter, packages prepared under ardous material only when the specific § 173.167 of this part, or packages pre- gravity of the material or gross mass pared under Packing Instruction Y963 of the package does not exceed that of the ICAO Technical Instructions, marked on the packaging, or a specific packages offered or intended for trans- gravity of 1.2 if not marked, except as portation by aircraft must conform to follows: the general requirements for transpor- (i) A Packing Group I packaging may tation by aircraft in § 173.27. be used for a Packing Group II mate- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52610, Dec. 21, 1990] rial with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- specific gravity or gross mass of the tations affecting § 173.24, see the List of CFR package marked on the packaging, pro- Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume vided all the performance criteria can and at www.govinfo.gov. still be met with the higher specific gravity material; § 173.24a Additional general require- (ii) A Packing Group I packaging ments for non-bulk packagings and may be used for a Packing Group III packages. material with a specific gravity not ex- (a) Packaging design. Except as pro- ceeding the greater of 2.7, or 2.25 times vided in § 172.312 of this subchapter: the specific gravity or gross mass of (1) Inner packaging closures. A com- the package marked on the packaging, bination packaging containing liquid provided all the performance criteria

501

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.24a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

can still be met with the higher spe- packaging in liters, or gross mass of cific gravity material; and the package, multiplied by 1.5, multi- (iii) A Packing Group II packaging plied by the specific gravity or gross may be used for a Packing Group III mass of the package marked on the material with a specific gravity not ex- packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. ceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times (4) Packagings tested as prescribed in the specific gravity or gross mass of § 178.605 of this subchapter and marked the package marked on the packaging, with the hydrostatic test pressure as provided all the performance criteria prescribed in § 178.503(a)(5) of this sub- can still be met with the higher spe- chapter may be used for liquids only cific gravity material. when the vapor pressure of the liquid (2) Except as otherwise provided in conforms to one of the following: this section, a non-bulk packaging may (i) The vapor pressure must be such not be filled with a hazardous material that the total pressure in the pack- to a gross mass greater than the max- aging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the imum gross mass marked on the pack- liquid plus the partial pressure of air or aging. other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psia)) (3) A non-bulk packaging not exceed- at 55 °C (131 °F), determined on the ing 400 kg which is tested and marked basis of a maximum degree of filling in for liquid hazardous materials may be accordance with paragraph (d) of this filled with a solid hazardous material section and a filling temperature of 15 to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- °C (59 °F)), will not exceed two-thirds of ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- the marked test pressure; aging in liters, or gross mass of the (ii) The vapor pressure at 50 °C (122 package, multiplied by the specific °F) must be less than four-sevenths of gravity or gross mass of the package the sum of the marked test pressure marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not plus 100 kPa (15 psia); or marked. In addition: (iii) The vapor pressure at 55 °C (131 (i) A non-bulk packaging not exceed- °F) must be less than two-thirds of the ing 400 kg which is tested and marked sum of the marked test pressure plus for Packing Group I liquid hazardous 100 kPa (15 psia). materials may be filled with a solid (5) No hazardous material may re- Packing Group II hazardous material main on the outside of a package after to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- filling. ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- (c) Mixed contents. (1) An outer non- aging in liters, or gross mass of the bulk packaging may contain more than package, multiplied by 1.5, multiplied one hazardous material only when— by the specific gravity or gross mass of (i) The inner and outer packagings the package marked on the packaging, used for each hazardous material con- or 1.2 if not marked. form to the relevant packaging sec- (ii) A non-bulk packaging not exceed- tions of this part applicable to that ing 400 kg which is tested and marked hazardous material; for Packing Group I liquid hazardous (ii) The package as prepared for ship- materials may be filled with a solid ment meets the performance tests pre- Packing Group III hazardous material scribed in part 178 of this subchapter to a gross mass, in kilograms, not ex- for the packing group indicating the ceeding the rated capacity of the pack- highest order of hazard for the haz- aging in liters, or gross mass of the ardous materials contained in the package, multiplied by 2.25, multiplied package; by the specific gravity or gross mass of (iii) Corrosive materials (except the package marked on the packaging, ORM-D) in bottles are further packed or 1.2 if not marked. in securely closed inner receptacles be- (iii) A non-bulk packaging not ex- fore packing in outer packagings; and ceeding 400 kg which is tested and (iv) For transportation by aircraft, marked for Packing Group II liquid the total net quantity does not exceed hazardous materials may be filled with the lowest permitted maximum net a solid Packing Group III hazardous quantity per package as shown in Col- material to a gross mass, in kilograms, umn (9a) or (9b), as appropriate, of the not exceeding the rated capacity of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. The

502

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.24b

permitted maximum net quantity must porating a metal jacket that provides be calculated in kilograms if a package an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 contains both a liquid and a solid. °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 These requirements do not apply to kilojoules per hour per square meter limited quantity hazardous materials per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per packaged in accordance with square foot/ per degree F) temperature § 173.27(f)(2). differential; or (2) A packaging containing inner (iii) 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated packagings of Division 6.2 materials tank. may not contain other hazardous mate- (2) Hazardous materials may not be rials except— loaded into the dome of a tank car. If (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or the dome of the tank car does not pro- liquid nitrogen, as authorized under vide sufficient outage, vacant space the HMR; must be left in the shell to provide the (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize required outage. blood or plasma; or (b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class of this section, the reference stainless 8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack- steel is stainless steel with a guaran- ing Groups II or III used to stabilize or teed minimum tensile strength of 51.7 prevent degradation of the sample, pro- deka newtons per square millimeter vided the quantity of such materials (75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or 30 g of 40 percent or greater. Where the reg- (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. The ulations permit steel other than stain- maximum quantity in an outer packless steel to be used in place of a speci- age, including a hazardous material fied stainless steel (for example, as in used to preserve or stabilize a sample, § 172.102 of this subchapter, special pro- may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon) or 4 kg vision B30), the minimum thickness for (8.8 pounds). Such preservatives are not the steel must be obtained from one of subject to the requirements of this sub- the following formulas, as appropriate: chapter. Formula for metric units (d) Liquids must not completely fill a 1 receptacle at a temperature of 55 °C e1 = (12.74e0) / (Rm1 A1) ⁄3 (131 °F) or less. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52611, Dec. 21, 1990, as Formula for non-metric units amended at 56 FR 66265, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 1 e1 = (144.2e0) / (Rm1 A1) ⁄3 45460, Oct. 1, 1992; 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 where:

FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, e0 = Required thickness of the reference 2003; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 81 FR 35541, stainless steel in mm or inches respec- June 2, 2016; 83 FR 55808, Nov. 7, 2018] tively; e1 = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in § 173.24b Additional general require- mm or inches respectively; ments for bulk packagings. Rm1 = Specified minimum tensile strength of (a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except the steel used in deka-newtons per square millimeter or pounds per square as otherwise provided in this sub- inch respectively; and chapter, liquids and liquefied gases A1 = Specified minimum percentage elon- must be so loaded that the outage is at gation of the steel used multiplied by 100 least five percent for materials poi- (for example, 20 percent times 100 equals sonous by inhalation, or at least one 20). Elongation values used must be de- percent for all other materials, of the termined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test total capacity of a cargo tank, portable specimen. tank, tank car (including dome capac- (c) Air pressure in excess of ambient ity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any atmospheric pressure may not be used compartment thereof, at the following to load or unload any lading which reference temperatures— may create an air-enriched mixture (i) 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated within the flammability range of the tank; lading in the vapor space of the tank. (ii) 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank car hav- (d) A bulk packaging may not be ing a thermal protection system, incor- loaded with a hazardous material that:

503

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.25 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(1) Is at a temperature outside of the (iv) Be approved by the Associate Ad- packaging’s design temperature range; ministrator when the portable tank is or designed and constructed under the (2) Except as otherwise provided in provisions of an alternative arrange- this subchapter, exceeds the maximum ment (see § 178.274(a)(2) of this sub- weight of lading marked on the speci- chapter); and fication plate. (v) The competent authority of the (e) Stacking of IBCs and Large Pack- country of manufacture must provide agings. (1) IBCs and Large Packagings reciprocal treatment for UN portable not designed and tested to be stacked. tanks manufactured in the United No packages or freight (hazardous or States. otherwise) may be stacked upon an IBC [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as or a Large Packaging that was not de- amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. signed and tested to be stacked upon. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– (2) IBCs and Large Packagings de- 243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 signed and tested to be stacked. The FR 28676, June 5, 1996; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR superimposed weight placed upon an 50624, Sept. 26, 1996; 66 FR 33426, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, IBC or a Large Packaging designed to 2003; 74 FR 2255, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 56315, be stacked may not exceed the max- Sept. 13, 2011] imum permissible stacking test mass marked on the packaging. § 173.25 Authorized packagings and (f) UN portable tanks. (1) A UN port- overpacks. able tank manufactured in the United (a) Authorized packages containing States must conform in all details to hazardous materials may be offered for the applicable requirements in parts transportation in an overpack as de- 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter. fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, if all (2) UN portable tanks manufactured of the following conditions are met: outside the United States. A UN portable (1) The package meets the require- tank manufactured outside the United ments of §§ 173.21 and 173.24 of this sub- States, in accordance with national or chapter. international regulations based on the (2) The overpack is marked with the UN Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 proper shipping name and identifica- of this subchapter), which is an author- tion number, when applicable, and is ized packaging under § 173.24 of this labeled as required by this subchapter subchapter, may be filled, offered and for each hazardous material contained transported in the United States, if the therein, unless marking and labels rep- § 172.101 Table of this subchapter au- resentative of each hazardous material thorizes the hazardous material for in the overpack are visible. transportation in the UN portable tank (3) Each package subject to the ori- and it conforms to the applicable T entation marking requirements of codes, and tank provision codes, or § 172.312 of this subchapter is packed in other special provisions assigned to the the overpack with its filling holes up hazardous material in Column (7) of and the overpack is marked with pack- the Table. In addition, the portable age orientation marking arrows on two tank must— opposite vertical sides of the overpack (i) Conform to applicable provisions with the arrows pointing in the correct in the UN Recommendations (IBR, see direction of orientation. § 171.7 of this subchapter) and the re- (4) The overpack is marked with the quirements of this subpart; word ‘‘OVERPACK’’ when specification (ii) Be capable of passing the pre- packagings are required, or for Class 7 scribed tests and inspections in part 180 (radioactive) material when a Type A, of this subchapter applicable to the UN Type B(U), Type B(M) or industrial portable tank specification; package is required. The ‘‘OVER- (iii) Be designed and manufactured PACK’’ marking is not required when according to the ASME Code (IBR, see the required markings representative § 171.7 of this subchapter) or a pressure of each package type contained in the vessel design code approved by the As- overpack are visible from outside of sociate Administrator; the overpack. The lettering on the

504

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

‘‘OVERPACK’’ marking must be at drum tested and marked for a Packing least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high. Group II or higher performance level. (i) Transitional exception. A marking [Amdt. 173–165, 48 FR 28099, June 20, 1983] in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph in effect on December EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- 31, 2014, may continue to be used until tations affecting § 173.25, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the December 31, 2016. Finding Aids section of the printed volume (ii) For domestic transportation, an and at www.govinfo.gov. overpack marked prior to January 1, 2017 and in conformance with the re- § 173.26 Quantity limitations. quirements of this paragraph in effect When quantity limitations do not ap- on December 31, 2014, may continue in pear in the packaging requirements of service until the end of its useful life. this subchapter, the permitted gross (5) Packages containing Class 8 (cor- weight or capacity authorized for a rosive) materials in Packing Group I or packaging is as shown in the packaging Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in specification or standard in part 178 or Packing Group I may not be over- 179, as applicable, of this subchapter. packed with any other materials. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990] (6) For limited quantities and ORM material, the overpack is marked with § 173.27 General requirements for a limited quantity marking prescribed transportation by aircraft. in § 172.315 of this subchapter or, the (a) The requirements of this section ORM marking prescribed in § 172.316 of are in addition to requirements pre- this subchapter, unless a limited quan- scribed elsewhere under this part and tity or ORM marking representative of apply to packages offered or intended the hazardous material in the overpack for transportation aboard aircraft. Ex- is visible. cept for materials not subject to per- (7) For excepted quantities, the over- formance packaging requirements in pack is marked with the required subpart E of this part, a packaging marking of § 173.4a of this part unless containing a Packing Group III mate- visible. rial with a primary or subsidiary risk (b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch- of Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or Class 8 wrapped trays may be used as outer must meet the Packing Group II per- packagings for inner packagings pre- formance level when offered for trans- pared in accordance with the limited portation by aircraft. quantity provisions or consumer com- (b) Packages authorized onboard air- modity provisions of this subchapter, craft. (1) When Column 9a of the provided that— § 172.101 table indicates that a material (1) Inner packagings are not fragile, is ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not liable to break or be easily punctured, be offered for transportation or trans- such as those made of glass, porcelain, ported aboard passenger-carrying air- stoneware or certain plastics; and craft. (2) Each complete package does not (2) When Column 9b of the § 172.101 exceed 20 kg (44 lbs) gross weight. table indicates that a material is (c) Hazardous materials which are re- ‘‘Forbidden’’, that material may not be quired to be labeled POISON may be offered for transportation or trans- transported in the same motor vehicle ported aboard aircraft. with material that is marked or known (3) The maximum quantity of haz- to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible ma- ardous material in a package that may terial intended for consumption by hu- be offered for transportation or trans- mans or animals provided the haz- ported aboard a passenger-carrying air- ardous material is marked, labeled, craft or cargo aircraft may not exceed and packaged in accordance with this that quantity prescribed for the mate- subchapter, conforms to the require- rial in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of ments of paragraph (a) of this section the § 172.101 table. and is overpacked as specified in (4) A package containing a hazardous § 177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an material which is authorized aboard overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2 cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger

505

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

aircraft must be labeled with the III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label re- kPa (15 psig) for other liquids. quired by § 172.402(c) of this subchapter (d) Closures. The body and closure of and may not be offered for transpor- any packaging must be constructed to tation or transported aboard pas- be able to adequately resist the effects senger-carrying aircraft. of temperature and vibration occurring (c) Pressure requirements. (1) Pack- in conditions normally incident to air agings must be designed and con- transportation. Inner packaging or re- structed to prevent leakage that may ceptacle closures of combination pack- be caused by changes in altitude and ages containing liquids must be held temperature during transportation securely, tightly and effectively in aboard aircraft. place by secondary means. Examples of (2) Packagings for which retention of such secondary methods include: Adhe- liquid is a basic function must be capa- sive tape, friction sleeves, welding or ble of withstanding without leakage soldering, locking wires, locking rings, the greater of— induction heat seals, and child-resist- (i) An internal pressure which pro- ant closures. The closure device must duces a gauge pressure of not less than be designed so that it is unlikely that 75 kPa (11 psig) for liquids in Packing it can be incorrectly or incompletely Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1; or closed. Closures must be as follows: 95 kPa (14 psig) for other liquids; or (1) Packing Group I. An inner packaging containing liquids of Packing (ii) A pressure related to the vapor Group I must have a secondary means pressure of the liquid to be conveyed, of closure applied and packed in ac- determined by one of the following: cordance with paragraph (e) of this sec- (A) The total gauge pressure meas- tion. ured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor (2) Packing Groups II and III. When a pressure of the material and the partial secondary means of closure cannot be pressure of air or other inert gases, less applied or is impracticable to apply to 100 kPa (15 psia)) at 55 °C (131 °F), mul- an inner packaging containing liquids tiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; deter- of Packing Groups II and III, this re- mined on the basis of a filling tempera- quirement may be satisfied by securely ture of 15 °C (59 °F) and a degree of fill- closing the inner packaging and placing such that the receptacle is not ing it in a leakproof liner or bag before completely liquid full at a temperature placing the inner packaging in its of 55 °C (131 °F) or less; outer packaging. (B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50 (e) Absorbent materials. Except as oth- ° ° C (122 F) less 100 kPa (15 psia); or erwise provided in this subchapter, (C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55 Packing Group I liquid hazardous ma- °C (131 °) less 100 kPa (15 psia). terials of Classes 3, 4, or 8, or Divisions (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of 5.1 or 6.1 that are packaged in combina- paragraph (c)(2) of this section— tion packagings and offered for air (i) Hazardous materials may be con- transport in glass, earthenware, plas- tained in an inner packaging which tic, or metal inner packagings must be does not itself meet the pressure re- packed using absorbent material as fol- quirement provided that the inner lows: packaging is packed within a supple- (1) Inner packagings must be packed mentary packaging which does meet in a rigid and leakproof receptacle or the pressure requirement and other ap- intermediate packaging containing suf- plicable packaging requirements of ficient absorbent material to absorb this subchapter. the entire contents of the inner pack- (ii) Packagings which are subject to aging before packing the inner pack- the hydrostatic pressure test and aging in its outer package. marking requirements of §§ 178.605 and (2) Absorbent material must not 178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this sub- react dangerously with the liquid (see chapter must have a marked test pres- §§ 173.24 and 173.24a.). sure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psig) (f) Combination packagings—(1) Ex- for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa cepted quantities. For authorized mate- (12 psig) for liquids in Packing Group rials and inner and outer package

506

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

quantity limits for combination pack- tacles, small (UN2037) without sub- ages of excepted quantities intended for sidiary risk) and Division 2.3 (toxic transportation by aircraft, see § 173.4a gas); of this part. Unless otherwise specified (D) Divisions 4.1 (self-reactive), 4.2 in this part, or in Subpart C of part 171 (spontaneously combustible) (primary of this subchapter, when combination or subsidiary risk), and 4.3 (dangerous packagings are intended for transpor- when wet) (liquids); tation aboard an aircraft, inner pack- (E) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) agings must conform to the quantity (except when contained in a Chemical limitations set forth in table 1 of this or First aid kit (UN3316) or Polyester paragraph for transport aboard pas- resin kit (UN3269) (Types D, E and F senger-carrying aircraft and table 2 of non-temperature controlled only)); this paragraph for transport aboard cargo-only aircraft. (F) Class 8 (corrosive) materials (2) Limited quantities. (i) Unless other- UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, wise specified in this part, or in sub- UN3028, UN3506; and part C of part 171 of this subchapter, (G) All Class 9 (miscellaneous) mate- when a limited quantity of hazardous rials except for UN1941, UN1990, UN2071, material packaged in a combination UN3077, UN3082, UN3316, UN3334, packaging is intended for transpor- UN3335, and ID8000. tation aboard an aircraft, the inner and (ii) Effective January 1, 2012, pack- outer packagings must conform to the ages must be marked with the limited quantity limitations set forth in Table quantity ‘‘Y’’ mark as prescribed in 3 of this paragraph (f). Materials and § 172.315 of this part when conforming articles must be authorized for trans- to Table 3 of this paragraph. Until De- portation aboard a passenger-carrying cember 31, 2012, a package may instead aircraft (see Column (9A) of the § 172.101 be marked with the proper shipping Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- name ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and chapter). Not all unauthorized mate- ‘‘ORM–D–AIR’’ (including ‘‘Charcoal, rials or articles may be indicated in NA1361) if it contains a consumer com- this table. For mixed content packages modity, as authorized by this sub- of limited quantity material, the total chapter in effect on October 1, 2010. net quantity must not exceed the low- (iii) Strong outer packagings are re- est permitted maximum net quantity quired and a completed package may (for each of the hazard classes or divi- not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs) gross weight. sions represented in the package) per (iv) A secondary means of closure re- outer package set forth in Table 3 of quired for all liquids contained in inner this paragraph (f). The permitted max- packagings. If this requirement cannot imum net quantity must be calculated be satisfied, the use of an intermediate in kilograms for a package that con- and leakproof form of containment, tains both a solid and a liquid. Unless such as a liner, is required. otherwise excepted, packages must be marked and labeled in accordance with (v) Packages must be capable of pass- this section and any additional require- ing a 1.2 m drop test on to a rigid, non- ments in subparts D and E, respec- resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in tively, of part 172 of this subchapter. the position most likely to cause dam- Materials or articles not authorized as age. The criteria for passing the test is limited quantity by aircraft are: that the outer packaging must not ex- (A) Those in Packing Group I; hibit any damage affecting safety in (B) Class 1 (explosive) material (see transport and there must be no leakage § 173.63(b) of this part for exceptions from the inner packagings. provided to certain articles of Division (vi) Each package must be capable of 1.4S) and Class 7 (radioactive) material withstanding, without breakage or (see §§ 173.421 through 173.425 of this leakage of any inner packaging, a force part, as applicable, for exceptions pro- applied to the top surface for a dura- vided to certain substances, instru- tion of 24 hours equivalent to the total ments or articles of Class 7); weight of identical packages if stacked (C) Divisions 2.1 (flammable gas) to a height of 3 m (including the test (except Aerosols (UN1950) and Recep- sample).

507

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(vii) Except for UN3082, inner pack- tial test prescribed in paragraph (c) of agings of combination packagings con- this section. taining liquids must be capable of pass- (3) The tables are as follows: ing the appropriate pressure differen-

TABLE 1—MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON PASSENGER- CARRYING AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack- Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a of the § 172.101 aging table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings

Liquids: Not greater than 0.5L ...... 0.5L ...... 0.5L. Greater than 0.5L. not greater than lL ...... 0.5L ...... lL. Greater than 1L, not greater than 5L ...... 1L ...... 5L. Greater than 5L, not greater than 60L ...... 2.5L ...... 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ...... 5L ...... 25L. Greater than 220L ...... No limit ...... No limit. Solids: Not greater than 5 kg ...... 0.5 kg ...... 1 kg. Greater than 5 kg, not greater than 25 kg ...... 1 kg ...... 2.5 kg. Greater than 25 kg, not greater than 200 kg ...... 5 kg ...... 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg ...... No limit ...... No limit.

TABLE 2—MAXIMUM NET CAPACITY OF INNER PACKAGING FOR TRANSPORTATION ON CARGO AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net capacity of each inner pack- Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the § 172.101 aging table Glass, earthenware or Metal or plastic inner fiber inner packagings packagings

Liquids: Not greater than 2.5L ...... 1L ...... 1L. Greater than 2.5L, not greater than 30L ...... 2.5L ...... 2.5L. Greater than 30L, not greater than 60L ...... 5L ...... 10L. Greater than 60L, not greater than 220L ...... 5L ...... 25L. Greater than 220L ...... No limit ...... No limit. Solids: Not greater than 15 kg ...... 1 kg ...... 2.5 kg. Greater than 15 kg, not greater than 50 kg ...... 2.5 kg ...... 5 kg. Greater than 50 kg, not greater than 200 kg ...... 5 kg ...... 10 kg. Greater than 200 kg ...... No limit ...... No limit.

TABLE 3—MAXIMUM NET QUANTITY OF EACH INNER AND OUTER PACKAGING FOR MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION AS LIMITED QUANTITY BY AIRCRAFT

Maximum authorized net quantity of each inner packaging Hazard class or Maximum author- division Glass, earthenware ized net quantity of Notes or fiber inner pack- Metal or plastic each outer package agings inner packagings

Class 1 ...... Forbidden (See ...... See § 173.63(b) of this part for excep- note). tions provided to certain articles of Division 1.4S. Class 2 ...... 30 kg Gross ...... Authorized materials: Aerosols (UN1950) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2, and Receptacles, small (UN2037) in Divisions 2.1 and 2.2 without subsidiary risk and Fuel cells cartridges (UN3478, UN3479), see § 173.230 of this part. Class 3 ...... PG I: Forbidden.

508

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.27

TABLE 3—MAXIMUM NET QUANTITY OF EACH INNER AND OUTER PACKAGING FOR MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION AS LIMITED QUANTITY BY AIRCRAFT—Continued

PG II: 0.5L ...... PG II: 0.5L ...... PG II: 1L* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN2924, UN3286) is 0.5L. For Class 3 base materials as part of a Polyester resin kit (UN3269), see § 173.165 of this part for additional requirements, as applicable. Inner packaging limit for UN3269 base material is 1.0 L. For Fuel cell cartridges containing flammable liquids (UN3473), see § 173.230 of this part. PG III: 2.5L* ...... PG III: 5.0L* ...... PG III: 10L* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack- * Corrosive sub- * Corrosive sub- age with corrosive subsidiary risk sidiary risk (e.g., sidiary risk (e.g., (e.g., UN2924) is 1L and toxic sub- UN2924) or toxic UN2924) or toxic sidiary risk (e.g., UN1992) is 2L. For (e.g., UN1992) is (e.g., UN1992) is Class 3 base materials as part of a 1L. 1L. Polyester resin kit (UN3269), see § 173.165 of this part for additional requirements, as applicable. Inner packaging limit for UN3269 base material is 1.0 L. Division 4.1 (does PG I: Forbidden. not include self- reactive material). PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 5 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer package with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3179) is 1 kg. PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3180) is 5 kg. Division 4.2 (Pri- Forbidden * ...... 25 kg (net mass)* * Until December 31, 2012, Charcoal mary or sub- (NA1361), PG III, may be trans- sidiary). ported as a limited quantity and may be renamed Consumer commodity and reclassed ORM-D-AIR, if eligible. Division 4.3 (solid PG I solids and all material only). liquids regardless of Packing Group: Forbidden. PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 5 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer package with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3134) is 1 kg. For fuel cell cartridges containing water reactive substances (UN3476), see § 173.230 of this part. PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 1 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive or flammable subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3131 or UN3132, respectively) is 5 kg. Division 5.1 (Liquid PG I: Forbidden. or solid material). Division 5.1 (liquid PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.5L. material). PG III: 0.5L ...... PG III: 0.5L ...... PG III: 1.0L. Division 5.1 (solid PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 2.5 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack- material). age with toxic subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3087) is 1 kg. PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer package with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3085) is 1 kg.

509

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.27 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 3—MAXIMUM NET QUANTITY OF EACH INNER AND OUTER PACKAGING FOR MATERIALS AUTHORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION AS LIMITED QUANTITY BY AIRCRAFT—Continued

Division 5.2 (liquid 30 mL ...... 30 mL ...... 1 kg ...... Authorized materials: Types D, E and material). F are authorized only as part of a Chemical or First aid kit (UN3316) packaged in accordance with § 173.161 of this part or a Polyester resin kit (UN3269) packaged in accordance with § 173.165 of this part. See §§ 173.161 and 173.165, as applicable, for additional requirements. Division 5.2 (solid 100g ...... 100g ...... 1 kg ...... Solid activators of Types D, E and F material). are limited to 100 g per inner packaging for UN3316 and UN3269. See §§ 173.161 and 173.165, as applicable, for additional requirements. Division 6.1 ...... PG I (Inhalation or otherwise): For- bidden. Division 6.1 (liquid PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 1.0L* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack- material). age with corrosive subsidiary risk (e.g., UN3289) is 0.5L. PG III: 0.5L ...... PG III: 0.5L ...... PG III: 2.0L. Division 6.1 (solid PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 1.0 kg. material). PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 10 kg. Class 7 ...... Forbidden (See ...... See §§ 173.421 through 173.425 of this note). part, as applicable, for exceptions provided to certain substances, instruments or articles of Class 7. Class 8 ...... PG I: Forbidden. Class 8 (liquid ma- PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.1L ...... PG II: 0.5L ...... For ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges containing cor- terial). rosive substances’’ (UN3477), see § 173.230 of this part. PG III: 0.5L ...... PG III: 0.5L ...... PG III: 1.0L. Class 8 (solid mate- PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 0.5 kg ...... PG II: 5.0 kg* ...... * Maximum net quantity per outer pack- rial). age for UN2430 is 1.0 kg. UN2794, UN2795, UN2803, UN2809, UN3028 are not authorized as limited quantity. PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 1.0 kg ...... PG III: 5.0 kg. Class 9 (liquid ma- 30 mL (UN3316); 30 mL (UN3316); 1 kg (UN3316); 30 Authorized materials: UN1941, terial). 5.0L (UN1941, 5.0L (UN1941, kg gross (all UN1990, UN2071, UN3077, UN1990, UN1990, other authorized UN3082, UN3334, and UN3335. Ad- UN3082, UN3082, Class 9 material). ditionally, Consumer commodity UN3334). UN3334). (ID8000) in accordance with § 173.167 of this part and Chemical kit or First aid kit (UN3316) in accordance with § 173.161 of this part are authorized. Class 9 (solid mate- 100 g (UN3316); 100 g (UN3316); 1 kg (UN3316); 30 rial). 5.0 kg (UN2071, 5.0 kg (UN2071, kg gross (all UN3077, UN3077, other authorized UN3335). UN3335). Class 9 material).

(g) Cylinders. For any cylinder con- (1) By equipping each cylinder with taining hazardous materials and incor- securely attached valve caps or protec- porating valves, sufficient protection tive headrings; or must be provided to prevent operation (2) By boxing or crating the cylinder. of, and damage to, the valves during (h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any transportation, by one of the following tank car or cargo tank containing a methods: hazardous material may not be transported aboard aircraft.

510

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.28

(i) Effective October 1, 2006, each per- registered with the Associate Adminis- son who offers a hazardous material for trator. transportation by aircraft must in- (3) Packagings made of paper (other clude the certification statement speci- than fiberboard), plastic film, or tex- fied in § 172.204(c)(3). tile are not authorized for reuse; (4) Metal and plastic drums and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52612, Dec. 21, 1990, as jerricans used as single packagings or amended at 56 FR 66266, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 65 FR the outer packagings of composite 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; packagings are authorized for reuse 68 FR 45032, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, only when they are marked in a perma- 2004; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 73 FR 57006, nent manner (e.g., embossed) in mm Oct. 1, 2008; 75 FR 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 76 FR with the nominal (for metal pack- 3368, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 82175, Dec. 30, 2011; agings) or minimum (for plastic pack- 77 FR 22509, Apr. 16, 2012; 78 FR 65479, Oct. 31, agings) thickness of the packaging ma- 2013; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016] terial, as required by § 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter, and— § 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and re- (i) Except as provided in paragraph manufacture of packagings. (b)(4)(ii) of this section, conform to the (a) General. Packagings and recep- following minimum thickness criteria: tacles used more than once must be in such condition, including closure de- Maximum ca- Minimum thickness of packaging material vices and cushioning materials, that pacity not over Metal drum or Plastic drum or they conform in all respects to the pre- jerrican jerrican scribed requirements of this sub- 20 L ...... 0.63 mm (0.025 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). chapter. Before reuse, each packaging 30 L ...... 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch). must be inspected and may not be re- 40 L ...... 0.73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). 60 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch). used unless free from incompatible res- 120 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). idue, rupture, or other damage which 220 L ...... 0.92 mm (0.036 2.2 mm (0.087 inch). reduces its structural integrity. Pack- inch) 1. agings not meeting the minimum 450 L ...... 1.77 mm (0.070 inch) 5.0 mm (0.197 inch). thickness requirements prescribed in 1 Metal drums or jerricans with a paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body not be reused or reconditioned for and 1.09 mm heads which are manufac- reuse. tured and marked prior to January 1, (b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging. A 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or non-bulk packaging used more than jerricans manufactured and marked on once must conform to the following or after January 1, 1997, and intended provisions and limitations: for reuse, must be constructed with a (1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body inspection, shows evidence of a reduc- and 1.11 mm heads. tion in integrity may not be reused un- (ii) For stainless steel drums and less it is reconditioned in accordance jerricans, conform to a minimum wall with paragraph (c) of this section. thickness as determined by the fol- (2) Before reuse, packagings subject lowing equivalence formula: to the leakproofness test with air prescribed in § 178.604 of this subchapter FORMULA FOR METRIC UNITS shall be— (i) Retested without failure in ac- 21. 4 × e cordance with § 178.604 of this sub- = 0 e1 chapter using an internal air pressure 3 Rm× A (gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psig) for 11 Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psig) FORMULA FOR U.S. STANDARD for Packing Group II and Packing UNITS Group III; and (ii) Marked with the letter ‘‘L’’, with 21. 4 × e the name and address or symbol of the = 0 e1 person conducting the test, and the 3 ()Rm× A /145 last two digits of the year the test was 11 conducted. Symbols, if used, must be where:

511

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EP26JN96.000 EP26JN96.001 § 173.28 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

e1 = required equivalent wall thickness of the (ii) Restoring to original shape and metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S. contour, with chimes (if any) straight- Standard units, use inches). ened and sealed, and all non-integral e0 = required minimum wall thickness for gaskets replaced: and the reference steel (in mm or, for U.S. Standard units, use inches). (iii) Inspecting after cleaning but before painting, Packagings that have Rm1 = guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be used (in N/mm2 or for visible pitting, significant reduction in U.S. Standard units, use psi). material thickness, metal fatigue, A1 = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a damaged threads or closures, or other percentage) of the metal to be used on significant defects, must be rejected. fracture under tensile stress (see para- (2) For the purpose of this sub- graph (c)(1) of this section). chapter, reconditioning of a non-bulk (5) Plastic inner receptacles of com- packaging other than a metal drum in- posite packagings must have a min- cludes: imum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch). (i) Removal of all former contents, (6) A previously used non-bulk pack- external coatings and labels, and clean- aging may be reused for the shipment ing to the original materials of con- of hazardous waste, not subject to the struction; reconditioning and reuse provisions of (ii) Inspection after cleaning with re- this section, in accordance with jection of packagings with visible dam- § 173.12(c). age such as tears, creases or cracks, or (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of damaged threads or closures, or other paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a pack- significant defects; aging otherwise authorized for reuse (iii) Replacement of all non-integral may be reused without being gaskets and closure devices with new leakproofness tested with air provided or refurbished parts, and cushioning the packaging— and cushioning materials; and compo- (i) Is refilled with a material which is nents including gaskets, closure de- compatible with the previous lading: vices and cushioning and cushioning (ii) Is refilled and offered for trans- material. (For a UN 1H1 plastic drum, portation by the original filler; replacing a removable gasket or clo- (iii) Is transported in a transport ve- sure device with another of the same hicle or freight container under the ex- design and material that provides clusive use of the refiller of the pack- equivalent performance does not con- aging; and stitute reconditioning); and (iv) Is constructed of— (iv) Ensuring that the packagings are (A) Stainless steel, monel or nickel restored to a condition that conforms with a thickness not less than one and in all respects with the prescribed re- one-half times the minimum thickness quirements of this subchapter. prescribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this (3) A person who reconditions a pack- section; aging manufactured and marked under (B) Plastic, provided the packaging is the provisions of subpart L of part 178 not refilled for reuse on a date more of this subchapter, shall mark that than five years from the date of manu- packaging as required by § 178.503(c) facture marked on the packaging in ac- and (d) of this subchapter. The mark- cordance with § 178.503(a)(6) of this sub- ing is the certification of the recondi- chapter; or tioner that the packaging conforms to (C) Another material or thickness the standard for which it is marked when approved under the conditions es- and that all functions performed by the tablished by the Associate Adminis- reconditioner which are prescribed by trator for reuse without retesting. this subchapter have been performed in (c) Reconditioning of non-bulk pack- compliance with this subchapter. aging. (1) For the purpose of this sub- (4) The markings applied by the re- chapter, reconditioning of metal drums conditioner may be different from is: those applied by the manufacturer at (i) Cleaning to base material of con- the time of original manufacture, but struction, with all former contents, in- may not identify a greater performance ternal and external corrosion, and any capability than that for which the external coatings and labels removed; original design type had been tested

512

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.29

(for example, the reconditioner may § 173.29 Empty packagings. mark a drum which was originally (a) General. Except as otherwise pro- marked as 1A1/Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/ vided in this section, an empty pack- Z2.0). aging containing only the residue of a (5) Packagings which have significant hazardous material shall be offered for defects which cannot be repaired may transportation and transported in the not be reused. same manner as when it previously (d) Remanufacture of non-bulk pack- contained a greater quantity of that agings. For the purpose of this sub- hazardous material. chapter, remanufacture is the conver- (b) Notwithstanding the require- sion of a non-specification, non-bulk ments of paragraph (a) of this section, packaging to a DOT specification or an empty packaging is not subject to U.N. standard, the conversion of a any other requirements of this sub- packaging meeting one specification or chapter if it conforms to the following standard to another specification or provisions: (1) Any hazardous material shipping standard (for example, conversion of name and identification number mark- 1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2 ings, any hazard warning labels or removable head drums) or the replace- placards, and any other markings indi- ment of integral structural packaging cating that the material is hazardous components (such as non-removable (e.g., RQ, INHALATION HAZARD) are heads on drums). A person who re- removed, obliterated, or securely cov- manufactures a non-bulk packaging to ered in transportation. This provision conform to a specification or standard does not apply to transportation in a in part 178 of this subchapter is subject transport vehicle or a freight container to the requirements of part 178 of this if the packaging is not visible in trans- subchapter as a manufacturer. portation and the packaging is loaded (e) Non-reusable containers. A pack- by the shipper and unloaded by the aging marked as NRC according to the shipper or consignee; DOT specification or UN standard re- (2) The packaging— quirements of part 178 of this sub- (i) Is unused; chapter may be reused for the ship- (ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue ment of any material not required by and purged of vapors to remove any po- this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT tential hazard; (iii) Is refilled with a material which specification or UN standard pack- is not hazardous to such an extent that aging. any residue remaining in the pack- (f) A Division 6.2 packaging to be re- aging no longer poses a hazard; or used must be disinfected prior to reuse (iv) Contains only the residue of— by any means effective for neutralizing (A) An ORM-D material; or the infectious substance the packaging (B) A Division 2.2 non-flammable gas, previously contained. A secondary other than ammonia, anhydrous, and packaging or outer packaging con- with no subsidiary hazard, at a gauge forming to the requirements of § 173.196 pressure less than 200 kPa (29.0 psig); at or § 173.199 need not be disinfected prior 20 °C (68 °F); and to reuse if no leakage from the primary (3) Any material contained in the receptacle has occurred. Drums or packaging does not meet the defini- jerricans not meeting the minimum tions in § 171.8 of this subchapter for a thickness requirements prescribed in hazardous substance, a hazardous paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section may waste, or a marine pollutant. not be reused or reconditioned for (c) A non-bulk packaging containing reuse. only the residue of a hazardous material covered by Table 2 of § 172.504 of [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990] this subchapter that is not a material EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- poisonous by inhalation or its residue tations affecting § 173.28, see the List of CFR shipped under the subsidiary Sections Affected, which appears in the placarding provisions of § 172.505— Finding Aids section of the printed volume (1) Does not have to be included in and at www.govinfo.gov. determining the applicability of the

513

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.30 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

placarding requirements of subpart F of this subchapter for an elevated tem- of part 172 of this subchapter; and perature material. (2) Is not subject to the shipping (h) A package that contains a residue paper requirements of this subchapter of a hazardous substance, Class 9, listed when collected and transported by a in the § 172.101 Table, Appendix A, contract or private carrier for recondi- Table I, that does not meet the defini- tioning, remanufacture or reuse. tion of another hazard class and is not (d) Notwithstanding the stowage re- a hazardous waste or marine pollutant, quirements in Column 10a of the may remain marked, labeled and, if ap- § 172.101 table for transportation by ves- plicable, placarded in the same manner sel, an empty drum or cylinder may be as when it contained a greater quan- stowed on deck or under deck. tity of the material even though it no (e) Specific provisions for describing longer meets the definition in § 171.8 of an empty packaging on a shipping this subchapter for a hazardous sub- paper appear in § 172.203(e) of this substance. chapter. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52614, Dec. 21, 1990, as (f) Smokeless powder residue when amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. transported by motor vehicle or con- 2, 1991; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. 5, tainer/trailer in container-on-flatcar 1992; Amdt. 173–251, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; (COFC) or trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 1236, Jan. 8, 1997; 64 FR service is excepted from subpart C 10776, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; (shipping papers) and the subpart F 69 FR 64473, Nov. 4, 2004; 75 FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; (placarding) requirements of part 172 of 81 FR 3672, Jan. 21, 2016] this subchapter when transported in § 173.30 Loading and unloading of conformance with the following: transport vehicles. (1) The outer packaging must be: (i) A UN specification 1G fiber drum A person who is subject to the load- or 1A2 steel drum; or ing and unloading regulations in this subchapter must load or unload haz- (ii) A UN specification 4G fiberboard ardous materials into or from a trans- box or non-specification fiberboard box port vehicle or vessel in conformance containing plastic receptacle inner with the applicable loading and unload- packagings with not more than 2.5 ing requirements of parts 174, 175, 176, grams of smokeless powders in each and 177 of this subchapter. inner packaging; (2) The amount of smokeless powder [68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003] per outer packaging does not exceed 5 grams; § 173.31 Use of tank cars. (3) The smokeless powder is approved (a) General. (1) No person may offer a in accordance with § 173.56 as a Class 1 hazardous material for transportation explosive material; in a tank car unless the tank car meets (4) The empty packages must be the applicable specification and pack- transported in a closed transport vehi- aging requirements of this subchapter cle; or, when this subchapter authorizes the (5) The empty packages must be load- use of a non-DOT specification tank ed by the shipper and unloaded by the car, the applicable specification to shipper or consignee; and which the tank was constructed. (6) The hazardous materials descrip- (2) Tank cars and appurtenances may tion to be used for the material is be used for the transportation of any ‘‘RESIDUE: Last Contained Powder, commodity for which they are author- smokeless, Hazard Class N/A, Identi- ized in this part and specified on the fication Number N/A, Packing Group N/ certificate of construction (AAR Form A’’. 4–2 or by addendum on Form R–1). See (g) A package which contains a res- § 179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a idue of an elevated temperature mate- tank car from one specified service on rial may remain marked in the same its certificate of construction to an- manner as when it contained a greater other may be made only by the owner quantity of the material even though it or with the owner’s authorization. A no longer meets the definition in § 171.8 tank car proposed for a commodity

514

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

service other than specified on its cer- a DOT specification and any other tank tificate of construction must be ap- car used for transportation of a haz- proved for such service by the AAR’s ardous material must be equipped with Tank Car Committee. a coupler vertical restraint system (3) No person may fill a tank car that meets the requirements of § 179.14 overdue for periodic inspection with a of this subchapter. hazardous material and then offer it (2) Pressure relief devices. (i) Pressure for transportation. Any tank car relief devices on tank cars must con- marked as meeting a DOT specification form to part 179 of this subchapter. and any non-specification tank car (ii) A single-unit tank car trans- transporting a hazardous material porting a Division 6.1 PG I or II, or must have a periodic inspection and Class 2, 3, or 4 material must have a retest conforming to subpart F of part closing pressure relief device. However, 180 of this subchapter. a single-unit tank car built before Jan- (4) No railroad tank car, regardless of uary 1, 1991, and equipped with a non- its construction date, may be used for reclosing pressure relief device may be the transportation in commerce of any used to transport a Division 6.1 PG I or hazardous material unless the air II material or a Class 4 liquid provided brake equipment support attachments such materials do not meet the defini- of such tank car conform to the stand- tion of a material poisonous by inhala- ards for attachments set forth in tion. §§ 179.100–16 and 179.200–19 of this sub- (3) Tank-head puncture-resistance re- chapter. quirements. The following tank cars (5) No railroad tank car, regardless of must have a tank-head puncture-resist- its construction date, may be used for ance system that conforms to the re- the transportation in commerce of any quirements in § 179.16 of this sub- hazardous material with a self-ener- chapter, or to the corresponding re- gized manway located below the liquid quirements in effect at the time of in- level of the lading. stallation: (6) Unless otherwise specifically pro- (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 vided in this part: material. (i) When the tank car delimiter is an (ii) Tank cars constructed from alu- ‘‘A,’’ offerors may also use tank cars minum or nickel plate that are used to with a delimiter ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’. transport hazardous material. (ii) When the tank car delimiter is an (iii) Except as provided in paragraph ‘‘S,’’ offerors may also use tank cars (b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank with a delimiter ‘‘J’’ or ‘‘T’’. cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) (iii) When a tank car delimiter is a and (ii) of this section not requiring a ‘‘T’’ offerors may also use tank cars tank-head puncture resistance system with a delimiter of ‘‘J’’. prior to July 1, 1996, must have a tank- (iv) When a tank car delimiter is a head puncture resistance system in- ‘‘J’’, offerors may not use a tank car stalled no later than July 1, 2006. with any other delimiter. (iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built (7) A class DOT-103 or DOT-104 tank prior to September 1, 1981, having a car may continue to be used for the tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 transportation of a hazardous material gallons), and used to transport a Divi- if it meets the requirements of this sion 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must subchapter and the design require- have a tank-head puncture-resistant ments in part 179 of this subchapter in system installed no later than July 1, effect on September 30, 2003; however, 2001. no new construction is authorized. (4) Thermal protection requirements. (8) A tank car authorized by the The following tank cars must have Transport Canada TDG Regulations thermal protection that conforms to (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may the requirements of § 179.18 of this sub- be used provided it conforms to the ap- chapter: plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 subchapter. material, except for a class 106, 107A, (b) Safety systems—(1) Coupler vertical 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car restraint. Each tank car conforming to equipped with a thermal protection

515

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

system conforming to § 179.18 of this shows the total number of in-service subchapter, or that has an insulation tank cars that need head protection, system having an overall thermal con- thermal protection, or bottom-dis- ductance of no more than 0.613 continuity protection; the number of kilojoules per hour, per square meter, new or different tank cars acquired to per degree Celsius temperature dif- replace those tank cars required to be ferential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, upgraded to a higher service pressure; per hour, per degree Fahrenheit tem- and the total number of tank cars perature differential), conforms to this modified, reassigned, acquired, retired, requirement. or removed from service the previous (ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 year. material that was not required to have (c) Tank car test pressure. A tank car thermal protection prior to July 1, used for the transportation of a haz- 1996, must be equipped with thermal ardous material must have a tank test protection no later than July 1, 2006. pressure equal to or greater than the (5) Bottom-discontinuity protection re- greatest of the following: quirements. No person may offer for (1) Except for shipments of carbon di- transportation a hazardous material in oxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride, a tank car with bottom-discontinuity vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, protection unless the tank car has bot- 133 percent of the sum of lading vapor tom-discontinuity protection that con- pressure at the reference temperature forms to the requirements of E9.00 and of 46 °C (115 °F) for non-insulated tank E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for cars or 41 °C (105 °F) for insulated tank Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- cars plus static head, plus gas padding chapter). Tank cars not requiring bot- pressure in the vacant space of a tank tom-discontinuity protection under the car; terms of Appendix Y of the AAR Speci- (2) 133 percent of the maximum load- fications for Tank Cars as of July 1, ing or unloading pressure, whichever is 1996, must conform to these require- greater; ments no later than July 1, 2006, except that tank cars transporting a material (3) 20.7 Bar (300 psig) for materials that is hazardous only because it meets that are poisonous by inhalation (see the definition of an elevated tempera- § 173.31(e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates); ture material or because it is molten (4) The minimum pressure prescribed sulfur do not require bottom disconti- by the specification in part 179 of this nuity protection. subchapter; or (6) Scheduling of modifications and (5) The minimum test pressure pre- progress reporting. The date of conform- scribed for the specific hazardous ma- ance for the continued use of tank cars terial in the applicable packaging sec- subject to paragraphs (b)(4), (b)(5), and tion in subpart F or G of this part. (f) of this section and § 173.314(j) is sub- (d) Examination before shipping. (1) No ject to the following conditions and person may offer for transportation a limitations. tank car containing a hazardous mate- (i) Each tank car owner shall modify, rial or a residue of a hazardous mate- reassign, retire, or remove at least 50 rial unless that person determines that percent of their in-service tank car the tank car is in proper condition and fleet within the first half of the com- safe for transportation. As a minimum, pliance period and the remainder of each person offering a tank car for their in-service tank car fleet during transportation must perform an exter- the second half of the compliance pe- nal visual inspection that includes: riod. (i) Except where insulation or a ther- (ii) By October 1 of each year, each mal protection system precludes an in- owner of a tank car subject to this spection, the tank shell and heads for paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, dis- Federal Railroad Administration, Haz- tortions, defects in welds, or any other ardous Materials Division, Office of condition that makes the tank car un- Safety Assurance and Compliance, 1120 safe for transportation; Vermont Avenue, Mail Stop 25, Wash- (ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and ington, DC 20590, a progress report that gaskets for corrosion, damage, or any

516

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.31

other condition that makes the tank from a specific cause not within the car unsafe for transportation; control of the offeror. (iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, (e) Special requirements for materials or elements that make the tank car poisonous by inhalation—(1) Interior unsafe for transportation; heater coils. Tank cars used for mate- (iv) All closures on tank cars and de- rials poisonous by inhalation may not termine that the closures and all fas- have interior heater coils. tenings securing them are properly (2) Tank car specifications. A tank car tightened in place by the use of a bar, used for a material poisonous by inha- wrench, or other suitable tool; lation must have a tank test pressure (v) Protective housings for proper se- of 20.7 Bar (300 psig) or greater, head curement; protection, and a metal jacket (e.g., (vi) The pressure relief device, in- DOT 105S300W), except that— cluding a careful inspection of the rup- (i) A higher test pressure is required ture disc in non-reclosing pressure re- if otherwise specified in this sub- lief devices, for corrosion or damage chapter; and that may alter the intended operation (ii) Each tank car constructed on or of the device. The rupture disc is not after March 16, 2009, and used for the required to be removed prior to visual transportation of PIH materials must inspection if the tank car contains the meet the applicable authorized tank residue, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- car specifications and standards listed chapter, of a Class 8, PG II or PG III in §§ 173.244(a)(2) or (3) and 173.314(c) or material with no subsidiary hazard or (d). the residue of a Class 9 elevated tem- (iii) [Reserved] perature material; (iv) A tank car owner retiring or oth- (vii) Each tell-tale indicator after erwise removing a tank car from serv- filling and prior to transportation to ice transporting materials poisonous ensure the integrity of the rupture by inhalation, other than because of disc; damage to the car, must retire or re- (viii) The external thermal protec- move cars constructed of non-normal- tion system, tank-head puncture re- ized steel in the head or shell before resistance system, coupler vertical removing any car in service transporting straint system, and bottom disconti- materials poisonous by inhalation con- nuity protection for conditions that structed of normalized steel meeting make the tank car unsafe for transpor- the applicable DOT specification. tation; (f) Special requirements for hazardous (ix) The required markings on the substances. (1) A tank car used for a tank car for legibility; and hazardous substance listed in para- (x) The periodic inspection date graph (f)(2) of this section must have a markings to ensure that the inspection tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar and test intervals are within the pre- (200 psig), head protection and a metal scribed intervals. jacket, except that— (2) Closures on tank cars are re- (i) No metal jacket is required if— quired, in accordance with this sub- (A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar chapter, to be designed and closed so (340 psig) or higher; or that under conditions normally inci- (B) The tank shell and heads are dent to transportation, including the manufactured from AAR steel speci- effects of temperature and vibration, fication TC–128, normalized; there will be no identifiable release of (ii) A higher test pressure is required a hazardous material to the environ- if otherwise specified in this sub- ment. ln any action brought to enforce chapter; and this section, the lack of securement of (iii) Other than as provided in para- any closure to a tool-tight condition, graph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car detected at any point, will establish a which does not conform to the require- rebuttable presumption that a proper ments of this paragraph (f)(1), and was inspection was not performed by the of- authorized for a hazardous substance feror of the car. That presumption may under the regulations in effect on June be rebutted by any evidence indicating 30, 1996, may continue in use until July that the lack of securement resulted 1, 2006.

517

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.31 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) List of hazardous substances. Haz- 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene ardous substances for which the provi- 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) sions of this paragraph (f) apply are as Tetrachloroethane follows: Tetrachloroethylene 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol Aldrin Toxaphene Allyl chloride 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene alpha-BHC 1,1,1-Trichloroethane beta-BHC 1,1,2-Trichloroethane delta-BHC Trichloroethylene gamma-BHC 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol Bromoform Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate Carbon tetrachloride (g) Tank car loading and unloading. Chlordane When placed for loading or unloading p-Chloroaniline and before unsecuring any closure, a Chlorobenzene Chlorobenzilate tank car must be protected against p-Chloro-m-cresol movement or coupling as follows: 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether (1) Each hazmat employee who is re- Chloroform sponsible for loading or unloading a 2-Chloronapthalene tank car must secure access to the o-Chlorophenol track to prevent entry by other rail 3-Chloropropionitrile equipment, including motorized service DDE DDT vehicles. Derails, lined and locked 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane switches, portable bumper blocks, or m-Dichlorobenzene other equipment that provides an o-Dichlorobenzene equivalent level of security may be p-Dichlorobenzene used to satisfy this requirement. 3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine (2) Caution signs must be displayed 1,4-Dichloro-2-butene on the track or on the tank cars to 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane warn persons approaching the cars 1,1-Dichloroethylene from the open end of the track and Dichloroisopropyl ether must be left up until after all closures Dichloromethane @ are secured and the cars are in proper 2,4-Dichlorophenol condition for transportation. The cau- 2,6-Dichlorophenol tion signs must be of metal or other 1,2-Dichloropropane durable material, rectangular, at 30.48 1,3-Dichloropropene Dieldrin cm (12 inches) high by 38.10 cm (15 alpha-Endosulfan inches) wide, and bear the word beta-Endosulfan ‘‘STOP.’’ The word ‘‘STOP’’ must ap- Endrin pear in letters at least 10.16 cm (4 Endrin aldehyde inches) high. The letters must be white Heptachlor on a blue background. Additional Heptachlor epoxide words, such as ‘‘Tank Car Connected’’ Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene or ‘‘Crew at Work,’’ may also appear in Hexachloroethane white letters under the word ‘‘STOP.’’ Hexachlorophene (3) At least one wheel on the tank car Hexachloropropene must be blocked against movement in Isodrin both directions, and the hand brakes Kepone must be set. If multiple tank cars are Methoxychlor coupled together, sufficient hand ′ 4,4 -Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) brakes must be set and wheels blocked Methylene bromide Pentachlorobenzene to prevent movement in both direc- Pentachloroethane tions. Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) [Amdt. 173–245, 60 FR 49072, Sept. 21, 1995] Pentachlorophenol Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- Pronamide tations affecting § 173.31, see the List of CFR Silvex (2,4,5-TP) Sections Affected, which appears in the 2,4,5-T Finding Aids section of the printed volume TDE and at www.govinfo.gov.

518

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

§ 173.32 Requirements for the use of (4) A portable tank authorized by the portable tanks. Transport Canada TDG Regulations (a) General requirements. No person (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) may may offer a hazardous material for be used provided it conforms to the ap- transportation in a portable tank ex- plicable requirements in § 171.12 of this cept as authorized by this subchapter. subchapter. (1) Except as otherwise provided in (c) Grandfather provisions for portable this subpart, no person may use a port- tanks—(1) Continued use of Specification able tank for the transportation of a 56 and 57 portable tanks. Continued use hazardous material unless it meets the of an existing portable tank con- requirements of this subchapter. structed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 (2) No person may fill and offer for is authorized only for a portable tank transportation a portable tank when constructed before October 1, 1996. A the prescribed periodic test or inspec- stainless steel portable tank internally tion under subpart G of part 180 of this lined with polyethylene that was con- subchapter has become due until the structed on or before October 1, 1996, test or inspection has been successfully and that meets all requirements of completed. This requirement does not DOT Specification 57 except for being apply to any portable tank filled prior equipped with a polypropylene dis- to the test or inspection due date. charge ball valve and polypropylene (3) When a portable tank is used as a secondary discharge opening closure, cargo tank motor vehicle, it must con- may be marked as a Specification 57 form to all the requirements prescribed portable tank and used in accordance for cargo tank motor vehicles. (See with the provisions of this section. § 173.33.) (2) A DOT Specification 51, IM 101, or (b) Substitute packagings. A particular IM 102 portable tank may not be manu- Specification portable tank may be factured after January 1, 2003; however, substituted for another portable tank such tanks may continue to be used for as follows: the transportation of a hazardous ma- (1) An IM or UN portable tank may terial provided they meet the require- be used whenever an IM or UN portable ments of this subchapter, including the tank having less stringent require- specification requirements and the re- ments is authorized provided the port- quirements of this subchapter for the able tank meets or exceeds the require- transportation of the particular haz- ments for pressure-relief devices, bot- ardous material according to the T tom outlets and any other special pro- codes in effect on September 30, 2001 or visions specified in § 172.102(c)(7)(vi) of the new T codes in § 172.102(c)(7)(i), and this subchapter. provided the portable tanks conform to (2) Where a Specification IM101 or the periodic inspection and tests speci- IM102 portable tank is prescribed, a UN fied for the particular portable tank in portable tank or Specification 51 port- subpart G of part 180 of this sub- able tank otherwise conforming to the chapter. After January 1, 2003, all special commodity requirements of newly manufactured portable tanks § 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter for the must conform to the requirements for material to be transported may be the design, construction and approval used. of UN portable tanks as specified in (3) A DOT Specification 51 portable §§ 178.273, 178.274, 178.275, 178.276, 178.277 tank may be used whenever a DOT and part 180, subpart G, of this sub- Specification 56, 57, or 60 portable tank chapter. is authorized. A DOT Specification 60 (3) A DOT Specification portable portable tank may be used whenever a tank manufactured prior to January 1, DOT Specification 56 or 57 portable 1992 that is equipped with a non-re- tank is authorized. A higher integrity closing pressure relief device may con- tank used instead of a specified port- tinue in service for the hazardous ma- able tank must meet the same design terials for which it is authorized. Ex- profile; for example, a DOT Specifica- cept for a DOT Specification 56 or 57 tion 51 portable tank must be lined if portable tank, a DOT Specification used instead of a lined DOT Specifica- portable tank manufactured after Jan- tion 60 portable tank. uary 1, 1992, used for materials meeting

519

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, requirements in this subchapter for the Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or hazardous material. The shipper must Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped ensure that the MAWP, design pressure with a reclosing pressure relief valve or test pressure of the portable tank, having adequately sized venting capac- as applicable, is appropriate for the ity unless otherwise specified in this hazardous material being transported. subchapter (see §§ 178.275(f)(1) and Determination of the applicable pres- 178.277 of this subchapter). sure must take into account the max- (4) Any portable tank container con- imum pressure used to load or unload structed prior to May 15, 1950, com- the hazardous material, the vapor pres- plying with the requirements of either sure, static head and surge pressures of the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure the hazardous material and the tem- Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the API ASME peratures that the hazardous material Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943 will experience during transportation. Edition, may be used for the transpor- (e) External inspection prior to filling. tation of liquefied compressed gas, pro- Each portable tank must be given a vided it fulfills all the requirements of complete external inspection prior to the part and specifications for the par- filling. Any unsafe condition must be ticular gas or gases to be transported. corrected prior to its being filled and Such portable tanks must be marked offered for transportation. The exter- ‘‘ICC Specification 51X’’ on the plate nal inspection shall include a visual in- required by the specification, except as spection of: modified by any or all of the following: (1) The shell, piping, valves and other (i) Portable tanks designed and con- appurtenances for corroded areas, structed in accordance with Pars. U–68, dents, defects in welds and other de- U–69, or U–201 of the ASME Code, 1943 fects such as missing, damaged, or and 1946 editions, may be used. Port- leaking gaskets; able tanks designed and constructed in (2) All flanged connections or blank accordance with Par. U–68 or Par. U–69 flanges for missing or loose nuts and may be re-rated at a working pressure bolts; 25 percent in excess of the design pres- (3) All emergency devices for corro- sure for which the portable tank was sion, distortion, or any damage or de- originally constructed. If the portable fect that could prevent their normal tank is re-rated, the re-rated pressure operation; must be marked on the plate as fol- (4) All required markings on the tank lows: ‘‘Re-rated working pressure— for legibility; and psig’’. (5) Any device for tightening man- (ii) Loading and unloading acces- hole covers to ensure such devices are sories, valves, piping, fittings, safety operative and adequate to prevent and gauging devices, do not have to leakage at the manhole cover. comply with the requirements for the (f) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- particular location on the portable ardous material may not be loaded into tank. a portable tank if the hazardous mate- (5) Any ICC Specification 50 portable rial would: tank fulfilling the requirements of that (i) Damage the portable tank; specification may be continued in serv- (ii) React with the portable tank; or ice for transportation of a liquefied pe- (iii) Otherwise compromise its prod- troleum gas if it is retested every five uct retention capability. years in accordance with the require- (2) A hazardous material may not be ments in § 180.605 of this subchapter. loaded in a DOT Specification 51, DOT Use of existing portable tanks is au- Specification 60, an IM or UN portable thorized. New construction is not au- tank unless the portable tank has a thorized. pressure relief device that provides (d) Determination of an authorized total relieving capacity meeting the portable tank. Prior to filling and offer- requirements of this subchapter. ing a portable tank for transportation, (3) Except during a pressure test, a the shipper must ensure that the port- portable tank may not be subjected to able tank conforms to the authorized a pressure greater than its marked specification and meets the applicable maximum allowable working pressure

520

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.32

or, when appropriate, its marked de- (1) A portable tank containing a haz- sign pressure. ardous material may not be loaded (4) A portable tank may not be load- onto a highway or rail transport vehi- ed to a gross mass greater than the cle unless loaded entirely within the maximum allowable gross mass speci- horizontal outline of the vehicle, with- fied on its identification plate. out overhang or projection of any part (5) Except for a non-flowable solid or of the tank assembly. a liquid with a viscosity of 2,680 (2) An IM or UN portable tank used centistokes (millimeters squared per for the transportation of flammable second) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), an liquids by rail may not be fitted with IM or UN portable tank, or compart- non-reclosing pressure relief devices ment thereof, having a volume greater except in series with reclosing pressure than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) may not be relief valves. loaded to a filling density of more than (3) A portable tank or Specification 20% and less than 80% by volume. This 106A or 110A multi-unit tank car con- filling restriction does not apply if a taining a hazardous material may not portable tank is divided by partitions be offered for transportation aboard a or surge plates into compartments of passenger vessel unless: not more than 7,500 L (1,980 gallons) ca- (i) The vessel is operating under a pacity; this portable tank must not be change to its character of vessel cer- offered for transportation in an ullage tification as defined in § 171.8 of this condition liable to produce an unac- subchapter; and ceptable hydraulic force due to surge. (ii) The material is permitted to be transported aboard a passenger vessel (6) The outage for a portable tank in the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter. may not be less than 2% at a tempera- (h) Additional general commodity-spe- ture of 50 °C (122 °F) unless otherwise cific requirements. In addition to other specified in this subchapter. For UN applicable requirements, the following portable tanks, the applicable max- requirements apply: imum filling limits apply as specified (1) Each uninsulated portable tank according to the assigned TP codes in used for the transportation of a lique- Column (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this fied compressed gas must have an exte- subchapter except when transported rior surface finish that is significantly domestically. reflective, such as a light-reflecting (7) Each tell-tale indicator or pres- color if painted, or a bright reflective sure gauge located in the space be- metal or other material if unpainted. tween a frangible disc and a safety re- (2) If a hazardous material is being lief valve mounted in series must be transported in a molten state, the port- checked after the tank is filled and able tank must be thermally insulated prior to transportation to ensure that with suitable insulation material of the frangible disc is leak free. Any sufficient thickness that the overall leakage through the frangible disc thermal conductance is not more than must be corrected prior to offering the 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per tank for transportation. degree Fahrenheit differential. (8) During filling, the temperature of (3) No person may offer a liquid haz- the hazardous materials shall not ex- ardous material of Class 3, PG I or II, ceed the limits of the design tempera- or PG III with a flash point of less than ture range of the portable tank. 100 °F (38 °C); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or (9) The maximum mass of liquefied Division 6.1, PG I or II, in an IM or UN compressed gas per liter (gallon) of portable tank that is equipped with a shell capacity (kg/L or lbs./gal.) may bottom outlet as authorized in Column not exceed the density of the liquefied (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- compressed gas at 50 °C (122 °F). The chapter by assignment of a T Code in portable tank must not be liquid full at the appropriate proper shipping name 60 °C (140 °F). entry, for unloading to a facility while (g) Additional requirements for specific it remains on a transport vehicle with modal transport. In addition to other ap- the power unit attached unless— plicable requirements, the following (i) The tank outlets conform to apply: § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter; or

521

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.32 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(ii) The facility at which the IM or destructive attack by the contents of UN portable tank is to be unloaded the portable tank. conforms to the requirements in (8) No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc § 177.834(o) of this subchapter. nor their alloys may be used. Brazed (i) Additional requirements for portable joints may not be used. All parts of a tanks other than IM specification and UN portable tank and its appurtenances portable tanks. (1) The bursting used for anhydrous ammonia must be strength of any piping and fittings steel. must be at least four times the design (9) Each outlet of a portable tank pressure of the tank, and at least four used for the transportation of non-re- times the pressure to which, in any in- frigerated liquefied compressed gases, stance, it may be subjected in service except carbon dioxide, must be pro- by the action of a pump or other device vided with a suitable automatic excess- (not including safety relief valves) that flow valve (see definition in § 178.337– may subject piping to pressures greater 1(g) of this subchapter). The valve must than the design pressure of the tank. be located inside the portable tank or (2) Pipe joints must be threaded, at a point outside the portable tank welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is where the line enters or leaves the used, the pipe and pipe fittings must portable tank. The valve seat must be not be lighter than Schedule 80 weight. located inside the portable tank or Where copper tubing is permitted, may be located within a welded flange joints must be brazed or be of equally or its companion flange, or within a strong metal union type. The melting nozzle or within a coupling. The instal- point of brazing material may not be lation must be made in such a manner lower than 1,000 °F (537.8 °C). The meth- as to reasonably assure that any undue od of joining tubing must not decrease strain which causes failure requiring the strength of the tubing such as by functioning of the valve shall cause failure in such a manner that it will the cutting of threads. not impair the operation of the valve. (3) Non-malleable metals may not be (i) A safety device connection or liq- used in the construction of valves or uid level gauging device that is con- fittings. structed so that the outward flow of (4) Suitable provision must be made the tank contents will not exceed that in every case to allow for expansion, passed by an opening of 0.1397 cm contraction, jarring and vibration of (0.0550 inches) is not required to be all pipe. Slip joints may not be used for equipped with excess-flow valves. this purpose. (ii) An excess-flow valve must close (5) Piping and fittings must be automatically if the flow reaches the grouped in the smallest practicable rated flow of gas or liquid specified by space and must be protected from dam- the original valve manufacturer when age as required by the specification. piping mounted directly on the valve is (6) All piping, valves and fittings on sheared off before the first valve, every portable tank must be leakage pump, or fitting downstream from the tested with gas or air after installation excess flow valve. and proved tight at not less than the (iii) An excess-flow valve may be de- design pressure of the portable tank on signed with a by-pass, not to exceed a which they are used. In the event of re- 0.1016 cm (0.040 inches) diameter open- placement, all such piping, valves, or ing to allow equalization of pressure. fittings must be tested in accordance (iv) Filling and discharge lines must with the requirements of this section be provided with manually operated before the portable tank is returned to shut-off valves located as close to the transportation service. The require- tank as practical. Unless this valve is ments of this section apply to all hoses manually operable at the valve, the used on portable tanks, except that line must also have a manual shut-off hoses may be tested either before or valve. The use of ‘‘Stop-Check’’ valves after installation on the portable tank. to satisfy with one valve the require- (7) All materials used in the con- ments of this section is forbidden. For struction of portable tanks and their portable tanks used for refrigerated appurtenances may not be subject to liquefied gases, a ‘‘stop check’’ valve

522

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.33

may be used on the vapor side of the scribed periodic retest or reinspection pressure buildup circuit. under subpart E of part 180 of this sub- (10) Each portable tank used for car- chapter is past due until the retest or bon dioxide or nitrous oxide must be inspection has been successfully com- lagged with a suitable insulation mate- pleted. This requirement does not rial of such thickness that the overall apply to a cargo tank supplied by a thermal conductance is not more than motor carrier who is other than the 0.08 Btu per square foot per degree person offering the hazardous material Fahrenheit differential in temperature for transportation (see § 180.407(a)(1) of per hour. The conductance must be de- this subchapter), or to any cargo tank termined at 60 °Fahrenheit. Insulation filled prior to the retest or inspection material used on portable tanks for ni- due date. trous oxide must be noncombustible. (b) Loading requirements. (1) A haz- (11) Refrigerating or heating coils ardous material may not be loaded in a must be installed in portable tanks cargo tank if during transportation used for carbon dioxide and nitrous any part of the tank in contact with oxide. Such coils must be tested exter- the hazardous material lading would nally to at least the same pressure as have a dangerous reaction with the the test pressure of the portable tank. hazardous material. The coils must also be tested inter- (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded nally to at least twice the working with a hazardous material that will pressure of the heating or refrigerating have an adverse effect on the tank’s in- system to be used, but in no case less tegrity or— than the test pressure of the portable (i) May combine chemically with any tank. Such coils must be securely an- residue or contaminants in the tank to chored. In the event of leakage, the re- produce an explosion, fire, excessive in- frigerant or heating medium to be cir- crease in pressure, release of toxic va- culated through the coil or coils must pors or other unsafe condition. have no adverse chemical reaction with (ii)–(iii) [Reserved] the portable tank or its contents. (iv) May severely corrode or react (12) Excess flow valves are not re- with the tank material at any con- quired for portable tanks used for the centration and temperature that will transport of refrigerated liquefied exist during transportation. gases. (v) Is prohibited by § 173.21 or § 173.24 of this subchapter. [66 FR 33427, June 21, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, May 30, (3) Air pressure in excess of ambient 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, atmospheric pressure may not be used 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; to load or unload any lading which 72 FR 25176, May 3, 2007; 76 FR 81400, Dec. 28, may create an air-enriched mixture 2011] within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space of the tank. § 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo (4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in tank motor vehicles. a loading or unloading accident, the (a) General requirements. (1) No person loading or unloading rate used must be may offer or accept a hazardous mate- less than or equal to that indicated on rial for transportation in a cargo tank the cargo tank specification plate, ex- motor vehicle except as authorized by cept as specified in § 173.318(b)(6). If no this subchapter. loading or unloading rate is marked on (2) Two or more materials may not be the specification plate, the loading or loaded or accepted for transportation unloading rate and pressure used must in the same cargo tank motor vehicle be limited such that the pressure in the if, as a result of any mixture of the ma- tank may not exceed 130% of the terials, an unsafe condition would MAWP. occur, such as an explosion, fire, exces- (c) Maximum Lading Pressure. (1) Prior sive increase in pressure or heat, or the to loading and offering a cargo tank release of toxic vapors. motor vehicle for transportation with (3) No person may fill and offer for material that requires the use of a transportation a specification cargo specification cargo tank, the person tank motor vehicle for which the pre- must confirm that the cargo tank

523

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.33 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

motor vehicle conforms to the speci- with a design pressure rather than an fication required for the lading and MAWP may be used for an authorized that the MAWP of the cargo tank is lading where the largest pressure de- greater than or equal to the largest rived from § 173.33(c)(1) is less than or pressure obtained under the following equal to the design pressure marked on conditions: the cargo tank. (i) For compressed gases and certain (5) Any material that meets the defi- refrigerated liquids that are not cryo- nition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group genic liquids, the pressure prescribed in I or II (poisonous liquid) material must § 173.315 of this subchapter. be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehi- (ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pres- cle having a MAWP of 25 psig or great- sure prescribed in § 173.318 of this sub- er. chapter. (6) Substitute packagings. Unless oth- (iii) For liquid hazardous materials erwise specified, where MC 307, MC 312, loaded in DOT specification cargo tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are au- vent, the sum of the tank static head thorized, minimum tank design pres- plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous sure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Pack- materials loaded in these cargo tanks, ing Group I or Packing Group II liquid the vapor pressure of the lading at 115 lading that meets more than one haz- °F must be not greater than 1 psig, ex- ard class definition. cept for gasoline transported in accord- (d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing ance with Special Provision B33 in pressure relief devices are not author- § 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter. ized in any cargo tank except when in (iv) For liquid hazardous materials series with a reclosing pressure relief not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), device. However, a cargo tank marked or (iii) of this section, the sum of the or certified before August 31, 1995 vapor pressure of the lading at 115 °F, which is fitted with non-reclosing pres- plus the tank static head exerted by sure relief devices may continue to be the lading, plus any pressure exerted used in any hazardous material service by the gas padding, including air in the for which it is authorized. The require- ullage space or dome. ments in this paragraph do not apply (v) The pressure prescribed in subpart to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as ap- tanks. plicable. (2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle (vi) The maximum pressure in the used to transport a liquid hazardous tank during loading or unloading. material with a gas pad must have a (2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, pressure relief system that provides MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC the venting capacity prescribed in 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no § 178.345–10(e) of this subchapter. The marked design pressure or marked with requirements in this paragraph do not a design pressure of 3 psig or less may be used for an authorized lading where apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 the pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) cargo tanks. is less than or equal to 3 psig. After De- (3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made cember 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not to a specification listed in column 1 be loaded and offered for transpor- may have pressure relief devices or tation unless marked or remarked with outlets conforming to the applicable an MAWP or design pressure in accord- specification to which the tank was ance with 49 CFR 180.405(k). constructed, or the pressure relief de- (3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC vices or outlets may be modified to 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be meet the applicable requirement for used for an authorized lading where the the specification listed in column 2 pressure derived from § 173.33(c)(1) is without changing the markings on the less than or equal to the MAWP or tank specification plate. The venting MWP, respectively, as marked on the capacity requirements of the original specification plate. DOT cargo tank specification must be (4) Any cargo tank marked or cer- met whenever a pressure relief valve is tified before August 31, 1995, marked modified.

524

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.35

Column 1 Column 2 ternal self-closing stop valve to comply with the requirements in § 178.338–11(b). MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 306 or DOT 406. MC 303, MC 305. However, if the cargo tank motor vehi- MC 306 ...... DOT 406. cle was certified before January 1, 1995, MC 304 ...... MC 307 or DOT 407. this requirement is applicable only MC 307 ...... DOT 407. when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is MC 310, MC 311 ...... MC 312 or DOT 412. MC 312 ...... DOT 412. used to transport a flammable liquid, MC 330 ...... MC 331. flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (refrigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammo- (e) Retention of hazardous materials in nia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is product piping during transportation. used to transport flammable ladings. DOT specification cargo tanks used for (h) A cargo tank motor vehicle au- the transportation of any material thorized by the Transport Canada TDG that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) Regulations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic chapter) may be used provided it con- peroxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive forms to the applicable requirements to skin only) may not be transported in § 171.12 of this subchapter. with hazardous materials lading re- [Amdt. 173–212, 54 FR 25005, June 12, 1989] tained in the piping, unless the cargo tank motor vehicle is equipped with EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- bottom damage protection devices tations affecting § 173.33, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the meeting the requirements of § 178.337–10 Finding Aids section of the printed volume or § 178.345–8(b) of this subchapter, or and at www.govinfo.gov. the accident damage protection requirements of the specification under § 173.34 [Reserved] which it was manufactured. This requirement does not apply to a residue § 173.35 Hazardous materials in IBCs. which remains after the piping is (a) No person may offer or accept a drained. A sacrificial device (see hazardous material for transportation § 178.345–1 of this subchapter) may not in an IBC except as authorized by this be used to satisfy the accident damage subchapter. Each IBC used for the protection requirements of this para- transportation of hazardous materials graph. must conform to the requirements of (f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be its specification and regulations for the used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, transportation of the particular com- DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type modity. A specification IBC, for which cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307, the prescribed periodic retest or in- MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo spection under subpart D of part 180 of tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT this subchapter is past due, may not be 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A filled and offered for transportation higher integrity tank used instead of a until the retest or inspection have been specified tank must meet the same de- successfully completed. This require- sign profile (for example, an MC 331 ment does not apply to any IBC filled cargo tank must be lined if used in prior to the retest or inspection due place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.) date. (g) Remote control of self-closing stop (b) Initial use and reuse of IBCs. (Also valves—MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo see § 180.352 of this subchapter.) An IBC tanks. Each liquid or vapor discharge other than a multiwall paper IBC (13M1 opening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo and 13M2) may be reused. If an inner tank and each liquid filling and liquid liner is required, the inner liner must discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank be replaced before each reuse. Before must be provided with a remotely con- an IBC is filled and offered for trans- trolled internal self-closing stop valve portation, the IBC and its service except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo equipment must be given an external tank is marked and used exclusively to visual inspection, by the person filling transport carbon dioxide; an MC 338 is the IBC, to ensure that: used to transport argon, carbon diox- (1) The IBC is free from corrosion, ide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, contamination, cracks, cuts, or other or xenon; or an MC 338 utilizes an ex- damage which would render it unable

525

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.35 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

to pass the prescribed design type test (i) The gauge pressure (pressure in to which it is certified and marked; and the IBC above ambient atmospheric (2) The IBC is marked in accordance pressure) measured in the IBC at 55 °C with requirements in § 178.703 of this (131 °F). This gauge pressure must not subchapter. Additional marking al- exceed two-thirds of the marked test lowed for each design type may be pressure and must be determined after present. Required markings that are the IBC was filled and closed at 15 °C missing, damaged or difficult to read (60 °F) to less than or equal to 98 per- must be restored or returned to origi- cent of its capacity. nal condition. (ii) The absolute pressure (vapor (c) A metal IBC, or a part thereof, pressure of the hazardous material plus subject to thinning by mechanical ab- atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 50 rasion or corrosion due to the lading, °C (122 °F). This absolute pressure must must be protected by providing a suit- not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of able increase in thickness of material, the marked test pressure and 100 kPa a lining or some other suitable method (14.5 psia). of protection. Increased thickness for (iii) The absolute pressure (vapor corrosion or abrasion protection must pressure of the hazardous material plus be added to the wall thickness specified atmospheric pressure) in the IBC at 55 in § 178.705(c)(1)(iv) of this subchapter. °C (131 °F). This absolute pressure must (d) Notwithstanding requirements in not exceed two-thirds of the sum of the § 173.24b of this subpart, when filling an marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 IBC with liquids, sufficient ullage must psia). be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk (iv) Twice the static pressure of the temperature of 50 °C (122 °F), the IBC is substance, measured at the bottom of not filled to more than 98 percent of its the IBC. This value must not be less water capacity. than twice the static pressure of water. (2) Liquids having a vapor pressure (e) Where two or more closure sys- greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50 °C tems are fitted in series, the system (122 °F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55 °C nearest to the hazardous material (131 °F) may not be transported in being carried must be closed first. metal IBCs. (f) During transportation— (i) The requirements in this section (1) No hazardous material may re- do not apply to DOT–56 or –57 portable main on the outside of the IBC; and tanks. (2) Each IBC must be securely fas- (j) No IBC may be filled with a Pack- tened to or contained within the trans- ing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, com- port unit. posite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard (g) Each IBC used for transportation IBC used to transport Packing Group I of solids which may become liquid at solid materials may not exceed 1.5 temperatures likely to be encountered cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity. during transportation must also be ca- For Packing Group I solids, a metal pable of containing the substance in IBC may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 the liquid state. cubic feet) capacity. (h) Liquid hazardous materials may (k) When an IBC is used for the trans- only be offered for transportation in a portation of liquids with a flash point metal, rigid plastic, or composite IBC of 60 °C (140 °F) (closed cup) or lower, or that is appropriately resistant to an in- powders with the potential for dust ex- crease in internal pressure likely to de- plosion, measures must be taken dur- velop during transportation. ing product loading and unloading to (1) A rigid plastic or composite IBC prevent a dangerous electrostatic dis- may only be filled with a liquid having charge. a vapor pressure less than or equal to (l) IBC filling limits. (1) Except as pro- the greater of the following two values: vided in this section, an IBC may not The first value is determined from any be filled with a hazardous material in of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1)(i), excess of the maximum gross mass (ii) or (iii) of this section. The second marked on that container. value is determined by the method in (2) An IBC which is tested and paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section. marked for Packing Group II liquid

526

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.36

materials may be filled with a Packing tation of hazardous materials must Group III liquid material to a gross conform to the requirements of its mass not exceeding 1.5 times the max- specification and regulations for the imum gross mass marked on that con- transportation of the particular com- tainer, if all the performance criteria modity. can still be met at the higher gross (b) Packaging design—(1) Inner pack- mass. aging closures. A Large Packaging con- (3) An IBC which is tested and taining liquid hazardous materials marked for liquid hazardous materials must be packed so that closures on may be filled with a solid hazardous inner packagings are upright. material to a gross mass not exceeding (2) Flexible Large Packagings. Flexible the maximum gross mass marked on Large Packagings (e.g., 51H) are only that container. In addition, an IBC in- authorized for use with flexible inner tended for the transport of liquids packagings. which is tested and marked for Pack- (3) Friction. The nature and thickness ing Group II liquid materials may be of the outer packaging must be such filled with a Packing Group III solid that friction during transportation is hazardous material to a gross mass not not likely to generate an amount of exceeding the marked maximum gross heat sufficient to dangerously alter the mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the per- chemical stability of the contents. formance criteria can still be met at (4) Securing and cushioning. Inner the higher gross mass. packagings of Large Packagings must (4) An IBC which is tested and be packed, secured and cushioned to marked for Packing Group I solid ma- prevent their breakage or leakage and terials may be filled with a Packing to control their shifting within the Group II solid material to a gross mass outer packaging under conditions nor- not exceeding the maximum gross mass mally incident to transportation. Cush- marked on that container, multiplied ioning material must not be capable of by 1.5, if all the performance criteria reacting dangerously with the contents can be met at the higher gross mass; or of the inner packagings or having its a Packing Group III solid material to a protective properties significantly gross mass not exceeding the maximum weakened in the event of leakage. gross mass marked on the IBC, multi- (5) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and plied by 2.25, if all the performance cri- other metallic devices must not pro- teria can be met at the higher gross trude into the interior of the outer mass. An IBC which is tested and packaging in such a manner as to be marked for Packing Group II solid ma- likely to damage inner packagings or terials may be filled with a Packing receptacles. Group III solid material to a gross (c) Initial use and reuse of Large Pack- mass not exceeding the maximum gross agings. A Large Packaging may be re- mass marked on the IBC, multiplied by used. If an inner packaging is con- 1.5. structed of paper or flexible plastic, the inner packaging must be replaced [Amdt. 173–238, 59 FR 38064, July 26, 1994, as amended by Amdt. 173–243, 60 FR 40038, Aug. before each reuse. Before a Large Pack- 4, 1995; 64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45380, aging is filled and offered for transpor- 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; tation, the Large Packaging must be 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, given an external visual inspection, by 2010; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012] the person filling the Large Packaging, to ensure: § 173.36 Hazardous materials in Large (1) The Large Packaging is free from Packagings. corrosion, contamination, cracks, cuts, (a) No person may offer or accept a or other damage which would render it hazardous material for transportation unable to pass the prescribed design in a Large Packaging except as author- type test to which it is certified and ized by this subchapter. Except as oth- marked; and erwise provided in this subchapter, no (2) The Large Packaging is marked in Large Packaging may be filled with a accordance with requirements in Packing Group I or II material. Each § 178.910 of this subchapter. Additional Large Packaging used for the transpor- marking allowed for each design type

527

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.37 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

may be present. Required markings may not contain other hazardous mate- that are missing, damaged or difficult rials, except dry ice. to read must be restored or returned to (i) When a Large Packaging is used original condition. for the transportation of liquids with a (d) During transportation— flash point of 60.5 °C (141 °F) (closed (1) No hazardous material may re- cup) or lower, or powders with the po- main on the outside of the Large Pack- tential for dust explosion, measures aging; and must be taken during product loading (2) Each Large Packaging must be se- and unloading to prevent a dangerous curely fastened to or contained within electrostatic discharge. the transport unit. [75 FR 5393, Feb. 2, 2010] (e) Each Large Packaging used for transportation of solids which may be- § 173.37 Hazardous Materials in Flexi- come liquid at temperatures likely to ble Bulk Containers. be encountered during transportation (a) No person may offer or accept a may not be transported in paper or hazardous material for transportation fiber inner packagings. The inner pack- in a Flexible Bulk Container except as agings must be capable of containing authorized by this subchapter. Each the substance in the liquid state. Flexible Bulk Container used for the (f) Liquid hazardous materials may transportation of hazardous materials only be offered for transportation in must conform to the requirements of inner packagings appropriately resist- its specification and regulations for the ant to an increase of internal pressure transportation of the particular com- likely to develop during transpor- modity. tation. (b) Initial use and reuse of Flexible (g) A Large Packaging used to trans- Bulk Containers. A Flexible Bulk Con- port hazardous materials may not ex- tainer may be reused. Before a Flexible ceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) ca- Bulk Container is filled and offered for pacity. transportation, the Flexible Bulk Con- (h) Mixed contents. (1) An outer Large tainer must be given an external visual Packaging may contain more than one inspection by the person filling the hazardous material only when— Flexible Bulk Container to ensure: (i) The inner and outer packagings (1) The Flexible Bulk Container is used for each hazardous material con- free from corrosion, contamination, form to the relevant packaging sec- cracks, cuts, or other damage that tions of this part applicable to that would render it unable to pass the pre- hazardous material, and not result in a scribed design type test to which it is violation of § 173.21; certified and marked; and (ii) The package as prepared for ship- (2) The Flexible Bulk Container is ment meets the performance tests pre- marked in accordance with require- scribed in part 178 of this subchapter ments in § 178.1010 of this subchapter. for the hazardous materials contained Required markings that are missing, in the package; damaged or difficult to read must be (iii) Corrosive materials (except restored or returned to original condi- ORM–D) in bottles are further packed tion. in securely closed inner receptacles be- (3) The following components must fore packing in outer packagings; and be examined to determine structural (iv) For transportation by aircraft, serviceability: the total net quantity does not exceed (i) Textile slings; the lowest permitted maximum net (ii) Load-bearing structure straps; quantity per package as shown in Col- (iii) Body fabric; and umn 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the (iv) Lock device parts including § 172.101 table. The permitted maximum metal and textile parts are free from net quantity must be calculated in protrusions or damage. kilograms if a package contains both a (4) The use of Flexible Bulk Con- liquid and a solid. tainers for the transport of hazardous (2) A packaging containing inner materials is permitted for a period not packagings of Division 6.2 materials to exceed two years from the date of

528

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.40

manufacture of the Flexible Bulk Con- use of UN tubes and MEGCs is prohib- tainer. ited for Hazard Zone A materials. (c) During transportation— (2) The use of a specification 3AL cyl- (1) No hazardous material may re- inder made of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 main on the outside of the Flexible is prohibited for a Division 2.3 Hazard Bulk Container; and Zone A material or a Division 6.1 Haz- (2) Each Flexible Bulk Container ard Zone A material. must be securely fastened to or con- (3) A UN composite cylinder certified tained within the transport unit. to ISO–11119–3 is not authorized for a (3) If restraints such as banding or Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B mate- straps are used, these straps must not rial. be over-tightened to an extent that (4) For UN seamless cylinders used causes damage or deformation to the for Hazard Zone A materials, the max- Flexible Bulk Container. imum water capacity is 85 L. (4) Flexible Bulk Containers must be (b) Outage and pressure requirements. transported in a conveyance with rigid For DOT specification cylinders, the sides and ends that extend at least two- pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of Hazard thirds of the height of the Flexible Zone A and Hazard Zone B materials Bulk Container. may not exceed the service pressure of (5) Flexible Bulk Containers must the cylinder. Sufficient outage must be not be stacked for highway or rail provided so that the cylinder will not transportation. be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F). (6) Flexible Bulk Containers must (c) Closures. Each cylinder containing not be transported in cargo transport a Hazard Zone A material must be units when offered for transportation closed with a plug or valve conforming by vessel. to the following: (7) Flexible Bulk Containers when (1) Each plug or valve must have a transported by barge must be stowed in taper-threaded connection directly to such a way that there are no void the cylinder and be capable of with- spaces between the Flexible Bulk Con- standing the test pressure of the cyl- tainers in the barge. If the Flexible inder without damage or leakage. For Bulk Containers do not completely fill UN pressure receptacles, each valve the barge, adequate measures must be must be capable of withstanding the taken to avoid shifting of cargo. The test pressure of the pressure receptacle maximum permissible height of the and be connected directly to the pres- stack of Flexible Bulk Containers must sure receptacle by either a taper thread not exceed 3 containers high. or other means which meets the re- (d) A Flexible Bulk Container used to quirements of ISO 10692–2: (IBR, see transport hazardous materials may not § 171.7 of this subchapter). exceed 15 cubic meters (530 cubic feet) (2) Each valve must be of the capacity. packless type with non-perforated dia- [78 FR 1073, Jan. 7, 2013] phragm, except that, for corrosive materials, a valve may be of the packed § 173.40 General packaging require- type with an assembly made gas-tight ments for toxic materials packaged by means of a seal cap with gasketed in cylinders. joint attached to the valve body or the When this section is referenced for a cylinder to prevent loss of material Hazard Zone A or B hazardous material through or past the packing. elsewhere in this subchapter, the re- (3) Each valve outlet must be sealed quirements in this section are applica- by a threaded cap or threaded solid ble to cylinders used for that material. plug and inert gasketing material. (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A cylinder (4) The materials of construction for must conform to a DOT specification the cylinder, valves, plugs, outlet caps, or UN standard prescribed in subpart C luting, and gaskets must be compatible of part 178 of this subchapter, or a TC, with each other and with the lading. CTC, CRC, or BTC cylinder authorized (d) Additional handling protection. in § 171.12 of this subchapter, except Each cylinder or cylinder overpack that acetylene cylinders and non-refill- combination offered for transportation able cylinders are not authorized. The containing a Division 2.3 or 6.1 Hazard

529

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.41 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Zone A or B material must conform to taining Hazard Zone B materials in ac- the valve damage protection perform- cordance with § 173.312. ance requirements of this section. In [67 FR 51642, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 addition to the requirements of this FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, section, overpacks must conform to the 2003; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 76 FR 3371, overpack provisions of § 173.25. Jan. 19, 2011; 81 FR 3672, Jan. 21, 2016; 82 FR (1) DOT specification cylinders must 15876, Mar. 30, 2017] conform to the following: § 173.41 Sampling and testing program (i) Each cylinder with a wall thick- for unrefined petroleum-based ness at any point of less than 2.03 mm products. (0.08 inch) and each cylinder that does (a) General. Unrefined petroleum- not have fitted valve protection must based products offered for transpor- be overpacked in a box. The box must tation must be properly classed and de- conform to overpack provisions in scribed as prescribed in § 173.22, in ac- § 173.25. Box and valve protection must cordance with a sampling and testing be of sufficient strength to protect all program, which specifies at a min- parts of the cylinder and valve, if any, imum: from deformation and breakage result- (1) A frequency of sampling and testing from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more ing that accounts for any appreciable onto a non-yielding surface, such as variability of the material (e.g., his- concrete or steel, impacting at an ori- tory, temperature, method of extrac- entation most likely to cause damage. tion [including chemical use], location ‘‘Deformation’’means a cylinder or of extraction, time of year, length of valve that is bent, distorted, mangled, time between shipments); misshapen, twisted, warped, or in a (2) Sampling prior to the initial of- similar condition. fering of the material for transpor- (ii) Each cylinder with a valve must tation and when changes that may af- be equipped with a protective metal or fect the properties of the material plastic cap, other valve protection de- occur (i.e., mixing of the material from multiple sources, or further processing vice, or an overpack which is sufficient and then subsequent transportation); to protect the valve from breakage or (3) Sampling methods that ensure a leakage resulting from a drop of 2.0 m representative sample of the entire (7 ft) onto a non-yielding surface, such mixture, as offered, is collected; as concrete or steel. Impact must be at (4) Testing methods that enable clas- an orientation most likely to cause sification of the material under the damage. HMR; (2) Each UN cylinder containing a (5) Quality control measures for sam- Hazard Zone A or Hazard Zone B mate- ple frequencies; rial must have a minimum test pres- (6) Duplicate sampling methods or sure in accordance with P200 of the UN equivalent measures for quality assur- Recommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of ance; this subchapter). For Hazard Zone A (7) Criteria for modifying the sam- gases, the cylinder must have a min- pling and testing program; and imum wall thickness of 3.5 mm if made (8) Testing or other appropriate of aluminum alloy or 2 mm if made of methods used to identify properties of steel or, alternatively, cylinders may the mixture relevant to packaging re- be packed in a rigid outer packaging quirements (e.g., compatibility with that meets the Packing Group I per- packaging, identifying specific gravity formance level when tested as prepared for filling packages). for transport, and that is designed and (b) Certification. Each person who of- constructed to protect the cylinder and fers a hazardous material for transpor- valve from puncture or damage that tation shall certify, as prescribed by § 172.204 of this subchapter, that the may result in release of the gas. material is offered for transportation (e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not in accordance with this subchapter, in- be manifolded or connected. This provi- cluding the requirements prescribed by sion does not apply to MEGCs con- paragraph (a) of this section.

530

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.51

(c) Documentation, retention, review, classed under the provisions of this and dissemination of program. The sam- subchapter. pling and testing program must be doc- (b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided umented in writing (i.e. hardcopy or into six divisions as follows: electronic file thereof) and must be re- (1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives tained for as long as the sampling and that have a mass explosion hazard. A testing program remains in effect, or a mass explosion is one which affects al- minimum of one year. The sampling most the entire load instantaneously. and testing program must be reviewed (2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives at least annually and revised and/or up- that have a projection hazard but not a dated as necessary to reflect changed mass explosion hazard. circumstances. The most recent (3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives version of the sampling and testing that have a fire hazard and either a program must be available to the em- minor blast hazard or a minor projec- ployees who are responsible for imple- tion hazard or both, but not a mass ex- menting it. When the sampling and plosion hazard. testing program is updated or revised, (4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives all employees responsible for imple- that present a minor explosion hazard. menting it must be notified, and the The explosive effects are largely con- most recent version must be made fined to the package and no projection available. of fragments of appreciable size or (d) Access by DOT to program docu- range is to be expected. An external mentation. Each person required to de- fire must not cause virtually instanta- velop and implement a sampling and neous explosion of almost the entire testing program must maintain a copy contents of the package. of the sampling and testing program (5) Division 1.5 1 consists of very in- documentation (or an electronic file sensitive explosives. This division is thereof) that is accessible at, or comprised of substances which have a through, its principal place of business, mass explosion hazard but are so insen- and must make the documentation sitive that there is very little prob- available upon request at a reasonable ability of initiation or of transition time and location to an authorized offi- from burning to detonation under nor- cial of the Department of Transpor- mal conditions of transport. tation. (6) Division 1.6 2 consists of extremely [80 FR 26746, May 8, 2015] insensitive articles that do not have a mass explosion hazard. This division is comprised of articles which predomi- Subpart C—Definitions, Classifica- nately contain extremely insensitive tion and Packaging for Class substances and that demonstrate a 1 negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation. SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, unless otherwise noted. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR § 173.50 Class 1—Definitions. 45183, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, (a) Explosive. For the purposes of this 2017] subchapter, an explosive means any substance or article, including a device, § 173.51 Authorization to offer and which is designed to function by explo- transport explosives. sion (i.e., an extremely rapid release of (a) Unless otherwise provided in this gas and heat) or which, by chemical re- subpart, no person may offer for trans- action within itself, is able to function portation or transport an explosive, in a similar manner even if not de- unless it has been tested and classed signed to function by explosion, unless the substance or article is otherwise 1 The probability of transition from burn- classed under the provisions of this ing to detonation is greater when large quan- subchapter. The term includes a pyro- tities are transported in a vessel. technic substance or article, unless the 2 The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is substance or article is otherwise limited to the explosion of a single article.

531

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.52 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and approved by the Associate Admin- the transportation, and storage related istrator (§ 173.56). thereto, of explosives and to prevent an (b) Reports of explosives approved by increase in hazard that might result if the Department of Defense or the De- certain types of explosives were stored partment of Energy must be filed with, or transported together. Transpor- and receive acknowledgement in writ- tation compatibility requirements for ing by, the Associate Administrator carriers are prescribed in §§ 174.81, prior to such explosives being offered 175.78. 176.83 and 177.848 of this sub- for transportation. chapter for transportation by rail, air, vessel, and public highway, respec- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as tively, and storage incidental thereto. amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] (b) Compatibility groups and classification codes for the various types of § 173.52 Classification codes and com- explosives are set forth in the following patibility groups of explosives. tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility (a) The classification code for an ex- groups and classification codes for sub- plosive, which is assigned by the Asso- stances and articles described in the ciate Administrator in accordance with first column of table 1. Table 2 shows this subpart, consists of the division the number of classification codes that number followed by the compatibility are possible within each explosive divi- group letter. Compatibility group let- sion. Altogether, there are 35 possible ters are used to specify the controls for classification codes for explosives.

TABLE 1—CLASSIFICATION CODES

Compat- Classi- Description of substances or article to be classified ibility fication group code

Primary explosive substance ...... A 1.1A Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective fea- B 1.1B tures. Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, 1.2B cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives.. 1.4B Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explo- C 1.1C sive substance. 1.2C 1.3C 1.4C Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating D 1.1D explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article 1.2D containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features. 1.4D 1.5D Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propel- E 1.1E ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid). 1.2E 1.4E Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of initiation, with a propel- F 1.1F ling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propel- 1.2F ling charge. 1.3F 1.4F Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explo- G 1.1G sive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other 1.2G than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid or gel 1.3G or hypergolic liquid). 1.4G Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus ...... H 1.2H 1.3H Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel ...... J 1.1J 1.2J 1.3J Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent ...... K 1.2K 1.3K Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due L 1.1L to water-activation or presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or pyrophoric substances) needing iso- 1.2L lation of each type. 1.3L Articles predominantly containing extremely insensitive substances ...... N 1.6N Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning S 1.4S are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package.

532

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56

TABLE 2—SCHEME OF CLASSIFICATION OF EXPLOSIVES, COMBINATION OF HAZARD DIVISION WITH COMPATIBILITY GROUP

Hazard Compatibility group division A B C D E F G H J K L N S A–S

1.1 1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D 1.1E 1.1F 1.1G 1.1J 1.1L 9 1.2 1.2B 1.2C 1.2D 1.2E 1.2F 1.2G 1.2H 1.2J 1.2K 1.2L 10 1.3 1.3C 1.3F 1.3G 1.3H 1.3J 1.3K 1.3L 7 1.4 1.4B 1.4C 1.4D 1.4E 1.4F 1.4G 1.4S 7 1.5 1.5D 1 1.6 1.6N 1

Total 1 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1 1 35

[Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15876, Mar. 30, 2017]

§ 173.53 Provisions for using old classi- sives not specifically authorized by fications of explosives. this subchapter. Where the classification system in ef- (f) A loaded firearm (except as pro- fect prior to January 1, 1991, is ref- vided in 49 CFR 1544.219). erenced in State or local laws, ordi- (g) Fireworks that combine an explo- nances or regulations not pertaining to sive and a detonator. the transportation of hazardous mate- (h) Fireworks containing yellow or rials, the following table may be used white phosphorus. to compare old and new hazard class (i) A toy torpedo, the maximum out- names: side dimension of which exceeds 23 mm (0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing Current classification Class name prior to Jan. 1, 1991 a mixture of potassium chlorate, black Division 1.1 ...... Class A explosives. antimony (antimony sulfide), and sul- Division 1.2 ...... Class A or Class B explosives. fur, if the weight of the explosive mate- Division 1 3 ...... Class B explosive. rial in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 Division 1.4 ...... Class C explosives. ounce). Division 1.5 ...... Blasting agents. Division 1.6 ...... No applicable hazard class. (j) Explosives specifically forbidden in the § 172.101 table of this subchapter. (k) Explosives not meeting the ac- § 173.54 Forbidden explosives. ceptance criteria specified in § 173.57 of Unless otherwise provided in this this subchapter. subchapter, the following explosives (l) An explosive article with its shall not be offered for transportation means of initiation or ignition in- or transported: stalled, unless approved in accordance (a) An explosive that has not been ap- with § 173.56. proved in accordance with § 173.56 of this subpart. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as (b) An explosive mixture or device amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–236, 58 FR 50236, Sept. 24, 1993; 67 FR containing a chlorate and also con- 61013, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 48569, Aug. 14, 2003] taining: (1) An ammonium salt, including a § 173.55 [Reserved] substituted ammonium or quaternary ammonium salt; or § 173.56 New explosives—definition (2) An acidic substance, including a and procedures for classification salt of a weak base and a strong acid. and approval. (c) A leaking or damaged package or (a) Definition of new explosive. For the article containing an explosive. purposes of this subchapter a new ex- (d) Propellants that are unstable, plosive means an explosive produced by condemned or deteriorated. a person who: (e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol (1) Has not previously produced that dinitrate, or any other liquid explo- explosive; or

533

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.56 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) Has previously produced that ex- explosives is limited to examination, plosive but has made a change in the testing and evaluation; and formulation, design or process so as to (iii) Is a resident of the United alter any of the properties of the explo- States. sive. An explosive will not be consid- (2) A new explosive made by or under ered a ‘‘new explosive’’ if an agency the direction or supervision of a com- listed in paragraph (b) of this section ponent of the DOD may be examined, has determined, and confirmed in writ- classed, and concurred in by: ing to the Associate Administrator, (i) U.S. Army Technical Center for that there are no significant dif- Explosives Safety (SMCAC-EST), Naval ferences in hazard characteristics from Sea Systems Command (SEA–9934), or the explosive previously approved. Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when (b) Examination, classification and ap- approved by the Chairman, DOD Explo- proval. Except as provided in §§ 173.64 sives Board, in accordance with the and 173.65, no person may offer a new DOD Ammunition and Explosives Haz- explosive for transportation unless ard Classification Procedures (IBR, see that person has specified to the exam- § 171.7 of the subchapter); or ining agency the ranges of composition (ii) The agencies and procedures spec- of ingredients and compounds, showing ified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. the intended manufacturing tolerances in the composition of substances or de- (3) A new explosive made by or under sign of articles which will be allowed in the direction or supervision of the De- that material or device, and unless it partment of Energy (DOE) may be— has been examined, classed and ap- (i) Examined by the DOE in accord- proved as follows: ance with the DOD Explosives Hazard (1) Except for an explosive made by Classification Procedures, and must be or under the direction or supervision of classed and approved by DOE; or the Department of Defense (DOD) or (ii) Examined, classed, and approved the Department of Energy (DOE), a in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of new explosive must be examined and this section. assigned a recommended shipping de- (4) For a material shipped under the scription, division and compatibility description of ‘‘ammonium nitrate-fuel group, based on the tests and criteria oil mixture (ANFO)’’, the only test re- prescribed in §§ 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58. quired for classification purposes is the The person requesting approval of the Cap Sensitivity Test—Test Method 5(a) new explosive must submit to the Asso- prescribed in the Explosive Test Man- ciate Administrator a report of the ex- ual (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria) amination and assignment of a rec- (IBR, see § 171.7 of the subchapter). The ommended shipping description, divi- test must be performed by an agency sion, and compatibility group. If the listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or Associate Administrator finds the ap- (b)(3) of this section, the manufacturer, proval request meets the regulatory or the shipper. A copy of the test re- criteria, the new explosive will be ap- port must be submitted to the Asso- proved in writing and assigned an EX ciate Administrator before the mate- number. The examination must be per- rial is offered for transportation, and a formed by a person who is approved by copy of the test report must be re- the Associate Administrator under the tained by the shipper for as long as provisions of subpart H of part 107 of that material is shipped. At a min- this chapter and who— imum, the test report must contain the (i) Has (directly, or through an em- name and address of the person or or- ployee involved in the examination) at ganization conducting the test, date of least ten years of experience in the ex- the test, quantitative description of amination, testing and evaluation of the mixture, including prill size and explosives; porosity, and a description of the test (ii) Does not manufacture or market results. explosives, and is not controlled by or (c) Filing DOD or DOE approval report. financially dependent on any entity DOD or DOE must file a copy of each that manufactures or markets explo- approval, accompanied by supporting sives, and whose work with respect to laboratory data, with the Associate

534

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.56

Administrator and receive acknowl- (4) It is accompanied by a person, in edgement in writing before offering the addition to the operator of the motor new explosive for transportation, un- vehicle, who is qualified by training less the new explosive is: and experience to handle the explosive. (1) Being transported under para- (f) Notwithstanding the requirements graph (d) or (e) of this section; or of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this sec- (2) Covered by a national security tion, the Associate Administrator may classification currently in effect. approve a new explosive on the basis of (d) Transportation of explosive samples an approval issued for the explosive by for examination. Notwithstanding the the competent authority of a foreign requirements of paragraph (b) of this government, or when examination of section with regard to the transpor- the explosive by a person approved by tation of a new explosive that has not the Associate Administrator is imprac- been approved, a person may offer a ticable, on the basis of reports of tests sample of a new explosive for transpor- conducted by disinterested third par- tation, by railroad, highway, or vessel ties, or may approve the transpor- from the place where it was produced tation of an explosives sample for the to an agency identified in paragraph (b) purpose of examination by a person ap- of this section, for examination if— proved by the Associate Administrator. (1) The new explosive has been as- (g) An explosive may be transported signed a tentative shipping description and class in writing by the testing under subparts B or C of part 171 or agency; § 176.11 of this subchapter without the (2) The new explosive is packaged as approval of the Associate Adminis- required by this part according to the trator as required by paragraph (b) of tentative description and class as- this section if the Associate Adminis- signed, unless otherwise specified in trator has acknowledged in writing the writing by the testing agency; and, acceptability of an approval issued by (3) The package is labeled as required the competent authority of a foreign by this subchapter and the following is government pursuant to the provisions marked on the package: of the UN Recommendations, the ICAO (i) The words ‘‘SAMPLE FOR LAB- Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code ORATORY EXAMINATION’’; (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or (ii) The net weight of the new explo- other national or international regula- sive; and tions based on the UN Recommenda- (iii) The tentative shipping name and tions. In such a case, a copy of the for- identification number. eign competent authority approval, (e) Transportation of unapproved explo- and a copy of the written acknowledge- sives for developmental testing. Notwith- ment of its acceptance must accom- standing the requirements of para- pany each shipment of that explosive. graph (b) of this section, the owner of (h) The requirements of this section a new explosive that has not been ex- do not apply to cartridges, small arms amined or approved may transport that which are: new explosive from the place where it (1) Not a forbidden explosive under was produced to an explosives testing § 173.54 of this subchapter; range if— (2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, shot- (1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initi- gun, or tools; ating) explosive or a forbidden explo- (3) Ammunition with inert projectile sive according to this subchapter; or blank ammunition; and (2) It is described as a Division 1.1 ex- (4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 cal- plosive (substance or article) and is iber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 packed, marked, labeled, described on gauge for shotgun shells. shipping papers and is otherwise offered for transportation in conform- Cartridges, small arms meeting the cri- ance with the requirements of this sub- teria of this paragraph (h) may be as- chapter applicable to Division 1.1; signed a classification code of 1.4S by (3) It is transported in a motor vehi- the manufacturer. cle operated by the owner of the explo- (i) If experience or other data indi- sive; and cate that the hazard of a material or a

535

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.57 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

device containing an explosive com- the Explosive Test Manual. An article position is greater or less than indi- or packaged substance is forbidden for cated according to the definition and transportation if evidence of thermal criteria specified in §§ 173.50, 173.56, and instability or excessive impact sensi- 173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate tivity is found in those tests according Administrator may specify a classifica- to the criteria and methods of assess- tion or except the material or device ing results prescribed therein. from the requirements of this sub- (c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, chapter. type A) is forbidden for transportation (j) [Reserved] if any of the following occurs: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as (1) It does not have, when uniformly amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. mixed with the absorbent material, a 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR satisfactory antacid in a quantity suf- 10777, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; ficient to have the acid neutralizing 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 72 FR 25177, May 3, power of an amount of magnesium car- 2007; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 42477, July bonate equal to one percent of the ni- 16, 2013; 83 FR 55809, Nov. 7, 2018] troglycerin or other liquid explosive § 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new ingredient; explosives. (2) During the centrifuge test (Test (a) Unless otherwise excepted, an ex- Method D–2, in appendix D to this part) plosive substance must be subjected to or the compression test (Test Method the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity D–3 in appendix D to this part), a non- Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)), the Friction gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)), percent by weight of the liquid explo- the Thermal Stability Test (Test Meth- sive or a gelatin dynamite loses more od 3(c)) at 75 °C (167 °F) and the Small- than 10 percent by weight of the liquid Scale Burning Test (Test Method explosive; or 3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explo- (3) During the leakage test (Test sive Test Manual (UN Manual of Tests Method D–1 in appendix D to this part), and Criteria) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this there is any loss of liquid. subchapter). A substance is forbidden for transportation if any one of the fol- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as lowing occurs: amended at 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; 64 FR (1) For a liquid, failure to pass the 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; test criteria when tested in the Drop 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011] Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa- § 173.58 Assignment of class and divi- ratus for liquids; sion for new explosives. (2) For a solid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in the Drop (a) Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explo- Weight Impact Sensitivity Test appa- sives. In addition to the test prescribed ratus for solids; in § 173.57 of this subchapter, a sub- (3) The substance has a friction sen- stance or article in these divisions sitiveness equal to or greater than that must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate 6(b), and 6(c), as described in the UN (PETN) when tested in the Friction Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see Sensitivity Test; § 171.7 of this subchapter), for assign- (4) The substance fails to pass the ment to an appropriate division. The test criteria specified in the Thermal criteria for assignment of class and di- ° ° Stability Test at 75 C (167 F); or vision are as follows: (5) Explosion occurs when tested in (1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is the Small-Scale Burning Test. (b) An explosive article, packaged or mass explosion; unpackaged, or a packaged explosive (2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is substance must be subjected to the dangerous projections; Thermal Stability Test for Articles and (3) Division 1.3 if the major hazard is Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) radiant heat or violent burning, or and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test both, but there is no blast or projection Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in hazard;

536

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

(4) Division 1.4 if there is a small haz- order to determine if a substance is an ard with no mass explosion and no pro- EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests jection of fragments of appreciable size in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) or range; of this section, which are described in (5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group the Explosive Test Manual. The sub- S (1.4S) if the hazardous effects are stance must be tested in the form (i.e., confined within the package or the composition, granulation, density, etc.) blast and projection effects do not sig- in which it is to be used in the article. nificantly hinder emergency response A substance is not an EIDS if it fails efforts. The UN Test Type 6(d) is used any of the following tests: to determine whether a Division 1.4S (i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensi- classification is appropriate for an tivity Test; item assigned a proper shipping name (ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test; to which special provision 347 (see (iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at § 172.102 of this subchapter) applies; or 75 °C (167 °F); (6) Not in the explosive class if the (iv) The Small Scale Burning Test; substance or article does not have sig- (v) The EIDS Cap Test; nificant explosive hazard or if the ef- (vi) The EIDS Gap Test; fects of explosion are completely con- (vii) The Susan Test; fined within the article. (viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test; (b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for (ix) The EIDS External Fire Test; ANFO, a substance that has been ex- and amined in accordance with the provi- (x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test. sions § 173.57(a) of this subchapter, (d) The Associate Administrator may must be subjected to the following ad- waive or modify certain test(s) identi- ditional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test, fied in §§ 173.57 and 173.58 of this sub- Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT chapter, or require additional testing, Test, and External Fire Test, each as if appropriate. In addition, the Asso- described in the Explosive Test Man- ciate Administrator may limit the ual. A material may not be classed as quantity of explosive in a device. a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the (e) Each explosive is assigned a com- following occurs: patibility group letter by the Associate (1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sen- Administrator based on the criteria sitivity Test (Test Method 5(a)); prescribed in § 173.52(b) of this sub- (2) Detonation occurs in the DDT chapter. Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii)); [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as (3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 63 FR noise and projection of fragments, oc- 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; curs in the External Fire Test (Test 68 FR 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, Method 5(c), or 2011; 76 FR 56315, Sept. 13, 2011] (4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test § 173.59 Description of terms for explo- Method 5(d)). sives. (c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order For the purpose of this subchapter, a to be classed as a 1.6 explosive, an arti- description of the following terms is cle must pass all of the following tests, provided for information only. They as prescribed in the Explosive Test must not be used for purposes of classi- Manual: fication or to replace proper shipping (i) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test; names prescribed in § 172.101 of this (ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off subchapter. Test; Ammonium-nitrate—fuel oil mixture (iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; (ANFO). A blasting explosive con- and taining no essential ingredients other (iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact than prilled ammonium nitrate and Test. fuel oil. (2) A substance intended for use as Ammunition. Generic term related the explosive load in an article of Divi- mainly to articles of military applica- sion 1.6 must be an extremely insensi- tion consisting of all types of bombs, tive detonating substance (EIDS). In grenades, rockets, mines, projectiles

537

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and other similar devices or contri- white phosphorus with burster, expel- vances. ling charge or propelling charge. Ammunition, illuminating, with or with- Ammunition, tear-producing with burst- out burster, expelling charge or propelling er, expelling charge or propelling charge. charge. Ammunition designed to Ammunition containing tear-producing produce a single source of intense light substance. It may also contain one or for lighting up an area. The term in- more of the following: a pyrotechnic cludes illuminating cartridges, gre- substance, a propelling charge with nades and projectiles, and illuminating primer and igniter charge, or a fuze and target identification bombs. The with burster or expelling charge. term excludes the following articles Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition con- which are listed separately: cartridges, signal; signal devices; hand signals; dis- taining toxic agent. It may also con- tress flares, aerial and flares, surface. tain one or more of the following: a py- Ammunition, incendiary. Ammunition rotechnic substance, a propelling containing an incendiary substance charge with primer and igniter charge, which may be a solid, liquid or gel in- or a fuze with burster or expelling cluding white phosphorus. Except when charge. the composition is an explosive per se, Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive it also contains one or more of the fol- (Articles, EEI). Articles that contain lowing: a propelling charge with primer only extremely insensitive substances and igniter charge, or a fuze with and which demonstrate a negligible burster or expelling charge. The term probability of accidental initiation or includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid propagation under normal conditions or gel, with burster, expelling charge of transport and which have passed or propelling charge; Ammunition, in- Test Series 7. cendiary with or without burster, expel- Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which ling charge or propelling charge; and contain a pyrophoric substance (capa- Ammunition, incendiary, white phos- ble of spontaneous ignition when ex- phorus, with burster, expelling charge posed to air) and an explosive sub- or propelling charge. stance or component. The term ex- Ammunition, practice. Ammunition cludes articles containing white phos- without a main bursting charge, con- phorus. taining a burster or expelling charge. Normally it also contains a fuze and Articles, pyrotechnic for technical pur- propelling charge. The term excludes poses. Articles which contain pyro- the following article which is listed technic substances and are used for separately: Grenades, practice. technical purposes, such as heat gen- Ammunition, proof. Ammunition con- eration, gas generation, theatrical ef- taining pyrotechnic substance, used to fects, etc. The term excludes the fol- test the performance or strength of lowing articles which are listed sepa- new ammunition, weapon component rately: all ammunition; cartridges, sig- or assemblies. nal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition con- flares, aerial; flares, surface; release de- taining a smoke-producing substance vices, explosives; rivets, explosive; signal such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, (CSAM), titanium tetrachloride (FM), railway track, explosive; and signals, white phosphorus, or smoke-producing smoke. substance whose composition is based Auxiliary explosive component, isolated. on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phos- A small device that explosively per- phorus. Except when the substance is forms an operation related to the arti- an explosive per se, the ammunition cle’s functioning, other than its main also contains one or more of the fol- explosive loads’ performance. Func- lowing: a propelling charge with primer tioning of the component does not and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term cause any reaction of the main explo- includes: Ammunition, smoke, with or sive loads contained within the article. without burster, expelling charge or Black powder (gunpowder). Substance propelling charge; Ammunition, smoke, consisting of an intimate mixture of

538

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

charcoal or other carbon and either po- tions. They consist of a casing with a tassium or sodium nitrate, and sul- charge of deflagrating explosive and a phur. It may be meal, granular, com- means of ignition. The gaseous prod- pressed, or pelletized. ucts of the deflagration produce infla- Bombs. Explosive articles which are tion, linear or rotary motion; activate dropped from aircraft. They may con- diaphragms, valves or switches, or tain a flammable liquid with bursting project fastening devices or extin- charge, a photo-flash composition or guishing agents. bursting charge. The term excludes tor- Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to pedoes (aerial) and includes bombs, fire colored flares or other signals from photo-flash; bombs with bursting charge; signal pistols or devices. bombs with flammable liquids, with Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition bursting charge. consisting of a cartridge case fitted Boosters. Articles consisting of a with a center or rim fire primer and charge of detonating explosive without containing both a propelling charge means of initiation. They are used to and solid projectile(s). They are de- increase the initiating power of deto- signed to be fired in weapons of caliber nators or detonating cord. not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun car- Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting tridges of any caliber are included in of a small charge of explosive to open this description. The term excludes: projectiles or other ammunition in Cartridges, small arms, blank, and order to disperse their contents. some military small arms cartridges Cartridges, blank. Articles that con- listed under Cartridges for weapons, sist of a cartridge case with a center or inert projectile. rim fire primer and a confined charge Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Ar- of smokeless or black powder, but no ticles consisting of a cartridge case projectile. Used in training, saluting, made from metal, plastics or other or in starter pistols, tools, etc. non-flammable materials, in which Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting only the explosive component is the of a casing, a primer and flash powder, primer. all assembled in one piece for firing. Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (as- Cases, combustible, empty, without sembled) or semi-fixed (partially as- primer. Articles consisting of cartridge sembled) ammunition designed to be cases made partly or entirely from ni- fired from weapons. Each cartridge in- trocellulose. cludes all the components necessary to Charges, bursting. Articles consisting function the weapon once. The name of a charge of detonating explosive and description should be used for mili- such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics- tary small arms cartridges that cannot bonded explosive designed to produce be described as cartridges, small arms. effect by blast or fragmentation. Separate loading ammunition is in- Charges, demolition. Articles con- cluded under this name and description sisting of a charge of detonating explo- when the propelling charge and projec- sive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, tile are packed together (see also Car- metal or other material. The term ex- tridges, blank). cludes articles identified as bombs, (2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and mines, etc. tear-producing cartridges are described Charges, depth. Articles consisting of under ammunition, incendiary, etc. a charge of detonating explosive con- Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. tained in a drum or projectile. They Ammunition consisting of a casing are designed to detonate under water. with propelling charge and a solid or Charges, expelling. A charge of empty projectile. deflagrating explosive designed to eject Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting the payload from the parent article of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other without damage. material containing only propellant Charges, explosive, without detonator. explosive. The term excludes charges, Articles consisting of a charge of deto- shaped, commercial. nating explosive without means of ini- Cartridges, power device. Articles de- tiation, used for explosive welding, signed to accomplish mechanical ac- joining, forming, and other processes.

539

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Charges, propelling. Articles con- small quantity of explosive, the words sisting of propellant charge in any ‘‘mild effect’’ are added. physical form, with or without a cas- Cord igniter. Articles consisting of ing, for use in cannon or for reducing textile yarns covered with black pow- drag for projectiles or as a component der or another fast-burning pyro- of rocket motors. technic composition and a flexible pro- Charges, propelling for cannon. Arti- tective covering, or consisting of a core cles consisting of a propellant charge of black powder surrounded by a flexi- in any physical form, with or without a ble woven fabric. It burns progressively casing, for use in a cannon. along its length with an external flame Charges, shaped, without detonator. and is used to transmit ignition from a Articles consisting of a casing con- device to a charge or primer. taining a charge of detonating explo- Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles con- sive with a cavity lined with rigid ma- sisting of a knife-edged device which is terial, without means of initiation. driven by a small charge of They are designed to produce a power- deflagrating explosive into an anvil. ful, penetrating jet effect. Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for Charges, shaped, flexible, linear. Arti- blasting. Non-electric detonators as- cles consisting of a V-shaped core of a sembled with and activated by such detonating explosive clad by a flexible means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash metal sheath. tube, or detonating cord. They may be Charges, supplementary, explosive. Ar- of instantaneous design or incorporate ticles consisting of a small removable delay elements. Detonating relays in- booster used in the cavity of a projec- corporating detonating cord are in- tile between the fuze and the bursting cluded. Other detonating relays are in- charge. cluded in Detonators, nonelectric. Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Ar- Detonators. Articles consisting of a ticles containing an explosive designed small metal or plastic tube containing to transmit a detonation or deflagra- explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or tion within an explosive train. combinations of explosives. They are Consumer firework. Any finished fire- designed to start a detonation train. work device that is in a form intended They may be constructed to detonate for use by the public that complies instantaneously, or may contain a with any limits and requirements of delay element. They may contain no the APA Standard 87–1 (IBR, see § 171.7 more than 10 g of total explosives of this subchapter) and the construc- weight, excluding ignition and delay tion, performance, chemical composi- charges, per unit. The term includes: tion, and labeling requirements codi- detonators for ammunition; detonators fied by the U.S. Consumer Product for blasting, both electric and non-elec- Safety Commission in 16 CFR parts tric; and detonating relays without 1500 and 1507. A consumer firework does flexible detonating cord. not include firework devices, kits or Dynamite. A detonating explosive components banned by the U.S. Con- containing a liquid explosive ingre- sumer Product Safety Commission in dient (generally nitroglycerin, similar 16 CFR 1500.17 (a)(8). organic nitrate esters, or both) that is Contrivance, water-activated with uniformly mixed with an absorbent burster, expelling charge or propelling material, such as wood pulp, and usu- charge. Articles whose functioning de- ally contains materials such as nitro- pends of physico-chemical reaction of cellulose, sodium and ammonium ni- their contents with water. trate. Cord, detonating, flexible. Articles con- Entire load and total contents. The sisting of a core of detonating explo- phrase means such a substantial por- sive enclosed in spun fabric with plas- tion of the material explodes that the tics or other covering. practical hazard should be assessed by Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Ar- assuming simultaneous explosion of ticles consisting of a core of detonating the whole of the explosive content of explosive clad by a soft metal tube the load or package. with or without protective covering. Explode. The term indicates those ex- When the core contains a sufficiently plosive effects capable of endangering

540

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

life and property through blast, heat, not contain nitroglycerin, any similar and projection of missiles. It encom- liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or am- passes both deflagration and detona- monium-nitrate. The term generally tion. includes plastic explosives. Explosion of the total contents. The Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances phrase is used in testing a single arti- consisting of water as an essential in- cle or package or a small stack of arti- gredient and high proportions of am- cles or packages. monium nitrate or other oxidizer, some Explosive, blasting. Detonating explo- or all of which are in solution. The sive substances used in mining, con- other constituents may include nitro- struction, and similar tasks. Blasting derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, explosives are assigned to one of five hydrocarbons or aluminum powder. types. In addition to the ingredients The term includes: explosives, emul- listed below for each type, blasting ex- sion; explosives, slurry; and explosives, plosives may also contain inert compo- watergel. nents, such as kieselguhr, and other Explosive, deflagrating. A substance, minor ingredients, such as coloring e.g., propellant, which reacts by defla- agents and stabilizers. gration rather than detonation when Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances ignited and used in its normal manner. consisting of liquid organic nitrates, Explosive, detonating. A substance such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of which reacts by detonation rather than such ingredients with one or more of deflagration when initiated and used in the following: nitrocellulose, ammo- its normal manner. nium nitrate or other inorganic ni- Explosive, extremely insensitive sub- trates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or stance (EIS). A substance that has dem- combustible materials, such as wood- onstrated through tests that it is so in- meal and aluminum powder. Such ex- sensitive that there is very little prob- plosives must be in powdery, gelat- ability of accidental initiation. inous, plastic or elastic form. The term Explosive, primary. Explosive sub- includes dynamite, blasting gelatine stance which is manufactured with a and gelatine dynamites. view to producing a practical effect by Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances explosion, is very sensitive to heat, im- consisting of a mixture of ammonium pact, or friction, and even in very nitrate or other inorganic nitrates small quantities, detonates. The major with an explosive, such as trinitro- primary explosives are mercury ful- toluene, with or without other sub- minate, lead azide, and lead styphnate. stances, such as wood-meal or alu- Explosive, secondary. An explosive minum powder, or a mixture of ammo- substance which is relatively insensi- nium nitrate or other inorganic ni- tive (when compared to primary explo- trates with other combustible sub- sives) and is usually initiated by pri- stances which are not explosive ingre- mary explosives with or without the dients. Such explosives may not con- aid of boosters or supplementary tain nitroglycerin, similar liquid or- charges. Such an explosive may react ganic nitrates, or chlorates. as a deflagrating or as a detonating ex- Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances plosive. consisting of a mixture of either potas- Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles de- sium or sodium chlorate or potassium, signed for entertainment. sodium or ammonium perchlorate with Flares. Articles containing pyro- organic nitro-derivatives or combus- technic substances which are designed tible materials, such as wood-meal or to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. The term includes: flares, aerial and Such explosives must not contain ni- flares, surface. troglycerin or any similar liquid or- Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance ganic nitrate. which, when ignited, produces an in- Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances tense light. consisting of a mixture of organic ni- Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil trate compounds and combustible ma- wells, without detonators. Articles con- terials, such as hydrocarbons and alu- sisting of a charge of detonating explo- minum powder. Such explosives must sive contained in a casing without the

541

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.59 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

means of initiation. They are used to employed to ignite a deflagrating train fracture the rock around a drill shaft of explosive or pyrotechnic substances to assist the flow of crude oil from the (for example: a primer for propelling rock. charge, an igniter for a rocket motor Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words or an igniting fuze). have a common origin (French fusee, Initiation, means of. (1) A device in- fusil) and are sometimes considered to tended to cause the detonation of an be different spellings, it is useful to explosive (for example: detonator, det- maintain the convention that fuse re- onator for ammunition, or detonating fers to a cord-like igniting device, fuze). whereas fuze refers to a device used in (2) The term with its own means of ini- ammunition which incorporates me- tiation means that the contrivance has chanical, electrical, chemical, or hy- its normal initiating device assembled drostatic components to initiate a to it and this device is considered to train by deflagration or detonation. present a significant risk during trans- Fuse, igniter. Articles consisting of a port but not one great enough to be un- metal tube with a core of deflagrating acceptable. The term does not apply, explosives. however, to a contrivance packed to- Fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating gether with its means of initiation, (Quickmatch). Article consisting of cot- provided the device is packaged so as ton yarns impregnated with fine black to eliminate the risk of causing deto- powder. It burns with an external nation of the contrivance in the event flame and is used in ignition trains for of functioning of the initiating device. fireworks, etc. The initiating device can even be as- Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a sembled in the contrivance provided core of fine-grained black powder sur- there are protective features ensuring rounded by a flexible woven fabric with that the device is very unlikely to one or more protective outer coverings. cause detonation of the contrivance When ignited, it burns at a predeter- under conditions which are associated mined rate without any explosive ef- with transport. fect. (3) For the purposes of classification, Fuzes. Articles designed to start a any means of initiation without two ef- detonation or deflagration in ammuni- fective protective features should be tion. They incorporate mechanical, regarded as Compatibility Group B; an electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic article with its own means of initi- components and generally protective ation, without two effective protective features. The term includes: Fuzes, det- features, is Compatibility Group F. A onating; fuzes detonating with protec- means of initiation which itself pos- tive features; and fuzes igniting. sesses two effective protective features Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles is Compatibility Group D, and an arti- which are designed to be thrown by cle with its own means of initiation hand or to be projected by rifle. The which possesses two effective features term includes: grenades, hand or rifle, is Compatibility Group D or E. A with bursting charge; and grenades, means of initiation, adjudged as having practice, hand or rifle. The term ex- two effective protective features, must cludes: grenades, smoke. be approved by the Associate Adminis- Igniters. Articles containing one or trator. A common and effective way of more explosive substance used to start achieving the necessary degree of pro- deflagration of an explosive train. They tection is to use a means of initiation may be actuated chemically, elec- which incorporates two or more inde- trically, or mechanically. The term ex- pendent safety features. cludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse, Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, without detonator. Articles consisting of igniting; lighters, fuse, instantaneous, a steel tube or metallic strip, into non-detonating; fuzes, igniting; light- which are inserted shaped charges con- ers, fuse; primers, cap type; and prim- nected by detonating cord, without ers, tubular. means of initiation. Ignition, means of. A general term Lighters, fuse. Articles of various de- used in connection with the method sign actuated by friction, percussion,

542

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.59

or electricity and used to ignite safety charge. The term includes: projectiles, fuse. inert, with tracer; projectiles, with Mass explosion. Explosion which af- burster or expelling charge; and projec- fects almost the entire load virtually tiles, with bursting charge. instantaneously. Propellant, liquid. Substances con- Mines. Articles consisting normally sisting of a deflagrating liquid explo- of metal or composition receptacles sive, used for propulsion. and bursting charge. They are designed Propellant, solid. Substances con- to be operated by the passage of ships, sisting of a deflagrating solid explo- vehicles, or personnel. The term in- sive, used for propulsion. cludes Bangalore torpedoes. Propellants. Deflagrating explosives Phlegmatized. The term means that a used for propulsion or for reducing the substance (or ‘‘phlegmatizer’’) has been drag of projectiles. added to an explosive to enhance its Release devices, explosive. Articles safety in handling and transport. The consisting of a small charge of explo- phlegmatizer renders the explosive in- sive with means of initiation. They sensitive, or less sensitive, to the fol- sever rods or links to release equip- lowing actions: heat, shock, impact, ment quickly. percussion or friction. Typical Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a phlegmatizing agents include, but are solid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant not limited to: wax, paper, water, poly- contained in a cylinder fitted with one mers (such as chlorofluoropolymers), or more nozzles. They are designed to alcohol and oils (such as petroleum propel a rocket or guided missile. The jelly and paraffin). term includes: rocket motors; rocket Powder cake (powder paste). Substance motors with hypergolic liquids with or consisting of nitrocellulose impreg- without an expelling charge; and rock- nated with not more than 60 percent of et motors, liquid fuelled. nitroglycerin or other liquid organic Rockets. Articles containing a rocket nitrates or a mixture of these. motor and a payload which may be an Powder, smokeless. Substance based on explosive warhead or other device. The nitrocellulose used as propellant. The term includes: guided missiles; rockets, term includes propellants with a single line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, base (nitrocellulose (NC) alone), those with bursting charge; rockets, with with a double base (such as NC and ni- bursting charge; rockets, with expel- troglycerin (NG)) and those with a tri- ling charge; and rockets, with inert ple base (such as NC/NG/ head. nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag- Signals. Articles consisting of pyro- charges of smokeless powder are listed technic substances designed to produce under charges, propelling and charges, signals by means of sound, flame, or propelling for cannon. smoke or any combination thereof. The Primers, cap type. Articles consisting term includes: signal devices, hand; of a metal or plastic cap containing a signals, distress ship; signals, railway small amount of primary explosive track, explosive; signals, smoke. mixture that is readily ignited by im- Sounding devices, explosive. Articles pact. They serve as igniting elements consisting of a charge of detonating ex- in small arms cartridges and in percus- plosive. They are dropped from ships sion primers for propelling charges. and function when they reach a pre- Primers, tubular. Articles consisting determined depth or the sea bed. of a primer for ignition and an auxil- Substance, explosive, very insensitive iary charge of deflagrating explosive, (Substance, EVI) N.O.S. Substances such as black powder, used to ignite which present a mass explosive hazard the propelling charge in a cartridge but which are so insensitive that there case for cannon, etc. is very little probability of initiation, Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or or of transition from burning to deto- bullet, which are projected from a can- nation under normal conditions of non or other artillery gun, rifle, or transport and which have passed test other small arm. They may be inert, series 5. with or without tracer, or may contain Torpedoes. Articles containing an ex- a burster, expelling charge or bursting plosive or non-explosive propulsion

543

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.60 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

system and designed to be propelled nents of articles must be prevented through water. They may contain an from making contact with metal pack- inert head or warhead. The term in- agings. Articles containing explosive cludes: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with substances not enclosed in an outer inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled, casing must be separated from each with or without bursting charge; and other in order to prevent friction and torpedoes, with bursting charge. impact. Padding, trays, partitioning in Tracers for ammunition. Sealed arti- the inner or outer packaging, molded cles containing pyrotechnic sub- plastics or receptacles may be used for stances, designed to reveal the trajec- this purpose. tory of a projectile. (4) When the packaging includes Warheads. Articles containing deto- water that could freeze during trans- nating explosives, designed to be fitted portation, a sufficient amount of anti- to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol, They may contain a burster or expel- must be added to the water to prevent ling charge or bursting charge. The freezing. If the anti-freeze creates a term includes: warhead rocket with fire hazard, it may not be used. When a bursting charge; and warheads, tor- percentage of water in the substance is pedo, with bursting charge. specified, the combined weight of water and anti-freeze may be substituted. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (5) If an article is fitted with its own 173–241, 59 FR 67492, Dec. 29, 1994; 64 FR 10777, means of ignition or initiation, it must Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 76 FR be effectively protected from acci- 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1074, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 dental actuation during normal condi- FR 42477, July 16, 2013] tions of transportation. (6) The entry of explosive substances § 173.60 General packaging require- into the recesses of double-seamed ments for explosives. metal packagings must be prevented. (a) Unless otherwise provided in this (7) The closure device of a metal subpart and in § 173.7(a), packaging drum must include a suitable gasket; if used for Class 1 (explosives) materials the closure device includes metal-to- must meet Packing Group II require- metal screw-threads, the ingress of ex- ments. Each packaging used for an explosive substances into the threading plosive must be capable of meeting the must be prevented. test requirements of subpart M of part (8) Whenever loose explosive sub- 178 of this subchapter, at the specified stances or the explosive substance of level of performance, and the applica- an uncased or partly cased article may ble general packaging requirements of come into contact with the inner sur- paragraph (b) of this section. face of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, (b) The general requirements for 4B and metal receptacles), the metal packaging of explosives are as follows: packaging should be provided with an (1) Nails, staples, and other closure inner liner or coating. devices, made of metal, having no pro- (9) Packagings must be made of ma- tective covering may not penetrate to terials compatible with, and imper- the inside of the outer packaging un- meable to, the explosives contained in less the inner packaging adequately the package, so that neither inter- protects the explosive against contact action between the explosives and the with the metal. packaging materials, nor leakage, (2) The closure device of containers causes the explosive to become unsafe for liquid explosives must provide dou- in transportation, or the hazard divi- ble protection against leakage, such as sion or compatibility group to change a screw cap secured in place with tape. (see § 173.24(e)(2)). (3) Inner packagings, fittings, and (10) An explosive article containing cushioning materials, and the placing an electrical means of initiation that of explosive substances or articles in is sensitive to external electro- packages, must be such that the explo- magnetic radiation, must have its sive substance is prevented from be- means of initiation effectively pro- coming loose in the outer packaging tected from electromagnetic radiation during transportation. Metallic compo- sources (for example, radar or radio

544

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.61

transmitters) through either design of ject to approval by the Associate Ad- the packaging or of the article, or ministrator. both. [Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24719, May 6, 1997, as (11) Plastic packagings may not be amended at 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 76 FR able to generate or accumulate suffi- 43529, July 20, 2011] cient static electricity to cause the packaged explosive substances or arti- § 173.61 Mixed packaging requirements. cles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently function. Metal packagings must be (a) An explosive may not be packed compatible with the explosive sub- in the same outside packaging with stance they contain. any other material that could, under (12) Explosive substances may not be normal conditions of transportation, adversely affect the explosive or its packed in inner or outer packagings packaging unless packaged by DOD or where the differences in internal and DOE in accordance with § 173.7(a). external pressures, due to thermal or (b) Hardware necessary for assembly other effects, could cause an explosion of explosive articles at the point-of-use or rupture of the package. may be packed in the same outside (13) Packagings for water soluble sub- packaging with the explosive articles. stances must be water resistant. Pack- The hardware must be securely packed agings for desensitized or phlegmatized in a separate inside packaging. Suffi- substances must be closed to prevent cient cushioning materials must be changes in concentration during trans- used to ensure that all inside pack- port. When containing less alcohol, agings are securely packed in the out- water, or phlegmatizer than specified side packaging. in its proper shipping description, the (c) The following explosives may not substance is a ‘‘forbidden’’ material. be packed together with other Class 1 (14) Large and robust explosives arti- explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, cles, normally intended for military UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN use, without their means of initiation 0267, UN 0350, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, or with their means of initiation con- UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367, UN 0408, UN taining at least two effective protec- 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and UN 0500. These explosives may be mix- tive features, may be carried packed with each other in accordance unpackaged provided that a negative with the compatibility requirements result was obtained in Test Series 4 of prescribed in paragraph (e) of this sec- the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria on tion. an unpackaged article. When such arti- (d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives cles have propelling charges or are self- may not be packed with the following propelled, their ignition systems must explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, be protected against conditions en- UN 0336, and UN 0337. countered during normal transpor- (e) Except as prescribed in para- tation. Such unpackaged articles may graphs (c) and (d) of this section, dif- be fixed to cradles or contained in ferent explosives may be packed in one crates or other suitable handling, stor- outside packaging in accordance with age or launching devices in such a way the following compatibility require- that they will not become loose during ments: normal conditions of transport and are (1) Explosives of the same compat- in accordance with DOD-approved pro- ibility group and same division number cedures. When such large explosive ar- may be packed together. ticles, as part of their operational safe- (2) Explosives of the same compat- ty and suitability tests, are subjected ibility group or authorized combina- to testing that meets the intentions of tion of compatibility group but dif- Test Series 4 of the UN Manual of Tests ferent division number may be packed together, provided that the whole and Criteria with successful test re- package is treated as though its entire sults, they may be offered for transpor- contents were comprised of the lower tation in accordance with the require- division number. For example, a mixed ments prescribed in (b)(14) above sub- package of Division 1.2 explosives and

545

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Division 1.4 explosives, compatibility (b) Explosives Table. The Explosives group D, must be treated as 1.2D explo- Table specifies the Packing Instruc- sives. However, when 1.5D explosives tions assigned to each explosive. Explo- are packed together with 1.2D explosives are identified in the first column sives, the whole package must be treat- in numerical sequence by their identi- ed as 1.1D explosives. fication number (ID #), which is listed (3) Explosives of compatibility group in column 4 of the § 172.101 table, of this S may be packaged together with ex- subchapter. The second column of the plosives of any other compatibility Explosives Table specifies the Packing group except A or L, and the combined Instruction (PI) which must be used for package may be treated as belonging to packaging the explosive. The Explo- any of the packaged compatibility sives Packing Method Table in para- groups except S. graph (c) of this section defines the (4) Explosives of compatibility group methods of packaging. The Packing In- L shall only be packed with an iden- structions are identified using a 3 digit tical explosive. designation. The Packing Instruction (5) Explosives articles of compat- prefixed by the letters ‘‘US’’ is par- ibility groups C, D, or E may be packed ticular to the United States and not together and the entire package shall found in applicable international regulations. be treated as belonging to compatibility group E. TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): EXPLOSIVES TABLE (6) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, E, or N may be ID# PI packed together and the entire package UN0004 ...... 112 shall be treated as belonging to com- UN0005 ...... 130 patibility group D. UN0006 ...... 130 UN0007 ...... 130 (7) Explosives substances of compat- UN0009 ...... 130 ibility groups C and D may be pack- UN0010 ...... 130 aged together and the entire package UN0012 ...... 130 UN0014 ...... 130 shall be treated as belonging to com- UN0015 ...... 130 patibility group D. UN0016 ...... 130 (8) Explosive articles of compat- UN0018 ...... 130 ibility group G, except for fireworks UN0019 ...... 130 UN0020 ...... 101 and articles requiring special pack- UN0021 ...... 101 aging, may be packaged together with UN0027 ...... 113 explosive articles of compatibility UN0028 ...... 113 UN0029 ...... 131 groups C, D or E and the combined UN0030 ...... 131 package shall be treated as belonging UN0033 ...... 130 to compatibility group E. UN0034 ...... 130 UN0035 ...... 130 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617 Dec. 21, 1990, as UN0037 ...... 130 amended at 56 FR 66267, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR UN0038 ...... 130 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR 33429, June 21, 2001; UN0039 ...... 130 UN0042 ...... 132 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. UN0043 ...... 133 7, 2004; 73 FR 4717, Jan. 28, 2008] UN0044 ...... 133 UN0048 ...... 130 § 173.62 Specific packaging require- UN0049 ...... 135 ments for explosives. UN0050 ...... 135 UN0054 ...... 135 (a) Except as provided in § 173.7 of UN0055 ...... 136 this subchapter, when the § 172.101 UN0056 ...... 130 UN0059 ...... 137 Table specifies that an explosive must UN0060 ...... 132 be packaged in accordance with this UN0065 ...... 139 section, only packagings which con- UN0066 ...... 140 UN0070 ...... 134 form to the provisions of paragraphs UN0072 ...... 112(a) (b) and (c) of this section or § 173.7(e) of UN0073 ...... 133 this subchapter and the applicable re- UN0074 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) quirements in §§ 173.60 and 173.61 may UN0075 ...... 115 UN0076 ...... 112 be used unless otherwise approved by UN0077 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) the Associate Administrator. UN0078 ...... 112

546

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): EXPLOSIVES TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0079 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0217 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0081 ...... 116 UN0218 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0082 ...... 116 or 117 UN0219 ...... 112 UN0083 ...... 116 UN0220 ...... 112 UN0084 ...... 116 UN0221 ...... 130 UN0092 ...... 135 UN0222 ...... 112(b), 112(c) or 117 UN0093 ...... 135 UN0224 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0094 ...... 113 UN0225 ...... 133 UN0099 ...... 134 UN0226 ...... 112(a) UN0101 ...... 140 UN0234 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0102 ...... 139 UN0235 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0103 ...... 140 UN0236 ...... 114(a) or 114(b) UN0104 ...... 139 UN0237 ...... 138 UN0105 ...... 140 UN0238 ...... 130 UN0106 ...... 141 UN0240 ...... 130 UN0107 ...... 141 UN0241 ...... 116 or 117 UN0110 ...... 141 UN0242 ...... 130 UN0113 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0243 ...... 130 UN0114 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0244 ...... 130 UN0118 ...... 112 UN0245 ...... 130 UN0121 ...... 142 UN0246 ...... 130 UN0124 ...... US1 UN0247 ...... 101 UN0129 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0248 ...... 144 UN0130 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0249 ...... 144 UN0131 ...... 142 UN0250 ...... 101 UN0132 ...... 114(b) UN0254 ...... 130 UN0133 ...... 112(a) UN0255 ...... 131 UN0135 ...... 110(a) or 110(b) UN0257 ...... 141 UN0136 ...... 130 UN0266 ...... 112 UN0137 ...... 130 UN0267 ...... 131 UN0138 ...... 130 UN0268 ...... 133 UN0143 ...... 115 UN0271 ...... 143 UN0144 ...... 115 UN0272 ...... 143 UN0146 ...... 112 UN0275 ...... 134 UN0147 ...... 112(b) UN0276 ...... 134 UN0150 ...... 112(a) or 112(b) UN0277 ...... 134 UN0151 ...... 112 UN0278 ...... 134 UN0153 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0279 ...... 130 UN0154 ...... 112 UN0280 ...... 130 UN0155 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0281 ...... 130 UN0159 ...... 111 UN0282 ...... 112 UN0160 ...... 114(b) UN0283 ...... 132 UN0161 ...... 114(b) UN0284 ...... 141 UN0167 ...... 130 UN0285 ...... 141 UN0168 ...... 130 UN0286 ...... 130 UN0169 ...... 130 UN0287 ...... 130 UN0171 ...... 130 UN0288 ...... 138 UN0173 ...... 134 UN0289 ...... 139 UN0174 ...... 134 UN0290 ...... 139 UN0180 ...... 130 UN0291 ...... 130 UN0181 ...... 130 UN0292 ...... 141 UN0182 ...... 130 UN0293 ...... 141 UN0183 ...... 130 UN0294 ...... 130 UN0186 ...... 130 UN0295 ...... 130 UN0190 ...... 101 UN0296 ...... 134 UN0191 ...... 135 UN0297 ...... 130 UN0192 ...... 135 UN0299 ...... 130 UN0193 ...... 135 UN0300 ...... 130 UN0194 ...... 135 UN0301 ...... 130 UN0195 ...... 135 UN0303 ...... 130 UN0196 ...... 135 UN0305 ...... 113 UN0197 ...... 135 UN0306 ...... 133 UN0204 ...... 134 UN0312 ...... 135 UN0207 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0313 ...... 135 UN0208 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0314 ...... 142 UN0209 ...... 112 UN0315 ...... 142 UN0212 ...... 133 UN0316 ...... 141 UN0213 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0317 ...... 141 UN0214 ...... 112 UN0318 ...... 141 UN0215 ...... 112 UN0319 ...... 133 UN0216 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0320 ...... 133

547

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): EXPLOSIVES TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): EXPLOSIVES TABLE—Continued TABLE—Continued

ID# PI ID# PI

UN0321 ...... 130 UN0392 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0322 ...... 101 UN0393 ...... 112(b) UN0323 ...... 134 UN0394 ...... 112(a) UN0324 ...... 130 UN0395 ...... 101 UN0325 ...... 142 UN0396 ...... 101 UN0326 ...... 130 UN0397 ...... 101 UN0327 ...... 130 UN0398 ...... 101 UN0328 ...... 130 UN0399 ...... 101 UN0329 ...... 130 UN0400 ...... 101 UN0330 ...... 130 UN0401 ...... 112 UN0331 ...... 116 or 117 UN0402 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0332 ...... 116 or 117 UN0403 ...... 135 UN0333 ...... 135 UN0404 ...... 135 UN0334 ...... 135 UN0405 ...... 135 UN0335 ...... 135 UN0406 ...... 114(b) UN0336 ...... 135 UN0407 ...... 114(b) UN0337 ...... 135 UN0408 ...... 141 UN0338 ...... 130 UN0409 ...... 141 UN0339 ...... 130 UN0410 ...... 141 UN0340 ...... 112(a) or 112(b) UN0411 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0341 ...... 112(b) UN0412 ...... 130 UN0342 ...... 114(a) UN0413 ...... 130 UN0343 ...... 111 UN0414 ...... 130 UN0344 ...... 130 UN0415 ...... 143 UN0345 ...... 130 UN0417 ...... 130 UN0346 ...... 130 UN0418 ...... 135 UN0347 ...... 130 UN0419 ...... 135 UN0348 ...... 130 UN0420 ...... 135 UN0349 ...... 101 UN0421 ...... 135 UN0350 ...... 101 UN0424 ...... 130 UN0351 ...... 101 UN0425 ...... 130 UN0352 ...... 101 UN0426 ...... 130 UN0353 ...... 101 UN0427 ...... 130 UN0354 ...... 101 UN0428 ...... 135 UN0355 ...... 101 UN0429 ...... 135 UN0356 ...... 101 UN0430 ...... 135 UN0357 ...... 101 UN0431 ...... 135 UN0358 ...... 101 UN0432 ...... 135 UN0359 ...... 101 UN0433 ...... 111 UN0360 ...... 131 UN0434 ...... 130 UN0361 ...... 131 UN0435 ...... 130 UN0362 ...... 130 UN0436 ...... 130 UN0363 ...... 130 UN0437 ...... 130 UN0364 ...... 133 UN0438 ...... 130 UN0365 ...... 133 UN0439 ...... 137 UN0366 ...... 133 UN0440 ...... 137 UN0367 ...... 141 UN0441 ...... 137 UN0368 ...... 141 UN0442 ...... 137 UN0369 ...... 130 UN0443 ...... 137 UN0370 ...... 130 UN0444 ...... 137 UN0371 ...... 130 UN0445 ...... 137 UN0372 ...... 141 UN0446 ...... 136 UN0373 ...... 135 UN0447 ...... 136 UN0374 ...... 134 UN0448 ...... 114(b) UN0375 ...... 134 UN0449 ...... 101 UN0376 ...... 133 UN0450 ...... 101 UN0377 ...... 133 UN0451 ...... 130 UN0378 ...... 133 UN0452 ...... 141 UN0379 ...... 136 UN0453 ...... 130 UN0380 ...... 101 UN0454 ...... 142 UN0381 ...... 134 UN0455 ...... 131 UN0382 ...... 101 UN0456 ...... 131 UN0383 ...... 101 UN0457 ...... 130 UN0384 ...... 101 UN0458 ...... 130 UN0385 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0459 ...... 130 UN0386 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0460 ...... 130 UN0387 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0461 ...... 101 UN0388 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0462 ...... 101 UN0389 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0463 ...... 101 UN0390 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0464 ...... 101 UN0391 ...... 112(a) UN0465 ...... 101

548

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00558 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): EXPLOSIVES (c) Explosives must be packaged in TABLE—Continued accordance with the following table: (1) The first column lists, in alpha- ID# PI numeric sequence, the packing meth- UN0466 ...... 101 ods prescribed for explosives in the Ex- UN0467 ...... 101 UN0468 ...... 101 plosives Table of paragraph (b) of this UN0469 ...... 101 section. UN0470 ...... 101 UN0471 ...... 101 (2) The second column specifies the UN0472 ...... 101 inner packagings that are required. If UN0473 ...... 101 inner packagings are not required, a UN0474 ...... 101 UN0475 ...... 101 notation of ‘‘Not necessary’’ appears in UN0476 ...... 101 the column. The term ‘‘Not necessary’’ UN0477 ...... 101 UN0478 ...... 101 means that a suitable inner packaging UN0479 ...... 101 may be used but is not required. UN0480 ...... 101 UN0481 ...... 101 (3) The third column specifies the in- UN0482 ...... 101 termediate packagings that are re- UN0483 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) quired. If intermediate packagings are UN0484 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0486 ...... 101 not required, a notation of ‘‘Not nec- UN0487 ...... 135 essary’’ appears in the column. The UN0488 ...... 130 UN0489 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) term ‘‘Not necessary’’ means that a UN0490 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) suitable intermediate packaging may UN0491 ...... 143 be used but is not required. UN0492 ...... 135 UN0493 ...... 135 (4) The fourth column specifies the UN0494 ...... US1 outer packagings which are required. If UN0495 ...... 115 UN0496 ...... 112(b) or 112(c) inner packagings and/or intermediate UN0497 ...... 115 packagings are specified in the second UN0498 ...... 114(b) UN0499 ...... 114(b) and third columns, then the packaging UN0500 ...... 131 specified in the fourth column must be UN0501 ...... 114(b) used as the outer packaging of a com- UN0502 ...... 130 UN0503 ...... 135 bination packaging; otherwise it may UN0504 ...... 112(c) be used as a single packaging. UN0505 ...... 135 UN0506 ...... 135 (5) Packing Instruction 101 may be UN0507 ...... 135 used for any explosive substance or ar- UN0508 ...... 114(b) UN0509 ...... 114(b) ticle if an equivalent level of safety is UN0510 ...... 130 shown to be maintained subject to the NA0124 ...... US1 approval of the Associate Adminis- NA0276 ...... 134 NA0323 ...... 134 trator. NA0331 ...... 116 or 117 NA0337 ...... 135 NA0349 ...... 133 NA0494 ...... US1

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

101 ...... This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Administrator prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used, the following must be marked on the shipping documents: ‘‘Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of America (USA)’’.

549

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00559 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. Samples of new or existing explosive substances or articles may be transported as directed by the Associate Administrator for purposes including: testing, classification, research and development, quality control, or as a commercial sample. Explosive samples which are wetted or desensitized must be limited to 25 kg. Explosive samples which are not wetted or desensitized must be limited to 10 kg in small packages as specified by the Associate Adminis- trator for Hazardous Materials Safety 110(a) ...... Bags ...... Bags ...... Drums. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR plastics, ...... plastics, ...... steel (1A1 or 1A2). EXCEPTIONS:. textile, plastic coat- textile, plastic coat- other metal (1N1 or 1. The Intermediate packagings must be ed or lined. ed or lined. 1N2). filled with water saturated material rubber ...... rubber ...... plastics-(1H1 or such as an anti-freeze solution or textile, rubberized .. textile, rubberized- 1H2). wetted cushioning. textile ...... Receptacles 2. Outer packagings must be filled with Receptacles plastics ...... water saturated material such as an wood ...... metal ...... anti-freeze solution or wetted cush- wood ...... ioning. Outer packagings must be constructed and sealed to prevent evaporation of the wetting solution, except when 0224 is being carried dry. 110(b) ...... Bags ...... Dividing partitions ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR rubber, conductive .... metal ...... natural wood, sift- EXCEPTIONS plastics, conductive .. wood ...... proof wall (4C2). For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130, 0135 Receptacles ...... plastics ...... plywood (4D). and 0224, the following conditions must metal ...... fibreboard ...... reconstituted wood be satisfied: wood ...... (4F). a. inner packagings must not contain rubber, conductive .... more than 50 g of explosive sub- plastics, conductive .. stance (quantity corresponding to dry substance); b. each inner packaging must be separated from other inner packagings by dividing partitions; and c. the outer packaging must not be par- titioned with more than 25 compartments 111 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR paper, water- steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. proofed. aluminum (4B). For UN0159, inner packagings are not plastics ...... other metal (4N). required when metal (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, textile, rubberized .. natural wood, ordi- 1B2, 1N1 or 1N2) or plastics (1H1 or Sheets nary (4C1). 1H2) drums are used as outer pack- plastics ...... natural wood, sift agings. textile, rubberized .. proof (4C2). Receptacles plywood (4D). wood ...... reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiberboard (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 112(a) ...... Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. 550

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00560 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR paper, multiwall, plastics ...... steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. water resistant. textile, plastic coat- aluminum (4B). 1. For UN Nos. 0004, 0076, 0078, plastics ...... ed or lined. other metal (4N). 0154, 0219 and 0394, packagings textile ...... Receptacles natural wood, ordi- must be lead free. textile, rubberized .. metal ...... nary (4C1). 2. Intermediate packagings are not re- woven plastics ...... plastics ...... natural wood, sift quired if leakproof drums are used as Receptacles wood ...... proof (4C2). the outer packaging. metal ...... plywood (4D). 3. For UN0072 and UN0226, inter- plastics ...... reconstituted wood mediate packagings are not required. wood ...... (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 112(b) ...... Bags ...... Bags ...... Bags. This packing instruction applies to dry solids paper, Kraft ...... (for UN0150 only) woven plastics sift- other than powders. paper, multiwall, plastics ...... proof (5H2/3). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR water resistant. textile, plastic coat- plastics, film (5H4). EXCEPTIONS:. plastics ...... ed or lined. textile, sift-proof 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, textile ...... (5L2). 0216, 0219 and 0386, packagings textile, rubberized textile, water resist- must be lead free. plastics. ant (5L3). 2. For UN0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) woven plastics ...... paper, multiwall, are recommended for flake or prilled water resistant TNT in the dry state and a maximum (5M2). net mass of 30 kg.. Boxes 3. For UN0222, inner packagings are steel (4A). not required. aluminum (4B). other metal (4N). natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof (4C2). plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). plywood (1D). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 112(c) This packing instruction applies to solid Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes. dry powders. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS:

551

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00561 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, paper, multiwall, water paper, multiwall, water steel (4A). aluminum 0216, 0219 and 0386, packagings resistant plastics, resistant with inner (4B). other metal must be lead free. woven plastics, Re- lining, plastics, Re- (4N). natural wood, 2. For UN0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) ceptacles, fiberboard, ceptacles, metal, ordinary (4C1). nat- are recommended for flake or prilled metal, plastics, wood. plastics, wood. ural wood, sift proof TNT in the dry state. Bags must not 4. At least one of the (4C2). plywood (4D). exceed a maximum net mass of 30 packagings must be reconstituted wood kg. sift-proof (4F). fiberboard (4G). 3. Inner packagings are not required if 5. For UN 0504, metal plastics, solid (4H2). drums are used as the outer pack- packagings must not Drums. plastics (1H1 aging. be used. Packagings or 1H2). steel (1A1 or of other material with 1A2). aluminum (1B1 a small amount of or 1B2). other metal metal, for example (1N1 or 1N2). ply- metal closures or wood (1D). fiber (1G). other metal fittings such as those mentioned in part 178 of this subchapter, are not considered metal packagings 113 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR paper ...... steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN0094 and UN0305, no more textile, rubberized .. other metal (4N). than 50 g of substance must be Receptacles natural wood, ordi- packed in an inner packaging. fiberboard ...... nary (4C1). 2. For UN0027, inner packagings are metal ...... natural wood, sift- not necessary when drums are used plastics ...... proof walls as the outer packaging. wood ...... (4C2). 3. At least one of the packagings must Sheets plywood (4D). be sift-proof. paper, kraft ...... reconstituted wood 4. Sheets must only be used for paper, waxed ...... (4F). UN0028. fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums plastics (1H1 or 1H2). steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum-(1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). 114(a) ...... Bags ...... Bags ...... Boxes This packing instruction applies to wetted solids plastics ...... plastics ...... steel (4A). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR textile ...... textile, plastic coat- other metal (4N). EXCEPTIONS:. woven plastics ...... ed or lined. natural wood, ordi- 1. For UN 0077, 0234, 0235 and 0236, Receptacles Receptacles nary (4C1). packagings must be lead free. metal ...... metal ...... natural wood, sift 2. For UN0342, inner packagings are plastics ...... plastics ...... proof walls not required when metal (1A1, 1A2, wood ...... Dividing partitions (4C2). 1B1, 1B2, 1N1 or 1N2) or plastics wood ...... plywood (4D). (1H1 or 1H2) drums are used as reconstituted wood outer packagings. (4F). 3. Intermediate packagings are not re- fiberboard (4G). quired if leakproof removable head plastics, solid drums are used as the outer pack- (4H2). aging. Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2) plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2).

552

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00562 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

114(b) ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN Nos. 0077, 0132, 0234, 0235 paper, kraft, plastics, ...... natural wood, ordinary and 0236, packagings must be lead textile, sift-proof, (4C1). natural wood, free. woven plastics, sift- sift-proof walls (4C2). 2. For UN0160 and UN0161, when proof, Receptacles, fi- plywood (4D). recon- metal drums (1A2, 1B2 or 1N2) are berboard, metal, stituted wood used as the outer packaging, metal paper, plastics, wood, (4F).fiberboard (4G). packagings must be so constructed plastics, sift-proof. Drums. steel (1A1 or that the risk of explosion, by reason 1A2). aluminum (1B1 of increased internal pressure from in- or 1B2). other metal ternal or external causes, is pre- (1N1 or 1N2). ply- vented. wood (1D). fiber (1G). 3. For UN0160, UN0161, and UN0508, plastics (1H1 or 1H2). inner packagings are not necessary if drums are used as the outer packaging 4. For UN0508 and UN0509, metal packagings must not be used. Pack- agings of other material with a small amount of metal, for example metal closures or other metal fittings such as those mentioned in part 178 of this subchapter, are not considered metal packagings 115 ...... Receptacles ...... Bags ...... Boxes PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR metal ...... plastics in metal re- natural wood, ordi- EXCEPTIONS:. plastics ...... ceptacles. nary (4C1). 1. For liquid explosives, inner pack- wood ...... Drums ...... natural wood, sift agings must be surrounded with non- metal ...... proof walls combustible absorbent cushioning Receptacles ...... (4C2). material in sufficient quantity to ab- wood ...... plywood (4D). sorb the entire liquid content. Metal reconstituted wood receptacles should be cushioned from (4F). each other. The net mass of explo- fiberboard (4G). sive per package may not exceed 30 Drums. kg when boxes are used as outer plastics (1H1 or packaging. The net volume of explo- 1H2). sive in each package other than steel (1A1 or 1A2). boxes must not exceed 120 liters. aluminum (1B1 or 2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497 1B2). when boxes are used as the outer other metal (1N1 or packaging, inner packagings must 1N2). have taped screw cap closures and plywood (1D). be not more than 5 liters capacity fiber (1G). each. A composite packaging con- Specification MC– sisting of a plastic receptacle in a 200 containers metal drum (6HA1) may be used in may be used for lieu of combination packagings. Liquid transport by substances must not freeze at tem- motor vehicle. peratures above ¥15 °C (+ 5 °F). 3. For UN0144, intermediate packagings are not necessary. Aluminum drums (1B1 and 1B2) and metal, other than steel or aluminum, drums (1N1 and 1N2) must not be used.. 116 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Bags.

553

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00563 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR paper, water and ...... woven plastics EXCEPTIONS:. oil resistant plas- (5H1/2/3). 1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, tics. paper, multiwall, inner packagings are not necessary if textile, plastic coat- water resistant leakproof removable head drums are ed or lined (5M2). used as the outer packaging.. woven plastics, plastics, film (5H4). 2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, sift-proof. textile, sift-proof inner packagings are not required Receptacles ...... (5L2). when the explosive is contained in a fiberboard, water textile, water resist- material impervious to liquid.. resistant metal. ant (5L3). 3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are plastics ...... Boxes. not required when contained in rigid wood, sift-proof ..... steel (4A). plastic that is impervious to nitric Sheets ...... aluminum (4B). esters.. paper, water resist- other metal (4N). 4. For UN 0331, inner packagings are ant. wood, natural, ordi- not required when bags (5H2), (5H3) paper, waxed ...... nary (4C1). or (5H4) are used as outer pack- plastics ...... natural wood, sift agings.. proof walls 5. For UN0081, bags must not be used (4C2). as outer packagings.. plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). Jerricans. steel (3A1 or 3A2). plastics (3H1 or 3H2).

117 ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... IBCs.

554

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00564 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR metal (11A), (11B), EXCEPTIONS:. (11N), (21A), 1. This packing instruction may only be (21B), (21N), used for explosives of UN 0082 when (31A), (31B), they are mixtures of ammonium ni- (31N). trate or other inorganic nitrates with flexible (13H2), other combustible substances that are (13H3), (13H4), not explosive ingredients. Such explo- (13L2), (13L3), sives must not contain nitroglycerin, (13L4), (13M2). similar liquid organic nitrates, liquid or rigid plastics solid nitrocarbons, or chlorates.. (11H1), (11H2), 2. This packing instruction may only be (21H1), (21H2), used for explosives of UN 0241 that (31H1), (31H2). consist of water as an essential ingre- composite (11HZ1), dient and high proportions of ammo- (11HZ2), nium nitrate or other oxidizers, some (21HZ1), or all of which are in solution. The (21HZ2), other constituents may include hydro- (31HZ1), carbons or aluminum powder, but (31HZ2). must not include nitro-derivatives such as trinitrotoluene.. 3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN 0082, UN 0222 and UN 0241.. 4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for solids.. 5. For UN 0222, when other than metal or rigid plastics IBCs are used, they must be offered for transportation in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle.. 6. For UN 0222, flexible IBCs must be sift-proof and water-resistant or must be fitted with a sift-proof and water- resistant liner.. 130 ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. Particular Packaging Requirements:

555

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00565 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

1. The following applies to UN 0006, ...... Steel (4A). Aluminum 0009, 0010, 0015, 0016, 0018, 0019, (4B). Other metal 0034, 0035, 0038, 0039, 0048, 0056, (4N). Wood natural, 0137, 0138, 0168, 0169, 0171, 0181, ordinary (4C1). Wood 0182, 0183, 0186, 0221, 0238, 0243, natural, sift-proof 0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280, 0281, walls 4C2). Plywood 0286, 0287, 0297, 0299, 0300, 0301, (4D). Reconstituted 0303, 0321, 0328, 0329, 0344, 0345, wood (4F). Fiber- 0346, 0347, 0362, 0363, 0370, 0412, board (4G). Plastics, 0424, 0425, 0434, 0435, 0436, 0437, expanded (4H1). 0438, 0451, 0459, 0488, 0502 and Plastics, solid (4H2). 0510. Large and robust explosives ar- Drums. Steel (1A1 or ticles, normally intended for military 1A2). Aluminum (1B1 use, without their means of initiation or 1B2). Other metal or with their means of initiation con- (1N1 or 1N2). Ply- taining at least two effective protec- wood (1D). Fiber tive features, may be carried (1G). Plastics (1H1 or unpackaged. When such articles have 1H2). Large Pack- propelling charges or are self-pro- agings. Steel (50A). pelled, their ignition systems must be Aluminum (50B). protected against stimuli encountered Metal other than steel during normal conditions of transport. or aluminum (50N). A negative result in Test Series 4 on Rigid lastics (50H). an unpackaged article indicates that Natural wood (50C). the article can be considered for Plywood (50D). Re- transport unpackaged. Such constituted wood unpackaged articles may be fixed to (50F). Rigid fiber- cradles or contained in crates or other board (50G). suitable handling devices. 2. Subject to approval by the Associate Administrator, large explosive articles, as part of their operational safety and suitability tests, subjected to testing that meets the intentions of Test Se- ries 4 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria with successful test results, may be offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter 131 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR paper ...... steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0029, 0267 and 0455, bags and reels Receptacles ...... other metal (4N). may not be used as inner packagings.. fiberboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- 2. For UN 0030, 0255 and 0456, inner pack- metal ...... nary (4C1). agings are not required when detonators are plastics ...... natural wood, sift packed in pasteboard tubes, or when their leg wood ...... proof walls wires are wound on spools with the caps ei- Reels ...... (4C2). ther placed inside the spool or securely taped plastics, solid to the wire on the spool, so as to restrict free (4H2). moving of the caps and to protect them from plywood (4D). impact forces. reconstituted wood 3. For UN 0360, 0361 and 0500, detonators are (4F). not required to be attached to the safety fuse, fiberboard (4G). metal-clad mild detonating cord, detonating Drums. cord, or shock tube. Inner packagings are not steel (1A1 or 1A2). required if the packing configuration restricts Aluminum (1B1 or free moving of the caps and protects them 1B2). from impact forces. other metal (1N1 or 1N2). Plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 132(a) ...... Not necessary ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes

556

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00566 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

For articles consisting of closed metal, plastic or ...... steel (4A). fiberboard casings that contain detonating ex- aluminum (4B). plosives, or consisting of plastics-bonded deto- other metal (4N). nating explosives. wood, natural; ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 132(b) ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes For articles without closed casings ...... fiberboard ...... steel (4A). alu- metal ...... minum (4B). plastics ...... other metal (4N). wood ...... wood, natural, ordi- Sheets nary (4C1). paper ...... wood, natural, sift plastics ...... proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 133 ...... Receptacles ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR fiberboard ...... Intermediate pack- steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. metal ...... agings are only aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and plastics ...... required when other metal (4N). 0306 trays are not authorized as wood ...... trays are used as wood, natural, ordi- inner packagings. Trays, fitted with divid- inner pack- nary (4C1). ing partitions fiber- agings.. wood, natural, sift board plastics wood Receptacles proof walls fiberboard ...... (4C2). metal ...... plywood (4D). plastics ...... reconstituted wood wood ...... (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). 134 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes...... water resistant ...... steel (4A). Receptacles aluminum (4B). fiberboard ...... other metal (4N). metal ...... wood, natural, ordi- plastics ...... nary (4C1). wood ...... wood, natural, sift Sheets proof walls fiberboard, cor- (4C2). rugated. plywood (4D). Tubes reconstituted wood fiberboard ...... (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fiberboard (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). 557

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00567 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

135 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes...... paper ...... steel (4A). plastics ...... aluminum (4B). Receptacles other metal (4N). fiberboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- metal ...... nary (4C1). plastics ...... wood, natural, sift wood ...... proof walls Sheets (4C2). paper ...... plywood (4D). plastics ...... reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2) plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 136 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes...... plastics ...... steel (4A). textile ...... aluminum (4B) Boxes. other metal (4N). fiberboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- plastics ...... nary (4C1). wood ...... wood, natural, sift Dividing partitions in the proof walls outer packagings (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 137 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR plastics, Boxes, fiber- ...... steel (4A). aluminum EXCEPTIONS: board, wood, Tubes, (4B). other metal For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441, when the fiberboard, metal, (4N). wood, natural, shaped charges are packed singly, the conical plastics, Dividing par- ordinary (4C1). wood, cavity must face downwards and the package titions in the outer natural, sift proof marked with orientation markings meeting the packagings. walls (4C2). plastics, requirements of § 172.312(a)(2) of this sub- solid (4H2). plywood chapter. When the shaped charges are packed (4D). reconstituted in pairs, the conical cavities must face inwards wood (4F). fiberboard to minimize the jetting effect in the event of ac- (4G). Drums. steel cidental initiation (1A1 or 1A2).aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 138 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes.

558

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00568 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR Plastics steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. aluminum (4B). If the ends of the articles are sealed, other metal (4N). inner packagings are not necessary. wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. fiberboard (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). 139 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and 0290, the ends of the detonating cord must be sealed, for example, by a plug firmly fixed so that the explosive cannot escape. The ends of CORD DETONATING flexible must be fastened securely. 2. For UN0065, 0104, 0289, 0290 the ends of the detonating cord are not required to be sealed provided the inner packaging containing the detonating cord consists of a static-resistant plastic bag of at least 3 mil thickness and the bag is securely closed. 3. For UN0065 and UN0289, inner packagings are not required when they are fastened securely in coils. 140 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR plastics ...... steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. Reels aluminum (4B). 1. If the ends of UN0105 are sealed, no Sheets other metal (4N). inner packagings are required. paper, kraft ...... wood, natural, ordi- 2. For UN0101, the packaging must be plastics ...... nary (4C1). sift-proof except when the fuse is cov- Receptacles wood, natural, sift ered by a paper tube and both ends wood ...... proof walls of the tube are covered with remov- (4C2). able caps. plywood (4D). 3. For UN0101, steel or aluminum reconstituted wood boxes or drums must not be used. (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. plastics (1H1 or 1H2). steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). 141 ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes.

559

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00569 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.62 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

...... fiberboard ...... steel (4A). metal ...... aluminum (4B). plastics ...... other metal (4N). wood ...... wood, natural, ordi- Trays, fitted with divid- nary (4C1). ing partitions wood, natural, sift plastics ...... proof walls wood ...... (4C2). Dividing partitions in the plywood (4D). outer packagings reconstituted wood (4F). fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 142 ...... Bags ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes...... paper ...... steel (4A). plastics ...... aluminum (4B). Receptacles other metal (4N). fiberboard ...... wood, natural, ordi- metal ...... nary (4C1). plastics ...... wood, natural, sift wood ...... proof walls Sheets (4C2). paper ...... plywood (4D). Trays, fitted with divid- reconstituted wood ing partitions (4F). plastics ...... fiberboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 143 ...... Bag ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes.

560

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00570 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.62

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR paper, kraft ...... steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. plastics ...... aluminum (4B). 1. For UN 0271, 0272, 0415 and 0491 textile ...... other metal (4N). when metal packagings are used, textile, rubberized .. wood, natural, ordi- metal packagings must be so con- Receptacles nary (4C1). structed that the risk of explosion, by fiberboard ...... wood, natural, sift reason of increase in internal pres- metal ...... proof walls sure from internal or external causes plastics ...... (4C2). is prevented. wood ...... plywood (4D). 2. Composite packagings (6HH2) (plas- Trays, fitted with divid- reconstituted wood tic receptacle with outer solid box) ing partitions (4F). may be used in lieu of combination plastics ...... fiberboard (4G). packagings. wood ...... plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plywood (1D). fiber (1G). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). 144 ...... Receptacles ...... Not necessary ...... Boxes. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR fiberboard ...... steel (4A). EXCEPTIONS:. metal ...... aluminum (4B) For UN0248 and UN 0249, packagings plastics ...... other metal (4N). must be protected against the ingress wood ...... wood, natural, ordi- of water. When CONTRIVANCES, Dividing partitions in the nary (4C1) with WATER ACTIVATED are transported outer packagings metal liner. unpackaged, they must be provided plywood (4D) with with at least two independent protec- metal liner. tive features that prevent the ingress reconstituted wood of water. (4F) with metal liner. plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel (1A1 or 1A2). aluminum (1B1 or 1B2). other metal (1N1 or 1N2). plastics (1H1 or 1H2). plywood (1D). US 1 1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under the following conditions: a. Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or offshore supply vessel must be segregated; each kind from every other kind, and from any gun, tool or other supplies, unless approved in accordance with § 173.56. Segregated initiation devices must be carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device or in a fully enclosed steel container lined with a non-sparking material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may be carried on the same motor vehicle. b. Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112 g (4 ounces) of explosives. c. Each shaped charge if not completely enclosed in glass or metal, must be fully protected by a metal cover after installation in the gun. d. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.1D or 1.4D may be transported by highway by private or contract carriers engaged in oil well operations. (i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks or carrying cases designed and constructed so that the gun is securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to damage by contact, one to the other or any other article or material carried in the vehicle; and (ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the body of the motor vehicle. e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is carried in a motor vehicle as specified in paragraph (d) of this packing method or on offshore well tool pallets provided that: (i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this packing method are met; (ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 95 kg (209.43 pounds) per tool pallet; (iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 95 kg (209.43 pounds) of explosive content if the segregation requirements in § 176.83(b)561 of this subchapter are met; and

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00571 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.63 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (c): TABLE OF PACKING METHODS—Continued

Intermediate Packing instruction Inner packagings packagings Outer packagings

(iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed ‘‘on deck’’ a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must be provided.

[Amdt. 173–260, 62 FR 24720, May 6, 1997]

EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 173.62, see the List of CFR Sec- tions Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 173.63 Packaging exceptions. Hazardous Materials Table of this sub- (a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having chapter. Packages containing such ar- an explosive content not exceeding 6.5 ticles are not subject to the shipping g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length paper requirements of subpart C of part (one linear foot) may be offered for 172 of this subchapter unless the mate- transportation domestically and trans- rial meets the definition of a hazardous ported as Cord, detonating (UN 0289), substance, hazardous waste, marine Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D pollutant, or is offered for transpor- (1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of tation and transported by aircraft or all packages containing Cord, deto- vessel. Additionally, packages con- nating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg taining such articles are excepted from (99 pounds) per: the requirements of subparts E (Label- (1) Transport vehicle, freight con- ing) and F (Placarding) of part 172 of tainer, or cargo-only aircraft; this subchapter. (2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet (ii) Until December 31, 2012, a pack- carried on an off-shore supply vessel; age containing such articles may be (3) Cargo compartment of a cargo marked with the proper shipping name vessel; or ‘‘Cartridges, small arms’’ or ‘‘Car- (4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used to transport personnel to remote work tridges, power device (used to project sites, such as offshore drilling units. fastening devices)’’ and reclassed as (b) Limited quantities of Cartridges, ‘‘ORM–D–AIR’’ material if it contains small arms, Cartridges, power device, Car- properly packaged articles as author- tridges for tools, blank, and Cases, car- ized by this subchapter on October 1, tridge, empty with primer. (1)(i) Car- 2010. Additionally, for transportation tridges, small arms, Cartridges, power by aircraft, Cartridge, power devices device (used to project fastening devices), must be successfully tested under the Cartridges for tools, blank, and Cases, UN Test Series 6(d) criteria for reclas- cartridge, empty with primer that have sification as ORM–D–AIR material ef- been classed as Division 1.4S explosive fective July 1, 2011. Until December 31, may be offered for transportation and 2020, a package containing such arti- transported as limited quantities when cles may be marked with the proper packaged in accordance with paragraph shipping name ‘‘Cartridges, small (b)(2) of this section. Packages con- arms’’ or ‘‘Cartridges, power device taining such articles may be marked (used to project fastening devices),’’ with either the marking prescribed in ‘‘Cartridges for tools, blank,’’ and § 172.315(a) or (b) of this subchapter and ‘‘Cases, cartridge empty with primer’’ offered for transportation and trans- and reclassed as ‘‘ORM–D’’ material if ported by any mode. For transpor- it contains properly packaged articles tation by aircraft, the package must as authorized by this subchapter on Oc- conform to the applicable requirements tober 1, 2010. of § 173.27 of this part. In addition, packages containing such articles of- (iii) Cartridges, small arms, Car- fered for transportation by aircraft tridges, power device (used to project must be marked with the proper ship- fastening devices), Cartridges for tools, ping name as prescribed in the § 172.101 blank, and Cases, cartridge empty with

562

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00572 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.64

primer that may be shipped as a lim- plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer ited quantity or ORM–D material are may be packed as follows in which case as follows: they are excepted from the packaging (A) Ammunition for rifle, pistol or requirements of § 173.62: shotgun; (1) No more than 50 detonators in one (B) Ammunition with inert projec- inner packaging; tiles or blank ammunition; (2) IME Standard 22 container (IBR, (C) Ammunition having no tear gas, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or com- incendiary, or detonating explosive partment is used as the outer pack- projectiles; aging; (D) Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 (3) No more than 1000 detonators in mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or one outer packaging; and pistol, cartridges or 8 gauge for (4) No material may be loaded on top shotshells; of the IME Standard 22 container and (E) Cartridges for tools, blank; and no material may be loaded against the (F) Cases, cartridge, empty with outside door of the IME Standard 22 primer. compartment. (G) Cartridges, power device (used to (g) Detonators that are classed as project fastening devices). 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than (2) Packaging for Cartridges, small 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and arms, Cartridges for tools, blank, delay charges) may be packed as fol- Cases, cartridge empty with primer, lows in which case they are excepted and eligible Cartridges, power device as from the packaging requirements of limited quantity or ORM–D material § 173.62: must be as follows: (1) No more than 50 detonators in one (i) Ammunition must be packed in in- inner packaging; side boxes, or in partitions that fit (2) IME Standard 22 container is used snugly in the outside packaging, or in as the outer packaging; metal clips; (3) No more than 1000 detonators in (ii) Primers must be protected from one outer packaging; and accidental initiation; (4) Each inner packaging is marked (iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal ‘‘l.4B Detonators’’ or ‘‘1.4S Deto- clips must be packed in securely-closed nators’’, as appropriate. strong outside packagings; (iv) Maximum gross weight is limited [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52617, Dec. 21, 1990, as to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–236, 58 FR 50536, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173– (v) Cartridges for tools, blank, Car- 253, 61 FR 27175, May 30, 1996; 68 FR 75743, tridges, power devices which are used Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 14602, Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR to project fastening devices, Cases, car- 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1084, 1113, Jan. 7, tridge, empty with primer, and 22 cal- 2013; 78 FR 65480, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 18539, iber rim-fire cartridges may be pack- Mar. 31, 2016] aged loose in strong outside packagings. § 173.64 Exceptions for Division 1.3 (c) [Reserved] and 1.4 fireworks. (d) Reverse logistics. Hazardous mate- (a) Notwithstanding the require- rials meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse ments of § 173.56(b), Division 1.3 and 1.4 logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this sub- fireworks (see § 173.65 for Division 1.4G chapter and in compliance with para- consumer fireworks) may be classed graph (b) of this section may be offered and approved by the Associate Admin- for transport and transported in high- istrator without prior examination and way transportation in accordance with offered for transportation if the fol- § 173.157. lowing conditions are met: (e) [Reserved] (1) The fireworks are manufactured (f) Detonators containing no more in accordance with the applicable re- than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition quirements in APA Standard 87–1 (IBR, and delay charges) that are electric see § 171.7 of this subchapter); blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long (2) The device must pass a thermal or longer, delay connectors in plastic stability test conducted by a third- sheaths, or blasting caps with empty party laboratory, or the manufacturer.

563

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00573 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.65 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

The test must be performed by main- 48 consecutive hours. When a device taining the device, or a representative contains more than one component, prototype of a large device such as a those components that could be in display shell, at a temperature of 75 °C physical contact with each other in the (167 °F) for 48 consecutive hours. When finished device must be placed in con- a device contains more than one com- tact with each other during the ther- ponent, those components that could mal stability test; be in physical contact with each other (3) The manufacturer of the Division in the finished device must be placed in 1.4G consumer firework applies in writ- contact with each other during the ing to a DOT-approved Fireworks Cer- thermal stability test; tification Agency, and is notified in (3) The manufacturer applies in writing to the Associate Administrator fol- writing by the DOT-approved Fire- lowing the applicable requirements in works Certification Agency that the APA Standard 87–1, and is notified in firework has been: writing by the Associate Administrator (i) Certified that it complies with that the fireworks have been classed, APA Standard 87–1, and meets the re- approved, and assigned an EX number. quirements of this section; and Each application must be complete and (ii) Assigned an FC number. include all relevant background data (4) The manufacturer’s application and copies of all applicable drawings, must be complete and include: test results, and any other pertinent (i) Detailed diagram of the device; information on each device for which (ii) Complete list of the chemical approval is being requested. The manu- compositions, formulations and quan- facturer must sign the application and tities used in the device; certify that the device for which ap- (iii) Results of the thermal stability proval is requested conforms to APA test; and Standard 87–1, that the descriptions and technical information contained in (iv) Signed certification declaring the application are complete and accu- that the device for which certification rate, and that no duplicate application is requested conforms to the APA has been submitted to a fireworks cer- Standard 87–1, that the descriptions tification agency. If the application is and technical information contained in denied, the manufacturer will be noti- the application are complete and accu- fied in writing of the reasons for the rate, and that no duplicate applica- denial. The Associate Administrator tions have been submitted to PHMSA. may require that the fireworks be ex- If the application is denied, the Fire- amined by an agency listed in works Certification Agency must no- § 173.56(b)(1). tify the manufacturer in writing of the (b) [Reserved] reasons for the denial. As detailed in the DOT-approval issued to the Fire- [78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013] works Certification Agency, following § 173.65 Exceptions for Division 1.4G the issuance of a denial from a Fire- consumer fireworks. works Certification Agency, a manu- (a) Notwithstanding the require- facturer may seek reconsideration ments of §§ 173.56(b), 173.56(f), 173.56(i), from the Fireworks Certification Agen- and 173.64, Division 1.4G consumer fire- cy, or may appeal the reconsideration works may be offered for transpor- decision of the Fireworks Certification tation provided the following condi- Agency to PHMSA’s Administrator. tions are met: (b) Recordkeeping requirements. Fol- (1) The fireworks are manufactured lowing the certification of each Divi- in accordance with the applicable re- sion 1.4G consumer firework as per- quirements in APA Standard 87–1 (IBR, mitted by paragraph (a) of this section, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); the manufacturer and importer must (2) The device must pass a thermal maintain a paper record or an elec- stability test. The test must be per- tronic image of the certificate, dem- formed by maintaining the device, or a onstrating compliance with this sec- representative prototype of the device, tion. Each record must clearly provide at a temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for the unique identifier assigned to the

564

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00574 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.115

firework device and the Fireworks Cer- pose bulk truck manufacturer must tification Agency that certified the de- maintain a certification record ensur- vice. The record must be accessible at ing the final manufacturing is in com- or through its principal place of busi- pliance with the FMVSS, in accordance ness and be made available, upon re- with the certification requirements quest, to an authorized official of a found in 49 CFR part 567. These certifi- Federal, State, or local government cation records must be made available agency at a reasonable time and loca- to DOT representatives upon request. tion. Copies of certification records (b) Modified. The term modified means must be maintained by each importer, any change to the original design and manufacturer, or a foreign manufactur- construction of a multipurpose bulk er’s U.S. agent, for five (5) years after truck (MBT) that affects its structural the device is imported. The certifi- integrity or lading retention capa- cation record must be made available bility, (e.g. rechassising, etc.). Ex- to a representative of PHMSA upon re- cluded from this category are the fol- quest. lowing: [78 FR 42477, July 16, 2013] (1) A change to the MBT equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power § 173.66 Requirements for bulk pack- train components, steering and brake agings of certain explosives and systems, and suspension parts, and oxidizers. changes to appurtenances, such as When § 172.101 of this subchapter fender attachments, lighting brackets, specifies that a hazardous material ladder brackets; and may be transported in accordance with (2) Replacement of components such this section (per special provision 148 as valves, vents, and fittings with a in § 172.102(c)(1)), only the bulk pack- component of a similar design and of agings specified for these materials in the same size. IME Standard 23 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are authorized, subject to [80 FR 79453, Dec. 21, 2015] the requirements of subparts A and B of this part and the special provisions Subpart D—Definitions Classifica- in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. See tion, Packing Group Assign- Section I of IME Standard 23 for the ments and Exceptions for standards for transporting a single Hazardous Materials Other bulk hazardous material for blasting Than Class 1 and Class 7 by cargo tank motor vehicles (CTMV), and Section II of IME Standard 23 for the standards for CTMVs capable of SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, transporting multiple hazardous mate- 1990, unless otherwise noted. rials for blasting in bulk and non-bulk packagings (i.e., a multipurpose bulk § 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3—Definitions. truck (MBT) authorized to transport the Class 1 (explosive) materials, Divi- (a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For sion 5.1 (oxidizing) materials, Class 8 the purpose of this subchapter, a flam- (corrosive) materials, and Combustible mable gas (Division 2.1) means any ma- Liquid, n.o.s., NA1993, III, as specified terial which is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or in IME Standard 23 (also see § 177.835(d) less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure of this subchapter)). In addition, the (a material which has a boiling point of requirements in paragraph (a) of this 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 section apply to: A new multipurpose psia)) which— bulk truck constructed after April 19, (1) Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) 2016; and a modified existing multipur- when in a mixture of 13 percent or less pose bulk truck after April 19, 2016 (see by volume with air; or § 173.66(b) regarding the term modified). (2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 (a) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand- kPa (14.7 psia) with air of at least 12 ard (FMVSS). Multipurpose bulk trucks percent regardless of the lower limit. must be in compliance with the Except for aerosols, the limits specified FMVSS found in 49 CFR part 571, as ap- in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this plicable. Furthermore, the multipur- section shall be determined at 101.3

565

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00575 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.115 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

kPa (14.7 psia) of pressure and a tem- considered to be a liquefied compressed perature of 20 °C (68 °F) in accordance gas. A liquefied compressed gas is fur- with the ASTM E681–85, Standard Test ther categorized as follows: Method for Concentration Limits of (1) High pressure liquefied gas which is Flammability of Chemicals or other a gas with a critical temperature be- equivalent method approved by the As- tween ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) and + 65 °C (149 sociate Administrator. The flamma- °F), and bility of aerosols is determined by the (2) Low pressure liquefied gas which is tests specified in paragraph (l) of this a gas with a critical temperature above section. + 65 °C (149 °F). (b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, non- (f) Compressed gas in solution. A com- poisonous compressed gas—including compressed gas in solution is a non-liquefied pressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized compressed gas which is dissolved in a cryogenic gas, compressed gas in solution, asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas). For solvent. the purpose of this subchapter, a non- (g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid flammable, nonpoisonous compressed means a refrigerated liquefied gas hav- gas (Division 2.2) means any material ing a boiling point colder than ¥90 °C (or mixture) which— (¥130 °F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) abso- (1) Exerts in the packaging a gauge lute. A material meeting this defini- pressure of 200 kPa (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) tion is subject to requirements of this or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), is a liquefied subchapter without regard to whether gas or is a cryogenic liquid, and it meets the definition of a non-flam- (2) Does not meet the definition of mable, non-poisonous compressed gas Division 2.1 or 2.3. in paragraph (b) of this section. (c) Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inha- (h) Flammable range. The term flam- lation). For the purpose of this sub- mable range means the difference be- chapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation tween the minimum and maximum vol- (Division 2.3) means a material which ume percentages of the material in air is a gas at 20 °C (68 °F) or less and a that forms a flammable mixture. pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia) (a ma- (i) Service pressure. The term service terial which has a boiling point of 20 °C pressure means the authorized pressure (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia)) marking on the packaging. For exam- and which— ple, for a cylinder marked ‘‘DOT (1) Is known to be so toxic to humans 3A1800’’, the service pressure is 12410 as to pose a hazard to health during kPa (1800 psig). transportation, or (j) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas. (2) In the absence of adequate data on The terms Refrigerant gas and Dispers- human toxicity, is presumed to be ant gas apply to all nonpoisonous re- toxic to humans because when tested frigerant gases; dispersant gases (fluo- on laboratory animals it has an LC50 rocarbons) listed in § 172.101 of this sub- 3 value of not more than 5000 mL/m (see chapter and §§ 173.304, 173.314(c), § 173.116(a) of this subpart for assign- 173.315(a), and 173.315(h) and mixtures ment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). thereof; and any other compressed gas LC values for mixtures may be deter- 50 having a vapor pressure not exceeding mined using the formula in 260 psia at 54 °C(130 °F), used only as a § 173.133(b)(1)(i) or CGA P–20 (IBR, see refrigerant, dispersant, or blowing § 171.7 of this subchapter). (d) Non-liquefied compressed gas. A agent. gas, which when packaged under pres- (k) For Division 2.2 gases, the oxi- sure for transportation is entirely gas- dizing ability shall be determined by eous at ¥50 °C (¥58 °F) with a critical tests or by calculation in accordance temperature less than or equal to ¥50 with ISO 10156 (including Technical °C (¥58 °F), is considered to be a non- Corrigendum 1) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this liquefied compressed gas. subchapter). (e) Liquefied compressed gas. A gas, (l) The following applies to aerosols which when packaged under pressure (see § 171.8 of this subchapter): for transportation is partially liquid at (1) An aerosol must be assigned to Di- temperatures above ¥50 °C (¥58 °F), is vision 2.1 if the contents include 85%

566

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00576 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.120

by mass or more flammable compo- zone be determined on the basis of the nents and the chemical heat of combus- grouping criteria for Division 2.3, the tion is 30 kJ/g or more; hazard zone shall be determined by ap- (2) An aerosol must be assigned to Di- plying the following criteria: vision 2.2 if the contents contain 1% by mass or less flammable components Hazard zone Inhalation toxicity and the heat of combustion is less than 20 kJ/g. A ...... LC50 less than or equal to 200 ppm. (3) Aerosols not meeting the provi- B ...... LC50 greater than 200 ppm and less than or sions of paragraphs (l)(1) or (1)(2) of equal to 1000 ppm. C ...... LC50 greater than 1000 ppm and less than or this section must be classed in accord- equal to 3000 ppm. ance with the appropriate tests of the D ...... LC50 greater than 3000 ppm or less than or UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, equal to 5000 ppm. see § 171.7 of this subchapter). An aerosol which was tested in accordance (b) The criteria specified in para- with the requirements of this sub- graph (a) of this section are rep- chapter in effect on December 31, 2005, resented graphically in § 173.133, Figure is not required to be retested. 1. (4) Division 2.3 gases may not be [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as transported in an aerosol container. amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (5) When the contents are classified 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. 26, 1994; 67 FR as Division 6.1, PG III or Class 8, PG II 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] or III, the aerosol must be assigned a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 or §§ 173.117–173.119 [Reserved] Class 8, as appropriate. (6) Substances of Division 6.1, PG I or § 173.120 Class 3—Definitions. II, and substances of Class 8, PG I are (a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose forbidden from transportation in an of this subchapter, a flammable liquid aerosol container. (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash (7) Flammable components are Class point of not more than 60 °C (140 °F), or 3 flammable liquids, Division 4.1 flam- any material in a liquid phase with a mable solids, or Division 2.1 flammable flash point at or above 37.8 °C (100 °F) gases. The chemical heat of combus- that is intentionally heated and offered tion must be determined in accordance for transportation or transported at or with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- above its flash point in a bulk pack- teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- aging, with the following exceptions: chapter). (1) Any liquid meeting one of the (m) Adsorbed gas. A gas which when definitions specified in § 173.115. packaged for transport is adsorbed (2) Any mixture having one or more onto a solid porous material resulting components with a flash point of 60 °C in an internal receptacle pressure of (140 °F) or higher, that make up at less than 101.3 kPa at 20 °C and less least 99 percent of the total volume of than 300 kPa at 50 °C. the mixture, if the mixture is not of- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990] fered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point. EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- (3) Any liquid with a flash point tations affecting § 173.115, see the List of CFR ° ° Sections Affected, which appears in the greater than 35 C (95 F) that does not Finding Aids section of the printed volume sustain combustion according to ASTM and at www.govinfo.gov. D 4206 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) or the procedure in appendix § 173.116 Class 2—Assignment of haz- H of this part. ard zone. (4) Any liquid with a flash point (a) The hazard zone of a Class 2, Divi- greater than 35 °C (95 °F) and with a sion 2.3 material is assigned in column fire point greater than 100 °C (212 °F) 7 of the § 172.101 table. There are no according to ISO 2592 (IBR, see § 171.7 of hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. this subchapter). When the § 172.101 table provides more (5) Any liquid with a flash point than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 greater than 35 °C (95 °F) which is in a material, or indicates that the hazard water-miscible solution with a water

567

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00577 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.120 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

content of more than 90 percent by (ii) For a liquid other than one meet- mass. ing all the criteria of paragraph (b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the fol- purpose of this subchapter, a combus- lowing test procedures must be used: tible liquid means any liquid that does (A) Standard Test Methods for Flash not meet the definition of any other Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup hazard class specified in this sub- Tester, (ASTM D 93) (IBR; see § 171.7 of chapter and has a flash point above 60 this subchapter). For cutback asphalt, °C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F). use Method B of ASTM D 93 or alter- (2) A flammable liquid with a flash native tests authorized in this stand- point at or above 38 °C (100 °F) that ard; does not meet the definition of any (B) Standard Test Methods for Flash other hazard class may be reclassed as Point of Liquids by Small Scale a combustible liquid. This provision Closed-Cup Apparatus (ASTM D 3278) does not apply to transportation by (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); vessel or aircraft, except where other (C) Determination of Flash/No means of transportation is impracti- Flash—Closed Cup Equilibrium Method cable. An elevated temperature mate- (ISO 1516) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- rial that meets the definition of a Class chapter); 3 material because it is intentionally (D) Determination of Flash point— heated and offered for transportation Closed Cup Equilibrium Method (ISO or transported at or above its flash 1523) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- point may not be reclassed as a com- chapter); bustible liquid. (E) Determination of Flash Point— (3) A combustible liquid that does not Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Method sustain combustion is not subject to (ISO 2719) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- the requirements of this subchapter as chapter); a combustible liquid. Either the test (F) Determination of Flash Point— method specified in ASTM D 4206 or the Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup Method procedure in appendix H of this part (ISO 3679) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- may be used to determine if a material chapter); sustains combustion when heated (G) Determination of Flash/No under test conditions and exposed to an Flash—Rapid Equilibrium Closed Cup external source of flame. Method (ISO 3680) (IBR; see § 171.7 of (c) Flash point. (1) Flash point means this subchapter); or the minimum temperature at which a (H) Determination of Flash Point— liquid gives off vapor within a test ves- Abel Closed-Cup Method (ISO 13736) sel in sufficient concentration to form (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). an ignitable mixture with air near the (2) For a liquid that is a mixture of surface of the liquid. It shall be deter- compounds that have different vola- mined as follows: tility and flash points, its flash point (i) For a homogeneous, single-phase, shall be determined as specified in liquid having a viscosity less than 45 paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the S.U.S. at 38 °C (100 °F) that does not material in the form in which it is to form a surface film while under test, be shipped. If it is determined by this one of the following test procedures test that the flash point is higher than shall be used: ¥7 °C (20 °F) a second test shall be (A) Standard Method of Test for made as follows: a portion of the mix- Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester, ture shall be placed in an open beaker (ASTM D 56) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this (or similar container) of such dimen- subchapter); sions that the height of the liquid can (B) Standard Test Methods for Flash be adjusted so that the ratio of the vol- Point of Liquids by Small Scale ume of the liquid to the exposed sur- Closed-Cup Apparatus, (ASTM D 3278) face area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); or allowed to evaporate under ambient (C) Standard Test Methods for Flash pressure and temperature (20 to 25 °C Point by Small Scale Closed Tester, (68 to 77 °F)) for a period of 4 hours or (ASTM D 3828) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this until 10 percent by volume has evapo- subchapter). rated, whichever comes first. A flash

568

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00578 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.121

point is then run on a portion of the pheric Pressure (ASTM D 86) (IBR; see liquid remaining in the evaporation § 171.7 of this subchapter); container and the lower of the two (ii) Standard Test Method for Dis- flash points shall be the flash point of tillation Range of Volatile Organic the material. Liquids (ASTM D 1078) (IBR; see § 171.7 (3) For flash point determinations by of this subchapter); Setaflash closed tester, the glass sy- (iii) Petroleum Products—Deter- ringe specified need not be used as the mination of Distillation Characteris- method of measurement of the test tics at Atmospheric Pressure (ISO 3405) sample if a minimum quantity of 2 mL (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); (0.1 ounce) is assured in the test cup. (iv) Petroleum Products—Determina- (d) If experience or other data indi- tion of Boiling Range Distribution— cate that the hazard of a material is Gas Chromatography Method (ISO 3924) greater or less than indicated by the (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter); criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and (v) Volatile Organic Liquids—Deter- (b) of this section, the Associate Ad- mination of Boiling Range of Organic ministrator may revise the classifica- Solvents Used as Raw Materials (ISO tion or make the material subject or 4626) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- not subject to the requirements of chapter); or (vi) Petroleum products containing parts 171 through 185 of this sub- known flammable gases—Standard chapter. Test Method for Determination of (e) Transitional provisions. The Class 3 Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized classification criteria in effect on De- Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography cember 31, 2006, may continue to be (ASTM D7900) (IBR; see § 171.7 of this used until January 1, 2012. subchapter) where the initial boiling [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as point is the temperature at which 0.5 amended by Amdt. 173–227, 56 FR 49989, Oct. weight percent is eluted when deter- 2, 1991; 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45461, mining the boiling range distribution. Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67506, 67507, (b) Criteria for inclusion of viscous Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. Class 3 materials in Packing Group III. (1) 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing 1997; 66 FR 45379, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR Group II with a flash point of less than 75743, Dec. 31, 2003; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; ° ° 76 FR 3371, Jan. 19, 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 23 C (73 F) may be grouped in Packing 2011; 76 FR 56316, Sept. 13, 2011] Group III provided that— (i) Less than 3 percent of the clear § 173.121 Class 3—Assignment of pack- solvent layer separates in the solvent ing group. separation test; (ii) The mixture or any separated sol- (a)(1) The packing group of a Class 3 vent does not contain any substances material is as assigned in column 5 of with a primary or a subsidiary risk of the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Division 6.1 or Class 8; Table provides more than one packing (iii) The capacity of the packaging is group for a hazardous material, the not more than 450 L (119 gallons); ex- packing group must be determined by cept that for transportation by pas- applying the following criteria: senger aircraft, the capacity of the Packing Initial boiling packaging is not more than 30 L (7.9 group Flash point (closed-cup) point gallons) and for transportation by cargo aircraft, the capacity of the I ...... ≤35 °C (95 °F) packaging is not more than 100 L (26.3 II ...... <23 °C (73 °F) ...... >35 °C gallons); and (95 °F) (iv) The viscosity 1 and flash point III ...... ≥23 °C, ≤60 °C >35 °C are in accordance with the following ≥ ° ≤ ° ° ( 73 F, 140 F) ...... (95 F) table: (2) The initial boiling point of a Class 1 3 material may be determined by using Viscosity determination: Where the substance concerned is non-Newtonian, or where one of the following test methods: a flow-cup method of viscosity determina- (i) Standard Test Method for Distilla- tion is otherwise unsuitable, a variable tion of Petroleum Products at Atmos- Continued

569

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00579 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.124 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Kinematic viscosity (extrapolated) Flow-time t in Jet diameter n (at near-zero Flash point c.c. shear rate) mm2/s seconds in mm at 23 °C (73.4 °F)

20 < n ≤ 80 ...... 20 < t ≤ 60 ...... 4 above 17 °C (62.6 °F). 80 < n ≤ 135 ...... 60 < t ≤ 100 ...... 4 above 10 °C (50 °F). 135 < n ≤ 220 ...... 20 < t ≤ 32 ...... 6 above 5 °C (41 °F). 220 < n ≤ 300 ...... 32 < t ≤ 44 ...... 6 above ¥1 °C (31.2 °F). 300 < n ≤ 700 ...... 44 < t ≤ 100 ...... 6 above ¥5 °C (23 °F). 700 < n ...... 100 < t ...... 6 No limit.

(2) The methods by which the tests effect on December 31, 2006, may con- referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this tinue to be used until January 1, 2012. section shall be performed are as fol- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as lows: amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (i) Viscosity test. The flow time in sec- 173–241, 59 FR 67507, Dec. 29, 1994 Amdt. 173– onds is determined at 23 °C (73.4 °F) 255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; 64 FR 10777, using the ISO standard cup with a 4 Mar. 5, 1999; 64 FR 51918, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; mm (0.16 inch) jet as set forth in ISO 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, Jan. 19, 2431 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 2011; 76 FR 43529, July 20, 2011; 78 FR 1085, Where the flow time exceeds 100 sec- Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1156, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR onds, a further test is carried out using 15878, Mar. 30, 2017; 84 FR 6952, Feb. 28, 2019; the ISO standard cup with a 6 mm (0.24 85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020] inch) jet. § 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and (ii) Solvent Separation Test. This test 4.3—Definitions. ° ° is carried out at 23 C (73 F) using a (a) Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid). For 100.0 mL(3 ounces) measuring cylinder the purposes of this subchapter, flam- of the stoppered type of approximately mable solid (Division 4.1) means any of 25.0 cm (9.8 inches) total height and of the following four types of materials: a uniform internal diameter of approxi- (1) Desensitized explosives that— mately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the cali- (i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1 brated section. The sample should be other than those of compatibility stirred to obtain a uniform consist- group A, which are wetted with suffi- ency, and poured in up to the 100 mL (3 cient water, alcohol, or plasticizer to ounces) mark. The stopper should be suppress explosive properties; and inserted and the cylinder left standing (ii) Are specifically authorized by undisturbed for 24 hours. After 24 name either in the Hazardous Mate- hours, the height of the upper sepa- rials Table in § 172.101 of this sub- rated layer should be measured and the chapter or have been assigned a ship- percentage of this layer as compared ping name and hazard class by the As- with the total height of the sample cal- sociate Administrator under the provi- culated. sions of— (A) A special permit issued under (c) Transitional provisions. The cri- subchapter A of this chapter; or teria for packing group assignments in (B) An approval issued under § 173.56(i). (2)(i) Self-reactive materials that are thermally unstable and can undergo an exothermic decomposition even without participation of oxygen (air). A material is excluded from this definition if any of the following applies:

shear-rate viscometer shall be used to deter- zero shear rate. The dynamic viscosity thus mine the dynamic viscosity coefficient of the obtained, divided by the density, gives the substance, at 23 °C (73.4 °F), at a number of apparent kinematic viscosity at near-zero shear rates. The values obtained are plotted shear rate. against shear rate and then extrapolated to

570

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00580 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.124

(A) The material meets the definition (D) Type D. Self-reactive material of an explosive as prescribed in subpart type D is a self-reactive material C of this part, in which case it must be which— classed as an explosive; (1) Detonates partially, does not (B) The material is forbidden from deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent being offered for transportation ac- effect when heated under confinement; cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter (2) Does not detonate at all, or § 173.21; deflagrates slowly and shows no violent (C) The material meets the definition effect when heated under confinement; of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as or prescribed in this subpart, in which (3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at case it must be so classed; all and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement. (D) The material meets one of the (E) Type E. Self-reactive material following conditions: type E is a self-reactive material (1) Its heat of decomposition is less which, in laboratory testing, neither than 300 J/g; or detonates nor deflagrates at all and (2) Its self-accelerating decomposi- shows only a low or no effect when tion temperature (SADT) is greater heated under confinement. than 75 °C (167 °F) for a 50 kg package; (F) Type F. Self-reactive material or type F is a self-reactive material (3) It is an oxidizing substance in Di- which, in laboratory testing, neither vision 5.1 containing less than 5.0% detonates in the cavitated state nor combustible organic substances; or deflagrates at all and shows only a low (E) The Associate Administrator has or no effect when heated under confine- determined that the material does not ment as well as low or no explosive present a hazard which is associated power. with a Division 4.1 material. (G) Type G. Self-reactive material (ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-re- type G is a self-reactive material active materials are assigned to a ge- which, in laboratory testing, does not neric system consisting of seven types. detonate in the cavitated state, will A self-reactive substance identified by not deflagrate at all, shows no effect technical name in the Self-Reactive when heated under confinement, nor Materials Table in § 173.224 is assigned shows any explosive power. A type G to a generic type in accordance with self-reactive material is not subject to that table. Self-reactive materials not the requirements of this subchapter for identified in the Self-Reactive Mate- self-reactive material of Division 4.1 rials Table in § 173.224 are assigned to provided that it is thermally stable generic types under the procedures of (self-accelerating decomposition tem- ° ° paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section. perature is 50 C (122 F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-re- (A) Type A. Self-reactive material active material meeting all character- type A is a self-reactive material istics of type G except thermal sta- which, as packaged for transportation, bility is classed as a type F self-reac- can detonate or deflagrate rapidly. tive, temperature control material. Transportation of type A self-reactive (iii) Procedures for assigning a self-re- material is forbidden. active material to a generic type. A self- (B) Type B. Self-reactive material reactive material must be assigned to a type B is a self-reactive material generic type based on— which, as packaged for transportation, (A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- solid), in accordance with the defini- idly, but is liable to undergo a thermal tion of liquid and solid in § 171.8 of this explosion in a package. subchapter; (C) Type C. Self-reactive material (B) A determination as to its control type C is a self-reactive material temperature and emergency tempera- which, as packaged for transportation, ture, if any, under the provisions of neither detonates nor deflagrates rap- § 173.21(f); idly and cannot undergo a thermal ex- (C) Performance of the self-reactive plosion. material under the test procedures

571

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00581 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.124 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

specified in the UN Manual of Tests which the material or mixture is to be and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this transported. An appropriate IBC or subchapter) and the provisions of para- portable tank for a polymerizing mate- graph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and rial must be determined using the (D) Except for a self-reactive mate- heating under confinement testing pro- rial which is identified by technical tocol from boxes 7, 8, 9, and 13 of Fig- name in the Self-Reactive Materials ure 20.1 (a) and (b) (Flow Chart Scheme Table in § 173.224(b) or a self-reactive for Self-Reactive Substances and Or- material which may be shipped as a ganic Peroxides) from the UN Manual sample under the provisions of § 173.224, of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of the self-reactive material is approved this subchapter) by successfully pass- in writing by the Associate Adminis- ing the UN Test Series E at the ‘‘None’’ trator. The person requesting approval or ‘‘Low’’ level, or by an equivalent shall submit to the Associate Adminis- test method with the approval of the trator the tentative shipping descrip- Associate Administrator; tion and generic type and— (ii) They exhibit a heat of reaction of (1) All relevant data concerning phys- more than 300 J/g; and ical state, temperature controls, and (iii) Do not meet the definition of tests results; or hazard classes 1–8 (including combus- (2) An approval issued for the self-re- tible liquids). active material by the competent au- (iv) The provisions concerning po- thority of a foreign government. lymerizing substances in paragraph (iv) Tests. The generic type for a self- (a)(4) will be effective until January 2, reactive material must be determined 2023. using the testing protocol from Figure (b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combus- 20.1 (a) and (b) (Flow Chart Scheme for tible Material). For the purposes of this Self-Reactive Substances and Organic subchapter, spontaneously combustible Peroxides) from the UN Manual of material (Division 4.2) means— Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of (1) A pyrophoric material. A this subchapter). pyrophoric material is a liquid or solid (3) Readily combustible solids are that, even in small quantities and materials that— without an external ignition source, (i) Are solids which may cause a fire can ignite within five (5) minutes after through friction, such as matches; coming in contact with air when tested (ii) Show a burning rate faster than according to UN Manual of Tests and 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when Criteria. tested in accordance with the UN Man- (2) Self-heating material. A self-heat- ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see ing material is a material that through § 171.7 of this subchapter); or a process where the gradual reaction of (iii) Any metal powders that can be that substance with oxygen (in air) ignited and react over the whole length generates heat. If the rate of heat proof a sample in 10 minutes or less, when duction exceeds the rate of heat loss, tested in accordance with the UN Man- then the temperature of the substance ual of Tests and Criteria. will rise which, after an induction (4) Polymerizing materials are mate- time, may lead to self-ignition and rials which, without stabilization, are combustion. A material of this type liable to undergo an exothermic reac- which exhibits spontaneous ignition or tion resulting in the formation of larg- if the temperature of the sample ex- er molecules or resulting in the forma- ceeds 200 °C (392 °F) during the 24-hour tion of polymers under conditions nor- test period when tested in accordance mally encountered in transport. Such with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria materials are considered to be polym- (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter), is erizing substances of Division 4.1 when: classed as a Division 4.2 material. (i) Their self-accelerating polym- (c) Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet erization temperature (SAPT) is 75 °C material). For the purposes of this chap- (167 °F) or less under the conditions ter, dangerous when wet material (Divi- (with or without chemical stabiliza- sion 4.3) means a material that, by con- tion) as offered for transport in the tact with water, is liable to become packaging, IBC or portable tank in spontaneously flammable or to give off

572

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00582 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.125

flammable or toxic gas at a rate great- more than 5 minutes but not more than er than 1 L per kilogram of the mate- 10 minutes. rial, per hour, when tested in accord- (c) Packing group criteria for Divi- ance with UN Manual of Tests and Cri- sion 4.2 materials is as follows: teria. (1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing [82 FR 15879, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 85 Group I. FR 27880, May 11, 2020] (2) A self-heating material is as- § 173.125 Class 4—Assignment of pack- signed to— ing group. (i) Packing Group II, if the material gives a positive test result when tested (a) The packing group of a Class 4 with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140 material is assigned in column (5) of °C; or the § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 (ii) Packing Group III, if— Table provides more than one packing (A) A positive test result is obtained group for a hazardous material, the in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at packing group shall be determined on 140 °C and a negative test result is ob- the basis of test results following test tained in a test using a 25 mm sample methods given in the UN Manual of cube at 140 °C and the substance is Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of transported in packagings with a vol- this subchapter) and by applying the ume of more than 3 cubic meters; or appropriate criteria given in this sec- (B) A positive test result is obtained tion. in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at (b) Packing group criteria for readily 120 °C and a negative result is obtained combustible materials of Division 4.1 in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at are as follows: 140 °C and the substance is transported (1) Powdered, granular or pasty main packagings with a volume of more terials must be classified in Division than 450 L; or 4.1 when the time of burning of one or (C) A positive result is obtained in a more of the test runs, in accordance test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100 with the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- °C and a negative result is obtained in teria, is less than 45 seconds or the rate a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Pow- °C and the substance is transported in ders of metals or metal alloys must be packagings with a volume of less than classified in Division 4.1 when they can 450 L. be ignited and the reaction spreads (d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet over the whole length of the sample in material is assigned to— 10 minutes or less. (1) Packing Group I, if the material (2) Packing group criteria for readily reacts vigorously with water at ambi- combustible materials of Division 4.1 ent temperatures and demonstrates a are assigned as follows: tendency for the gas produced to ignite (i) For readily combustible solids spontaneously, or which reacts readily (other than metal powders), Packing with water at ambient temperatures Group II if the burning time is less such that the rate of evolution of flam- than 45 seconds and the flame passes mable gases is equal or greater than 10 the wetted zone. Packing Group II L per kilogram of material over any must be assigned to powders of metal one minute; or metal alloys if the zone of reaction (2) Packing Group II, if the material spreads over the whole length of the reacts readily with water at ambient sample in 5 minutes or less. temperatures such that the maximum (ii) For readily combustible solids rate of evolution of flammable gases is (other than metal powders), Packing equal to or greater than 20 L per kilo- Group III must be assigned if the burn- gram of material per hour, and which ing rate time is less than 45 seconds does not meet the criteria for Packing and the wetted zone stops the flame Group I; or propagation for at least 4 minutes. (3) Packing Group III, if the material Packing Group III must be assigned to reacts slowly with water at ambient metal powders if the reaction spreads temperatures such that the maximum over the whole length of the sample in rate of evolution of flammable gases is

573

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00583 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.127 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

greater than 1 L per kilogram of mate- (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of rial per hour, and which does not meet Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), the criteria for Packing Group I or II. the mean burning rate is greater than the mean burning rate of a 3:1 calcium [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634 Dec. 21, 1990, as peroxide/cellulose mixture. amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50625, Sept. 26, 1996; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24731, May 6, (ii) Packing Group II, for any mate- 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR 45380, rial which, in either concentration Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003] tested: (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of § 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1—Defini- Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), tion and assignment of packing the mean burning time is less than the groups. mean burning time of a 2:3 potassium (a) Definition. For the purpose of this bromate/cellulose mixture and the cri- subchapter, oxidizer (Division 5.1) teria for Packing Group I are not met; means a material that may, generally or by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of the combustion of other materials. Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), (1) A solid material, except for solid the mean burning rate is greater than ammonium nitrate based fertilizer (see the mean burning rate of a 1:1 calcium paragraph (a)(3) of this section), is peroxide/cellulose mixture and the cri- classed as a Division 5.1 material if, teria for Packing Group I are not met. when tested in accordance with the UN (iii) Packing Group III for any mate- Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see rial which, in either concentration § 171.7 of this subchapter): tested: (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of (i) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), the mean burning time is less than the the mean burning time is less than or mean burning time of a 3:7 potassium equal to the burning time of a 3:7 po- bromate/cellulose mixture and the cri- tassium bromate/cellulose mixture; or teria for Packing Groups I and II are (ii) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of not met; or Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of the mean burning rate is greater than Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), or equal to the burning rate of a 1:2 the mean burning rate is greater than calcium peroxide/cellulose mixture. the mean burning rate of a 1:2 calcium (2) A liquid material is classed as a peroxide/cellulose mixture and the cri- Division 5.1 material if, when tested in teria for Packing Groups I and II are accordance with the UN Manual of not met. Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously ig- (iv) The materials is not classified as nites or its mean time for a pressure a Division 5.1 material if, in either con- rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is centration tested: less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of (65 percent)/cellulose mixture. Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), (3) Solid ammonium nitrate-based the sample tested does not ignite and fertilizers must be classified in accord- exhibit burn, or exhibits a mean burn- ance with the procedure as set out in ing time of greater than or equal to the the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, mean burning time of a 3:7 potassium Part III, Section 39. bromate/cellulose mixture. (b) Assignment of packing groups. (1) (B) If test O.3 is used (UN Manual of The packing group of a Division 5.1 ma- Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.3), terial which is a solid shall be assigned the sample tested does not ignite and using the following criteria: exhibit burn, or exhibits a mean burn- (i) Packing Group I, for any material ing rate less than or equal to the mean which, in either concentration tested: burning rate of a 1:2 calcium peroxide/ (A) If test O.1 is used (UN Manual of cellulose mixture. Tests and Criteria, sub-section 34.4.1), (2) The packing group of a Division the mean burning time is less than the 5.1 material which is a liquid shall be mean burning time of a 3:2 potassium assigned using the following criteria: bromate/cellulose mixture; or (i) Packing Group I for:

574

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00584 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.128

(A) Any material which spontane- percent hydrogen peroxide, the avail- ously ignites when mixed with cel- able oxygen, content (Oa) is not more lulose in a 1:1 ratio; or than 0.5 percent, when determined (B) Any material which exhibits a using the equation: mean pressure rise time less than the pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric k nc =× ii acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture. Oa 16 ∑ (ii) Packing Group II, any material i=1 mi which exhibits a mean pressure rise where, for a material containing k species of time less than or equal to the pressure organic peroxides: rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlorate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mix- ni = number of -O-O- groups per molecule of ture and the criteria for Packing Group the i th species c = concentration (mass percent) of the i th I are not met. i species (iii) Packing Group III, any material m = molecular mass of the i th species which exhibits a mean pressure rise i time less than or equal to the pressure (b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 per- peroxides are assigned to a generic sys- cent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria tem which consists of seven types. An for Packing Group I and II are not met. organic peroxide identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides [Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997, as amended at 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 80 FR Table in § 173.225 is assigned to a ge- 1156, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015; 85 neric type in accordance with that FR 27880, May 11, 2020] table. Organic peroxides not identified in the Organic Peroxides table are as- § 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2—Defini- signed to generic types under the pro- tions and types. cedures of paragraph (c) of this section. (a) Definitions. For the purposes of (1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is this subchapter, organic peroxide (Divi- an organic peroxide which can detonate sion 5.2) means any organic compound or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent transport. Transportation of type A or- -O-O- structure and which may be con- ganic peroxides is forbidden. sidered a derivative of hydrogen per- (2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is oxide, where one or more of the hydro- an organic peroxide which, as packaged gen atoms have been replaced by or- for transport, neither detonates nor ganic radicals, unless any of the fol- deflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a lowing paragraphs applies: thermal explosion. (1) The material meets the definition (3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is of an explosive as prescribed in subpart an organic peroxide which, as packaged C of this part, in which case it must be for transport, neither detonates nor classed as an explosive; deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo (2) The material is forbidden from a thermal explosion. being offered for transportation ac- (4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is cording to § 172.101 of this subchapter an organic peroxide which— or § 173.21; (3) The Associate Administrator has (i) Detonates only partially, but does determined that the material does not not deflagrate rapidly and is not af- present a hazard which is associated fected by heat when confined; with a Division 5.2 material; or (ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates (4) The material meets one of the fol- slowly, and shows no violent effect if lowing conditions: heated when confined; or (i) For materials containing no more (iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, than 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the and shows a medium effect when heat- available oxygen, as calculated using ed under confinement. the equation in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of (5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is this section, is not more than 1.0 per- an organic peroxide which neither det- cent, or onates nor deflagrates and shows low, (ii) For materials containing more or no, effect when heated under con- than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0 finement.

575

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00585 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EC13NO91.031 § 173.129 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is controls, and tests results or an ap- an organic peroxide which will not det- proval issued for the organic peroxide onate in a cavitated state, does not by the competent authority of a for- deflagrate, shows only a low, or no, ef- eign government. fect if heated when confined, and has (e) Tests. The generic type for an or- low, or no, explosive power. ganic peroxide shall be determined (7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is using the testing protocol from Figure an organic peroxide which will not det- 20.1(a) (Classification and Flow Chart onate in a cavitated state, will not Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from deflagrate at all, shows no effect when the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria heated under confinement, and shows (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). no explosive power. A type G organic peroxide is not subject to the require- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. ments of this subchapter for organic 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, it is thermally stable (self-accelerating 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, decomposition temperature is 50 °C (122 2000; 66 FR 8647, Feb. 1, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. °F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) 28, 2001; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76155, package). An organic peroxide meeting Dec. 20, 2004] all characteristics of type G except thermal stability and requiring tem- § 173.129 [Reserved] perature control is classed as a type F, § 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1—Defini- temperature control organic peroxide. tions. (c) Procedure for assigning an organic peroxide to a generic type. An organic (a) For the purpose of this sub- peroxide shall be assigned to a generic chapter, poisonous material (Division type based on— 6.1) means a material, other than a gas, (1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or which is known to be so toxic to hu- solid), in accordance with the defini- mans as to afford a hazard to health tions for liquid and solid in § 171.8 of during transportation, or which, in the this subchapter; absence of adequate data on human (2) A determination as to its control toxicity: temperature and emergency tempera- (1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans ture, if any, under the provisions of because it falls within any one of the § 173.21(f); and following categories when tested on (3) Performance of the organic per- laboratory animals (whenever possible, oxide under the test procedures speci- animal test data that has been re- fied in the UN Manual of Tests and Cri- ported in the chemical literature teria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- should be used): chapter), and the provisions of para- (i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid or solid graph (d) of this section. with an LD50 for acute oral toxicity of (d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide not more than 300 mg/kg. must be approved, in writing, by the (ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with Associate Administrator, before being an LD50 for acute dermal toxicity of offered for transportation or trans- not more than 1000 mg/kg. ported, including assignment of a ge- (iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or neric type and shipping description, ex- mist with an LC50 for acute toxicity on cept for— inhalation of not more than 4 mg/L; or (i) An organic peroxide which is iden- (B) A material with a saturated tified by technical name in the Organic vapor concentration in air at 20 °C (68 Peroxides Table in § 173.225(c); °F) greater than or equal to one-fifth of (ii) A mixture of organic peroxides the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhala- prepared according to § 173.225(b); or tion of vapors and with an LC50 for (iii) An organic peroxide which may acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors be shipped as a sample under the provi- of not more than 5000 mL/m3; or sions of § 173.225(b). (2) Is an irritating material, with (2) A person applying for an approval properties similar to tear gas, which must submit all relevant data con- causes extreme irritation, especially in cerning physical state, temperature confined spaces.

576

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00586 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.132

(b) For the purposes of this sub- hour exposure may be multiplied by chapter— two and the product substituted for the (1) LD50 (median lethal dose) for one-hour LC50 for acute toxicity on in- acute oral toxicity is the statistically halation. derived single dose of a substance that (iii) A solid substance should be test- can be expected to cause death within ed if at least 10 percent of its total 14 days in 50% of young adult albino mass is likely to be dust in a respirable rats when administered by the oral range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter route. The LD50 value is expressed in of that particle-fraction is 10 microns terms of mass of test substance per or less. A liquid substance should be mass of test animal (mg/kg). tested if a mist is likely to be gen- (2) LD50 for acute dermal toxicity erated in a leakage of the transport means that dose of the material which, containment. In carrying out the test administered by continuous contact for both for solid and liquid substances, 24 hours with the shaved intact skin more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, prepared for inhalation toxicity testing causes death within 14 days in half of must be in the respirable range as de- the animals tested. The number of ani- fined in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii). mals tested must be sufficient to give (c) For purposes of classifying and as- statistically valid results and be in signing packing groups to mixtures conformity with good pharmacological possessing oral or dermal toxicity haz- practices. The result is expressed in ards according to the criteria in mg/kg body mass. § 173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to deter- (3) LC50 for acute toxicity on inhala- mine the acute LD50 of the mixture. If tion means that concentration of a mixture contains more than one ac- vapor, mist, or dust which, adminis- tive constituent, one of the following tered by continuous inhalation for one methods may be used to determine the hour to both male and female young oral or dermal LD50 of the mixture: adult albino rats, causes death within (1) Obtain reliable acute oral and der- 14 days in half of the animals tested. If mal toxicity data on the actual mix- the material is administered to the ture to be transported; animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 (2) If reliable, accurate data is not percent of the particles available for available, classify the formulation ac- inhalation in the test must have a di- cording to the most hazardous con- ameter of 10 microns or less if it is rea- stituent of the mixture as if that con- sonably foreseeable that such constituent were present in the same concentrations could be encountered by a centration as the total concentration human during transport. The result is of all active constituents; or expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and (3) If reliable, accurate data is not mists or in mL/m3 of air (parts per mil- available, apply the formula: lion) for vapors. See § 173.133(b) for LC50 determination for mixtures and for CA+ CB CZ 100 limit tests. ++= (i) When provisions of this sub- TA TB TTZM chapter require the use of the LC50 for where: acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts C = the % concentration of constituent A, B and mists based on a one-hour exposure ... Z in the mixture; and such data is not available, the LC50 T = the oral LD50 values of constituent A, B for acute toxicity on inhalation based ... Z; on a four-hour exposure may be multi- TM = the oral LD50 value of the mixture. plied by four and the product sub- NOTE TO FORMULA IN PARAGRAPH (c)(3): This stituted for the one-hour LC50 for acute formula also may be used for dermal toxicity on inhalation. toxicities provided that this information is (ii) When the provisions of this sub- available on the same species for all constituents. The use of this formula does not chapter require the use of the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors take into account any potentiation or pro- based on a one-hour exposure and such tective phenomena. data is not available, the LC50 for acute (d) The foregoing categories shall not toxicity on inhalation based on a four- apply if the Associate Administrator

577

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00587 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER06MY97.000 § 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

has determined that the physical char- § 173.133 Assignment of packing group acteristics of the material or its prob- and hazard zones for Division 6.1 able hazards to humans as shown by materials. documented experience indicate that (a) The packing group of Division 6.1 the material will not cause serious materials shall be as assigned in col- sickness or death. umn 5 of the § 172.101 table. When the § 172.101 table provides more than one [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as packing group or hazard zone for a haz- amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– ardous material, the packing group and 261, 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 45702, Aug. hazard zone shall be determined by ap- 28, 1997; 65 FR 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR plying the following criteria: 45379, 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, (1) The packing group assignment for 2004; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 43529, routes of administration other than in- July 20, 2011] halation of vapors shall be in accordance with the following table:

Dermal toxicity LD50 Inhalation toxicity by dusts Packing group Oral toxicity LD50 (mg/kg) (mg/kg) and mists LC50 (mg/L)

I ...... ≤5.0 ...... ≤50 ≤0.2 II ...... >5.0 and ≤50 ...... >50 and ≤200 >0.2 and ≤2.0 III ...... >50 and ≤300 ...... >200 and ≤1000 >2.0 and ≤4.0

(2)(i) The packing group and hazard based on inhalation of vapors shall be zone assignments for liquids (see in accordance with the following table: § 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases)

Packing Group Vapor concentration and toxicity

3 I (Hazard Zone A) ...... V ≥500 LC50 and LC50 ≤200 mL/M . 3 I (Hazard Zone B) ...... V ≥10 LC50; LC50 ≤1000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. 3 II ...... V ≥LC50; LC50 ≤3000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, are not met. 3 III ...... V ≥.2 LC50; LC50 ≤5000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Groups I and II, are not met.

NOTE 1: V is the saturated vapor concentration in air of the material in mL/m3 at 20 °C and standard atmospheric pressure. NOTE 2: A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in §§ 172.203(m), 172.313 and table 1 of § 172.504(e) of this subchapter.

(ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1:

578

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00588 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.133

(3) When the packing group deter- the packing group assigned to the ma- mined by applying these criteria is dif- terial shall be that indicated for the ferent for two or more (oral, dermal or highest degree of toxicity for any of inhalation) routes of administration, the routes of administration.

579

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00589 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EC02MR91.063 § 173.133 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Packaging group Ratio of volatility and LC this paragraph, the packing group and (hazard zone) 50

1 hazard zone of a tear gas substance is III ...... R ≥ ⁄5 and LC50 (mixture) ≤5000 mL/ as assigned in column 5 of the § 172.101 m3; and the criteria for Packing table. Group I, Hazard Zones A and B and Packing Group II are not met. (b) The packing group and hazard zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are (2) In the absence of LC50 data on the poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be poisonous (toxic) constituent sub- determined by one of the following stances, the mixture may be assigned a methods: packing group and hazard zone based (1) Where LC50 data is available on on the following simplified threshold each of the poisonous (toxic) sub- toxicity tests. When these threshold stances comprising the mixture— tests are used, the most restrictive (i) The LC50 of the mixture is esti- packing group and hazard zone must be mated using the formula: determined and used for the transportation of the mixture. 1 = (i) A mixture is assigned to Packing LC50 () mixture n fi Group I, Hazard Zone A only if both the ∑ following criteria are met: = LC50i i 1 (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is where vaporized and diluted with air to create th fi = mole fraction of the i component sub- a test atmosphere of 200 mL/m3 vapor- stance of the liquid. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats th LC50i = mean lethal concentration of the i (five male and five female) are exposed component substance in mL/m3 to the test atmosphere as determined (ii) The volatility of each component by an analytical method appropriate substance is estimated using the for- for the material being classified for one mula: hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within 6 the fourteen-day observation period, =×10 3 Vi Pi mL/ m the mixture is presumed to have an 3 1013. LC50 equal to or less than 200 mL/m . where: (B) A sample of the vapor in equi-

Pi = partial pressure of the ith component librium with the liquid mixture is di- substance in kPa at 20 °C and one atmos- luted with 499 equal volumes of air to pheric pressure. Pi may be calculated ac- form a test atmosphere. Ten albino cording to Raoult’s Law using appro- rats (five male and five female) are ex- priate activity coefficients. Where activity coefficients are not available, the co- posed to the test atmosphere for one efficient may be assumed to be 1.0. hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within (iii) The ratio of the volatility to the the fourteen-day observation period, LC50 is calculated using the formula: the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 500 n V R = ∑ i times the mixture LC50. (ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing = LC50i i 1 Group I, Hazard Zone B only if both the (iv) Using the calculated values LC50 following criteria are met, and the (mixture) and R, the packing group for mixture does not meet the criteria for the mixture is determined as follows: Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A: Packaging group (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is (hazard zone) Ratio of volatility and LC50 vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 1000 mL/m3 vapor- I (Hazard Zone A) .. R ≥500 and LC50 (mixture) ≤200 mL/ m3. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats

I (Hazard Zone B) .. R ≥10 and LC50 (mixture) ≤1000 mL/ (five male and five female) are exposed m3; and the criteria for Packing to the test atmosphere for one hour Group I, Hazard Zone A are not met. and observed for fourteen days. If five 3 II ...... R ≥1 and LC50 (mixture) ≤3000 mL/m ; and the criteria for Packing Group I, or more of the animals die within the Hazard Zones A and B are not met. fourteen-day observation period, the

580

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00590 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER07SE04.000 ER28SE01.023 ER07SE04.001 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

mixture is presumed to have an LC50 (B) The vapor pressure of the liquid equal to or less than 1000 mL/m3. mixture is measured and if the vapor (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- concentration is equal to or greater librium with the liquid mixture is di- than 1000 mL/m3, the mixture is pre- luted with 9 equal volumes of air to sumed to have a volatility equal to or 1 form a test atmosphere. Ten albino greater than ⁄5 the mixture LC50. rats (five male and five female) are ex- (c) Transitional provisions. The cri- posed to the test atmosphere for one teria for packing group assignments in hour and observed for fourteen days. If effect on December 31, 2006, may con- five or more of the animals die within tinue to be used until January 1, 2012. the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a vol- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66268, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR atility equal to or greater than 10 45461, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, times the mixture LC50. Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49133, Sept. (iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, Group II only if both the following cri- 1996; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 66 FR teria are met, and the mixture does not 49556, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR 54046, Sept. 7, 2004; meet the criteria for Packing Group I 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 71 FR 78631, Dec. (Hazard Zones A or B): 29, 2006; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 43529, (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is July 20, 2011] vaporized and diluted with air to create 3 § 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2—Defini- a test atmosphere of 3000 mL/m vapor- tions and exceptions. ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed (a) Definitions and classification cri- to the test atmosphere for one hour teria. For the purposes of this sub- and observed for fourteen days. If five chapter, the following definitions and or more of the animals die within the classification criteria apply to Division fourteen-day observation period, the 6.2 materials. mixture is presumed to have an LC50 (1) Division 6.2 (Infectious substance) equal to or less than 3000 mL/m3. means a material known or reasonably (B) A sample of the vapor in equi- expected to contain a pathogen. A librium with the liquid mixture is used pathogen is a microorganism (includ- to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino ing bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae, rats (five male and five female) are ex- parasites, fungi) or other agent, such posed to the test atmosphere for one as a proteinaceous infectious particle hour and observed for fourteen days. If (prion), that can cause disease in hu- five or more of the animals die within mans or animals. An infectious sub- the fourteen-day observation period, stance must be assigned the identifica- the mixture is presumed to have a vol- tion number UN 2814, UN 2900, UN 3373, atility equal to or greater than the or UN 3291 as appropriate, and must be mixture LC50. assigned to one of the following cat- (iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing egories: Group III only if both the following cri- (i) Category A: An infectious sub- teria are met, and the mixture does not stance in a form capable of causing meet the criteria for Packing Groups I permanent disability or life-threat- (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing ening or fatal disease in otherwise Group II (Hazard Zone C): healthy humans or animals when expo- (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is sure to it occurs. An exposure occurs vaporized and diluted with air to create when an infectious substance is re- a test atmosphere of 5000 mL/m3 vapor- leased outside of its protective pack- ized mixture in air. Ten albino rats aging, resulting in physical contact (five male and five female) are exposed with humans or animals. A Category A to the test atmosphere for one hour infectious substance must be assigned and observed for fourteen days. If five to identification number UN 2814 or UN or more of the animals die within the 2900, as appropriate. Assignment to UN fourteen-day observation period, the 2814 or UN 2900 must be based on the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 known medical history or symptoms of equal to or less than 5000 mL/m3. the source patient or animal, endemic

581

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00591 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

local conditions, or professional judg- waste or reusable material derived ment concerning the individual cir- from the medical treatment of an ani- cumstances of the source human or mal or human, which includes diag- animal. nosis and immunization, or from bio- (ii) Category B: An infectious sub- medical research, which includes the stance that is not in a form generally production and testing of biological capable of causing permanent dis- products. Regulated medical waste or ability or life-threatening or fatal dis- clinical waste or (bio) medical waste ease in otherwise healthy humans or containing a Category A infectious animals when exposure to it occurs. substance must be classed as an infec- This includes Category B infectious tious substance, and assigned to UN2814 substances transported for diagnostic or UN2900, as appropriate. or investigational purposes. A Cat- (6) Sharps means any object contami- egory B infectious substance must be nated with a pathogen or that may be- described as ‘‘Biological substance, come contaminated with a pathogen Category B’’ and assigned identifica- through handling or during transpor- tion number UN 3373. This does not in- tation and also capable of cutting or clude regulated medical waste, which penetrating skin or a packaging mate- must be assigned identification number rial. Sharps includes needles, syringes, UN 3291. scalpels, broken glass, culture slides, (2) Biological product means a virus, culture dishes, broken capillary tubes, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, broken rigid plastic, and exposed ends vaccine, blood, blood component or de- of dental wires. rivative, allergenic product, or analo- (7) Toxin means a Division 6.1 mate- gous product, or arsphenamine or de- rial from a plant, animal, or bacterial rivative of arsphenamine (or any other source. A toxin containing an infectious trivalent arsenic compound) applicable substance or a toxin contained in an in- to the prevention, treatment, or cure fectious substance must be classed as of a disease or condition of human Division 6.2, described as an infectious beings or animals. A biological product substance, and assigned to UN 2814 or includes a material subject to regula- UN 2900, as appropriate. tion under 42 U.S.C. 262 or 21 U.S.C. 151–159. Unless otherwise excepted, a bi- (8) Used health care product means a ological product known or reasonably medical, diagnostic, or research device expected to contain a pathogen that or piece of equipment, or a personal meets the definition of a Category A or care product used by consumers, med- B infectious substance must be as- ical professionals, or pharmaceutical signed the identification number UN providers that does not meet the defi- 2814, UN 2900, or UN 3373, as appro- nition of a patient specimen, biological priate. product, or regulated medical waste, is (3) Culture means an infectious sub- contaminated with potentially infec- stance containing a pathogen that is tious body fluids or materials, and is intentionally propagated. Culture does not decontaminated or disinfected to not include a human or animal patient remove or mitigate the infectious haz- specimen as defined in paragraph (a)(4) ard prior to transportation. of this section. (b) Exceptions. The following are not (4) Patient specimens means those col- subject to the requirements of this sub- lected directly from humans or ani- chapter as Division 6.2 materials: mals and transported for research, di- (1) A material that does not contain agnosis, investigational activities, or an infectious substance or that is un- disease treatment or prevention. Pa- likely to cause disease in humans or tient specimens includes excreta, animals. secreta, blood and its components, tis- (2) Non-infectious biological mate- sue and tissue swabs, body parts, and rials from humans, animals, or plants. specimens in transport media (e.g., Examples include non-infectious cells, transwabs, culture media, and blood tissue cultures, blood or plasma from culture bottles). individuals not suspected of having an (5) Regulated medical waste or clinical infectious disease, DNA, RNA or other waste or (bio) medical waste means a non-infectious genetic elements.

582

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00592 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.134

(3) A material containing micro-orga- absorbent filter paper or other mate- nisms that are non-pathogenic to hu- rial. mans or animals. (10) A Division 6.2 material, other (4) A material containing pathogens than a Category A infectious sub- that have been neutralized or inac- stance, contained in a patient sample tivated such that they no longer pose a being transported for research, diag- health risk. nosis, investigational activities, or dis- (5) A material with a low probability ease treatment or prevention, or a bio- of containing an infectious substance, logical product, when such materials or where the concentration of the in- are transported by a private or con- fectious substance is at a level natu- tract carrier in a motor vehicle used rally occurring in the environment so exclusively to transport such mate- it cannot cause disease when exposure rials. Medical or clinical equipment to it occurs. Examples of these mate- and laboratory products may be trans- rials include: Foodstuffs; environ- ported aboard the same vehicle pro- mental samples, such as water or a vided they are properly packaged and sample of dust or mold; and substances secured against exposure or contamina- that have been treated so that the tion. If the human or animal sample or pathogens have been neutralized or de- biological product meets the definition activated, such as a material treated of regulated medical waste in para- by steam sterilization, chemical dis- graph (a)(5) of this section, it must be infection, or other appropriate method, offered for transportation and trans- so it no longer meets the definition of ported in conformance with the appro- an infectious substance. priate requirements for regulated medical waste. (6) A biological product, including an (11) A human or animal sample (in- experimental or investigational prod- cluding, but not limited to, secreta, ex- uct or component of a product, subject creta, blood and its components, tissue to Federal approval, permit, review, or and tissue fluids, and body parts) being licensing requirements, such as those transported for routine testing not re- required by the Food and Drug Admin- lated to the diagnosis of an infectious istration of the U.S. Department of disease, such as for drug/alcohol test- Health and Human Services or the U.S. ing, cholesterol testing, blood glucose Department of Agriculture. level testing, prostate specific anti- (7) Blood collected for the purpose of body testing, testing to monitor kid- blood transfusion or the preparation of ney or liver function, or pregnancy blood products; blood products; plasma; testing, or for tests for diagnosis of plasma derivatives; blood components; non-infectious diseases, such as cancer tissues or organs intended for use in biopsies, and for which there is a low transplant operations; and human cell, probability the sample is infectious. tissues, and cellular and tissue-based (12) Laundry and medical equipment products regulated under authority of and used health care products, as fol- the Public Health Service Act (42 lows: U.S.C. 264–272) and/or the Food, Drug, (i) Laundry or medical equipment and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). conforming to the regulations of the (8) Blood, blood plasma, and blood Occupational Safety and Health Ad- components collected for the purpose ministration of the Department of of blood transfusion or the preparation Labor in 29 CFR 1910.1030. This excep- of blood products and sent for testing tion includes medical equipment in- as part of the collection process, except tended for use, cleaning, or refurbish- where the person collecting the blood ment, such as reusable surgical equip- has reason to believe it contains an in- ment, or equipment used for testing fectious substance, in which case the where the components within which test sample must be shipped as a Cat- the equipment is contained essentially egory A or Category B infectious sub- function as packaging. This exception stance in accordance with § 173.196 or does not apply to medical equipment § 173.199, as appropriate. being transported for disposal. (9) Dried blood spots or specimens for (ii) Used health care products not fecal occult blood detection placed on conforming to the requirements in 29

583

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00593 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.134 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

CFR 1910.1030 and being returned to the (i) Household waste as defined in manufacturer or the manufacturer’s § 171.8, when transported in accordance designee are excepted from the require- with applicable state, local, or tribal ments of this subchapter when offered requirements. for transportation or transported in ac- (ii) Sanitary waste or sewage; cordance with this paragraph (b)(12). (iii) Sewage sludge or compost; For purposes of this paragraph, a (iv) Animal waste generated in ani- health care product is used when it has mal husbandry or food production; or been removed from its original pack- (v) Medical waste generated from aging. Used health care products con- households and transported in accord- taminated with or suspected of con- ance with applicable state, local, or tamination with a Category A infec- tribal requirements. tious substance may not be transported (14) Corpses, remains, and anatomical under the provisions of this paragraph. parts intended for interment, crema- (A) Each used health care product tion, or medical research at a college, must be drained of free liquid to the ex- hospital, or laboratory. tent practicable and placed in a water- (15) Forensic material transported on tight primary container designed and behalf of a U.S. Government, state, constructed to assure that it remains local or Indian tribal government agen- intact under conditions normally inci- cy, except that— dent to transportation. For a used (i) Forensic material known or sus- health care product capable of cutting pected to contain a Category B infec- or penetrating skin or packaging mate- tious substance must be shipped in a rial, the primary container must be ca- packaging conforming to the provi- pable of retaining the product without sions of § 173.24. puncture of the packaging under normal conditions of transport. Each pri- (ii) Forensic material known or sus- mary container must be marked with a pected to contain a Category A infec- BIOHAZARD marking conforming to 29 tious substance or an infectious sub- CFR 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). stance listed as a select agent in 42 (B) Each primary container must be CFR part 73 must be transported in placed inside a watertight secondary packaging capable of meeting the test container designed and constructed to standards in § 178.609 of this subchapter. assure that it remains intact under The secondary packaging must be conditions normally incident to trans- marked with a BIOHAZARD symbol portation. The secondary container conforming to specifications in 29 CFR must be marked with a BIOHAZARD 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). An itemized list of marking conforming to 29 CFR contents must be enclosed between the 1910.1030(g)(1)(i). secondary packaging and the outer (C) The secondary container must be packaging. placed inside an outer packaging with (16) Agricultural products and food as sufficient cushioning material to pre- defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and vent movement between the secondary Cosmetics Act (21 U.S.C. 332 et seq.). container and the outer packaging. An (c) Exceptions for regulated medical itemized list of the contents of the pri- waste. The following provisions apply mary container and information con- to the transportation of regulated med- cerning possible contamination with a ical waste: Division 6.2 material, including its pos- (1) A regulated medical waste trans- sible location on the product, must be ported by a private or contract carrier placed between the secondary con- is excepted from— tainer and the outside packaging. (i) The requirement for an ‘‘INFEC- (D) Each person who offers or trans- TIOUS SUBSTANCE’’ label if the outer ports a used health care product under packaging is marked with a ‘‘BIO- the provisions of this paragraph must HAZARD’’ marking in accordance with know about the requirements of this 29 CFR 1910.1030; and paragraph. (ii) The specific packaging require- (13) Any waste or recyclable mate- ments of § 173.197, if packaged in a rigid rial, other than regulated medical non-bulk packaging conforming to the waste, including— general packaging requirements of

584

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00594 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.136

§§ 173.24 and 173.24a and packaging re- hicle by straps or load bars during quirements specified in 29 CFR transportation. No shelf in any wheeled 1910.1030, provided the material does rack may exceed the manufacturer’s not include a waste concentrated stock recommended load capacity. culture of an infectious substance. (d) If an item listed in paragraph (b) Sharps containers must be securely or (c) of this section meets the defini- closed to prevent leaks or punctures. tion of another hazard class or if it is (2) The following materials may be a hazardous substance, hazardous offered for transportation and trans- waste, or marine pollutant, it must be ported as a regulated medical waste offered for transportation and trans- when packaged in a rigid non-bulk ported in accordance with applicable packaging conforming to the general requirements of this subchapter. packaging requirements of §§ 173.24 and (e) Transitional provisions. The au- 173.24a and packaging requirements thorization for continued use of the specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030 and transported by a private or contract carrier criteria for packing group assignments in a vehicle used exclusively to trans- in effect on December 31, 2006 ended on port regulated medical waste: January 1, 2012. (i) Waste stock or culture of a Cat- [67 FR 53138, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 egory B infectious substance; FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, (ii) Plant and animal waste regulated 2005; 71 FR 32258, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78631, by the Animal and Plant Health In- Dec. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 73 FR spection Service (APHIS); 4718, Jan. 28, 2008; 74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 (iii) Waste pharmaceutical materials; FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, (iv) Laboratory and recyclable 2012; 78 FR 15327, Mar. 11, 2013; 85 FR 27880, wastes; May 11, 2020] (v) Infectious substances that have § 173.136 Class 8—Definitions. been treated to eliminate or neutralize pathogens; (a) For the purpose of this sub- (vi) Forensic materials being trans- chapter, ‘‘corrosive material’’ (Class 8) ported for final destruction; means a liquid or solid that causes ir- (vii) Rejected or recalled health care reversible damage to human skin at products; the site of contact within a specified (viii) Documents intended for de- period of time. A liquid, or a solid struction in accordance with the which may become liquid during trans- Health Insurance Portability and Ac- portation, that has a severe corrosion countability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) re- rate on steel or aluminum based on the quirements; criteria in § 173.137(c)(2) is also a corro- (ix) Medical or clinical equipment sive material. Whenever practical, in and laboratory products provided they vitro test methods authorized in are properly packaged and secured § 173.137 of this part or historical data against exposure or contamination; or authorized in paragraph (c) of this sec- (x) Sharps in sharp containers pro- tion should be used to determine vided the containers are securely whether a material is corrosive. closed to prevent leaks or punctures; (b) If human experience or other data do not exceed 18 gallons capacity; reg- indicate that the hazard of a material istered under the Medical Device Regu- lations of FDA; made of puncture re- is greater or less than indicated by the sistant plastic that meets ASTM results of the tests specified in para- Standard F2132–01, Standard Specifica- graph (a) of this section, PHMSA may tion for Puncture Resistance of Mate- revise its classification or make the de- rials Used in Containers for Discarded termination that the material is not Medical Needles and Other Sharps; and subject to the requirements of this sub- are securely fitted into wheeled racks chapter. that hold them in an upright position. (c) Skin corrosion test data produced The wheeled racks must contain full no later than September 30, 1995, using rows of sharps containers secured in the procedures of part 173, appendix A, place by a moveable bar; and must be in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49 securely held in place on the motor ve- CFR part 173, appendix A, revised as of

585

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00595 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.137 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

October 1, 1994) for appropriate expo- (a) Packing Group I. Materials that sure times may be used for classifica- cause irreversible damage to intact tion and assignment of packing group skin tissue within an observation pe- for Class 8 materials corrosive to skin. riod of up to 60 minutes, starting after [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as the exposure time of three minutes or amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. less. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173– (b) Packing Group II. Materials, other 241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, than those meeting Packing Group I 62 FR 24732, May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76155, Dec. 20, criteria, that cause irreversible dam- 2004; 71 FR 78631, Dec. 29, 2006; 76 FR 3372, age to intact skin tissue within an ob- Jan. 19, 2011; 85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020] servation period of up to 14 days, start- § 173.137 Class 8—Assignment of packing after the exposure time of more ing group. than three minutes but not more than The packing group of a Class 8 mate- 60 minutes. rial is indicated in Column 5 of the (c) Packing Group III. Materials, § 172.101 Table. When the § 172.101 Table other than those meeting Packing provides more than one packing group Group I or II criteria— for a Class 8 material, the packing (1) That cause irreversible damage to group must be determined using data intact skin tissue within an observa- obtained from tests conducted in action period of up to 14 days, starting cordance with the OECD Guidelines for after the exposure time of more than 60 the Testing of Chemicals, Number 435, minutes but not more than 4 hours; or ‘‘In Vitro Membrane Barrier Test Meth- (2) That do not cause irreversible od for Skin Corrosion’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 damage to intact skin tissue but ex- of this subchapter) or Number 404, hibit a corrosion on either steel or alu- ‘‘Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion’’ minum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm (0.25 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A inch) a year at a test temperature of 55 material that is determined not to be °C (130 °F) when tested on both mate- corrosive in accordance with OECD rials. The corrosion may be determined Guideline for the Testing of Chemicals, in accordance with the UN Manual of Number 430, ‘‘In Vitro Skin Corrosion: Tests and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of Transcutaneous Electrical Resistance Test (TER)’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- this subchapter) or other equivalent chapter) or Number 431, ‘‘In Vitro Skin test methods. Corrosion: Reconstructed Human Epi- (d) Alternative packing group assign- dermis (RHE) Test Method’’ (IBR, see ment methods for mixtures. For mixtures § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be con- it is necessary to obtain or derive in- sidered not to be corrosive to human formation that allows the criteria to be skin for the purposes of this subchapter applied to the mixture for the purpose without further testing. However, a of classification and assignment of material determined to be corrosive in packing groups. The approach to classi- accordance with Number 430 or Number fication and assignment of packing 431 must be further tested using Num- groups is tiered, and is dependent upon ber 435 or Number 404. The packing the amount of information available group assignment using data obtained for the mixture itself, for similar mix- from tests conducted in accordance tures and/or for its ingredients. The with OECD Guideline Number 404 or flow chart in Figure 1 to paragraph (d) Number 435 must be as follows: outlines the process to be followed:

586

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00596 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.137

(1) Bridging principles. Where a mix- same manufacturer, unless there is rea- ture has not been tested to determine son to believe there is significant vari- its skin corrosion potential, but there ation such that the skin corrosion po- is sufficient data on both the indi- tential of the untested batch has vidual ingredients and similar tested changed. If the latter occurs, a new mixtures to adequately classify and as- classification is necessary. sign a packing group for the mixture, (iii) Concentration of mixtures of pack- this data will be used in accordance ing group I. If a tested mixture meeting with the following bridging principles. the criteria for inclusion in Packing This ensures that the classification Group I is concentrated, the more con- process uses the available data to the centrated untested mixture may be as- greatest extent possible in character- signed to Packing Group I without ad- izing the hazards of the mixture. ditional testing. (i) Dilution. If a tested mixture is di- (iv) Interpolation within one packing luted with a diluent, which does not group. For three mixtures (A, B and C) meet the criteria for Class 8 and does with identical ingredients, where mix- not affect the packing group of other tures A and B have been tested and are ingredients, then the new diluted mixture may be assigned to the same pack- in the same skin corrosion packing ing group as the original tested mix- group, and where untested mixture C ture. In certain cases, diluting a mix- has the same Class 8 ingredients as ture or substance may lead to an in- mixtures A and B but has concentra- crease in the corrosive properties. If tions of Class 8 ingredients inter- this is the case, this bridging principle mediate to the concentrations in mix- cannot be used. tures A and B, then mixture C is as- (ii) Batching. The skin corrosion po- sumed to be in the same skin corrosion tential of a tested production batch of packing group as A and B. a mixture can be assumed to be sub- (v) Substantially similar mixtures. stantially equivalent to that of an- Given the following: other untested production batch of the (A) Two mixtures: (A+B) and (C+B); same commercial product when pro- (B) The concentration of ingredient B duced by or under the control of the is the same in both mixtures;

587

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00597 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER11MY20.000 § 173.140 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(C) The concentration of ingredient A be considered a corrosive mixture and in mixture (A+B) equals the concentra- to assign a packing group, the calculation of ingredient C in mixture (C+B); tion method in the flow chart in appen- (D) Data on skin corrosion for ingre- dix I must be applied. For this calcula- dients A and C are available and sub- tion method, generic concentration stantially equivalent, i.e., they are the limits apply where 1% is used in the same skin corrosion packing group and first step for the assessment of the do not affect the skin corrosion poten- packing group I substances, and where tial of B. 5% is used for the other steps respec- (E) If the above mixture (A+B) or tively. (C+B) is already classified based on test data, then the other mixture may (iii) When a specific concentration be assigned to the same packing group. limit (SCL) is assigned to a substance (2) Calculation method based on the following its entry in the Hazardous classification of the substances. Where a Materials Table or in a special provi- mixture has not been tested to deter- sion, this limit shall be used instead of mine its skin corrosion potential, nor the generic concentration limits is sufficient data available on similar (GCL). mixtures, the corrosive properties of (iv) The following formula must be the substances in the mixture shall be used for each step of the calculation considered to classify and assign a process. The criterion for a packing packing group. Applying the calcula- group is fulfilled when the result of the tion method is only allowed if there are calculation is ≥ 1. The generic con- no synergistic effects that make the centration limits to be used for the mixture more corrosive than the sum evaluation in each step of the calcula- of its substances. This restriction ap- tion method are those found in appen- plies only if Packing Group II or III dix I of this part. Where applicable, the would be assigned to the mixture. generic concentration limit shall be (i) All Class 8 ingredients present at a concentration of ≥1% shall be taken substituted by the specific concentra- into account, or <1% if these ingredi- tion limit assigned to the substance(s) ents are still relevant for classifying (SCLi), and the adapted formula is a the mixture to be corrosive to skin. weighted average of the different con- (ii) To determine whether a mixture centration limits assigned to the dif- containing corrosive substances must ferent substances in the mixture:

PG xi = concentration of substance 1, 2 . . .i hazard during transportation but which in the mixture, assigned to packing does not meet the definition of any group x (I, II or III) other hazard class. This class includes: GCL = generic concentration limit (a) Any material which has an anes- SCLi = specific concentration limit assigned to substance i thetic, noxious or other similar prop- Note to § 173.137: When an initial test on ei- erty which could cause extreme annoy- ther a steel or aluminum surface indicates ance or discomfort to a flight crew the material being tested is corrosive, the member so as to prevent the correct follow up test on the other surface is not re- performance of assigned duties; or quired. (b) Any material that meets the defi- [85 FR 27880, May 11, 2020] nition in § 171.8 of this subchapter for an elevated temperature material, a § 173.140 Class 9—Definitions. For the purposes of this subchapter, miscellaneous hazardous material (Class 9) means a material which presents a

588

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00598 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER11MY20.001 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.150

hazardous substance, a hazardous authorized materials, inner packaging waste, or a marine pollutant. quantity limits and closure securement) and only hazardous material au- [Amdt. 173–224, 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992, as amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52939, Nov. thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–233, 58 FR 33305, June 16, craft may be transported as a limited 1993] quantity. A limited quantity package that conforms to the provisions of this § 173.141 Class 9—Assignment of pack- section is not subject to the shipping ing group. paper requirements of subpart C of part The packing group of a Class 9 mate- 172 of this subchapter, unless the material is as indicated in column 5 of the rial meets the definition of a hazardous § 172.101 table. substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or is offered for transpor- § 173.144 Other Regulated Material tation and transported by aircraft or (ORM)—Definitions. vessel, and is eligible for the excep- Until December 31, 2020 and for the tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. purposes of this subchapter, ‘‘ORM–D In addition, shipments of limited quan- material’’ means a material such as a tities are not subject to subpart F Consumer commodity, Cartridges, (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- small arms, Cartridges, power devices chapter. Each package must conform (used to project fastening devices), Car- to the packaging requirements of sub- tridges for tools, blank, and Cases, car- part B of this part and may not exceed tridge, empty with primer, which, al- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except though otherwise subject to the regula- for transportation by aircraft, the fol- tions of this subchapter, presents a lowing combination packagings are au- limited hazard during transportation thorized: due to its form, quantity and pack- (1) For flammable liquids in Packing aging. The article or substance must be Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5 a material for which exceptions are L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed provided in Column (8A) of the § 172.101 in a strong outer packaging; Hazardous Materials Table. (2) For flammable liquids in Packing [78 FR 65481, Oct. 31, 2013] Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each, § 173.145 Other Regulated Materials— packed in a strong outer packaging. Assignment of packing group. (3) For flammable liquids in Packing Packing groups are not assigned to Group III and combustible liquids, ORM-D materials. inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in a § 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flam- strong outer packaging. mable and combustible liquids). (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity materials shipments in the following package containing a ‘‘consumer com- paragraphs are permitted only if this modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- section is referenced for the specific chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer hazardous material in the § 172.101 commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D Table of this subchapter. or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D– (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- AIR material and offered for transpor- tities of flammable liquids (Class 3) and tation and transported in accordance combustible liquids are excepted from with the applicable provisions of this labeling requirements, unless the ma- subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. terial is offered for transportation or (d) Alcoholic beverages. (1) An alco- transported by aircraft, and are ex- holic beverage (wine and distilled spir- cepted from the specification pack- its as defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11), aging requirements of this subchapter when transported via motor vehicle, when packaged in combination pack- vessel, or rail, is not subject to the re- agings according to this paragraph. For quirements of this subchapter if the al- transportation by aircraft, the package coholic beverage: must also conform to applicable re- (i) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., by volume;

589

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00599 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.150 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Is contained in an inner pack- (i) Shipping papers, waybills, switch- aging of 5 L (1.3 gallons) or less; or ing orders, and hazardous waste mani- (iii) Is a Packing Group III alcoholic fests; beverage contained in a packaging 250 (ii) Marking of packages; liters (66 gallons) or less; (iii) Display of identification num- (2) An alcoholic beverage (wine and bers on bulk packages; distilled spirits as defined in 27 CFR (iv) For bulk packagings only, 4.10 and 5.11), when transported via air- placarding requirements of subpart F craft, is not subject to the require- of part 172 of this subchapter; ments of this subchapter if the alco- (v) Carriage aboard aircraft and ves- holic beverage: sels (for packaging requirements for (i) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol transport by vessel, see § 176.340 of this by volume; subchapter); (ii) For transportation aboard a pas- (vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed senger-carrying aircraft, contains more by §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this sub- than 24% but not more than 70% alco- chapter; hol by volume when in unopened retail (vii) Packaging requirements of sub- packagings not exceeding 5 liters (1.3 part B of this part and, in addition, gallons) carried in carry-on or checked non-bulk packagings must conform baggage, with a total net quantity per with requirements of § 173.203; person of 5 liters (1.3) gallons (See (viii) The requirements of §§ 173.1, § 175.10(a)(4) of this subchapter); or 173.21, 173.24, 173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1, (iii) When carried as cargo, contains 177.804, 177.817, 177.834(j), and 177.837(d) more than 24% but not more than 70% of this subchapter; alcohol by volume in an inner pack- (ix) The training requirements of aging not exceeding 5 L (1.3 gallons). subpart H of part 172 of this sub- (e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An chapter; aqueous solution containing 24 percent (x) Emergency response information or less alcohol by volume and no other requirements of subpart G of part 172; hazardous material— and (1) May be reclassed as a combustible (xi) For bulk packagings only, reg- liquid. istration requirements of subpart G of (2) Is not subject to the requirements part 107 of this subchapter. of this subchapter if it contains no less (4) A combustible liquid that is not a than 50 percent water. hazardous substance, a hazardous (f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flam- waste, or a marine pollutant is not sub- mable liquid with a flash point at or ject to the requirements of this sub- above 38 °C (100 °F) that does not meet chapter if it is a mixture of one or the definition of any other hazard class more components that— may be reclassed as a combustible liq- (i) Has a flash point at or above 93 °C uid. This provision does not apply to (200 °F), transportation by vessel or aircraft, ex- (ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of cept where other means of transpor- the volume of the mixture, and tation is impracticable. (iii) Is not offered for transportation (2) The requirements in this sub- or transported as a liquid at a tempera- chapter do not apply to a material ture at or above its flash point. classed as a combustible liquid in a (g) Limited quantities of retail products non-bulk packaging unless the combus- containing ethyl alcohol. (1) Beverages, tible liquid is a hazardous substance, a food, cosmetics and medicines, medical hazardous waste, or a marine pollut- screening solutions, and concentrates ant. sold as retail products containing ethyl (3) A combustible liquid that is in a alcohol classed as a flammable liquid bulk packaging or a combustible liquid or flammable solid containing not that is a hazardous substance, a haz- more than 70% ethyl alcohol by volume ardous waste, or a marine pollutant is for liquids, by weight for solids are ex- not subject to the requirements of this cepted from the HMR provided that: subchapter except those pertaining to: (i) For non-glass inner packagings:

590

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00600 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.150

(A) The volume does not exceed 0.47 (ii) Solids containing ethyl alcohol liters (0.125 gallons) in capacity for liq- are not packed in inner packagings ex- uids; or ceeding 0.22 kilograms (0.5 pounds) in (B) For volumes greater than 0.47 li- weight; ters (0.125 gallons) but not exceeding (iii) The net liquid contents of all 3.8 liters (1 gallon) the company name inner packagings in any single outer and the words ‘‘Contains Ethyl Alco- packaging may not exceed 5.6 liters (1.5 hol’’ are marked on the package; gallons). The net solid contents of all (C) Solids containing ethyl alcohol inner packagings in any single outer may be packaged in non-glass inner packaging may not exceed 14.9 kilo- packagings not exceeding 0.45 kilograms (33 pounds). The gross weight of grams (1 pound) capacity; any single outer package shipped may (D) For weight greater than 0.45 kilo- not exceed 29.9 kilograms (66 pounds). grams (1 pound) up to 3.62 kilograms (8 Inner packagings must be secured and pounds) the company name and the cushioned within the outer package to words ‘‘Contains Ethyl Alcohol’’ are prevent breakage, leakage, and move- marked on the package. ment. (ii) For glass inner packagings: (3) For transportation by passenger (A) The volume does not exceed 0.23 or cargo aircraft, no outer package liters (.063 gallons) in capacity; or may be transported which contains an (B) For volumes greater than 0.23 li- inner packaging exceeding: ters (.063 gallons) to 0.47 liters (0.125 (i) 0.47 liters (0.125 gallons) of flam- gallons) the company name and the mable liquid; or words ‘‘Contains Ethyl Alcohol’’ are (ii) 0.45 kilograms (1 pound) of solids marked on the package; containing flammable liquid. (C) Solids containing ethyl alcohol (h) Diesel fuel (NA1993) and Gasoline may be packaged in glass inner pack- (UN1203) may be transported one way, agings not exceeding 0.22 kilograms (0.5 by motor vehicle, directly from the pounds); loading location to an equipment re- (D) For weight greater than 0.22 kilo- pair facility, in a non-DOT specifica- grams (0.5 pounds) up to 0.45 kilograms tion, non-bulk packaging, known as a (1 pound) the company name and the gasoline dispenser, that has been re- words ‘‘Contains Ethyl Alcohol’’ are moved from service at a fueling station marked on the package. under the following conditions: (iii) The net liquid contents of all (1) Prior to loading, each dispenser inner packagings in any single outer must be prepared for transportation by packaging may not exceed 5.6 liters (1.5 capping or plugging all product inlet gallons). The net solid contents of all and outlet piping, so that no fluid may inner packagings in any single outer be released during transportation; packaging may not exceed 14.9 kilo- (2) No dispenser may contain more grams (33 pounds). The gross weight of than 2 gallons of gasoline; and any single outer package shipped may (3) Each dispenser must be blocked, not exceed 29.9 kilograms (66 pounds); braced or strapped to the motor vehicle Inner packagings must be secured and in accordance with the requirements of cushioned within the outer package to this subchapter to prevent shifting dur- prevent breakage, leakage, and move- ing transportation. ment. (i) Reverse logistics. Hazardous mate- (2) Beverages, food, cosmetics and rials meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse medicines, medical screening solutions, logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this sub- and concentrates sold as retail prod- chapter and in compliance with para- ucts containing ethyl alcohol classed graph (b) of this section may be offered as a flammable liquid or flammable for transport and transported in high- solid containing more than 70% ethyl way transportation in accordance with alcohol by volume, by weight for solids § 173.157. are excepted from the HMR provided that: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990] (i) For inner packagings containing EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- liquids the volume does not exceed 0.23 tations affecting § 173.150, see the List of CFR liters (0.063 gallons) in capacity; Sections Affected, which appears in the

591

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00601 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.151 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Finding Aids section of the printed volume 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, and at www.govinfo.gov. packed in a strong outer packaging. (2) For transportation by highway or § 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. rail, Charcoal briquettes (NA1361) may (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous be packaged as a limited quantity in materials shipments in the following accordance with paragraph (b) of this paragraphs are permitted only if this section in packagings not exceeding 30 section is referenced for the specific kg gross weight and are eligible for the hazardous material in the § 172.101 table exceptions provided in § 173.156. of this subchapter. (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- (b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1. cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity (1) Limited quantities of flammable package (including Charcoal briquettes solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Groups (NA1361)) containing a ‘‘consumer com- II and III and, where authorized by this modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- section, charcoal briquettes (Division chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer 4.2) in Packing Group III, are excepted commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D from labeling requirements unless the or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D– material is offered for transportation AIR material and offered for transpor- or transported by aircraft, and are ex- tation and transported in accordance cepted from the specification pack- with the applicable provisions of this aging requirements of this subchapter subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. when packaged in combination pack- For transportation by aircraft, the agings according to this paragraph. If maximum net mass for Charcoal bri- authorized for transportation by air- quettes (NA1361) is 25 kg per package. craft, the package must also conform (d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3. to applicable requirements of § 173.27 of Limited quantities of dangerous when this part (e.g., authorized materials, wet solids (Division 4.3) in Packing inner packaging quantity limits and Groups II and III are excepted from la- closure securement) and only hazardous material authorized aboard pas- beling requirements, unless the mate- senger-carrying aircraft may be trans- rial is offered for transportation or ported as a limited quantity. A limited transported by aircraft, and are ex- quantity package that conforms to the cepted from the specification pack- provisions of this section is not subject aging requirements of this subchapter to the shipping paper requirements of when packaged in combination pack- subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, agings according to this paragraph. For unless the material meets the defini- transportation by aircraft, the package tion of a hazardous substance, haz- must also conform to applicable re- ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., offered for transportation and trans- authorized materials, inner packaging ported by aircraft or vessel, and is eli- quantity limits and closure secure- gible for the exceptions provided in ment) and only hazardous material au- § 173.156 of this part. In addition, ship- thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- ments of limited quantities are not craft may be transported as a limited subject to subpart F (Placarding) of quantity. A limited quantity package part 172 of this subchapter. Each pack- that conforms to the provisions of this age must conform to the packaging re- section is not subject to the shipping quirements of subpart B of this part paper requirements of subpart C of part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- gross weight. Except for transportation rial meets the definition of a hazardous by aircraft, the following combination substance, hazardous waste, marine packagings are authorized: pollutant, or is offered for transpor- (i) For flammable solids in Packing tation and transported by aircraft or Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 vessel. In addition, shipments of lim- kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, ited quantities are not subject to sub- packed in a strong outer packaging. part F (Placarding) of part 172 of this (ii) For flammable solids in Packing subchapter. Each package must con- Group III, inner packagings not over form to the packaging requirements of

592

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00602 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.152

subpart B of this part and may not ex- place of business and be made avail- ceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Ex- able, upon request, to the Associate cept for transportation by aircraft, the Administrator or designated official. following combination packagings are (f) Reverse logistics. Except for Divi- authorized: sion 4.2 hazardous materials and self- (1) For dangerous when wet solids in reactive materials, hazardous mate- Packing Group II, inner packagings not rials meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) net capacity logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this sub- each, packed in a strong outer pack- chapter and in compliance with para- aging. graph (b) of this section may be offered (2) For dangerous when wet solids in for transport and transported in high- Packing Group III, inner packagings way transportation in accordance with not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac- § 173.157. ity each, packed in a strong outer [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990] packaging. (e) For transportation by motor vehi- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER citations affecting § 173.151, see the List of CFR cle only, Lithium (UN1415), Potassium Sections Affected, which appears in the (UN2257), and Sodium (UN1428) with a Finding Aids section of the printed volume net quantity of material per inner and at www.govinfo.gov. packaging not exceeding 25 grams, are excepted from the labeling require- § 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 ments of part 172, subpart E and the (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic placarding requirements of part 172, peroxides). subpart F of this subchapter, when of- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous fered for transportation in the fol- materials shipments in the following lowing packagings under the following paragraphs are permitted only if this conditions: section is referenced for the specific (1) Packaging. (i) The hazardous ma- hazardous material in the § 172.101 table terial is placed in a tightly closed plas- of this subchapter. tic bottle after being submerged in (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- mineral oil; tities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in (ii) The plastic bottle is placed inside Packing Group II and III and organic a plastic bag that is securely closed to peroxides (Division 5.2) are excepted prevent leaks or punctures; from labeling requirements, unless the (iii) The bagged bottle is then be material is offered for transportation placed inside a metal can with all void or transported by aircraft, and are ex- spaces filled with an oil-absorbing ma- cepted from the specification pack- terial and sealed tight; and aging requirements of this subchapter (iv) The can is then placed into a when packaged in combination pack- heat sealed barrier bag. agings according to this paragraph. For (2) Marking. Each inner plastic bot- transportation by aircraft, the package tle, outer metal can, and barrier bag must also conform to applicable re- must be marked with: Chemical name; quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., quantity; and the name and address of authorized materials, inner packaging the offeror. Each outer packaging must quantity limits and closure secure- be marked with the proper shipping ment) and only hazardous material au- name and identification number in thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- conformance with § 172.301. Addition- craft may be transported as a limited ally, each outer packaging must be quantity. A limited quantity package marked, ‘‘FOR TRANSPORT BY that conforms to the provisions of this MOTOR VEHICLE ONLY.’’ section is not subject to the shipping (3) Recordkeeping. (i) Records of the paper requirements of subpart C of part preparation, packaging, and marking 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- of each chemical must be documented rial meets the definition of a hazardous and all components in each package substance, hazardous waste, marine must be noted; and pollutant, or is offered for transpor- (ii) Records must be retained for a tation and transported by aircraft or minimum of 5 years and be accessible vessel, and is eligible for the excep- at or through the shipper’s principal tions provided in § 173.156 of this part.

593

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00603 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.153 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

In addition, shipments of limited quan- highway transportation in accordance tities are not subject to subpart F with § 173.157. (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as chapter. Each package must conform amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. to the packaging requirements of sub- 5, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67508, Dec. 29, part B of this part and may not exceed 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24733, May 6, 1997; 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, July 31, for transportation by aircraft, the fol- 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, lowing combination packagings are au- Mar. 22, 2006; 72 FR 55692, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 thorized: FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016] (1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gal- § 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 lon) net capacity each for liquids or (poisonous materials). not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capac- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous ity each for solids, packed in a strong materials shipments in the following outer packaging. paragraphs are permitted only if this (2) For oxidizers in Packing Group section is referenced for the specific III, inner packagings not over 5 L (1.3 hazardous material in the § 172.101 table gallons) net capacity each for liquids of this subchapter. or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity (b) Limited quantities. The exceptions each for solids, packed in a strong in this paragraph do not apply to poi- outer packaging. son-by-inhalation materials. Limited (3) For organic peroxides that do not quantities of poisonous material (Divi- require temperature control during sion 6.1) in Packing Groups II and III transportation— are excepted from the labeling require- (i) Except for transportation by air- ments, unless the material is offered craft, for Type B or C organic perox- for transportation or transported by ides, inner packagings not over 25 mL aircraft, and are excepted from the (0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liq- specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in uids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity combination packagings according to for solids, packed in a strong outer this paragraph. For transportation by packaging. aircraft, the package must also con- (ii) For Type D, E, or F organic perform to applicable requirements of oxides, inner packagings not over 125 § 173.27 of this part (e.g., authorized ma- mL (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for terials, inner packaging quantity lim- liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capac- its and closure securement) and only ity for solids, packed in a strong outer hazardous material authorized aboard packaging. passenger-carrying aircraft may be (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- transported as a limited quantity. A cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity limited quantity package that con- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- forms to the provisions of this section modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- is not subject to the shipping paper re- chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer quirements of subpart C of part 172 of commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D this subchapter, unless the material or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D– meets the definition of a hazardous AIR material and offered for transpor- substance, hazardous waste, marine tation and transported in accordance pollutant, or is offered for transpor- with the applicable provisions of this tation and transported by aircraft or subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. vessel, and is eligible for the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of this part. (d) Reverse logistics. Except for Divi- In addition, shipments of limited quan- sion 5.2 hazardous materials, hazardous tities are not subject to subpart F materials meeting the definition of (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- ‘‘reverse logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this chapter. Each package must conform subchapter and in compliance with to the packaging requirements of sub- paragraph (b) of this section may be of- part B of this part and may not exceed fered for transport and transported in 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except

594

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00604 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.154

for transportation by aircraft, the fol- Packing Groups II and III are excepted lowing combination packagings are au- from labeling requirements, unless the thorized: material is offered for transportation (1) For poisonous materials in Pack- or transported by aircraft, and are ex- ing Group II, inner packagings not over cepted from the specification pack- 100 mL (3.38 ounces) each for liquids or aging requirements of this subchapter 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) each for solids, when packaged in combination pack- packed in a strong outer packaging. agings according to this paragraph. For Inner packagings containing a liquid transportation by aircraft, the package poisonous material which is also a drug must also conform to the applicable re- or medicine in Packing Group II may quirements of § 173.27 of this part (e.g., be increased to not over 250 mL (8 authorized materials, inner packaging ounces) each and packed in a strong quantity limits and closure secure- outer packaging. ment) and only hazardous material au- (2) For poisonous materials in Pack- thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- ing Group III, inner packagings not craft may be transported as a limited over 5 L (1.3 gallons) each for liquids or quantity. A limited quantity package 5.0 kg (11 pounds) each for solids, that conforms to the provisions of this packed in a strong outer packaging. section is not subject to the shipping (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- paper requirements of subpart C of part cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- package of poisonous material in Pack- rial meets the definition of a hazardous ing Group III or a drug or medicine in substance, hazardous waste, marine Packing Group II or III that is also a pollutant, or is offered for transpor- ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in tation and transported by aircraft or § 171.8 of this subchapter, may be re- vessel, and is eligible for the excep- named ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and re- tions provided in § 173.156 of this part. classed as ORM–D or, until December In addition, shipments of limited quan- 31, 2012, as ORM–D–AIR material and tities are not subject to subpart F offered for transportation and trans- (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- ported in accordance with the applica- chapter. Each package must conform ble provisions of this subchapter in ef- to the packaging requirements of sub- fect on October 1, 2010. part B of this part and may not exceed (d) Reverse logistics. Hazardous mate- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Except rials meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse for transportation by aircraft, the fol- logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this sub- lowing combination packagings are au- chapter and in compliance with para- thorized: graph (b) of this section may be offered (1) For corrosive materials in Pack- for transport and transported in high- ing Group II, inner packagings not over way transportation in accordance with 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for § 173.157. liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as net capacity each for solids, packed in amended by Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. a strong outer packaging. 5, 1992; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45033, (2) For corrosive materials in Pack- July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76156, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; 71 FR 54938, Sept. 20, 2006; ing Group III, inner packagings not 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity 2013; 81 FR 18539, Mar. 31, 2016] each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 lbs) net capacity each for solids, § 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corro- packed in a strong outer packaging. sive materials). (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity materials shipments in the following package containing a ‘‘consumer com- paragraphs are permitted only if this modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- section is referenced for the specific chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer hazardous material in the § 172.101 table commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D of this subchapter. or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D– (b) Limited quantities. Limited quan- AIR material and offered for transpor- tities of corrosive material (Class 8) in tation and transported in accordance

595

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00605 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.155 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

with the applicable provisions of this quantities intended for transportation subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. by aircraft must conform to the appli- (d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or cable requirements (e.g., authorized steel only. Except for a hazardous sub- materials, inner packaging quantity stance, a hazardous waste, or a marine limits and closure securement) of pollutant, a material classed as a Class § 173.27 of this part. A limited quantity 8, Packing Group III, material solely package that conforms to the provi- because of its corrosive effect— sions of this section is not subject to (1) On aluminum is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of sub- any other requirements of this subpart C of part 172 of this subchapter, chapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a packaging con- unless the material meets the defini- structed of materials that will not tion of a hazardous substance, haz- react dangerously with or be degraded ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is by the corrosive material; or offered for transportation and trans- (2) On steel is not subject to any ported by aircraft or vessel, and is eli- other requirements of this subchapter gible for the exceptions provided in when transported by motor vehicle or § 173.156 of this part. In addition, pack- rail car in a bulk packaging con- ages of limited quantities are not sub- structed of materials that will not ject to subpart F (Placarding) of part react dangerously with or be degraded 172 of this subchapter. Each package by the corrosive material. must conform to the packaging re- (e) Reverse logistics. Hazardous mate- quirements of subpart B of this part rials meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this sub- gross weight. Except for transportation chapter and in compliance with para- by aircraft, the following combination graph (b) of this section may be offered packagings are authorized: for transport and transported in high- (1) For miscellaneous materials in way transportation in accordance with § 173.157. Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR pounds) net capacity each for solids, 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; 68 FR 45033, July 31, 2003; 69 FR packed in a strong outer packaging. 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14603, Mar. 22, 2006; (2) For miscellaneous materials in 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 76 FR 3374, Jan. 19, Packing Group III, inner packagings 2011; ; 78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18539, not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity Mar. 31, 2016] each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 § 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (mis- lbs) net capacity each for solids, cellaneous hazardous materials). packed in a strong outer packaging. (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous (c) Consumer commodities. Until De- materials shipments in the following cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity paragraphs are permitted only if this package containing a ‘‘consumer com- section is referenced for the specific modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- hazardous material in the § 172.101 table chapter, may be renamed ‘‘Consumer of this subchapter. commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D (b) Limited quantities of Class 9 mate- or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D– rials. Limited quantities of miscella- AIR material and offered for transpor- neous hazardous materials in Packing tation and transported in accordance Groups II and III are excepted from la- with the applicable provisions of this beling requirements, unless the mate- subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. rial is offered for transportation or (d) Reverse logistics. Except for Lith- transported by aircraft, and are ex- ium batteries, hazardous materials cepted from the specification pack- meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse lo- aging requirements of this subchapter gistics’’ under § 171.8 of this subchapter when packaged in combination pack- and in compliance with paragraph (b) agings according to this paragraph. Un- less otherwise specified in paragraph (c) of this section, packages of limited

596

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00606 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.156

of this section may be offered for trans- (i) Inner packagings conform to the port and transported in highway trans- quantity limits for inner packagings portation in accordance with § 173.157. specified in §§ 173.150(b), 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 173.155(b), 173.306(a) and (b), [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as and 173.309(b), as appropriate; amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–231, 57 FR 52940, Nov. 5, 1992; Amdt. 173– (ii) The inner packagings are packed 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 71 FR 14603, into corrugated fiberboard trays to pre- Mar. 22, 2006; 76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR vent them from moving freely; 1114, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016] (iii) The trays are placed in a fiberboard box which is banded and secured § 173.156 Exceptions for limited quan- to a metal, plastic, composite, or wood- tity and ORM. en pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic (a) Exceptions for hazardous mate- straps, to form a single palletized unit. rials shipments in the following para- Hazardous materials should be compat- graphs are permitted only if this sec- ible with the pallet material; tion is referenced for the specific haz- (iv) The package conforms to the ardous material in the § 172.101 Table or general packaging requirements of sub- in a packaging section in this part. part B of this part; and (b) Packagings for limited quantity (v) The maximum net quantity of and ORM–D are specified according to hazardous material permitted on one hazard class in §§ 173.150 through palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds). 173.155, 173.306, and 173.309(b). In addi- (c) Display packs. Display packs, as tion to exceptions provided for limited defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, of quantity and ORM–D materials else- consumer commodity or limited quan- where in this part, the following are tity packages that exceed 30 kg gross provided: weight limitation may be transported (1) Strong outer packagings as speci- by container/trailer in trailer-on-flat- fied in this part, marking requirements car (TOFC) or container-on-flat-car specified in subpart D of part 172 of this (COFC) service, roadrailer and/or subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds) railrunner trailers, motor vehicle, or gross weight limitation when— cargo vessel under the following condi- (i) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or tions: similar overpacks; (1) Packaging. Combination packages (ii) Offered for transportation or must conform to the requirements of transported by: subpart B of this part and meet the fol- (A) Rail; lowing, as appropriate: (B) Private or contract motor car- (i) Primary containers must conform rier; or to the quantity limits for inner pack- (C) Common carrier in a vehicle agings prescribed in §§ 173.150(b), under exclusive use for such service; 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 173.155(b) and and 173.306(a) and (b), as appropriate; (iii) Transported to or from a manu- (ii) Primary containers must be facturer, a distribution center, or a re- packed into trays that secure indi- tail outlet, or transported to a disposal vidual containers from shifting inside facility from one offeror. the completed combination package (2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight during transportation; limitation does not apply to packages (iii) Tray(s) must be placed into a fi- of limited quantity materials marked berboard box, and the fiberboard box in accordance with § 172.315 of this sub- must be banded and secured to a pallet chapter, or, until December 31, 2020, by metal, fabric, or plastic straps to materials classed and marked as ORM– form a single palletized unit; and D and described as a Consumer com- (iv) The maximum net quantity of modity, as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- hazardous material permitted in one chapter, when offered for transpor- palletized unit is 550 kg (1,210 lbs.). tation or transported by highway or (2) Marking. The outside of each rail between a manufacturer, a dis- package must be plainly and durably tribution center, and a retail outlet marked in accordance with one of the provided— following, as appropriate:

597

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00607 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.157 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) As a consumer commodity as pre- 1.4S flares. Shipments offered for trans- scribed in § 172.316 of this subchapter; port or transported under this subpara- or graph are limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) (ii) As a limited quantity as pre- per package. All explosive materials scribed in § 172.315 of this subchapter. subject to an approval must meet the (d) Exceptions for waste limited quan- terms of the approval, including pack- tities and ORM–D materials. Exceptions aging required by the approval. for certain waste limited quantity and (3) Equipment powered by flammable ORM–D materials are prescribed in liquids or flammable gases. § 173.12(h). (i) Flammable liquid-powered equipment. The fuel tank and fuel lines of [78 FR 1114, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR 65481, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 72924, Nov. 23, 2015; equipment powered by an internal com- 81 FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 83 FR 55809, Nov. 7, bustion engine must be in the closed 2018] position, and all fuel tank caps or closures must be securely in place. § 173.157 Reverse logistics—General (ii) Flammable gas-powered equipment. requirements and exceptions for re- A combustion engine using flammable verse logistics. gas fuel or other devices using flam- (a) Authorized hazardous materials. mable gas fuel (such as camping equip- Hazardous materials may be offered for ment, lighting devices, and torch kits) transport and transported in highway must have the flammable gas source transportation under this section when disconnected and all shut-off devices in they meet the definition of reverse lo- the closed position. gistics as defined under § 171.8 of this (4) Division 2.1 or 2.2 compressed subchapter. However, hazardous mate- gases weighing less than 66 pounds and rials that meet the definition of a haz- sold as retail products. For the pur- ardous waste as defined in § 171.8 of this poses of this section a cylinder or aer- subchapter are not permitted to be of- osol container may be assumed to meet fered for transport or transported the definition of a Division 2.1 or 2.2 under this section. Hazardous mate- materials, respectively, even if the rials authorized for transport accord- exact pressure is unknown. ing to a special permit as defined in (5) Materials shipped under this para- § 171.8 of this subchapter must be of- graph (c) must also comply with the fered for transportation and trans- segregation requirements as required ported as authorized by the special per- in § 177.848. mit. (6) Shipments made under this sec- (b) When offered for transport or trans- tion are subject to the incident report- ported by non-private carrier. Hazardous ing requirements in § 171.15. materials must be both authorized for (d) Hazard communication. Hazardous limited quantity provisions as well as materials offered for transportation explicitly authorized for reverse logis- and transported by private carrier in tics transportation under their applica- accordance with paragraph (c) of this ble limited quantities section. Except section may use the marking ‘‘RE- for alternative training provisions au- VERSE LOGISTICS—HIGHWAY thorized under paragraph (e) of this TRANSPORT ONLY—UNDER 49 CFR section, all hazardous materials must 173.157’’ as an alternative to the surface otherwise meet the requirements for a limited quantity marking found under limited quantity shipment. § 172.315(a). Size marking requirements (c) When offered for transport or trans- found in § 172.301(a)(1) apply. ported by private carrier. Hazardous ma- (e) Training. (1) Any person preparing terials are authorized under paragraph a shipment under this section must (b) of this section or are subject to the have clear instructions on preparing following limitations: the reverse logistics shipment to the (1) Division 1.4G materials offered for supplier, manufacturer, or distributor transport and transported in accord- from the retail store. This includes in- ance with § 173.65 of this subchapter. formation to properly classify, pack- (2) When sold in retail facilities; Di- age, mark, offer, and transport. These vision 1.4G or 1.4S fireworks, Division instructions must be provided by the 1.4G ammunition, or Division 1.4G or supplier, manufacturer, or distributor

598

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00608 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.158

to ensure the shipment is correctly Nominal (marked) capacity (in Minimum thickness (in mm) prepared for transportation or through liters) of 1A1 drum of stainless steel training requirements prescribed under 450 2.0 part 172 subpart H of this subchapter. (2) Employers who do not provide (ii) Drums weighing less than 85 per- training under part 172 subpart H of cent of their original tare weight may this subchapter must: not be used. (i) Identify hazardous materials sub- (iii) Type 304 or other grades of ject to the provisions of this section, equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in verify compliance with the appropriate the as-welded condition are permissible conditions and limitations, as well as for nitric acid concentrations up to and ensure clear instructions from the including 78 percent. manufacturer, supplier, or distributor (iv) For all concentrations of nitric associated with product’s origination acid, the following are permissible: or destination; (A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched (ii) Ensure clear instructions pro- in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), vided are known and accessible to the (B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as- employee at the time they are pre- welded condition, paring the shipment; and (C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved (iii) Document that employees are fa- (845–900 °C (1550–1650 °F)), miliar with the requirements of this (D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated section as well as the specific return (quenched in water at 1040 °C (1900 °F)), instructions for the products offered or under this section. Documentation (E) Other grades of equivalent corro- must be retained while the employee is sion resistance. employed and 60-days thereafter. Alter- (v) All parts of drum exposed to lad- natively, recordkeeping requirements ing must be capable of withstanding under part 172 subpart H may be used. the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the [81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, 2016] extent that 65 percent boiling nitric acid does not penetrate the metal more than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per Subpart E—Non-bulk Packaging month. (ASTM A 262 may be used for a for Hazardous Materials Other suitable corrosion test procedure.) Than Class 1 and Class 7 (vi) In addition to marking required by § 178.503 of this subchapter, the fol- SOURCE: Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, lowing marks, in lettering of at least 1990, unless otherwise noted. 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be placed on drums used to transport ni- § 173.158 Nitric acid. tric acid: (a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent (A) The type of steel used in body and concentration may not be packaged head sheets as identified by American with any other material. Iron and Steel Institute type number, (b) Nitric acid in any concentration and, in addition, the letters ‘‘HT’’ fol- which does not contain sulfuric acid or lowing the steel designation on con- hydrochloric acid as impurities, when tainers subject to stress relieving or offered for transportation or trans- heat treatment during manufacture. ported by rail, highway, or water shall (B) The thickness in mm of metal in be packaged in specification containers thinnest part. When the thickness of as follows: metal in the body differs from that in (1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are au- the head, both must be indicated with thorized, subject to the following limi- slanting line between and with the tations: gauge of the body indicated first. (i) Stainless steel used in drums must (C) Original tare weight in kilo- conform to the following thicknesses: grams, preceded by the letters ‘‘TW.’’ An example of the markings required Nominal (marked) capacity (in Minimum thickness (in mm) liters) of 1A1 drum of stainless steel by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi) (A), (B), and (C) of this section is ‘‘304HT/1.9/2.7/TW55.’’ 55 0.9 115 1.2 (2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer pack- 210 1.5 agings with glass inner receptacles of

599

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00609 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.158 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) ca- aging with plastic inner receptacles pacity each. No more than four 2.5 L meeting the compatibility require- (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be ments § 173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are packed in one outer packaging. authorized. (c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater (2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with concentration which does not contain inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as (0.66 gallon) each. impurities, when offered for transpor- (3) In combination packagings with tation or transported by rail, highway, 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, or water may be packaged in 1B1 alu- 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer pack- minum drums. agings and plastic inner packagings (d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or great- not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity fur- er concentration, when offered for ther individually overpacked in tightly transportation or transported by rail, closed metal packagings. highway, or water may be packaged as (g) Nitric acid of more than 70 per- follows: cent concentration, when offered for (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes transportation or transported by cargo with inner packagings consisting of aircraft only, must be packaged in glass bottles further individually over- combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, packed in tightly closed metal pack- 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, agings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N outer packagings with (0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cush- glass or earthenware inner packagings ioned with a non-reactive, absorbent of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) or glass am- material within the metal packagings. poules of not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon). (2) In combination packagings with (h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4A, 4B, concentration, when offered for trans- 4N or 4G outer packagings with inner portation in cargo aircraft only must glass packagings of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) be packaged in combination pack- or less capacity cushioned with a non- agings with 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, reactive, absorbent material and 3H2, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4A, 4B or 4N packed within a tightly closed inter- outer packagings with inner pack- mediate packaging of metal or plastic. agings of— (e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent (1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 concentration, when offered for trans- L (0.66 gallon) capacity; portation or transported by rail, high- (2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) way, or water may be packaged in 4A, capacity further individually over- 4B, or 4N metal boxes, 4G fiberboard packed in tightly closed metal pack- boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden agings; or boxes with inside glass packagings of (3) Glass ampoule not over 0.5 L (0.1 not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity gallon) capacity. each. Beginning September 17, 2018, (i) Nitric acid solutions of concentra- when placed in wooden or fiberboard tions up to 40%, nitric acid by weight outer packagings, glass inner pack- when offered for transportation or agings must be packed in tightly- transported by rail, highway, or cargo closed, intermediate packagings and vessel, may be packaged in a UN1H1 cushioned with absorbent material suf- non-removable head plastic drum, test- ficient to absorb the entire contents of ed and marked at the PG II perform- the package. The intermediate pack- ance level for liquids with a specific aging and absorbent material must be gravity of at least 1.8, and a hydro- compatible with the nitric acid. See static test pressure appropriate for the § 173.24(e). hazardous material. (f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less (1) Each drum may only be used one concentration, when offered for trans- time and must be destroyed after portation or transported by rail, high- emptying. way, or water, may be packaged as fol- (2) Each drum must be permanently lows: and legibly marked ‘‘Single Trip Only’’ (1) In composite packagings 6PA1, and ‘‘Must be Destroyed When Empty.’’ 6PA2, 6PB1, 6PB2, 6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, or (j) Nitric acid solutions, other than 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite pack- red fuming, with more than 70% nitric

600

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00610 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159

acid and Nitric acid solutions, other aging, melting of packaging, scorching than red fuming, with not more than of packaging, or other evidence); 70% nitric acid, when offered for trans- (2) Short circuits, including, but not portation or transported by rail, high- limited to: way, cargo vessel, or cargo-only air- (i) Packaging each battery or each craft may be packaged in a UN 4G battery-powered device when prac- outer fiberboard box meeting the Pack- ticable, in fully enclosed inner packing Group I or II performance level, as agings made of electrically non-con- appropriate, subject to the following ductive material; conditions: (ii) Separating or packaging bat- (1) Inner packaging: A plastic teries and battery-powered devices in a (‘‘fluorinated ethylene-propylene’’ manner to prevent contact with other [FEP] polymers, ‘‘perfluoroalkoxy’’ batteries, devices or electrically con- [PFA] polymers or similar materials) ductive materials (e.g., metal) in the bottle with lined screw closure meeting packagings; or the compatibility requirements of (iii) Ensuring exposed terminals are § 173.24(e) of this section and having a protected with electrically non-conduc- net capacity not greater than 2.5 liters tive caps, electrically non-conductive (0.66 gallon) each. For cargo-only air- tape, or by other appropriate means; craft, the inner packaging for PG I ma- and; terial may not exceed 1 L (0.3 gal) ca- (3) Damage to terminals. If not impact pacity. The wall thickness of the bottle resistant, the outer packaging must must not be less than 0.020’’. not be used as the sole means of pro- (2) Intermediate packaging: (i) A tecting the battery terminals from tightly closed rigid-foam plastic recep- damage or short circuiting. Batteries tacle each containing one inner pack- must be securely cushioned and packed aging; or to prevent shifting which could loosen (ii) A plastic bag containing one terminal caps or reorient the termi- inner packaging and placed inside a nals. Batteries contained in devices heavy-wall polypropylene bag lined must be securely installed. Terminal with polypropylene absorbent material protection methods include but are not of sufficient capacity to completely ab- limited to: sorb the liquid contents of each inner (i) Securely attaching covers of suffi- package. Both bags must be tightly cient strength to protect the termi- sealed with either plastic tape, a wire nals; tie or a cable tie. (ii) Packaging the battery in a rigid [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as plastic packaging; or amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (iii) Constructing the battery with 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– terminals that are recessed or other- 255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, 2003; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR wise protected so that the terminals 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 83 will not be subjected to damage if the FR 28168, June 18, 2018] package is dropped. (b) For transportation by aircraft: § 173.159 Batteries, wet. (1) The packaging for wet batteries (a) Electric storage batteries, con- must incorporate an acid- or alkali- taining electrolyte acid or alkaline proof liner, or include a supplementary corrosive battery fluid (wet batteries), packaging with sufficient strength and may not be packed with other mate- adequately sealed to prevent leakage of rials except as provided in paragraphs electrolyte fluid in the event of spill- (g) and (h) of this section and in age; and §§ 173.220 and 173.222; and any battery or (2) Any battery-powered device, battery-powered device must be pre- equipment or vehicle must be packaged pared and packaged for transport in a for transport in a manner to prevent manner to prevent: unintentional activation or must have (1) A dangerous evolution of heat an independent means of preventing (i.e., an amount of heat sufficient to be unintentional activation (e.g., pack- dangerous to packaging or personal aging restricts access to activation safety to include charring of pack- switch, switch caps or locks, recessed

601

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00611 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.159 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

switches, trigger locks, temperature (5) Not more than five batteries not sensitive circuit breakers, etc.). over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in (c) The following specification pack- strong outer fiberboard or wooden agings are authorized for batteries boxes. The maximum authorized gross packed without other materials pro- weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). vided all requirements of paragraph (a) (6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 of this section, and for transportation kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec- slip covers or in completely closed fi- tion are met: berboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes (1) Wooden box: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F. must be of solid or double-faced cor- (2) Fiberboard box: 4G. rugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200 (3) Plywood drum: 1D. pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip (4) Fiber drum: 1G. cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly (5) Plastic drum: 1H2. and provide inside top clearance of at (6) Plastic jerrican: 3H2. least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery (7) Plastic box: 4H2. terminals and filler caps with rein- (d) The following non-specification forcement in place. Assembled for ship- packagings are authorized for batteries ment, the bottom edges of the slipcover packed without other materials pro- must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of vided all requirements of paragraph (a) the bottom of the battery. The com- of this section, and for transportation pleted package (battery and box or slip by aircraft, paragraph (b) of this sec- cover) must be capable of withstanding tion are met: a top-to-bottom compression test of at (1) Electric storage batteries are least 225 kg (500 pounds) without dam- firmly secured to skids or pallets capa- age to battery terminal caps, cell cov- ble of withstanding the shocks nor- ers or filler caps. mally incident to transportation are (7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg authorized for transportation by rail, (75 pounds) each may be packed in com- highway, or vessel. The height of the pletely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes completed unit must not exceed 11⁄2 must be of double-wall corrugated fi- times the width of the skid or pallet. berboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) The unit must be capable of with- test, or solid fiberboard testing at least standing, without damage, a super- 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have imposed weight equal to two times the hand holes in its ends provided that the weight of the unit or, if the weight of hand holes will not materially weaken the unit exceeds 907 kg (2,000 pounds), a the box. Sides and ends of the box must superimposed weight of 1,814 kg (4,000 have cushioning between the battery pounds). Battery terminals must not be and walls of the box; combined thick- relied upon to support any part of the ness of cushioning material and walls superimposed weight and must not of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm short out if an electrically conductive (0.5 inch); and cushioning must be ex- material is placed in direct contact celsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or with them. other suitable cushioning material. (2) Electric storage batteries weigh- The bottom of the battery must be pro- ing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, con- tected by a minimum of one excelsior sisting of carriers’ equipment, may be pad or by a double-wall corrugated fi- shipped by rail when mounted on suit- berboard pad. The top of the battery able skids. Such shipments may not be must be protected by a wood frame, offered in interchange service. corrugated trays or scored sheets of (3) One to three batteries not over corrugated fiberboard having minimum 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other strong outer boxes. The maximum au- equally effective cushioning material. thorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 Top protection must bear evenly on pounds). connectors and/or edges of the battery (4) Not more than four batteries not cover to facilitate stacking of bat- over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in teries. No more than one battery may strong outer fiberboard or wooden be placed in one box. The maximum au- boxes. The maximum authorized gross thorized gross weight is 91 kg (200 weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). pounds).

602

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00612 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.159

(e) When transported by highway or mutually perpendicular positions (to rail, electric storage batteries con- include testing with fill openings and taining electrolyte, acid, or alkaline vents, if any, in an inverted position) corrosive battery fluid and electric for at least six hours in each position. storage batteries packed with electro- (g) Electrolyte, acid or alkaline cor- lyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery rosive battery fluid, packed with bat- fluid, are not subject to any other re- teries wet or dry, must be packed in quirements of this subchapter, if all of one of the following specification pack- the following are met: agings: (1) No other hazardous materials may (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden be transported in the same vehicle; boxes with inner receptacles of glass, (2) The batteries must be loaded or not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not braced so as to prevent damage and over 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each out- short circuits in transit; side container. Inside containers must (3) Any other material loaded in the be well-cushioned and separated from same vehicle must be blocked, braced, batteries by a strong solid wooden par- or otherwise secured to prevent con- tition. The completed package must tact with or damage to the batteries. conform to Packing Group III require- In addition, batteries on pallets, must ments. be stacked to not cause damage to an- (2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline cor- other pallet in transportation; rosive battery fluid included with elec- (4) Except for the purpose of consoli- tric storage batteries and filling kits dating shipments of batteries for recy- may be packed in strong rigid outer cling, the transport vehicle may not packagings when shipments are made carry material shipped by any person by, for, or to the Departments of the other than the shipper of the batteries; Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United and States. Packagings must conform to (5) Shipments made under this para- military specifications. The electro- graph are subject to the incident re- lyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery porting requirements in § 171.15. (f) Batteries can be considered as fluid must be packed in polyethylene non-spillable provided they are capable bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) ca- of withstanding the following two pacity each. Not more than 24 bottles, tests, without leakage of battery fluid securely separated from electric stor- from the battery: age batteries and kits, may be offered (1) Vibration test. The battery must be for transportation or transported in rigidly clamped to the platform of a vi- each package. bration machine, and a simple har- (3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not monic motion having an amplitude of more than 12 inside packagings of poly- 0.8 mm (0.03 inches) with a 1.6 mm ethylene or other material resistant to (0.063 inches) maximum total excursion the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 gal- must be applied. The frequency must lon) capacity each. Completed pack- be varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min be- ages must conform to Packing Group tween the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The III requirements. Inner packagings entire range of frequencies and return must be adequately separated from the must be traversed in 95 ±5 minutes for storage battery. The maximum author- each mounting position (direction of ized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds). vibrator) of the battery. The battery These packages are not authorized for must be tested in three mutually per- transportation by aircraft. pendicular positions (to include testing (h)(1) Dry batteries or battery charg- with fill openings and vents, if any, in er devices may be packaged in 4G fiber- an inverted position) for equal time pe- board boxes with inner receptacles con- riods. taining battery fluid. Completed pack- (2) Pressure differential test. Following ages must conform to the Packing the vibration test, the battery must be Group III performance level. Not more stored for six hours at 24 °C ±4 °C (75 °F than 12 inner receptacles may be ±7 °F) while subjected to a pressure dif- packed in one outer box. The maximum ferential of at least 88 kPa (13 psig). authorized gross weight for the com- The battery must be tested in three pleted package is 34 kg (75 pounds).

603

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00613 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.159a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) Battery fluid, acid (UN2796) may (ii) Individually pack the battery in a be packaged in a UN6HG2 composite leak proof intermediate package with packaging further packed in a UN4G fi- sufficient compatible absorbent mate- berboard box with a dry storage bat- rial capable of absorbing the release of tery. The UN6HG2 composite pack- any electrolyte and place the inter- aging may not exceed 8.0 liters in ca- mediate packaging in a leakproof outer pacity. Completed packages must con- packaging that conforms to the general form to the Packing Group III perform- packaging requirements of subpart B of ance level. The maximum authorized this part; gross weight for the completed package (iii) Pack the battery in a salvage is 37.0 kg (82.0 lbs). packaging in accordance with the pro- (i) When approved by the Associate visions of § 173.3(c); or Administrator, electric storage bat- (iv) When packaged with other batteries, containing electrolyte or corro- teries or materials (e.g., on pallets or sive battery fluid in a separate res- non-skid rails) and secured to prevent ervoir from which fluid is injected into movement during transport, pack the the battery cells by a power device car- battery in leakproof packaging to pre- tridge assembled with the battery, and vent leakage of battery fluid from the which meet the criteria of paragraph packaging under conditions normally (f) are not subject to any other require- incident to transportation. ments of this subchapter. (2) Shipment of damage batteries in (j) Nickel cadmium batteries containing accordance with this paragraph is eligi- liquid potassium hydroxide solution. ble for exception under paragraph (e) of Nickel-cadmium batteries that contain this section. no more than 10 ml of liquid potassium hydroxide solution (UN1814) in each [74 FR 2257, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 81 battery are not subject to the require- FR 3673, Jan. 21, 2016; 81 FR 18540, Mar. 31, ments of this subchapter under the fol- 2016; 81 FR 35541, June 2, 2016; 85 FR 27882, lowing conditions: May 11, 2020] (1) Each battery must be sealed in a § 173.159a Exceptions for non-spillable heat sealed bag, packaged to prevent batteries. short circuits, and placed in the center of an outer packaging surrounded with (a) Exceptions for hazardous mate- a foam-in-place packaging material; rials shipments in the following para- (2) The completed package must graphs are permitted only if this sec- meet the Packing Group II perform- tion is referenced for the specific haz- ance level; ardous material in the § 172.101 table or (3) The gross weight of the package in a packaging section in this part. may not exceed 15.2 kg (33.4 pounds); (b) Non-spillable batteries offered for and transportation or transported in ac- (4) The cumulative amount of potas- cordance with this section are subject sium hydroxide solution in all of the to the incident reporting requirements. batteries in each package may not ex- For transportation by aircraft, a tele- ceed 4 ounces (0.11 kg). phone report in accordance with (k) Damaged wet electric storage bat- § 171.15(a) is required if a fire, violent teries. (1) Damaged batteries incapable rupture, explosion or dangerous evo- of retaining battery fluid inside the lution of heat (i.e., an amount of heat outer casing during transportation sufficient to be dangerous to packaging may be transported by highway or rail or personal safety to include charring provided the batteries are transported of packaging, melting of packaging, in non-bulk packaging, meet the re- scorching of packaging, or other evi- quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- dence) occurs as a direct result of a tion, and are prepared for transport non-spillable battery. For all modes of under one or more of the following con- transportation, a written report in ac- ditions: cordance with § 171.16(a) is required if a (i) Drain the battery of fluid to elimi- fire, violent rupture, explosion or dan- nate the potential for leakage during gerous evolution of heat occurs as a di- transportation; rect result of a non-spillable battery.

604

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00614 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.161

(c) Non-spillable batteries are ex- person unless specifically excepted by cepted from the packaging require- § 175.10. ments of § 173.159 under the following [74 FR 2258, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 conditions: FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; (1) Non-spillable batteries must be se- 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 15328, Mar. 11, curely packed in strong outer pack- 2013] agings or secured to skids or pallets capable of withstanding the shocks nor- § 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corrosive). mally incident to transportation. The batteries must meet the requirements Bombs, smoke, non-explosive may be of § 173.159(a), be loaded or braced so as shipped provided they are without igni- to prevent damage and short circuits in tion elements, bursting charges, deto- transit, and any other material loaded nating fuses or other explosive compo- in the same vehicle must be blocked, nents. They must be packaged in metal braced, or otherwise secured to prevent (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood contact with or damage to the bat- (4D), or reconstituted wood (4F), fiberboard (4G) or solid plastic (4H2) boxes, teries. A non-spillable battery which is or metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plastic (1H2), an integral part of and necessary for plywood drums (1D), or fiber (1G) the operation of mechanical or elec- drums that meet Packing Group II re- tronic equipment must be securely fas- quirements. tened in the battery holder on the equipment. [78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013] (2) The battery and outer packaging § 173.161 Chemical kits and first aid must be plainly and durably marked kits. ‘‘NON-SPILLABLE’’ or ‘‘NON-SPILL- ABLE BATTERY.’’ The requirement to (a) Applicability. Chemical kits and mark the outer package does not apply first aid kits contain one or more com- when the battery is installed in a piece patible items of hazardous materials in of equipment that is transported boxes, cases, etc. that, for example, are used for medical, analytical, diag- unpackaged. nostic, testing, or repair purposes. (d) Non-spillable batteries are ex- (b) Authorized materials. (1) The kits cepted from all other requirements of may only contain hazardous materials this subchapter when offered for trans- for which packaging exceptions are portation and transported in accord- provided in column 8(A) of the § 172.101 ance with paragraph (c) of this section Hazardous Materials Table in this sub- and the following: chapter. For transportation by air- (1) At a temperature of 55 °C (131 °F), craft, the kits may only contain quan- the battery must not contain any tities of hazardous materials author- unabsorbed free-flowing liquid, and ized as excepted quantities or as lim- must be designed so that electrolyte ited quantities in §§ 173.4a and 173.27(f) will not flow from a ruptured or of this part, respectively. Materials cracked case; and forbidden for transportation by pas- (2) For transport by aircraft, when senger aircraft or cargo aircraft may contained in a battery-powered device, not be included in the kits. equipment or vehicle must be prepared (2) The packing group assigned to the and packaged for transport in a man- chemical kit and first aid kit as a ner to prevent unintentional activation whole must be the most stringent in conformance with § 173.159(b)(2) of packing group assigned to any indi- this Subpart. vidual substance in the kit. The pack- (3) For transport by aircraft, must be ing group must be shown on the shipping paper. Where the kit contains transported as cargo and may not be only hazardous materials to which no carried onboard an aircraft by pas- packing group is assigned, the pack- sengers or crewmembers in carry-on agings shall meet the Packing Group II baggage, checked baggage, or on their performance level. Where the kit contains only hazardous materials to which no packing group is assigned,

605

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00615 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.161 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the packing group does not have to be B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg indicated on the shipping paper. (66 pounds) gross weight; (c) Packaging. Except for transpor- (5) Except for Carbon dioxide, solid tation by aircraft or vessel, chemical (Dry ice), UN1845, no other hazardous kits and first aid kits must be pack- materials may be packed within the aged in combination packagings con- same outer packaging as the kits. Dry forming to the packaging requirements ice must be packaged in accordance of subpart B of this part. For transpor- with § 173.217 of this subchapter; tation by aircraft or vessel, chemical (6) The kits must include sufficient kits and first aid kits must be pack- absorbent material to completely ab- aged in specification combination sorb the contents of any liquid haz- packagings based on the performance ardous materials contained in the kits. level of the most stringent packing The contents must be separated, group of material contained within the placed, or packed, and closed with kit. For transportation by aircraft, cushioning material to protect them friction-type closures must be secured from damage; and by secondary means and inner pack- (7) The contents of the kits must be agings intended to contain liquids packed so there will be no possibility of must be capable of meeting the pres- the mixture of contents causing dan- sure differential requirements pre- gerous evolution of heat or gas. scribed in § 173.27(c) of this subchapter. (d) Exceptions. (1)(i) Chemical kits Inner and outer packaging quantity and first aid kits are eligible for the limits for packages are as follows: excepted quantity exceptions provided (1) Except for liquids of Division 5.2 in §§ 173.4 and 173.4a of this part. For (organic peroxide), inner packagings transportation by aircraft, chemical containing not more than 250 mL. Ex- kits and first aid kits are eligible for cept for transportation by aircraft, for the limited quantity provisions pro- Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids vided in § 173.27(f) of this part. For of Type B and C, inner packagings con- inner packaging quantity limits, see taining not more than 25 mL and for § 173.27(f), Table 3. Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids (ii) A package conforming to the proof Type D, E and F, inner packagings visions of this section is not subject to containing not more than 125 mL. For the shipping paper requirements of sub- transportation by aircraft, for Division part C of part 172 of this subchapter, 5.2 (organic peroxide) liquids of Type D, unless the material meets the defini- E and F (only), inner packagings con- tion of a hazardous substance, haz- taining not more than 125 mL; ardous waste, marine pollutant, or is (2) Except for solids of Division 5.2 offered for transportation and trans- (organic peroxide) of Type B and C, ported by aircraft or vessel. Chemical inner packagings containing not more kits and First aid kits conforming to than 250 g. Except for transportation this section may be marked as a lim- by aircraft, for a Division 5.2 (organic ited quantity as prescribed in § 172.315 peroxide) solid of Type B and C, inner of this subchapter and, if applicable, packagings containing not more than are eligible for the exceptions provided 100 g. For transportation by aircraft, in § 173.156 of this part. Additionally, for a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) chemical and first aid kits conforming solid of Type D, E and F (only), inner to this section are not subject to part packagings containing not more than 174 (carriage by rail) or part 177 (car- 250 g; riage by highway) of this subchapter (3) No more than 10 L or 10 kg of haz- when marked in accordance with ardous material may be contained in § 172.315 of this subchapter. one outer package (excluding dry ice). (2) Consumer commodities. Until De- For transportation by aircraft, no cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity more than 1 L or 1 kg of hazardous ma- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- terial may be contained in one kit (ex- modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- cluding dry ice); chapter may be renamed ‘‘Consumer (4) Each package must conform to commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D the packaging requirements of subpart or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D–

606

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00616 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.163

AIR material and offered for transpor- liner material must be chemically re- tation and transported in accordance sistant to gallium. with the applicable provisions of this (3) Cylinders and steel flasks with subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. vaulted bottoms are also authorized. (3) Kits that are carried on board (b) When it is necessary to transport transport vehicles for first aid or oper- gallium at low temperatures in order ating purposes are not subject to the to maintain it in a completely solid requirements of this subchapter. state, the above packagings may be overpacked in a strong, water-resistant [76 FR 3375, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 1115, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015] outer packaging which contains dry ice or other means of refrigeration. If a re- § 173.162 Gallium. frigerant is used, all of the above mate- (a) Except when packaged in cyl- rials used in the packaging of gallium inders or steel flasks, gallium must be must be chemically and physically re- packaged in packagings which meet sistant to the refrigerant and must the requirements of part 178 of this have impact resistance at the low tem- subchapter at the Packing Group I per- peratures of the refrigerant employed. formance level for transportation by If dry ice is used, the outer packaging aircraft, and at the Packing Group III must permit the release of carbon diox- performance level for transport by ide gas. highway, rail or vessel, as follows: (c) Manufactured articles or (1) In combination packagings in- apparatuses, each containing not more tended to contain liquids consisting of than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium glass, earthenware or rigid plastic and packaged so that the quantity of inner packagings with a maximum net gallium per package does not exceed 1 mass of 15 kg (33 pounds) each. The g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the re- inner packagings must be packed in quirements of this subchapter. For wood boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiber- transportation by aircraft, such arti- board boxes (4G), plastic boxes (4H1, cles and apparatuses must be trans- 4H2), fiber drums (1G) or steel, metal, ported as cargo and may not be carried other than steel or aluminum, and onboard an aircraft by passengers or plastic drums or jerricans (1A1, 1A2, crewmembers in carry-on baggage, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1, 1H2, 3A2 or 3H2) with suf- checked baggage, or on their person ficient cushioning materials to prevent unless specifically excepted by § 175.10. breakage. Either the inner packagings [64 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 66 or the outer packagings must have an FR 33430, June 21, 2001; 78 FR 1085, Jan. 7, inner liner that is leakproof or bags of 2013] strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to the con- § 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. tents and completely surrounding the (a) Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric contents to prevent it from escaping acid, anhydrous) must be packaged as from the package, irrespective of its follows: position. (1) In specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, (2) In packagings intended to contain 3BN, or 3E cylinders; or in specification liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic 4B, 4BA, or 4BW cylinders except that inner packagings of not more than 2.5 brazed 4B, 4BA, and 4BW cylinders are kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, indi- not authorized. The filling density may vidually enclosed in a sealed, leak- not exceed 85 percent of the cylinder’s tight bag of strong puncture-resistant water weight capacity. In place of the material. The sealed bags must be periodic volumetric expansion test, packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood cylinders used in exclusive service may (4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiber- be given a complete external visual in- board (4G), plastic (4H1, 4H2) or metal, spection in conformance with part 180, other than steel or aluminum (4N) subpart C, of this subchapter, at the boxes or in fiber (1G), steel (1A1, 1A2), time such requalification becomes due. metal, other than steel or aluminum (2) In a UN cylinder, as specified in (1N1, 1N2), or plastic (1H1 or 1H2) part 178 of this subchapter, having a drums, that are lined with leak-tight, minimum test pressure of 10 bar and a puncture-resistant material. Bags and maximum filling ratio of 0.84.

607

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00617 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.164 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(b) A cylinder removed from hydro- (c) Manufactured articles or gen fluoride service must be con- apparatuses containing mercury are demned in accordance with § 180.205 of excepted from the specification pack- this subchapter. Alternatively, at the aging requirements of this subchapter direction of the owner, the requalifier when packaged as follows: may render the cylinder incapable of (1) Manufactured articles or holding pressure. apparatuses of which metallic mercury [71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006] is a component part, such as manometers, pumps, thermometers, § 173.164 Mercury (metallic and arti- switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mer- cles containing mercury). cury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see (a) For transportation by aircraft, paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must mercury must be packaged in pack- be in strong outer packagings, having agings which meet the requirements of sealed inner liners or bags of strong part 178 of this subchapter at the Pack- leakproof and puncture-resistant mate- ing Group I performance level, as fol- rial impervious to mercury, which will lows: prevent the escape of mercury from the (1) In inner packagings of earthen- package irrespective of its position. ware, glass or plastic containing not Mercury switches and relays are ex- more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) of mer- cepted from these packaging require- cury, or inner packagings that are ments, if they are totally enclosed, glass ampoules containing not more leakproof and in sealed metal or plas- than 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) of mercury, or tic units. iron or steel quicksilver flasks con- (2) When transported as cargo, ther- taining not more than 35 kg (77 pounds) mometers, switches and relays, each of mercury. The inner packagings or containing a total quantity of not flasks must be packed in steel drums more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of mer- (1A1, 1A2), metal, other than steel or cury, are excepted from the require- aluminum drums (1N1, 1N2), steel ments of this subchapter if installed as jerricans (3A2), wooden boxes (4C1, an integral part of a machine or appa- 4C2), plywood boxes (4D), reconstituted ratus and so fitted that shock of im- wood boxes (4F), fiberboard boxes (4G), pact damage, leading to leakage of metal, other than steel or aluminum mercury, is unlikely to occur under boxes (4N), plastic boxes (4H2), plywood conditions normally incident to trans- drums (1D) or fiber drums (1G). port. (2) [Reserved] (3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor (3) When inner packagings of earth- tubes and similar tubes must be pack- enware, glass or plastic are used, they aged as follows: must be packed in the outer packaging with sufficient cushioning material to (i) Tubes which are packed in strong prevent breakage. outer packagings with all seams and (4) Either the inner packagings or the joints sealed with self-adhesive, pres- outer packagings must have inner lin- sure-sensitive tape which will prevent ings or bags of strong leakproof and the escape of mercury from the pack- puncture-resistant material imper- age, are authorized up to a total net vious to mercury, completely sur- quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mer- rounding the contents, so that the es- cury per package; cape of mercury will be prevented irre- (ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 spective of the position of the package. ounces) of mercury are authorized only (5) [Reserved] when packed in strong outer pack- (b) When transported as cargo, manu- agings, having sealed inner liners or factured articles or apparatuses, each bags of strong leakproof and puncture- containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 resistant material impervious to mer- ounce) of mercury and packaged so cury which will prevent escape of mer- that the quantity of mercury per pack- cury from the package irrespective of age does not exceed 1 g (0.035 ounce) are its position; not subject to the requirements of this (iii) Tubes which do not contain more subchapter. than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each

608

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00618 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.165

and which are packed in the manufac- not over 125 mL (4.22 fluid ounces) net turer’s original packagings, are author- capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 ized up to a total net quantity of 30 g ounces) net capacity each for solids. (1.1 ounces) of mercury per package; (2) Except for transportation by air- (iv) Tubes which are completely jack- craft, the flammable liquid component eted in sealed leakproof metal cases must be packaged in suitable inner are authorized in the manufacturer’s packagings. original packagings. (i) For transportation by aircraft, a (4) A person offering for transpor- Class 3 Packing Group II base material tation electron tubes, mercury vapor is limited to a quantity of 5 L (1.3 gal- tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate lons) in metal or plastic inner pack- the quantity of mercury therein on the agings and 1 L (0.3 gallons) in glass shipping paper. inner packagings. A Class 3 Packing (5) Mercurial barometers conforming Group III base material is limited to a to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, quantity of 10 L (2.6 gallons) in metal which are loaded and unloaded from an or plastic inner packagings and 2.5 L aircraft under the supervision of, and (0.66 gallons) in glass inner packagings. accompanied in flight by, a National (ii) For transportation by aircraft, a Weather Service official or similar Division 4.1 Packing Group II base ma- United States agency official, are ex- terial is limited to a quantity of 5 kg cepted from any other requirements of (11 pounds) in metal or plastic inner this subchapter. packagings and 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in (d) For transportation by other than glass inner packagings. A Division 4.1 aircraft, mercury must be packaged— Packing Group III base material is lim- (1) In any packaging which meets the ited to a quantity of 10 kg (22 lbs) in requirements of part 178 of this sub- metal or plastic inner packagings and chapter at the Packing Group III per- 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) in glass inner pack- formance level; or agings. (2) In non-specification reusable metal packagings. (3) If the flammable liquid or solid (e) Except for a hazardous substance component and the organic peroxide or a hazardous waste or for transpor- component will not interact dan- tation by aircraft or vessel, packages gerously in the event of leakage, they containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) may be packed in the same outer pack- net weight of mercury are not subject aging. to the requirements of this subchapter. (4) The Packing Group assigned will (f) For vessel transport, manufac- be II or III, according to the criteria tured articles or instruments con- for Class 3, or Division 4.1, as appro- taining less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) of priate, applied to the base material. mercury are not subject to the require- Additionally, polyester resin kits must ments of this subchapter. be packaged in specification combination packagings, based on the perform- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ance level required of the base material amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (II or III) contained within the kit, as 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– prescribed in § 173.202, § 173.203, § 173.212, 246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; 64 FR 10777, 10778, Mar. 5, 1999; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 78 or § 173.213, as appropriate. FR 1085, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015] (5) For transportation by aircraft, the following additional requirements § 173.165 Polyester resin kits. apply: (a) General requirements. Polyester (i) Closures on inner packagings con- resin kits consisting of a base material taining liquids must be secured by sec- component (Class 3, Packing Group II ondary means; or III) or (Division 4.1, Packing Group (ii) Inner packagings containing liq- II or III) and an activator component uids must be capable of meeting the (Type D, E, or F organic peroxide that pressure differential requirements pre- does not require temperature con- scribed in § 173.27(c); and trol)— (iii) The total quantity of activator (1) The organic peroxide component and base material may not exceed 5 kg must be packed in inner packagings (11 lbs) per package for a Packing

609

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00619 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.165 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Group II base material. The total quan- each for a Packing Group II and Pack- tity of activator and base material ing Group III liquid. For transpor- may not exceed 10 kg (22 lbs) per pack- tation by aircraft, the flammable liq- age for a Packing Group III base mate- uid component must be packed in inner rial. The total quantity of polyester packagings not over 1 L (0.3 gallons) resin kits per package is calculated on net capacity each for a Packing Group a one-to-one basis (i.e., 1 L equals 1 kg). II material. For transportation by air- (b) Small and excepted quantities. Poly- craft, the flammable liquid component ester resin kits are eligible for the must be packed in metal or plastic Small Quantity exceptions in § 173.4 inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gal- and the Excepted Quantity exceptions lons) net capacity each or glass inner in § 173.4a, as applicable. packagings not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) (c) Limited quantities. Limited quan- net capacity each for a Packing Group tity packages of polyester resin kits are excepted from labeling require- III material. ments, unless the material is offered (3) Except for transportation by air- for transportation or transported by craft, the flammable solid component aircraft, and are excepted from the must be packed in inner packagings specification packaging requirements not over 5 kg (11 pounds) net capacity of this subchapter when packaged in each for a Packing Group II and Pack- combination packagings according to ing Group III solid. For transportation this paragraph (c). For transportation by aircraft, the flammable solid com- by aircraft, only hazardous material ponent must be packed in inner pack- authorized aboard passenger-carrying agings not over 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net aircraft may be transported as a lim- capacity each for a Packing Group II ited quantity. A limited quantity pack- material. For transportation by air- age that conforms to the provisions of craft, the flammable solid component this section is not subject to the ship- must be packed in metal or plastic ping paper requirements of subpart C of inner packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 part 172 of this subchapter, unless the pounds) net capacity each or glass material meets the definition of a haz- inner packagings not over 2.5 kg (5.5 ardous substance, hazardous waste, pounds) net capacity each for a Pack- marine pollutant, or is offered for ing Group III material. transportation and transported by air- (4) If the flammable liquid or solid craft or vessel, and is eligible for the component and the organic peroxide exceptions provided in § 173.156. In addition, shipments of limited quantities component will not interact dan- are not subject to subpart F gerously in the event of leakage, they (Placarding) of part 172 of this sub- may be packed in the same outer pack- chapter. Each package must conform aging. to the general packaging requirements (5) For transportation by aircraft, of subpart B of this part and may not the following additional requirements exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. apply: (1) Except for transportation by air- (i) Closures on inner packagings con- craft, the organic peroxide component taining liquids must be secured by sec- must be packed in inner packagings ondary means as prescribed in not over 125 mL (4.22 fluid ounces) net § 173.27(d); capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 (ii) Inner packagings containing liq- ounces) net capacity each for solids. uids must be capable of meeting the For transportation by aircraft, the or- pressure differential requirements pre- ganic peroxide component must be scribed in § 173.27(c); and packed in inner packagings not over 30 (iii) The total quantity of activator mL (1 fluid ounce) net capacity each and base material may not exceed 1 kg for liquids or 100 g (3.5 ounces) net ca- (2.2 pounds) per package for a Packing pacity each for solids. (2) Except for transportation by air- Group II base material. The total quan- craft, the flammable liquid component tity of activator and base material must be packed in inner packagings may not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds) per not over 5 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity package for a Packing Group III base

610

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00620 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.166

material. The total quantity of poly- bly. A seat-belt pretensioner contains ester resin kits per package is cal- similar hazardous materials and is used culated on a one-to-one basis (i.e., 1 L in the operation of a seat-belt restrain- equals 1 kg); ing system in a motor vehicle. (iv) Fragile inner packagings must be (b) Classification. (1) Safety devices, packaged to prevent failure under con- excluding those which contain flam- ditions normally incident to transport. mable or toxic gases or mixtures there- Packages of consumer commodities of, may be classed as Class 9 (UN3268) if must be capable of withstanding a 1.2 the safety device, or if more than a sin- m drop on solid concrete in the posi- gle safety device is involved then the tion most likely to cause damage; and representative of the maximum param- (v) Stack test capability. Packages of eters of each design type, is examined consumer commodities must be capa- and successfully tested by a person or ble of withstanding, without failure or agency who is authorized by the Asso- leakage of any inner packaging and ciate Administrator to perform exam- without any significant reduction in ef- ination and testing of explosives under fectiveness, a force applied to the top § 173.56(b)(1), and who: surface for a duration of 24 hours equivalent to the total weight of iden- (i) Does not manufacture or market tical packages if stacked to a height of explosives or safety devices, is not 3.0 m (including the test sample). owned in whole or in part, or is not fi- (d) Consumer commodities. Until De- nancially dependent upon any entity cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity that manufactures or markets explo- package of polyester resin kits that are sives or safety devices; also consumer commodities as defined (ii) Performs all examination and in § 171.8 of this subchapter may be retesting in accordance with the applica- named ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and re- ble requirements as specified in special classed as ORM–D or, until December provision 160 (see § 172.102 of this sub- 31, 2012, as ORM–D–AIR material and chapter); and offered for transportation and trans- (iii) Maintains records in accordance ported in accordance with the applica- with paragraph (g) of this section. ble provisions of 49 CFR subchapter C (iv) By adhering to all the provisions (revised as of October 1, 2010). specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- [82 FR 15880, Mar. 30, 2017] tion, a Class 9 (UN3268) air bag inflator, air bag module or seat-belt § 173.166 Safety devices. pretensioner design is not required to For the purpose of this section, safe- be submitted to the Associate Adminis- ty devices are articles which contain trator for approval or assigned an EX pyrotechnic substances or hazardous number. All other Class 9 (UN3268) safe- materials of other classes and are used ty device designs are required to be in vehicles, vessels or aircraft to en- submitted to the Associate Adminis- hance safety to persons. Examples are: trator for approval and assigned an EX air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat- number; belt pretensioners and pyromechanical (2) A safety device may be classed as devices. Pyromechanical devices are Division 1.4G if the maximum param- assembled components for tasks such eters of each design type have been ex- as but not limited to separation, lock- amined and successfully tested by a ing, release-and-drive or occupant re- person or agency who is authorized by straint. The term includes ‘‘Safety de- the Associate Administrator to per- vices, pyrotechnic.’’ form such examination and testing of (a) Definitions. An air bag inflator explosives under § 173.56(b)(1). As a (consisting of a casing containing an Class 1 explosive, the manufacturer igniter, a booster material, a gas must submit to the Associate Adminis- generant and, in some cases, a pressure trator a report of the examination and receptacle (cylinder)) is a gas gener- assignment of a recommended shipping ator used to inflate an air bag in a sup- description, division, and compatibility plemental restraint system in a motor group, and if the Associate Adminis- vehicle. An air bag module is the air bag trator finds the approval request meets inflator plus an inflatable bag assem- the regulatory criteria, the explosive

611

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00621 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.166 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

may be approved in writing and as- and certified separately to determine if signed an EX number; or they can be shipped as ‘‘UN3268, Safety (3) The manufacturer has submitted Devices, 9, PG III’’. an application, including a classifica- (3) An air bag module containing an tion issued by the competent authority inflator that has previously been ap- of a foreign government to the Asso- proved by the Associate Administrator ciate Administrator, and received writ- as a Division 2.2 material is not re- ten notification from the Associate Ad- quired to be submitted for further ex- ministrator that the device has been amination to be reclassed as a Class 9 approved for transportation and as- material. signed an EX number. (4) Shipments to recycling or waste dis- (c) EX numbers. (1) When a safety de- posal facilities. When offered for domes- vice is classed and approved as a Divi- tic transportation by highway, rail sion 1.4G and offered for transpor- freight, cargo vessel or cargo aircraft, tation, the shipping paper must con- a serviceable safety device classed as tain the EX number or product code for either Class 9 (UN3268) or Division 1.4G each approved device in association removed from a motor vehicle that was with the basic description required by manufactured as required for use in the § 172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product United States may be offered for trans- codes must be traceable to the specific portation and transported without EX number assigned to the device by compliance with the shipping paper re- the Associate Administrator. Further, quirement prescribed in paragraph (c) if the EX number or product code is of this section. However, when these contained on the shipping paper then it articles are shipped to a recycling fa- is not required to be marked on the cility, the word ‘‘Recycled’’ must be outside package. entered on the shipping paper imme- (2) A safety device, when classed as a diately after the basic description pre- Class 9 (UN3268), is excepted from the scribed in § 172.202 of this subchapter. EX number, or product code shipping No more than one device is authorized paper requirements of paragraph (c) of in the packaging prescribed in para- this section. graph (e)(1), (2) or (3) of this section. (d) Exceptions. (1) A safety device that The device must be cushioned and se- is classed as a Class 9 (UN3268) under cured within the package to prevent the terms of paragraph (b)(1) of this movement during transportation. section and is installed in a motor ve- (5) An air bag inflator, air bag mod- hicle, aircraft, boat or other transport ule, or seat-belt pretensioner that was conveyance or its completed compo- classed and approved for transpor- nents, such as steering columns or door tation prior to January 1, 2015 may panels, is not subject to the require- continue to be transported under the ments of this subchapter. A safety de- terms of the existing approval, using vice that has been classed as a Division the appropriate proper shipping name 1.4G and approved by the Associate Ad- ‘‘Safety Devices’’ or ‘‘Safety Devices, ministrator and is installed in a motor Pyrotechnic’’ based on the classifica- vehicle, aircraft, boat or other trans- tion of the device as assigned by port conveyance or its completed com- PHMSA or the authorized person or ponents, such as steering columns or agency that examined and tested the door panels, is not subject to the re- design type. quirements of this subchapter. (6) Until January 1, 2016, for domestic (2) An air bag module containing an transportation by highway, rail, and inflator that has been previously ap- vessel, packages containing air bag in- proved by the Associate Administrator flators, air bag modules, or seat-belt for transportation is not required to be pretensioners may be; submitted for further examination or (i) Marked with either the appro- approval. For classifications granted priate proper shipping name, or an ap- after July 30, 2013, if the Class 9 des- propriate proper shipping name author- ignation for the inflator is contingent ized by § 172.101 in effect on December upon packaging or other special means 31, 2014; and specified by the authorized testing (ii) Described on a shipping paper agency, the modules must be tested with either the appropriate proper

612

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00622 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.166

shipping name, or an appropriate prop- mediate handling locations, provided er shipping name authorized by § 172.101 they meet the conditions specified in in effect on December 31, 2014. paragraphs (e)(4)(i)(A) through (C) of (e) Packagings. Rigid, outer pack- this section and: agings, meeting the general packaging (A) The packages may be opened and requirements of part 173 are authorized re-packed by an intermediate handler as follows. Additionally, the UN speci- as long as no modifications or changes fication packagings listed in para- are made to the packagings; and graphs (e)(1), (2), and (3) of this section (B) Transportation must be made by must meet the packaging specification private or contract carrier. and performance requirements of part (5) Packagings which were previously 178 of this subchapter at the Packing authorized in an approval issued by the Group III performance level. The pack- Associate Administrator may continue agings must be designed and con- to be used, provided a copy of the ap- structed to prevent movement of the proval is maintained while such pack- articles and inadvertent activation. aging is being used. Further, if the Class 9 designation is (6) Safety devices removed from a vehi- contingent upon packaging specified by cle. When removed from, or were in- the authorized testing agency, ship- tended to be used in, a motor vehicle ments of the safety device must be in that was manufactured as required for compliance with the prescribed pack- use in the United States and offered for aging. domestic transportation by highway or (1) 1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, or 1H2 cargo vessel to Recycling or Waste Dis- drums. posal facilities, a serviceable safety de- (2) 3A2, 3B2, or 3H2 jerricans. vice classed as Class 9 UN3268 may be (3) 4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, offered for transportation and trans- 4H1, or 4H2 boxes. ported in the following additional (4) Reusable high-strength containers or packaging: dedicated handling devices. (i) Reusable (i) Specification and non-specifica- containers manufactured from high- tion steel drums with a wall and lid strength plastic, metal, or other suit- thickness not less than 20 gauge. The able material, or other dedicated han- lid must be securely affixed with a dling devices are authorized for ship- lever-locking or bolted-ring assembly. ment of safety devices from a manufac- The lid of the drum must provide ven- turing facility to the assembly facility, tilation of the drum contents in a fire. subject to the following conditions: The drum may be filled with any com- (A) The gross weight of the con- bination of safety devices to a capacity tainers or handling devices may not ex- not greater than fifty (50) percent of ceed 1000 kg (2205 pounds). Containers the drum’s total volume. In addition, or handling devices must provide ade- inner packagings or cushioning may quate support to allow stacking at not be used to fill the void space; or least three units high with no result- (ii) Outer packaging consisting of 4H2 ant damage; solid plastic boxes or non-specification (B) If not completely enclosed by de- rugged reusable plastic outer pack- sign, the container or handling device aging and inner static-resistant plastic must be covered with plastic, fiber- bags or trays. If not completely en- board, metal, or other suitable mate- closed by design, the container or han- rial. The covering must be secured to dling device must be covered with plas- the container by banding or other com- tic, fiberboard, metal or other suitable parable methods; and material. The covering must be secured (C) Internal dunnage must be suffi- to the container by banding or other cient to prevent movement of the de- comparable methods. The articles must vices within the container. be packed to prevent movement within (ii) Reusable containers manufac- the container during transportation. tured from high-strength plastic, (f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the pro- metal, or other suitable material, or visions of § 172.402, each package or other dedicated handling devices are handling device must display a CLASS authorized for shipment of safety de- 9 label. Additional labeling is not re- vices only to, between, and from, inter- quired when the package contains no

613

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00623 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.167 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

hazardous materials other than the de- requirements of this subchapter. Pack- vices. ages prepared under the requirements (g) Recordkeeping requirements. (1) of this section are excepted from label- Following the examination of each new ing and shipping papers when trans- design type classed as a Class 9 in ac- ported by highway or rail. Except as cordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this indicated in § 173.24(i), each completed section, the person that conducted the package must conform to §§ 173.24 and examination must prepare a test report 173.24a of this subchapter. Addition- and provide the test report to the man- ally, except for the pressure differen- ufacturer of the safety device. At a tial requirements in § 173.27(c), the re- minimum, the test report must contain quirements of § 173.27 do not apply to the following information: packages prepared in accordance with (i) Name and address of the test facil- this section. Packages prepared under ity; the requirements of this section may (ii) Name and address of the appli- be offered for transportation and trans- cant; ported by all modes. As applicable, the (iii) Manufacturer of the device. For following apply: a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent (1) Inner and outer packaging quantity or importer must be identified; limits. (i) Non-toxic aerosols, as defined (iv) A test report number, drawing of in § 171.8 of this subchapter and con- the device, and description of the safe- structed in accordance with § 173.306 of ty device in sufficient detail to ensure this part, in non-refillable, non-metal that the test report is traceable (e.g. a containers not exceeding 120 mL (4 unique product identifier) to a specific fluid ounces) each, or in non-refillable design; metal containers not exceeding 820 mL (v) The tests conducted and the re- (28 ounces) each, except that flam- sults; and mable aerosols may not exceed 500 mL (vi) A certification that the safety (16.9 ounces) each; device is classed as a Class 9 (UN3268). (ii) Liquids, in inner packagings not (2) For at least fifteen (15) years after exceeding 500 mL (16.9 ounces) each. testing, a copy of each test report must Liquids must not completely fill an be maintained by the authorizing test- inner packaging at 55 °C; ing agency. For as long as any safety (iii) Solids, in inner packagings not device design is being manufactured, exceeding 500 g (1.0 pounds) each; or and for at least fifteen (15) years there- (iv) Any combination thereof not to after, a copy of each test report must exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight be maintained by the manufacturer of as prepared for shipment. the product. (2) Closures. Friction-type closures (3) Test reports must be made avail- must be secured by positive means. The able to a representative of the Depart- body and closure of any packaging ment upon request. must be constructed so as to be able to [80 FR 1157, Jan. 8, 2015, as amended at 81 FR adequately resist the effects of tem- 35541, June 2, 2016] perature and vibration occurring in conditions normally incident to air § 173.167 Consumer commodities. transportation. The closure device (a) Effective January 1, 2013, a ‘‘con- must be so designed that it is unlikely sumer commodity’’ (see § 171.8 of this that it can be incorrectly or incom- subchapter) when offered for transpor- pletely closed. tation by aircraft may only include ar- (3) Absorbent material. Inner pack- ticles or substances of Class 2 (non- agings must be tightly packaged in toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing strong outer packagings. Absorbent Group II and III only), Division 6.1 and cushioning material must not (Packing Group III only), UN3077, react dangerously with the contents of UN3082, UN3175, UN3334, and UN3335, inner packagings. Glass or earthenware provided such materials do not have a inner packagings containing liquids of subsidiary risk and are authorized Class 3 or Division 6.1, sufficient ab- aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft. sorbent material must be provided to Consumer commodities are excepted absorb the entire contents of the larg- from the specification outer packaging est inner packaging contained in the

614

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00624 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.168

outer packaging. Absorbent material is be transported only under the fol- not required if the glass or earthen- lowing conditions: ware inner packagings are sufficiently (a) Approval. A chemical oxygen gen- protected as packaged for transport erator that is shipped with an explosive that it is unlikely a failure would or non-explosive means of initiation occur and, if a failure did occur, that it attached must be classed and approved would be unlikely that the contents by the Associate Administrator in ac- would leak from the outer packaging. cordance with the procedures specified (4) Drop test capability. Breakable in § 173.56 of this subchapter. inner packagings (e.g., glass, earthen- (b) Impact resistance. A chemical oxy- ware, or brittle plastic) must be pack- gen generator, without any packaging, aged to prevent failure under condi- must be capable of withstanding a 1.8 tions normally incident to transport. meter drop onto a rigid, non-resilient, Packages of consumer commodities as flat and horizontal surface, in the posi- prepared for transport must be capable tion most likely to cause actuation or of withstanding a 1.2 m drop on solid loss of contents. concrete in the position most likely to (c) Protection against inadvertent actu- cause damage. In order to pass the test, ation. A chemical oxygen generator the outer packaging must not exhibit must incorporate one of the following any damage liable to affect safety during transport and there must be no means of preventing inadvertent actu- leakage from the inner packaging(s). ation: (5) Stack test capability. Packages of (1) A chemical oxygen generator that consumer commodities must be capa- is not installed in protective breathing ble of withstanding, without failure or equipment (PBE): leakage of any inner packaging and (i) Mechanically actuated devices: without any significant reduction in ef- (A) Two pins, installed so that each fectiveness, a force applied to the top is independently capable of preventing surface for a duration of 24 hours the actuator from striking the primer; equivalent to the total weight of iden- (B) One pin and one retaining ring, tical packages if stacked to a height of each installed so that each is independ- 3.0 m (including the test sample). ently capable of preventing the actu- (b) When offered for transportation ator from striking the primer; or by aircraft: (C) A cover securely installed over (1) Packages prepared under the re- the primer and a pin installed so as to quirements of this section are to be prevent the actuator from striking the marked as a limited quantity in ac- primer and cover. cordance with § 172.315(b)(1) and labeled (ii) Electrically actuated devices: as a Class 9 article or substance, as ap- The electrical leads must be mechani- propriate, in accordance with subpart cally shorted and the mechanical short E of part 172 of this subchapter; and must be shielded in metal foil. (2) Pressure differential capability: (iii) Devices with a primer but no ac- Except for UN3082, inner packagings in- tuator: A chemical oxygen generator tended to contain liquids must be capa- that has a primer but no actuating ble of meeting the pressure differential mechanism must have a protective requirements (75 kPa) prescribed in cover over the primer to prevent actu- § 173.27(c) of this part. The capability of ation from external impact. a packaging to withstand an internal (2) A chemical oxygen generator in- pressure without leakage that produces stalled in a PBE must contain a pin in- the specified pressure differential stalled so as to prevent the actuator should be determined by successfully from striking the primer, and be placed testing design samples or prototypes. in a protective bag, pouch, case or [78 FR 1115, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 78 FR cover such that the protective breath- 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015] ing equipment is fully enclosed in such a manner that the protective bag, § 173.168 Chemical oxygen generators. pouch, case or cover prevents uninten- An oxygen generator, chemical (de- tional actuation of the oxygen gener- fined in § 171.8 of this subchapter) may ator.

615

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00625 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.168 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) Packaging. A chemical oxygen tuation of the generator shall be in- generator and a chemical oxygen gen- stalled in such a manner that the per- erator installed in equipment, (e.g., a cussion primer is so completely pro- PBE) must be placed in a rigid outer tected from its firing pin that it cannot packaging that— be physically actuated or the electric (1) Conforms to the requirements of firing circuit is so completely isolated either: from the electric match that it cannot (i) Part 178, subparts L and M, of this be electrically actuated. subchapter at the Packing Group I or (ii) Inner packaging. Except as pro- II performance level; or (ii) The performance criteria in Air vided in paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this sec- Transport Association (ATA) Specifica- tion below, an unapproved chemical ox- tion No. 300 for a Category I Shipping ygen generator, or unapproved chem- Container. ical oxygen generator installed in (2) With its contents, is capable of smaller size equipment such as a PBE meeting the following additional re- shall be packaged in a combination quirements when transported by cargo- packaging consisting of a non-combus- only aircraft: tible inner packaging that fully en- (i) The Flame Penetration Resistance closes the chemical oxygen generator Test specified in appendix E to part 178 or piece of equipment inside an outer of this subchapter. packaging which meets the require- (ii) The Thermal Resistance Test ments in paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- specified in appendix D to part 178 of tion. this subchapter. (iii) Impractical size packaging. If the (e) Equipment marking. The outside piece of equipment in which the unap- surface of a chemical oxygen generator proved chemical oxygen generator is must be marked to indicate the pres- installed is so large (e.g., an aircraft ence of an oxygen generator (e.g., ‘‘oxygen generator, chemical’’). The out- seat) as to not be practically able to be side surface of equipment containing a fully enclosed in the packaging pre- chemical oxygen generator that is not scribed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this readily apparent (e.g., a sealed pas- section, then a visible and durable senger service unit) must be clearly warning tag must be securely attached marked to indicate the presence of the to the piece of equipment stating oxygen generator (example: ‘‘Oxygen ‘‘THIS ITEM CONTAINS A CHEMICAL Generator Inside’’). OXYGEN GENERATOR.’’ (f) Items forbidden in air transpor- (2) Testing. Each unapproved chem- tation. (1) A chemical oxygen generator ical oxygen generator, without its is forbidden for transportation on packaging, must be capable of with- board a passenger-carrying aircraft. standing a 1.8 meter drop onto a rigid, (2) A chemical oxygen generator is non-resilient, flat and horizontal sur- forbidden for transportation by both face, in the position most likely to passenger-carrying and cargo-only air- cause damage, with no actuation or craft after: loss of contents. (i) The manufacturer’s expiration date; or (3) Marking. (i) If the unapproved (ii) The contents of the generator chemical oxygen generator is inside a have been expended. piece of equipment which is sealed or (g) Exceptions. An unapproved chem- difficult to determine if an oxygen gen- ical oxygen generator with only one erator is present, for example—a closed positive means of preventing uninten- sealed passenger service unit, then a tional actuation of the generator, and visible and durable warning sign must without the required approval number be attached to the piece of equipment marked on the outside of the package, stating: ‘‘THIS ITEM CONTAINS A may be transported by motor vehicle, CHEMICAL OXYGEN GENERATOR’’; railcar, and cargo vessel only under the and following conditions: (1) Packaging. (i) The one positive means of preventing unintentional ac-

616

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00626 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.172

(ii) Each outer package, and over- (a) Powders that have been approved pack if used, must be visibly and dura- as Division 1.3C or Division 1.4C may be bly marked with the following state- reclassed to Division 4.1 in accordance ment: ‘‘THIS PACKAGE IS NOT AU- with §§ 173.56 and 173.58 of this part. THORIZED FOR TRANSPORTATION (b) The total quantity of smokeless ABOARD AIRCRAFT’’. powder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass in: [72 FR 4455, Jan. 31, 2007, as amended at 72 FR 55097, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, (1) One transport vehicle or cargo- 2009; 74 FR 53188, Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56316, only aircraft; or Sept. 13, 2011; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016] (2) One freight container on a vessel, not to exceed four freight containers § 173.170 Black powder for small arms. per vessel. Black powder for small arms that has (c) Only combination packagings been classed in Division 1.1 may be re- with inner packagings not exceeding classed as a Division 4.1 material, for 3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are author- domestic transportation by motor ve- ized. Inner packagings must be ar- hicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel ranged and protected so as to prevent only, subject to the following condi- simultaneous ignition of the contents. tions: The complete package must be of the (a) The powder must be examined and same type which has been examined as approved for Division 1.1 and Division required in § 173.56 of this part. 4.1 classification in accordance with (d) Inside packages that have been §§ 173.56 and 173.58; examined and approved by the Asso- (b) The total quantity of black pow- ciate Administrator may be packaged der in one transport vehicle or freight in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the container may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 Packing Group I performance level, pounds) net mass. No more than four provided all inside containers are freight containers may be on board one packed to prevent shifting and the net cargo vessel; weight of smokeless powder in any one (c) The black powder must be packed box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds). in inner metal or heavy wall conduc- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as tive plastic receptacles not over 454 g amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (16 ounces) net capacity each, with no 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G 253, 61 FR 27174, May 30, 1996; 66 FR 45379, fiberboard box. The inner packagings Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, Oct. 30, 2003; 75 FR must be arranged and protected so as 53597, Sept. 1, 2010; 78 FR 14714, Mar. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 81 FR 35542, June 2, to prevent simultaneous ignition of the 2016] contents. The complete package must be of the same type which has been ex- § 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power amined as required in § 173.56; unit fuel tank. (d) Each completed package must be Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel marked ‘‘BLACK POWDER FOR tanks containing a mixture of anhy- SMALL ARMS’’ and ‘‘NA 0027’’; and drous hydrazine and monomethyl hy- (e) Each package must bear the drazine (M86 fuel) and designed for in- FLAMMABLE SOLID label. stallation as complete units in aircraft [Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50626, Sept. 26, 1996, as are excepted from the specification amended at Amdt. 173–255, 62 FR 14338, Mar. packaging requirements of this sub- 26, 1997; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016] chapter when they conform to either of the following conditions: § 173.171 Smokeless powder for small (a) The unit must consist of an alu- arms. minum pressure vessel made from tub- Smokeless powder for small arms ing and having welded heads. Primary which has been classed in Division 1.3 containment of the fuel within this or Division 1.4 may be reclassed in Di- vessel must consist of a welded alu- vision 4.1, for domestic transportation minum bladder having a maximum in- by motor vehicle, rail car, vessel, or ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The cargo-only aircraft, subject to the fol- outer vessel must have a minimum de- lowing conditions: sign gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185

617

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00627 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.173 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

psig) and a minimum burst gauge pres- (2) In inner glass packagings of not sure of 2,755 kPa (400 psig). Each vessel over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or must be leak-checked during manufac- inner metal packagings of not over 5 L ture and before shipment and must be (1 gallon) each, packed in a strong found leakproof. The complete inner outer packaging. Packages must con- unit must be securely packed in non- form to the packaging requirements of combustible cushioning material, such subpart B of this part but need not con- as vermiculite, in a strong outer tight- form to the requirements of part 178 of ly closed metal packaging which will this subchapter. adequately protect all fittings. Max- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as imum quantity of fuel per unit and amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. package is 42 L (11 gallons); or 173–241, 59 FR 67509, Dec. 29, 1994] (b) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel. Primary con- § 173.174 Refrigerating machines. tainment of the fuel within this vessel A refrigerating machine assembled must consist of a welded hermetically for shipment and containing 7 kg (15 sealed fuel compartment with an elas- pounds) or less of a flammable liquid tomeric bladder having a maximum infor its operation in a strong, tight re- ternal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The ceptacle is excepted from labeling (ex- pressure vessel must have a minimum cept when offered for transportation or design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 transported by air) and the specifica- psig). Each vessel must be leak- tion packaging requirements of this checked during manufacture and before subchapter. In addition. shipments are shipment and must be securely packed not subject to subpart F of part 172 of in non-combustible cushioning mate- this subchapter (Placarding), to part rial, such as vermiculite, in a strong 174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail) outer tightly closed metal packaging except § 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to which will adequately protect all fit- part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this tings. Maximum quantity of fuel per subchapter except § 177.817 (Shipping unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons). papers). [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] § 173.175 Permeation devices. Permeation devices that contain haz- § 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, ardous materials and that are used for adhesives, ink and resins. calibrating air quality monitoring de- (a) When the § 172.101 table specifies vices are not subject to the require- that a hazardous material be packaged ments of this subchapter provided the under this section, the following re- following requirements are met: quirements apply. Except as otherwise (a) Each device must be constructed provided in this part, the description of a material compatible with the haz- ‘‘Paint’’ is the proper shipping name ardous materials it contains; for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shel- (b) The total contents of hazardous lac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid materials in each device is limited to 2 bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood filler, ml (0.07 ounces) and the device must and liquid lacquer base. The descrip- not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 °F); tion ‘‘Paint-related material’’ is the (c) Each permeation device must be proper shipping name for a paint placed in a sealed, high impact resist- thinning, drying, reducing or removing ant, tubular inner packaging of plastic compound. However, if a more specific or equivalent material. Sufficient ab- description is listed in the § 172.101 sorbent material must be contained in table of this subchapter, that descrip- the inner packaging to completely ab- tion must be used. sorb the contents of the device. The (b) Paint, paint-related material, ad- closure of the inner packaging must be hesives, ink and resins must be pack- securely held in place with wire, tape aged as follows: or other positive means; (1) As prescribed in § 173.202 of this (d) Each inner packaging must be part if it is a Packing Group II mate- contained in a secondary packaging rial or § 173.203 of this part if it is a constructed of metal, or plastic having Packing Group III material; or a minimum thickness of 1.5 mm (0.06

618

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00628 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.176

inches). The secondary packaging must short circuit or be fitted with a metal be hermetically sealed; strap connecting the terminals; or (e) The secondary packaging must be (ii) Except for asymmetric capaci- securely packed in strong outer pack- tors, when the energy storage capacity aging. The completed package must be of a capacitor or a capacitor in a mod- capable of withstanding, without ule is more than 10 Wh, the capacitor breakage or leakage of any inner pack- or module must be fitted with a metal aging and without significant reduc- strap connecting the terminals. tion in effectiveness: (iii) When an asymmetric capacitor’s (1) The following free drops onto a energy storage capacity is greater than rigid, non resilient, flat and horizontal 0.3 Wh, or when the energy storage ca- surface from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet): pacity of each capacitor in a module is (i) One drop flat on the bottom; greater than 0.3 Wh, the capacitor or (ii) One drop flat on the top; module must be protected against (iii) One drop flat on the long side; short circuit. (iv) One drop flat on the short side; (3) Capacitors containing an electro- (v) One drop on a corner at the junc- lyte that meets the definition of one or tion of three intersecting edges; and more hazard class or division as defined (2) A force applied to the top surface in this part, must be designed to with- for a duration of 24 hours, equivalent stand a 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi) pressure to the total weight of identical pack- differential. ages if stacked to a height of 3 m (10 (4) Capacitors must be designed and feet) (including the test sample). constructed to safely relieve pressure (3) Each of the above tests may be that may build up in use, through a performed on different but identical vent or a weak point in the capacitor packages. casing. Any liquid that is released upon (f) The gross mass of the completed venting must be contained by the pack- package must not exceed 30 kg. aging or by the equipment in which a (g) For transportation by aircraft, capacitor is installed. permeation devices must be trans- (5) Except for asymmetric capacitors, ported as cargo and may not be carried capacitors manufactured after Decem- onboard an aircraft by passengers or ber 31, 2013, or asymmetric capacitors crewmembers in carry-on baggage, manufactured after December 31, 2015, checked baggage, or on their person must be marked with the energy stor- unless specifically excepted by § 175.10. age capacity in Wh. [76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011, as amended at 78 (b) Capacitors must be packed in FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013] strong outer packagings. For transport by air, capacitors must be securely § 173.176 Capacitors. cushioned within the outer packagings. (a) Capacitors, including capacitors Capacitors installed in equipment may containing an electrolyte that does not be offered for transport unpackaged or meet the definition of any hazard class on pallets, when the capacitors are af- or division as defined in this part, must forded equivalent protection by the conform to the following requirements: equipment in which they are con- (1) Except for asymmetric capacitors, tained. capacitors not installed in equipment (c) Capacitors containing an electro- must be transported in an uncharged lyte not meeting the definition of any state. hazard class or division as defined in (2) Each capacitor or module must be this part, including when configured in protected against a potential short cir- a module or when installed in equip- cuit hazard in transport as follows: ment, are not subject to any other re- (i) Except for asymmetric capacitors, quirements of this subchapter. when a capacitor’s energy storage ca- (d) Except for asymmetric capaci- pacity is less than or equal to 10 Wh or tors, capacitors containing an electro- when the energy storage capacity of lyte that meets the definition of one or each capacitor in a module is less than more hazard class or division as defined or equal to 10 Wh, the capacitor or in this part, with an energy storage ca- module must be protected against pacity of 10 Wh or less are not subject

619

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00629 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.181 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

to any other requirements of this sub- under this section, only the following chapter, when they are capable of with- non-bulk packagings are authorized: standing a 1.2 m (3.9 feet) drop test (a) Authorized cylinders. (1) A speci- unpackaged onto a rigid, non-resilient, fication steel or nickel cylinder pre- flat and horizontal surface without loss scribed for any compressed gas, except of contents. acetylene, having a minimum design (e) Asymmetric capacitors con- pressure of 1206 kPa (175 psig). taining an electrolyte that meets the (2) DOT 3AL cylinders constructed of definition of one or more hazard class aluminum alloy 6061–T6 with a min- or division as defined in this part, with imum marked service pressure of 1,800 an energy storage capacity of 20 Wh or psig and a maximum water capacity of less, including when configured in a 49 liters (13 gal) may be used for the module, are not subject to other provi- transportation of inorganic pyrophoric sions of this subchapter when the ca- liquids (UN3194). Any preheating or pacitors are capable of withstanding a heating of the DOT 3AL cylinder must 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test be limited to a maximum temperature unpackaged onto a rigid, non-resilient, of 79.4 °C (175 °F). flat and horizontal surface without loss (3) Cylinders authorized under para- of contents. graphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section (f) Except for asymmetric capacitors, equipped with valves must be: capacitors containing an electrolyte (i) Equipped with steel valve protec- meeting the definition of one or more tion caps or collars; or hazard class or division as defined in (ii) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1, this part, that are not installed in 4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or equipment, and with an energy storage plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders capacity of more than 10 Wh are sub- must be secured to prevent shifting in ject to the requirements of this sub- the box and, when offered for transpor- chapter. tation or transported, must be so load- (g) Asymmetric capacitors con- ed that pressure relief devices remain taining an electrolyte meeting the def- in the vapor space of the cylinder. (See inition of one or more hazard class or § 177.838(h) of this subchapter.) division as defined in this part, that (b) Steel boxes (4A), aluminum boxes are not installed in equipment, and (4B), metal boxes, other than steel or with an energy storage capacity of aluminum (4N), wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, more than 20 Wh are to the require- 4D, or 4F) or fiberboard boxes (4G); ments of this subchapter. steel drums (1A1 or 1A2), aluminum (h) Capacitors installed in equipment drums (1B1 or 1B2), metal drums, other and containing an electrolyte meeting than steel or aluminum (1N1 or 1N2), the definition of one or more hazard plywood drums (1D), or fiber drums class or division as defined in this part, (1G); or steel jerricans (3A1 or 3A2) or are not subject to any other require- aluminum jerricans (3B1 or 3B2) enclos- ments of this subchapter, provided the ing not more than four strong, tight equipment is packaged in a strong metal cans with inner receptacles of outer packaging and in such a manner glass or metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) as to prevent accidental functioning of capacity each, having positive the capacitors during transport. Large, screwcap closures adequately gasketed. robust equipment containing capaci- Inner packagings must be cushioned on tors may be offered for transport all sides with dry, absorbent, incom- unpackaged or on pallets when the ca- bustible material in a quantity suffi- pacitors are afforded equivalent protec- cient to absorb the entire contents. tion by the equipment in which they The strong, tight metal cans must be are contained. closed by positive means, not by friction. [80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015] (c) Steel drums (1A1 or 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1 or 1B2), metal § 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liq- drums, other than steel or aluminum uids). (1N1 or 1N2) or fiber drums (1G); steel When the § 172.101 table specifies that jerricans (3A1 or 3A2) or aluminum a hazardous material be packaged jerricans (3B1 or 3B2); or steel boxes

620

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00630 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.184

(4A), aluminum boxes (4B) or metal paragraph (d)(1) of this section may be boxes, other than steel or aluminum placed inside the outer drum. (4N) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) ca- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as pacity each with strong, tight inner amended at 56 FR 66270, Dec. 20, 1991; 65 FR metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) ca- 58629, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45183, 45380, Aug. pacity each. The strong, tight metal 28, 2001; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 61941, cans must be closed by positive means, Oct. 30, 2003; 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1159, Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016] not friction. (1) Inner packagings must have no § 173.182 Barium azide—50 percent or opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) di- more water wet. ameter and must be surrounded with Barium azide—50 percent or more noncombustible cushioning material. water wet, must be packed in wooden (2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber may not exceed two-thirds of the rated drums (1G) with inner glass packagings capacity of the outer drum. For exam- not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity ple, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may each. Packagings must have rubber contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) stoppers wire tied for securement. If of pyrophoric liquids. transportation is to take place when (3) Each layer of inner containers and where freezing weather is possible, must be separated by a metal plate sep- a suitable antifreeze solution must be arator in addition to cushioning mate- used to prevent freezing. Each pack- rial. aging must conform to the require- (d) Combination packagings con- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. sisting of the following: (1) Inner packaging. A 10 liter or 20 § 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. liter UN1A1 drum which has been cer- Films, nitrocellulose base, must be tified to PG I of subpart M of part 178 packaged in packagings conforming to of this subchapter. Each inner drum the requirements of part 178 of this must— subchapter at the Packing Group III (i) Have minimum wall thickness of performance level, as follows: 1.9 mm; (a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum (ii) Have 4 NPT or VCR openings, drums (1B2), other metal drums (4A2), each with a diameter of 6.3 mm; steel jerricans (3A2), aluminum (iii) Be fabricated from stainless jerricans (3B2), steel, aluminum or steel; and other metal (4A, 4B, 4N) boxes, wooden (iv) On the upper head, be fitted with (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconsti- a center opening with a maximum di- tuted wood (4F) boxes or plywood ameter of 68.3 mm and the opening drums (1D) with each reel in a tightly sealed with a threaded closure fab- closed metal can, polypropylene can- ricated from 316 stainless steel. No ister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard more than two (2) inner drums may be inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or paper; or placed inside the outer drum. (b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber (2) Outer packaging. A UN1A2 drum drums (1G) with a single tightly closed that has been certified to the PG I per- metal can, polypropylene canister, or formance level of subpart M of part 178 strong cardboard or fiberboard inner of this subchapter and a capacity not packaging with cover held in place by to exceed 208 L (55 gal). The drum must adhesive tape or paper; authorized only have a minimum wall thickness of 1.0 for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film. mm and the top head must be closed with a steel closing ring with a min- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643 Dec. 21, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. imum thickness of 2.4 mm. No more 26, 1996; 78 FR 1087, Jan. 7, 2013] than two (2) inner drums described in § 173.184 Highway or rail fusee. (a) A fusee is a device designed to burn at a controlled rate and to produce visual effects for signaling

621

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00631 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.185 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

purposes. The composition of the fusee (4) Flagging kits may only be trans- must be such that the fusee will not ig- ported on railroad motor vehicles in- nite spontaneously or undergo marked cluding privately owned motor vehicles decomposition when subjected to a under the direct control of on-duty temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) for 48 con- railroad employees. secutive hours. (5) The fusees and railroad torpedoes (b) Fusees (highway and railway) must be kept in the closed flagging must be packaged in steel (1A2), alu- kits whenever they are not being used minum (1B2) or other metal (1N2) on the railroad right-of-way, while the drums, steel (3A2) or aluminum (3B2) motor vehicle is being driven, or when- jerricans, steel (4A), aluminum (4B) or ever the motor vehicle is located on other metal (4N) boxes, wooden (4C1, other than railroad property. 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted (6) When left in unattended motor ve- wood (4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes hicles on non-railroad property, a flag- (4G), plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) drums. ging kit must be locked inside the If the fusees are equipped with spikes motor vehicle, or stored in a locked packagings must have reinforced ends compartment on the motor vehicle. to prevent penetration of spikes through the outer packagings; pack- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ages must be capable of passing drop amended at 66 FR 45379; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3674, Jan. 21, 2016] test requirements (§ 178.603 of this subchapter), including at least one drop § 173.185 Lithium cells and batteries. with spike in a downward position, and other requirements of part 178 of this As used in this section, consignment subchapter, at the Packing Group II means one or more packages of haz- performance level. ardous materials accepted by an oper- (c) For transportation by highway, ator from one shipper at one time and railroad flagging kits are not subject at one address, receipted for in one lot any other requirements of this sub- and moving to one consignee at one chapter when all of the following con- destination address. Equipment means ditions are met: the device or apparatus for which the lithium cells or batteries will provide (1) The flagging kits may only con- electrical power for its operation. Lith- tain fusees and railroad torpedoes as ium cell(s) or battery(ies) includes both follows: lithium metal and lithium ion chem- (i) Fusee (rail or highway) (NA1325, istries. Medical device means an instru- Division 4.1, PG II). ment, apparatus, implement, machine, (ii) Articles, pyrotechnic (UN0431, Di- contrivance, implant, or in vitro rea- vision 1.4G, PG II). gent, including any component, part, (iii) Signal devices, hand (UN0373, Di- or accessory thereof, which is intended vision 1.4S, PG II). for use in the diagnosis of disease or (iv) Signal devices, hand (UN0191, Di- other conditions, or in the cure, miti- vision 1.4G, PG II). gation, treatment, or prevention of dis- (v) Signals, railway track, explosive ease, of a person. (UN0193, Division 1.4S, PG II). (a) Classification. (1) Each lithium cell (2) Fusees and railroad torpedoes or battery must be of the type proven must be transported in compartmented to meet the criteria in part III, sub-sec- metal containers. Each compartment tion 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and must have a cover with a latching de- Criteria (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- vice. Compartments for railroad tor- chapter). Lithium cells and batteries pedoes must be equipped with a spring- are subject to these tests regardless of loaded positive locking device. Each whether the cells used to construct the compartment may only contain one battery are of a tested type. A single type of device. cell battery as defined in part III, sub- (3) Each flagging kit may contain a section 38.3 of the UN Manual of Tests maximum of 36 fusees and 36 railroad and Criteria is considered a ‘‘cell’’ and torpedoes. No more than six (6) flag- must be offered for transportation in ging kits may be transported at one accordance with the requirements for time on any motor vehicle. cells.

622

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00632 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.185

(i) Cells and batteries manufactured (D) Physical description of the cell/ according to a type meeting the re- battery; and quirements of sub-section 38.3 of the (E) Cell or battery model number or, UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Revi- alternatively, if the test summary is sion 3, Amendment 1 or any subsequent established for a product containing a revision and amendment applicable at cell or battery, the product model the date of the type testing may con- number. tinue to be transported, unless other- (vii) List of tests conducted and re- wise provided in this subchapter. sults (i.e., pass/fail); (ii) Cell and battery types only meet- (viii) Reference to assembled battery ing the requirements of the UN Manual testing requirements (if applicable); of Tests and Criteria, Revision 3, are no (ix) Reference to the revised edition longer valid. However, cells and bat- of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria teries manufactured in conformity used and to amendments thereto, if with such types before July 2003 may continue to be transported if all other any; and applicable requirements are fulfilled. (x) Signature with name and title of (2) Each person who manufactures signatory as an indication of the valid- lithium cells or batteries must create a ity of information provided. record of satisfactory completion of (4) Except for cells or batteries meet- the testing (e.g. test report) required ing the requirements of paragraph (c) by this paragraph prior to offering the of this section, each lithium cell or lithium cell or battery for transport battery must: and must: (i) Incorporate a safety venting de- (i) Maintain this record for as long as vice or be designed to preclude a vio- that design is offered for transpor- lent rupture under conditions normally tation and for one year thereafter; and incident to transport; (ii) Make this record available to an (ii) Be equipped with means of pre- authorized representative of the Fed- venting external short circuits; and eral, state or local government upon (iii) Be equipped with a means of pre- request. venting dangerous reverse current flow (3) Beginning January 1, 2022 each (e.g., diodes or fuses) if a battery con- manufacturer and subsequent dis- tains cells, or a series of cells that are tributor of lithium cells or batteries connected in parallel. manufactured on or after January 1, (b) Packaging. (1) Each package of- 2008, must make available a test sum- fered for transportation containing mary. The test summary must include lithium cells or batteries, including the following elements: lithium cells or batteries packed with, (i) Name of cell, battery, or product or contained in, equipment, must meet manufacturer, as applicable; all applicable requirements of subpart (ii) Cell, battery, or product manu- B of this part. facturer’s contact information to in- (2) Lithium cells or batteries, includ- clude address, telephone number, email ing lithium cells or batteries packed address, and website for more informa- with, or contained in, equipment, must tion; be packaged in a manner to prevent: (iii) Name of the test laboratory, to include address, telephone number, (i) Short circuits; email address, and website for more in- (ii) Damage caused by movement or formation; placement within the package; and (iv) A unique test report identifica- (iii) Accidental activation of the tion number; equipment. (v) Date of test report; (3) For packages containing lithium (vi) Description of cell or battery to cells or batteries offered for transpor- include at a minimum; tation: (A) Lithium ion or lithium metal cell (i) The lithium cells or batteries or battery; must be placed in non-metallic inner (B) Mass of cell or battery; packagings that completely enclose (C) Watt-hour rating, or lithium con- the cells or batteries, and separate the tent; cells or batteries from contact with

623

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00633 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.185 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

equipment, other devices, or elec- crates); or on pallets or other handling trically conductive materials (e.g., devices, instead of packages meeting metal) in the packaging. the UN performance packaging require- (ii) The inner packagings containing ments in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and lithium cells or batteries must be (b)(3)(iii) of this section. Batteries or placed in one of the following pack- battery assemblies must be secured to agings meeting the requirements of prevent inadvertent movement, and part 178, subparts L and M, of this sub- the terminals may not support the chapter at the Packing Group II level: weight of other superimposed elements. (A) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, Batteries or battery assemblies pack- 4C2, 4D, 4F), fiberboard (4G), or solid aged in accordance with this paragraph plastic (4H1, 4H2) box; may be transported by cargo aircraft if (B) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood approved by the Associate Adminis- (1D), fiber (1G), or plastic (1H2) drum; trator. (C) Metal (3A2, 3B2) or plastic (3H2) (6) Except for transportation by air- jerrican. (iii) When packed with equipment, craft, the following rigid large pack- lithium cells or batteries must: agings are authorized for a single bat- (A) Be placed in inner packagings tery, and for a single item of equip- that completely enclose the cell or bat- ment containing batteries, meeting tery, then placed in an outer pack- provisions in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) aging. The completed package for the of this section and the requirements of cells or batteries must meet the Pack- part 178, subparts P and Q, of this sub- ing Group II performance requirements chapter at the Packing Group II level: as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of (i) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N) metal pack- this section; or agings must be fitted with an elec- (B) Be placed in inner packagings trically non-conductive lining material that completely enclose the cell or bat- (e.g., plastics) of adequate strength for tery, then placed with equipment in a the intended use; package that meets the Packing Group (ii) Rigid plastic (50H); II performance requirements as speci- (iii) Wooden (50C, 50D, 50F); fied in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this sec- (iv) Rigid fiberboard (50G). tion. (7) For transportation by aircraft, (4) When lithium cells or batteries lithium cells and batteries must not be are contained in equipment: packed in the same outer packaging (i) The outer packaging, when used, with substances and articles of Class 1 must be constructed of suitable mate- (explosives) other than Division 1.4S, rial of adequate strength and design in Division 2.1 (flammable gases), Class 3 relation to the capacity and intended (flammable liquids), Division 4.1 (flam- use of the packaging, unless the lith- mable solids), or Division 5.1 ium cells or batteries are afforded (oxidizers). equivalent protection by the equipment in which they are contained; (c) Exceptions for smaller cells or bat- (ii) Equipment must be secured to teries. Other than as specifically stated prevent damage caused by movement below, a package containing lithium within the outer packaging and be cells or batteries, or lithium cells or packed so as to prevent accidental op- batteries packed with, or contained in, eration during transport; and equipment, that meets the conditions (iii) Any spare lithium cells or bat- of this paragraph is excepted from the teries packed with the equipment must requirements in subparts C through H be packaged in accordance with para- of part 172 of this subchapter and the graph (b)(3) of this section. UN performance packaging require- (5) Lithium batteries that weigh 12 ments in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) kg (26.5 pounds) or more and have a of this section under the following con- strong, impact-resistant outer casing ditions and limitations. and assemblies of such batteries, may (1) Size limits. (i) The Watt-hour (Wh) be packed in strong outer packagings; rating may not exceed 20 Wh for a lith- in protective enclosures (for example, ium ion cell or 100 Wh for a lithium ion in fully enclosed or wooden slatted battery. After December 31, 2015, each

624

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00634 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.185

lithium ion battery subject to this pro- equipment, each package must not ex- vision must be marked with the Watt- ceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. hour rating on the outside case. (2) Packaging. Lithium cells and bat- (ii) The lithium content may not ex- teries must be packed in inner pack- ceed 1 g for a lithium metal cell or 2 g agings that completely enclose the cell for a lithium metal battery. or battery then placed in a strong rigid (iii) Except when lithium cells or outer package unless the cell or bat- batteries are packed with or contained tery is contained in equipment and is in equipment in quantities not exceed- afforded equivalent protection by the ing 5 kg net weight, the outer package equipment in which it is contained. Ex- that contains lithium cells or batteries cept when lithium cells or batteries are must be appropriately marked: ‘‘PRI- contained in equipment, each package MARY LITHIUM BATTERIES—FOR- BIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD of lithium cells or batteries, or the PASSENGER AIRCRAFT’’, ‘‘LITHIUM completed package when packed with METAL BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN equipment, must be capable of with- FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PAS- standing a 1.2 meter drop test, in any SENGER AIRCRAFT’’, ‘‘LITHIUM ION orientation, without damage to the BATTERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR cells or batteries contained in the TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER package, without shifting of the con- AIRCRAFT’’ or labeled with a ‘‘CARGO tents that would allow battery-to-bat- AIRCRAFT ONLY’’ label specified in tery (or cell-to-cell) contact, and with- § 172.448 of this subchapter. out release of the contents of the pack- (iv) For transportation by highway age. or rail only, the lithium content of the (3) Hazard communication. Each pack- cell and battery may be increased to 5 age must display the lithium battery g for a lithium metal cell or 25 g for a mark except when a package contains lithium metal battery and 60 Wh for a button cell batteries installed in equip- lithium ion cell or 300 Wh for a lithium ment (including circuit boards), or no ion battery, provided the outer pack- more than four lithium cells or two age is marked: ‘‘LITHIUM BAT- lithium batteries contained in equip- TERIES—FORBIDDEN FOR TRANS- ment, where there are not more than PORT ABOARD AIRCRAFT AND VES- two packages in the consignment. SEL.’’ (i) The mark must indicate the UN (v) The marking specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section number: ‘‘UN3090’’ for lithium metal must have a background of contrasting cells or batteries; or ‘‘UN3480’’ for lith- color, and the letters in the marking ium ion cells or batteries. Where the must be: lithium cells or batteries are contained (A) At least 6 mm (0.25 inch) in in, or packed with, equipment, the UN height on packages having a gross number ‘‘UN3091’’ or ‘‘UN3481,’’ as ap- weight of 30 kg (66 pounds) or less, ex- propriate, must be indicated. Where a cept that smaller font may be used as package contains lithium cells or bat- necessary when package dimensions so teries assigned to different UN num- require. bers, all applicable UN numbers must (B) At least 12 mm (0.5 inch) in be indicated on one or more marks. height on packages having a gross The package must be of such size that weight of more than 30 kg (66 pounds). there is adequate space to affix the (vi) Except when lithium cells or bat- mark on one side without the mark teries are packed with, or contained in, being folded.

625

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00635 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.185 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(A) The mark must be in the form of (ii) [Reserved] a rectangle with hatched edging. The (iii) When packages are placed in an mark must be not less than 120 mm (4.7 overpack, the lithium battery mark inches) wide by 110 mm (4.3 inches) shall either be clearly visible through high and the minimum width of the the overpack or be reproduced on the hatching must be 5 mm (0.2 inches), ex- outside of the overpack and the over- cept marks of 105 mm (4.1 inches) wide pack shall be marked with the word by 74 mm (2.9 inches) high may be used ‘‘OVERPACK’’. The lettering of the on a package containing lithium bat- ‘‘OVERPACK’’ mark shall be at least teries when the package is too small 12 mm (0.47 inches) high. for the larger mark; (B) The symbols and letters must be (4) Air transportation. (i) For transpor- black on white or suitable contrasting tation by aircraft, lithium cells and background and the hatching must be batteries may not exceed the limits in red; the following Table 1 to paragraph (C) The ‘‘*’’ must be replaced by the (c)(4)(i). The limits on the maximum appropriate UN number(s) and the ‘‘**’’ number of batteries and maximum net must be replaced by a telephone num- quantity of batteries in the following ber for additional information; and table may not be combined in the same (D) Where dimensions are not speci- package: fied, all features shall be in approximate proportion to those shown.

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (c)(4)(i)

Lithium metal Lithium metal Lithium metal Lithium ion Lithium ion Lithium ion cells and/or cells with a batteries with cells and/or cells with a batteries with batteries with lithium con- a lithium con- batteries with watt-hour rat- a watt-hour Contents a lithium tent more tent more a watt-hour ing more than rating more content not than 0.3 g but than 0.3 g but rating not 2.7 Wh but than 2.7 Wh more than 0.3 not more than not more than more than 2.7 not more than but not more g 1 g 2 g Wh 20 Wh than 100 Wh

Maximum number of cells/ No Limit 8 cells 2 batteries No Limit 8 cells 2 batteries. batteries per package.

626

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00636 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER11MY20.002 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.185

TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (c)(4)(i)—Continued

Maximum net quantity 2.5 kg n/a n/a 2.5 kg n/a n/a. (mass) per package.

(ii) Not more than one package pre- or batteries is the number of individual pared in accordance with this para- cells or batteries that are required to graph (c)(4) may be placed into an over- power each piece of equipment. pack. When a package is required to (vii) Each person who prepares a display the ‘‘CARGO AIRCRAFT package for transport containing lith- ONLY’’ label, the paragraph (c)(1)(iii) ium cells or batteries, including cells mark, or the paragraph (c)(3)(i) lithium or batteries packed with, or contained battery mark and the package is placed in, equipment in accordance with the in an overpack, the appropriate label conditions and limitations of this para- or mark must either be clearly visible graph (c)(4), must receive instruction through the overpack, or the label or on these conditions and limitations, mark must also be affixed on the out- corresponding to their functions. side of the overpack, and the overpack (viii) Lithium cells and batteries must be marked with the word must not be packed in the same outer ‘‘OVERPACK’’. The lettering of the packaging with other hazardous mate- ‘‘OVERPACK’’ mark shall be at least rials. Packages prepared in accordance 12 mm (0.47 inches) high. with this paragraph (c)(4) must not be (iii) A shipper is not permitted to placed into an overpack with packages offer for transport more than one pack- containing hazardous materials and ar- age prepared in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph in any sin- ticles of Class 1 (explosives) other than gle consignment. Division 1.4S, Division 2.1 (flammable (iv) Each shipment with packages re- gases), Class 3 (flammable liquids), Di- quired to display the paragraph (c)(3)(i) vision 4.1 (flammable solids) or Divi- lithium battery mark must include an sion 5.1 (oxidizers). indication on the air waybill of compli- (5) For transportation by aircraft, a ance with this paragraph (c)(4) (or the package that exceeds the number or applicable ICAO Technical Instructions quantity (mass) limits in the table Packing Instruction), when an air way- shown in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this sec- bill is used. tion, the overpack limit described in (v) Packages and overpacks of lith- paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, or ium batteries prepared in accordance the consignment limit described in with this paragraph (c)(4) must be of- paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section is fered to the operator separately from subject to all applicable requirements cargo which is not subject to the re- of this subchapter, except that a pack- quirements of this subchapter and age containing no more than 2.5 kg must not be loaded into a unit load de- lithium metal cells or batteries or 10 vice before being offered to the oper- kg lithium ion cells or batteries is not ator. subject to the UN performance pack- (vi) For lithium batteries packed aging requirements in paragraph with, or contained in, equipment, the (b)(3)(ii) of this section when the pack- number of batteries in each package is age displays both the lithium battery limited to the minimum number re- mark in paragraph (c)(3)(i) and the quired to power the piece of equipment, Class 9 Lithium Battery label specified plus two spare sets, and the total net in § 172.447 of this subchapter. This quantity (mass) of the lithium cells or paragraph does not apply to batteries batteries in the completed package or cells packed with or contained in must not exceed 5 kg. A ‘‘set’’ of cells equipment.

627

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00637 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.185 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) Lithium cells or batteries shipped for the Packing Group I level. Cells and disposal or recycling. A lithium cell or batteries, including equipment of dif- battery, including a lithium cell or ferent sizes, shapes or masses must be battery contained in equipment, that is placed into an outer packaging of a transported by motor vehicle to a per- tested design type listed in this section mitted storage facility or disposal site, provided the total gross mass of the or for purposes of recycling, is excepted package does not exceed the gross mass from the testing and record keeping re- for which the design type has been quirements of paragraph (a) and the tested. A cell or battery with a net UN performance packaging require- mass of more than 30 kg is limited to ments in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii), (b)(3)(iii) one cell or battery per outer pack- and (b)(6) of this section, when packed aging; in a strong outer packaging con- (i) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, forming to the applicable requirements 4C2, 4D, 4F), or solid plastic (4H2) box; of subpart B of this part. A lithium cell (ii) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood or battery that meets the size, pack- (1D), or plastic (1H2) drum. aging, and hazard communication con- (4) For a single battery, and for a sin- ditions in paragraph (c)(1)–(3) of this gle item of equipment containing cells section is excepted from subparts C or batteries, the following rigid large through H of part 172 of this sub- packagings are authorized: chapter. (i) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N) metal pack- (e) Low production runs and proto- agings must be fitted with an elec- types. Low production runs (i.e., annual trically non-conductive lining material production runs consisting of not more (e.g., plastics) of adequate strength for than 100 lithium cells or batteries), the intended use; prototype lithium cells or batteries (ii) Rigid plastic (50H); transported for purposes of testing, and (iii) Plywood (50D). equipment containing such cells or bat- (5) Lithium batteries, including lith- teries are excepted from the testing ium batteries contained in equipment, and record keeping requirements of that weigh 12 kg (26.5 pounds) or more paragraph (a) of this section, provided: and have a strong, impact-resistant (1) Except as provided in paragraph outer casing or assemblies of such bat- (e)(5) of this section, each cell or batteries, may be packed in strong outer tery is individually packed in a non- packagings, in protective enclosures metallic inner packaging, inside an (for example, in fully enclosed or wood- outer packaging, and is surrounded by en slatted crates), or on pallets or cushioning material that is non-com- other handling devices, instead of bustible and electrically non-conduc- packages meeting the UN performance tive, or contained in equipment. Equip- packaging requirements in paragraphs ment must be constructed or packaged (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section. The in a manner as to prevent accidental battery or battery assembly must be operation during transport; secured to prevent inadvertent move- (2) Appropriate measures shall be ment, and the terminals may not sup- taken to minimize the effects of vibra- port the weight of other superimposed tion and shocks and prevent movement elements; of the cells or batteries within the (6) Irrespective of the limit specified package that may lead to damage and in column (9B) of the § 172.101 Haz- a dangerous condition during trans- ardous Materials Table, the battery or port. Cushioning material that is non- battery assembly prepared for trans- combustible and electrically non-con- port in accordance with this paragraph ductive may be used to meet this re- may have a mass exceeding 35 kg gross quirement; weight when transported by cargo air- (3) The lithium cells or batteries are craft; packed in inner packagings or con- (7) Batteries or battery assemblies tained in equipment. The inner pack- packaged in accordance with this para- aging or equipment is placed in one of graph are not permitted for transpor- the following outer packagings that tation by passenger-carrying aircraft, meet the requirements of part 178, sub- and may be transported by cargo air- parts L and M, of this subchapter at craft only if approved by the Associate

628

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00638 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.186

Administrator prior to transportation; cargo on a passenger aircraft. Packages and containing these cells or batteries are (8) Shipping papers must include the not subject to the marking require- following notation: ‘‘Transport in ac- ment in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this sec- cordance with § 173.185(e).’’ tion or the ‘‘CARGO AIRCRAFT (f) Damaged, defective, or recalled cells ONLY’’ label required by § 172.402(c) of or batteries. Lithium cells or batteries this subchapter and may be trans- that have been damaged or identified ported as cargo on a passenger aircraft by the manufacturer as being defective when approved by the Associate Ad- for safety reasons, that have the poten- ministrator and provided the following tial of producing a dangerous evolution conditions are met: of heat, fire, or short circuit (e.g., those (1) The intended destination of the being returned to the manufacturer for cells or batteries is not serviced daily safety reasons) may be transported by by cargo aircraft if a cell or battery is highway, rail or vessel only, and must required for medically necessary care; be packaged as follows: and (1) Each cell or battery must be (2) Lithium ion cells or batteries for placed in individual, non-metallic medical devices are excepted from the inner packaging that completely en- state of charge limitations in § 172.102, closes the cell or battery; special provision A100, of this sub- (2) The inner packaging must be sur- chapter, provided each cell or battery rounded by cushioning material that is is: non-combustible, electrically non-con- (i) Individually packed in an inner ductive, and absorbent; and packaging that completely encloses (3) Each inner packaging must be in- the cell or battery; dividually placed in one of the fol- (ii) Placed in a rigid outer packaging; lowing packagings meeting the appli- and cable requirements of part 178, sub- (iii) Protected to prevent short cir- parts L, M, P, and Q of this subchapter cuits. at the Packing Group I level: (h) Approval. A lithium cell or bat- (i) Metal (4A, 4B, 4N), wooden (4C1, tery that does not conform to the pro- 4C2, 4D, 4F), or solid plastic (4H2) box; visions of this subchapter may be (ii) Metal (1A2, 1B2, 1N2), plywood transported only under conditions ap- (1D), or plastic (1H2) drum; or proved by the Associate Administrator. (iii) For a single battery, and for a [85 FR 27882, May 11, 2020] single item of equipment containing cells or batteries, the following rigid § 173.186 Matches. large packagings are authorized: (a) Matches must be of a type which (A) Metal (50A, 50B, 50N); will not ignite spontaneously or under- (B) Rigid plastic (50H); go marked decomposition when sub- (C) Plywood (50D); and jected for 8 consecutive hours to a tem- (4) The outer package must be perature of 93 °C (200 °F). marked with an indication that the (b) Definitions. (1) Fusee matches are package contains a ‘‘Damaged/defec- matches the heads of which are pre- tive lithium ion battery’’ and/or pared with a friction-sensitive igniter ‘‘Damaged/defective lithium metal bat- composition and a pyrotechnic com- tery’’ as appropriate. The marking re- position which burns with little or no quired by this paragraph must be in flame, but with intense heat. characters at least 12 mm (0.47 inches) (2) Safety matches are matches com- high. bined with or attached to the box, book (g) Limited exceptions to restrictions on or card that can be ignited by friction air transportation of medical device bat- only on a prepared surface. teries. Irrespective of the quantity limi- (3) Strike anywhere matches are tations described in column 9A of the matches that can be ignited by friction § 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table of on a solid surface. this subchapter, up to two replacement (4) Wax ‘‘Vesta’’ matches are matches lithium cells or batteries specifically that can be ignited by friction either used for a medical device as defined in on a prepared surface or on a solid sur- this section may be transported as face.

629

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00639 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.187 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(c) Safety matches and wax ‘‘Vesta’’ (b) In wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or matches must be tightly packed in se- 4F) with inner metal receptacles which curely closed inner packagings to pre- have a positive (not friction) means of vent accidental ignition under condi- closure and contain not more than 15 tions normally incident to transpor- kg (33 pounds) each. tation, and further packed in outer fi- (c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with berboard, wooden, or other equivalent- inner metal receptacles which have a type packagings. These matches in positive (not friction) means of closure outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg and contain not more than 7.5 kg (17 (50 pounds) gross weight are not sub- pounds) each. ject to any other requirement (except (d) In steel, aluminum or other metal marking) of this subchapter. These drums (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1 or 1N2) matches may be packed in the same with a gross mass not exceeding 150 kg outer packaging with materials not (331 pounds) per drum. subject to this subchapter. (e) In plywood drums (1D) with inner (d) Strike-anywhere matches may metal receptacles which have a posi- not be packed in the same outer pack- tive (not friction) means of closure and aging with any material other than contain not more than 15 kg (33 safety matches or wax ‘‘Vesta’’ pounds) each. matches, which must be packed in sep- (f) In fiber drums (1G) with inner arate inner packagings. metal receptacles which have a posi- (e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere tive (not friction) means of closure and matches must be tightly packed in se- contain not more than 15 kg (33 curely closed chipboard, fiberboard, pounds) each. wooden, or metal inner packagings to (g) In specification cylinders, as pre- prevent accidental ignition under con- scribed for any compressed gas, except ditions normally incident to transpor- for Specifications 8 and 3HT. tation. Each inner packaging may contain no more than 700 strike-anywhere [71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006, as amended at 78 matches and must be packed in outer FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013] steel drums (1A1, 1A2), aluminum drums (1B1, 1B2), other metal drums § 173.188 White or yellow phosphorus. (1N1, 1N2), steel jerricans (3A1, 3A2), Phosphorus, white or yellow, when aluminum jerricans (3B1, 3B2), steel offered for transportation or trans- (4A), aluminum (4N), other metal (4N) ported by rail, highway, or water, must boxes, wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), be packaged in water or dry in pack- reconstituted wood (4F) or fiberboard agings conforming to the requirements (4G) boxes, plywood (1D) or fiber (1G) of part 178 of this subchapter at the drums. Gross weight of fiberboard Packing Group I performance level, as boxes (4G) must not exceed 30 kg (66 follows: pounds). Gross weight of other outer (a) When placed in water, it must be packagings must not exceed 45 kg (100 packaged in specification packagings pounds). as follows: [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as (1) Steel, aluminum or other metal amended at 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) or wooden boxes 1088, Jan. 7, 2013] (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) with: (i) Inner hermetically sealed (sol- § 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or dered) metal cans, enclosed in other alloys, n.o.s. hermetically sealed (soldered) metal Packagings for pyrophoric solids, cans, or metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform (ii) Inner water-tight metal cans con- to the requirements of part 178 of this taining not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of subchapter at the packing group per- phosphorus with screw-top closures; or formance level specified in the § 172.101 (2) Steel, aluminum or other metal Table. These materials must be pack- drums (1A1, 1B1 or 1N1) not over 250 L aged as follows: (66 gallons) capacity each or steel, alu- (a) In steel, aluminum or other metal minum or other metal drums (1A2, 1B2, boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) and contain no or 1N2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) ca- more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each. pacity each.

630

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00640 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.189

(3)(i) A 115 L (30 gallon) UN1A2 steel transportation, or transported, at a drum certified to the PG I performance temperature at which any liquid so- level for solids and the PG I or PG II dium present in the battery conforms performance level for liquids and dual to the conditions prescribed in para- marked, at a minimum, as a UN1A2/ graph (d) of this section. X400/S (for solid) and UN1A2 X(or Y)/1.4/ (b) Cells must be protected against 150 (for liquids) subject to the following short circuit and must consist of her- conditions: metically sealed metal casings that (ii) Enough water must be present in fully enclose the hazardous materials each drum to ensure that the phos- and that are so constructed and closed phorous is covered by water at all as to prevent the release of the haz- times during transportation, in any ardous materials under normal condi- orientation of the drum; tions of transport. Cells must be placed (iii) Drums must be held and ob- in suitable outer packagings with suffi- served for a minimum of 24-hours be- cient cushioning material to prevent fore transportation. Any leaking or contact between cells and between otherwise unsuitable drums must be re- cells and the internal surfaces of the placed prior to transportation; outer packaging, and to ensure that no (iv) Packages must be destroyed and dangerous shifting of the cells within may not be reused; the outer packaging occurs in trans- (v) The net mass of the material and port. Cells must be packaged in 1A2, water, in kilograms, must not exceed 1B2, 1N2, 1D, 1G, 1H2, 4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, the mass that would be permitted by 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2, 3A2, 3B2 or calculating the volume of the pack- 3H2) outer packagings that meet the aging in liters multiplied by the spe- requirements of part 178 of this sub- cific gravity indicated on the package chapter at the Packing Group II per- certification; formance level. (vi) Transportation is by private or contract motor carrier only; and (c) Batteries must consist of cells se- (vii) Transportation is authorized cured within, and fully enclosed by a from the offeror’s location to a facility metal casing so constructed and closed where it must be unloaded by the con- as to prevent the release of the haz- signee. ardous materials under normal condi- (b) When dry, it must be cast solid tions of transport. Batteries may be of- and shipped in packagings as follows: fered for transportation, and trans- (1) Steel, aluminum or other metal ported, unpacked or in protective pack- drums (1A2, 1B2 or 1N2) not over 115 L agings that are not subject to the re- (30 gallons) capacity each, or quirements of part 178 of this sub- (2) In projectiles or bombs when chapter. shipped by, for, or to the Departments (d) Batteries containing any liquid of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the sodium may not be offered for trans- United States Government, without portation, or transported, by aircraft. bursting elements. Batteries containing liquid sodium may be transported by motor vehicle, [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 78 FR rail car or vessel under the following 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016] conditions: (1) Batteries must be equipped with § 173.189 Batteries containing sodium an effective means of preventing exter- or cells containing sodium. nal short circuits, such as by providing (a) Batteries and cells may not con- complete electrical insulation of bat- tain any hazardous material other than tery terminals or other external elec- sodium, sulfur or sodium compounds trical connectors. Battery terminals or (e.g., sodium polysulfides, sodium other electrical connectors penetrating tetrachloroaluminate, etc.). Cells not the heat insulation fitted in battery forming a component of a completed casings must be provided with thermal battery may not be offered for trans- insulation sufficient to prevent the portation at a temperature at which temperature of the exposed surfaces of any liquid sodium is present in the cell. such devices from exceeding 55 °C (130 Batteries may only be offered for °F).

631

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00641 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.192 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) No battery may be offered for (2) Specification 3AL cylinders may transportation if the temperature at only be offered for transportation or any point on the external surface of transported by highway and rail. the battery exceeds 55 °C (130 °F). (b) Packagings must conform to the (3) If any external source of heating requirements of § 173.40. is used during transportation to main- (c) For cylinders used for phosgene: tain sodium in batteries in a molten (1) The filling density may not exceed state, means must be provided to en- 125 percent; sure that the internal temperature of (2) A cylinder may not contain more the battery does not reach or exceed than 68 kg (150 lb) of phosgene; and 400 °C (752 °F). (3) Each cylinder containing phosgene must be tested for leakage before (4) When loaded in a transport vehi- it is offered for transportation or cle or freight container: transported and must show no leakage. (i) Batteries must be secured so as to The leakage test must consist of im- prevent significant shifting within the mersing the cylinder and valve, with- transport vehicle or freight container out the protective cap attached, in a under conditions normally incident to bath of water at a temperature of ap- transportation; proximately 66 °C (150 °F) for at least 30 (ii) Adequate ventilation and/or sepa- minutes, during which time frequent ration between batteries must be pro- examinations must be made to note vided to ensure that the temperature any escape of gas. The valve of the cyl- at any point on the external surface of inder may not be loosened after this the battery casing will not exceed 240 test. Suitable safeguards must be pro- °C (464 °F) during transportation; and vided to protect personnel and facili- (iii) No other hazardous materials, ties should failure occur during the with the exception of cells containing test. As an alternative, each cylinder sodium, may be loaded in the same containing phosgene may be tested for transport vehicle or freight container. leakage by a method approved in writ- Batteries must be separated from all ing by the Associate Administrator. other freight by a distance of not less [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 than 0.5 m (1.6 feet). FR 33880, June 12, 2006] (e) Vehicles, machinery and equipment powered by sodium batteries § 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bro- must be consigned under the entry mide, chloropicrin and methyl bro- ‘‘Battery-powered vehicle or Battery- mide or methyl chloride mixtures, etc. powered equipment.’’ (a) Bromoacetone must be packaged [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as as follows in metal boxes (4A, 4B or 4N) amended by Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. or wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F) 1, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 61941, with inner glass receptacles or tubes in Oct. 30, 2003; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 43530, July 20, 2011; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013] hermetically sealed metal receptacles in corrugated fiberboard cartons. Bot- § 173.192 Packaging for certain toxic tles may not contain over 500 g (17.6 gases in Hazard Zone A. ounces) of liquid each and must be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 mm When § 172.101 of this subchapter (0.5 inch) of absorbent material. Total specifies a toxic material must be amount of liquid in the outer box must packaged under this section, only the not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). Pack- following cylinders are authorized: agings must conform to the require- (a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at 3AL1800, 3E1800, or seamless UN cyl- the Packing Group I performance level. inders with a minimum test pressure in (b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, accordance with P200 of the UN Rec- chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix- ommendations (IBR, see § 171.7 of this tures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride subchapter). mixtures, and chloropicrin mixtures (1) Specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL cyl- charged with non-flammable, non-liq- inders may not exceed 57 kg (125 lb) uefied compressed gas must be packed water capacity (nominal). in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A,

632

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00642 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.195

4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C cylinders having inch) and must have a hermetically not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water ca- sealed steel closure. pacity (nominal) except: (b) When the poisonous material is (1) DOT Specification 4BW cylinders absorbed in a medium such as acti- containing chloropicrin and methyl vated charcoal or silical gel, gas identi- bromide mixtures may not exceed 453 fication sets may be shipped as follows: kg (1000 pounds); and (1) If the poisonous material does not (2) The capacity limit of this para- exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid graph does not apply to shipments of or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be methyl bromide. packed in glass inner receptacles of not (c) Methyl bromide mixtures con- over 120 mL (4.1 fluid ounces) each. taining up to 2% chloropicrin must be Each glass receptacle, cushioned with packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with absorbent material must be packed in a inside metal cans containing not over hermetically sealed metal can of not one pound each, or inside metal cans less than 0.30 mm (0.012 inch) wall with a minimum wall thickness of 0.007 thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on inch containing not over 13⁄4 pounds all sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of each. The one-pound can must be capa- dry sawdust, must be packed in 4A, 4B ble of withstanding an internal pres- or 4N metal boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F sure of 130 psig without leakage or per- wooden boxes. Not more than 100 mL manent distortion. Vapor pressure of (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces) of the contents must not exceed 130 psig poisonous materials may be packed in at 55 °C (130 °F). The 13⁄4–pound can one outer box. must be capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 140 psig without (2) If the poisonous material does not leakage or permanent distortion. exceed 5 mL (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid Vapor pressure of the contents must or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be not exceed 140 psig at 55 °C (130 °F). packed in glass inner receptacles with Cans must not be liquid full at 130 °F. screw-top closures of not less than 60 Cans must be constructed of tinplate or mL (2 fluid ounces), hermetically lined with suitable material and must sealed. Twelve bottles containing poi- have concave or pressure ends. sonous material, not to exceed 100 mL (d) Cylinders, except those con- (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), taining methyl bromide, must conform or both, may be placed in a plastic car- to § 173.40 of this part. rying case, each glass receptacle surrounded by absorbent cushioning and [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as each separated from the other by amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR sponge rubber partitions. The plastic 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 carrying case must be placed in a FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016] tightly fitting fiberboard box which in § 173.194 Gas identification sets. turn must be placed in a tightly fitting 4A, 4B or 4N metal box or 4C1, 4C2, 4D Gas identification sets containing or 4F wooden box. poisonous material must be packaged in packagings conforming to the re- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as quirements of part 178 of this sub- amended at 66 FR 45183, 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; chapter at the Packing Group I per- 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013] formance level, as follows: (a) In glass inner receptacles, her- § 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhy- metically sealed, of not over 40 mL (1.4 drous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solution). fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner receptacle must in turn be placed in a (a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned stabilized, must be packed in specifica- with absorbent material. Not more tion cylinders or UN pressure recep- than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in tacles as follows: turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box. (1) As prescribed in § 173.192; No more than four boxes, well-cush- (2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, ioned, may in turn be placed in a steel 3AA480, or 3A1800 metal cylinders of cylinder. The cylinder must have a not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water ca- wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146 pacity (nominal);

633

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00643 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.196 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) Shipments in 3AL cylinders are (4) For a liquid infectious substance, authorized only when transported by an absorbent material placed between highway and rail; or the primary receptacle and the sec- (4) UN cylinders, as specified in part ondary packaging. The absorbent ma- 178, with a minimum test pressure of terial must be sufficient to absorb the 100 bar and a maximum filling ratio of entire contents of all primary recep- 0.55. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs is tacles. not authorized. (5) An itemized list of contents en- (b) Cylinders may not be charged closed between the secondary pack- with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of aging and the outer packaging. liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water ca- (6) The primary receptacle or sec- pacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder ondary packaging used for infectious must be tested for leakage before being substances must be capable of with- offered for transportation or trans- standing, without leakage, an internal ported and must show absolutely no pressure producing a pressure differen- leakage; this test must consist of pass- tial of not less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 ing a piece of Guignard’s sodium pic- psi). rate paper over the closure of the cyl- (7) The primary receptacle or sec- inder, without the protection cap at- ondary packaging used for infectious tached, to detect any escape of hydro- substances must be capable of with- gen cyanide from the cylinder. Other standing without leakage temperatures equally efficient test methods may be in the range of ¥40 °C to + 55 °C (¥40 used in place of sodium picrate paper. °F to + 131 °F). (c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide (b) Additional requirements for pack- must conform to § 173.40. aging Category A infectious substances. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as Category A infectious substances must amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 71 FR be packaged according to the following 33880, June 12, 2006] requirements, depending on the physical state and other characteristics of § 173.196 Category A infectious sub- the material. stances. (1) Infectious substances shipped at am- (a) Category A infectious substances bient temperatures or higher. Primary repackaging. A packaging for a Division ceptacles must be made of glass, metal, 6.2 material that is a Category A infec- or plastic. Positive means of ensuring a tious substance must meet the test leakproof seal must be provided, such standards of § 178.609 of this subchapter as heat seal, skirted stopper, or metal and must be marked in conformance crimp seal. If screw caps are used, they with § 178.503(f) of this subchapter. A must be secured by positive means, packaging for a Category A infectious such as with adhesive tape, paraffin substance is a triple packaging con- sealing tape, or manufactured locking sisting of the following components: closure. Lyophilized substances may (1) A leakproof primary receptacle. also be transported in primary recep- (2) A leakproof secondary packaging. tacles that are flame-sealed with glass If multiple fragile primary receptacles ampoules or rubber-stoppered glass are placed in a single secondary pack- vials fitted with metal seals. aging, they must be either wrapped in- (2) Infectious substances shipped refrig- dividually or separated to prevent con- erated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs, tact between them. dry ice). Ice, dry ice, or other refrig- (3) A rigid outer packaging of ade- erant must be placed around the sec- quate strength for its capacity, mass ondary packagings or in an overpack and intended use; including, drums with one or more complete packages (1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1, 1H2, marked in accordance with § 178.503 of 1D, 1G); boxes (4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, this subchapter. Interior supports must 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2); or jerricans (3A1, 3A2, be provided to secure the secondary 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 3H2). The outer pack- packagings in the original position aging must measure not less than 100 after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. mm (3.9 inches) at its smallest overall If ice is used, the outer packaging or external dimension. overpack must be leakproof. If dry ice

634

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00644 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.197

is used, the outer packaging or over- § 173.197 Regulated medical waste. pack must permit the release of carbon (a) General provisions. Non-bulk pack- dioxide gas and otherwise meet the agings, Large Packagings, and non- provisions in § 173.217. The primary re- specification bulk outer packagings ceptacle and the secondary packaging used for the transportation of regu- must maintain their integrity at the lated medical waste or clinical waste temperature of the refrigerant used, as or (bio) medical waste must be rigid well as the temperatures and pressures containers meeting the provisions of of transport by aircraft to which they subpart B of this part. could be subjected if refrigeration were (b) Non-bulk packagings. Except as lost. provided in § 173.134(c) of this subpart, (3) Infectious substances shipped in liq- non-bulk packagings for regulated uid nitrogen. The primary receptacle medical waste or clinical waste or (bio) and the secondary packaging must medical waste must be UN standard maintain their integrity at the tem- packagings conforming to the require- perature of the liquid nitrogen as well ments of part 178 of this subchapter at as the temperatures and pressures of the Packing Group II performance transport by aircraft to which they level. A non-bulk packaging used as a could be subjected if refrigeration were sharps container must be puncture-re- lost. Refrigerated liquid nitrogen pack- sistant for sharps and sharps with re- agings must be metal vacuum insu- sidual fluid as demonstrated by con- lated vessels or flasks vented to the at- ducting the performance tests in part mosphere to prevent any increase in 178, subpart M, of this subchapter on pressure within the packaging. The use packagings containing materials rep- of safety relief valves, check valves, resentative of the sharps and fluids frangible discs, or similar devices in (such as sterile sharps) intended to be the vent lines is prohibited. Fill and transported in the packagings. Sharps discharge openings must be protected containers must be securely closed to against the entry of foreign materials prevent leaks or punctures in conform- that might cause an increase in the in- ance with the instructions provided by ternal pressure. The package orienta- the packaging manufacturer in accord- tion markings specified in § 172.312(a) of ance with § 178.2(c) of this subchapter. this subchapter must be marked on the (c) Large Packagings. Large Pack- packaging. The packaging must be de- agings constructed, tested, and marked signed to prevent the release of any rein accordance with the requirements frigerated liquid nitrogen irrespective specified in subparts P and Q of part of the packaging orientation. 178 of this subchapter and conforming (c) Live animals may not be used to to other requirements of this para- transport infectious substances unless graph (c) may be used for the transpor- such substances cannot be sent by any tation of regulated medical waste, pro- other means. An animal containing or vided the waste is contained in inner contaminated with an infectious sub- packagings conforming to the require- stance must be transported under ments of paragraph (e) of this section. terms and conditions approved by the * * * Each Large Packaging design Associate Administrator for Hazardous must be capable of meeting the vibra- Materials Safety. tion test specified in § 178.819 of this subchapter. Each Large Packaging is (d) Body parts, organs or whole bod- subject to the periodic design requali- ies meeting the definition of Division fication requirements for IBCs in 6.2 material must be packaged as fol- § 178.801(e) of this subchapter, and to lows: the proof of compliance requirements (1) In Division 6.2 packaging, as spec- of § 178.801(j) and record retention re- ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this quirements of § 178.801(l) of this sub- section; or chapter. Inner packagings used for liq- (2) In packaging meeting the require- uids must be rigid. ments of § 173.197. (1) Authorized packagings. Only the [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 following Large Packagings are au- FR 32260, June 2, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, thorized for the transportation of liq- 2009; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013] uid or solid regulated medical waste:

635

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00645 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.197 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) Metal: 50A, 50B, or 50N. concentrated stock cultures of infec- (ii) Rigid plastic: 50H. tious substances containing Category B (2) Additional requirements. Each infectious substances; unabsorbed liq- Large Packaging used to transport liquids; and sharps containers may be uid regulated medical waste must con- transported in a Cart or BOP only if tain absorbent material in sufficient packaged in rigid non-bulk packagings quantity and appropriate location to conforming to paragraph (a) of this sec- absorb the entire amount of liquid tion. present in the event of an uninten- (2) Wheeled cart (Cart). A Cart is au- tional release of contents. Each Large thorized as an outer packaging for the Packaging design intended for the transportation of regulated medical transportation of sharps containers waste if it conforms to the following must be puncture resistant and capable requirements: of retaining liquids. The design must (i) Each Cart must consist of a solid, also be tested and certified as meeting one-piece body with a nominal volume the performance tests specified for in- not exceeding 1,655 L (437 gallons). termediate bulk containers intended (ii) Each Cart must be constructed of for the transportation of liquids in sub- metal, rigid plastic, or fiberglass fitted part O of part 178 of this subchapter. with a lid to prevent leakage during (d) Non-specification bulk packaging. A transport. wheeled cart (Cart) or bulk outer pack- (iii) Each Cart must be capable of aging (BOP) is authorized as an outer meeting the requirements of § 178.810 packaging for the transportation of (drop test) at the Packing Group II per- regulated medical waste in accordance formance level. with the provisions of this paragraph (iv) Inner packagings must be placed (d). into a Cart and restrained in such a (1) General requirements. The fol- manner as to minimize the risk of lowing requirements apply to the breakage. transportation of regulated medical (3) Bulk outer packaging (BOP). A BOP waste in Carts or BOPs: is authorized as an outer packaging for (i) Regulated medical waste in each regulated medical waste if it conforms Cart or BOP must be contained in non- to the following requirements: bulk inner packagings conforming to (i) Each BOP must be constructed of paragraph (e) of this section. metal or fiberglass and have a capacity (ii) Each Cart or BOP must have of at least 3.5 cubic meters (123.6 cubic smooth, non-porous interior surfaces feet) and not more than 45 cubic meters free of cracks, crevices, and other de- (1,590 cubic feet). fects that could damage plastic film (ii) Each BOP must have bottom and inner packagings or impede disinfec- side joints of fully welded or seamless tion operations. construction and a rigid, weatherproof (iii) Except as otherwise provided in top to prevent the intrusion of water this paragraph (d), each Cart or BOP (e.g., rain or snow). must be used exclusively for the trans- (iii) Each opening in a BOP must be portation of regulated medical waste. fitted with a closure to prevent the in- Prior to reuse, each Cart or BOP must trusion of water or the release of any be disinfected by any means effective liquid during all loading, unloading, for neutralizing the infectious sub- and transportation operations. stance the packaging previously con- (iv) In the upright position, each BOP tained. must be leakproof and able to contain (iv) Untreated concentrated stock a liquid quantity of at least 300 liters cultures of infectious substances con- (79.2 gallons) with closures open. taining Category A materials may not (v) Inner packagings must be placed be transported in a Cart or BOP. in a BOP in such a manner as to mini- (v) Division 6.1 toxic waste or Class 7 mize the risk of breakage. Rigid inner radioactive waste, with the exception packagings may not be placed in the of chemotherapeutic waste, may not be same BOP with plastic film bag inner transported in a Cart or BOP. packagings unless separated from each (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 other by rigid barriers or dividers to chemotherapeutic waste; untreated prevent damage to the packagings

636

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00646 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.198

caused by load shifting during normal may not weigh more than 10 kg (22 lbs.) conditions of transportation. when filled. (vi) Division 6.1 or Class 7 (2) Liquids. Liquid regulated medical chemotherapeutic waste, untreated waste or clinical waste or (bio) medical concentrated stock cultures of infec- waste transported in a Large Pack- tious substances containing Category B aging, Cart, or BOP must be packaged infectious substances, unabsorbed liq- in a rigid inner packaging conforming uids, and sharps may be transported in to the provisions of subpart B of this a BOP only if separated and secured as part. conforming to the provisions of required in paragraph (d)(3)(v) of this subpart B of this part. Liquid materials section. are not authorized for transportation (e) Inner packagings authorized for in inner packagings having a capacity Large Packagings, Carts, and BOPs. greater than 19 L (5 gallons). After September 30, 2003, inner pack- (3) Sharps. Sharps transported in a agings must be durably marked or Large Packaging, Cart, or BOP must be tagged with the name and location packaged in a puncture-resistant inner (city and state) of the offeror, except packaging (sharps container). Each when the entire contents of the Large sharps container must be securely Packaging, Cart, or BOP originates at closed to prevent leaks or punctures in a single location and is delivered to a conformance with instructions pro- single location. (1) Solids. A plastic film bag is au- vided by the packaging manufacturer. thorized as an inner packaging for solid Each sharps container exceeding 76 L regulated medical waste transported in (20 gallons) in volume must be capable a Cart, Large Packaging, or BOP. of passing the performance tests in Waste material containing absorbed part 178, subpart M, of this subchapter liquid may be packaged as a solid in a at the Packing Group II performance plastic film bag if the bag contains suf- level. A sharps container may be re- ficient absorbent material to absorb used only if it conforms to the fol- and retain all liquid during transpor- lowing criteria: tation. (i) The sharps container is specifi- (i) The film bag may not exceed a cally approved and certified by the U.S. volume of 175 L (46 gallons). The film Food and Drug Administration as a bag must be marked and certified by medical device for reuse. its manufacturer as having passed the (ii) The sharps container must be per- tests prescribed for tear resistance in manently marked for reuse. ASTM D 1922, ‘‘Standard Test Method (iii) The sharps container must be for Propagation Tear Resistance of disinfected prior to reuse by any means Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by effective for the infectious substance Pendulum Method’’ (IBR, § 171.7 of this the container previously contained. subchapter) and for impact resistance (iv) The sharps container must have in ASTM D 1709, ‘‘Standard Test Meth- a capacity greater than 7.57 L (2 gal- ods for Impact Resistance of Plastic lons) and not greater than 151.42 L (40 Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method’’ gallons) in volume. (IBR, § 171.7 of this subchapter). The film bag must meet an impact resist- [67 FR 53140, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 68 ance of 165 grams and a tearing resist- FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75744, Dec. 31, ance of 480 grams in both the parallel 2003; 71 FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 71 FR 78632, and perpendicular planes with respect Dec. 29, 2006; 75 FR 60339, Sept. 30, 2010] to the length of the bag. § 173.198 Nickel carbonyl. (ii) The plastic film bag must be closed with a minimum of entrapped (a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed air to prevent leakage in transpor- in specification steel or nickel cyl- tation. The bag must be capable of inders as prescribed for any compressed being held in an inverted position with gas except acetylene. A cylinder used the closed end at the bottom for a pe- exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be riod of 5 minutes without leakage. given a complete external visual in- (iii) When used as an inner packaging spection instead of the pressure test re- for Carts or BOPs, a plastic film bag quired by § 180.205 of this subchapter.

637

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00647 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.199 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Visual inspection must be in accord- any leakage of the contents will not ance with CGA Pamphlet C–6 (IBR, see impair the protective properties of the § 171.7 of this subchapter). cushioning material or the outer pack- (b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl aging. must conform to § 173.40. (4) The completed package must be [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as designed, constructed, maintained, amended at 67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR filled, its contents limited, and closed 75742, Dec. 31, 2003] so that under conditions normally encountered in transportation, including § 173.199 Category B infectious sub- removal from a pallet or overpack for stances. subsequent handling, there will be no (a) Category B infectious substances. release of hazardous material into the Except as provided in this paragraph environment. Package effectiveness (a), Category B infectious substances must not be substantially reduced for are excepted from all other require- minimum and maximum temperatures, ments of this subchapter when offered changes in humidity and pressure, and for transportation or transported in ac- shocks, loadings and vibrations nor- cordance with this section. Category B mally encountered during transpor- infectious substances offered for trans- tation. The packaging must be capable portation or transported under the proof successfully passing the drop test in visions of this section are subject to § 178.609(d) of this subchapter at a drop the incident reporting requirements in height of at least 1.2 meters (3.9 feet). §§ 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter Following the drop test, there must be and to the requirements in § 175.75(b) of no leakage from the primary recep- this subchapter concerning cargo loca- tacle, which must remain protected by tion. Except as provided in paragraph absorbent material, when required, in (a)(9) of this section, a Category B in- the secondary packaging. At least one fectious substance meeting the defini- surface of the outer packaging must tion of a hazard class other than Divi- have a minimum dimension of 100 mm sion 6.2 must be offered for transpor- by 100 mm (3.9 inches). tation or transported in accordance (5) The following square-on-point with applicable requirements of this mark must be displayed on the outer subchapter. packaging on a background of con- (1) A Category B infectious substance trasting color. The width of the line must be packaged in a triple packaging forming the border must be at least 2 consisting of a primary receptacle, a mm (0.08 inches) and the letters and secondary packaging, and a rigid outer numbers must be at least 6 mm (0.24 packaging. inches) high. The size of the mark must (2) Primary receptacles must be be such that no side of the diamond is packed in secondary packaging in such less than 50 mm (1.97 inches) in length a way that, under normal conditions of as measured from the outside of the transport, they cannot break, be punc- lines forming the border. The proper tured, or leak their contents into the shipping name ‘‘Biological substances, secondary packaging. Category B’’ must be marked on the (3) Secondary packagings must be se- outer packaging adjacent to the dia- cured in rigid outer packagings with mond-shaped mark in letters that are suitable cushioning material such that at least 6 mm (0.24 inches) high.

638

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00648 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.199

(i) Transitional exception—A mark- leased ineffective at transmitting dis- ing in conformance with the require- ease. ments of this paragraph in effect on (9) A packaging containing inner December 31, 2014, may continue to be packagings of Category B infectious used until December 31, 2016. substances may not contain other haz- (ii) For domestic transportation, a ardous materials except— packaging marked prior to January 1, (i) Refrigerants, such as dry ice or 2017 and in conformance with the re- liquid nitrogen, as authorized under quirements of this paragraph in effect paragraph (d) of this section; on December 31, 2014, may continue in (ii) Anticoagulants used to stabilize service until the end of its useful life. blood or plasma; or (6) When packages are placed in an (iii) Small quantities of Class 3, Class overpack, the package markings re- 8, Class 9, or other materials in Pack- quired by this section must be either ing Groups II and III used to stabilize clearly visible or reproduced on the or prevent degradation of the sample, outside of the overpack. provided the quantity of such materials does not exceed 30 mL (1 ounce) or (7) The name and telephone number 30 g (1 ounce) in each inner packaging. of a person who is either knowledge- Such preservatives are not subject to able about the material being shipped the requirements of this subchapter. and has comprehensive emergency re- (10) Clear instructions on filling and sponse and incident mitigation infor- closing a packaging used to transport a mation for the material, or has imme- Category B infectious substance must diate access to a person who possesses be provided by the packaging manufac- such knowledge and information, must turer and subsequent distributors to be included on a written document the consignor or person who prepares (such as an air waybill or bill of lading) the package to enable the package to or on the outer packaging. be correctly prepared for transport. A (8) For transportation by aircraft, copy or electronic image of these in- each package, overpack, pallet, or unit structions must be retained by the load device containing a Category B in- manufacturer and subsequent distribu- fectious substance must be inspected tors for at least one year from the date for leakage when it is unloaded from of issuance, and made available for in- the aircraft. If evidence of leakage is spection by a Federal or state govern- found, the cargo compartment in which ment representative upon request. the package, overpack, pallet, or unit Packagings must be filled and closed in load device was transported must be accordance with the information pro- disinfected. Disinfection may be by any vided by the packaging manufacturer means that will make the material re- or subsequent distributor.

639

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00649 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER23NO15.001 § 173.199 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(b) Liquid Category B infectious sub- (4) If residual liquid may be present stances. Liquid Category B infectious in the primary receptacle during trans- substances must be packaged in con- portation, then the material must be formance with the following provi- transported in accordance with re- sions: quirements in paragraph (b) of this sec- (1) The primary receptacle must be tion. A solid material that may become leakproof. liquid during transportation must be (2) Absorbent material must be transported in accordance with para- placed between the primary receptacle graph (b) of this section. and secondary packaging. If several (5) Except for packages containing fragile primary receptacles are placed body parts, organs, or whole bodies, for in a single secondary packaging, they shipment by aircraft, the outer pack- must be either individually wrapped or aging may not contain more than 4 kg separated to prevent contact between (8.8 pounds), including any material them. The absorbent material must be used to stabilize or prevent degrada- of sufficient quantity to absorb the en- tion of the samples. The outer pack- tire contents of the primary recep- aging limitation does not include ice, tacles and not compromise the integ- dry ice, or liquid nitrogen when used to rity of the cushioning material or the maintain the integrity of the material. outer packaging. (d) Refrigerated or frozen specimens (3) The secondary packaging must be (ice, dry ice, and liquid nitrogen). In ad- leakproof. dition to complying with the require- (4) For shipments by aircraft, the pri- ments in this paragraph (d), dry ice and mary receptacle or the secondary pack- liquid nitrogen must be offered for aging must be capable of withstanding without leakage an internal pressure transportation or transported in ac- producing a pressure differential of not cordance with the applicable require- less than 95 kPa (0.95 bar, 14 psi). ments of this subchapter. (5) For shipments by aircraft, the (1) Ice or dry ice must be placed out- maximum quantity contained in each side the secondary packaging or in an primary receptacle, including any ma- overpack. Interior supports must be terial used to stabilize or prevent deg- provided to secure the secondary pack- radation of the sample, may not exceed agings in the original position. If ice is 1 L (34 ounces), and the maximum used, the outside packaging must be quantity contained in each outer pack- leakproof or must have a leakproof aging, including any material used to liner. If dry ice is used, the outside stabilize or prevent degradation of the packaging must permit the release of samples, may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). carbon dioxide gas and otherwise meet The outer packaging limitation does the provisions in § 173.217. The primary not include ice, dry ice, or liquid nitro- receptacle and secondary packaging gen when used to maintain the integ- must maintain their integrity at the rity of the material. temperature of the refrigerant used, as (c) Solid Category B infectious sub- well as the temperatures and pressures stances. Solid Category B infectious of transport by aircraft they could be substances must be packaged in a tri- subjected to if refrigeration were lost, ple packaging, consisting of a primary and sufficient absorbent material must receptacle, secondary packaging, and be provided to absorb all liquid, includ- outer packaging, conforming to the fol- ing melted ice. lowing provisions: (2) The package is marked ‘‘Carbon (1) The primary receptacle must be dioxide, solid’’ or ‘‘Dry ice’’ and an in- siftproof. dication that the material being refrig- (2) If several fragile primary recep- erated is used for diagnostic or treat- tacles are placed in a single secondary ment purposes (e.g., frozen medical packaging, they must be either individually wrapped or separated to prevent specimens). contact between them. (e) Training. Each person who offers (3) The secondary packaging must be or transports a Category B infectious siftproof. substance under the provisions of this

640

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00650 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.202

section must know about the require- Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber ments of this section. or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- [67 FR 53142, Aug. 14, 2002, as amended at 71 en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, FR 32261, June 2, 2006; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 2007; 78 FR 1088, Jan. 7, 2013; 80 FR 1160, Jan. Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- 8, 2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 35542, minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 June 2, 2016] Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, § 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liq- 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 uid hazardous materials in Packing Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- Group I. panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Cylinders, specification or UN standard, as specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- prescribed for any compressed gas, except 3HT and those prescribed for acetylene. rial be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as this section may be used for its trans- amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. portation. Each packaging must con- 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 71 FR 33880, June 12, 2006; 78 FR 1089, form to the general packaging require- Jan. 7, 2013] ments of subpart B of part 173, to the requirements of part 178 of this sub- § 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liq- chapter at the Packing Group I per- uid hazardous materials in Packing formance level, and to the require- Group II. ments of the special provisions of col- (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- (b) The following combination pack- rial be packaged under this section, agings are authorized: only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Outer packagings: this section may be used for its trans- Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 portation. Each packaging must con- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 form to the general packaging require- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: ments of subpart B of part 173, to the 1N1 or 1N2 requirements of part 178 of this sub- Plywood drum: 1D chapter at the Packing Group I or II Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 performance level (unless otherwise ex- Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 cepted), and to the particular require- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 ments of the special provisions of col- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. Steel box: 4A (b) The following combination pack- Aluminum box: 4B agings are authorized: Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Outer packagings: Reconstituted wood box: 4F Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Fiberboard box: 4G Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Solid plastic box: 4H2 1N1 or 1N2 Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N Plywood drum: 1D Inner packagings: Fiber drum: 1G Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Plastic receptacles Wooden barrel: 2C2 Metal receptacles Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Glass ampoules Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 (c) Except for transportation by pas- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 senger aircraft, the following single Steel box: 4A packagings are authorized: Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Plywood box: 4D Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Metal drum other than steel, or aluminum: Fiberboard box: 4G 1N1 or 1N2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Inner packagings: Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Glass or earthenware receptacles

641

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00651 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.203 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Plastic receptacles Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Metal receptacles 1N1 or 1N2 Glass ampoules Plywood drum: 1D Fiber drum: 1G (c) Except for transportation by pas- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 senger aircraft, the following single Wooden barrel: 2C2 packagings are authorized: Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Steel box: 4A Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Aluminum box: 4B 1N1 or 1N2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Plywood box: 4D Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Reconstituted wood box: 4F Wooden barrel: 2C1 Fiberboard box: 4G Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber Inner packagings: or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- Plastic receptacles en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, Metal receptacles 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass ampoules Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- (c) The following single packagings minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- are authorized: minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 1N1 Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PDl or 6PD2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 any compressed gas, except for Specifica- Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 tions 8 and 3HT Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood- 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 62 FR 51560, Oct. en, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 1, 1997; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013] 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- § 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liq- minum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, or 6PG1 uid hazardous materials in Packing Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Group III. minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or ex- specifies that a liquid hazardous mate- panded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 rial be packaged under this section, Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood this section may be used for its trans- drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 portation. Each packaging must con- Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specifications 8 and 3HT form to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of part 173, to the [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as requirements of part 178 of this sub- amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. chapter at the Packing Group I, II or 173–241, 59 FR 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173– 261, 62 FR 24734, May 6, 1997; 78 FR 1089, Jan. III performance level, and to the re- 7, 2013] quirements of the special provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 table. § 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification (b) The following combination pack- packagings for certain hazardous agings are authorized: materials. Outer packagings: When § 172.101 of this subchapter Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 specifies that a liquid or solid haz- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 ardous material be packaged under this

642

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00652 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.211

section, any appropriate non-bulk Plastic receptacle in steel drum: packaging which conforms to the gen- 6HA1 eral packaging requirements of subpart Cylinders (for liquids in PG I), speci- B of part 173 may be used for its trans- fication or UN standard, as pre- portation. Packagings need not con- scribed for any compressed gas, ex- form to the requirements of part 178 of cept Specification 3HT and those pre- this subchapter. scribed for acetylene Cylinders (for liquids in PG II), speci- § 173.205 Specification cylinders for fication, as prescribed for any com- liquid hazardous materials. pressed gas, except Specification 8 and When § 172.101 of this subchapter 3HT cylinders. specifies that a hazardous material [74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 must be packaged under this section, FR 72, Jan. 4, 2010] the use of any specification or UN cylinder, except those specified for acety- § 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for lene, is authorized. Cylinders used for solid hazardous materials in Pack- toxic materials in Division 6.1 or 2.3 ing Group I. must conform to the requirements of (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter § 173.40. specifies that a solid hazardous mate- [71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] rial be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in § 173.206 Packaging requirements for this section may be used for its trans- chlorosilanes. portation. Each package must conform (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter to the general packaging requirements specifies that a hazardous material be of subpart B of part 173, to the require- packaged under this section, only non- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at bulk packagings prescribed in this sec- the Packing Group I performance level, tion may be used for its transpor- and to the requirements of the special tation. Each packaging must conform provisions of column 7 of the § 172.101 to the general packaging requirements table. of subpart B of part 173, to the require- (b) The following combination pack- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at agings are authorized: the Packing Group I or II performance Outer packagings: level (unless otherwise excepted), and Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 to the particular requirements of the Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 special provisions of Column (7) of the Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: 1N1 or 1N2 § 172.101 Table. Plywood drum: 1D (b) The following combination pack- Fiber drum: 1G agings are authorized: Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Outer packagings: Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel drum: 1A2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic drum: 1H2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plywood drum: 1D Steel box: 4A Fiber drum: 1G Aluminum box: 4B Steel box: 4A Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Fiberboard box: 4G Solid plastic box: 4H2 Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N Inner packagings: Solid plastic box: 4H2 Glass or earthenware receptacles Inner packagings: Plastic receptacles Glass or Steel receptacle Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single (c) Except for transportation by pas- packagings are authorized: senger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 Steel jerrican: 3A1 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2

643

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00653 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.212 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Aluminum box: 4B Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 1N1 or 1N2 Plywood box: 4D Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiber drum: 1G Fiberboard box: 4G Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Inner packagings: Steel box with liner: 4A Glass or earthenware receptacles Aluminum box with liner: 4B Plastic receptacles Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N Metal receptacles Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Glass ampoules Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, (c) Except for transportation by pas- 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 senger aircraft, the following single Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- packagings are authorized: minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Plywood drum: 1D 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or Fiber drum: 1G solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed 1N1 or 1N2 gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 amended at 56 FR 66271, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 67518, Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, Steel box: 4A May 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 78 FR Steel box with liner: 4A 1089, Jan. 7, 2013] Aluminum box: 4B Aluminum box with liner: 4B § 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N solid hazardous materials in Pack- Natural wood box: 4C1 ing Group II. Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F specifies that a solid hazardous mate- Fiberboard box: 4G rial be packaged under this section, Expanded plastic box: 4H1 only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Solid plastic box: 4H2 this section may be used for its trans- Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 portation. Each package must conform Bag, plastic film: 5H4 to the general packaging requirements Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 of subpart B of part 173, to the require- Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 ments of part 178 of this subchapter at Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- the Packing Group I or II performance wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, level, and to the requirements of the 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, special provisions of column 7 of the plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, § 172.101 table. 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 (b) The following combination pack- Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- agings are authorized: minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 Outer packagings: Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 minum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or 1N1 or 1N2 solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Plywood drum: 1D Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed Fiber drum: 1G gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52634, Dec. 21, 1990, as Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 6, 1997; 69 FR 76157, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, Steel box: 4A June 14, 2005; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013]

644

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00654 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.216

§ 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 solid hazardous materials in Pack- Plywood box: 4D ing Group III. Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter Expanded plastic box: 4H1 specifies that a solid hazardous mate- Solid plastic box: 4H2 rial be packaged under this section, Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 only non-bulk packagings prescribed in Bag, plastic film: 5H4 this section may be used for its trans- Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 portation. Each package must conform Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 to the general packaging requirements Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, ply- of subpart B of part 173, to the require- wood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, ments of part 178 of this subchapter at 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 the Packing Group I, II or III perform- Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, ance level, and to the requirements of 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 the special provisions of column 7 of Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, alu- the § 172.101 table. minum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, (b) The following combination pack- 6PD1 or 6PG1 agings are authorized: Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, Outer packagings: 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed 1N1 or 1N2 gas, except for Specification 8 and 3HT Plywood drum: 1D Fiber drum: 1G [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 amended by Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, 67518, Wooden barrel: 2C2 Dec. 29, 1994; Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, May Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 6, 1997; 69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004; 70 FR 34398, Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 June 14, 2005; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013] Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A § 173.214 Packagings which require Aluminum box: 4B approval by the Associate Adminis- Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 trator. Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F When § 172.101 of this subchapter Fiberboard box: 4G specifies that a hazardous material be Solid plastic box: 4H2 packaged under this section, pack- Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N agings and method of shipment must Inner packagings: be approved by the Associate Adminis- Glass or earthenware receptacles trator prior to the first shipment. Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as Glass ampoules amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001]

(c) The following single packagings § 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown or are authorized: white. Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 (a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 includes each of the following hydrated Plywood drum: 1D mineral silicates: chrysolite, crocid- Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G olite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos, Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, 1N1 or 1N2 and every product containing any of Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 these materials. Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 (b) [Reserved] Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 (c) Packagings for asbestos must con- Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 form to the general packaging require- Steel box: 4A ments of subpart B of this part but Steel box with liner: 4A Aluminum box: 4B need not conform to the requirements Aluminum box with liner: 4B of part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos Metal box other than steel or aluminum: 4N must be offered for transportation and Natural wood box: 4C1 transported in—

645

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00655 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.217 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such dry ice being used as a refrigerant for as metal, plastic or fiber drums, port- other than hazardous materials loaded able tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or in a unit load device. In such a case, hopper-type motor vehicles; the unit load device must be identified (2) Bags or other non-rigid pack- to the operator and allow the venting agings in closed freight containers, of the carbon dioxide gas to prevent a motor vehicles, or rail cars that are dangerous build-up of pressure. loaded by and for the exclusive use of (4) Dry ice is excepted from the ship- the consignor and unloaded by the con- ping paper requirements of subpart C of signee; part 172 of this subchapter provided al- (3) Bags or other non-rigid pack- ternative written documentation is agings which are dust and sift proof supplied containing the following in- must be placed in rigid outer pack- formation: proper shipping name (Dry agings or closed freight containers. ice or Carbon dioxide, solid), class 9, UN number 1845, the number of pack- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as ages, and the net quantity of dry ice in amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003; 71 FR 78632, Dec. 29, 2006] each package. The information must be included with the description of the § 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry materials. ice). (5) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), in (a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), quantities not exceeding 2.5 kg (5.5 when offered for transportation or pounds) per package and used as a re- transported by aircraft or water, must frigerant for the contents of the pack- be packed in packagings designed and age is excepted from all other require- constructed to permit the release of ments of this subchapter if the require- carbon dioxide gas to prevent a buildup ments of paragraph (a) of this section of pressure that could rupture the are complied with and the package is packagings. Packagings must conform marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or ‘‘Dry ice’’, is marked with the name of to the general packaging requirements the contents being cooled, and is of subpart B of this part but need not marked with the net weight of the dry conform to the requirements of part 178 ice or an indication that the net weight of this subchapter. (b) For transportation by vessel: is 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) or less. (1) Each transport vehicle and freight (d) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), container containing solid carbon diox- when used to refrigerate materials ide must be conspicuously marked on being shipped for diagnostic or treatment purposes (e.g., frozen medical two sides ‘‘WARNING CO2 SOLID (DRY ICE).’’ specimens), is excepted from the ship- (2) Other packagings containing solid ping paper and certification require- carbon dioxide must be marked ‘‘CAR- ments of this subchapter if the require- BON DIOXIDE, SOLID—DO NOT STOW ments of paragraphs (a) and (c)(2) of BELOW DECKS.’’ this section are met and the package is (c) For transportation by aircraft: marked ‘‘Carbon dioxide, solid’’ or (1) In addition to the applicable ‘‘Dry ice’’ and is marked with an indi- marking requirements in subpart D of cation that the material being refrig- part 172, the net mass of the carbon di- erated is being transported for diag- oxide, solid (dry ice) must be marked nostic or treatment purposes. on the outside of the package. This [73 FR 4718, Jan. 28, 2008, as amended at 82 provision also applies to unit load de- FR 15882, Mar. 30, 2017] vices (ULDs) when the ULD contains dry ice and is considered the pack- § 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap. aging. (a) Except as provided in Column (7) (2) The shipper must make arrange- of the HMT in § 172.101 of this sub- ments with the operator for each ship- chapter, fish meal or fish scrap, con- ment. taining at least 6%, but not more than (3) The quantity limits per package 12% water, is authorized for transpor- shown in columns (9A) and (9B) of the tation by vessel only when packaged as Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 follows: of this subchapter are not applicable to (1) Burlap (jute) bag;

646

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00656 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.219

(2) Multi-wall paper bag; (4) First aid or repair kits con- (3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or forming to the applicable material and paper bag; quantity limitations of § 173.161 of this (4) Cargo tank; subchapter; (5) Portable tank; (5) Strike-anywhere matches; (6) Rail car; or (6) For self-inflating life saving appli- (7) Freight container. ances only, cartridges power device of (b) [Reserved] Division 1.4S, for purposes of the self- (c) When fish scrap or fish meal is of- inflating mechanism provided that the fered for transportation by vessel in quantity of explosives per appliance bulk in freight containers, the fish does not exceed 3.2 g; or scrap or fish meal shall contain at (7) Limited quantities of other haz- least 50 ppm (mg/kg) of ethoxyquin, 100 ardous materials. ppm (mg/kg) of butylated hydroxy- (c) Hazardous materials in life saving toluene (BHT) or 250 ppm (mg/kg) of to- appliances must be packaged as fol- copherol based antioxidant at the time lows: of shipment. (1) Division 2.2 compressed or lique- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52643, Dec. 21, 1990, as fied gases must be packaged in cyl- amended at 68 FR 45034, July 31, 2003; 85 FR inders in accordance with the require- 27886, May 11, 2020] ments of this subchapter; § 173.219 Life-saving appliances. (2) Signal devices (Class 1) must be in packagings that prevent them from (a) A life-saving appliance, self-in- being inadvertently activated; flating or non-self-inflating, containing (3) Strike-anywhere matches must be small quantities of hazardous mate- cushioned to prevent movement or fric- rials that are required as part of the life-saving appliance must conform to tion in a metal or composition recep- the requirements of this section. Pack- tacle with a screw-type closure in a agings must conform to the general manner that prevents them from being packaging requirements of subpart B of inadvertently activated; this part but need not conform to the (4) Limited quantities of other haz- requirements of part 178 of this sub- ardous materials must be packaged in chapter. The appliances must be accordance with the requirements of packed, so that they cannot be acciden- this subchapter; and tally activated and, except for life (5) Life-saving appliances containing vests, the hazardous materials must be no hazardous materials other than cyl- in inner packagings packed so as to inders of Division 2.2 compressed or liq- prevent shifting within the outer pack- uefied gases with no subsidiary risk, aging. The hazardous materials must with a capacity not exceeding 120 mL, be an integral part of the appliance and installed solely for the purpose of acti- in quantities that do not exceed those vating the appliance, are not subject to appropriate for the actual appliance the provisions of this subchapter pro- when in use. vided they are overpacked in rigid (b) Life saving appliances may con- outer packagings with a maximum tain: gross mass of 40 kg. For transportation (1) Division 2.2 compressed or lique- by aircraft, such appliances must be fied gases must be packaged in cyl- transported as cargo and may not be inders in accordance with the require- carried onboard an aircraft by pas- ments of this subchapter; sengers or crewmembers in carry-on (2) Signal devices (Class 1), which may include smoke and illumination baggage, checked baggage, or on their signal flares; person unless specifically excepted by (3) Electric storage batteries and § 175.10. lithium batteries (life-saving appli- [69 FR 76158, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 72 ances containing lithium batteries FR 44950, Aug. 9, 2007; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, must be packed in accordance with 2008; 78 FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 79 FR 46039, Aug. § 173.185 and Special Provisions A54 and 6, 2014] A101 as applicable.);

647

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00657 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.220 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 173.220 Internal combustion engines, the requirement to drain the fuel vehicles, machinery containing in- tanks, provided that sufficient ullage ternal combustion engines, battery- space has been left inside the tank to powered equipment or machinery, allow fuel expansion without leakage, fuel cell-powered equipment or ma- and the tank caps are securely closed. chinery. (ii) Engines and machinery con- (a) Applicability. An internal combus- taining liquid fuels meeting the definition engine, self-propelled vehicle, mation of a marine pollutant (see § 171.8 of chinery containing an internal combus- this subchapter) and not meeting the tion engine that is not consigned under classification criteria of any other the ‘‘Dangerous goods in machinery or Class or Division transported by vessel apparatus’’ UN 3363 entry, a battery- are subject to the requirements of powered vehicle or equipment, or a fuel § 176.906 of this subchapter. cell-powered vehicle or equipment, or (2) Flammable liquefied or compressed any combination thereof, is subject to gas fuel. (i) For transportation by the requirements of this subchapter motor vehicle, rail car or vessel, fuel when transported as cargo on a trans- tanks and fuel systems containing port vehicle, vessel, or aircraft if— flammable liquefied or compressed gas (1) The vehicle, engine, or machinery fuel must be securely closed. For trans- contains a liquid or gaseous fuel. Vehi- portation by vessel, the requirements cles, engines, or machinery may be of §§ 176.78(k), 176.905, and 176.906 of this considered as not containing fuel when subchapter apply. the engine components and any fuel (ii) For transportation by aircraft: lines have been completely drained, sufficiently cleaned of residue, and (A) Flammable gas-powered vehicles, purged of vapors to remove any poten- machines, equipment or cylinders con- tial hazard and the engine when held in taining the flammable gas must be any orientation will not release any completely emptied of flammable gas. liquid fuel; Lines from vessels to gas regulators, (2) The fuel tank contains a liquid or and gas regulators themselves, must gaseous fuel. A fuel tank may be con- also be drained of all traces of flam- sidered as not containing fuel when the mable gas. To ensure that these condi- fuel tank and the fuel lines have been tions are met, gas shut-off valves must completely drained, sufficiently be left open and connections of lines to cleaned of residue, and purged of va- gas regulators must be left discon- pors to remove any potential hazard; nected upon delivery of the vehicle to (3) It is equipped with a wet battery the operator. Shut-off valves must be (including a non-spillable battery), a closed and lines reconnected at gas reg- sodium battery or a lithium battery; or ulators before loading the vehicle (4) Except as provided in paragraph aboard the aircraft; or alternatively; (f)(1) of this section, it contains other (B) Flammable gas powered vehicles, hazardous materials subject to the re- machines or equipment, which have quirements of this subchapter. cylinders (fuel tanks) that are equipped (b) Requirements. Unless otherwise ex- with electrically operated valves, may cepted in paragraph (b)(4) of this sec- be transported under the following con- tion, vehicles, engines, and equipment ditions: are subject to the following require- (1) The valves must be in the closed ments: position and in the case of electrically (1) Flammable liquid fuel and fuels that operated valves, power to those valves are marine pollutants. (i) A fuel tank must be disconnected; containing a flammable liquid fuel (2) After closing the valves, the vehi- must be drained and securely closed, cle, equipment or machinery must be except that up to 500 mL (17 ounces) of operated until it stops from lack of fuel residual fuel may remain in the tank, before being loaded aboard the aircraft; engine components, or fuel lines pro- (3) In no part of the closed system vided they are securely closed to pre- shall the pressure exceed 5% of the vent leakage of fuel during transpor- maximum allowable working pressure tation. Self-propelled vehicles con- of the system or 290 psig (2000 kPa), taining diesel fuel are excepted from whichever is less; and

648

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00658 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.220

(4) There must not be any residual upright position. Batteries must be liquefied gas in the system, including protected against a dangerous evo- the fuel tank. lution of heat, short circuits, and dam- (C) If a vehicle is powered by a flam- age to terminals in conformance with mable liquid and a flammable gas in- § 173.159(a) and leakage; or must be re- ternal combustion engine, the require- moved and packaged separately under ments of paragraphs (b)(1) of this sec- § 173.159. Battery-powered vehicles, mation must also be met. chinery or equipment including bat- (3) Truck bodies or trailers on flat tery-powered wheelchairs and mobility cars—flammable liquid or gas powered. aids are not subject to any other re- Truck bodies or trailers with auto- quirements of this subchapter except matic heating or refrigerating equip- § 173.21 when transported by rail, high- ment of the flammable liquid type may way or vessel. Where a vehicle could be shipped with fuel tanks filled and possibly be handled in other than an equipment operating or inoperative, upright position, the vehicle must be when used for the transportation of secured in a strong, rigid outer pack- other freight and loaded on flat cars as aging. The vehicle must be secured by part of a joint rail and highway move- means capable of restraining the vehi- ment, provided the equipment and fuel cle in the outer packaging to prevent supply conform to the requirements of any movement during transport which § 177.834(l) of this subchapter. would change the orientation or cause (4) Modal exceptions. Quantities of the vehicle to be damaged. flammable liquid fuel greater than 500 (d) Lithium batteries. Except as pro- mL (17 ounces) may remain in the fuel vided in § 172.102, special provision tank in self-propelled vehicles engines, A101, of this subchapter, vehicles, en- and machinery only under the fol- gines, and machinery powered by lith- lowing conditions: ium metal batteries that are trans- (i) For transportation by motor vehi- ported with these batteries installed cle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be are forbidden aboard passenger-car- securely closed. rying aircraft. Lithium batteries con- (ii) For transportation by vessel, the tained in vehicles, engines, or mechan- shipment must conform to § 176.905 of ical equipment must be securely fas- this subchapter for self-propelled vehi- tened in the battery holder of the vehicles and § 176.906 of this subchapter for cle, engine, or mechanical equipment, engines and machinery. and be protected in such a manner as (iii) For transportation by aircraft, to prevent damage and short circuits when carried in aircraft designed or (e.g., by the use of non-conductive caps modified for vehicle ferry operations that cover the terminals entirely). Ex- when all the following conditions must cept for vehicles, engines, or machin- be met: ery transported by highway, rail, or (A) Authorization for this type oper- vessel with prototype or low produc- ation has been given by the appropriate tion lithium batteries securely in- authority in the government of the stalled, each lithium battery must be country in which the aircraft is reg- of a type that has successfully passed istered; each test in the UN Manual of Tests (B) Each vehicle is secured in an up- and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- right position; chapter), as specified in § 173.185, unless (C) Each fuel tank is filled in a man- approved by the Associate Adminis- ner and only to a degree that will pre- trator. Where a vehicle could possibly clude spillage of fuel during loading, be handled in other than an upright po- unloading, and transportation; and sition, the vehicle must be secured in a (D) Each area or compartment in strong, rigid outer packaging. The ve- which a self-propelled vehicle is being hicle must be secured by means capa- transported is suitably ventilated to ble of restraining the vehicle in the prevent the accumulation of fuel va- outer packaging to prevent any move- pors. ment during transport which would (c) Battery-powered or installed. Bat- change the orientation or cause the ve- teries must be securely installed, and hicle to be damaged. Where the lithium wet batteries must be fastened in an battery is removed from the vehicle

649

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00659 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.220 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and is packed separate from the vehicle ment’’ and transported in accordance in the same outer packaging, the pack- with § 173.230. age must be consigned as ‘‘UN 3481, (2) Other hazardous materials must Lithium ion batteries packed with be packaged and transported in accord- equipment’’ or ‘‘UN 3091, Lithium ance with the requirements of this sub- metal batteries packed with equip- chapter. ment’’ and prepared in accordance with (g) Additional requirements for internal the requirements specified in § 173.185. combustion engines and vehicles with cer- (e) Fuel cells. A fuel cell must be se- tain electronic equipment when trans- cured and protected in a manner to ported by aircraft or vessel. When an in- prevent damage to the fuel cell. Equip- ternal combustion engine that is not ment (other than vehicles, engines or installed in a vehicle or equipment is mechanical equipment) such as con- offered for transportation by aircraft sumer electronic devices containing or vessel, all fuel, coolant or hydraulic fuel cells (fuel cell cartridges) must be systems remaining in the engine must described as ‘‘Fuel cell cartridges con- be drained as far as practicable, and all tained in equipment’’ and transported disconnected fluid pipes that pre- in accordance with § 173.230. Where a viously contained fluid must be sealed vehicle could possibly be handled in with leak-proof caps that are positively other than an upright position, the ve- retained. When offered for transpor- hicle must be secured in a strong, rigid tation by aircraft, vehicles equipped outer packaging. The vehicle must be with theft-protection devices, installed secured by means capable of restrain- radio communications equipment or ing the vehicle in the outer packaging navigational systems must have such to prevent any movement during trans- devices, equipment or systems dis- port which would change the orienta- abled. tion or cause the vehicle to be dam- (h) Exceptions. Except as provided in aged. paragraph (f)(2) of this section, ship- (f) Other hazardous materials. (1) Items ments made under the provisions of containing hazardous materials, such this section— as fire extinguishers, compressed gas (1) Are not subject to any other re- accumulators, safety devices, and other quirements of this subchapter for hazardous materials that are integral transportation by motor vehicle or rail components of the motor vehicle, en- car; gine, or mechanical equipment, and (2) Are not subject to the require- that are necessary for the operation of ments of subparts D, E, and F (mark- the vehicle, engine, or mechanical ing, labeling and placarding, respec- equipment, or for the safety of its oper- tively) of part 172 of this subchapter or ator or passengers, must be securely § 172.604 of this subchapter (emergency installed in the motor vehicle, engine, response telephone number) for trans- or mechanical equipment. Such items portation by aircraft. For transpor- are not otherwise subject to the re- tation by aircraft, the provisions of quirements of this subchapter. Equip- § 173.159(b)(2) as applicable, the provi- ment (other than vehicles, engines, or sions of § 173.230(f), as applicable, other mechanical equipment), such as con- applicable requirements of this sub- sumer electronic devices containing chapter, including shipping papers, lithium batteries, must be described as emergency response information, noti- ‘‘Lithium metal batteries contained in fication of pilot-in-command, general equipment’’ or ‘‘Lithium ion batteries packaging requirements, and the re- contained in equipment,’’ as appro- quirements specified in § 173.27 must be priate, and transported in accordance met; and with § 173.185, and applicable special (3) For exceptions for transportation provisions. Equipment (other than ve- by vessel; see § 176.905 of this sub- hicles, engines, or mechanical equip- chapter for vehicles, and § 176.906 of ment), such as consumer electronic de- this subchapter for engines and ma- vices containing fuel cells (fuel cell chinery. cartridges), must be described as ‘‘Fuel [82 FR 15882, Mar. 30, 2017, as amended at 85 cell cartridges contained in equip- FR 27886, May 11, 2020]

650

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00660 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.222

§ 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable § 173.222 Dangerous goods in equip- and Plastic molding compound. ment, machinery or apparatus. (a) Non-bulk shipments of Polymeric Hazardous materials in machinery or beads (or granules), expandable evolving apparatus are excepted from the speci- flammable vapor and Plastic molding fication packaging requirements of compound in dough, sheet or extruded this subchapter when packaged accord- rope form, evolving flammable vapor must ing to this section. Hazardous mate- be packed in: metal (4A, 4B, or 4N), rials in machinery or apparatus must be packaged in strong outer pack- wooden (4C1 or 4C2), plywood (4D), fi- agings, unless the receptacles con- berboard (4G), reconstituted wood (4F), taining the hazardous materials are af- plastic (4H1 or 4H2) boxes, plywood forded adequate protection by the con- drums (1D) or fiber drums (1G) with struction of the machinery or appa- sealed inner plastic liners; in vapor ratus. Each package must conform to tight metal or plastic drums (1A1, 1A2, the packaging requirements of subpart 1B1, 1B2, 1N1, 1N2, 1H1 or 1H2); in vapor B of this part, except for the require- tight metal or plastic jerricans (3A1, ments in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and 173.27(e), and 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, or 3H2); or packed in the following requirements: non-specification packagings when (a) If the machinery or apparatus transported in dedicated vehicles or contains more than one hazardous ma- freight containers. The packagings terial, the materials must not be capa- need not conform to the requirements ble of reacting dangerously together. for package testing in part 178 of this (b) The nature of the containment subchapter, but must be capable of con- must be as follows— taining any evolving gases from the (1) Damage to the receptacles con- contents during normal conditions of taining the hazardous materials during transportation. transport is unlikely. However, in the event of damage to the receptacles con- (b) Bulk shipments of Polymeric taining the hazardous materials, no beads (or granules), expandable, evolv- leakage of the hazardous materials ing flammable vapor or Plastic molding from the machinery or apparatus is compounds in dough, sheet or extruded possible. A leakproof liner may be used rope, evolving flammable vapor may be to satisfy this requirement. packed in non-specification bulk pack- (2) Receptacles containing hazardous agings. Except for transportation by materials must be secured and cush- highway and rail, bulk packagings ioned so as to prevent their breakage must be capable of containing any or leakage and so as to control their gases evolving from the contents dur- movement within the machinery or ap- ing normal conditions of transpor- paratus during normal conditions of tation. transportation. Cushioning material (c) For transportation by vessel, the must not react dangerously with the provisions of § 176.907 must be met. content of the receptacles. Any leakage (d) Exceptions. When it can be dem- of the contents must not substantially onstrated that no flammable vapor, re- impair the protective properties of the sulting in a flammable atmosphere, is cushioning material. evolved according to test U1 (Test (3) Receptacles for gases, their con- method for substances liable to evolve tents and filling densities must con- flammable vapors) of Part III, sub-sec- form to the applicable requirements of tion 38.4.4 of the UN Manual of Tests this subchapter, unless otherwise ap- and Criteria (IBR, see § 171.7 of this proved by the Associate Administrator. (c)(1) Except for transportation by subchapter), polymeric beads, expand- aircraft, the total net quantity of haz- able need not be classed as Class 9 ardous materials contained in one item (UN2211). This test should only be per- of machinery or apparatus must not formed when de-classification of a sub- exceed the following: stance is considered. (i) In the case of solids or liquids, the [64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 78 limited quantity amount specified in FR 1089, Jan. 7, 2013; 82 FR 15884, Mar. 30, the corresponding section referenced in 2017] Column (8A) of the § 172.101 Table;

651

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00661 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.223 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(ii) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of the Packing Group III performance Division 2.2 gases. level and may only be transported in (iii) When machinery or apparatus the following packagings: contains multiple hazardous materials, (1) Fiberboard box (4G) with a single the quantity of each hazardous mate- inner plastic bag, and a maximum net rial must not exceed the quantity spec- mass of not more than 50 kg (110 lbs). ified in the corresponding section ref- (2) Fiberboard box (4G) or fiber drum erenced in Column (8A) of the § 172.101 (1G), with a plastic inner packaging Table, or for gases, paragraph (c)(1)(ii) not exceeding 5 kg (11 lbs), and a max- of this section. imum net mass of not more than 25 kg (2) For transportation by aircraft, (55 lbs). the total net quantity of hazardous (3) Fiber drum (1G), and a maximum materials contained in one item of ma- net mass of not more than 50 kg (110 chinery or apparatus must not exceed lbs), that may be fitted with a coating the following: or lining. (i) 1 kg (2.2 pounds) in the case of sol- (b) [Reserved] ids; (ii) 0.5 L (0.1 gallons) in the case of [Doc. No. 2002–13658, 68 FR 45035, July 31, 2003; liquids; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010] (iii) 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) in the case of Division 2.2 gases. Division 2.2 gases § 173.224 Packaging and control and with subsidiary risks and refrigerated emergency temperatures for self-reactive materials. liquefied gases are not authorized; (iv) A total quantity of not more (a) General. When the § 172.101 table of than the aggregate of that permitted in this subchapter specifies that a Divi- paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this sion 4.1 material be packaged in ac- section, for each category of material cordance with this section, only pack- in the package, when a package con- agings which conform to the provisions tains hazardous materials in two or of this section may be used. Each pack- more of the categories in paragraphs aging must conform to the general (c)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section; packaging requirements of subpart B of and this part and the applicable require- (d) Except for transportation by air- ments of part 178 of this subchapter. craft, when a package contains haz- Non-bulk packagings must meet Pack- ardous materials in two or more of the ing Group II performance levels. To categories listed in paragraph (c)(1) of avoid unnecessary confinement, metal- this section the total quantity required lic non-bulk packagings meeting Pack- by § 172.202(c) of this subchapter to be ing Group I are not authorized. Self-re- entered on the shipping paper must be active materials which require tem- either the aggregate quantity, or the perature control are subject to the pro- estimated quantity, of all hazardous visions of § 173.21(f). Packagings re- materials, expressed as net mass. quired to bear a Class 1 subsidiary label must conform to §§ 173.60 through [64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, 1999, as amended at 64 173.62. FR 44428, Aug. 16, 1999; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 56098, Sept. 23, 2005; 71 FR 78633, (b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The Dec. 29, 2006; 74 FR 2259, Jan. 14, 2009; 85 FR Self-Reactive Materials Table speci- 27887, May 11, 2020] fies, by technical name, those self-reactive materials that are authorized for § 173.223 Packagings for certain flam- transportation and not subject to the mable solids. approval provisions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). (a) Packagings for ‘‘Musk xylene,’’ A self-reactive material identified by ‘‘5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene,’’ technical name in the following table ‘‘Azodicarbonamide,’’ or ‘‘Isosorbide-5- is authorized for transportation only if mononitrate,’’ when offered for transit conforms to all applicable provisions portation or transported by rail, high- of the table. The column headings of way, or vessel, must conform to the the Self-Reactive Materials Table are general packaging requirements of sub- as follows: part B of part 173, and to the require- (1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies ments of part 178 of this subchapter at the technical name.

652

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00662 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.224

(2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the § 173.225(f) for IBCs and § 173.225(h) for identification number which is used to bulk packagings other than IBCs. The identify the proper shipping name in formulations listed in § 173.225(f) for the § 172.101 table. IBCs and in § 173.225(g) for portable (3) Concentration of self-reactive mate- tanks may also be transported packed rial. Column 3 specifies the concentra- in accordance with packing method tion (percent) limitations, if any, in OP8, with the same control and emer- mixtures or solutions for the self-reac- gency temperatures, if applicable. Ad- tive material. Limitations are given as ditional bulk packagings are author- minimums, maximums, or a range, as ized if approved by the Associate Ad- appropriate. A range includes the lower ministrator. and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means (5) Control temperature. Column 5 from, and including, 53 percent to, and specifies the control temperature in °C. including 100 percent). (4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies Temperatures are specified only when the highest packing method which is temperature controls are required (see authorized for the self-reactive mate- § 173.21(f)). rial. A packing method corresponding (6) Emergency temperature. Column 6 to a smaller package size may be used, specifies the emergency temperature in but a packing method corresponding to °C. Temperatures are specified only a larger package size may not be used. when temperature controls are re- The Table of Packing Methods in quired (see § 173.21(f)). § 173.225(d) defines the packing meth- (7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other ap- ods. Bulk packagings for Type F self- plicable provisions, as set forth in reactive substances are authorized by notes following the table.

SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE

Identi- Concentra- Control Self-reactive substance fication tion Packing temperature Emergency Notes No. (%) method ( °C) temperature

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Acetone-pyrogallol copolymer 2-diazo-1-naph- 3228 100 ...... OP8 . thol-5-sulphonate. Azodicarbonamide formulation type B, tem- 3232 <100 ...... OP5 ...... 1 perature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type C ...... 3224 <100 ...... OP6 . Azodicarbonamide formulation type C, tem- 3234 <100 ...... OP6 ...... 1 perature controlled. Azodicarbonamide formulation type D ...... 3226 <100 ...... OP7 . Azodicarbonamide formulation type D, tem- 3236 <100 ...... OP7 ...... 1 perature controlled. 2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile) 3236 100...... OP7 ¥5 ...... +5. 2,2′-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +10 ...... +15. 2,2′-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate) ...... 3235 100 ...... OP7 +20 ...... +25. 1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobenzonitrile) ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . 2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) ...... 3234 100 ...... OP6 +40 ...... +45. 2,2′-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) as a water based 3224 ≤50 ...... OP6 . paste. 2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile) ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40. Benzene-1,3-disulphonylhydrazide, as a paste 3226 52 ...... OP7 . Benzene sulphohydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . 4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3- 3226 100 ...... OP7 . ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45. ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride. 3-Chloro-4-diethylaminobenzenediazonium 3226 100 ...... OP7 . zinc chloride. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol sulphonic acid ester mix- 3226 <100 ...... OP7 ...... 4 ture. 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphonyl chloride ...... 3222 100 ...... OP5 . 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-5-sulphonyl chloride ...... 3222 100 ...... OP5 . 2,5-Dibutoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-Benzenedia- 3228 100 ...... OP8 . zonium, tetrachlorozincate (2:1). 2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium 3236 67¥100 ... OP7 +35 ...... +40. zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium 3236 66 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45. zinc chloride.

653

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00663 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.224 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

SELF-REACTIVE MATERIALS TABLE—Continued

Identi- Concentra- Control Self-reactive substance fication tion Packing temperature Emergency Notes No. (%) method ( °C) temperature

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium 3236 100 ...... OP7 +30 ...... +35. tetrafluoroborate. 2,5-Diethoxy-4- 3236 67 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45. (phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2,5-Diethoxy-4-(4-morpholinyl)-benzenedia- 3226 100 ...... OP7 . zonium sulphate. Diethylene glycol bis(allyl carbonate) + 3237 ≥88 + ≤12 OP8 ¥10 ...... 0. Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate. 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-(4- 3236 79 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45. methylphenylsulphony)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 4-Dimethylamino-6-(2- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45. dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazonium zinc chloride. 4-(Dimethylamino)-benzenediazonium 3228 100 ...... OP8 . trichlorozincate (-1). N,N′-Dinitroso-N, N′-dimethyl-terephthalamide, 3224 72 ...... OP6 . as a paste. N,N′-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine ...... 3224 82 ...... OP6 ...... 2 Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphohydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . Diphenyloxide-4,4′-disulphonylhydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . 4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chlo- 3226 100 ...... OP7 . ride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 63¥92 ..... OP7 +40 ...... +45. methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3- 3236 62 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40. methoxy-4-(N-methyl-N- cyclohexylamino)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50. perhydrothiazine. 2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-1-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzene- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50. 4-diazonium zinc chloride. 3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-1- 3236 100 ...... OP7 +40 ...... +45. yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride. 2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-(3,4-di- 3236 96 ...... OP7 +45 ...... +50. methyl-phenylsulphonyl)benzene diazonium zinc chloride. 4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . 3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzenediazonium 3234 95 ...... OP6 +45 ...... +50. tetrafluoroborate. 4-Nitrosophenol ...... 3236 100 ...... OP7 +35 ...... +40. Phosphorothioic acid, O-[(cyanophenyl meth- 3227 82¥91 ..... OP8 ...... 5 ylene) azanyl] O,O-diethyl ester. (Z isomer) Self-reactive liquid, sample ...... 3223 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature con- 3233 ...... OP2 ...... 3 trol. Self-reactive solid, sample ...... 3224 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Self-reactive solid, sample, temperature control 3234 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonate ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate ...... 3226 100 ...... OP7 . Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate ...... 3234 100 ...... OP6 +30 ...... +35. Notes: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with § 173.21(f). 2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 °C. 3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section. 4. This entry applies to mixtures of esters of 2-diazo-1-naphthol-4-sulphonic acid and 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonic acid. 5. This entry applies to the technical mixture in n-butanol within the specified concentration limits of the (Z) isomer.

(c) New self-reactive materials, formula- this section, no person may offer, actions and samples. (1) Except as provided cept for transportation, or transport a for samples in paragraph (c)(3) or (4) of self-reactive material which is not

654

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00664 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.224

identified by technical name in the ported under UN 3224 or UN 3223, as ap- Self-Reactive Materials Table of this plicable, of Division 4.1 provided that: section, or a formulation of one or (i) The samples do not contain any: more self-reactive materials which are (A) Known explosives; identified by technical name in the (B) Substances showing explosive ef- table, unless the self-reactive material fects in testing; is assigned a generic type and shipping (C) Compounds designed with the description and is approved by the As- view of producing a practical explosive sociate Administrator under the provi- or pyrotechnic effect; sions of § 173.124(a)(2)(iii). (D) Components consisting of syn- (2) Except as provided by an approval thetic precursors of intentional explo- issued under § 173.124(a)(2)(iii), inter- sives; mediate bulk and bulk packagings are (ii) For mixtures, complexes or salts not authorized. of inorganic oxidizing substances of Di- (3) Samples of new self-reactive ma- vision 5.1 with organic material(s), the terials or new formulations of self-re- concentration of the inorganic oxi- active materials identified in the Self- dizing substance is: Reactive Materials Table in paragraph (A) Less than 15 percent, by mass, if (b) of this section, for which complete assigned to Packing Group I or II; or test data are not available, and which (B) Less than 30 percent, by mass, if are to be transported for further test- assigned to Packing Group III; ing or product evaluation, may be as- (iii) Available data does not allow a signed an appropriate shipping descrip- more precise classification; tion for Self-reactive materials Type C, (iv) The sample is not packed to- packaged and offered for transpor- gether with other goods; tation under the following conditions: (v) Must be packaged as follows: (i) Data available to the person offer- (A) The quantity per individual inner ing the material for transportation cavity does not exceed 0.01 g for solids must indicate that the sample would or 0.01 mL for liquids and the max- pose a level of hazard no greater than imum net quantity per outer pack- that of a self-reactive material Type B aging does not exceed 20 g for solids or and that the control temperature, if 20 mL for liquids, or in the case of any, is sufficiently low to prevent any mixed packing the sum of grams and dangerous decomposition and suffi- mL does not exceed 20: ciently high to prevent any dangerous (1) The samples are carried in phase separation; microtiter plates or multi-titer plates (ii) The sample must be packaged in made of plastics, glass, porcelain or accordance with packing method OP2; stoneware as an inner packaging; (iii) Packages of the self-reactive ma- (2) only combination packaging with terial may be offered for transpor- outer packaging comprising boxes (4A, tation and transported in a quantity 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1 and not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per 4H2) are permitted; or transport vehicle; and (B) The maximum content of each (iv) One of the following shipping de- inner packaging does not exceed 1 g for scriptions must be assigned: solids or 1 mL for liquids and the max- (A) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, 4.1, imum net quantity per outer pack- UN 3223. aging does not exceed 56 g for solids or (B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1, 56 mL for liquids, or in the case of UN 3224. mixed packing the sum of grams and (C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, tem- mL does not exceed 56: perature controlled, 4.1, UN 3233. (1) The individual substance is con- (D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, tem- tained in an inner packaging of glass or perature controlled, 4.1, UN 3234. plastics of maximum capacity of 30 mL (4) Samples of organic substances placed in an expandable polyethylene carrying functional groups listed in ta- foam matrix of at least 130 mm thick- bles A6.1 and/or A6.2 in Annex 6 ness having a density of 18 ± 1 g/L; (Screening Procedures) of the UN Man- (2) Within the foam carrier, inner ual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, see packagings are segregated from each § 171.7 of this subchapter) may be trans- other by a minimum distance of 40 mm

655

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00665 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

and from the wall of the outer pack- production residues or regrind from the aging by a minimum distance of 70 same production process, may be used mm. The package may contain up to in plastic packagings. Organic perox- two layers of such foam matrices, each ides that require temperature control carrying up to twenty-eight inner are subject to the provisions of packagings; § 173.21(f). When an IBC or bulk pack- (3) The outer packaging consists only aging is authorized and meets the re- of corrugated fiberboard boxes (4G) quirements of paragraph (f) or (h) of having minimum dimensions of 60 cm this section, respectively, lower con- (length) by 40.5 cm (width) by 30 cm trol temperatures than those specified (height) and minimum wall thickness for non-bulk packaging may be re- of 1.3 cm. quired. An organic peroxide not identi- (vi) When dry ice or liquid nitrogen is fied in paragraph (c), (e), or (g) of this optionally used as a coolant for quality control measures, all applicable re- section by technical name, or not as- quirements of this subchapter must be signed to a generic type in accordance met. Interior supports must be pro- with the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) vided to secure the inner packagings in of this section, must conform to the the original position after the ice or provisions of paragraph (c) of § 173.128. dry ice has dissipated. If ice is used, (b) New organic peroxides, formulations the outside packaging or overpack and samples. (1) Except as provided for must be leakproof. If dry ice is used, samples in paragraph (b)(2) of this sec- the requirements in § 173.217 must be tion, no person may offer for transpor- met. The inner and outer packagings tation an organic peroxide that is not must maintain their integrity at the identified by technical name in the Or- temperature of the refrigerant used as ganic Peroxides Table, Organic Per- well as the temperatures and the pres- oxide IBC Table, or the Organic Per- sures which could result if refrigera- oxide Portable Tank Table of this section were lost. tion, or a formulation of one or more [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67511, Dec. 29, 1994, as organic peroxides that are identified by amended by Amdt. 173–242, 60 FR 26806, May technical name in one of those tables, 18, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR 49110, Sept. 21, unless the organic peroxide is assigned 1995; Amdt. 173–256, 61 FR 51338, Oct. 1, 1996; a generic type and shipping description Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24734, 24735, May 6, 1997; and is approved by the Associate Ad- 62 FR 45702, Aug. 28, 1997; 64 FR 10779, Mar. 5, ministrator under the provisions of 1999; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 33431, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR § 173.128(d) of this subchapter. 45035, July 31, 2003; 69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004; (2) Samples. Samples of new organic 71 FR 78633, Dec. 29, 2006; 85 FR 27887, May 11, peroxides or new formulations of or- 2020] ganic peroxides identified in the Or- ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) § 173.225 Packaging requirements and other provisions for organic perox- of this section, for which complete test ides. data are not available, and that are to be transported for further testing or (a) General. When the § 172.101 table product evaluation, may be assigned an specifies that an organic peroxide must appropriate shipping description for or- be packaged under this section, the organic peroxide must be packaged and ganic peroxide Type C, packaged and offered for transportation in accord- offered for transportation, under the ance with the provisions of this sec- following conditions: tion. Each packaging must conform to (i) Data available to the person offer- the general requirements of subpart B ing the material for transportation of part 173 and to the applicable re- must indicate that the sample would quirements of part 178 of this sub- pose a level of hazard no greater than chapter. Non-bulk packagings must that of an organic peroxide Type B and meet Packing Group II performance that the control temperature, if any, is levels. To avoid unnecessary confine- sufficiently low to prevent any dan- ment, metallic non-bulk packagings gerous decomposition and sufficiently meeting Packing Group I are not au- high to prevent any dangerous phase thorized. No used material, other than separation;

656

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00666 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(ii) The sample must be packaged in minimums, maximums, or a range, as accordance with packing method OP2, appropriate. A range includes the lower for a liquid or solid, respectively; and upper limits (i.e., ‘‘53–100’’ means (iii) Packages of the organic peroxide from, and including, 53% to, and in- may be offered for transportation and cluding 100%). See introductory para- transported in a quantity not to exceed graph of § 172.203(k) of this subchapter 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; for additional description requirements and for an organic peroxide that may qual- (iv) One of the following shipping de- ify for more than one generic listing, scriptions must be assigned: depending on its concentration. (A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, (4) Concentration of diluents. The 5.2, UN 3103; fourth column specifies the type and (B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, concentration (mass percent) of diluent 5.2, UN 3104; or inert solid, when required. Other (C) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, types and concentrations of diluents temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or may be used if approved by the Asso- (D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, ciate Administrator. temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114. (i) The required mass percent of (3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic per- ‘‘Diluent type A’’ is specified in column oxides individually identified in the Or- 4a. A diluent type A is an organic liq- ganic Peroxides Table in paragraph (c) uid that does not detrimentally affect of this section may be classified as the the thermal stability or increase the same type of organic peroxide as that hazard of the organic peroxide and with of the most dangerous component and a boiling point not less than 150 °C at be transported under the conditions for atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents transportation given for this type. If may be used for desensitizing all or- the stable components form a ther- ganic peroxides. mally less stable mixture, the SADT of (ii) The required mass percent of the mixture must be determined and ‘‘Diluent type B’’ is specified in column the new control and emergency tem- 4b. A diluent type B is an organic liq- perature derived under the provisions uid which is compatible with the or- of § 173.21(f). ganic peroxide and which has a boiling (c) Organic peroxides table. The fol- point, at atmospheric pressure, of less lowing Organic Peroxides Table speci- than 150 °C (302 °F) but at least 60 °C fies by technical name those organic (140 °F), and a flash point greater than peroxides that are authorized for trans- 5 °C (41 °F). Type B diluents may be portation and not subject to the ap- used for desensitizing all organic per- proval provisions of § 173.128 of this oxides, when specified in the organic part. An organic peroxide identified by peroxide tables, provided that the boil- technical name in the following table ing point is at least 60 °C (140 °F) above is authorized for transportation only if the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg it conforms to all applicable provisions (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may of the table. The column headings of be used to replace a type B diluent in the Organic Peroxides Table are as fol- equal concentration. lows: (iii) The required mass percent of (1) Technical name. The first column ‘‘Inert solid’’ is specified in column 4c. specifies the technical name. An inert solid is a solid that does not (2) ID number. The second column detrimentally affect the thermal sta- specifies the identification (ID) number bility or hazard of the organic per- which is used to identify the proper oxide. shipping name in the § 172.101 table. (5) Concentration of water. Column 5 The word ‘‘EXEMPT’’ appearing in the specifies, in mass percent, the min- column denotes that the material is imum amount of water, if any, which not regulated as an organic peroxide. must be in formulation. (3) Concentration of organic peroxide. (6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies The third column specifies concentra- the highest packing method (largest tion (mass percent) limitations, if any, packaging capacity) authorized for the in mixtures or solutions for the organic organic peroxide. Lower numbered peroxide. Limitations are given as packing methods (smaller packaging

657

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00667 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

capacities) are also authorized. For ex- specifies the emergency temperature. ample, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and Temperatures are specified only when OP1 are also authorized. The Table of temperature controls are required. (See Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of § 173.21(f)). this section defines the non-bulk pack- (8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other ap- ing methods. plicable provisions, as set forth in (7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies notes following the table. the control temperature. Column 7b

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Acetyl acetone peroxide UN3105 .. ≤42 ...... ≥48 ...... ≥8 ..... OP7 ...... 2 Acetyl acetone peroxide UN3106 .. ≤32 ...... OP7 ...... 21 [as a paste]. Acetyl UN3112 .. ≤82 ...... ≥12 ... OP4 ..... ¥10 0. cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide. Acetyl UN3115 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP7 ..... ¥10 0. cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide. tert-Amyl hydroperoxide UN3107 .. ≤88 ...... ≥6 ...... ≥6 ..... OP8 ...... tert-Amyl peroxyacetate UN3105 .. ≤62 ...... ≥38 ...... OP7 ...... tert-Amyl UN3103 .. ≤100 ...... OP5 ...... peroxybenzoate. tert-Amyl peroxy-2- UN3115 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ..... 20 .... 25. ethylhexanoate. tert-Amyl peroxy-2- UN3105 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... ethylhexyl carbonate. tert-Amyl peroxy iso- UN3103 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP5 ...... propyl carbonate. tert-Amyl UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate. tert-Amyl UN3119 .. ≤47 ...... ≥53 ...... OP8 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate. tert-Amyl peroxypivalate UN3113 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP5 ..... 10 .... 15. tert-Amyl peroxypivalate UN3119 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP8 ..... 10 .... 15. tert-Amyl peroxy-3,5,5- UN3105 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... trimethylhexanoate. tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide UN3109 .. >42¥100 ...... OP8 ...... 9 tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide UN3108 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ...... 9 n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert- UN3103 .. >52¥100 ...... OP5 ...... butylperoxy)valerate. n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert- UN3108 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ...... butylperoxy)valerate. tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3103 .. >79¥90 ...... ≥10 ... OP5 ...... 13 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3105 .. ≤80 ...... ≥20 ...... OP7 ...... 4, 13 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3107 .. ≤79 ...... >14 ... OP8 ...... 13, 16 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3109 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ... OP8 ...... 13 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide UN3103 .. <82 + >9 ...... ≥7 ..... OP5 ...... 13 [and] Di-tert- butylperoxide. tert-Butyl UN3102 .. >52¥100 ...... OP5 ...... monoperoxymaleate. tert-Butyl UN3103 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP6 ...... monoperoxymaleate. tert-Butyl UN3108 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ...... monoperoxymaleate. tert-Butyl UN3108 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ...... monoperoxymaleate [as a paste]. tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3101 .. >52¥77 ≥23 ...... OP5 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3103 .. >32¥52 ≥48 ...... OP6 ...... tert-Butyl peroxyacetate UN3109 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP8 ...... tert-Butyl UN3103 .. >77¥100 ...... OP5 ...... peroxybenzoate. tert-Butyl UN3105 .. >52¥77 ≥23 ...... OP7 ...... 1 peroxybenzoate.

658

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00668 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

tert-Butyl UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... peroxybenzoate. tert-Butyl UN3109 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP8 ...... peroxybenzoate. tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fu- UN3105 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... marate. tert-Butyl UN3105 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ...... peroxycrotonate. tert-Butyl UN3113 .. ≤100 ...... OP5 ..... 20 .... 25. peroxydiethylacetate. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3113 .. >52¥100 ...... OP6 ..... 20 .... 25. ethylhexanoate. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3117 .. >32¥52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ..... 30 .... 35. ethylhexanoate. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3118 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ..... 20 .... 25. ethylhexanoate. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3119 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP8 ..... 40 .... 45. ethylhexanoate. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3106 .. ≤12 + ≤14 ≥14 ...... ≥60 ...... OP7 ...... ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert- Butylperoxy)butane. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3115 .. ≤31 + ≤36 ...... ≥33 ...... OP7 ..... 35 .... 40. ethylhexanoate [and] 2,2-di-(tert- Butylperoxy)butane. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3105 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... ethylhexylcarbonate. tert-Butyl UN3111 .. >52¥77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP5 ..... 15 .... 20. peroxyisobutyrate. tert-Butyl UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... 15 .... 20. peroxyisobutyrate. tert-Butylperoxy UN3103 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP5 ...... isopropylcarbonate. 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy iso- UN3105 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ...... propyl)-3- isopropenylbenzene. 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy iso- UN3108 .. ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... OP8 ...... propyl)-3- isopropenylbenzene. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN3103 .. ≤100 ...... OP5 ...... methylbenzoate. tert-Butyl UN3115 .. >77¥100 ...... OP7 ..... ¥5 ... 5. peroxyneodecanoate. tert-Butyl UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate. tert-Butyl UN3119 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]. tert-Butyl UN3118 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)]. tert-Butyl UN3119 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP8 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate. tert-Butyl UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneoheptanoate. tert-Butyl UN3117 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneoheptanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3113 .. >67¥77 ≥23 ...... OP5 ..... 0 ...... 10. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3115 .. >27¥67 ...... ≥33 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate UN3119 .. ≤27 ...... ≥73 ...... OP8 ..... 30 .... 35.

659

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00669 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

tert-Butylperoxy UN3106 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... stearylcarbonate. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- UN3105 .. >37¥100 ...... OP7 ...... trimethylhexanoate. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- UN3106 .. ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... OP7 ...... trimethlyhexanoate. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- UN3109 .. ≤37 ...... ≥63 ...... OP8 ...... trimethylhexanoate. 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic UN3102 .. >57¥86 ...... ≥14 ...... OP1 ...... acid. 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic UN3106 .. ≤57 ...... ≥3 ..... ≥40 ... OP7 ...... acid. 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic UN3106 .. ≤77 ...... ≥6 ..... ≥17 ... OP7 ...... acid. Cumyl hydroperoxide ..... UN3107 .. >90¥98 ≤10 ...... OP8 ...... 13 Cumyl hydroperoxide ..... UN3109 .. ≤90 ...... ≥10 ...... OP8 ...... 13, 15 Cumyl UN3115 .. ≤87 ...... ≥13 ...... OP7 ..... ¥10 0. peroxyneodecanoate. Cumyl UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... ¥10 0. peroxyneodecanoate. Cumyl UN3119 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... ¥10 0. peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Cumyl UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... ¥10 0. peroxyneoheptanoate. Cumyl peroxypivalate ..... UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... ¥5 ... 5. Cyclohexanone per- UN3104 .. ≤91 ...... ≥9 ..... OP6 ...... 13 oxide(s). Cyclohexanone per- UN3105 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP7 ...... 5 oxide(s). Cyclohexanone per- UN3106 .. ≤72 ...... OP7 ...... 5, 21 oxide(s) [as a paste]. Cyclohexanone per- Exempt ... ≤32 ...... >68 ...... Exempt ...... 29 oxide(s). Diacetone alcohol perox- UN3115 .. ≤57 ...... ≥26 ...... ≥8 ..... OP7 ..... 40 .... 45 ..... 5 ides. Diacetyl peroxide ...... UN3115 .. ≤27 ...... ≥73 ...... OP7 ..... 20 .... 25 ..... 8,13 Di-tert-amyl peroxide ...... UN3107 .. ≤100 ...... OP8 ...... ([3R- (3R, 5aS, 6S, 8aS, UN3106 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... 9R, 10R, 12S, 12aR**)]-Decahydro- 10-methoxy-3, 6, 9- trimethyl-3, 12-epoxy- 12H-pyrano [4, 3- j]-1, 2-benzodioxepin). 2,2-Di-(tert-amylperoxy)- UN3105 .. ≤57 ...... ≥43 ...... OP7 ...... butane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3103 .. ≤82 ...... ≥18 ...... OP6 ...... amylperox- y)cyclohexane. Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... UN3102 .. >52¥100 ...... ≤48 ...... OP2 ...... 3 Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... UN3102 .. >77¥94 ...... ≥6 ..... OP4 ...... 3 Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... UN3104 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ... OP6 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... UN3106 .. ≤62 ...... ≥28 ... ≥10 ... OP7 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a UN3106 .. >52¥62 ...... OP7 ...... 21 paste]. Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... UN3106 .. >35¥52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... UN3107 .. >36¥42 ≥18 ...... ≤40 ... OP8 ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a UN3108 .. ≤56.5 ...... ≥15 ... OP8 ...... paste]. Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a UN3108 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ...... 21 paste]. Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a UN3109 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ...... stable dispersion in water]. Dibenzoyl peroxide ...... Exempt ... ≤35 ...... ≥65 ...... Exempt ...... 29

660

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00670 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Di-(4-tert- UN3114 .. ≤100 ...... OP6 ..... 30 .... 35. butylcyclohexy- l)peroxydicarbonate. Di-(4-tert- UN3119 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... 30 .... 35. butylcyclohexy- l)peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Di-(4-tert- UN3116 .. ≤42 ...... OP7 ..... 35 .... 40. butylcyclohexy- l)peroxydicarbonate [as a paste]. Di-tert-butyl peroxide ...... UN3107 .. >52¥100 ...... OP8 ...... Di-tert-butyl peroxide ...... UN3109 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ...... 24 Di-tert-butyl UN3105 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... peroxyazelate. 2,2-Di-(tert- UN3103 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP6 ...... butylperoxy)butane. 1,6-Di-(tert- UN3103 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP5 ...... butylperoxycarbonylox- y)hexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3101 .. >80¥100 ...... OP5 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3103 .. >52¥80 ≥20 ...... OP5 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3103 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP5 ...... 30 cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3105 .. >42¥52 ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3106 .. ≤42 ...... ≥13 ...... ≥45 ...... OP7 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3107 .. ≤27 ...... ≥25 ...... OP8 ...... 22 butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3109 .. ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... OP8 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) UN3109 .. ≤37 ...... ≥63 ...... OP8 ...... cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3109 .. ≤25 ...... ≥25 ...... ≥50 ...... OP8 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3109 .. ≤13 ...... ≥13 ...... ≥74 ...... OP8 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert- UN3105 .. ≤43 + ≤16 ≥41 ...... OP7 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexane + tert- Butyl peroxy-2- ethylhexanoate. Di-n-butyl UN3115 .. >27¥52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate. Di-n-butyl UN3117 .. ≤27 ...... ≥73 ...... OP8 ..... ¥10 0. peroxydicarbonate. Di-n-butyl UN3118 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)]. Di-sec-butyl UN3113 .. >52¥100 ...... OP4 ..... ¥20 ¥10 .. 6 peroxydicarbonate. Di-sec-butyl UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate.

661

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00671 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Di-(tert- UN3106 .. >42¥100 ...... ≤57 ...... OP7 ...... 1, 9 butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s). Di-(tert- Exempt ... ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... Exempt . butylperoxyisopropyl) benzene(s). Di-(tert- UN3105 .. >42¥52 ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)phthalate. Di-(tert- UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... OP7 ...... 21 butylperoxy)phthalate [as a paste]. Di-(tert- UN3107 .. ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... OP8 ...... butylperoxy)phthalate. 2,2-Di-(tert- UN3105 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)propane. 2,2-Di-(tert- UN3106 .. ≤42 ...... ≥13 ...... ≥45 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)propane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3101 .. >90¥100 ...... OP5 ...... 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3103 .. >57¥90 ≥10 ...... OP5 ...... 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3103 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP5 ...... 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3103 .. ≤90 ...... ≥10 ...... OP5 ...... 30 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3110 .. ≤57 ...... ≥43 ...... OP8 ...... 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3107 .. ≤57 ...... ≥43 ...... OP8 ...... 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)- UN3107 .. ≤32 ...... ≥26 ...... ≥42 ...... OP8 ...... 3,3,5- trimethylcyclohexane. Dicetyl UN3120 .. ≤100 ...... OP8 ..... 30 .... 35. peroxydicarbonate. Dicetyl UN3119 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... 30 .... 35. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Di-4-chlorobenzoyl per- UN3102 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ... OP5 ...... oxide. Di-4-chlorobenzoyl per- Exempt ... ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... Exempt ...... 29 oxide. Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl UN3118 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... 20 .... 25. peroxide [as a paste]. Di-4-chlorobenzoyl per- UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... OP7 ...... 21 oxide [as a paste]. Dicumyl peroxide ...... UN3110 .. >52¥100 ...... ≤48 ...... OP8 ...... 9 Dicumyl peroxide ...... Exempt ... ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... Exempt ...... 29 Dicyclohexyl UN3112 .. >91¥100 ...... OP3 ..... 10 .... 15. peroxydicarbonate. Dicyclohexyl UN3114 .. ≤91 ...... ≥9 ..... OP5 ..... 10 .... 15. peroxydicarbonate. Dicyclohexyl UN3119 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... 15 .... 20. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Didecanoyl peroxide ...... UN3114 .. ≤100 ...... OP6 ..... 30 .... 35. 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert- UN3106 .. ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... OP7 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexyl)propane.

662

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00672 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert- UN3107 .. ≤22 ...... ≥78 ...... OP8 ...... butylperox- y)cyclohexyl)propane. Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl UN3102 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ... OP5 ...... peroxide. Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... OP7 ...... peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil]. Di-(2-ethoxyethyl) UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... ¥10 0. peroxydicarbonate. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) UN3113 .. >77¥100 ...... OP5 ..... ¥20 ¥10. peroxydicarbonate. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) UN3119 .. ≤62 ...... OP8 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) UN3119 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) UN3120 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)]. 2,2- UN3102 .. ≤27 ...... ≥73 ...... OP5 ...... Dihydroperoxypropane. Di-(1- UN3106 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... hydroxycyclohexy- l)peroxide. Diisobutyryl peroxide ...... UN3111 .. >32¥52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP5 ..... ¥20 ¥10. Diisobutyryl peroxide [as UN3119 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... ¥20 ¥10. a stable dispersion in water]. Diisobutyryl peroxide ...... UN3115 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP7 ..... ¥20 ¥10. Diisopropylbenzene UN3106 .. ≤82 ...... ≥5 ...... ≥5 ..... OP7 ...... 17 dihydroperoxide. Diisopropyl UN3112 .. >52¥100 ...... OP2 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate. Diisopropyl UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... ¥20 ¥10. peroxydicarbonate. Diisopropyl UN3115 .. ≤32 ...... ≥68 ...... OP7 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxydicarbonate. Dilauroyl peroxide ...... UN3106 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... Dilauroyl peroxide [as a UN3109 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ...... stable dispersion in water]. Di-(3-methoxybutyl) UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... ¥5 ... 5. peroxydicarbonate. Di-(2- UN3112 .. ≤87 ...... ≥13 ... OP5 ..... 30 .... 35. methylbenzoy- l)peroxide. Di-(4- UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... OP7 ...... methylbenzoy- l)peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil]. Di-(3-methylbenzoyl) per- UN3115 .. ≤20 + ≤18 ...... ≥58 ...... OP7 ..... 35 .... 40. oxide + Benzoyl (3- + ≤4. methylbenzoyl) peroxide + Dibenzoyl peroxide. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di- UN3102 .. >82¥100 ...... OP5 ...... (benzoylperox- y)hexane.

663

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00673 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di- UN3106 .. ≤82 ...... ≥18 ...... OP7 ...... (benzoylperox- y)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di- UN3104 .. ≤82 ...... ≥18 ... OP5 ...... (benzoylperox- y)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3103 .. >90¥100 ...... OP5 ...... butylperoxy)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3105 .. >52—90 ≥10 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3108 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP8 ...... butylperoxy)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3109 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ...... butylperoxy)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3108 .. ≤47 ...... OP8 ...... butylperoxy)hexane [as a paste]. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3101 .. >86¥100 ...... OP5 ...... butylperoxy)hexyne-3. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3103 .. >52¥86 ≥14 ...... OP5 ...... butylperoxy)hexyne-3. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert- UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)hexyne-3. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2- UN3113 .. ≤100 ...... OP5 ..... 20 .... 25. ethylhexanoylperox- y)hexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5- UN3104 .. ≤82 ...... ≥18 ... OP6 ...... dihydroperoxyhexane. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di- UN3105 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ...... (3,5,5- trimethylhexanoylpero- xy)hexane. 1,1-Dimethyl-3- UN3117 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ..... 0 ...... 10. hydroxybutylperoxyne- oheptanoate. Dimyristyl UN3116 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ..... 20 .... 25. peroxydicarbonate. Dimyristyl UN3119 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... 20 .... 25. peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]. Di-(2- UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ..... ¥10 0. neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benzene. Di-(2-neodecanoyl- UN3119 .. ≤42 ...... OP8 ..... ¥15 ¥5. peroxyisopropyl) benzene, as stable dispersion in water. Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide .. UN3116 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. Di-n-octanoyl peroxide ... UN3114 .. ≤100 ...... OP5 ..... 10 .... 15. Di-(2- UN3102 .. >85¥100 ...... OP5 ...... phenoxyethy- l)peroxydicarbonate. Di-(2- UN3106 .. ≤85 ...... ≥15 ... OP7 ...... phenoxyethy- l)peroxydicarbonate. Dipropionyl peroxide ...... UN3117 .. ≤27 ...... ≥73 ...... OP8 ..... 15 .... 20. Di-n-propyl UN3113 .. ≤100 ...... OP3 ..... ¥25 ¥15. peroxydicarbonate. Di-n-propyl UN3113 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP5 ..... ¥20 ¥10. peroxydicarbonate. Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3102 .. >72¥100 ...... OP4 ...... 18 Disuccinic acid peroxide UN3116 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ... OP7 ..... 10 .... 15. Di-(3,5,5- UN3115 .. >52¥82 ≥18 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide.

664

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00674 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Di-(3,5,5- UN3119 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... 10 .... 15. trimethylhexanoy- l)peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water]. Di-(3,5,5- UN3119 .. >38¥52 ≥48 ...... OP8 ..... 10 .... 15. trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide. Di-(3,5,5- UN3119 .. ≤38 ...... ≥62 ...... OP8 ..... 20 .... 25. trimethylhexanoy- l)peroxide. Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert- UN3105 .. ≤67 ...... ≥33 ...... OP7 ...... amylperoxy)butyrate. Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert- UN3103 .. >77¥100 ...... OP5 ...... butylperoxy)butyrate. Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert- UN3105 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)butyrate. Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert- UN3106 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP7 ...... butylperoxy)butyrate. 1-(2- UN3115 .. ≤52 ...... ≥45 ...... ≥10 ...... OP7 ..... ¥20 ¥10. ethylhexanoylperoxy)- 1,3-Dimethylbutyl peroxypivalate. tert-Hexyl UN3115 .. ≤71 ...... ≥29 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxyneodecanoate. tert-Hexyl peroxypivalate UN3115 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP7 ..... 10 .... 15. 3-Hydroxy-1,1- UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... ¥5 ... 5. dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate. 3-Hydroxy-1,1- UN3119 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... ¥5 ... 5. dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]. 3-Hydroxy-1,1- UN3117 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ..... ¥5 ... 5. dimethylbutyl peroxyneodecanoate. Isopropyl sec-butyl UN3111 .. ≤52 + ≤28 ...... OP5 ..... ¥20 ¥10. peroxydicarbonat + Di- + ≤22. sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate + Di-isopropyl peroxydicarbonate. Isopropyl sec-butyl UN3115 .. ≤32 + ≤15 ≥38 ...... OP7 ..... ¥20 ¥10. peroxydicarbonate + ¥18 + Di-sec-butyl ≤12 peroxydicarbonate + ¥15. Di-isopropyl peroxydicarbonate. Isopropylcumyl UN3109 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP8 ...... 13 hydroperoxide. p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3105 .. >72¥100 ...... OP7 ...... 13 p-Menthyl hydroperoxide UN3109 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP8 ...... Methylcyclohexanone UN3115 .. ≤67 ...... ≥33 ...... OP7 ..... 35 .... 40. peroxide(s). Methyl ethyl ketone per- UN3101 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP5 ...... 5, 13 oxide(s). Methyl ethyl ketone per- UN3105 .. ≤45 ...... ≥55 ...... OP7 ...... 5 oxide(s). Methyl ethyl ketone per- UN3107 .. ≤40 ...... ≥60 ...... OP8 ...... 7 oxide(s). Methyl isobutyl ketone UN3105 .. ≤62 ...... ≥19 ...... OP7 ...... 5, 23 peroxide(s). Methyl isopropyl ketone UN3109 .. (See re- ≥70 ...... OP8 ...... 31 peroxide(s). mark 31).

665

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00675 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (c): ORGANIC PEROXIDE TABLE—Continued

Diluent (mass %) Temperature ( Con- Water °C) Technical name ID No. centration (mass Packing Notes (mass %) A B I %) method Con- Emer- trol gency

(1) (2) (3) (4a) (4b) (4c) (5) (6) (7a) (7b) (8)

Organic peroxide, liquid, UN3103 ...... OP2 ...... 12 sample. Organic peroxide, liquid, UN3113 ...... OP2 ...... 12 sample, temperature controlled. Organic peroxide, solid, UN3104 ...... OP2 ...... 12 sample. Organic peroxide, solid, UN3114 ...... OP2 ...... 12 sample, temperature controlled. 3,3,5,7,7-Pentamethyl- UN3107 .. ≤100 ...... OP8 ...... 1,2,4-Trioxepane. Peroxyacetic acid, type UN3105 .. ≤43 ...... OP7 ...... 13, 20 D, stabilized. Peroxyacetic acid, type UN3107 .. ≤43 ...... OP8 ...... 13, 20 E, stabilized. Peroxyacetic acid, type UN3109 .. ≤43 ...... OP8 ...... 13, 20, F, stabilized. 28 Peroxyacetic acid or per- UN3107 .. ≤36 ...... ≥15 ... OP8 ...... 13, 20, acetic acid [with not 28 more than 7% hydrogen peroxide]. Peroxyacetic acid or per- Exempt ... ≤6 ...... ≥60 ... Exempt ...... 28 acetic acid [with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide]. Peroxyacetic acid or per- UN3109 .. ≤17 ...... OP8 ...... 13, 20, acetic acid [with not 28 more than 26% hydrogen peroxide]. Peroxylauric acid ...... UN3118 .. ≤100 ...... OP8 ..... 35 .... 40. 1-Phenylethyl UN3109 .. ≤38 ...... ≥62 ...... OP8 ...... hydroperoxide. Pinanyl hydroperoxide ... UN3105 .. >56¥100 ...... OP7 ...... 13 Pinanyl hydroperoxide ... UN3109 .. ≤56 ...... ≥44 ...... OP8 ...... Polyether poly-tert- UN3107 .. ≤52 ...... ≥48 ...... OP8 ...... butylperoxycarbonate. Tetrahydronaphthyl UN3106 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... hydroperoxide. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl UN3105 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ...... hydroperoxide. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl UN3115 .. ≤100 ...... OP7 ..... 15 .... 20. peroxy-2- ethylhexanoate. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl UN3115 .. ≤72 ...... ≥28 ...... OP7 ..... ¥5 ... 5. peroxyneodecanoate. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl UN3119 .. ≤52 ...... OP8 ..... ¥5 ... 5. peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water]. 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl UN3115 .. ≤77 ...... ≥23 ...... OP7 ..... 0 ...... 10. peroxypivalate. 3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9- UN3110 .. ≤17 ...... ≥18 ...... ≥65 ...... OP8 ...... trimethyl-1,4,7- triperoxonane. 3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9- UN3105 .. ≤42 ...... ≥58 ...... OP7 ...... 26 trimethyl-1,4,7- triperoxonane. Notes: 1. For domestic shipments, OP8 is authorized. 2. Available oxygen must be <4.7%. 3. For concentrations <80% OP5 is allowed. For concentrations of at least 80% but <85%, OP4 is allowed. For concentrations of at least 85%, maximum package size is OP2. 4. The diluent may be replaced by di-tert-butyl peroxide. 5. Available oxygen must be ≤9% with or without water. 6. For domestic shipments, OP5 is authorized. 7. Available oxygen must be ≤8.2% with or without water.

666

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00676 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

8. Only non-metallic packagings are authorized. 9. For domestic shipments this material may be transported under the provisions of paragraph (h)(3)(xii) of this section. 10. [Reserved] 11. [Reserved] 12. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section. 13. ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is required. 14. [Reserved] 15. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 80%. 16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide. 17. With ≤8% 1-isopropylhydroperoxy-4-isopropylhydroxybenzene. 18. Addition of water to this organic peroxide will decrease its thermal stability. 19. [Reserved] 20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water and acid(s). 21. With diluent type A, with or without water. 22. With ≥36% diluent type A by mass, and in addition ethylbenzene. 23. With ≥19% diluent type A by mass, and in addition methyl isobutyl ketone. 24. Diluent type B with boiling point >100 C. 25. No ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 56%. 26. Available oxygen must be ≤7.6%. 27. Formulations derived from distillation of peroxyacetic acid originating from peroxyacetic acid in a concentration of not more than 41% with water, total active oxygen less than or equal to 9.5% (peroxyacetic acid plus hydrogen peroxide). 28. For the purposes of this section, the names ‘‘Peroxyacetic acid’’ and ‘‘Peracetic acid’’ are synonymous. 29. Not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for Division 5.2. 30. Diluent type B with boiling point >130 °C (266 °F). 31. Available oxygen ≤6.7%.

(d) Packing Method Table. Packagings (iv) Composite packagings with a for organic peroxides and self-reactive plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2, substances are listed in the Maximum 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1, Quantity per Packing Method Table. 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2. The packing methods are designated (2) Metal packaging (including inner OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified packagings of combination packagings for each packing method represent the and outer packagings of combination maximum that is authorized. or composite packagings) are used only (1) The following types of packagings for packing methods OP7 and OP8. are authorized: (3) In combination packagings, glass (i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, 1D, 1G, receptacles are used only as inner 1H1, 1H2; packagings with a maximum content of (ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 0.5 kg for solids or 0.5 L for liquids. 3H2; (4) The maximum quantity per pack- (iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, aging or package for Packing Methods 4H2, 4A, 4B; or OP1–OP8 must be as follows:

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (d): MAXIMUM QUANTITY PER PACKAGING/PACKAGE [For packing methods OP1 to OP8]

Packing method Maximum quantity OP1 OP2 1 OP3 OP4 1 OP5 OP6 OP7 OP8

Solids and combination packagings (liquid and solid) (kg) ...... 0.5 0.5/10 5 5/25 25 50 50 2 400 Liquids (L) ...... 0.5 ...... 5 ...... 30 60 60 3 225 1 If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net mass of the complete package. 2 60 kg for jerricans/200 kg for boxes and, for solids, 400 kg in combination packagings with outer packagings comprising boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, and 4H2) and with inner packagings of plastics or fiber with a maximum net mass of 25 kg. 3 60 L for jerricans.

(e) Organic Peroxide IBC Table. The method OP8 of this section, with the following Organic Peroxide IBC Table same control and emergency tempera- specifies, by technical name, those or- tures, if applicable. Additional require- ganic peroxides that are authorized for ments for authorized IBCs are found in transportation in certain IBCs and not paragraph (f) of this section. subject to the approval provisions of § 173.128 of this part. The formulations listed below may also be transported packed in accordance with packing

667

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00677 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (e): ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE

Maximum UN No. Organic peroxide Type of quantity Control Emergency IBC (liters) temperature temperature

3109 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID: tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide ...... 31HA1 1000 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not 31A 1250 more than 72% with water. 31HA1 1000 tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not 31A 1250 more than 32% in diluent type A. 31HA1 1000 tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate, not 31A 1250 more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5- 31A 1250 trimethylhexanoate, not more than 37% in diluent type A. 31HA1 1000 Cumyl hydroperoxide, not more 31HA1 1250 than 90% in diluent type A. Dibenzoyl peroxide, not more 31H1 1000 than 42% as a stable dispersion. 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di(tert- 31HA1 1000 butylperoxy)hexane, not more than 52% in diluent type A. Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more 31A 1250 than 52% in diluent type B. 31HA1 1000 1,1-Di-(tert-Butylperoxy) 31A 1250 cyclohexane, not more than 37% in diluent type A. 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy) 31H1 1000 cyclohexane, not more than 42% in diluent type A. Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 1250 equal to 100%. 31HA1 1000 Dilauroyl peroxide, not more 31HA1 1000 than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Isopropyl cumyl hydroperoxide, 31HA1 1250 not more than 72% in diluent type A. p-Menthyl hydroperoxide, not 31HA1 1250 more than 72% in diluent type A. Peroxyacetic acid, stabilized, 31A 1500 not more than 17%. 31H1 1500 31H2 1500 31HA1 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, not more 31A 1500 than 26% hydrogen peroxide. 31HA1 1500 Peroxyacetic acid, type F, sta- 31A 1500 bilized. 31HA1 1500 3,6,9-Triethyl-3,6,9-trimethyl- 31HA1 1000 1,4,7-triperoxonane not more than 27% diluent type A. 3110 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE TYPE F, SOLID: Dicumyl peroxide, less than or 31A 2000 equal to 100%. 31H1 ...... 31HA1 ...... 3119 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED:

668

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00678 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (e): ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE—Continued

Maximum UN No. Organic peroxide Type of quantity Control Emergency IBC (liters) temperature temperature

tert-Amyl peroxy-2- 31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C ethylhexanoate, not more than 62% in a diluent type A. tert-Amyl peroxypivalate, not 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxy-2- 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B. 31A 1250 +30 °C +35 °C tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 0 °C +10 °C not more than 32% in diluent type A. tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. tert-Butyl peroxypivalate, not 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C more than 27% in diluent type B. 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate, 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C peroxydicarbonate, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate, not 31HA1 1000 +30 °C +35 °C more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Dicyclohexylperoxydicarbonate, 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C not more than 42% as a stable dispersion, in water. Di-(2-ethylhexyl) 31A 1250 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C peroxydicarbonate, not more than 62%, stable dispersion, in water. 31HA1 1000 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C Diisobutyryl peroxide, not more 31HA1 1000 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C than 28% as a stable dispersion in water. 31A 1250 ¥20 °C ¥10 °C Diisobutyryl peroxide, not more 31HA1 1000 ¥25 °C ¥15 °C than 42% as a stable dispersion in water. 31A 1250 ¥25 °C ¥15 °C Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate, 31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(2- 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl) benzene, not more than 42%, stable dispersion, in water. Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31HA1 1000 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 52% in diluent type A. 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C Di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) 31A 1250 +10 °C +15 °C peroxide, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. 3-Hydroxy-1,1-dimethylbutyl 31A 1250 ¥15 °C ¥5 °C peroxy-neodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. 1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl 31HA1 1000 +15 °C +20 °C peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, not more than 67%, in diluent type A.

669

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00679 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (e): ORGANIC PEROXIDE IBC TABLE—Continued

Maximum UN No. Organic peroxide Type of quantity Control Emergency IBC (liters) temperature temperature

1,1,3,3-Tetramethylbutyl 31A 1250 ¥5 °C +5 °C peroxyneodecanoate, not more than 52%, stable dispersion, in water. 31HA1 1000 ¥5 °C +5 °C

(f) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject less than one hour of complete fire-en- to the conditions and limitations of gulfment as calculated by the formula this section if the IBC type is author- in paragraph (h)(3)(v) of this section. ized according to paragraph (e) of this The control and emergency tempera- section, as applicable, and the IBC con- tures specified in the Organic Peroxide forms to the requirements in subpart O IBC Table are based on a non-insulated of part 178 of this subchapter at the IBC. Packing Group II performance level. (g) Organic Peroxide Portable Tank Type F organic peroxides or self-reac- Table. The following Organic Peroxide tive substances are not authorized for Portable Tank Table provides certain transportation in IBCs other than portable tank requirements and identi- those specified, unless approved by the fies, by technical name, those organic Associate Administrator. peroxides that are authorized for trans- (1) IBCs shall be provided with a de- portation in the bulk packagings listed vice to allow venting during transpor- in paragraph (h) of this section. Or- tation. The inlet to the pressure relief ganic peroxides listed in this table, device shall be sited in the vapor space provided they meet the specific pack- of the IBC under maximum filling con- aging requirements found in paragraph ditions during transportation. (h) of this section, are not subject to (2) To prevent explosive rupture of the approval provisions of § 173.128 of metal IBCs or composite IBCs with a this part. In addition, the formulations complete metal casing, the emergency- listed below may also be transported relief devices shall be designed to vent packed in accordance with packing all the decomposition products and va- method OP8 of this section, with the pors evolved during self-accelerating same control and emergency tempera- decomposition or during a period of not tures, if applicable.

670

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00680 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225 C C ° ° C. perature ° 5 Emergency tem- ¥ ture C C + 35 20 C + C + ° ° ° 10 Control tempera- ¥ + 30 + 15

C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) C) ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ABLE T F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° Filling limits 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 ANK T ORTABLE P See. . . quirements Pressure-relief re- EROXIDE P See. . . RGANIC quirements Bottom opening re- (g): O See. . . ARAGRAPH erence steel) P Minimum shell thickness (mm-ref- 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 §4 178.274(d)(2) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) 4 § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(d)(3) 4 § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.274 (d)(2) 4 § 178.275 (d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(g)(1) § 178.275(d)(3) Not more than 90% at § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at test sure Min- (bar) ABLE TO pres- imum T more than 72% with water. taken to achieve the safety equivalence of 65% tert-Butyl hydroperoxide and 35% water. than 90% in diluent type A. 32% in diluent type A. equal to 100% in diluent type B. not more than 72% in diluent type A. more than 72% in diluent type A. than 56% in diluent type A. equal to 100% with inert solids. tank 2,000 kg. not more than 47% in diluent type A. more than 32% in diluent type B. ethylhexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent B. LIQUID. SOLID. LIQUID, TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED. *Provided that steps have been *Maximum quantity per portable tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, not Cumyl hydro-peroxide, not more Di-tert-butyl peroxide, not more Dicumyl peroxide, less than or Isopropyl cumyl hydro-peroxide, p-Menthyl hydro-peroxide, not Pinanyl hydro-peroxide, not more Dicumyl peroxide less than or tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate, tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, not tert-Butyl peroxy-2- UN No. Hazardous material 3109 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, 3110 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F, 3119 ...... ORGANIC PEROXIDE, TYPE F,

671

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00681 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.225 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition) C C C ° ° ° C. perature ° Emergency tem- ture C + 40 C + C + 35 C + ° ° C + 10 C + ° C + 5 C + ° Control tempera- + 5 + 35 0 + 30 C) C) C) C) ° ° ° ° F (15 F (15 F (15 F (15 —Continued ° ° ° ° Filling limits 59 59 59 59 ABLE T ANK T See. . . quirements Pressure-relief re- ORTABLE P EROXIDE P See. . . quirements Bottom opening re- RGANIC (g): O See. . . erence steel) Minimum shell thickness (mm-ref- ARAGRAPH 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) 4 § § 178.275(d)(3) 178.274 (d)(2) § 178.275 (d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at § 178.275 (g)(1) Not more than 90% at 4 § 178.274(d)(2) § 178.275(d)(3) § 178.275(g)(1) Not more than 90% at P test sure Min- (bar) pres- imum . 1 ABLE TO T more than 27% in diluent type B. hexanoate, not more than 32% in diluent type B. oxide, not more than 38% in diluent type A or B. bilized, not more than 41%. tert-Butylperoxypivalate, not tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethyl- Di-(3,5,5-trimethyl-hexanoyl) per- Peroxyacetic acid, distilled, sta- UN No. Hazardous material Note: 1. ‘‘Corrosive’’ subsidiary risk placard is required.

672

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00682 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.225

(h) Bulk packagings other than IBCs. portable tank of the decomposition The following bulk packagings are au- products and vapors released at a tem- thorized, subject to the conditions and perature of 50 °C (122 °F). The capacity limitations of this section, if the or- and start-to-discharge pressure of the ganic peroxide is listed in the Organic relief devices must be in accordance Peroxide Portable Tank Table and bulk with the applicable requirements of packagings are authorized, or if the or- this subchapter specified for the port- ganic peroxide is specifically author- able tank. The pressure relief devices ized for transport in a bulk packaging must not allow liquid to escape in the by this paragraph (h), and the bulk event the portable tank is overturned packaging conforms to the require- in a loaded condition. ments of this subchapter: (v)(A) The emergency-relief devices (1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105, may be of the reclosing or frangible 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld types, or a combination of the two, de- tank car tanks are authorized. DOT signed to vent all the decomposition 103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car products and vapors evolved during a tanks must have bottom outlets effec- period of not less than one hour of tively sealed from inside. Gauging de- complete fire engulfment as calculated vices are required on DOT 103W tank by the following formula: car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are not authorized. q = 70961 F A0.82 (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307, Where: MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and q = heat absorption (W) DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles A = wetted area (m2) with a tank design pressure of at least F = insulation factor (¥) 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized. (3) Portable tanks. The following re- (B) Insulation factor (F) in the formula in paragraph (h)(3)(v)(A) of this quirements apply to portable tanks in- section equals 1 for non-insulated ves- tended for the transport of organic per- sels and for insulated vessels F is cal- oxides or self-reactive substances. DOT culated using the following formula: 51, 57, IM 101 portable tanks, and UN portable tanks that conform to the re- U ()923 − T quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- F = PO tion, are authorized. Type F organic 47032 peroxide or self-reactive substance for- Where: mulations other than those indicated U = K/L = heat transfer coefficient of the in- in the Organic Peroxide Portable Tank sulation (W·m¥2·K¥1); where K = heat Table may be transported in portable conductivity of insulation layer tanks if approved by the Associate Ad- (W·m¥1·K¥1), and L = thickness of insu- ministrator. The following conditions lation layer (m). also apply: TPO = temperature of material at relieving (i) The portable tank must be de- conditions (K). signed for a test pressure of at least 0.4 (vi) The start-to-discharge pressure MPa (4 bar). of emergency-relief devices must be (ii) The portable tank must be fitted higher than that specified for the pres- with temperature-sensing devices. sure relief devices in paragraph (iii) The portable tank must be fitted (h)(3)(iv) of this section. The emer- with pressure relief devices and emergency-relief devices must be sized and gency-relief devices. Vacuum-relief de- designed in such a way that the max- vices may also be used. Pressure relief imum pressure in the shell never ex- devices must operate at pressures de- ceeds the test pressure of the portable termined according to both the prop- tank. erties of the hazardous material and the construction characteristics of the NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(3)(vi): An example portable tank. Fusible elements are of a method to determine the size of emergency-relief devices is given in Appendix 5 of not allowed in the shell. the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (IBR, (iv) The pressure relief devices must see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A second ex- consist of reclosing devices fitted to ample of a test method for venting sizing is prevent significant build-up within the given in the American Institute of Chemical

673

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00683 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER20DE04.002 ER20DE04.003 § 173.226 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Engineers Process Safety Progress Journal, be used. The PE saddles must be vis- June 2002 issue (Vol. 21, No. 2) (Informational ually inspected after each trip and, at materials not requiring incorporation by ref- a minimum, once every 12 months, and erence, see § 171.7(b)). replaced when discoloration, fracture, (vii) For insulated portable tanks, severe deformation, or other indication the capacity and setting of emergency- of change is noted. relief devices must be determined as- [69 FR 76159, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 suming a loss of insulation from 1% of FR 34398, June 14, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, the surface area. 2007; 74 FR 2260, Jan. 14, 2009; 78 FR 1089, Jan. (viii) Vacuum-relief devices and re- 7, 2013; 78 FR 65482, Oct. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1160, closing devices on portable tanks used Jan. 8, 2015; 81 FR 35542, June 2, 2016; 82 FR for flammable hazardous materials 15884, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27889, May 11, 2020] must be provided with flame arresters. Any reduction of the relief capacity § 173.226 Materials poisonous by inha- caused by the flame arrester must be lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group taken into account and the appropriate I, Hazard Zone A. relief capacity must be provided. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Zone A (ix) Service equipment such as de- poisonous by inhalation (see § 173.133) vices and external piping must be de- must be packed in non-bulk packagings signed and constructed so that no haz- in accordance with the following para- ardous material remains in them after graphs: filling the portable tank. (a) In seamless specification or UN (x) Portable tanks may be either in- cylinders conforming to the require- sulated or protected by a sun-shield. If ments of § 173.40. the SADT of the hazardous material in (b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, or 6HA1 the portable tank is 55 °C (131 °F) or drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 less, the portable tank must be com- drum. Both inner and outer drums pletely insulated. The outer surface must conform to the performance test must be finished in white or bright requirements of subpart M of part 178 metal. of this subchapter at the Packing (xi) The degree of filling must not ex- Group I performance level. The outer ceed 90% at 15 °C (59 °F). drums may be tested either as a pack- (xii) DOT 57 metal portable tanks are age intended to contain inner pack- authorized only for those materials or agings (combination package) or as a mixtures of two or more materials that single packaging intended to contain are provided with a reference to Note 9 solids or liquids at a mass cor- in Column 8 of the Organic Peroxide responding to the mass of the assem- Table, found in paragraph (c) of this bled packaging system. All outer section. DOT 57 portable tanks must drums, even those tested to contain conform to the venting requirements of inner packaging or as single pack- paragraph (f) of this section. These agings for solids, must withstand a hy- portable tanks are not subject to any drostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 other requirements of paragraph (h) of psig). The outer drum must have a this section. minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 (4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.3 mm (TBHP), each tank car, cargo tank or (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. In ad- portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 dition, the inner drum must— inches) low density polyethylene (PE) (1) Be capable of satisfactorily with- saddles having a melt index of at least standing the hydrostatic pressure test 0.2 grams per 10 minutes (for example in § 178.605 of this subchapter at a test see, ASTM D1238, condition E) as part pressure of 300 kPa (45 psig); of the lading, with a ratio of PE to (2) Satisfactorily withstand the TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal subchapter using an internal air pres- containers equipped with fusible plugs sure of at least twice the vapor pres- having a melting point between 69 °C sure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the material to (156 °F) and 71 °C (160 °F) and filled with be packaged; a sufficient quantity of water to dilute (3) Have screw-type closures that the TBHP to 65% or less by mass may are—

674

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00684 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.226

(i) Closed and tightened to a torque (A) Capacity of each inner receptacle prescribed by the closure manufac- may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). turer, using a properly calibrated de- (B) An inner receptacle that has a vice that is capable of measuring closure must have a closure which is torque; physically held in place by any means (ii) Physically held in place by any capable of preventing back-off or loos- means capable of preventing back-off ening of the closure by impact or vibra- or loosening of the closure by impact tion during transportation. or vibration during transportation; and (ii) Packed within a leak-tight pack- (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is aging of metal or plastic. properly applied in accordance with the (iii) This combination packaging in cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda- turn is packed within the outer pack- tions and is capable of withstanding an aging. internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 (3) Additional requirements: psig). (i) The total amount of liquid con- (4) Have a minimum thickness as fol- tained in the outer packaging must not lows: exceed 16 L (4 gallons). (i) For a 1A1 or 1N1 drum, 1.3 mm (ii) The inner packaging system must (0.051 inch); conform to the performance test re- (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 quirements of subpart M of part 178 of inch); this subchapter, at the Packaging (iii) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 Group I performance level when sub- inch); and jected to the following tests: (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic (A) § 178.603—Drop Test inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 (B) § 178.604—Leakproofness Test inch) and the outer steel drum shall be (C) § 178.605—Hydrostatic Pressure 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch). Test (5) Be isolated from the outer drum (iii) The inner packaging system by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive must meet the above tests without the material, which completely surrounds benefit of the outer packaging. the inner packaging on all sides. (iv) The leakproofness and hydro- (c) In combination packagings, con- static pressure test may be conducted sisting of an inner packaging system on either the inner receptacle or the and an outer packaging, as follows: outer packaging of the inner packaging (1) Outer packagings: system. Steel drum: 1A2 (v) The outer package must conform Aluminum drum: 1B2 to the performance test requirements Metal drum, other than steel or alu- of subpart M of part 178 of this sub- minum: 1N2 chapter, at the Packaging Group I per- Plywood drum: 1D formance level as applicable for the Fiber drum: 1G type of package being used. Plastic drum: 1H2 (d) If approved by the Associate Ad- Steel box: 4A ministrator, 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or Aluminum box: 4B 6HH1 drums described in paragraph (b) Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 of this section may be used without Plywood box: 4D being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 Reconstituted wood box: 4F drum if the shipper loads the material, Fiberboard box: 4G palletizes the drums, blocks and braces Expanded plastic box: 4H1 the drums within the transport vehicle Solid plastic box: 4H2 and seals the transport vehicle used. Metal box other than steel or alu- Drums may not be stacked (double minum: 4N decked) within the transport vehicle. (2) Inner packaging system. The Shipments must be from one origin to inner packaging system consists of two one destination only without any in- packagings: termediate pickup or delivery. (i) an impact-resistant receptacle of (e) Prior to reuse, all authorized glass, earthenware, plastic or metal se- inner drums must be leakproofness curely cushioned with a non-reactive, tested and marked in accordance with absorbent material, and § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure

675

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00685 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.227 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

as indicated in paragraph (b)(2) of this inders conforming to the requirements section. of § 173.40. (f) Liquid hazardous materials in Di- (b) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1, or 6HH1 vision 6.1, PG I, Hazard Zone A, are ex- drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 cepted from the segregation require- drum. Both the inner and outer drums ments of §§ 174.81, 176.83, and 177.848(d) must conform to the performance test of this subchapter when packaged as requirements of subpart M of part 178 follows: of this subchapter at the Packing (1) Inner packaging system. The inner Group I performance level. Both the packaging system must consist of inner and outer drums must conform to three packagings: the performance test requirements of (i) A glass, plastic or metal recep- subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter tacle, with a capacity of not more than at the Packing Group I performance 1 liter (1 quart), securely cushioned level. The outer drums may be tested with a non-reactive, absorbent mate- either as a package intended to contain rial. The receptacle must have a clo- inner packagings (combination pack- sure that is held in place by any means age) or as a single packaging intended capable of preventing back-off or loos- to contain solids or liquids at a mass ening of the closure by impact or vibra- corresponding to the mass of the as- tion during transportation. sembled packaging system. The outer (ii) The receptacle must be packed drum must have a minimum thickness within a leak-tight packaging of metal, of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer with a capacity of not less than 4 liters drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 (1 gallon); and outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums (iii) The metal packaging must be se- must withstand a hydrostatic test curely cushioned with a nonreactive pressure of 100 kPa (15 psig). Capacity absorbent material and packed in a of the inner drum may not exceed 220 leak-tight UN 1A2 steel drum or UN liters. In addition, the inner drum 1H2 plastic drum, with a capacity of must conform to all of the following re- not less than 19 liters (5 gallons). quirements: (2) Outer packaging. The inner pack- (1) Satisfactorily withstand the aging system must be placed in a UN leakproofness test in § 178.604 of this 1A2 steel drum or UN 1H2 plastic drum, subchapter using an internal air pres- with a capacity of not less than 114 li- sure of at least two times the vapor ters (30 gallons). The inner packaging pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of the mate- system must be securely cushioned rial to be packaged; with a non-reactive, absorbent mate- (2) Have screw closures that are— rial. The total amount of liquid contained in the outer packaging may not (i) Closed and tightened to a torque exceed 1 liter (1 quart). prescribed by the closure manufac- (3) Both the inner packaging system turer, using a properly calibrated de- and the outer packaging must conform vice that is capable of measuring to the performance test requirements torque; of subpart M of part 178 of this sub- (ii) Physically held in place by any chapter at the PG I performance level. means capable of preventing back-off The inner packaging system must meet or loosening of the closure by impact these tests without benefit of the outer or vibration during transportation; and packaging. (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in accordance with the [69 FR 76172, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 71 cap seal manufacturer’s recommenda- FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, tions and is capable of withstanding an 2009; 78 FR 1090, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3675, Jan. 21, 2016] internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig). § 173.227 Materials poisonous by inha- (3) Have a minimum thickness as fol- lation, Division 6.1, Packing Group lows: I, Hazard Zone B. (i) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 (a) In packagings as authorized in inch); § 173.226 and seamless and welded speci- (ii) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 fication cylinders or UN seamless cyl- inch);

676

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00686 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.230

(iii) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 inder may be equipped with a pressure inch); or relief device. (iv) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24660, May 8, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 33881, June 12, 2006] mm (0.027 inch). (4) Be isolated from the outer drum § 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlo- by a shock-mitigating, non-reactive rine dioxide hydrate, frozen. material which completely surrounds the inner packaging on all sides. When the § 172.101 table specifies that (5) Prior to reuse, all authorized a hazardous material be packaged in inner drums must be leakproofness accordance with this section, only 4G tested and marked in accordance with fiberboard boxes, with inner pack- § 173.28 using a minimum test pressure agings of polyethylene or other suit- as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this able material, are authorized. Fiber- section. board boxes must be reinforced and in- (c) 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, 1N1, 6HA1 or 6HH1 sulated and sufficient dry ice must be drums described in paragraph (b) of used to maintain the hydrate or acid in this section may be used without being a frozen state during transportation. further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if Each packaging must conform to the the shipper loads the material, blocks general packaging requirements of sub- and braces the drums within the trans- part B of part 173, and to the require- port vehicle and seals the transport ve- ments of part 178 of this subchapter at hicle used. Drums may not be stacked the Packing Group I performance level. (double decked) within the transport Transportation is authorized only by vehicle. Shipments must be from one private or contract carrier by motor origin to one destination only without vehicle. any intermediate pickup or delivery. [70 FR 34398, June 14, 2005, as amended at 71 § 173.230 Fuel cell cartridges con- FR 33881, June 12, 2006; 73 FR 57006, Oct. 1, taining hazardous material. 2008] (a) Requirements for Fuel Cell Car- § 173.228 Bromine pentafluoride or tridges. Fuel cell cartridges, including bromine trifluoride. when contained in or packed with (a) Bromine pentafluoride and bro- equipment, must be designed and con- mine trifluoride are authorized in structed to prevent fuel leakage under packagings as follows: normal conditions of transportation. (1) Specification 3A150, 3AA150, 3B240, Fuel cell cartridge design types using 3BN150, 4B240, 4BA240, 4BW240, and liquids as fuels must pass an internal 3E1800 cylinders. pressure test at a gauge pressure of 100 (2) UN cylinders as specified in part kPa (15 psig) without leakage. Except 178 of this subchapter, except acetylene for fuel cell cartridges containing hy- cylinders and non-refillable cylinders, drogen in metal hydride which must be with a minimum test pressure of 10 bar in conformance with paragraph (d) of and a minimum outage of 8 percent by this section, each fuel cell cartridge de- volume. The use of UN tubes and sign type including when contained in MEGCs is not authorized. or packed with equipment, must pass a (3) The use of a pressure relief device 1.2 meter (3.9 feet) drop test onto an is not authorized. unyielding surface in the orientation (b) A material in Hazard Zone A must most likely to result in the failure of be transported in a seamless specifica- the containment system with no loss of tion cylinder conforming to the re- contents. Fuel cell cartridges installed quirements of § 173.40. However, a welded cylinder filled before October 1, 2002, in or integral to a fuel cell system are in accordance with the requirements of regarded as contained in equipment. this subchapter in effect at the time of Fuel cell cartridges containing a Divi- filling, may be transported for reproc- sion 2.1, Division 4.3 or Class 8 material essing or disposal of the cylinder’s con- must meet the following additional re- tents until December 31, 2003. No cyl- quirements.

677

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00687 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.230 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(b) A fuel cell cartridge designed to cluding the type of equipment to be contain a Division 4.3 or a Class 8 ma- used. terial may contain an activator pro- (4) Each fuel cell cartridge must be vided it is fitted with two independent permanently marked with the fol- means of preventing unintended mix- lowing information: ing with the fuel during transport. (i) The rated charging pressure in (c) Each fuel cell cartridge designed megapascals (MPa); to contain a liquefied flammable gas (ii) The manufacturer’s serial number must: of the fuel cell cartridges or unique (1) Be capable of withstanding, with- identification number; and out leakage or bursting, a pressure of (iii) The expiration date based on the at least two times the equilibrium maximum service life (yyyy/mm). pressure of the contents at 55 °C (131 (5) Design type tests: Each fuel cell °F); cartridge design type must be sub- (2) Contain no more than 200 mL of jected to and pass the following tests liquefied flammable gas with a vapor (this includes cartridges integral to a pressure not exceeding 1,000 kPa (150 fuel cell): psig) at 55 °C (131 °F); and (i) Drop test. A 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop (3) Pass the hot water bath test pre- test onto an unyielding surface must scribed in accordance with be performed. There must be no leak- § 173.306(a)(3)(v). age. Leakage must be determined using (d) Each fuel cell cartridge designed a soap bubble solution or other equiva- to contain hydrogen in a metal hydride lent means on all possible leak loca- must conform to the following: tions, when the fuel cell cartridge is (1) Each fuel cell cartridge must have charged to its rated charging pressure. a water capacity less than or equal to The fuel cell cartridge must then be 120 mL (4 fluid ounces). hydrostatically pressurized to destruc- (2) Each fuel cell cartridge must be a tion. The burst pressure must be great- design type that has been subjected, er than 85% of the minimum shell without leakage or bursting, a pressure burst pressure. The drop must be per- of at least two times the design pres- formed in the following four different sure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 °F) or orientations: 200 kPa (30 psig) more than the design (A) Vertically, on the end containing pressure of the cartridge at 55 °C (131 the shut-off valve assembly; °F), whichever is greater. The pressure (B) Vertically, on the end opposite to at which the test is conducted is re- the shut-off valve assembly; ferred to as the ‘‘minimum shell burst (C) Horizontally, onto a steel apex pressure.’’ The pressure within the fuel with a diameter of 3.8 cm (9.7 in), with cell cartridge must not exceed 5 MPa the steel apex in the upward position; (725 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F). and (3) Each fuel cell cartridge must be (D) At a 45° angle on the end con- filled in accordance with the procedure taining the shut-off valve assembly. provided by the manufacturer. The (ii) Fire test. A fuel cell cartridge manufacturer must provide the fol- filled to rated capacity (with hydrogen) lowing information with each fuel cell must be subjected to a fire engulfment cartridge: test. The cartridge design (including (i) Inspection procedures to be car- design types with an integral vent fea- ried out before initial filling and before ture) is deemed to pass the fire test if: refilling of the fuel cell cartridge; (A) The internal pressure vents to (ii) Safety precautions and potential zero gauge pressure without the rup- hazards to be aware of; ture of the cartridge; or (iii) A method of determining when (B) The cartridge withstands the fire the rated capacity has been achieved; for a minimum of 20 minutes without (iv) Minimum and maximum pressure rupture. range; (iii) Hydrogen cycling test. A fuel cell (v) Minimum and maximum tempera- cartridge must be subjected to a hydro- ture range; and gen cycling test to ensure that the de- (vi) Any other requirements to be sign stress limits are not exceeded dur- met for initial filling and refilling ining use. The fuel cell cartridge must be

678

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00688 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.230

cycled from not more than 5% rated (f) For transportation by aircraft, the hydrogen capacity to not less than 95% following additional provisions apply: rated hydrogen capacity and back to (1) The package must comply with not more than 5% rated hydrogen ca- the applicable provisions of § 173.27 of pacity. The rated charging pressure this subchapter; must be used for charging and tempera- (2) For fuel cell cartridges contained tures must be within the operating in equipment, fuel cell systems must temperature range. The cycling must not charge batteries during transport; be continued for at least 100 cycles. (3) For transportation aboard pas- Following the cycling test the fuel cell senger aircraft, for fuel cell cartridges cartridge must be charged and the contained in equipment, each fuel cell water volume displaced by the car- system and fuel cell cartridge must tridge must be measured. The cartridge conform to IEC 62282–6–100 and IEC design is deemed to pass the test if the 62282–6–100 Amend. 1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of water volume displaced by the cycled this subchapter) or a standard ap- cartridge does not exceed the water proved by the Associate Administrator; volume displaced by an uncycled car- (4) When packed with equipment, fuel tridge charged to 95% rated capacity cell cartridges must be packed in an in- and pressurized to 75% of its minimum termediate packaging along with the shell burst pressure. equipment they are capable of (6) Production leak test. Each fuel cell powering, and the intermediate pack- cartridge must be tested for leaks at 15 agings packed in a strong outer pack- °C ±5 °C (59 °F ±9 °F) while pressurized aging. The maximum number of fuel to its rated charging pressure. There cell cartridges in the intermediate must be no leakage. Leakage must be packaging may not be more than the determined using a soap bubble solu- number required to power the equip- tion or other equivalent means on all ment, plus two spares; possible leak locations. (5) Large robust articles containing (e) The following packagings are au- fuel cells may be transported thorized provided the general pack- unpackaged when approved by the As- aging requirements subpart B of part sociate Administrator; and 173 of this subchapter are met: (6) The mass of a fuel cell cartridge (1) For fuel cell cartridges, rigid containing a Division 4.3 or Class 8 ma- packagings conforming to the require- terials must be not more than 1 kg (2.2 ments of part 178 of this subchapter at lbs). the packing group II performance level; (7) Fuel cell cartridges intended for and transportation in carry-on baggage on (2) Strong outer packagings for fuel board passenger aircraft must comply cell cartridges contained in equipment with paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) in this or packed with equipment. Large section and the applicable provisions equipment containing fuel cell car- prescribed in § 175.10 of this subchapter. tridges may be transported unpackaged (g) Limited quantities. Limited quan- if the equipment provides an equiva- tities of hazardous materials contained lent level of protection. in fuel cell cartridges are excepted (i) Fuel cell cartridges packed with from the labeling requirements, unless equipment must be packed with cush- the cartridges are offered for transpor- ioning material or divider(s) or inner tation or transported by aircraft, and packagings so that the fuel cell car- from the placarding and specification tridges are protected against damage packaging requirements of this sub- that may be caused by the shifting or chapter when packaged according to placement of the equipment and car- this section. Each package must con- tridges within the packaging. form to the packaging requirements of (ii) For fuel cell cartridges contained subpart B of this part and may not ex- in equipment, the entire fuel cell sys- ceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. Ex- tem must be protected against short cept as authorized in paragraph (h) of circuits and unintentional activation. this section, a package containing a The equipment must be securely cush- limited quantity of fuel cell cartridges ioned in the outer packaging. must be marked as specified in § 172.315

679

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00689 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.231 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

of this subchapter and, for transpor- (iii) For corrosive materials, in fuel tation by highway or rail, is not sub- cell cartridges containing not more ject to the shipping paper requirements than 200 mL (6.7 fluid ounces) for liq- of subpart C of part 172 of this sub- uids or not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds) chapter, unless the material meets the for solids per cartridge packed in definition of a hazardous substance, strong outer packaging. Additionally, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant, each package may contain no more and are eligible for the exceptions pro- than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell car- vided in § 173.156 of part. For transpor- tridges. tation by highway, rail and vessel, the (iv) For liquefied (compressed) flam- following combination packagings are mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not authorized: over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac- (1) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell ity per cartridge, packed in strong cartridges containing not more than 1.0 outer packaging. Additionally, each L (0.3 gallon) per cartridge, packed in package may contain no more than 0.5 strong outer packaging. kg (net mass) of fuel cell cartridges. (2) For water-reactive substances (Di- (v) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in vision 4.3 Dangerous when wet mate- fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 rial), in fuel cell cartridges containing fluid ounces) net capacity per car- not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) tridge, packed in strong outer pack- for liquids or not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) aging. Additionally, each package may for solids per cartridge, packed in contain no more than 0.5 kg (net mass) strong outer packaging. of fuel cell cartridges. (3) For corrosive materials, in fuel (h) Consumer commodities. Until De- cell cartridges containing not more cember 31, 2020, for other than trans- than 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) for liquids or not portation by aircraft, a limited quan- more than 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) for solids tity that conforms to the provisions of per cartridge, packed in strong outer paragraph (g) of this section and is also packaging. a ‘‘consumer commodity’’ as defined in (4) For liquefied (compressed) flam- § 171.8 of this subchapter, may be re- mable gas, in fuel cell cartridges not named ‘‘Consumer commodity’’ and re- over 120 mL (4 fluid ounces) net capac- classed as ORM–D. In addition to the ity per cartridge, packed in strong exceptions provided by paragraph (g) of outer packaging. this section, shipments of ORM–D ma- (5) For hydrogen in metal hydride, in terials are not subject to the shipping fuel cell cartridges not over 120 mL (4 paper requirements of subpart C of part fluid ounces) net capacity per car- 172 of this subchapter, unless the mate- tridge, packed in strong outer packaging. rials meet the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine (6) For transportation by aircraft, pollutant, or are offered for transpor- the following combination packagings tation by aircraft, and are eligible for are authorized: the exceptions provided in § 173.156 of (i) For flammable liquids, in fuel cell this part. cartridges containing not more than 0.5 L (16.9 fluid ounces) per cartridge, [74 FR 2263, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 75 packed in strong outer packaging. Ad- FR 73, Jan. 4, 2010; 76 FR 3379, Jan. 19, 2011; ditionally, each package may contain 78 FR 1090, 1115, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65485, Oct. no more than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel 31, 2013] cell cartridges. (ii) For water-reactive substances § 173.231 Ammonium nitrate emulsion, suspension or gel. (Division 4.3 Dangerous when wet material), in fuel cell cartridges con- (a) Packagings for non-bulk ship- taining not more than 200 g (0.4 pounds) ments of Ammonium nitrate emul- of solid fuel per cartridge, packed in sions, suspensions and gels must con- strong outer packaging. Additionally, form to the general packaging require- each package may contain no more ments of subpart B of part 173, to the than 2.5 kg (net mass) of fuel cell car- requirements of part 178 of this sub- tridges. chapter at the Packing Group I or II

680

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00690 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.232

performance level, and the require- integral element of the article, nec- ments of the special provisions of col- essary for its functioning, and that umn 7 of the § 172.101 table. cannot be removed for the purpose of (1) The following combination pack- transport. An inner packaging is not agings are authorized: an article. For articles that do not have an existing proper shipping name Outer packagings: Drums: 1B2, 1G, 1N2, 1H2 or 1D and that contain only hazardous mate- Boxes: 4B, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4G or 4H2 rials within the permitted limited Jerricans: 3B2 of 3H2 quantity amounts specified in column (8A) of the § 172.101 Table, see UN3363, Inner packagings: Dangerous goods in machinery or appa- Glass, plastic or metal inner receptacles (2) For combination packagings, the ratus, as prescribed in § 172.102(c)(1), capacity of each inner packaging must Special provision 136, and § 173.222. not exceed 5 liters (1.3 gallons) and the (b) Such articles may contain bat- maximum authorized net weight of teries. Lithium batteries that are inte- each outer packaging must not exceed gral to the article must be of a type 125 kg (275 pounds). proven to meet the testing require- (3) The following single packagings ments of the UN Manual of Tests and are authorized: Criteria, Part III, subsection 38.3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), except Drums: 1B1, 1B2, 1H1 or 1H2 with a max- when otherwise specified by this sub- imum capacity of 250 liters (66 gallons). chapter. Jerricans: 3B1, 3B2, 3H1 or 3H2 with a max- (c) This section does not apply to ar- imum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons). ticles for which a more specific proper Plastic receptacle in aluminum, fiber, plastic or plywood drum: 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 or shipping name already exists in the 6HD1with the outer drum having a maximum § 172.101 Table. This section does not capacity of 250 liters (66 gallons). apply to hazardous materials of Class 1, Plastic receptacle in aluminum wood, ply- Division 6.2, Class 7, or radioactive ma- wood, fiberboard, or solid plastic box: 6HB2, terial contained in articles. 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2, or 6HH2 with the outer box (d) Articles containing hazardous ma- having a maximum capacity of 60 liters (15.9 terials must be assigned to the appro- gallons). priate class or division determined by Glass receptacle in aluminum, fiber, or plywood drum: 6PB1, 6PF1 or 6PD1 with the the hazards present using, where appli- outer drum having a maximum capacity of 60 cable, the precedence criteria pre- liters (15.9 gallons). scribed in § 173.2a for each of the haz- Glass receptacle in expanded plastic or ardous materials contained in the arti- solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 with cle. If hazardous materials classified as the outer packaging having a maximum ca- Class 9 are contained within the arti- pacity of 60 liters (15.9 gallons). cle, all other hazardous materials Glass receptacle in aluminum, wood, or fi- present in the article must be consid- berboard box, or wickerwork hamper: 6PB2, 6PC, 6PG2 or 6PD2 with the outer box or ered to present a higher hazard. hamper having a maximum capacity of 60 li- (e) Subsidiary hazards must be rep- ters (15.9 gallons). resentative of the primary hazard posed by the other hazardous materials (b) [Reserved] contained within the article. When [80 FR 1160, Jan. 8, 2015] only one item of hazardous materials is present in the article, the subsidiary § 173.232 Articles containing haz- hazard(s), if any, is the subsidiary hazardous materials, n.o.s. ard(s) identified in column 6 of the (a) Articles containing hazardous ma- § 172.101 Table. If the article contains terials may be classified as otherwise more than one item of hazardous mate- provided by this subchapter under the rials and these could react dangerously proper shipping name for the hazardous with one another during transport, materials they contain or in accord- each of the hazardous materials must ance with this section. For the pur- be enclosed separately. poses of this section, ‘‘article’’ means (f)(1) Packagings must conform to machinery, apparatus, or other devices the Packing Group II performance containing one or more hazardous ma- level. The following packagings are au- terials (or residues thereof) that are an thorized:

681

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00691 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.240 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) Drums (1A2, 1B2, 1N2, 1H2, 1D, 1G); ized, subject to the requirements of (ii) Boxes (4A, 4B, 4N, 4C1, 4C2, 4D, subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2); and chapter and the special provisions spec- (iii) Jerricans (3A2, 3B2, 3H2). ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. (2) In addition, for robust articles, (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, the following non-specification pack- 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car agings are authorized: tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank (i) Strong outer packagings con- car tanks; and metal non-DOT speci- structed of suitable material and of fication, sift-proof tank car tanks and adequate strength and design in rela- sift-proof closed cars. tion to the packaging capacity and its (b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC intended use. Each package must con- 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC form to the packaging requirements of 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC subpart B of this part, except for the 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, requirements in §§ 173.24(a)(1) and and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- 173.27(e). cles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof (ii) Articles may be transported cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift- unpackaged or on pallets when the haz- proof closed vehicles. ardous materials are afforded equiva- (c) Portable tanks and closed bulk bins. lent protection by the article in which DOT 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; they are contained. IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM (g) The nature of the containment 102 portable tanks; UN portable tanks; must be as follows— marine portable tanks conforming to 46 (1) In the event of damage to the re- CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT ceptacles containing the hazardous ma- Specification portable tanks and closed terials, no leakage of the hazardous bulk bins are authorized. materials from the machinery or appa- (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject ratus is possible. A leakproof liner may to the conditions and limitations of be used to satisfy this requirement. this section provided the IBC type is (2) Receptacles containing hazardous authorized according to the IBC pack- materials must be secured and cush- aging code specified for the specific ioned so as to prevent their breakage hazardous material in Column (7) of or leakage and to control their move- the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter ment within the machinery or appa- and the IBC conforms to the require- ratus during normal conditions of ments in subpart O of part 178 of this transportation. Cushioning material subchapter at the Packing Group per- must not react dangerously with the formance level as specified in Column content of the receptacles. Any leakage (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- of the contents must not substantially chapter for the material being trans- impair the protective properties of the ported. cushioning material. (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- (3) Receptacles for gases, their con- lowing hazardous materials: tents, and filling densities must con- (i) Packing Group I liquids; and form to the applicable requirements of (ii) Packing Group I solids that may this subchapter, unless otherwise ap- become liquid during transportation. proved by the Associate Administrator. (2) The following IBCs may not be used for Packing Group II and III solids [85 FR 27896, May 11, 2020] that may become liquid during transportation: Subpart F—Bulk Packaging for (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; Hazardous Materials Other (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; Than Class 1 and Class 7 (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and § 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain 13M2; and low hazard solid materials. (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. When § 172.101 of this subchapter (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- specifies that a hazardous material be agings are authorized subject to the packaged under this section, only the conditions and limitations of this sec- following bulk packagings are author- tion provided the Large Packaging

682

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00692 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.241

type is authorized according to the IBC § 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain packaging code specified for the spe- low hazard liquid and solid mate- cific hazardous material in Column (7) rials. of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter When § 172.101 of this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to specifies that a hazardous material be the requirements in subpart Q of part packaged under this section, only the 178 of this subchapter at the Packing following bulk packagings are author- Group performance level as specified in ized, subject to the requirements of Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- material being transported. chapter and the special provisions spec- (1) Except as specifically authorized ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. in this subchapter, Large Packagings (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, may not be used for Packing Group I or 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, or 120 tank car II hazardous materials. tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank (2) Large Packagings with paper or car tanks; and AAR Class 203W, 206W, fiberboard inner receptacles may not and 211W tank car tanks. Additional be used for solids that may become liq- operational requirements apply to high-hazard flammable trains ( uid in transportation. see § 171.8 of this subchapter) as prescribed (f) Flexible Bulk Containers. Flexible in § 174.310 of this subchapter. Except as Bulk Containers are authorized subject otherwise provided in this section, DOT to the conditions and limitations of Specification 111 tank cars and DOT this section provided the use of a Flexi- Specification 111 tank cars built to the ble Bulk Container is authorized by the CPC–1232 industry standard are no inclusion of bulk packaging code B120 longer authorized to transport Class 3 in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous (flammable) liquids in Packing Group Materials Table of this subchapter and III, unless retrofitted to the DOT Spec- the Flexible Bulk Container conforms ification 117R retrofit standards or the to the requirements in subpart S of DOT Specification 117P performance part 178 of this subchapter. Flexible standards provided in part 179, subpart Bulk Containers may not be used for D of this subchapter. Packing Group I or II hazardous mate- (1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars rials. and DOT Specification 111 tank cars [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as built to the CPC–1232 industry standard amended at 56 FR 66274, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. are no longer authorized to transport 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– Class 3 (flammable liquids) unless ret- 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, rofitted prior to the date in the fol- June 21, 2001; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013] lowing table:

Jacketed or DOT–111 DOT–111 Material non-jacketed not authorized built to the tank car on or after CPC–1232 not authorized on or after

Class 3, PG III (flammable liquid) material ...... Non-jacketed ...... May 1, 2029 ...... May 1, 2029. Jacketed ...... May 1, 2029 ...... May 1, 2029. Note: For unrefined petroleum products (§ 173.41) and ethanol, see §§ 173.242 and 173.243 as appropriate.

(2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars tank motor vehicles suitable for trans- are to be marked ‘‘DOT–117R.’’ port of liquids. (3) Conforming performance standard (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification tank cars are to be marked ‘‘DOT– 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO 117P.’’ type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 (b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC portable tanks; UN portable tanks; ma- 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC rine portable tanks conforming to 46 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC CFR part 64; and non-DOT Specifica- 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, tion portable tanks suitable for trans- and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- port of liquids are authorized. For cles; and non-DOT specification cargo transportation by vessel, also see

683

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00693 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.242 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 176.340 of this subchapter. For trans- be used for solids that may become liq- portation of combustible liquids by uid in transportation. vessel, additional requirements are specified in § 176.340 of this subchapter. [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject 173–238, 59 FR 38067, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– to the conditions and limitations of 252, 61 FR 28676, June 5, 1996; 66 FR 33435, this section provided the IBC type is June 21, 2001; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 70 FR authorized according to the IBC pack- 34075, June 13, 2005; 75 FR 5394, Feb. 2, 2010; 80 aging code specified for the specific FR 26747, May 8, 2015; 81 FR 53956, Aug. 15, hazardous material in Column (7) of 2016] the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the IBC conforms to the require- § 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain ments in subpart O of part 178 of this medium hazard liquids and solids, subchapter at the Packing Group per- including solids with dual hazards. formance level as specified in Column When § 172.101 of this subchapter (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the mate- specifies that a hazardous material be rial being transported. packaged under this section, only the (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- following bulk packagings are author- lowing hazardous materials: ized, subject to the requirements of (i) Packing Group I liquids; and subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- (ii) Packing Group I solids that may chapter and the special provisions spec- become liquid during transportation. ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. (2) The following IBCs may not be (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, used for Packing Group II and III solids 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, or 120 tank car that may become liquid during trans- tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank portation: car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; tanks. Additional operational require- (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, ments apply to high-hazard flammable 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and trains (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) as 13M2; and prescribed in § 174.310 of this sub- (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. chapter. Except as otherwise provided (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- in this section, DOT Specification 111 agings are authorized subject to the tank cars and DOT Specification 111 conditions and limitations of this sec- tank cars built to the CPC–1232 indus- tion provided the Large Packaging try standard are no longer authorized type is authorized according to the IBC to transport unrefined petroleum prod- packaging code specified for the spe- ucts, ethanol, and other Class 3 (flam- cific hazardous material in Column (7) mable) liquids in Packing Group II or of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter III, unless retrofitted to the DOT Spec- and the Large Packaging conforms to ification 117R retrofit standards, or the the requirements in subpart Q of part DOT Specification 117P performance 178 of this subchapter at the Packing standards provided in part 179, subpart Group performance level as specified in D of this subchapter. Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the (1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars material being transported. and DOT Specification 111 tank cars (1) Except as specifically authorized built to the CPC–1232 industry standard in this subchapter, Large Packagings are no longer authorized for transport may not be used for Packing Group I or of Class 3 flammable liquids unless ret- II hazardous materials. rofitted prior to the dates cor- (2) Large Packagings with paper or responding to the specific material in fiberboard inner receptacles may not the following table:

DOT–111 Jacketed or DOT–111 built to the Material non-jacketed not authorized CPC–1232 not tank car on or after authorized on or after

Unrefined petroleum product ...... Non-jacketed ...... January 1, 2018 ...... April 1, 2020. Jacketed ...... March 1, 2018 ...... May 1, 2025. Ethanol ...... Non-jacketed ...... May 1, 2023 ...... July 1, 2023. Jacketed ...... May 1, 2023 ...... May 1, 2025.

684

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00694 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.242

DOT–111 Jacketed or DOT–111 built to the Material non-jacketed not authorized CPC–1232 not tank car on or after authorized on or after

Class 3, PG II or III (flammable liquid) material Non-jacketed ...... May 1, 2029 ...... May 1, 2029. other than unrefined petroleum products and ethanol. Jacketed ...... May 1, 2029 ...... May 1, 2029.

(2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification are to be marked ‘‘DOT–117R.’’ 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; Speci- (3) Conforming performance standard fication IM 101, IM 102, and UN port- tank cars are to be marked ‘‘DOT– able tanks when a T Code is specified 117P.’’ in Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, Materials Table for a specific haz- MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, ardous material; and marine portable MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64 are MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and authorized. DOT Specification 57 port- DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; able tanks used for the transport by and non-DOT specification cargo tank vessel of Class 3, Packaging Group II motor vehicles when in compliance materials must conform to the fol- with § 173.5a(c). Cargo tanks used to lowing: transport Class 3, Packing Group I or (1) Minimum design pressure. Each II, or Packing Group III with a flash tank must have a minimum design point of less than 38 °C (100 °F); Class 6, pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig); Packing Group I or II; and Class 8, (2) Pressure relief devices. Each tank Packing Group I or II materials must must be equipped with at least one conform to the following special re- pressure relief device, such as a spring- quirements: loaded valve or fusible plug, con- (1) Pressure relief system: Except as forming to the following: provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank (i) Each pressure relief device must must be equipped with a pressure relief communicate with the vapor space of system meeting the requirements of the tank when the tank is in a normal § 178.346–3 or § 178.347–4 of this sub- transportation attitude. Shutoff valves chapter. However, pressure relief de- may not be installed between the tank vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 opening and any pressure relief device. cargo tanks must meet the require- Pressure relief devices must be mount- ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo ed, shielded, or drained to prevent the tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group accumulation of any material that I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC could impair the operation or discharge 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet capability of the device; the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this (ii) Frangible devices are not author- subchapter. ized; (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 (iii) No pressure relief device may and DOT 412 must be equipped with open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig); stop-valves meeting the requirements (iv) If a fusible device is used for re- of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC lieving pressure, the device must have 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 a minimum area of 1.25 square inches. cargo tanks must be equipped with The device must function at a tempera- stop-valves capable of being remotely ture between 104 °C. and 149 °C. (220 °F. closed within 30 seconds of actuation and 300 °F.) and at a pressure less than by manual or mechanic means and (ex- the design test pressure of the tank, cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and unless this latter function is accom- II) by a closure activated at a tempera- plished by a separate device; and ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and (v) No relief device may be used MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped which would release flammable vapors with internal self-closing stop-valves under normal conditions of transpor- meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11 tation (temperature up to and includ- of this subchapter. ing 54 °C. (130 °F.).); and

685

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00695 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.243 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) Venting capacity. The minimum (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, venting capacity for pressure activated 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and vents must be 6,000 cubic feet of free 13M2; and air per hour (measured at 101.3 kPa (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. (14.7 psi) and 15.6 °C. (60 °F.)) at not (e) Large Packagings. Large Pack- more than 34.4 kPa (5 psi). The total agings are authorized subject to the emergency venting capacity (cu. ft./hr.) conditions and limitations of this sec- of each portable tank must be at least tion provided the Large Packaging that determined from the following type is authorized according to the IBC table: packaging code specified for the specific hazardous material in Column (7) 12 Cubic feet free Total surface area square feet air per hour of the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the Large Packaging conforms to 20 ...... 15,800 the requirements in subpart Q of part 30 ...... 23,700 40 ...... 31,600 178 of this subchapter at the Packing 50 ...... 39,500 Group performance level as specified in 60 ...... 47,400 Column (5) of the § 172.101 Table for the 70 ...... 55,300 80 ...... 63,300 material being transported. 90 ...... 71,200 (1) Except as specifically authorized 100 ...... 79,100 in this subchapter, Large Packagings 120 ...... 94,900 140 ...... 110,700 may not be used for Packing Group I or 160 ...... 126,500 II hazardous materials. 1 Interpolate for intermediate sizes. (2) Large Packagings with paper or 2 Surface area excludes area of legs. fiberboard inner receptacles may not (4) Unless provided by § 173.32(h)(3), be used for solids that may become liq- an IM 101, 102 or UN portable tank with uid in transportation. a bottom outlet and used to transport [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990] a liquid hazardous material that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG III with a EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- ° ° tations affecting § 173.242, see the List of CFR flash point of less than 38 C (100 F); Sections Affected, which appears in the Division 5.1 PG I or II; or Division 6.1, Finding Aids section of the printed volume PG I or II, must have internal valves and at www.govinfo.gov. conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) of this subchapter. § 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject high hazard liquids and dual haz- to the conditions and limitations of ard materials which pose a mod- this section provided the IBC type is erate hazard. authorized according to the IBC pack- When § 172.101 of this subchapter aging code specified for the specific specifies that a hazardous material be hazardous material in Column (7) of packaged under this section, only the the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter following bulk packagings are author- and the IBC conforms to the require- ized, subject to the requirements of ments in subpart O of part 178 of this subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- subchapter at the Packing Group per- chapter and the special provisions spec- formance level as specified in Column ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, chapter for the material being trans- 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, or 120 fusion- ported. welded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- 110 multi-unit tank car tanks. Addi- lowing hazardous materials: tional operational requirements apply (i) Packing Group I liquids; and to high-hazard flammable trains (see (ii) Packing Group I solids that may § 171.8 of this subchapter) as prescribed become liquid during transportation. in § 174.310 of this subchapter. Except as (2) The following IBCs may not be otherwise provided in this section, DOT used for Packing Group II and III solids Specification 111 tank cars and DOT that may become liquid during trans- Specification 111 tank cars built to the portation: CPC–1232 industry standard are no (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; longer authorized to transport Class 3 (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; (flammable liquids) in Packing Group

686

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00696 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.243

I, unless retrofitted to the DOT Speci- built to the CPC–1232 industry standard fication 117R retrofit standards or the are no longer authorized for transport DOT Specification 117P performance of Class 3 (flammable liquids) unless standards provided in part 179, subpart retrofitted prior to the dates cor- D of this subchapter. responding to the specific material in (1) DOT Specification 111 tank cars the following table: and DOT Specification 111 tank cars

DOT–111 Jacketed or DOT–111 built to the Material non-jacketed not authorized CPC–1232 not tank car on or after authorized on or after

Unrefined petroleum products ...... Non-jacketed ...... January 1, 2018 ...... April 1, 2020. Jacketed ...... March 1, 2018 ...... May 1, 2025. Class 3, PG I (flammable liquid) other than Non-jacketed ...... May 1, 2025 ...... May 1, 2025. unrefined petroleum products. Jacketed ...... May 1, 2025 ...... May 1, 2025.

(2) Conforming retrofitted tank cars ture not over 121 °C (250 °F); MC 330 and are to be marked ‘‘DOT–117R.’’ MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped (3) Conforming performance standard with internal self-closing stop-valves tank cars are to be marked ‘‘DOT– meeting the requirements in § 178.337–11 117P.’’ of this subchapter. (b) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 304, (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank 51 and 60 portable tanks; UN portable motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC tanks and IM 101 and IM 102 portable 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank tanks when a T code is specified in Col- motor vehicles with tank design pres- umn (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). subchapter for a specific hazardous ma- Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 terial; and marine portable tanks con- or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8, forming to 46 CFR part 64 with design Packing Group I or II materials must pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig) conform to the following special re- are authorized. Unless provided by quirements: § 173.32(h)(3), an IM 101, 102 or UN port- (1) Pressure relief system: Except as able tank, with a bottom outlet, used provided by § 173.33(d), each cargo tank to transport a liquid hazardous mate- must be equipped with a pressure relief rial that is a Class 3, PG I or II, or PG system meeting the requirements of III with a flash point of less than 38 °C § 178.346–3 or 178.347–4 of this sub- (100 °F); Division 5.1, PG I or II; or Di- chapter. However, pressure relief de- vision 6.1, PG I or II, must have inter- vices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 nal valves conforming to § 178.275(d)(3) cargo tanks must meet the require- of this subchapter. ments for a Specification MC 307 cargo (d) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group to the conditions and limitations of I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC this section provided the IBC type is 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet authorized according to the IBC pack- the requirement in § 178.337–9 of this aging code specified for the specific subchapter. hazardous material in Column (7) of (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT the § 172.101 Table of this subchapter 412 cargo tanks must be equipped with and the IBC conforms to the require- stop-valves meeting the requirements ments in subpart O of part 178 of this of § 178.345–11 of this subchapter; MC subchapter at the Packing Group per- 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 formance level as specified in Column cargo tanks must be equipped with (5) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- stop-valves capable of being remotely chapter for the material being trans- closed within 30 seconds of actuation ported. by manual or mechanic means and (ex- (1) IBCs may not be used for the fol- cept for Class 8, Packing Group I and lowing hazardous materials: II) by a closure activated at a tempera- (i) Packing Group I liquids; and

687

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00697 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.244 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Packing Group I solids that may having a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 become liquid during transportation. psig) or greater and conform to Classes (2) The following IBCs may not be 105S, 106, 110, 112J, 114J or 120S. used for Packing Group II and III solids (iii) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous that may become liquid during trans- must be transported in tank cars hav- portation: ing a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 (i) Wooden: 11C, 11D and 11F; psig) or greater and conform to Classes (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; 105, 112, 114 or 120. (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, (2) For materials poisonous by inha- 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, 13M1 and lation, single unit tank cars tanks 13M2; and built prior to March 16, 2009 and ap- (iv) Composite: 11HZ2 and 21HZ2. proved by the Tank Car Committee for (e) A dual hazard material may be transportation of the specified mate- packaged in accordance with § 173.242 if: rial. Except as provided in (1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or with a flash point greater than 38 °C after March 16, 2009 used for the trans- (100 °F); or portation of the PIH materials listed (2) The subsidiary hazard is Division below, must meet the applicable au- 6.1, Packing Group III; or thorized tank car specification listed (3) The subsidiary hazard is Class 8, in the following table: Packaging Group, III. Authorized Proper shipping name tank car [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as specification amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173–138, 59 FR 49134, Sept. 26, 1994; Amdt. 173– Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized (Note 1) ...... 105J500I 238, 59 FR 38068, July 26, 1994; Amdt. 173–243, 112J500I 60 FR 40038, Aug. 4, 1995; Amdt. 173–246, 60 FR Acrolein (Note 1) ...... 105J600I Allyl Alcohol ...... 105J500I 49110, Sept. 21, 1995; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR 112J500I 28676, June 5, 1996; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 64 Bromine ...... 105J500I FR 10780, Mar. 5, 1999; 66 FR 33435, June 21, Chloropicrin ...... 105J500I 2001; 67 FR 15743, Apr. 3, 2002; 68 FR 32413, 112J500I May 30, 2003; 80 FR 26748, May 8, 2015; 81 FR Chlorosulfonic acid ...... 105J500I 53957, Aug. 15, 2016] 112J500I Dimethyl sulfate ...... 105J500I 112J500I § 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain Ethyl chloroformate ...... 105J500I pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), 112J500I dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ...... 105J500I materials, and poisonous liquids 112J500I with inhalation hazards (Division Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutionor Hydro- gen cyanide, aqueous solutionwith not more 6.1). than 20% hydrogen cyanide (Note 2) ...... 105J500I When § 172.101 of this subchapter 112J500I Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (Note 2) ...... 105J600I specifies that a hazardous material be Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous ...... 105J500I packaged under this section, only the 112J500I following bulk packagings are author- Poison inhalation hazard, Zone A materials not ized, subject to the requirements of specifically identified in this table ...... 105J600I Poison inhalation hazard, Zone B materials not subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- specifically identified in this table ...... 105J500I chapter and the special provisions spec- 112J500I ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. Phosphorus trichloride ...... 105J500I 112J500I (a) Rail cars: (1) Class DOT 105, 109, Sulfur trioxide, stabilized ...... 105J500I 112, 114, or 120 fusion-welded tank car 112J500I tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit Sulfuric acid, fuming ...... 105J500I 112J500I tank car tanks. For tank car tanks Titanium tetrachloride ...... 105J500I built prior to March 16, 2009, the fol- 112J500I lowing conditions apply: Note 1: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief (i) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A mate- device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized. rials must be transported in tank cars Note 2: Each tank car must have a reclosing pressure relief having a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig) or greater and conform to Classes psig). Restenciling to a lower test pressure is not authorized. 105J, 106 or 110. (3) As an alternative to the author- (ii) Division 6.1 Hazard Zone B mate- ized tank car specification listed in the rials must be transported in tank cars table in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,

688

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00698 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247

a car of the same authorized tank car ized, subject to the requirements of specification but of the next lower test subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- pressure, as prescribed in column 5 of chapter and the special provisions spec- the table at § 179.101–1 of this sub- ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. chapter, may be used provided that (a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit both of the following conditions are tank car tanks, when approved by the met: Associate Administrator. (i) The difference between the alter- (b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and native and the required minimum plate portable tanks, when approved by the thicknesses, based on the calculation Associate Administrator. prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this subchapter, must be added to the alter- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as native tank car jacket and head shield. amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR When the jacket and head shield are 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] made from steel with a minimum ten- § 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain sile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. to 80,000 elevated temperature materials. p.s.i., but the required minimum plate thickness calculation is based on steel When § 172.101 of this subchapter with a minimum tensile strength of specifies that a hazardous material be 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness to be added packaged under this section, only the to the jacket and head shield must be following bulk packagings are author- increased by a factor of 1.157. Forming ized, subject to the requirements of allowances for heads are not required subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- to be considered when calculating chapter and the special provisions in thickness differences. column 7 of the § 172.101 table. On or (ii) The tank car jacket and head after October 1, 1993, authorized pack- shield are manufactured from carbon agings must meet all requirements in steel plate as prescribed in § 179.100–7(a) paragraph (g) of this section, unless of this subchapter. otherwise excepted. (b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330 (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 tank car and, except for Division 4.2 materials, tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W, vehicles. 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51 portable specification tank car tanks equivalent tanks and UN portable tanks that meet in structural design and accident dam- the requirements of this subchapter, age resistance to specification pack- when a T code is specified in Column agings. (7) of the § 172.101 Table of this sub- (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, chapter for the specific hazardous ma- MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, terial, are authorized. Additionally, a MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 51 or UN portable tank used for MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- Division 6.1 liquids, Hazard Zone A or cles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo B, must be certified and stamped to the tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT ASME Code as specified in § 178.273(b)(6) specification cargo tank motor vehi- of this subchapter. cles equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to speci- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as fication packagings. A non-DOT speci- amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 57 FR 45463, Oct. 1, 1992; Amdt. 173–252, 61 FR 28676, fication cargo tank motor vehicle con- June 5, 1996; 68 FR 45037, July 31, 2003; 72 FR structed of carbon steel which is in ele- 55693, Oct. 1, 2007; 74 FR 1799, Jan. 13, 2009] vated temperature material service is excepted from § 178.345–7(d)(5) of this § 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely subchapter. hazardous materials such as poi- (c) Portable tanks. DOT Specification sonous gases (Division 2.3). 51, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IM 101 When § 172.101 of this subchapter and IM 102 portable tanks; UN portable specifies that a hazardous material be tanks; marine portable tanks con- packaged under this section, only the forming to 46 CFR part 64; metal IBCs following bulk packagings are author- and non-specification portable tanks

689

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00699 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.247 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

equivalent in structural design and ac- quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this cident damage resistance to specifica- section if closures meet the require- tion packagings are authorized. ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this (d) Crucibles: Nonspecification cru- section. cibles designed and constructed such (iii) Closures must be securely closed that the stress in the packaging does during transportation. Closures also not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ulti- must be designed to prevent opening mate strength of the packaging mate- and the expulsion of lading in a roll- rial at any temperature within the de- over accident. sign temperature range. Stress is de- (f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk pack- termined under a load equal to the sum agings, other than those specified in of the static or working pressure in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this sec- combination with the loads developed tion, which are used for the transport from accelerations and decelerations of elevated temperature materials, incident to normal transportation. For must conform to all requirements of highway transportation, these forces paragraph (g) of this section on or after are assumed to be ‘‘1.7g’’ vertical, October 1, 1993. ‘‘0.75g’’ longitudinal, and ‘‘0.4g’’ trans- (g) General requirements. Bulk pack- verse, in reference to the axes of the agings authorized or used for transport transport vehicle. Each accelerative or of elevated temperature materials decelerative load may be considered must conform to the following require- separately. ments: (e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose of this section, is a bulk packaging (1) Pressure and vacuum control equip- (portable tank or cargo tank) having a ment. When pressure or vacuum control capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500 equipment is required on a packaging gallons) with an integral heating appa- authorized in this section, such equip- ratus used for melting various bitu- ment must be of a self-reclosing design, minous products such as asphalt. Ket- must prevent package rupture or col- tles used for the transport of asphalt or lapse due to pressure, must prevent sig- bitumen are subject to the following nificant release of lading due to pack- requirements: aging overturn or splashing or surging (1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a during normal transport conditions, ratio of track-width to fully loaded and may be external to the packaging. center of gravity (CG) height less than (i) Pressure control equipment is not 2.5 must meet all requirements of para- required if pressure in the packaging graph (g) of this section (track-width is would increase less than 10 percent as a the distance measured between the result of heating the lading from the outer edge of the kettle tires; CG lowest design operating temperature to height is measured perpendicular from a temperature likely to be encountered the road surface). if the packaging were engulfed in a (2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles fire. When pressure control equipment with a total capacity of less than 2650 is required, it must prevent rupture of L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track- the packaging from heating, including width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 fire engulfment. or more are excepted from all require- (ii) Vacuum control equipment is not ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- required if the packaging is designed to tion and the rollover protection re- withstand an external pressure of 100 quirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the section, if closures meet the require- packaging would decrease less than 10 ments of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this percent as a result of the lading cool- section. ing from the highest design operating (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of temperature to the lowest temperature 2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio incurred in transport. When vacuum of track-width to fully loaded CG control equipment is required, it must height of 2.5 or more are excepted from prevent collapse of the packaging from the ‘‘substantially leak tight’’ require- a cooling-induced pressure differential. ments of paragraph (g)(2) of this sec- (iii) When the regulations require a tion and the rollover protection re- reclosing pressure relief device, the

690

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00700 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.247

lading must not render the devices in- (6) Accident damage protection. For operable (i.e. from clogging, freezing, transportation by highway, external or fouling). If the lading affects the loading and unloading valves and clo- proper operation of the device, the sures must be protected from impact packaging must have: damage resulting from collision or (A) A safety relief device incor- overturn. Spraying equipment and the porating a frangible disc or a perma- road oil application portion of a pack- nent opening, each having a maximum aging are excepted from this require- effective area of 22 cm2 (3.4 in.2), for ment. transportation by highway; (7) New construction. Specification (B) For transportation of asphalt by packagings that are being manufac- highway, a safety relief device incor- tured for the transport of elevated tem- porating a frangible disc or a perma- perature materials must be authorized nent opening, each having a maximum for current construction. effective area of 48 cm 2 (7.4 in 2); or (h) Exceptions—(1) General. Pack- (C) For transportation by rail, a non- agings manufactured for elevated tem- reclosing pressure relief device incor- perature materials service prior to Oc- porating a rupture disc conforming to tober 1, 1993, which are not in full com- the requirements of § 179.15 of this sub- pliance with the requirements in para- chapter. graph (g) of this section, may continue (iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, in service if they meet the applicable rupture discs or permanent openings requirements of subparts A and B of must not allow the release of lading this part and meet the closure require- during normal transportation condi- ments in paragraph (g)(2) of this sections (i.e., due to splashing or surging). tion by March 30, 1995. (2) Closures. All openings, except per- (2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to manent vent openings authorized in October 1, 1993, which are used to paragraph (g)(1)(iii) of this section, transport asphalt or bitumen, are ex- must be securely closed during trans- cepted from specific provisions of this portation. Packagings must be sub- section as follows: stantially leak-tight so as not to allow (i) Kettles with a total capacity of any more than dripping or trickling of less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are a non-continuous flow when over- not in full compliance with the returned. Closures must be designed and quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- constructed to withstand, without ex- tion, may continue in elevated tem- ceeding the yield strength of the pack- perature material service if they meet aging, twice the static loading pro- the applicable requirements of subparts duced by the lading in any packaging A and B of this part and if, after March orientation and at all operating tem- 30, 1995, closures are secured during peratures. transport to resist opening in an over- (3) Strength. Each packaging must be turn. designed and constructed to withstand, (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of without exceeding the yield strength of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are the packaging, twice the static loading not in full compliance with the reproduced by the lading in any orienta- quirements of paragraph (g) of this section and at all operating temperatures. tion, may continue in elevated tem- (4) Compatibility. The packaging and perature material service if they meet lading must be compatible over the en- the applicable requirements of subparts tire operating temperature range. A and B of this part and if, after March (5) Markings. In addition to any other 30, 1995, closures are secured during markings required by this subchapter, transport to resist opening in an over- each packaging must be durably turn and no opening exceeds 46 cm2 (7.1 marked in a place readily accessible for in2). inspection in characters at least 4.8 (3) Molten metals and molten glass. mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer’s This section does not apply to pack- name, date of manufacture, design agings used for transportation of mol- temperature range, and maximum ten metals and molten glass by rail product weight (or ‘‘load limit’’ for when movement is restricted to oper- tank cars) or volumetric capacity. ating speeds less than 15 miles per

691

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00701 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.249 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

hour. (See § 172.203(g)(3) of this sub- Nickel cladding or lead lining must be chapter for shipping paper require- on the inside of the tank. Nickel clad- ments.) ding must comprise at least 20 percent (4) Solid elevated temperature materials. of the required minimum total thick- A material which meets the definition ness. Nickel cladding must conform to of a solid elevated temperature mate- ASTM B 162 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- rial is excepted from all requirements chapter). Lead lining must be at least of this subchapter except § 172.325 of 4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank this subchapter. equipment and appurtenances in con- [Amdt. 173–227, 58 FR 3349, Jan. 8, 1993, as tact with the lading must be lined or amended by Amdt. 173–234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. made from metal not subject to dete- 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–237, 59 FR 28493, June 2, rioration by contact with lading. 1994; 62 FR 51560, Oct. 1, 1997; 63 FR 52849, (e) Maximum filling density is 300 Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 50461, Aug. 18, 2000; 66 FR percent of the tank’s water capacity. 33436, June 21, 2001; 66 FR 45382, Aug. 28, 2001; Minimum filling density is 287 percent 67 FR 61013, Sept. 27, 2002] of the tank’s water capacity. Maximum § 173.249 Bromine. water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars. When § 172.101 of this subchapter Maximum quantity of lading in DOT specifies that a hazardous material be 105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000 packaged under this section, only the pounds). Maximum water capacity is following bulk packagings are author- 16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT ized, subject to the requirements of 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- tank cars equipped as described in chapter and the special provisions spec- paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W (a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds). tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars (f) Tank shell and head thickness for may be equipped with manway cover cargo tank motor vehicles and portable plates, pressure relief valves, vent tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 valves, and loading/unloading valves inch) excluding lead lining. that are required on Class 105A–300W tank cars. Tank cars must conform to (g) Except as provided in the requirements in paragraphs (a) § 173.244(a)(3), tank cars built on or through (g) of this section. after March 16, 2009 and used for the (b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC transportation of bromine must meet 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehi- the applicable authorized tank car cles conforming with paragraphs (d) specification listed in the table in through (f) of this section. Except when § 173.244(a)(2). transported as a residue, the total [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52663, Dec. 21, 1990, as quantity in one tank may not be less amended at 56 FR 66275, Dec. 20, 1991; 68 FR than 88 percent or more than 96 percent 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks 74 FR 1800, Jan. 13, 2009; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, in bromine service built prior to Au- 2010] gust 31, 1991, may continue in service under the requirements contained in § 173.251 Bulk packaging for ammo- § 173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on nium nitrate emulsion, suspension, or gel. September 30, 1991. (c) UN portable tanks conforming to When § 172.101 of this subchapter tank code T22 (see § 172.102 of this sub- specifies that a hazardous material be chapter) or specification IM 101 port- packaged under this section, only the able tanks conforming with paragraphs following bulk packagings are author- (d) through (f) of this section. Except ized, subject to the requirements of when transported as a residue, the subparts A and B of part 173 of this sub- total quantity in one tank may not be chapter and the special provisions spec- less than 88% nor more than 92% of the ified in column 7 of the § 172.101 table. volume of the tank. (a) IBCs. IBCs are authorized subject (d) The tank must be made from to the conditions and limitations of nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate. this section provided:

692

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00702 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

(1) The IBC type is authorized accord- PACKAGINGS 1—Continued ing to the IBC packaging code for the specific hazardous material in Column 3AAX 4E (7) of the § 172.101 Table; 3B 4L (2) The IBC conforms to the require- 3BN 8 ments in subpart O of part 178 of this 3E 8AL subchapter at the Packing Group per- 3HT 39 formance level in Column (5) of the 3T 1 Authorized CRC, BTC, CTC or TC specification § 172.101 Table for the material being cylinders that correspond with a DOT specification transported. cylinder are listed in § 171.12(a)(4)(iii) of this sub- (b) [Reserved] chapter. 2 Use of existing cylinders is authorized. New [80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015] construction is not authorized. (2) A cylinder must be filled in ac- Subpart G—Gases; Preparation cordance with this part, except that a and Packaging ‘‘TC’’ cylinder must be filled in accordance with the Transport Canada TDG § 173.300 [Reserved] Regulations (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Before each filling of a cyl- § 173.301 General requirements for inder, the person filling the cylinder shipment of compressed gases and other hazardous materials in cyl- must visually inspect the outside of inders, UN pressure receptacles and the cylinder. A cylinder that has a spherical pressure vessels. crack or leak, is bulged, has a defective (a) General qualifications for use of cyl- valve or a leaking or defective pressure inders. Unless otherwise stated, as used relief device, or bears evidence of phys- in this section, the term ‘‘cylinder’’ in- ical abuse, fire or heat damage, or det- cludes a UN pressure receptacle. As rimental rusting or corrosion, may not used in this subpart, filled or charged be filled and offered for transportation. means an introduction or presence of a A cylinder may be repaired and re- hazardous material in a cylinder. A qualified only as prescribed in subpart cylinder filled with a Class 2 hazardous C of part 180 of this subchapter. material (gas) and offered for transpor- (3) Pressure relief devices must be tation must meet the requirements in tested for leaks before a filled cylinder this section and §§ 173.301a through is shipped from the cylinder filling 173.305, as applicable. plant. It is expressly forbidden to re- (1) Compressed gases must be in UN pair a leaking fusible plug device where pressure receptacles built in accord- the leak is through the fusible metal or ance with the UN standards or in metal between the fusible metal and the cylinders and containers built in ac- opening in the plug body, except by re- cordance with the DOT and ICC speci- moval and replacement of the pressure fications and part 178 of this sub- relief device. chapter in effect at the time of manu- (4) A cylinder that previously con- facture or CRC, BTC, CTC or TC speci- tained a Class 8 material must be re- fication, and requalified and marked as qualified in accordance with § 180.205(e) prescribed in subpart C in part 180 of of this subchapter. this subchapter, if applicable. The (5) When a cylinder with a marked DOT, ICC, CRC, BTC, CTC and TC spec- pressure limit is prescribed, another ifications authorized for use are as fol- cylinder made under the same speci- lows: fication but with a higher marked pressure limit is authorized. For example, a PACKAGINGS 1 cylinder marked ‘‘DOT-4B500’’ may be used when ‘‘DOT-4B300’’ is specified. 2P 4AA480 (6) No person may fill a cylinder 2Q 4B overdue for periodic requalification 2 ICC–3 4B240ET with a hazardous material and then 3A 4BA 3AA 4BW offer it for transportation. The prohibi- 3AL 4D tion against offering a cylinder for 3AX 4DA transportation that is overdue for peri- 3A480X 4DS odic requalification does not apply to a

693

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00703 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.301 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

cylinder filled prior to the requalifica- (c) Toxic gases and mixtures. Cylinders tion due date. containing toxic gases and toxic gas (7) A cylinder with an authorized mixtures meeting the criteria of Divi- service life may not be offered for sion 2.3 Hazard Zone A or B must con- transportation in commerce after its form to the requirements of § 173.40 and authorized service life has expired. CGA S–1.1 (compliance with paragraph However, a cylinder in transportation 9.1.1.1 is not required) (IBR; see § 171.7 or a cylinder filled prior to the expira- of this subchapter) and CGA S–7 (IBR; tion of its authorized service life may see § 171.7 of this subchapter). A DOT 39 be transported for reprocessing or dis- cylinder, UN non-refillable cylinder, or posal of the cylinder’s contents. After a UN composite cylinder certified to emptying, the cylinder must be con- ISO–11119–3 may not be used for a toxic demned in accordance with § 180.205 of gas or toxic gas mixture meeting the this subchapter. criteria for Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A (8) The pressure of the hazardous ma- or B. terial at 55 °C (131 °F) may not exceed (d) Gases capable of combining chemi- 5⁄4 of the service pressure of the cyl- cally. A filled cylinder may not contain inder. Sufficient outage must be pro- any gas or material capable of com- vided so the cylinder will not be liquid bining chemically with the cylinder’s full at 55 °C (131 °F). contents or with the cylinder’s mate- (9) Specification 2P, 2Q, 3E, 3HT, rial of construction, so as to endanger spherical 4BA, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, and 39 the cylinder’s serviceability. cylinders must be packed in strong (e) Ownership of cylinder. A cylinder non-bulk outer packagings. The out- filled with a hazardous material may side of the combination packaging not be offered for transportation unless must be marked with an indication it was filled by the owner of the cyl- that the inner packagings conform to inder or with the owner’s consent. the prescribed specifications. (f) Pressure relief device systems. (1) Ex- (10) Any person who installs a valve cept as provided in paragraphs (f)(5) into an aluminum cylinder in oxygen through (f)(7) and (j) of this section, service must verify the valve and the and § 171.23(a) of this subchapter, a cyl- cylinder have the same thread type. inder filled with a gas and offered for (11) Cylinder valves manufactured on transportation must be equipped with or after November 7, 2019, used on cyl- one or more pressure relief devices inders to transport compressed gases sized and selected as to type, location, must conform to the requirements in and quantity, and tested in accordance CGA V–9 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- with CGA S–1.1 (compliance with para- chapter). A valve for a UN pressure re- graph 9.1.1.1 is not required) and CGA ceptacle must conform to the require- Pamphlet S–7 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this ments of § 173.301b(c)(1). Cylinder valves subchapter). The pressure relief device used on cylinders in liquefied petro- must be capable of preventing rupture leum gas (LPG) service are permitted of the normally filled cylinder when to comply with the requirements of subjected to a fire test conducted in ac- NFPA 58 (IBR; see § 171.7 of this sub- cordance with CGA C–14 (IBR, see chapter). § 171.7 of this subchapter), or, in the (12) Cylinder valve protection caps case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA C–12 manufactured on or after November 7, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). 2019, must conform to the requirements (2) A pressure relief device, when in- of CGA V–9. stalled, must be in communication (b) Cylinder markings. Required mark- with the vapor space of a cylinder con- ings on a cylinder must be legible and taining a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) must meet the applicable requirements material. This requirement does not of subpart C of part 180 of this sub- apply to DOT Specification 39 cylinders chapter. Additional information may of 1.2L (75 cubic inches) or less in vol- be marked on the cylinder provided it ume filled with a Liquefied petroleum does not affect the required markings gas, Methyl acetylene and Propadiene prescribed in the applicable cylinder mixtures, stabilized, Propylene, Pro- specification. pane or Butane.

694

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00704 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301

(3) For a specification 3, 3A, 3AA, length for the following specified gases 3AL, 3AX, 3AXX, 3B, 3BN, or 3T cyl- and maximum weight limits: inder filled with gases in other than Di- (i) Carbon Dioxide 0.24L (8 oz.) vision 2.2 (except oxygen and oxidizing (ii) Ethane 0.12L (4 oz.) gases transported by aircraft, see (iii) Ethylene 0.12L (4 oz.) §§ 173.302(f) and 173.304(f)), beginning (iv) Hydrogen Chloride, anhydrous with the first requalification due after 0.24L (8 oz.) December 31, 2003, the burst pressure of (v) Monochlorotrifluoromethane a CG–1, CG–4, or CG–5 pressure relief 0.35L (12 oz.) device must be at test pressure with a (vi) Nitrous oxide, 0.24L (8 oz.) tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%. An (vii) Vinyl fluoride, stabilized 0.24L (8 additional 5% tolerance is allowed oz.) when a combined rupture disk is placed (g) Manifolding cylinders in transpor- inside a holder. This requirement does tation. (1) Cylinder manifolding is au- not apply if a CG–2, CG–3, or CG–9 ther- thorized only under conditions pre- mally activated relief device or a CG–7 scribed in this paragraph (g). reclosing pressure valve is used on the Manifolded cylinders must be sup- cylinder. ported and held together as a unit by (4) A pressure relief device is required structurally adequate means. Except on a DOT 39 cylinder regardless of cyl- for Division 2.2 materials, each cylinder size or filled pressure. A DOT 39 inder must be equipped with an indi- cylinder used for liquefied Division 2.1 vidual shutoff valve that must be materials must be equipped with a tightly closed while in transit. Mani- metal pressure relief device. Fusible fold branch lines must be sufficiently pressure relief devices are not author- flexible to prevent damage to the ized on a DOT 39 cylinder containing a valves that otherwise might result liquefied gas. from the use of rigid branch lines. Each cylinder must be individually equipped (5) A pressure relief device is not re- with a pressure relief device as required on— quired in paragraph (f) of this section, (i) A cylinder 305 mm (12 inches) or except that pressure relief devices on less in length, exclusive of neck, and manifolded horizontal cylinders that 114 mm (4.5 inches) or less in outside are mounted on a motor vehicle or diameter, except when the cylinder is framework may be selected as to type, filled with a liquefied gas for which location, and quantity according to the this part requires a service pressure of lowest marked pressure limit of an in- 1800 psig or higher or a nonliquefied gas dividual cylinder in the manifolded to a pressure of 1800 psig or higher at 21 unit. The pressure relief devices se- °C (70 °F); lected for the manifolded unit must (ii) A cylinder with a water capacity have been tested in accordance with of less than 454 kg (1000 lbs) filled with CGA S–1.1 and CGA S–7. Pressure relief a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 300 devices on manifolded horizontal cyl- ° ° psig or less at 21 C (70 F), except for inders filled with a compressed gas a DOT 39 cylinder or a cylinder used for must be arranged to discharge unob- acetylene in solution; or structed to the open air. In addition, (iii) A cylinder containing a Class 3 for Division 2.1 (flammable gas) mate- or a Class 8 material without pressur- rial, the pressure relief devices (PRDs) ization, unless otherwise specified for must be arranged to discharge upward the hazardous material. to prevent any escaping gas from con- (iv) A UN pressure receptacle trans- tacting personnel or any adjacent cyl- ported in accordance with paragraph inders. Valves and pressure relief de- (k) or (l) or this section. vices on manifolded cylinders filled (6) A pressure relief device is prohib- with a compressed gas must be pro- ited on a cylinder filled with a Division tected from damage by framing, a cabi- 2.3 or 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. net or other method. Manifolding is au- (7) A pressure relief device is not re- thorized for cylinders containing the quired on a DOT Specification 3E cyl- following gases: inder measuring up to 50mm (2 inches) (i) Nonliquefied (permanent) com- in diameter by 305mm (12 inches) in pressed gases authorized by § 173.302.

695

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00705 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.301 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(ii) Liquefied compressed gases au- inder or otherwise protected to the ex- thorized by § 173.304. Each manifolded tent that it will not be subjected to a cylinder containing a liquefied com- blow when the container is dropped pressed gas must be separately filled onto a flat surface; or and means must be provided to ensure (iv) By loading the cylinders in an no interchange of cylinder contents upright position and securely bracing can occur during transportation. the cylinders in rail cars or motor ve- (iii) Acetylene as authorized by hicles, when loaded by the consignor § 173.303. Mobile acetylene trailers must and unloaded by the consignee. be maintained, operated and trans- (3) For cylinders manufactured on or ported in accordance with CGA G–1.6 after October 1, 2007, each cylinder (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). valve assembly must be of sufficient (2) For the checking of tare weights strength or protected such that no or replacing solvent, the cylinder must leakage occurs when a cylinder with be removed from the manifold. This re- the valve installed is dropped 1.8 m (6 quirement is not intended to prohibit ft.) or more onto a non-yielding sur- filling acetylene cylinders while face, such as concrete or steel, impact- manifolded. ing the valve assembly or protection (h) Cylinder valve protection. UN pres- device at an orientation most likely to sure receptacles must meet the valve cause damage. The cylinder valve as- protection requirements in § 173.301b(c). sembly protection may be provided by A DOT specification cylinder used to any method meeting the performance transport a hazardous material must requirement in this paragraph (h)(3). meet the requirements specified in this Examples include: paragraph (h). (i) Equipping the cylinder with a se- (1) The following specification cyl- curely attached metal cap. inders are not subject to the cylinder (ii) Packaging the cylinder in a box, valve protection requirements in this crate, or other strong outer packaging paragraph (h): conforming to the requirements of (i) A cylinder containing only a Divi- § 173.25. sion 2.2 material without a Division 5.1 (iii) Constructing the cylinder such subsidiary hazard; that the valve is recessed into the cyl- (ii) A cylinder containing a Class 8 inder or otherwise protected. liquid corrosive only to metal; (i) Cylinders mounted in motor vehicles (iii) A cylinder with a water capacity or in frames. (1) MEGCs must conform of 4.8 liters (293 in 3) or less containing to the requirements in § 173.312. DOT oxygen, compressed; specification cylinders mounted on (iv) A cylinder containing oxygen, re- motor vehicles or in frames must con- frigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid); form to the requirements specified in (v) A Medical E cylinder with a water this paragraph (i). capacity of 4.9 liters (300 in 3) or less; (2) Seamless DOT specification cyl- (vi) A fire extinguisher; or inders longer than 2 m (6.5 feet) are au- (vii) A ‘‘B’’ style cylinder with a ca- thorized for transportation only when pacity of 40 ft 3 (1.13 m3) or an ‘‘MC’’ horizontally mounted on a motor vehi- style cylinder with a capacity of 10 ft 3 cle or in an ISO framework or other (0.28m3) containing acetylene. framework of equivalent structural in- (2) For cylinders manufactured before tegrity in accordance with CGA TB–25 October 1, 2007, a cylinder must have (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). The its valves protected by one of the fol- pressure relief device must be arranged lowing methods: to discharge unobstructed to the open (i) By equipping the cylinder with se- air. In addition, for Division 2.1 (flam- curely attached metal or plastic caps mable gas) material, the pressure relief of sufficient strength to protect valves devices must be arranged to discharge from damage during transportation; upward to prevent any escaping gas (ii) By boxing or crating the cyl- from contacting personnel or any adja- inders so as to protect valves from cent cylinders. damage during transportation; (3) Cylinders may not be transported (iii) By constructing the cylinder so by rail in container on freight car that the valve is recessed into the cyl- (COFC) or trailer on flat car (TOFC)

696

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00706 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.301b

service except under conditions ap- (c) Cylinder pressure at 21 °C (70 °F). proved by the Associate Administrator The pressure in a cylinder at 21 °C (70 for Safety, Federal Railroad Adminis- °F) may not exceed the service pressure tration. for which the cylinder is marked or (j) Non-specification cylinders in domes- designated, except as provided in tic use. Except as provided in §§ 171.12(a) § 173.302a(b). For certain liquefied and 171.23(a) of this subchapter, a filled gases, the pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) must cylinder manufactured to other than a be lower than the marked service pres- DOT specification or a UN standard in sure to avoid having a pressure at a accordance with part 178 of this sub- temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) that is chapter, or a DOT exemption or special greater than permitted. permit cylinder or a cylinder used as a (d) Cylinder pressure at 55 °C (131 °F). fire extinguisher in conformance with The pressure in a cylinder at 55 °C (131 § 173.309(a), may not be transported to, °F) may not exceed 5⁄4 times the service from, or within the United States. pressure, except: (k) Metal attachments. Metal attach- (1) For a cylinder filled with acety- ments to cylinders must have rounded lene, liquefied nitrous oxide, or carbon or chamfered corners, or be otherwise dioxide. protected, so as to prevent the likeli- (2) For a cylinder filled in accordance hood of causing puncture or damage to with § 173.302a(b), the pressure in the other hazardous materials packages. cylinder at 55 °C (131 °F) may not ex- This requirement applies to anything ceed 5⁄4 times the filling pressure. temporarily or permanently attached (3) The pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) of to the cylinder, such as metal skids. Hazard Zone A and Hazard Zone B ma- (l) Cylinders made of aluminum alloy terials may not exceed the service 6351–T6. A DOT 3AL cylinder manufac- pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient out- tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 may age must be provided so that the cyl- not be filled and offered for transpor- inder will not be liquid full at 55 °C (131 tation or transported with pyrophoric °F). gases. The use of UN cylinders manu- (e) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in factured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 is domestic use prior to the date on which prohibited. the specification for the cylinder was first made effective may be used if the [67 FR 51643, Aug. 8, 2002] cylinder has been properly tested and EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- otherwise conforms to the require- tations affecting § 173.301, see the List of CFR ments applicable to the gas with which Sections Affected, which appears in the it is charged. Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov. [67 FR 51645, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 24661, May 8, § 173.301a Additional general require- 2003; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011] ments for shipment of specification cylinders. § 173.301b Additional general requirements for shipment of UN pressure (a) General. The requirements in this receptacles. section are in addition to the requirements in § 173.301 and apply to the ship- (a) General. The requirements of this ment of gases in specification cyl- section are in addition to the require- inders. ments in § 173.301 and apply to the shipment of gases in UN pressure recep- (b) Authorized cylinders not marked tacles. A UN pressure receptacle, in- with a service pressure. For authorized cluding closures, must conform to the cylinders not marked with a service design, construction, inspection and pressure, the service pressure is des- testing requirements specified in parts ignated as follows: 178 and 180 of this subchapter, as appli- Service cable. Bundles of cylinders must con- Specification marking Pressure form to the requirements in § 178.70(e) psig of this subchapter. 3 ...... 1800 (1) A UN pressure receptacle may not 3E ...... 1800 be filled and offered for transportation 8 ...... 250 when damaged to such an extent that

697

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00707 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.301b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the integrity of the UN pressure recep- (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). tacle or its service equipment may be Until December 31, 2020, the manufac- affected. Prior to filling, the service ture of a valve conforming to the re- equipment must be examined and found quirements in ISO 10297:2006(E) is au- to be in good working condition (see thorized. Until December 31, 2008, the § 178.70(d) of this subchapter). In addi- manufacture of a valve conforming to tion, the required markings must be the requirements in ISO 10297:1999(E) legible on the pressure receptacle. (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) is (2) The gases or gas mixtures must be authorized. compatible with the UN pressure recep- (2) A UN pressure receptacle must tacle and valve materials as prescribed have its valves protected from damage for metallic materials in ISO 11114– that could cause inadvertent release of 1:2012(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- the contents of the UN pressure recep- chapter) and for non-metallic mate- tacle by one of the following methods: rials in ISO 11114–2:2013(E) (IBR, see (i) By constructing the pressure re- § 171.7 of this subchapter). ceptacle so that the valves are recessed (3) A refillable UN pressure recep- inside the neck of the UN pressure re- tacle may not be filled with a gas or ceptacle and protected by a threaded gas mixture different from that pre- plug or cap; viously contained in the UN pressure (ii) By equipping the UN pressure re- receptacle unless the necessary oper- ceptacle with a valve cap conforming ations for change of gas service have to the requirements in ISO 11117:2008 been performed in accordance with ISO and Technical Corrigendum 1 (IBR, see 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until Decem- chapter). ber 31, 2014, the manufacture of a valve (4) When a strong outer packaging is cap conforming to the requirements in prescribed, for example as provided by ISO 11117:1998 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this paragraph (c)(2)(vi) or (d)(1) of this sec- subchapter) is authorized. The cap tion, the UN pressure receptacles must must have vent-holes of sufficient be protected to prevent movement. Un- cross-sectional area to evacuate the less otherwise specified in this part, gas if leakage occurs at the valve; more than one UN pressure receptacle (iii) By protecting the valves by may be enclosed in the strong outer shrouds or guards conforming to the packaging. requirements in ISO 11117:2008 and (b) Individual shut-off valves and pres- Technical Corrigendum 1 (IBR; see sure relief devices. Except for Division § 171.7 of this subchapter). Until Decem- 2.2 permanent gases, each UN pressure ber 31, 2014, the manufacture of a receptacle must be equipped with an shroud or guard conforming to the re- individual shutoff valve that must be quirements in ISO 11117:1998 (IBR, see tightly closed while in transit. Each § 171.7 of this subchapter) is authorized. UN pressure receptacle must be indi- For metal hydride storage systems, by vidually equipped with a pressure relief protecting the valves in accordance device as prescribed by § 173.301(f), ex- with the requirements in ISO 16111:2008 cept that pressure relief devices on (IBR; see § 171.7 of this subchapter). bundles of cylinders or manifolded hor- (iv) By using valves designed and izontal cylinders must have a set-to- constructed with sufficient inherent discharge pressure that is based on the strength to withstand damage in ac- lowest marked pressure of any cylinder cordance with Annex B of ISO 10297; in the bundle or manifolded unit. (v) By enclosing the UN pressure re- (c) Pressure receptacle valve require- ceptacles in frames, e.g., bundles of ments. (1) When the use of a valve is cylinders; or prescribed, the valve must conform to (vi) By packing the UN pressure re- the requirements in ISO 10297:2014(E) ceptacles in a strong outer package, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). such as a box or crate, capable of meet- Quick release cylinder valves for speci- ing the drop test specified in § 178.603 of fication and type testing must conform this subchapter at the Packing Group I to the requirements in ISO 17871:2015(E) performance level. Gas cylinders—Quick-release cylinder (d) Non-refillable UN pressure recep- valves—Specification and type testing tacles. (1) When the use of a valve is

698

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00708 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302

prescribed, the valve must conform to must be offered for transportation in the requirements in ISO 11118:2015(E), accordance with the requirements of (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). this section and § 173.301. In addition, a Manufacture of valves to ISO DOT specification cylinder must meet 13340:2001(E) is authorized until Decem- the requirements in §§ 173.301a, 173.302a ber 31, 2020; and 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure (2) The receptacles must be trans- receptacles must meet the require- ported as an inner package of a com- ments in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b, as ap- bination package; plicable. Where more than one section (3) The receptacle must have a water applies to a cylinder, the most restric- capacity not exceeding 1.25 L when tive requirements must be followed. used for a flammable or toxic gas or 50 (2) Adsorbed gas. A cylinder filled liters for receptacles used to contain with an adsorbed gas must be offered chemical under pressure; and for transportation in accordance with (4) The receptacle is prohibited for the requirements of paragraph (d) of Hazard Zone A material. this section, §§ 173.301, and 173.302c. UN (e) Pyrophoric gases. A UN pressure cylinders must meet the requirements receptacle must have valve outlets in §§ 173.301b and 173.302b, as applicable. equipped with gas-tight plugs or caps Where more than one section applies to when used for pyrophoric or flammable a cylinder, the most restrictive re- mixtures of gases containing more quirements must be followed. than 1% pyrophoric compounds. When (b) Aluminum cylinders in oxygen serv- UN pressure receptacles are manifolded ice. Each aluminum cylinder filled with in a bundle, each of the pressure recep- oxygen must meet all of the following tacles must be equipped with an indi- conditions: vidual valve that must be closed while (1) Metallic portions of a valve that in transportation, and the outlet of the may come into contact with the oxy- manifold valve must be equipped with gen in the cylinder must be con- a pressure retaining gas-tight plug or structed of brass or stainless steel. cap. Gas-tight plugs or caps must have (2) Except for UN cylinders, each cyl- threads that match those of the valve inder opening must be configured with outlets. straight threads only. (f) Hydrogen bearing gases. A steel UN (3) Each UN pressure receptacle must pressure receptacle bearing an ‘‘H’’ be cleaned in accordance with the re- mark must be used for hydrogen bear- quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 ing gases or other embrittling gases or this subchapter). Each DOT cylinder that have the potential of causing hy- must be cleaned in accordance with the drogen embrittlement. requirements of GSA Federal Speci- (g) Composite cylinders in underwater fication RR–C–901D, paragraphs 3.3.1 use. A composite cylinder certified to and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- ISO–11119–2 or ISO–11119–3 may not be chapter). Cleaning agents equivalent to used for underwater applications unless those specified in Federal Specification the cylinder is manufactured in accord- RR–C–901D may be used provided they ance with the requirements for under- do not react with oxygen. One cylinder water use and is marked ‘‘UW’’ as pre- selected at random from a group of 200 scribed in § 178.71(q)(18) of this sub- or fewer and cleaned at the same time chapter. must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with Federal Specification [71 FR 33882, June 12, 2006, as amended at 71 RR–C–901D, paragraph 4.3.2, and meet FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, 2011; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 78 FR 65485, Oct. the specified standard of cleanliness. 31, 2013; 80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015; 82 FR 15891, (4) The pressure in each cylinder may Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27896, May 11, 2020] not exceed 3000 psig at 21 °C (70 °F). (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 173.302 Filling of cylinders with non- § 173.24(b)(1) and paragraph (f) of this liquefied (permanent) compressed section, an authorized cylinder con- gases or adsorbed gases. taining oxygen continuously fed to (a) General requirements. (1) A cyl- tanks containing live fish may be of- inder filled with a non-liquefied com- fered for transportation and trans- pressed gas (except gas in solution) ported.

699

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00709 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.302a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) Shipment of Division 2.1 mate- ance criteria in Air Transport Associa- rials in aluminum cylinders is author- tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a ized for transportation only by motor Category I Shipping Container; vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. (ii) Is capable of passing, as dem- (e) DOT 3AL cylinders manufactured of onstrated by design testing, the Flame 6351–T6 aluminum alloy. Suitable safe- Penetration Resistance Test in appen- guards should be provided to protect dix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and personnel and facilities should failure (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a occur while filling cylinders manufac- visual inspection that verifies that all tured of aluminum alloy 6351–T6 used features of the packaging are in good in self-contained underwater breathing condition, including all latches, hinges, apparatus (SCUBA), self-contained seams, and other features, and that the breathing apparatus (SCBA) or oxygen packaging is free from perforations, service. The cylinder filler should cracks, dents, or other abrasions that allow only those individuals essential may negatively affect the flame pene- to the filling process to be in the vicin- tration resistance and thermal resist- ity of the cylinder during the filling ance characteristics of the packaging. process. (4) The cylinder and the outer pack- (f) Compressed oxygen and oxidizing aging must be capable of passing, as gases by aircraft. A cylinder containing demonstrated by design testing, the oxygen, compressed; compressed gas, Thermal Resistance Test specified in oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrogen trifluoride appendix D to part 178 of this sub- is authorized for transportation by air- chapter. craft only when it meets the following (5) The cylinder and the outer pack- requirements: aging must both be marked and labeled (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, in accordance with part 172, subparts D 3AL, 3E, 3HT, 39 cylinders, 4E (filled to and E of this subchapter. The addi- less than 200 psig at 21 °C (70 °F), and tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed UN pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO to indicate that the cylinder and the 9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders outer packaging are capable of passing, are authorized. as demonstrated by design testing, the (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a Thermal Resistance Test specified in pressure relief device in accordance appendix D to part 178 of this sub- with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl- chapter. inders offered for transportation after (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec- that has been furnished by an aircraft ification cylinders with the first re- operator to a passenger in accordance qualification due after October 1, 2008, with 14 CFR § 121.574, § 125.219, or § 135.91 or for the UN pressure receptacles prior is excepted from the outer packaging to initial use: requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this (i) The rated burst pressure of a rup- section. ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E, and 39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep- [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 67 tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809– FR 61289, Sept. 30, 2002; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% 2003; 71 FR 33883; June 12, 2006; 71 FR 51127, Aug. 29, 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 76 FR of the cylinder minimum test pressure 56317, Sept. 13, 2011; 80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015; with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 10%; and 2016] (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rupture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must § 173.302a Additional requirements for be 90% of the cylinder minimum test shipment of nonliquefied (perma- pressure with a tolerance of plus zero nent) compressed gases in specifica- to minus 10%. tion cylinders. (3) The cylinder must be placed in a (a) Detailed filling requirements. Non- rigid outer packaging that— liquefied compressed gases (except gas (i) Conforms to the requirements of in solution) for which filling require- either part 178, subparts L and M of ments are not specifically prescribed in this subchapter at the Packing Group I § 173.304a must be shipped subject to or II performance level or the perform- the requirements in this section and

700

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00710 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302a

§§ 173.301, 173.301a, 173.302, and 173.305 in (2) The cylinder’s elastic expansion specification cylinders, as follows: was determined at the time of the last (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3E, 4B, test or retest by the water jacket 4BA, 4BW, and 4E cylinders. method. (2) DOT 3HT cylinders. These cyl- (3) Either the average wall stress or inders are authorized for aircraft use the maximum wall stress does not ex- only and only for nonflammable gases. ceed the wall stress limitation shown They have a maximum service life of 24 in the following table: years from the date of manufacture. Average Maximum The cylinders must be equipped with wall wall frangible disc type pressure relief de- Type of steel stress stress vices that meet the requirements of limitation limitation § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must I. Plain carbon steels over 0.35 car- have a rated bursting pressure not ex- bon and medium manganese ceeding 90 percent of the minimum re- steels ...... 53,000 58,000 II. Steels of analysis and heat treat- quired test pressure of the cylinder. ment specified in spec. 3AA ...... 67,000 73,000 Discs with fusible metal backing are III. Steels of analysis and heat treat- not permitted. Specification 3HT cyl- ment specified in spec. DOT-3T .... 87,000 94,000 inders may be offered for transpor- IV. Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 carbon made prior to 1920 ...... 45,000 48,000 tation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9). (i)(A) The average wall stress must (3) DOT 39 DOT 39 cylinders. When the be computed from the elastic expan- cylinder is filled with a Division 2.1 sion data using the following formula: material, the internal volume of the cylinder may not exceed 1.23 L (75 in3) S = 1.7EE / KV¥0.4P or 50 L (3050 in3) for chemical under Where: pressure. S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; (4) DOT 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders EE = elastic expansion (total less perma- are authorized for Division 2.1 and 2.2 nent) in cubic centimeters; materials and for carbon monoxide. K = factor × 10 ¥7 experimentally determined DOT 3T cylinders are not authorized for the particular type of cylinder being for hydrogen. When used in methane tested or derived in accordance with CGA service, the methane must be a non- C–5 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter); liquefied gas with a minimum purity of V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters); 98.0 percent methane and commercially P = test pressure, pounds per square inch. free of corroding components. (B) The formula in paragraph (5) Aluminum cylinders manufac- (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section is derived tured in conformance with specifica- from the formula in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) tions DOT 39, 3AL and 4E are author- of this section and the following: ized for oxygen only under the conditions specified in § 173.302(b). EE = (PKVD2) / (D2¥d2) (6) DOT 4E cylinders- DOT 4E cyl- (ii) The maximum wall stress must inders with a maximum capacity of 43L be computed from the formula: (11 gal) must have a minimum rating of 240 psig and be filled to no more than S = (P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)) / (D2¥d2) 200 psig at 21 °C (70 °F). Where: (b) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders. A P = test pressure, pounds per square inch; DOT 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cyl- D = outside diameter, inches; inder may be filled with a compressed d = D–2t, where t = minimum wall thickness gas, other than a liquefied, dissolved, determined by a suitable method. Division 2.1, or Division 2.3 gas, to a (iii) Compliance with average wall pressure 10 percent in excess of its stress limitation may be determined by marked service pressure, provided: computing the elastic expansion rejec- (1) The cylinder is equipped with a tion limit in accordance with CGA C–5, frangible disc pressure relief device by reference to data tabulated in CGA (without fusible metal backing) having C–5, or by the manufacturer’s marked a bursting pressure not exceeding the elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) minimum prescribed test pressure. on the cylinder.

701

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00711 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.302b 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(4) An external and internal visual and sulfur free, the cylinder may be examination made at the time of test filled to 5⁄6 of the cylinder’s service or retest shows the cylinder to be free pressure or 2000 psig, whichever is less. from excessive corrosion, pitting, or A DOT 3AL cylinder may be filled to dangerous defects. its marked service pressure. A DOT (5) A plus sign (+) is added following 3AL cylinder is authorized only when the test date marking on the cylinder transported by motor vehicle, rail car, to indicate compliance with para- or cargo-only aircraft. graphs (b) (2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this (e) Diborane and diborane mixtures. section. Diborane and diborane mixed with (c) Special filling limits for DOT 3A, compatible compressed gas must be of- 3AX, 3AA, and 3AAX cylinders con- fered in a DOT 3AL1800 or 3AA1800 cyl- taining Division 2.1 gases. Except for inder. The maximum filling density of transportation by aircraft, a DOT spec- the diborane may not exceed 7 percent. ification 3A, 3AX, 3AA, and 3AAX cyl- Diborane mixed with compatible com- inder may be filled with hydrogen and pressed gas may not have a pressure mixtures of hydrogen with helium, exceeding the service pressure of the argon or nitrogen, to a pressure 10% in cylinder if complete decomposition of excess of its marked service pressure the diborane occurs. Cylinder valve as- subject to the following conditions: semblies must be protected in accord- (1) The cylinder must conform to the ance with § 173.301(h). requirements of paragraph (b)(2) and (f) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped (b)(3) of this section; in specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or (2) The cylinder was manufactured 3BN400 cylinders without pressure re- after December 31, 1945; lief devices and equipped with valve (3) DOT specification 3A and 3AX cyl- protection cap. The cylinder may not inders are limited to those having an be charged to over 400 psig at 21 °C (70 intermediate manganese composition. °F) and may not contain over 2.7 kg (6 (i) Cylinders manufactured with in- lbs) of gas. termediate manganese steel must have been normalized, not quench and tem- [67 FR 51646, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34075, June 13, pered. Quench and temper treatment of 2005; 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 72 FR 4455, intermediate steel is not authorized. Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 78 FR (ii) Cylinders manufactured with 1091, Jan. 7, 2013; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016] chrome moly steel must have been quenched and tempered, not normal- § 173.302b Additional requirements for ized. Use of normalized chrome moly shipment of non-liquefied (perma- steel cylinders is not permitted. nent) compressed gases in UN pres- (4) Cylinders must be equipped with sure receptacles. pressure relief devices as follows: (a) General. A cylinder filled with a (i) Cylinders less than 1.7 m (65 non-liquefied gas must be offered for inches) in length must be equipped transportation in UN pressure recep- with fusible metal backed frangible tacles subject to the requirements in disc devices; this section and § 173.302. In addition, (ii) Cylinders 1.7 m (65 inches) or the requirements in §§ 173.301 and greater in length and 24.5 cm (9.63 173.301b must be met. inches) in diameter or larger must be (b) UN pressure receptacles filling lim- equipped with fusible metal backed its. A UN pressure receptacle is author- frangible disc devices or frangible disc ized for the transportation of non-liq- devices. Cylinders with a diameter of uefied compressed gases as specified in 0.56 m (22 inches) or larger must be this section. Except where filling lim- equipped with frangible disc devices. its are specifically prescribed in this (d) Carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- section, the working pressure of a UN oxide must be offered in a DOT 3, 3A, pressure receptacle may not exceed 2⁄3 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3E, or 3T cyl- of the test pressure of the receptacle. inder having a minimum service pres- Alternatively, the filling limits speci- sure of 1800 psig. The pressure in a steel fied for non-liquefied gases in Table 1 cylinder may not exceed 1000 psig at 21 of P200 of the UN Recommendations °C (70 °F), except that if the gas is dry (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter) are

702

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00712 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.302c

authorized. In no case may the internal (e) The internal pressure at 65 °C (149 pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed the °F) of the filled cylinder must not ex- test pressure. ceed the test pressure of the cylinder. (c) Fluorine, compressed, UN 1045 and (f) The adsorbent material must be Oxygen difluoride, compressed, UN 2190. compatible with the cylinder and must Fluorine, compressed and Oxygen not form harmful or dangerous com- difluoride, compressed must be pack- pounds with the gas to be adsorbed. aged in a UN pressure receptacle with a The gas in combination with the ad- minimum test pressure of 200 bar and a sorbent material must not affect or maximum working pressure not to ex- weaken the cylinder or cause a dan- ceed 30 bar. A UN pressure receptacle gerous reaction (e.g., a catalyzing reac- made of aluminum alloy is not author- tion). ized. The maximum quantity of gas au- (g) The quality of the adsorbent ma- thorized in each UN pressure receptacle terial must be verified at the time of is 5 kg. each fill to assure the pressure and (d) Diborane and diborane mixtures, UN chemical stability requirements of this 1911. Diborane and diborane mixtures section are met each time an adsorbed must be packaged in a UN pressure re- gas package is offered for transport. ceptacle with a minimum test pressure (h) The adsorbent material must not of 250 bar and a maximum filling ratio meet the definition of any other hazard dependent on the test pressure not to class. exceed 0.07. Filling should be further (i) Cylinders and closures containing limited so that if complete decomposi- toxic gases with an LC50 less than or tion of diborane occurs, the pressure of equal to 200 ml/m3 (ppm) (see the fol- diborane or diborane mixtures will not lowing Adsorbed Gases Table) must exceed the working pressure of the cylinder. The use of UN tubes and MEGCs meet the following requirements: is not authorized. (1) Valve outlets must be fitted with (e) Carbon monoxide, compressed UN pressure retaining gas-tight plugs or 1016. Carbon monoxide, compressed is caps having threads matching those of authorized in UN pressure receptacles. the valve outlets. The settled pressure in a steel pressure (2) Each valve must either be of the receptacle containing carbon monoxide packless type with non-perforated dia- may not exceed 1⁄3 of the pressure re- phragm, or be of a type which prevents ceptacle’s test pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) leakage through or past the packing. except, if the gas is dry and sulfur-free, (3) Each cylinder and closure must be the settled pressure may not exceed l⁄2 tested for leakage after filling. of the marked test pressure. (4) Each valve must be capable of withstanding the test pressure of the [71 FR 33883, June 12, 2006] cylinder and be directly connected to § 173.302c Additional requirements for the cylinder by either a taper-thread or the shipment of adsorbed gases in other means which meets the require- UN pressure receptacles. ments of ISO 10692–2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of (a) A cylinder filled with an adsorbed this subchapter); and gas must be offered for transportation (5) Cylinders and valves must not be in UN pressure receptacles subject to fitted with a pressure relief device. the requirements in this section and (j) Valve outlets for cylinders con- § 173.302, as well as, §§ 173.301 and taining pyrophoric gases must be fitted 173.301b. with gas-tight plugs or caps having (b) The pressure of each filled cyl- threads matching those of the valve inder must be less than 101.3 kPa at 20 outlets. °C (68 °F) and must not exceed 300 kPa (k) The filling procedure must be in at 50 °C (122 °F). accordance with Annex A of ISO 11513 (c) The minimum test pressure of the (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). cylinder must be 21 bar. (l) The maximum period for periodic (d) The minimum burst pressure of requalification must be in accordance the cylinder must be 94.5 bar. with § 180.207(c) of this subchapter.

703

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00713 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.303 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

ADSORBED GASES TABLE

3 ID No. Hazardous material LC50 ml/m Notes

3510 ... Adsorbed gas, flammable, n.o.s...... z. 3511 ... Adsorbed gas, n.o.s...... z. 3512 ... Adsorbed gas, toxic, n.o.s...... ≤5000 z. 3513 ... Adsorbed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s...... z. 3514 ... Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s...... ≤5000 z. 3515 ... Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s...... ≤5000 z. 3516 ... Adsorbed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s...... ≤5000 z. 3517 ... Adsorbed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s...... ≤5000 z. 3518 ... Adsorbed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s...... ≤5000 z. 3519 ... Boron trifluoride, adsorbed ...... 387 a. 3520 ... Chlorine, adsorbed ...... 293 a. 3521 ... Silicon tetrafluoride, adsorbed ...... 450 a. 3522 ... Arsine, adsorbed ...... 20 d. 3523 ... Germane, adsorbed ...... 620 d, r. 3524 ... Phosphorus pentafluoride, adsorbed ...... 190 3525 ... Phosphine, adsorbed ...... 20 d. 3526 ... Hydrogen selenide, adsorbed ...... 2 Notes: a: Aluminum alloy cylinders must not be used. d: When steel cylinders are used, only those bearing the ‘‘H’’ mark in accordance with § 173.302b(f) are authorized. r: The filling of this gas must be limited such that, if complete decomposition occurs, the pressure does not exceed two thirds of the test pressure of the cylinder. z: The construction materials of the cylinders and their accessories must be compatible with the contents and must not react to form harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.

[80 FR 1161, Jan. 8, 2015]

§ 173.303 Charging of cylinders with were charged by or with the consent of compressed gas in solution (acety- the owner, and by a person, firm, or lene). company having possession of complete (a) Cylinder, filler and solvent require- information as to the nature of the po- ments. (Refer to applicable parts of rous filling, the kind and quantity of Specification 8 and 8AL). Acetylene gas solvent in the cylinders, and the mean- must be shipped in Specification 8 or ing of such markings on the cylinders 8AL cylinders (§ 178.59 or § 178.60 of this as are prescribed by the Department’s subchapter). The cylinders shall con- regulations and specifications applying sist of metal shells filled with a porous to containers for the transportation of material, and this material must be acetylene gas. charged with a suitable solvent. The (d) Verification of container pressure. cylinders containing the porous mate- (1) Each day, the pressure in a con- rial and solvent shall be successfully tainer representative of that day’s tested in accordance with CGA C–12 compression must be checked by the (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). charging plant after the container has Representative samples of cylinders cooled to a settled temperature and a charged with acetylene must be suc- record of this test kept for at least 30 cessfully tested in accordance with days. CGA C–12. (e) Prefill requirements. Before each (b) Filling limits. For DOT specifica- filling of an acetylene cylinder, the tion cylinders, the pressure in the cyl- person filling the cylinder must vis- inder containing acetylene gas may not ually inspect the outside of the cyl- exceed 250 psig at 70 °F. If cylinders are inder in accordance with the prefill remarked for a lower allowable charging quirements contained in CGA C–13, pressure at 70 °F., that pressure must Section 3 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- not be exceeded. For UN cylinders, the chapter). pressure in the cylinder may not ex- (f) UN cylinders. (1) UN cylinders and ceed the limits specified in bundles of cylinders are authorized for § 173.304b(b)(2). the transport of acetylene gas as speci- (c) Data requirements on filler and sol- fied in this section. vent. Cylinders containing acetylene (i) Each UN acetylene cylinder must gas must not be shipped unless they conform to ISO 3807:2013Ö: (IBR, see

704

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00714 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304

§ 171.7 of this subchapter), have a homo- gas may not completely fill the pack- geneous monolithic porous mass filler aging at any temperature up to and in- and be charged with acetone or a suit- cluding 55 °C (131 °F). The liquid por- able solvent as specified in the stand- tion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may ard. UN acetylene cylinders must have completely fill the cylinder at 55 °C a minimum test pressure of 52 bar and (131 °F) provided the pressure at the may be filled up to the pressure limits critical temperature does not exceed specified in ISO 3807:2013(E). The use of 1.25 times the service pressure of the UN tubes and MEGCs is not authorized. cylinder. (ii) Until December 31, 2020, cylinders (c) Mixture of compressed gas and other conforming to the requirements in ISO material. A mixture of compressed gas 3807–2(E) (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- must be shipped in accordance with chapter), having a homogeneous mono- § 173.305. lithic porous mass filler and charged (d) Refrigerant and dispersant gases. with acetone or a suitable solvent as Nontoxic and nonflammable refrig- specified in the standard are author- erant or dispersant gases must be of- ized. UN acetylene cylinders must have fered for transportation in cylinders a minimum test pressure of 52 bar and prescribed in § 173.304a of this sub- may be filled up to the pressure limits chapter, or in DOT 2P, 2Q, or 2Q1 con- specified in ISO 3807–2(E). tainers (§§ 178.33, 178.33a, and 178.33d–2 (2) UN cylinders equipped with pres- of this subchapter). DOT 2P, 2Q, and sure relief devices or that are 2Q1 containers must be packed in manifolded together must be trans- strong outer packagings of such design ported upright. that protect valves from damage or ac- [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 cidental functioning under conditions FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] incident to transportation. For DOT 2P and 2Q containers, the pressure inside EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- the containers may not exceed 87 psia tations affecting § 173.303, see the List of CFR ° ° Sections Affected, which appears in the at 21.1 C (70 F). For 2Q1 containers, Finding Aids section of the printed volume the pressure inside the container may and at www.govinfo.gov. not exceed 210 psig at 55 °C (131 °F). Each completed metal container filled § 173.304 Filling of cylinders with liq- for shipment must be heated until its uefied compressed gases. contents reach a minimum tempera- (a) General requirements. A cylinder ture of 55 °C (131 °F) without evidence filled with a liquefied compressed gas of leakage, distortion, or other defect. (except gas in solution) must be offered Each outer package must be plainly for transportation in accordance with marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- the requirements of this section and PLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- the general requirements in § 173.301. In TIONS’’. addition, a DOT specification cylinder (e) Engine starting fluid. Engine start- must meet the requirement in ing fluid containing a flammable com- §§ 173.301a, 173.304a, and 173.305, as appli- pressed gas or gases must be shipped in cable. UN pressure receptacles must be a cylinder as prescribed in § 173.304a or shipped in accordance with the require- as follows: ments in 173.301b and 173.304b, as appli- (1) Inside non-refillable metal con- cable. tainers having a capacity not greater (1) A DOT 3AL cylinder may not be than 500 mL (32 in 3). The containers used for any material with a primary must be packaged in strong, tight or subsidiary hazard of Class 8. outer packagings. The pressure in the (2) Shipments of Division 2.1 mate- container may not exceed 145 psia at 54 rials in aluminum cylinders are au- °C (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 145 thorized only when transported by psia at 54 °C (130 °F), a DOT 2P con- motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only tainer must be used. In either case, the aircraft. metal container must be capable of (b) Filling limits. Except for carbon di- withstanding, without bursting, a pres- oxide; 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A); sure of 1.5 times the pressure of the nitrous oxide; and vinyl fluoride, inhib- contents at 54 °C (130 °F). The liquid ited, the liquid portion of a liquefied content of the material and gas may

705

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00715 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

not completely fill the container at 54 (iii) Prior to each shipment, passes a °C (130 °F). Each container filled for visual inspection that verifies that all shipment must have been heated until features of the packaging are in good its contents reach a minimum tem- condition, including all latches, hinges, perature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evi- seams, and other features, and the dence of leakage, distortion, or other packaging is free from perforations, defect. Each outside shipping container cracks, dents, or other abrasions that must be plainly marked, ‘‘INSIDE may negatively affect the flame pene- CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- tration resistance and thermal resist- SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS’’. ance characteristics of the container. (2) [Reserved] (4) The cylinder and the outer pack- (f) Oxidizing gases by aircraft. A cyl- aging must be capable of passing, as inder containing carbon dioxide and ox- demonstrated by design testing, the ygen mixture, compressed; liquefied Thermal Resistance Test specified in gas, oxidizing, n.o.s.; or nitrous oxide is appendix D to part 178 of this sub- authorized for transportation by air- chapter. craft only when it meets the following (5) The cylinder and the outer pack- requirements: aging must both be marked and labeled (1) Only DOT specification 3A, 3AA, in accordance with part 172, subparts D 3AL, 3E, 3HT, and 39 cylinders, and UN and E of this subchapter. The addi- pressure receptacles ISO 9809–1, ISO tional marking ‘‘DOT31FP,’’ is allowed 9809–2, ISO 9809–3 and ISO 7866 cylinders to indicate that the cylinder and the are authorized. outer packaging are capable of passing, as demonstrated by design testing, the (2) Cylinders must be equipped with a Thermal Resistance Test specified in pressure relief device in accordance appendix D to part 178 of this sub- with § 173.301(f) and, for DOT 39 cyl- chapter. inders offered for transportation after (6) A cylinder of compressed oxygen October 1, 2008, for the other DOT spec- that has been furnished by an aircraft ification cylinders with the first re- operator to a passenger in accordance qualification due after October 1, 2008, with 14 CFR 121.574, 125.219, or 135.91 is or for the UN pressure receptacles prior excepted from the outer packaging re- to initial use: quirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this (i) The rated burst pressure of a rup- section. ture disc for DOT 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3E and 39 cylinders, and UN pressure recep- [67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 tacles ISO 9809–1, ISO 9809–2, ISO 9809– FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 71 FR 33883, June 12, 3 and ISO 7866 cylinders must be 100% 2006; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 74 FR 53188, of the cylinder minimum test pressure Oct. 16, 2009; 76 FR 56317, Sept. 13, 2011; 78 FR 60754, Oct. 2, 2013; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016] with a tolerance of plus zero to minus 10%; and § 173.304a Additional requirements for (ii) The rated burst pressure of a rup- shipment of liquefied compressed ture disc for a DOT 3HT cylinder must gases in specification cylinders. be 90% of the cylinder minimum test (a) Detailed filling requirements. Lique- pressure with a tolerance of plus zero fied gases (except gas in solution) must to minus 10%. be offered for transportation, subject (3) The cylinder must be placed in a to the requirements in this section and rigid outer packaging that— §§ 173.301 and 173.304, in specification (i) Conforms to the requirements of cylinders, as follows: either part 178, subparts L and M, of (1) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3AL, 3B, 3BN, 3E, this subchapter at the Packing Group I 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 39, except or II performance level, or the perform- that no DOT 4E or 39 packaging may be ance criteria in Air Transport Associa- filled and shipped with a mixture con- tion (ATA) Specification No. 300 for a taining a pyrophoric liquid, carbon bi- Category I Shipping Container; sulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride, (ii) Is capable of passing, as dem- ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits onstrated by design testing, the Flame of nitroglycerin, or toxic material (Di- Penetration Resistance Test in appen- vision 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically au- dix E to part 178 of this subchapter; and thorized in this part.

706

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00716 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

(2) For the gases named, the following requirements apply (for cryogenic liquids, see § 173.316):

Packaging marked as shown in this column or of Maximum permitted fill- the same type with higher service pressure must Kind of gas ing density (percent) be used, except as provided in §§ 173.301(l), (see Note 1) 173.301a(e), and 180.205(a) (see notes following table)

Anhydrous ammonia ...... 54 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480. Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H–1301) ...... 124 ...... DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400; DOT- 4AA480; DOT-4B400; DOT-4BA400; DOT- 4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL400. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ...... 68 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ...... 70.3 ...... DOT–3A2000, DOT–3AA2000, DOT–3AX2000, DOT–3AAX2000, DOT–3T2000. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ...... 73.2 ...... DOT–3A2265, DOT–3AA2265, DOT–3AX2265, DOT–3AAX2265, DOT–3T2265. Carbon dioxide (see Notes 4, 7, and 8) ...... 74.5 ...... DOT–3A2400, DOT–3AA2400, DOT–3AX2400, DOT–3AAX2400, DOT–3T2400. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph ...... DOT-4L. (e) of this section). Chlorine (see Note 2)...... 125 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3; DOT- 3BN480; DOT-3E1800. Chlorodifluroethane or 1-Chloro-1, 1- 100 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- difluoroethane (R–142b). 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL150. Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22) (see Note 8) ...... 105 ...... DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- 4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL240. Chloropentafluorethane (R–115) ...... 110 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13) (see Note 8)...... 100 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Cyclopropane (see Note 8) ...... 55 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X; DOT-3AA225; DOT- 3B225; DOT-4AA480; DOT4B225; DOT- 4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT- 3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12) (see Note 8) ...... 119 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane mix- Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- ture (constant boiling mixture) (R–500) (see 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- Note 8). 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39. 1,1-Difluoroethane (R–152a) (see note 8) ...... 79 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800; DOT-3AL150. 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R–1132A)...... 73 ...... DOT-3A2200; DOT-3AA2200; DOT-3AX2200; DOT-3AAX2200; DOT-3T2200; DOT-39. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 59 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; ICC– 3E1800. Ethane (see Note 8)...... 35.8 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethane (see Note 8)...... 36.8 ...... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 31.0 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 32.5 ...... DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2000. Ethylene (see Note 8)...... 35.5 ...... DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400; DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL2400.

707

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00717 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous ...... 65 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1800; DOT- 3E1800. Hydrogen sulfide (see Notes 10 and 14) ...... 62.5 ...... DOT-3A; DOT-3AA; DOT-3B; DOT-4A; DOT-4B; DOT-4BA; DOT-4BW; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3AL. Insecticide, gases liquefied (see Notes 8 and 12) Not liquid full at 131 °F DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. Liquefied nonflammable gases, other than classi- Not liquid full at 131 °F Specification packaging authorized in paragraph fied flammable, corrosive, toxic & mixtures or (a)(1) of this section and DOT-3HT; DOT 4D; solution thereof filled w/nitrogen, carbon dioxide, DOT-4DA; DOT-4DS. or air (see Notes 7 and 8).. Methyl acetylene-propadiene, mixtures, stabilized; Not liquid at 131 °F ...... DOT-4B240 without brazed seams; DOT- (see Note 5).. 4BA240 without brazed seams; DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3AL240. Methyl chloride ...... 84 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4B240ET. Cylinders complying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150; and DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec. 7, 1936 are also authorized. Methyl mercaptan...... 80 ...... DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; OT- 4B240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4BA240; DOT-4BW240. Nitrosyl chloride ...... 110 ...... DOT-3BN400 only. Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) ...... 68 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT- 3AL1800. Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) ...... 70.3 ...... DOT–3A2000, DOT–3AA2000, DOT–3AX2000, DOT–3AAX2000, DOT–3T2000. Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 8, and 11) ...... 73.2 ...... DOT–3A2265, DOT–3AA2265, DOT–3AX2265, DOT–3AAX2265, DOT–3T2265. Nitrous oxide ( see Notes 7, 8, and 11) ...... 74.5 ...... DOT–3A2400, DOT–3AA2400, DOT–3AX2400, DOT–3AAX2400, DOT–3T2400. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph ...... DOT-4L. (e) of this section.). Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. Not liquid full at 130 °F DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT- (see Notes 8 and 13). 3E1800; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT- 4BW240; DOT-4E240; DOT-39; DOT-3AL240. Sulfur dioxide (see note 8) ...... 125 ...... DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT- 4B225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-39; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL225. Sulfur hexafluoride ...... 120 ...... DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000; DOT-AAX2400; DOT-3; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 3T1800. Sulfuryl fluoride ...... 106 ...... DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT- 4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480. Tetrafluoroethylene, stabilized ...... 90 ...... DOT-3A1200; DOT-3AA1200; DOT-3E1800. Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized ...... 115 ...... DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300; DOT- 4B300; DOT-4BA300; DOT-4BW300; DOT- 3E1800. Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 57 ...... DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT- 4B150; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT- 3E1800. Vinyl chloride (see Note 5)...... 84 ...... DOT-4B150 without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... 62 ...... DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1800.

708

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00718 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304a

Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized(see Note 5)...... 68 ...... DOT-4B150, without brazed seams; DOT- 4BA225 without brazed seams; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B1800; DOT-3E1800.

NOTE 1: ‘‘Filling density’’ means the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a packaging to the weight of water that the container will hold at 16 °C (60 °F). (1 lb of water = 27.737 in 3 at 60 °F.). NOTE 2: Cylinders purchased after Oct. 1, 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that provided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved pressure relief device. Cylinders purchased after Nov. 1, 1935, and filled with chlorine may not contain over 68.04 kg (150 lb) of gas. NOTE 3: [Reserved] NOTE 4: Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and filled with not over 2.72 kg (6 lb) of carbon dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 percent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pressure in excess of 39000 psig, fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and is able to withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3000 psig. Such devices must be shipped in strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely covered by friction tape. Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc pressure relief device. Shipments must be described as ‘‘liquefied carbon dioxide gas (mining device)’’ and marked, labeled, and certified as prescribed for liquefied carbon dioxide. NOTE 5: All parts of valve and pressure relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be of a metal or other material, suitably treated if necessary, that will not cause formation of any acetylides. NOTE 6: [Reserved] NOTE 7: Specification 3HT cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for nonflammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices of the frangible disc type that meet the requirements of § 173.301(f). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure that does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Cylinders may be offered for transportation only when packaged in accordance with § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 8: See § 173.301(a)(9). NOTE 9: [Reserved] NOTE 10: Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug. NOTE 11: Must meet the valve and cleaning requirements in § 173.302(b). NOTE 12: For an insecticide gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.305(c). NOTE 13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas that is nontoxic and nonflammable, see § 173.304(d). NOTE 14: The use of DOT specification cylinder with a marked service pressure of 480 psi is authorized until December 31, 2003.

(b) [Reserved] Minimum specific gravity of Maximum the filling density in ° percent of the water-weight (c) Verification of content in cylinder. liquid material at 60 F capacity of the cylinder Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the amount of liquefied 0.426 to 0.440 ...... 34 gas filled into a cylinder must be by 0.441 to 0.452 ...... 35 weight or, when the gas is lower in 0.453 to 0.462 ...... 36 0.463 to 0.472 ...... 37 pressure than required for liquefaction, 0.473 to 0.480 ...... 38 a pressure-temperature chart for the 0.481 to 0.488 ...... 39 specific gas may be used to ensure that 0.489 to 0.495 ...... 40 the service pressure at 55 °C (131 °F) 0.496 to 0.503 ...... 41 will not exceed 5⁄4 of the service pres- 0.504 to 0.510 ...... 42 sure at 21 °C (70 °F). The weight of liq- 0.511 to 0.519 ...... 43 uefied gas filled into the cylinder also 0.520 to 0.527 ...... 44 0.528 to 0.536 ...... 45 must be checked, after disconnecting 0.537 to 0.544 ...... 46 the cylinder from the filling line, by 0.545 to 0.552 ...... 47 the use of an accurate scale. 0.553 to 0.560 ...... 48 (d) Requirements for liquefied petro- 0.561 to 0.568 ...... 49 leum gas. (1) Filling density limits are 0.569 to 0.576 ...... 50 as follows: 0.577 to 0.584 ...... 51 0.585 to 0.592 ...... 52 0.593 to 0.600 ...... 53 Maximum the filling density in Minimum specific gravity of 0.601 to 0.608 ...... 54 liquid material at 60 °F percent of the water-weight capacity of the cylinder 0.609 to 0.617 ...... 55 0.618 to 0.626 ...... 56 0.271 to 0.289 ...... 26 0.627 to 0.634 ...... 57 0.290 to 0.306 ...... 27 0.307 to 0.322 ...... 28 0.323 to 0.338 ...... 29 (2) Subject to § 173.301a(d), any filling 0.339 to 0.354 ...... 30 density percentage prescribed in this 0.355 to 0.371 ...... 31 section is authorized to be increased by 0.372 to 0.398 ...... 32 0.399 to 0.425 ...... 33 a factor of 2 for liquefied petroleum gas

709

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00719 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.304a 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

in DOT 3 cylinders or in DOT 3A cyl- Shipments of flammable gases in DOT inders marked for 1800 psig, or higher, 3AL cylinders are authorized only service pressure. when transported by motor vehicle, (3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. shipped in specification cylinders as (ii) Additional containers may be follows: used within the limits of quantity and (i) DOT 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, pressure as follows: 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, or 39 cylinders.

Maximum capacity Maximum filling pressure Type of container (cubic (psig) inches)

DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ...... 31.83 45 psig at 70 °F and 105 psig at 130 °F (see Note 2). DOT-2P or DOT-2Q (see Note 1) ...... 31.83 35 psig at 70 °F and 100 psig at 130 °F.

NOTE 1: Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from damage or accidental functioning under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until its contents reach a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F), without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA- TIONS’. NOTE 2: A container must be equipped with a pressure relief device that will prevent rupture of the container and dangerous projection of a closing device when exposed to fire.

(4) Verification of content. A cylinder ing line. The outlet from the dip tube with a water capacity of 90.72 kg (200 may not be larger than 0.1016 centi- lb) or more and for use with a liquefied meters (0.040 inch; No. 54 drill bit size petroleum gas with a specific gravity orifice). A container representative of of 0.504 or greater at 16 °C (60 °F) may each day’s filling at each filling plant have the quantity of its contents deter- must have its contents checked by mined by using a fixed length dip tube weighing after disconnecting from the gauging device. The length of the dip filling line. tube must be such that when a lique- (e) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid fied petroleum gas, with a specific vol- or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. (1) ume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a tempera- The following provisions apply to car- ture of 40 °F, is filled into the con- bon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and ni- tainer, the liquid just reaches the bot- trous oxide, refrigerated liquid: tom of the tube. The weight of this liquid may not exceed 42 percent of the (i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to water capacity of the container, which the provisions of this paragraph are au- must be stamped on the cylinder. The thorized. length of the dip tube, expressed in (ii) Each cylinder must be protected inches carried out to one decimal place with at least one pressure relief device and prefixed with the letters ‘‘DT’’, and at least one frangible disc con- must be stamped on the container and forming to § 173.301(f) and paragraph on the exterior of removable type dip (a)(2) of this section. The relieving ca- tube. For the purpose of this require- pacity of the pressure relief device sys- ment, the marked length must be ex- tem must be equal to or greater than pressed as the distance measured along that calculated by the applicable for- the axis of a straight tube from the top mula in paragraph 5.8.3 of CGA S–1.1 of the boss through which the tube is (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). inserted to the proper level of the liq- (iii) The temperature and pressure of uid in the container. The length of the gas at the time the shipment is of- each dip tube must be checked when in- fered for transportation may not ex- stalled by weighing each container ceed ¥18 °C (0 °F) and 290 psig for car- after filling except when installed in bon dioxide and ¥15.6 °C (+4 °F) and 290 groups of substantially identical con- psig for nitrous oxide. Maximum time tainers, in which case one of each 25 containers must be weighed. The quan- in transit may not exceed 120 hours. tity of liquefied gas in each container (2) The following pressure relief de- must be checked by means of the dip vice settings, design service tempera- tube after disconnecting from the fill- tures and filling densities apply:

710

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00720 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.304b

Maximum permitted filling density Pressure relief device setting maximum start—to discharge gauge (percent by weight) pressure in psig Carbon dioxide, refrigerated Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid liquid

105 psig ...... 108 104 170 psig ...... 105 101 230 psig ...... 104 99 295 psig ...... 102 97 360 psig ...... 100 95 450 psig ...... 98 83 540 psig ...... 92 87 625 psig ...... 86 80 Design service temperature °C (°F) ...... ¥196 °C (¥320 °F) ¥196 °C (¥320 °F)

[67 FR 51647, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 24661, May 8, 2003; 68 FR 57632, Oct. 6, 2003; 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; 72 FR 4456, Jan. 31, 2007; 72 FR 55098, Sept. 28, 2007; 73 FR 4719, Jan. 28, 2008; 81 FR 3676, Jan. 21, 2016]

§ 173.304b Additional requirements for the pressure receptacle must be equal shipment of liquefied compressed to or greater than the vapor pressure of gases in UN pressure receptacles. the liquid at 65 °C. (a) General. Liquefied gases and gas (3) For high pressure liquefied gases mixtures must be offered for transpor- or gas mixtures, the maximum filling tation in UN pressure receptacles sub- ratio may be determined using the for- ject to the requirements in this section mulas in (3)(b) of P200 of the UN Rec- and § 173.304. In addition, the general ommendations. requirements applicable to UN pressure (4) For low pressure liquefied gases or receptacles in §§ 173.301 and 173.301b gas mixtures, the maximum filling must be met. ratio may be determined using the for- (b) UN pressure receptacle filling limits. mulas in (3)(c) of P200 of the UN Rec- A UN pressure receptacle is authorized ommendations. for the transportation of liquefied com- (5) For liquefied gases charged with pressed gases and gas mixtures as spec- compressed gases, both components— ified in this section. When a liquefied the liquefied gas and the compressed compressed gas or gas mixture is trans- gas—must be taken into consideration ported in a UN pressure receptacle, the in the calculation of the internal pres- filling ratio may not exceed the max- sure in the pressure receptacle. The imum filling ratio prescribed in this maximum mass of contents per liter of section and the applicable ISO stand- water capacity shall not exceed 95 per- ard. Compliance with the filling limits cent of the density of the liquid phase may be determined by referencing the at 50 °C (122 °F); in addition, the liquid numerical values and data in Table 2 of P200 of the UN Recommendations (IBR, phase shall not completely fill the see § 171.7 of this subchapter). Alter- pressure receptacle at any temperature ° ° natively, the maximum allowable fill- up to 60 C (140 F). When filled, the in- ° ° ing limits may be determined as fol- ternal pressure at 65 C (149 F) shall lows: not exceed the test pressure of the (1) For high pressure liquefied gases, pressure receptacles. The vapor pres- in no case may the filling ratio of the sures and volumetric expansions of all settled pressure at 65 °C (149 °F) exceed substances in the pressure receptacles the test pressure of the UN pressure re- shall be considered. The maximum fill- ceptacle. ing limits may be determined using the (2) For low pressure liquefied gases, procedure in (3)(e) of P200 of the UN the filling factor (maximum mass of Recommendations. contents per liter of water capacity) (c) Tetraflouroethylene, stabilized, must be less than or equal to 95 percent UN1081 must be packaged in a pressure of the liquid phase at 50 °C. In addition, receptacle with a minimum test pres- the UN pressure receptacle may not be sure of 200 bar and a working pressure liquid full at 60 °C. The test pressure of not exceeding 5 bar.

711

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00721 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.305 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) Fertilizer ammoniating solution be shipped in packagings as authorized with free ammonia, UN1043 is not au- for these poisonous materials. thorized in UN tubes or MEGCs. [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 [74 FR 2265, Jan. 14, 2009, as amended at 82 FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967, and amended by Amdt. FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017; 85 FR 27897, May 11, 173–70, 38 FR 5309, Feb. 27, 1973, Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976; 45 FR 32697, May 19, 2020] 1980; Amdt. 173–224, 56 FR 66275, 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 61013, § 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a Sept. 27, 2002; 67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002; 68 FR mixture of compressed gas and 24662, May 8, 2003] other material. (a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of § 173.306 Limited quantities of compressed gases. a compressed gas and any other material must be shipped as a compressed (a) Limited quantities of compressed gas if the mixture is a compressed gas gases for which exceptions are per- as designated in § 173.115 and when not mitted as noted by reference to this in violation of § 173.301(a). section in § 172.101 of this subchapter are excepted from labeling, except (b) Filling limits. (See § 173.301.) For when offered for transportation or mixtures, the liquid portion of the liq- transported by air, and, unless required ° uefied compressed gas at 131 F. plus as a condition of the exception, speci- any additional liquid or solid must not fication packaging requirements of completely fill the container. this subchapter when packaged in ac- (c) Nonpoisonous and nonflammable cordance with the following para- mixtures. Mixtures containing com- graphs. For transportation by aircraft, pressed gas or gases including insecti- the package must conform to the appli- cides, which mixtures are nonpoisonous cable requirements of § 173.27 and only and nonflammable under this part packages of hazardous materials au- must be shipped in cylinders as pre- thorized aboard passenger-carrying air- scribed in § 173.304(a) or as follows: craft may be transported as a limited (1) Specification 2P (§ 178.33 of this quantity. In addition, shipments are subchapter). Inside metal containers not subject to subpart F (Placarding) equipped with safety relief devices of a of part 172 of this subchapter, to part type examined by the Bureau of Explo- 174 of this subchapter except § 174.24, and to part 177 of this subchapter ex- sives and approved by the Associate cept § 177.817. Except as otherwise pro- Administrator, and packed in strong vided in this section, each package wooden or fiber boxes of such design as may not exceed 30 kg (66 lbs.) gross to protect valves from damage or acci- weight. dental functioning under conditions in- (1) When in containers of not more cident to transportation. Pressure in than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic the container may not exceed 85 psia at inches or less) except cigarette light- 70 °F. Each completed metal container ers. Additional exceptions for certain filled for shipment must be heated compressed gases in limited quantities until content reaches a minimum tem- and the ORM–D hazard class are pro- perature of 130 °F., without evidence of vided in paragraph (i) of this section. leakage, distortion or other defect. (2) When in refillable metal con- Each outside shipping container must tainers filled with a material that is be plainly marked ‘‘INSIDE CON- not classed as a hazardous material to TAINERS COMPLY WITH PRE- not more than 90% of capacity at 21.1 ° ° SCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.’’ C (70 F) and then charged with nonflammable, nonliquefied gas. Each con- (2) [Reserved] tainer must be tested to three times (d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture con- the pressure at 21.1 °C (70 °F) and, when taining any poisonous material (Divi- refilled, be retested to three times the sion 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that pressure of the gas at 21.1 °C (70 °F). the mixture would be classed as poi- Also, one of the following conditions sonous under § 173.115 or § 173.132 must must be met: (i) The container is not over 0.95 L (1 quart) capacity and charged to not

712

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00722 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

more than 170 psig (1172.1 kPa) at 21.1 water bath; the temperature of the °C (70 °F), and must be packed in a bath and the duration of the test must strong outer packaging; or be such that the internal pressure (ii) The container is not over 114 L (30 reaches that which would be reached at gallons) capacity and charged to not 55 °C (131 °F), or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liq- more than 75 psig (517.1 kPa) at 21.1 °C uid phase does not exceed 95% of the (70 °F). capacity of the container at 50 °C (122 (3) When in a metal aerosol container °F)). If the contents are sensitive to (see § 171.8 of this subchapter for the heat, the temperature of the bath must definition of aerosol). Authorized con- be set at between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C tainers include non-specification, DOT (86 °F) but, in addition, one container 2P (§ 178.33 of this subchapter), DOT 2Q in 2,000 must be tested at the higher (§ 178.33a of this subchapter), or DOT temperature. No leakage or permanent 2Q1 (§ 178.33(d) of this subchapter) de- deformation of a container may occur. sign, provided the following conditions However, instead of this standard are met. Additional exceptions for aer- water bath test, container(s) may be osol containers conforming to this tested using one of the following meth- paragraph (a)(3) are provided in para- ods subject to certain conditions— graph (i) of this section. (A) Alternative water bath test. (1) One (i) Capacity. The capacity of the con- filled container in a lot of 2,000 must be tainer must not exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic subjected to a test performed in a hot inches). water bath; the temperature of the (ii) General pressure conditions. The bath and the duration of the test must authorized metal aerosol containers be such that the internal pressure and associated pressure limitations are reaches that which would be reached at provided in the following table. Pres- 55 °C (131 °F). If the container shows sure inside the container may not ex- evidence of leakage or permanent de- ceed 180 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F) except as formation, the lot of 2,000 containers may be authorized by variations of a must be rejected; DOT specification container type. In (2) A second filled container in the any event, the metal container must be lot of 2,000 must be weighed and com- capable of withstanding without burst- pared to the weight specification for ing a pressure of at least one and one- the containers as documented in the half times the equilibrium pressure of operating procedures for the weight the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F). test. Failure of the container to meet the weight specification is evidence of AUTHORIZED METAL AEROSOL CONTAINERS leakage or overfilling and the lot of If the gauge pressure (psig) at 54.4 °C Authorized con- 2,000 must be rejected; (130 °F) is . . . tainer (3) The remainder of the containers 140 or less ...... Non-DOT speci- in the lot of 2,000 must be visually in- fication, DOT spected (e.g, examination of the 2P, DOT 2Q, seams). Containers showing evidence of DOT 2Q1. Greater than 140 but not exceeding 160 DOT 2P, DOT 2Q, leakage or overfilling must not be DOT 2Q1. transported; and Greater than 160 but not exceeding 180 DOT 2Q, DOT (4) Each person employing this test 2Q1. must maintain a copy of the operating Not to exceed 210 ...... DOT 2Q1 (Non- flammable only). procedures (or an electronic file thereof) that is accessible at, or through, its (iii) Liquid fill. The liquid content of principal place of business and must the material and gas must not com- make the procedures available upon re- pletely fill the container at 54.4 °C (130 quest, at a reasonable time and loca- °F). tion, to an authorized official of the (iv) Outer packaging. The containers Department. must be packed in strong outer pack- (B) Automated pressure test. Each per- agings. son employing an automated process (v) Pressure testing. Except as other- for pressure testing of filled containers wise provided in this paragraph, each must develop procedures for implemen- container, after it is filled, must be tation of the test. Each person must subjected to a test performed in a hot maintain a copy of the procedures (or

713

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00723 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

an electronic file thereof) that is acces- brated before a testing run and be suffi- sible at, or through, its principal place ciently sensitive to measure within 0.10 of business and must make the proce- g of the true weight of the container; dures available upon request, at a rea- (2) Heat testing and pressure limits. sonable time and location, to an au- One container out of each lot of suc- thorized official of the Department. cessfully filled containers must be heat The procedures must, at a minimum, tested by raising the internal pressure include instruction on the following: until it reaches that which would be (1) Pressure specifications. Each per- reached at 55 °C (131 °F). The lot size son must specify pressure standard(s) should be no greater than 2,000. If the (e.g., a pressure limit or range) for a pressure in the container exceeds the container respective of the design and/ maximum pressure allowed for the con- or contents. Each container, after it is tainer type or if the container shows filled, must be pressure checked and signs of leakage or permanent deforma- compared to the standards. For a pres- tion, the lot must be rejected. Alter- sure limit, any container exceeding the natively, five (5) additional randomly pressure limit must be rejected. For a selected containers from the lot may pressure range, any container outside be tested to qualify the lot but if any of the set range must be rejected. The of the five containers fail the test, the instruments used to determine the entire lot must be rejected; pressure must be properly calibrated (3) Periodic inspection. At intervals before a production run to an accuracy of not more than 10 minutes, a ran- of ±or better; and domly selected container must be in- (2) Periodic inspection. At designated spected for proper closure and intervals, a randomly selected con- verification of filling pressure. If a container must be inspected for proper clo- tainer shows signs of improper closure sure and verification of filling pres- or over-filling, five (5) additional ran- sure. If a container shows signs of im- domly selected containers must be in- proper closure or over-filling, five (5) spected. If any of the additional con- additional randomly selected containers show signs of improper closure tainers must be inspected. If any of the or over-filling, all containers produced additional containers show signs of im- since the last inspection must be re- proper closure or over-filling, all con- jected; and tainers produced since the last inspec- (4) Visual inspection. Each container tion must be rejected. must be visually inspected prior to (C) Weight test. Each person employ- being packed. Any container showing ing a weight test of filled containers signs of leakage or permanent deforma- must develop procedures for implemen- tion must be rejected. tation of the test. Each person must (D) Leakage test. (1) Pressure and leak maintain a copy of the procedures (or testing before filling. Each empty con- an electronic file thereof) that is acces- tainer must be subjected to a pressure sible at, or through, its principal place equal to or in excess of the maximum of business and must make the proce- expected in the filled containers at 55 dures available upon request, at a rea- °C (131 °F) or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid sonable time and location, to an au- phase does not exceed 95% of the capac- thorized official of the Department. ity of the container at 50 °C (122 °F). The procedures must, at a minimum, This must be at least two-thirds of the include instruction on the following: design pressure of the container. If any (1) Weight specifications. Each per- container shows evidence of leakage at son must specify target weight speci- a rate equal to or greater than 3.3 × fications for a particular container. 10¥2 mbar L/s at the test pressure, dis- Each container, after it is filled, must tortion or other defect, it must be re- be weighed and compared to the target jected; and weight specification for the container. (2) Testing after filling. The person Any container outside the target filling each container must ensure that weight specification is an indication of the crimping equipment is set appro- leakage or overfilling and must be re- priately and the specified propellant is jected. The instruments used to deter- used before filling a container. Once mine the weight must be properly cali- filled, each container must be weighed

714

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00724 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

and leak tested. The leak detection AUTHORIZED PLASTIC AEROSOL CONTAINERS equipment must be sufficiently sen- If the gauge pressure (psig) at 55 °C Authorized plastic sitive to detect at least a leak rate of (131 °F) is . . . container 2.0 × 10¥3 mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any Less than 140 ...... Non-DOT speci- filled container which shows evidence fication, DOT of leakage, deformation, or overfilling 2S. must be rejected. 140 or greater but not exceeding 160 ..... DOT 2S. (vi) Each outer packaging must be marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- (iii) Liquid fill. Liquid content of the material and gas must not completely PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- fill the container at 54.4 °C (130 °F). TIONS.’’ (iv) Outer packaging. The containers (4) Gas samples must be transported must be packed in strong outer pack- under the following conditions: agings. (i) A gas sample may only be trans- (v) Pressure testing. Except as pro- ported as non-pressurized gas when its vided in paragraph (a)(5)(vi) of this sec- pressure corresponding to ambient at- tion, each container must be subjected mospheric pressure in the container is to a test performed in a hot water not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22 bath. The temperature of the bath and psia). the duration of the test must be such (ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or that the internal pressure reaches that toxic and flammable) must be packed which would be reached at 55 °C (131 °F) in hermetically sealed glass or metal or 50 °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does inner packagings of not more than one not exceed 95% of the capacity of the L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong container at 50 °C (122 °F). If the con- outer packaging. tents are sensitive to heat, or if the (iii) Non-pressurized gases, flam- container is made of plastic material mable must be packed in hermetically which softens at this test temperature, the temperature of the bath must be sealed glass or metal inner packagings set at between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 of not more than 5 L (1.3 gallons) and °F) but, in addition, one container in overpacked in a strong outer pack- 2,000 must be tested at the higher tem- aging. perature. No leakage or permanent de- (5) For limited quantities of Division formation of a container is permitted 2.2 gases with no subsidiary risk, when except that a plastic container may be in a non-DOT specification or a speci- deformed through softening provided fication DOT 2S (§ 178.33b of this sub- that it does not leak. chapter) plastic aerosol container (see (vi) Leakage test. As an alternative to § 171.8 of this subchapter for the defini- the hot water bath test in paragraph tion of aerosol) provided all of the fol- (a)(5)(v) of this section, testing may be lowing conditions are met. Additional performed as follows: exceptions for aerosols conforming to (A) Pressure and leak testing before this paragraph (a)(5) are provided in filling. Each empty container must be paragraph (i) of this section. subjected to a pressure equal to or in (i) Capacity. The capacity of the con- excess of the maximum expected in the tainer must not exceed 1 L (61.0 cubic filled containers at 55 °C (131 °F) or 50 inches). °C (122 °F) if the liquid phase does not (ii) General pressure conditions. Au- exceed 95% of the capacity of the con- ° ° thorized plastic aerosol containers and tainer at 50 C (122 F). This must be at least two-thirds of the design pressure associated pressure limitations are proof the container. If any container vided in the following table. The pres- shows evidence of leakage at a rate sure in the container must not exceed equal to or greater than 3.3 × 10¥2 mbar ° ° 160 psig at 54.4 C (130 F). The con- L/s at the test pressure, distortion or tainer must be capable of withstanding other defect, it must be rejected; and without bursting a pressure of at least (B) Testing after filling. Prior to fill- one and one-half times the equilibrium ing, the filler must ensure that the pressure of the contents at 54.4 °C (130 crimping equipment is set appro- °F). priately and the specified propellant is

715

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00725 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

used before filling the container. Once Metal or plastic containers must be ca- filled, each container must be weighed pable of withstanding, without burst- and leak tested. The leak detection ing, a pressure of at least one and one- equipment must be sufficiently sen- half times the equilibrium pressure of sitive to detect at least a leak rate of the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F). 2.0 × 10¥3 mbar L/s at 20 °C (68 °F). Any filled container that shows evidence of AUTHORIZED AEROSOL CONTAINERS FOR leakage, deformation, or excessive FOODSTUFFS AND SOAPS weight must be rejected. If the gauge pressure (psig) at 54.4 °C Authorized con- (vii) Each outer packaging must be (130 °F) is . . . tainer marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- Not exceeding 140 ...... Non-DOT speci- PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- fication, DOT TIONS.’’ 2P, DOT 2P1, (b) Exceptions for foodstuffs, soap, DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q2. biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible Greater than 140 but not exceeding 160 DOT 2P, DOT fire alarm systems. Limited quantities of 2P1, DOT 2Q, compressed gases (except Division 2.3 DOT 2Q2. gases) for which exceptions are pro- Greater than 160 but not exceeding 180 DOT 2Q, DOT 2Q2. vided as indicated by reference to this section in § 172.101 of this subchapter, (i) Containers must be packed in when in conformance with one of the strong outer packagings. following paragraphs, are excepted (ii) Liquid content of the material from labeling, except when offered for and the gas must not completely fill transportation or transported by air- the container at 55 °C (131 °F). craft, and the specification packaging (iii) Each outer packaging must be requirements of this subchapter. For marked ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COM- transportation by aircraft, the package PLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULA- must conform to the applicable re- TIONS.’’ quirements of § 173.27 and only pack- (2) Cream in refillable metal or plas- ages of hazardous materials authorized tic containers with soluble or aboard passenger-carrying aircraft may emulsified compressed gas. Plastic con- be transported as a limited quantity. tainers must only contain Division 2.2 In addition, shipments are not subject non-flammable soluble or emulsified to subpart F (Placarding) of part 172 of compressed gas. Containers must be of this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub- such design that they will hold pres- chapter, except § 174.24, and to part 177 sure without permanent deformation of this subchapter, except § 177.817. Ad- up to 375 psig and must be equipped ditional exceptions for certain com- with a device designed so as to release pressed gases in limited quantities and pressure without bursting of the con- the ORM–D hazard class are provided tainer or dangerous projection of its in paragraph (i) of this section. parts at higher pressures. This excep- (1) Foodstuffs or soaps with soluble tion applies to shipments offered for or emulsified compressed gas are au- transportation by refrigerated motor thorized in non-refillable metal or plas- vehicles only. tic containers not to exceed 1 L (61.0 (3) Nonrefillable metal or plastic con- cubic inches) capacity provided the tainers charged with a Division 6.1 PG pressure in each container does not ex- III or nonflammable solution con- ceed 140 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F) unless taining biological products or a med- authorized by variation of a container ical preparation that could be deterio- type. For pressures ranging from great- rated by heat, and compressed gas or er than 140 psig to 160 psig, a variation gases. Plastic containers may only con- DOT 2P1 or DOT 2Q2 (§§ 178.33(c) and (d) tain 2.2 non-flammable soluble or of this subchapter, respectively) con- emulsified compressed gas. The capac- tainer must be used. However, the pres- ity of each container may not exceed 35 sure of the contents in the container cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces). The may not be greater than 150 psig at 23.9 pressure in the container may not ex- °C (75 °F). Plastic containers may only ceed 140 psig at 54.4 °C (130 °F), and the contain Division 2.2 non-flammable liquid content of the product and gas soluble or emulsified compressed gas. must not completely fill the containers

716

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00726 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

at 54.4 °C (130 °F). One completed con- 50 pounds of refrigerant other than tainer out of each lot of 500 or less, Group A1. filled for shipment, must be heated, (ii) Machines or components having until the pressure in the container is two or more charged vessels may not equivalent to equilibrium pressure of contain an aggregate of more than 2,000 the contents at 54.4 °C (130 °F). There pounds of Group I refrigerant or more must be no evidence of leakage, distor- than 100 pounds of refrigerant other tion, or other defect. The container than Group I. must be packed in strong outer pack- (iii) Each pressure vessel must be agings. equipped with a safety device meeting (4) Electronic tubes, each having a the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15 volume of not more than 30 cubic (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). inches and charged with gas to a pres- (iv) Each pressure vessel must be sure of not more than 35 psig and equipped with a shut-off valve at each packed in strong outer packagings are opening except openings used for safety authorized. devices and with no other connection. (5) Audible fire alarm systems pow- These valves must be closed prior to ered by a compressed gas contained in and during transportation. an inside metal container when shipped (v) Pressure vessels must be manu- are authorized under the following con- factured, inspected and tested in ac- ditions: cordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or when over 6 inches internal diameter, (i) Each inside container must have in accordance with Section VIII of the contents that are not flammable, poi- ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- sonous, or corrosive as defined under chapter). this part, (vi) All parts subject to refrigerant (ii) Each inside container may not pressure during shipment must be test- have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic ed in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE inches (19.3 fluid ounces), 15. (iii) Each inside container may not (vii) The liquid portion of the refrig- have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at erant, if any, may not completely fill ° ° 21.1 C (70 F) and the liquid portion of any pressure vessel at 130 °F. the gas may not completely fill the in- (viii) The amount of refrigerant, if ° ° side container at 54.4 C (130 F), and liquefied, may not exceed the filling (iv) Each nonrefillable inside con- density prescribed in § 173.304. tainer must be designed and fabricated (2) Used refrigerating machines—(i) with a burst pressure of not less than Packaging. Reconditioned (used) refrig- four times its charged pressure at 54.4 erating machines (UN 2857, Div. 2.2) °C (130 °F). Each refillable inside con- may be excepted from the marking re- tainer must be designed and fabricated quirements of § 172.302(c) of this sub- with a burst pressure of not less than chapter and transported by motor vehi- five times its charged pressure at 54.4 cle when they conform to the require- °C (130 °F). ments prescribed in § 173.306(e)(1), are (c)–(d) [Reserved] secured or permanently attached to the (e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New motor vehicle, and are: (unused) refrigerating machines or (A) Permanently affixed to a steel components thereof are excepted from base structure, the specification packaging require- (B) Permanently affixed to a trailer, ments of this part if they meet the fol- or lowing conditions. In addition, ship- (C) Manufactured with a rigid inter- ments are not subject to subpart F of nal structure designed for transpor- part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 tation and stacking conditions such of this subchapter except § 174.24 and to that they do not leak and do not dete- part 177 of this subchapter except riorate, distort, or become damaged in § 177.817. a manner that could adversely affect (i) Each pressure vessel may not con- their safety or reduce their strength in tain more than 5,000 pounds of Group transportation, cause instability in A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/ stacks of refrigerating machines, or ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than cause damage to these machines in a

717

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00727 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

way that is likely to reduce safety in tion, as applicable, are excepted from transportation. labeling (except when offered for trans- (ii) Testing. Used refrigerating ma- portation by air) and the specification chines returned from their rental loca- packaging requirements of this sub- tions must be transported back to an chapter when shipped under the fol- authorized original equipment manu- lowing conditions: facturer service facility and undergo (i) Each accumulator must be de- maintenance, repair and/or replace- signed and fabricated with a burst pres- ment that renders these machines sure of not less than five (5) times its operational at the same level as that of charged pressure at 70 °F when shipped; new refrigerating machines, and must (ii) For an accumulator with a gas undergo a leak test by a certified tech- space not to exceed 100 cubic inches, it nician, prior to re-shipment. must be designed and fabricated with a (f) Accumulators (Articles, pressurized burst pressure of not less than five (5) pneumatic or hydraulic containing non- times its charged pressure at 70 °F. Out flammable gas). The following applies to of each lot not to exceed 1,000 succes- accumulators, which are hydraulic ac- sively produced accumulators per day cumulators containing nonliquefied, of the same type, accumulators must nonflammable gas, and nonflammable be tested, in lieu of the testing of para- liquids or pneumatic accumulators graph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, as fol- containing nonliquefied, nonflammable lows: gas, fabricated from materials which (A) One (1) accumulator must be test- will not fragment upon rupture. ed to the minimum design burst pres- (1) Accumulators installed in motor sure; vehicles, construction equipment, and assembled machinery and designed and (B) Two (2) accumulators, one at the fabricated with a burst pressure of not beginning of production and one at the less than five times their charged pres- end must be tested to at least two and sure at 70 °F, when shipped, are not a half times the charge pressure with- subject to the requirements of this sub- out evidence of leakage or distortion; chapter. (C) If accumulators fail either test, (2) Accumulators charged with lim- an additional four (4) sets of accumula- ited quantities of compressed gas to tors from the lot may be tested. If any not more than 200 psig at 70 °F are ex- additional accumulators fail, the lot cepted from labeling (except when of- must be rejected; fered for transportation by air) and the (iii) For an accumulator with a gas specification packaging requirements space not to exceed 30 cubic inches, it of this subchapter when shipped under must be designed and fabricated with a the following conditions. In addition, burst pressure of not less than four (4) shipments are not subject to subpart F times its charged pressure at 70 °F. Out (placarding) of part 172 of this sub- of each lot not to exceed 1,000 succes- chapter, to part 174 of this subchapter sively produced accumulators per day except § 174.24 and to part 177 of this of the same type, accumulators must subchapter except § 177.817. be tested, in lieu of the testing of para- (i) Each accumulator must be shipped graph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, as fol- as an inside packaging; lows: (ii) Each accumulator may not have (A) One (1) accumulator must be test- a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches ed to the minimum design burst pres- under stored pressure; and sure; (iii) Each accumulator must be test- (B) Two (2) accumulators, one at the ed, without evidence of failure or dam- beginning of production and one at the age, to at least three times its charged end must be tested to at least two and pressure of 70 °F, but not less than 120 a half times the charge pressure with- psi before initial shipment and before out evidence of leakage or distortion; each refilling and reshipment. (C) If accumulators fail either test, (3) Accumulators with a charging an additional four (4) sets of accumula- pressure exceeding 200 psig at 70 °F and tors from the lot may be tested. If any in compliance with the requirements additional accumulators fail, the lot stated in paragraph (f)(2) of this sec- must be rejected;

718

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00728 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.306

(iv) Accumulators must be packaged (1) The tank must be of steel, welded in strong outer packaging. with heads concave to pressure, having (4) Accumulators intended to func- a rated water capacity not exceeding tion as shock absorbers, struts, gas 120 gallons and with outside diameter springs, pneumatic springs or other im- not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief pact or energy-absorbing devices are devices not required. not subject to the requirements of this (2) The tank must be pneumatically subchapter provided each: tested to 100 psig. Test pressure must (i) Has a gas space capacity not ex- be permanently marked on the tank. ceeding 1.6 L and a charge pressure not (3) The stress at prescribed pressure exceeding 280 bar, where the product of must not exceed 20,000 psi using for- the capacity expressed in liters and mula: charge pressure expressed in bars does S = Pd / 2t not exceed 80 (for example, 0.5 L gas space and 160 bar charge pressure); where: (ii) Has a minimum burst pressure of S = wall stress in psi: 4 times the charge pressure at 20 °C for P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at least 3 times charged pressure at 70 °F or products not exceeding 0.5 L gas space 100 psig, whichever is greater; capacity and 5 times the charge pres- d = inside diameter in inches; sure for products greater than 0.5 L gas t = minimum wall thickness, in inches. space capacity; (4) The burst pressure must be at (iii) Design type has been subjected least 6 times the charge pressure at 70 to a fire test demonstrating that the °F. article relieves its pressure by means (5) Each tank must be overpacked in of a fire degradable seal or other pres- a strong outer packaging in accordance sure relief device, such that the article with § 173.301(h). will not fragment and that the article (h) Lighter refills. (1) Lighter refills does not rocket; and (see § 171.8 of this subchapter) must not (iv) Accumulators must be manufac- contain an ignition element but must tured under a written quality assur- contain a release device. Lighter refills ance program which monitors param- offered for transportation under this eters controlling burst strength, burst section may not exceed 4 fluid ounces mode and performance in a fire situa- capacity (7.22 cubic inches) or contain tion as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(i) more than 65 grams of a Division 2.1 through (f)(4)(iii) of this section. A fuel. For transportation by highway or copy of the quality assurance program rail, lighter refills must be tightly must be maintained at each facility at packed and secured against movement which the accumulators are manufac- in strong outer packagings. For trans- tured. portation by aircraft or vessel, lighter (5) Accumulators not conforming to refills must be tightly packed and se- the provisions of paragraphs (f)(1) cured against movement in any rigid through (f)(4) of this section may only specification outer packaging author- be transported subject to the approval ized in subpart L of part 178 of this sub- of the Associate Administrator. chapter at the Packing Group II per- (g) Water pump system tank. Water formance level. pump system tanks charged with com- (2) Exceptions. (i) For other than pressed air or limited quantities of ni- transportation by aircraft, exceptions trogen to not over 40 psig for single- for certain compressed gases in limited trip shipment to installation sites are quantities and the ORM–D hazard class excepted from labeling (transportation are provided in paragraph (i) of this by air not authorized) and the speci- section. fication packaging requirements of (ii) For highway transportation, this subchapter when shipped under the when no more than 1,500 lighter refills following conditions. In addition, ship- covered by this paragraph are trans- ments are not subject to subpart F of ported in one motor vehicle, the re- this subchapter, to part 174 of this sub- quirements of subparts C through H of chapter except § 174.24 and part 177 ex- part 172, and part 177 of this subchapter cept § 177.817. do not apply. Lighter refills covered

719

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00729 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.306 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

under this paragraph must be packaged part B of this part and may not exceed in rigid, strong outer packagings meet- 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. ing the general packaging require- (2) Consumer commodities. Until De- ments of subpart B of this part. Outer cember 31, 2020, a limited quantity packagings must be plainly and dura- package containing a ‘‘consumer com- bly marked on two opposing sides or modity’’ as defined in § 171.8 of this sub- ends with the words ‘‘LIGHTER RE- chapter may be renamed ‘‘Consumer FILLS’’ and the number of devices con- commodity’’ and reclassed as ORM–D tained therein in letters measuring at or, until December 31, 2012, as ORM–D– least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. No per- AIR material and offered for transpor- son may offer for transportation or tation and transported in accordance transport the lighter refills or prepare with the applicable provisions of this the lighter refills for shipment unless that person has been specifically in- subchapter in effect on October 1, 2010. formed of the requirements of this sec- (j) Aerosols and receptacles small, con- tion. taining gas with a capacity of less than 50 (i) Limited quantities. (1) A limited mL. Aerosols, as defined in § 171.8 of quantity that conforms to the provi- this subchapter, and receptacles, small, sions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), (a)(5), containing gas, with a capacity not ex- (b) or, except for transportation by air- ceeding 50 mL (1.7 fluid oz.) and with a craft, paragraph (h) of this section is pressure not exceeding 970 kPa (141 excepted from labeling requirements, psig) at 55 °C (131 °F), containing no unless the material is offered for trans- hazardous materials other than a Divi- portation or transported by aircraft, sion 2.2 gas, are not subject to the re- and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter except quirements of this subchapter when that for transport by aircraft, such packaged in combination packagings aerosols and receptacles must be trans- according to this paragraph. Packages ported as cargo and may not be carried must be marked in accordance with onboard an aircraft by passengers or § 172.315(a) or (b), as appropriate, or as crewmembers in carry-on baggage, authorized in paragraph (i)(2) of this checked baggage, or on their person section. Unless otherwise specified in unless specifically excepted by § 175.10. paragraph (i)(2) of this section, pack- The pressure limit may be increased to ages of limited quantities intended for 2,000 kPa (290 psig) at 55 °C (131 °F) pro- transportation by aircraft must con- vided the aerosols are transported in form to the applicable requirements (e.g., authorized materials, inner pack- outer packages that conform to the aging quantity limits and closure se- packaging requirements of Subpart B curement) of § 173.27 of this part. A lim- of this part. This paragraph (j) does not ited quantity package that conforms to apply to a self-defense spray (e.g., pep- the provisions of this section is not per spray). subject to the shipping paper require- (k) Aerosols for recycling or disposal. ments of subpart C of part 172 of this Aerosols (as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, unless the material meets subchapter) intended for recycling or the definition of a hazardous sub- disposal may be transported under the stance, hazardous waste, marine pol- following conditions: lutant, or is offered for transportation (1) Aerosols conforming to paragraph and transported by aircraft or vessel, (a)(3), (a)(5), (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of and is eligible for the exceptions pro- this section are excepted from the la- vided in § 173.156 of this part. Outside beling requirements of subpart E of packagings conforming to this para- part 172 this subchapter, the specifica- graph are not required to be marked tion packaging requirements of this ‘‘INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY subchapter when packaged in accord- WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS.’’ ance with this paragraph, the shipping In addition, packages of limited quan- paper requirements of subpart C of part tities are not subject to subpart F 172 of this subchapter (unless the mate- (Placarding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform rial meets the definition of a hazardous to the packaging requirements of sub- substance or hazardous waste), and the

720

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00730 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.307

30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limita- marked ‘‘AEROSOL SALVAGE’’ or tion, when transported by motor vehi- ‘‘AEROSOL SALVAGE DRUM’’ in asso- cle for purposes of recycling or disposal ciation with the required label(s); and under the following conditions: (B) The overpack marking require- (i) The aerosols must be packaged in ments of § 173.25 of this subchapter do a strong outer packaging. The strong not apply. outer packaging and its contents must (3) Modal restrictions. The completed not exceed a gross weight of 500 kg drums must be offered for transpor- (1,100 pounds); tation and transported by private or (ii) Each aerosol must be secured contract carrier by highway or rail. with a cap to protect the valve stem or Vessel and air transportation are not the valve stem must be removed; authorized. (iii) Each completed package must be (l) For additional exceptions, see marked in accordance with § 172.315(a); § 173.307. and (m) Reverse logistics. Hazardous mate- (iv) The packaging must be offered rials meeting the definition of ‘‘reverse for transportation or transported by— logistics’’ under § 171.8 of this sub- (A) Private or contract motor car- chapter and in compliance with this rier; or section may be offered for transport (B) Common carrier in a motor vehi- and transported in highway transpor- cle under exclusive use for such serv- tation in accordance with § 173.157. For ice. the purposes of this paragraph a cyl- (2) Aerosols intended to conform to inder or aerosol container may be as- paragraphs (a)(3) or (a)(5) of this sec- sumed to meet the definition of a Divi- tion at the time of filling but are leak- sion 2.1 or 2.2 material, respectively, ing, have been improperly filled, or even if the exact pressure is unknown. otherwise no longer conform to para- [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16079, Apr. 15, 1976] graphs (a)(3) or (a)(5) of this section may be offered for transportation and EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- transported for disposal or recycling tations affecting § 173.306, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the under the conditions provided in this Finding Aids section of the printed volume paragraph (k)(2). Such aerosols are not and at www.govinfo.gov. eligible for the exceptions provided in paragraphs (a) and (i) of this section § 173.307 Exceptions for compressed except for subpart F (Placarding) of gases. part 172 of this subchapter. (a) The following materials are not (i) Packaging. (A) The aerosols must subject to the requirements of this sub- be packaged in a metal or plastic re- chapter: movable head UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 (1) Carbonated beverages. drum tested and marked to the PG II (2) Tires when inflated to pressures performance level or higher for liquids; not greater than their rated inflation (B) Each drum must be provided, pressures. For transportation by air, when necessary, with sufficient cush- tires and tire assemblies must meet the ioning and absorption material to pre- conditions in § 175.8(b)(4) of this sub- vent excessive shifting of the aerosols chapter. and to eliminate the presence of any (3) Balls used for sports. free liquid at the time the drum is (4) Refrigerating machines, including closed. All cushioning and absorbent dehumidifiers and air conditioners, and material used in the drum must be components thereof, such as compatible with the hazardous mate- precharged tubing containing: rial; and (i) 12 kg (25 pounds) or less of a non- (C) The pressure inside each com- flammable, non-toxic gas; pleted drum, at any time during trans- (ii) 12 L (3 gallons) or less of ammo- portation, may not exceed the design nia solution (UN2672); test pressure marked on the drum. (iii) Except when offered or trans- (ii) Hazard communication. (A) Not- ported by air, 12 kg (25 pounds) or less withstanding the marking require- of a flammable, non-toxic gas; ments for non-bulk packages in § 172.301 (iv) Except when offered or trans- of this subchapter, each drum must be ported by air or vessel, 20 kg (44

721

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00731 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.308 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

pounds) or less of a Group A1 refrig- procedures and requirements of the erant specified in ANSI/ASHRAE HMR relative to lighters; Standard 15 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (iii) Does not manufacture or market chapter); or lighters, is not financially dependent (v) 100 g (4 ounces) or less of a flam- or owned in whole or in part, by any mable, non-toxic liquefied gas. entity that manufactures or markets (5) Manufactured articles or lighters; apparatuses, other than light bulbs (iv) Is a resident of the United each containing not more than 100 mg States; and (0.0035 ounce) of inert gas and packaged (v) Performs all examination and so that the quantity of inert gas per testing in accordance with the require- package does not exceed 1 g (0.35 ments of paragraph (b)(3) and (4) of this ounce). section. (6) Light bulbs (lamps) conforming to (5) The Associate Administrator will the requirements of § 173.11. assign an identification code to each (b) [Reserved] person who is authorized to examine and test lighters. This identification [Amdt. 173–94, 41 FR 16081, Apr. 15, 1976, as amended by Amdt. 173–135, 45 FR 13090, Feb. code must be incorporated into a 28, 1980; 65 FR 50462, Aug. 18, 2000; 68 FR 45038, unique test report identifier for each July 31, 2003; 68 FR 75745, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR successfully tested lighter design. 76174, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 14604, Mar. 22, 2006; (b) Examination and testing of lighter 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR 3380, Jan. 19, design types—(1) Lighter design type defi- 2011; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015] nition. A new lighter design is one that has never been examined and tested or § 173.308 Lighters. one that differs from a previous design (a) General requirements. No person in any manner that may affect the es- may offer for transportation or trans- cape (leakage) of gas. Lighter charac- port a lighter (see § 171.8 of this sub- teristics that may affect the escape of chapter) containing a Division 2.1 gas include changes in materials of (flammable gas) material except under construction, ignition mechanism, the following conditions: burner valve design, wall thickness, (1) The lighter must contain a fuel sealing materials, and type of fuel (e.g., reservoir not exceeding 4 fluid ounces vapor pressure differences). capacity (7.22 cubic inches), and must (2) Lighter samples submitted for exam- contain not more than 10 grams (0.35 ination and testing. Samples of a new ounce) of flammable gas. lighter design are excepted from the re- (2) The maximum filling density may quirements of (a)(4) and (d) of this sec- not exceed 85 percent of the volumetric tion and may be offered for transpor- capacity of each fluid reservoir at 15 °C tation and transported under the fol- (59 °F). lowing conditions: (3) Each lighter design, including clo- (i) The samples must be transported sures, must be capable of withstanding, only to an authorized testing agency; without leakage or rupture, an internal (ii) No more than 12 lighters may be pressure of at least two times the pres- packaged in a single outer packaging; sure of the flammable gas at 55 °C (131 (iii) Inner packagings must conform °F). to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) (4) Each appropriate lighter design of this section. For transportation by must be examined and successfully aircraft, intermediate or outer pack- tested by a person or agency (author- agings must meet the pressure differen- ized testing agency) who is authorized tial requirements of § 173.27(c) of this by the Associate Administrator to per- part; form such examination and testing (iv) The outer packaging must con- under the provisions of subpart E of form to the requirements of subpart M part 107 of this chapter and who— of part 178 of this subchapter at the (i) Has the equipment necessary to Packing Group I performance level and perform the testing required to the to the requirements of § 173.24 of this level of accuracy required; subpart; (ii) Is able to demonstrate, upon re- (v) The word ‘‘sample’’ must appear quest, the knowledge of the testing on the shipping paper as part of the

722

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00732 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.308

proper shipping name or in association in commerce unless approved in writ- with the basic description; and ing by the Associate Administrator. (vi) In addition to other required (4) Recordkeeping requirements. (i) Fol- markings and labels, the package must lowing the examination of each new be marked ‘‘SAMPLE FOR EXAMINA- lighter design, the person or agency TION AND TESTING.’’ that conducted the examination and (vii) All other applicable require- test must prepare a test report and ments of this subchapter must be met. make that test report available to the (3) Examination and testing of sample manufacturer. At a minimum, the test lighters by an authorized testing agency. report must contain the following in- Each sample lighter must be examined formation: for conformance with paragraph (a) of (A) Name and address of test facility; this section by a person authorized by (B) Name and address of applicant; the Associate Administrator. In addi- (C) A test report identifier, that is, tion, lighters must be subjected to the the authorized person or agency identi- following leakage test: fier code immediately followed by an alpha/numeric identifier of four or (i) A minimum of six lighters must be more characters assigned to the spe- examined and tested at one time. Store cific lighter design by the authorized the lighters in a desiccator for 24 person or agency (e.g., ‘‘LAA****,’’ hours. After drying, weigh each lighter where, ‘‘LAA’’ is the identification on an analytical balance capable of ac- code assigned to the authorized person curately measuring to within 1⁄10 of a or agency by the Associate Adminis- milligram (0.0001 grams). trator and ‘‘****’’ is replaced with the (ii) After weighing, place the lighters unique test report identifier assigned together in an explosion-proof, con- to the specific lighter design by the au- trolled-temperature laboratory oven thorized person or agency); ± ° ± capable of maintaining 38 1 C (100 2 (D) Manufacturer of the lighter. For ° F) for 96 continuous hours (4 days). At a foreign manufacturer, the U.S. agent the end of 96 hours, remove the lighters or importer must be identified; from the oven and place them in the (E) Description of the lighter design same desiccator and allow the lighters type (e.g., model, dimensions, ignition to cool to ambient temperature. mechanism, reservoir capacity, lot/ (iii) After cooling, weigh each lighter batch number) in sufficient detail to and determine the net weight dif- ensure conformance with paragraph ferences for each lighter tested (sub- (b)(4)(iii) of this section; and tract the mass after oven exposure (F) A certification by the authorized from the original mass before oven ex- testing agency that the lighter design posure). conforms to paragraph (a) of this sec- (iv) Weight losses must be assessed to tion and passes or does not pass the re- determine the quantity of gas that quired leakage test in paragraph (b) of leaked from the lighters and from the this section. weight change as a result of absorbed (ii) For as long as any lighter design moisture. If the net weight has in- is in production and for at least three creased, the test facility must run the years thereafter, a copy of each light- required test using six empty lighters er’s test report must be maintained by in parallel with the six filled lighters. the authorized testing agency that per- The parallel tests are conducted to deformed the examination and testing termine the weight of moisture ab- and the manufacturer of the design. sorbed in the plastic in order to deter- For a foreign manufacturer, each test mine the weight loss of the lighters report must be maintained in accord- from gas leakage. ance with this paragraph by the foreign (v) If the net weight loss for any one manufacturer’s U.S. agent or importer. of the six lighters exceeds 20 milli- (iii) Test reports must be traceable to grams (0.020 grams), the design must be a specific lighter design and must be rejected. made available to a representative of (vi) Lighters manufactured to a re- the Department upon request. jected lighter design may not be of- (5) Transitional provisions. Until Janu- fered for transportation or transported ary 1, 2012, approval numbers issued by

723

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00733 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.308 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the Associate Administrator prior to WARNING—MAY CONTAIN EXPLO- January 1, 2007 may continue to be SIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR—KEEP marked on packages and annotated on IGNITION SOURCES AWAY WHEN shipping papers, where applicable. OPENING After that time, previously issued ap- The warning must be on a con- provals (i.e., T-***) will no longer be trasting background and must be in valid and each lighter design currently letters measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 in production must be re-examined and inch) in height. tested under the provisions of this sec- (e) Exceptions—(1) Common or contract tion. carriage. For highway transportation (c) Packaging requirements—(1) Inner by common or contract carrier, when containment. Lighters must be placed in no more than 1,500 lighters covered by an inner packaging that is designed to this section are transported in one prevent movement of the lighters and motor vehicle, the requirements of sub- inadvertent ignition or leakage. The parts C through H of part 172, and part ignition device and gas control lever of 177 of this subchapter do not apply. each lighter must be designed, or se- Lighters transported in accordance curely sealed, taped, or otherwise fas- with this paragraph are also excepted tened or packaged to protect against from the specification packaging, ship- accidental functioning or leakage of ping paper, and marking requirements the contents during transport. If light- specified in § 173.308(c) and (d). Inner ers are packed vertically in a plastic packagings must conform to paragraph tray, a plastic, fiberboard or paper- (c)(1) of this section. Lighters must be board partition must be used to pre- further packaged in rigid, strong outer vent friction between the ignition de- packagings meeting the general pack- vice and the inner packaging. aging requirements of subpart B of part (2) Outer packaging. Lighters and 173. Outer packagings must be plainly their inner packagings must be tightly and durably marked, on two opposing packed and secured against movement sides or ends, with the word ‘‘LIGHT- in any rigid specification outer pack- ERS’’ and the number of devices con- aging authorized in subpart L of part tained therein in letters measuring at 178 of this subchapter at the Packing least 20 mm (0.79 in) in height. In addi- Group II performance level. tion, the package must include the test (d) Shipping paper and marking re- report identifier for each lighter design quirements. (1) In addition to the re- as specified in paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of quirements of subpart C of part 172, this section or, if applicable, the pre- shipping papers must be annotated viously issued approval number (i.e., with the lighter design test report T***). The test report identifier or ap- identifier (see paragraph (b)(4)(i)(C) of proval number must be durable, leg- this section) traceable to the test re- ible, in English, and located in, at- port assigned to the lighters or, if ap- tached to, or marked directly on the plicable, the previously issued approval package. No person may offer for trans- number (i.e., T***), in association with portation or transport the lighters or the basic description. prepare the lighters for shipment unless that person has been specifically (2) In addition to the requirements of informed of the requirements of this subpart D of part 172, a lighter design section. test report identifier (see paragraph (2) Private carriage. For highway (b)(4)(i)(C) of this section) or, if appli- transportation by a private carrier, cable, the previously issued approval lighters that have been examined and number (i.e., T***), must be marked on successfully tested in accordance with a package containing lighters. this section are not subject to any (3) For transportation by vessel in a other requirements of this subchapter closed transport vehicle or a closed under the following conditions: freight container, the following warn- (i) No person may offer for transpor- ing must be affixed to the access doors: tation or transport the lighters or prepare the lighters for shipment unless

724

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00734 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.309

that person has been specifically in- 101 kPa (1 atmosphere) and is free of formed of the requirements of this sec- corroding components, to not more tion; than the service pressure of the cyl- (ii) Lighters must be placed in an inder; inner packaging that is designed to (3) A fire extinguisher may not con- prevent accidental activation of the ig- tain more than 30% carbon dioxide by nition device or valve, release of gas, volume or any other corrosive extin- and movement of the lighters (e.g., guishing agent; and tray, blister pack, etc.); (4) Each fire extinguisher must be (iii) Inner packagings must be placed protected externally by suitable corro- in a securely closed rigid outer pack- sion-resisting coating. aging that limits movement of the (5) Specification 3E and 4BA cyl- inner packagings and protects them inders must be packed in strong non- from damage; bulk outer packagings. The outside of (iv) The outer package may contain the combination packaging must be not more than 300 lighters; marked with an indication that the (v) A transport vehicle may carry not inner packagings conform to the pre- more than 1,500 lighters at any one scribed specifications. time; (b) Specification 2P or 2Q (§§ 178.33 (vi) The lighters may not be placed in and 178.33a of this subchapter) inner an outer packaging with other haz- non-refillable metal packagings are au- ardous materials; and thorized as fire extinguishers subject (vii) Outer packagings must be plain- to the following conditions: ly and durably marked with the words (1) Extinguishing agents must be ‘‘LIGHTERS, excepted quantity.’’ nonflammable, non-poisonous, and non- [71 FR 3427, Jan. 23, 2006, as amended at 73 corrosive as defined in this subchapter; FR 57006, Oct. 1, 2008] (2) The liquid portion of the gas plus any additional liquid or solid may not § 173.309 Fire extinguishers. completely fill the packaging at 55 °C This section applies to portable fire (130 °F); extinguishers for manual handling and (3) Pressure in the packaging must operation, fire extinguishers for instal- not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55 °C lation in aircraft, and large fire extin- (130 °F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa guishers. Large fire extinguishers include (141 psig) at 55 °C (130 °F), but does not fire extinguishers mounted on wheels exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 for manual handling; fire extinguishing °F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal equipment or machinery mounted on packaging must be used; if the pressure wheels or wheeled platforms or units exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55 °C (130 transported similar to (small) trailers; °F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal and fire extinguishers composed of a packaging must be used. The metal non-rollable pressure drum and equip- packaging must be capable of with- ment, and handled, for example, by standing, without bursting, a pressure fork lift or crane when loaded or un- of one and one-half times the equi- loaded. librium pressure of the contents at 55 (a) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL, °C (130 °F); 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (§§ 178.36, (4) Each completed inner packaging 178.37, 178.42, 178.46, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55 filled for shipment must have been and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders heated until the pressure in the con- are authorized for manufacture and use tainer is equivalent to the equilibrium as fire extinguishers under the fol- pressure of the contents at 55 °C (130 lowing conditions: °F) without evidence of leakage, distor- (1) Extinguishing agents must be tion, or other defect; and nonflammable, non-poisonous, non-cor- (5) Specification 2P and 2Q cylinders rosive, and commercially free from cor- must be packed in strong non-bulk roding components; outer packagings. The outside of the (2) Each fire extinguisher must be combination packaging must be charged with a nonflammable, non-poi- marked with an indication that the sonous, dry gas that has a dew-point at inner packagings conform to the pre- or below minus 46.7 °C (minus 52 °F) at scribed specifications.

725

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00735 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.310 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(c) Non-specification cylinders are compressed gas to not more than 1660 authorized as fire extinguishers subject kPa (241 psig) at 21 °C (70 °F) are ex- to the following conditions: cepted from shipping papers (except (1) Extinguishing agents must be when offered for transportation by air- nonflammable, non-poisonous, and non- craft or vessel), labeling (except when corrosive as defined in this subchapter; offered for transportation by aircraft), (2) The internal volume of each cyl- placarding, the specification packaging inder may not exceed 18 L (1,100 cubic requirements of this subchapter, and inches). For fire extinguishers not ex- are eligible for the exceptions provided ceeding 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capac- in § 173.156 when offered for transpor- ity, the liquid portion of the gas plus tation in accordance with this para- any additional liquid or solid must not graph (d). Limited quantity shipments completely fill the container at 55 °C conforming to this paragraph are not (130 °F). Fire extinguishers exceeding subject to parts 174 and 177 of this sub- 900 mL (55 cubic inches) capacity may chapter when transported by highway not contain any liquefied compressed or rail. In addition, limited quantity gas; packages of fire extinguishers are sub- (3) Each fire extinguisher manufac- ject to the following conditions, as ap- tured on and after January 1, 1976, plicable: must be designed and fabricated with a (1) Extinguishing agents must be burst pressure of not less than six nonflammable, non-poisonous, and non- times its charged pressure at 21 °C (70 corrosive as defined in this subchapter; °F) when shipped; and (4) Each fire extinguisher must be (2) Packages must be marked as spec- tested, without evidence of failure or ified for limited quantities in § 172.315 damage, to at least three times its of this subchapter. charged pressure at 21 °C (70 °F) but (e) Large fire extinguishers may be not less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before transported while unpackaged under initial shipment, and must be marked the following conditions: to indicate the year of the test (within (1) The requirements of § 173.24(b) are 90 days of the actual date of the origi- met; nal test) and with the words ‘‘MEETS (2) The valves are protected in ac- DOT REQUIREMENTS.’’ This marking cordance with § 173.301b(c)(2)(i), (ii), is considered a certification that the (iii) or (v); and fire extinguisher is manufactured in (3) Other equipment mounted on the accordance with the requirements of fire extinguisher is protected to pre- this section. The words ‘‘This extin- vent accidental activation. guisher meets all requirements of 49 CFR 173.306’’ may be displayed on fire [78 FR 1116, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 80 FR extinguishers manufactured prior to 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72927, Nov. 23, 2015] January 1, 1976; (5) Each non-specification fire extin- § 173.310 Exceptions for radiation de- guisher must be packaged as an inner tectors. packaging within a combination outer Radiation detectors, radiation sen- packaging. Examples of acceptable sors, electron tube devices, or ioniza- outer packagings for non-specification tion chambers, herein referred to as fire extinguishers include large car- ‘‘radiation detectors,’’ that contain tons, racks, cages or other suitable en- only Division 2.2 gases in non-refillable closures; and cylinders, are excepted from the speci- (6) For any subsequent shipment, fication packaging in this subchapter each fire extinguisher must be in com- and, except when transported by air, pliance with the retest requirements of from labeling and placarding require- the Occupational Safety and Health ments of this subchapter when de- Administration Regulations of the De- signed, packaged, and transported as partment of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157. follows: (d) Limited quantities: Fire extin- (a) Radiation detectors must be sin- guishers otherwise conforming to para- gle-trip, hermetically sealed, welded graph (a), (b), or (c) of this section and metal inside containers that will not are charged with a limited quantity of fragment upon impact.

726

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00736 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.312

(b) Radiation detectors must not under § 178.71(m) of this subchapter. have a design pressure exceeding 5.00 Steel pressure receptacles or composite MPa (725 psig) and a capacity exceed- pressure receptacles with steel liners ing 405 fluid ounces (731 cubic inches). must be marked in accordance with They must be designed and fabricated § 173.301b(f) of this part which specifies with a burst pressure of not less than that a steel UN pressure receptacle three times the design pressure if the bearing an ‘‘H’’ mark must be used for radiation detector is equipped with a hydrogen bearing gases or other gases pressure relief device, and not less than that may cause hydrogen embrittle- four times the design pressure if the ment. Requalification intervals must detector is not equipped with a pres- be no more than every five years as sure relief device. specified in § 180.207 of this subchapter (c) Radiation detectors must be in accordance with the requalification shipped in a strong outer packaging ca- procedures prescribed in ISO 16111. pable of withstanding a drop test of at [76 FR 3381, Jan. 19, 2011, as amended at 76 least 1.2 meters (4 feet) without break- FR 82178, Dec. 30, 2011] age of the radiation detector or rupture of the outer packaging. If the radiation § 173.312 Requirements for shipment detector is shipped as part of other of MEGCs. equipment, the equipment must be (a) General requirements. (1) Unless packaged in strong outer packaging or otherwise specified, a MEGC is author- the equipment itself must provide an ized for the shipment of liquefied and equivalent level of protection. non-liquefied compressed gases. Each (d) Emergency response information pressure receptacle contained in a accompanying each shipment and MEGC must meet the requirements in available from each emergency re- §§ 173.301, 173.301b, 173.302b and 173.304b, sponse telephone number for radiation as applicable. detectors must identify those recep- (2) The MEGC must conform to the tacles that are not fitted with a pres- design, construction, inspection and sure relief device and provide appro- testing requirements prescribed in priate guidance for exposure to fire. § 178.75 of this subchapter. (e) Except as provided paragraph (f) (3) No person may offer or accept a of this section, transport in accordance hazardous material for transportation with this section must be noted on the in a MEGC that is damaged to such an shipping paper. extent that the integrity of the pres- (f) Radiation detectors, including de- sure receptacles or the MEGC’s struc- tectors in radiation detection systems, tural or service equipment may be af- are not subject to any other require- fected. ments of this subchapter, including (4) No person may fill or offer for shipping papers, if the detectors meet transportation a pressure receptacle in the requirements in paragraphs (a) a MEGC if the pressure receptacle or through (d) of this section and the ca- the MEGC is due for periodic requali- pacity of detector receptacles does not fication, as prescribed in subpart C to exceed 50 ml (1.7 oz.). part 180 of this subchapter. However, [82 FR 15891, Mar. 30, 2017] this restriction does not preclude transportation of pressure receptacles § 173.311 Metal hydride storage sys- filled and offered for transportation tems. prior to the requalification due date. The following packing instruction is (5) Prior to filling and offering a applicable to transportable UN Metal MEGC for transportation, the MEGC’s hydride storage systems (UN3468) with structural and service equipment must pressure receptacles not exceeding 150 be visually inspected. Any unsafe con- liters (40 gallons) in water capacity and dition must be corrected before the having a maximum developed pressure MEGC is offered for transportation. All not exceeding 25 MPa. Metal hydride required markings must be legible. storage systems must be designed, con- (6) Except for Division 2.2 permanent structed, initially inspected and tested gases, each pressure receptacle must be in accordance with ISO 16111 (IBR, see equipped with an individual shutoff § 171.7 of this subchapter) as authorized valve that must be tightly closed while

727

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00737 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

in transit. For Division 2.1, Division 2.2 § 172.102(c)(7)(iii) of this subchapter for liquefied gases and 2.3 gases, the mani- portable tanks that are used to trans- fold must be designed so that each port liquefied compressed gases and pressure receptacle can be filled sepa- chemicals under pressure. The table ap- rately and be kept isolated by a valve plies to each liquefied compressed gas capable of being closed during transit. and chemical under pressure that are For Division 2.1 gases, the pressure re- identified with Special Provision T50 in ceptacles must be isolated by a valve Column (7) of the § 172.101 Hazardous into assemblies of not more than 3,000 Materials Table. In addition to pro- L. viding the UN identification number (b) Filling. (1) A MEGC may not be and proper shipping name, the table filled to a pressure greater than the provides maximum allowable working lowest marked working pressure of any pressures, bottom opening require- pressure receptacle. A MEGC may not ments, pressure relief device require- be filled above its marked maximum ments, and degree of filling require- permissible gross mass. ments for liquefied compressed gas and (2) After each filling, the shipper chemical under pressure permitted for must verify the leakproofness of the transportation in a T50 portable tank. closures and equipment. Each fill open- In the minimum test pressure column, ing must be closed by a cap or plug. ‘‘small’’ means a portable tank with a (c) Damage protection. During trans- diameter of 1.5 meters or less when portation, a MEGC must be protected measured at the widest part of the against damage to the pressure recep- shell, ‘‘sunshield’’ means a portable tacles and service equipment resulting tank with a shield covering at least the from lateral and longitudinal impact upper third of the shell, ‘‘bare’’ means and overturning as prescribed in § 178.75 no sunshield or insulation is provided, of this subchapter. and ‘‘insulated’’ means a complete [71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006] cladding of sufficient thickness of insu- lating material necessary to provide a § 173.313 UN Portable Tank Table for minimum conductance of not more Liquefied Compressed Gases and than 0.67 w/m2/k. In the pressure relief Chemical Under Pressure. requirements column, the word ‘‘Nor- The UN Portable Tank Table for Liq- mal’’ denotes that a frangible disc as uefied Compressed Gases and chemical specified in § 178.276(e)(3) of this sub- under pressure is referenced in chapter is not required.

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES AND CHEMICALS UNDER PRESSURE

Minimum design pressure (bar) Openings Pressure relief re- UN No. Non-refrigerated liquefied compressed small; bare; below liquid quirements (See Maximum filling gases sunshield; insu- level § 178.276(e)) density (kg/l) lated

1005 ...... Ammonia, anhydrous ...... 29.0 Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.53 25.7 22.0 19.7 1009 ...... Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant 38.0 Allowed Normal 1.13 gas R 13B1. 34.0 30.0 27.5 1010 ...... Butadienes, stabilized ...... 7.5 Allowed Normal 0.55 7.0 7.0 7.0 1011 ...... Butane ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.51 7.0 7.0 7.0 1012 ...... Butylene ...... 8.0 Allowed Normal 0.53 7.0 7.0 7.0 1017 ...... Chlorine ...... 19.0 Not § 178.276(e)(3) 1.25

728

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00738 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES AND CHEMICALS UNDER PRESSURE—Continued

17.0 Allowed 15.0 13.5 1018 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant 26.0 Allowed Normal 1.03 gas R 22. 24.0 21.0 19.0 1020 ...... Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant 23.0 Allowed Normal 1.06 gas R 115. 20.0 18.0 16.0 1021 ...... 1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or 10.3 Allowed Normal 1.2 Refrigerant gas R 124. 9.8 7.9 7.0 1027 ...... Cyclopropane ...... 18.0 Allowed Normal 0.53 16.0 14.5 13.0 1028 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant 16.0 Allowed Normal 1.15 gas R 12. 15.0 13.0 11.5 1029 ...... Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.23 gas R 21. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1030 ...... 1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 16.0 Allowed Normal 0.79 152a. 14.0 12.4 11.0 1032 ...... Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.59 7.0 7.0 7.0 1033 ...... Dimethyl ether ...... 15.5 Allowed Normal 0.58 13.8 12.0 10.6 1036 ...... Ethylamine ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.61 7.0 7.0 7.0 1037 ...... Ethyl chloride ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.8 7.0 7.0 7.0 1040 ...... Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a Only authorized Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78 total pressure of 1MPa (10 bar) at 50 in 10 bar in- °C. sulated portable tanks— 1041 ...... Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mix- See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See § 173.32(f) ture with more than 9% but not more inition in than 87% ethylene oxide. § 178.276(a) 1055 ...... Isobutylene ...... 8.1 Allowed Normal 0.52 7.0 7.0 7.0 1060 ...... Methyl acetylene and propadiene mix- 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43 ture, stabilized. 24.5

729

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00739 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES AND CHEMICALS UNDER PRESSURE—Continued

22.0 20.0 1061 ...... Methylamine, anhydrous ...... 10.8 Allowed Normal 0.58 9.6 7.8 7.0 1062 ...... Methyl bromide ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.51 7.0 7.0 7.0 1063 ...... Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40 14.5 Allowed Normal 0.81 12.7 11.3 10.0 1064 ...... Methyl mercaptan ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 0.78 7.0 7.0 7.0 1067 ...... Dinitrogen tetroxide ...... 7.0 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.3 7.0 7.0 7.0 1075 ...... Petroleum gas, liquefied ...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1077 ...... Propylene ...... 28.0 Allowed Normal 0.43 24.5 22.0 20.0 1078 ...... Refrigerant gas, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1079 ...... Sulphur dioxide ...... 11.6 Not Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.23 10.3 8.5 7.6 1082 ...... Trifluorochloroethylene, stabilized or 17.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.13 Refrigerant gas R 1113. 15.0 13.1 11.6 1083 ...... Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.56 7.0 7.0 7.0 1085 ...... Vinyl bromide, stabilized ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.37 7.0 7.0 7.0 1086 ...... Vinyl chloride, stabilized ...... 10.6 Allowed Normal 0.81 9.3 8.0 7.0 1087 ...... Vinyl methyl ether, stabilized ...... 7.0 Allowed Normal 0.67 7.0 7.0 7.0 1581 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mix- 7.0 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.51 ture. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1582 ...... Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mix- 19.2 Not Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 0.81 ture. 16.9 15.1 13.1

730

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00740 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.313

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES AND CHEMICALS UNDER PRESSURE—Continued

1858 ...... Hexafluoropropylene compressed or 19.2 Allowed Normal 1.11 Refrigerant gas R 1216. 16.9 15.1 13.1 1912 ...... Methyl chloride and methylene chloride 15.2 Allowed Normal 0.081 mixture. 13.0 11.6 10.1 NA, 1954 Insecticide gases, flammable, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 1958 ...... 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.3 Refrigerant gas R 114. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1965 ...... Hydrocarbon gas, mixture liquefied, See MAWP def- Allowed Normal See §173.32(f) n.o.s.. inition in 178.276(a) 1969 ...... Isobutane ...... 8.5 Allowed Normal 0.49 7.5 7.0 7.0 1973 ...... Chlorodifluoromethane and 28.3 Allowed Normal 1.05 chloropentafluoroethane mixture with fixed boiling point, with approximately 49% chlorodifluoromethane or Refrig- erant gas R 502. 25.3 22.8 20.3 1974 ...... Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrig- 7.4 Allowed Normal 1.61 erant gas R 12B1. 7.0 7.0 7.0 1976 ...... Octafluorocyclobutane or Refrigerant 8.8 Allowed Normal 1.34 gas RC 318. 7.8 7.0 7.0 1978 ...... Propane ...... 22.5 Allowed Normal 0.42 20.4 18.0 16.5 1983 ...... 1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane or Refrig- 7.0 Allowed Normal 1.18 erant gas R 133a. 7.0 7.0 7.0 2035 ...... 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane compressed or 31.0 Allowed Normal 0.76 Refrigerant gas R 143a. 27.5 24.2 21.8 2424 ...... Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 23.1 Allowed Normal 1.07 218. 20.8 18.6 16.6 2517 ...... 1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane or Refrig- 8.9 Allowed Normal 0.99 erant gas R 142b. 7.8 7.0 7.0

731

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00741 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.313 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES AND CHEMICALS UNDER PRESSURE—Continued

2602 ...... Dichlorodifluoromethane and 20.0 Allowed Normal 1.01 difluoroethane azeotropic mixture with approximately 74% dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 500. 18.0 16.0 14.5 3057 ...... Trifluoroacetyl chloride 14.6 Not allowed § 178.276(e)(3) 1.17 12.9 11.3 9.9 3070 ...... Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoro- 14.0 Allowed §178.276(e)(3) 1.09 methane mixture with not more than 12.5% ethylene oxide. 12.0 11.0 9.0 3153 ...... Perfluoro (methyl vinyl ether) ...... 14.3 Allowed Normal 1.14 13.4 11.2 10.2 3159 ...... 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant 17.7 Allowed Normal 1.04 gas R 134a. 15.7 13.8 12.1 3161 ...... Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 3163 ...... Liquefied gas, n.o.s...... See MAWP def- Allowed Normal § 173.32(f) inition in § 178.276(a) 3220 ...... Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 34.4 125. 30.8 27.5 24.5 Allowed Normal 0.87 3252 ...... Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 43.0 Allowed Normal 0.78 32. 39.0 34.4 30.5 3296 ...... Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas 16.0 Allowed Normal 1.2 R 227. 14.0 12.5 11.0 3297 ...... Ethylene oxide and 8.1 Allowed Normal 1.16 chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture, with not more than 8.8% ethylene oxide. 7.0 7.0 7.0 3298 ...... Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane 25.9 Allowed Normal 1.02 mixture, with not more than 7.9% ethylene oxide. 23.4 20.9 18.6 3299 ...... Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane 16.7 Allowed Normal 1.03 mixture, with not more than 5.6% ethylene oxide. 14.7 12.9 11.2 3318 ...... Ammonia solution, relative density less See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) §173.32(f) than 0.880 at 15 °C in water, with inition in more than 50% ammonia. § 178.276(a)

732

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00742 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

UN PORTABLE TANK TABLE FOR LIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GASES AND CHEMICALS UNDER PRESSURE—Continued

3337 ...... Refrigerant gas R 404A ...... 31.6 Allowed Normal 0.84 28.3 25.3 22.5 3338 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407A ...... 31.3 Allowed Normal 0.95 28.1 25.1 22.4 3339 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407B ...... 33.0 Allowed Normal 0.95 29.6 26.5 23.6 3340 ...... Refrigerant gas R 407C ...... 29.9 Allowed Normal 0.95 26.8 23.9 21.3 3500 ...... Chemical under pressure, n.o.s ...... See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) See TP4 in inition in § 172.102(c) § 178.276(a) 3501 ...... Chemical under pressure, flammable, See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) See TP4 in n.o.s. inition in § 172.102(c) § 178.276(a) 3502 ...... Chemical under pressure, toxic, n.o.s ... See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) See TP4 in inition in § 172.102(c) § 178.276(a) 3503 ...... Chemical under pressure, corrosive, See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) See TP4 in n.o.s. inition in § 172.102(c) § 178.276(a) 3504 ...... Chemical under pressure, flammable, See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) See TP4 in toxic, n.o.s. inition in § 172.102(c) § 178.276(a) 3505 ...... Chemical under pressure, flammable, See MAWP def- Allowed § 178.276(e)(3) See TP4 in corrosive, n.o.s. inition in § 172.102(c) § 178.276(a)

[69 FR 76174, Dec. 20, 2004, as amended at 70 position and attached to car structure FR 34399, June 14, 2005; 78 FR 1091, Jan. 7, by the shipper. 2013] (4) Wherever the word ‘‘approved’’ is used in this part of the regulations, it § 173.314 Compressed gases in tank cars and multi-unit tank cars. means approval by the Association of American Railroads Committee on (a) Definitions. For definitions of Tank Cars as prescribed in § 179.3 of compressed gases, see § 173.115. this subchapter. (b) General requirements. (1) Tank car (5) Each tank car used for the trans- tanks containing compressed gases portation of anhydrous ammonia or must not be shipped unless they were any material that meets the criteria of loaded by or with the consent of the Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets owner thereof. for manway cover plates and for (2) Tank car tanks must not contain mounting of fittings designed (for tem- gases capable of combining chemically perature, application, media, pressure, and must not be loaded with any gas and size) to create a positive seal so which combines chemically with the that, under conditions normally inci- gas previously loaded therein, until all dent to transportation, there will not residue has been removed and interior be an identifiable release of the mate- of tank thoroughly cleaned. rial to the environment. The use of (3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and sealants to install gaskets is prohib- 110A class, the tanks must be placed in ited.

733

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00743 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.314 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(c) Authorized gases, filling limits for ance with § 173.31 and this section. The tank cars. A compressed gas in a tank gases listed below must be loaded and car or a multi-unit tank car must be offered for transportation in accord- offered for transportation in accordance with the following table:

Outage and filling lim- Authorized tank car Authorized tank car specifica- Proper shipping name its class tion (see note 1) (see note 11) (see note 12)

Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia solutions Notes 2, 10 ...... 105, 112, 114, 120 ..... 105J500I, 112J500I >50 percent ammonia. Note 3 ...... 106. Ammonia solutions with >35 percent, but ≤50 Note 3 ...... 105, 109, 112, 114, percent ammonia by mass. 120. Argon, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Boron trichloride ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 5 ...... 105. Chlorine ...... Note 6 ...... 105 ...... 105J600I 125 ...... 106. Chlorine trifluoride ...... Note 3 ...... 106, 110. Chlorine pentafluoride ...... Note 3 ...... 106, 110. Dimethyl ether ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112 ...... 105J500I Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified Notes 9, 10 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 109, 110, in this table. 112, 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically None ...... See § 173.245...... 105J600I identified in this table. Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J600I identified in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J500I identified in this table. 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 109, 110, 105J500I, 112J500I identified in this table. 112, 114, 120. Ethylamine ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Helium, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Hydrogen ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 7 ...... 105 ...... 105J600I, 112S600I Hydrogen sulfide ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 110, 112, 105J600I 114, 120. Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied ...... 68 ...... 106. Methyl bromide ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106 ...... 105J500I Methyl chloride ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Methyl mercaptan ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106 ...... 105J500I Methylamine, anhydrous ...... Note 3 ...... 105, 106, 112. Nitrogen, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Nitrosyl chloride ...... 124 ...... 105 ...... 105J500I 110 ...... 106. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...... Note 5 ...... 105. Oxygen, compressed ...... Note 4 ...... 107. Phosgene ...... Note 3 ...... 106. Sulfur dioxide, liquefied ...... 125 ...... 105, 106, 110 ...... 105J500I Sulfuryl fluoride ...... 120 ...... 105. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... Note 8 ...... 105.

NOTES: 1. The percent filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of 1 L of water at 15.5 °C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60 °F in air is 8.32828 pounds). 2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 3. The requirements of § 173.24b(a) apply. 4. The gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed 7⁄10 of the marked test pressure, except that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44 °C (130 °F.) of each tank. 5. The liquid portion of the gas at ¥17.77 °C (0 °F.) must not completely fill the tank. 6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons). 7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psig). 8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psig).

734

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00744 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46 °C (115 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 43 °C (110 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 41 °C (105 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following reference temperatures may be used: 38 °C (100 °F) for a noninsulated tank; 32 °C (90 °F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 29 °C (85 °F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5 °C (60 °F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of the tank must inform each customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due to the tank car becoming liquid full at higher temperatures. 11. For materials poisonous by inhalation, the single unit tank car tanks authorized are only those cars approved by the Tank Car Committee for transportation of the specified material and built prior to March 16, 2009. 12. Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, for materials poisonous by inhalation, fusion-welded tank car tanks built on or after March 16, 2009 used for the transportation of the PIH materials noted, must meet the applicable authorized tank car specification and must be equipped with a head shield as prescribed in § 179.16(c)(1).

(d) Alternative tank car tanks for mate- amount of liquefied gas loaded into the rials poisonous by inhalation. (1) As an tank car measured by a metering de- alternative to the authorized tank car vice in conformance with paragraph specification noted in the column 4 of (e)(2) of this section. the table in paragraph (c) of this sec- (2) Metering device. (i) Tank cars load- tion, a car of the same authorized tank ed with anhydrous ammonia or ammo- car specification but of the next lower nia solution through the use of a me- test pressure, as prescribed in column 5 tering device in conformance with this of the table at § 179.101–1, may be used section are not required to be weighed, provided both of the following condi- but must have their outage measured tions are met: with a magnetic gauging device to de- (i) The difference between the alter- termine that the tank car is properly native and the required minimum plate loaded in conformance with this para- thicknesses, based on the calculation graph. Written procedures for loading a prescribed in § 179.100–6 of this sub- tank car using a metering device must chapter, is added to the alternative be developed and made available at tank car jacket and head shield. When each location where such loading takes the jacket and head shield are made place. Certification in writing of the from any authorized steel with a min- inspection and completion of these imum tensile strength from 70,000 p.s.i. loading and/or unloading procedures to 80,000 p.s.i., but the required min- must be maintained for each tank car imum plate thickness calculation is and maintained in accordance with the based on steel with a minimum tensile recordkeeping requirements in para- strength of 81,000 p.s.i., the thickness graph (e)(2)(iii) of this section, and all to be added to the jacket and head necessary records must be completed. shield must be increased by a factor of At a minimum, these procedures will 1.157. Forming allowances for heads are specify: not required to be considered when cal- (A) The tank car must be offered for culating thickness differences as pre- transportation in conformance with all scribed in this paragraph. applicable government regulations. (ii) The tank car jacket and head (B) Any defects found when the tank shield must be manufactured from car- car is examined before shipping must bon steel plate as prescribed in be recorded, and the tank must not be § 179.100–7(a) of this subchapter. loaded until the repairs to eliminate (e) Verification of content. (1) The each defect are completed. amount of liquefied gas loaded into (C) The tank car must be allowed to each tank may be determined either by sit undisturbed for at least 10 minutes measurement or calculation of the after loading to allow material within weight, except that DOT specification the tank to settle. After this has oc- tank car tanks authorized for the curred a final check for leaks must be transportation of anhydrous ammonia conducted prior to offering the tank and ammonia solution may have the car for transportation.

735

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00745 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.314 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(ii) One out of every 10 tank cars unloaded to such an extent that any loaded by the use of the metering de- residue remaining in the tank at a ref- vice must be gauged utilizing the fixed erence temperature of 32 °C (90 °F) will gauging equipment on the tank car to not actuate the reclosing pressure re- verify by calculation the amount of an- lief device. hydrous ammonia or ammonia solution (h) Special requirements for liquefied contained in the tank car. petroleum gas—(1) Odorization. All lique- (iii) Recordkeeping. The following in- fied petroleum gas must be odorized as formation must be maintained and be required in this paragraph to indicate made available to any representative positively, by a distinctive odor, the of the DOT upon request for each tank presence of gas down to a concentra- car loaded with the use of a metering tion in air of not over one-fifth the device: lower limit of combustibility; however, (A) Date loaded, odorization is not required if it is (B) Date shipped, harmful in the use or further proc- (C) Tank car reporting marks, essing of the liquefied petroleum gas or (D) DOT Specification, if it will serve no useful purpose as a (E) Tank car stenciled shell capacity warning agent in such use or further (gallons/liters), processing. (F) Tank car stenciled tare weight (i) The lower limits of combustibility (pounds/kilograms), of the more commonly used liquefied (G) Outage or innage table number, petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 per- (H) Water capacity of tank in pounds cent; butane, 1.55 percent. These fig- and/or kilograms, ures represent volumetric percentages (I) Maximum permitted filling den- of gas-air mixtures in each case. sity (see § 173.314), (ii) The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl (J) Specific gravity of anhydrous am- mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of lique- monia or ammonia solution at the ref- fied petroleum gas is considered suffi- erence temperature, cient to meet the requirements of this (K) Tank car outage (inches/meters, paragraph. Use of another odorant is gallons/liters), not prohibited so long as there is (L) Gallons/liters of liquid ammonia enough to meet the requirements of in tank car, this paragraph (h). (M) Quantity of vapor ammonia in (2) Odorant fade. In addition to para- tank car (gallons/liters), and graph (h)(1)(i) of this section, the offer- (N) Total calculated ammonia (liquid or must ensure that enough odorant & vapor) in tank car (pounds/kilo- will remain in the tank car during the grams). course of transportation. The shipper (f) [Reserved] must have procedures in place to: (g) Special requirements for hydro- (i) Ensure quantitative testing meth- gen chloride, refrigerated liquid, and ods are used to measure the amount of vinyl fluoride,stabilized. odorant in the liquefied petroleum gas; (1) The shipper shall notify the Fed- (ii) Ensure that, when the eral Railroad Administration whenever odorization of liquefied petroleum gas a tank car is not received by the con- is manually injected, the required signee within 20 days from the date of amount of odorant is added; shipment. Notification to the Federal (iii) Ensure that, when odorization of Railroad Administration may be made liquefied petroleum gas is automati- by e-mail to [email protected] or cally injected, equipment calibration telephone call to (202) 493–6229. checks are conducted to ensure the re- (2) A tank car containing hydrogen quired amount of odorant is consist- chloride, refrigerated liquid must have ently added; the auxiliary valve on the pressure re- (iv) Ensure quality control measures lief device closed during transpor- are in place to make sure that persons tation. who receive tank cars that have been (3) See § 179.102–17 of this subchapter subjected to any condition that could for additional requirements. lead to corrosion of the tank car or re- (4) Tank cars containing hydrogen ceive new or recently cleaned tank cars chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be are notified of this information and

736

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00746 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.314

that a person filling these packagings psi. The start-to-discharge pressure implement quality control measures so setting must be marked on the pres- that potential odorant fade is ad- sure relief device in conformance with dressed; applicable provisions of the AAR Speci- (v) Inspect a tank car for signs of oxi- fication for Tank Cars (IBR, see § 171.7 dation or corrosion; and of this subchapter). (vi) Take corrective action needed to (l) Special requirements for hydrogen ensure enough odorization remains in sulphide. Each multi-unit tank car the tank car during the course of must be equipped with adequate pres- transportation, such as increasing the sure relief devices of the fusible plug amount of odorant added to the lique- type having a yield temperature not fied petroleum gas. over 76.66 °C (170 °F.), and not less than (i) [Reserved] 69.44 °C (157 °F.). Each device must be (j) Special requirements for materials resistant to extrusion of the fusible having a primary or secondary Division alloy and leak tight at 55 °C (130 °F.). A 2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single threaded solid plug must seal each unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading valve outlet. In addition, a metal cover and unloading valves, sampling de- must protect all valves. vices, and gauging devices with an (m) Special requirements for nitrosyl opening for the passage of the lading chloride. Single unit tank cars and exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter their associated service equipment, must be equipped with excess flow such as venting, loading and unloading valves. For single unit tank cars con- valves, and reclosing pressure relief structed before January 1, 1972, gaug- valves, must be made of metal or clad ing devices must conform to this para- with a material that is not subject to graph by no later than July 1, 2006. The rapid deterioration by the lading. protective housing cover must be pro- Multi-unit tank car tanks must be vided with an opening, with a weather- nickel-clad and have reclosing pressure proof cover, above each pressure relief relief devices incorporating a fusible valve that is concentric with the dis- plug having a yield temperature of charge of the pressure relief valve and 79.44 °C (175 °F.). Reclosing pressure re- that has an area at least equal to the lief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44 valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank °C (130 °F.). cars and tank cars manufactured from (n) Special requirements for hydrogen. aluminum or nickel plate are not au- Each tank car must be equipped with thorized. one or more pressure relief devices. (k) Special requirements for chlorine. The discharge outlet for each pressure (1) Tank cars built after September 30, relief device must be connected to a 1991, must have an insulation system manifold having a non-obstructed dis- consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass charge area of at least 1.5 times the fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of total discharge area of the pressure re- ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have ex- lief devices connected to the manifold. cess flow valves on the interior pipes of All manifolds must be connected to a liquid discharge valves. Tank cars con- single common header having a non-obstructed to a DOT 105A500W specifica- structed discharge pointing upward and tion may be marked as a DOT 105A300W extending above the top of the car. The specification with the size and type of header and the header outlet must each reclosing pressure relief valves re- have a non-obstructed discharge area quired by the marked specification. at least equal to the total discharge (2) DOT105J500W tank cars may be area of the manifolds connected to the used as authorized packagings, as pre- header. The header outlet must be scribed in this subchapter for trans- equipped with an ignition device that porting ‘‘UN 1017, Chlorine, 2.3 (8), Poi- will instantly ignite any hydrogen dis- son Inhalation Hazard, Zone B, RQ,’’ if charged through the pressure relief de- the tank cars meet all DOT specifica- vice. tion requirements, and the tank cars (o) Special requirements for carbon di- are equipped with combination safety oxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous relief valves with a start-to-discharge oxide, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car pressure of 360 psi, rather than the 356 must have an insulation system so that

737

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00747 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

the thermal conductance is not more EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per tations affecting § 173.314, see the List of CFR square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03 Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume B.t.u. per square foot per hour, per de- and at www.govinfo.gov. gree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Each tank car must be equipped § 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo with one reclosing pressure relief valve tanks and portable tanks. having a start-to-discharge pressure (a) Liquefied compressed gases that not to exceed 75 percent of the tank are transported in UN portable tanks, test pressure and one non-reclosing DOT specification portable tanks, or pressure relief valve having a rupture cargo tanks must be prepared in ac- disc design to burst at a pressure less cordance with this section, § 173.32, than the tank test pressure. The dis- § 173.33 and subpart E or subpart G of charge capacity of each pressure relief part 180 of this subchapter, as applica- device must be sufficient to prevent ble. For cryogenic liquid in cargo building up of pressure in the tank in tanks, see § 173.318. For marking re- excess of 82.5 percent of the test pres- quirements for portable tanks and sure of the tank. Tanks must be cargo tanks, see § 172.326 and § 172.328 of equipped with two regulating valves this subchapter, as applicable. set to open at a pressure not to exceed (1) UN portable tanks: UN portable 24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W tanks must be loaded and offered for tanks and at a pressure not to exceed transportation in accordance with 27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W portable tank provision T50 in § 172.102 tanks. Each regulating valve and pres- of this subchapter. sure relief device must have its final (2) Cargo tanks and DOT specification discharge piped to the outside of the portable tanks: Cargo tanks and DOT specification portable tanks must be protective housing. loaded and offered for transportation in [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52665, Dec. 21, 1990] accordance with the following table:

Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required Kind of gas Percent by volume Percent by weight (see par. (f) of this Type (see Note 2) Minimum design (see Note 1) section) pressure (psig)

Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solu- 56 ...... 82, See Note 5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 265; See Note 17. tions with greater than 50 percent MC–331; See ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17). Notes 12, 17 and 27. Ammonia solutions with more than 35 See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100; See par. (c) of percent but not more than 50 percent section. MC–331; see this section. ammonia. Note 12. Bromotrifluoromethane (R–13B1 or H– 133 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 365. 1301); (See Note 9). MC–331. Butadiene, stabilized ...... See par. (b) of this See par. (b) of this DOT-51, MC–330, 100. section. section. MC–331. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c)(1) of 95 ...... do ...... 200; see Note 3. this section. Chlorine ...... 125 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 225; See Notes 4 MC–331. and 8. Chlorodifluoroethane (R–142b) (1- 100 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100. Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane); (See Note MC–331. 9). Chlorodifluoromethane (R–22); (See 105 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 250. Note 9). MC–331. Chloropentafluoroethane (R–115); (See See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Chlorotrifluoromethane (R–13); (See See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R–12); (See 119 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. Note 9). MC–331. Difluoroethane (R–152a); (See Note 9) 79 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Dimethyl ether (see Note 16) ...... 59 ...... do ...... do ...... 200. Dimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 59 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331.

738

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00748 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

Division 2.1, materials not specifically See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 18. provided for in this table. section. MC–331. Division 2.2, materials not specifically See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT–51, MC–330, See Notes 19 and provided for in this table. section. MC–331. 28. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 20. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone B, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 20. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 21. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 24. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D, materials See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See Note 22. not specifically provided for in this section. MC–331; See table. Note 25. Ethane, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c) of this MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11. section. Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated ...... See par. (c) of this MC–331, MC–338 275; see Note 11. liquid. section. Hexafluoropropylene ...... 110 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 250. MC–331. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid .... 103.0 ...... See Note 7 ...... MC–331, MC–338 100; see Note 11. 91.6 ...... do ...... do ...... 300; see Note 11. 86.7 ...... do ...... do ...... 450; see Note 11. Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15) See par. (b) of this See par. (b) of this DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this section. section. MC–331; See section. Note 26. Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized 53 ...... 90 ...... DOT 51, MC 330, 200. (see Note 13). MC 331. Methylamine, anhydrous ...... 60 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, MC–331.. Methyl chloride ...... 84 ...... 88.5 ...... do ...... 150. Methyl chloride (optional portable tank ...... do ...... See Note 6 ...... DOT-51 ...... 225. 2,000 pounds water capacity, fusible plug). Methyl mercaptan ...... 80 ...... 90 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 100. MC–331; See Note 23. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ...... See par. (c)(1) of 95 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 200; See Note 3. this section. MC–331. Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant See par. (c) of this See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, See par. (c) of this gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9). section. MC–331. section. Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gal- 125 ...... 87.5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150; See Note 4. lons water capacity). MC–331; See Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons 125 ...... 87.5 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 125; See Note 4. water capacity). MC–331; See Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank 125 ...... See Note 6 ...... DOT-51; See Note 225. 1,000–2,000 pounds water capacity, 24. fusible plug). Trimethylamine, anhydrous ...... 57 ...... See Note 7 ...... DOT-51, MC–330, 150. MC–331. Vinyl chloride ...... 84 (see Note 13) ... See Note 7 ...... MC–330, MC–331 150. Vinyl fluoride, stabilized ...... 66 ...... do ...... do ...... 250; see Note 11. Vinyl methyl ether ...... 68 ...... See Notes 7 and ...... do ...... 100. 13.

NOTE 1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231 cubic inches) of water at 60 °F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds. NOTE 2: See § 173.32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see paragraph (q) of this section. Specifications MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. NOTE 3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid, are designed to conform to the requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code for low temperature operation (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), the design pressure may be reduced to 100 psig or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater. NOTE 4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less, added to the metal thickness. The minimum wall thickness for chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance.

739

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00749 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

NOTE 5: Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled to 87.5 percent by volume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined to be not lower than 30 °F. or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared. NOTE 6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight. NOTE 7: Tanks must be filled by weight. NOTE 8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point. NOTE 9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked ‘‘DISPERSANT GAS,’’ or ‘‘REFRIGERANT GAS.’’ NOTE 10: [Reserved] NOTE 11: MC–330, MC–331 and MC–338 cargo tanks must be insulated. Cargo tanks must meet all the following requirements. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100 °F., or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmosphere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature requirements in Section VIII of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank’s holding time as loaded must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank’s holding time as loaded must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting occurs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to transport a flammable gas. NOTE 12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it comes into contact with the lading. NOTE 13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides. NOTE 14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(NQT)’’ are authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel ‘‘(QT)’’ (see marking requirements of § 172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia having a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be purged of air before loading. See § 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements. NOTE 15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NQT) are authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be ‘‘noncorrosive’’ are authorized in Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (QT). ‘‘Noncorro- sive’’ means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classi- fications when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1838, ‘‘Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). (For (QT) and (NQT) marking requirements, see § 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping paper requirements, see § 172.203(h) of this subchapter.) NOTE 16: Openings, inlets, and outlets on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must conform to § 178.337–8(a) of this subchapter. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge control equipment as specified in § 178.337–11(a) of this subchapter. NOTE 17: A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if it: (1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig; (2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufacturer’s data report; (3) Is painted white or aluminum; (4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph; (5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with subpart E of part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. (6) Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981; (7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981; and (8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter. NOTE 18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less. NOTE 19: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading. NOTE 20: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 21: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46 °C (115 °F). NOTE 23: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. NOTE 24: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this Note does not apply until October 1, 1994. NOTE 25: Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of § 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. NOTE 26: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (k) of this section. NOTE 27: Non-specification cargo tanks may be used for transportation of Ammonia, anhydrous and ammonia solutions with greater than 50% ammonia, subject to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (m) of this section. NOTE 28: For UN1080, Sulfur hexafluoride, a non-specification cargo tank that otherwise conforms to a DOT Specification MC 331 cargo tank except for design pressure and capacity is authorized. Design pressure may not exceed 600 psig. The water capacity range for each tank is 15 to 500 gallons.

(b) Maximum permitted filling den- stabilized, and liquefied petroleum gas sities for cargo and portable tank con- are as follows: tainers for transportation of butadiene,

740

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00750 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

Maximum permitted fill- must ensure that enough odorant will ing density in percent remain in the cargo tank or portable of the water-weight ca- Maximum specific gravity of the pacity of the tanks (per- tank during the course of transpor- liquid material at 60 °F. cent) See Note 1 tation. The shipper must have proce- 1200 gal- dures in place to: lons or Over 1200 less gallons (i) Ensure quantitative testing methods are used to measure the amount of 0.473 to 0.480 ...... 38 41 odorant in the liquefied petroleum gas; 0.481 to 0.488 ...... 39 42 0.489 to 0.495 ...... 40 43 (ii) Ensure that, when the 0.496 to 0.503 ...... 41 44 odorization of liquefied petroleum gas 0.504 to 0.510 ...... 42 45 is manually injected, the required 0.511 to 0.519 ...... 43 46 0.520 to 0.527 ...... 44 47 amount of odorant is being added; 0.528 to 0.536 ...... 45 48 (iii) Ensure that, when odorization of 0.537 to 0.544 ...... 46 49 0.545 to 0.552 ...... 47 50 liquefied petroleum gas is automati- 0.553 to 0.560 ...... 48 51 cally injected, equipment calibration 0.561 to 0.568 ...... 49 52 checks are conducted to ensure the re- 0.569 to 0.576 ...... 50 53 quired amount of odorant is consist- 0.577 to 0.584 ...... 51 54 0.585 to 0.592 ...... 52 55 ently added; 0.593 to 0.600 ...... 53 56 (iv) Ensure that quality control 0.601 to 0.608 ...... 54 57 0.609 to 0.617 ...... 55 58 measures are in place to make sure 0.618 to 0.626 ...... 56 59 that persons who receive cargo tanks 0.627 and over ...... 57 60 or portable tanks that have been sub- NOTE 1: Filling is permitted by volume provided the same jected to any condition that could lead filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when to corrosion of the packaging or re- using fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicators (paragraph (f) of this section), in which case the ceive new or recently cleaned cargo maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained tanks or portable tanks are notified of in the table. this information and that a person fill- (1) Odorization. All liquefied petro- ing these packagings implement qual- leum gas must be odorized as required ity control measures to ensure that po- in this paragraph to indicate posi- tential odorant fade is addressed; tively, by a distinctive odor, the pres- (v) Inspect a cargo tank or portable ence of gas down to a concentration in tank for signs of oxidation or corro- air of not over one-fifth the lower limit sion; and of combustibility; however, odorization (vi) Take corrective action needed to is not required if it is harmful in the ensure enough odorant remains in the use or further processing of the lique- cargo tank or portable tank during the fied petroleum gas or if it will serve no course of transportation, such as in- useful purpose as a warning agent in creasing the amount of odorant added such use or further processing. to the liquefied petroleum gas. (i) The lower limits of combustibility (c) Except as otherwise provided, the of the more commonly used liquefied loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 per- tank or portable tank shall be deter- cent; butane, 1.55 percent. These fig- mined by weight or by a suitable liquid ures represent volumetric percentages level gauging device. The vapor pres- of gas-air mixtures in each case. sure (psig) at 115 °F. must not exceed (ii) The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl the design pressure of the cargo tank mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of lique- or portable tank container. The outage fied petroleum gas is considered suffi- and filling limits for liquefied gases cient to meet the requirements of this must be as prescribed in § 173.24b of this paragraph (b). Use of any other odorant part, except that this requirement does is not prohibited so long as there is not apply to: enough to meet the requirements of (1) A tank containing carbon dioxide, this paragraph. refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrig- (2) Odorant fade. For cargo tanks or erated liquid. Such tank is required to portable tanks being transported from be equipped with suitable pressure con- a refinery, gas plant or pipeline ter- trol valves and may not be filled to a minal and in addition to paragraph level exceeding 95 percent of the volu- (b)(1)(i) of this section, the offeror metric capacity of the tank.

741

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00751 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) A tank containing ethane, refrig- liquid level of either of which has been erated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, re- determined by means of fixed length frigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, re- dip tube devices. frigerated liquid. Such tank must be (h) Each cargo tank and portable filled to allow at least two percent out- tank, except a tank filled by weight, age below the inlet of the pressure re- must be equipped with one or more of lief valve or pressure control valve the gauging devices described in the under conditions of incipient opening, following table which indicate accu- with the tank in a level attitude. rately the maximum permitted liquid (d) If the loading of cargo tanks and level. Additional gauging devices may portable tank containers with liquefied be installed but may not be used as pri- gases is to be determined by weight, mary controls for filling of cargo tanks the gross weight shall be checked after and portable tanks. Gauge glasses are the filling line is disconnected in each not permitted on any cargo tank or instance. The gross weight shall be cal- portable tank. Primary gauging de- culated from the tank capacity and vices used on cargo tanks of less than tare weight set forth on the metal 3500 gallons water capacity are exempt plate required by the specification, and from the longitudinal location require- the maximum filling density permitted ments specified in paragraphs (h)(2) for the material being loaded into the and (3) of this section provided: The tank as set forth in the table, para- tank length does not exceed three graph (a) of this section. times the tank diameter; and the cargo (e) If the loading of cargo tanks and tank is unloaded within 24 hours after portable tank containers with liquefied each filling of the tank. gases is to be determined by adjustable Gaging device permitted liquid level device, each tank and each Kind of gas for filling purposes compartment thereof shall have a thermometer well, so that the internal liq- Anhydrous ammonia ...... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length uid temperature can easily be deter- dip tube. mined, and the amount of liquid in the Anhydrous dimethylamine ...... None. tank shall be corrected to a 60 °F. Anhydrous monomethylamine ...... Do. basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a Anhydrous trimethylamine ...... Do. Aqua ammonia solution con- Rotary tube; adjustable level corresponding to the maximum taining anhydrous ammonia. slip tube; fixed length filling density permitted for the mate- dip tube. rial being loaded into the tank as set Butadiene, stabilized ...... Do. forth in the table in paragraph (a) of Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid Do. Chlorine ...... None. this section. Dichlorodifluoromethane ...... Do. (f) When the loading of cargo tanks Difluoroethane ...... Do. and portable tank containers with liq- Difluoromonochloroethane ...... Do. Dimethyl ether ...... Do. uefied gases is determined only by Ethane, refrigerated liquid ...... Rotary tube; adjustable fixed length dip tube or other fixed slip tube; fixed length maximum liquid level indicator, the dip tube. device shall be arranged to function at Ethane-propane mixture, refrig- Do. erated liquid. a level not to exceed the maximum per- Hexafluoropropylene ...... None. mitted volume prescribed by the table, Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated Do. paragraph (a) of this section. Loading liquid. Liquefied petroleum gases ...... Rotary tube; adjustable shall be stopped when the device func- slip tube; fixed length tions. dip tube. (g) Containers, the liquid level of Methyl chloride ...... Fixed length dip tube. which has been determined by means of Methyl mercaptan ...... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length a fixed length dip tube gauging device, dip tube. shall not be acceptable for stowage as Monochlorodifluoromethane ...... None. cargo on vessels in commerce subject Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid .. Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length to the jurisdiction of the United States dip tube. Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this Methylacetylenepropadiene, sta- Do. section shall be so construed as to pro- bilized. hibit the transportation on car floats Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispers- None. ant gas, n.o.s. or car ferries of motor vehicles laden Sulfur dioxide ...... Fixed length dip tube. with containers nor cargo tanks the Vinyl chloride ...... None.

742

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00752 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

this part, must be of the spring-loaded Kind of gas Gaging device permitted for filling purposes type. Each valve must be arranged to Vinyl fluoride, inhibited ...... Do. discharge upward and unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing to (1) The design pressure of the liquid prevent any impingement of escaping level gauging devices shall be at least gas upon the tank. For each chlorine equal to the design pressure of the tank the protective housing must be in tank. compliance with the requirements set (2) If the primary gauging device is forth in the applicable specification. adjustable, it must be capable of ad- (1) The safety relief valves on each justment so that the end of the tube tank must meet the following condi- will be in the location specified in tions: paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at (i) The total relieving capacity, as least one of the ladings to be trans- determined by the flow formulas con- ported, at the filling level cor- tained in Section 5 of CGA S–1.2 (IBR, responding to an average loading tem- see § 171.7 of this subchapter), must be perature. Exterior means must be pro- sufficient to prevent a maximum pres- vided to indicate this adjustment. The sure in the tank of more than 120 per- gauging device must be legibly and percent of the design pressure; manently marked in increments not (ii) The flow capacity rating, testing exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not and marking must be in accordance exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pam- dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous phlet S–1.2. oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate (iii) For an insulated tank, the re- the maximum levels to which the tank quired relieving capacity of the relief may be filled with liquid at tempera- devices must be the same as for an tures above 20 °F. However, if it is not uninsulated tank, unless the insulation practicable to so mark the gauging de- will remain in place and will be effec- vice, this information must be legibly tive under fire conditions. In this case, and permanently marked on a plate af- except for UN portable tanks, each in- fixed to the tank adjacent to the gaug- sulated tank must be covered by a ing device. sheet metal jacket of not less than 16 (3) A dip tube gauging device consists gauge thickness. For UN portable of a pipe or tube with a valve at its tanks where the relieving capacity of outer end with its intake limited by an the valves has been reduced on the orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in di- basis of the insulation system, the in- ameter. If a fixed length dip tube is sulation system must remain effective used, the intake must be located mid- at all temperatures less than 649 °C way of the tank both longitudinally (1200.2 °F) and be jacketed with a mate- and laterally and at maximum per- rial having a melting point of 700 °C mitted filling level. In tanks for lique- (1292.0 °F) or greater. fied petroleum gases, the intake must (iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has be located at the level reached by the relief valves sized by Fetterly’s for- lading when the tank is loaded to max- mula dated November 27, 1928, may be imum filling density at 40 °F. continued in service. (4) Except on a tank used exclusively (2) Each safety relief valve must be for the transportation of carbon diox- arranged to minimize the possibility of ide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous tampering. If the pressure setting or oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening adjustment is external to the valve, for a pressure gauge must be restricted the safety relief valve must be provided at or inside the tank by an orifice no with means for sealing the adjustment larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For and it must be sealed. carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or (3) Each safety relief valve on a port- nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid serv- able tank, other than a UN portable ice, the pressure gauge need only be tank, must be set to start-to-discharge used during the filling operation. at pressure no higher than 110% of the (i) Each tank must be provided with tank design pressure and no lower than one or more pressure relief devices the design pressure specified in para- which, unless otherwise specified in graph (a) of this section for the gas

743

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00753 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

transported. For UN portable tanks than 1.5 times the design pressure of used for liquefied compressed gases and the tank. constructed in accordance with the re- (11) Each portion of connected liquid quirements of § 178.276 of this sub- piping or hose that can be closed at chapter, the pressure relief device(s) both ends must be provided with a safe- must conform to § 178.276(e) of this sub- ty relief valve without an intervening chapter. shut-off valve to prevent excessive hy- (4) Except for UN portable tanks, drostatic pressure that could burst the each safety relief valve must be plainly piping or hose. and permanently marked with the (12) Subject to conditions of para- pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to graph (a) of this section for the methyl discharge, with the actual rate of dis- chloride and sulfur dioxide optional charge of the device in cubic feet per portable tanks, one or more fusible minute of the gas or of air at 60 °F (15.6 plugs examined by the Bureau of Ex- ° C) and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manu- plosives and approved by the Associate facturer’s name or trade name and Administrator may be used on these catalog number. The start-to-discharge tanks in place of safety relief valves of valve marking must be visible after the the spring-loaded type. The fusible plug valve is installed. The rated discharge or plugs must be in accordance with capacity of the device must be deter- CGA Pamphlet S–1.2, to prevent a pres- mined at a pressure of 120% of the de- sure rise in the tank of more than 120 sign pressure of the tank. For UN port- percent of the design pressure. If the able tanks, each pressure relief device tank is over 30 inches long, each end must be clearly and permanently must have the total specified safety marked as specified in § 178.274(f)(1) of discharge area. this subchapter. (13) A safety relief valve on a chlo- (5) Each safety relief valve must have rine cargo tank must conform to one of direct communication with the vapor the following standards of The Chlorine space in the tank. Institute, Inc.: Type 1 1⁄2 JQ225, Dwg. (6) Each connection to a safety relief H51970 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- valve must be of sufficient size to pro- 1 vide the required rate of discharge chapter); or Type 1 ⁄2 JQ225, Dwg. through the safety relief valve. H50155 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (7) [Reserved] chapter). (8) Each pressure relief valve outlet (j) Consumer storage containers. (1) must be provided with a protective de- Storage containers for liquefied petro- vice to prevent the entrance and accu- leum gas or propane charged to five mulation of dirt and water. This device percent of their capacity or less and in- must not impede flow through the tended for permanent installation on valve. Pressure relief devices must be consumer premises may be shipped by designed to prevent the entry of for- private motor carrier under the fol- eign matter, the leakage of liquid and lowing conditions: the development of any dangerous ex- (i) Each container must be con- cess pressure. structed in compliance with the re- (9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, requirements in Section VIII of the frigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, re- ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- frigerated liquid each safety relief de- chapter) and must be marked to indi- vice must be installed and located so cate compliance in the manner speci- that the cooling effect of the contents fied by the respective Code. Containers will not prevent the effective operation built in compliance with earlier edi- of the device. In addition to the re- tions starting with 1943 are authorized. quired safety relief valves, these tanks (ii) Each container must be equipped may be equipped with one or more with safety devices in compliance with pressure controlling devices. the requirements for safety devices on (10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, re- containers as specified in NFPA 58, frigerated liquid also may be equipped Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (IBR, with one or more non-reclosing pres- see § 171.7 of this subchapter). sure relief devices set to function at a (iii) The containers must be braced or pressure not over two times nor less otherwise secured on the vehicle to

744

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00754 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

prevent relative motion while in tran- for lifting purposes, and must be vis- sit. Valves or other fittings must be ually inspected prior to each use. A adequately protected against damage sling showing evidence of tears, fray- during transportation. (See § 177.834(a) ing, or other signs of excessive wear of this subchapter). may not be used. (2) Storage containers with a water (vi) The storage container must be capacity not exceeding 500 gallons secured on a motor vehicle so that the charged with liquefied petroleum gas container is completely within the en- to more than five percent of their ca- velope of the vehicle and does not ex- pacity and intended for permanent in- tend beyond the vehicle frame. stallation on consumer premises may (vii) The storage container must be be transported by private motor carrier placed on the vehicle in a manner, such one-way only from the consumer’s as in a cradle, which ensures that no premises to the container owner’s near- weight is placed on the supporting legs est facility under the following condi- during transportation. tions: (viii) The storage container must be (i) Each container must be con- secured against movement during structed in compliance with the re- transportation. Bracing must conform quirements in Section VIII of the with the requirements of paragraph ASME Code and must be marked to in- (j)(1)(iii) of this section and § 177.834(a) dicate compliance in the manner speci- of this subchapter and with Section 6– fied by the respective Code. 5.2 of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum (ii) Maximum permitted filling den- Gas Code. Straps or chains used as tie- sity may not exceed that specified in downs must be rated to exceed the paragraph (b) of this section. maximum load to be transported and (iii) Prior to loading on a motor vehi- conform to the requirements in cle, the container must be inspected by §§ 393.100 through 393.106 of this title. a trained and qualified person for (ix) Tow trailers used to transport leaks, corroded or abraded areas, dents, storage containers in accordance with distortions, weld defects, or other con- this paragraph (j)(2) must provide rear dition that may render the container end protection that conforms to re- unsafe for transportation. A record of quirements in § 393.86 of this title. the inspection must be legibly signed (3) Storage containers of less than and dated by the person performing the 1,042 pounds water capacity (125 gal- inspection and retained by the con- lons) may be shipped when charged tainer owner for two years. The signa- with liquefied petroleum gas in compli- ture on the inspection record rep- ance with DOT filling density. resents a certification that the con- (k) A nonspecification cargo tank tainer has been inspected and has no meeting, and marked in conformance defects that would render it unsafe for with, the edition of Section VIII of the transportation under the HMR. The ASME Code in effect when it was fab- record of inspection must include the ricated may be used for the transpor- date of inspection, the inspector’s con- tation of liquefied petroleum gas pro- tact information (such as a telephone vided it meets all of the following con- number), the container’s serial number ditions: and container size (water capacity), es- (1) It must have a minimum design timated amount of hazardous material, pressure no lower than 250 psig. and the origin and destination of ship- (2) It must have a capacity of 13,247.5 ment. L (3,500 water gallons) or less. (iv) Only one storage container may (3) It must have been manufactured be transported on a motor vehicle. in conformance with Section VIII of (v) For loading on a motor vehicle, the ASME Code prior to January 1, the container must be lifted by slings, 1981, according to its ASME name plate which must be completely wrapped and manufacturer’s data report. around the container. Lifting lugs may (4) It must conform to the applicable not be used. The slings must be rated provisions of NFPA 58, except to the to a weight sufficient to accommodate extent that provisions in NFPA 58 are the container and its lading and shall inconsistent with requirements in comply with ASME B30.9 on slings used parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter.

745

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00755 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(5) It must be inspected, tested, and taken from at least one loaded cargo equipped in accordance with subpart E tank out of each 10 loads, or from one of part 180 of this subchapter as speci- cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is fied for MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- less frequent; or cles. (iii) At the same frequency as de- (6) Except as provided in this para- scribed in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this graph (k), it must be operated exclu- section, from a sample taken from the sively in intrastate commerce, includ- loading line to the cargo tank. ing its operation by a motor carrier (3) If water is added at the time of otherwise engaged in interstate com- loading: merce, in a state where its operation (i) The sample for analysis must be was permitted by law (not including taken from a point in the loading line the incorporation of this subchapter) between the water injection equipment prior to January 1, 1981. A cargo tank and the cargo tank; and motor vehicle operating under author- (ii) Positive provisions must be made ity of this section may cross state lines to assure water injection equipment is to travel to and from a qualified assem- operating. bly, repair, maintenance, or requali- (4) If water injection equipment be- fication facility. The cargo tank need comes inoperative, suitable corrective not be cleaned and purged, but it may maintenance must be performed after not contain liquefied petroleum gas in which a sample from the first loaded excess of five percent of the water ca- cargo tank must be analyzed for pre- pacity of the cargo tank. If the vehicle scribed water content. engine is supplied fuel from the cargo (5) The analysis method for water tank, enough fuel in excess of five per- content must be as prescribed in CGA cent of the cargo tank’s water capacity G–2.2, ‘‘Tentative Standard Method for may be carried for the trip to or from Determining Minimum of 0.2 percent the facility. water in Anhydrous Ammonia,’’ (IBR, (7) It must have been used to trans- see § 171.7 of this subchapter). port liquefied petroleum gas prior to (6) Records indicating the results of January 1, 1981. the analysis taken, as required by this (8) It must be operated in conform- paragraph, must be retained for 2 years ance with all other requirements of and must be open to inspection by a this subchapter. representative of the Department. (l) Anhydrous ammonia must not be (7) Each person receiving anhydrous offered for transportation or trans- ammonia containing 0.2 per cent water ported in specification MC 330 and MC by weight may offer for transportation 331 cargo tanks constructed of or transport that ammonia without quenched and tempered (‘‘QT’’) steel performing the prescribed analysis for except as provided in this paragraph. water content provided: (1) The ammonia must have a min- (i) The ammonia received was cer- imum water content of 0.2 percent by tified as containing 0.2 percent water weight. Any addition of water must be as prescribed in §§ 172.203(h)(l)(i) and made using steam condensate, deion- 177.817(a) of this subchapter; and ized, or distilled water. (ii) The amount of water in the am- (2) Except as otherwise provided in monia has not been reduced by any this paragraph, each person offering for means. transportation or transporting anhy- (m) General. (1) A cargo tank that is drous ammonia shall perform a peri- commonly known as a nurse tank and odic analysis for prescribed water con- considered an implement of husbandry tent in the ammonia. The analysis transporting anhydrous ammonia and must be performed: operated by a private motor carrier ex- (i) From a sample of the ammonia in clusively for agricultural purposes is storage taken at least once every 7 excepted from the specification re- days, or each time ammonia is added to quirements of part 178 of this sub- the storage tanks, whichever is less chapter if it: frequent; or (i) Has a minimum design pressure of (ii) At the time the cargo tanks are 250 psig, meets the requirements of loaded, then a sample of the ammonia Section VIII of the ASME Code (IBR,

746

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00756 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and is (v) After each nurse tank has suc- marked with a valid ASME plate. cessfully passed the visual, thickness, (ii) Is equipped with pressure relief and pressure tests, welded repairs on valves meeting the requirements of the tank are prohibited. CGA Standard S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of (vi) After the nurse tank has success- this subchapter); fully passed the visual, thickness, and (iii) Is painted white or aluminum; pressure tests, it must be marked in (iv) Has a capacity of 3,000 gallons or accordance with § 180.415(b), and perma- less; nently marked near the test and in- (v) Is loaded to a filling density no spection markings with a unique own- greater than 56 percent; er’s identification number in letters (vi) Is securely mounted on a farm and numbers at least 1⁄2 inch in height wagon or meets paragraph (m)(3) of and width. this section; and (vii) Each nurse tank owner must (vii) Is in conformance with the re- maintain a copy of the test inspection quirements of part 172 of this sub- report prepared by the inspector. The chapter except that shipping papers are test report must contain the results of not required; and it need not be the test and meet the requirements in marked or placarded on one end if that § 180.417(b) and be made available to a end contains valves, fittings, regu- DOT representative upon request. lators or gauges when those appur- (3) Field truck mounted tanks. A non- tenances prevent the markings and DOT specification cargo tank (nurse placard from being properly placed and tank) securely mounted on a field visible. truck is authorized under the following (2) Nurse tanks with missing or illegible conditions: ASME plates. Nurse tanks with missing or illegible ASME plates may continue (i) The tank is in conformance with to be operated provided they conform all the requirements of paragraph to the following requirements: (m)(1) of this section, except that the (i) Each nurse tank must undergo an requirement in paragraph (m)(1)(vi) external visual inspection and testing does not apply; in accordance with § 180.407(d) of this (ii) The tank is inspected and tested subchapter. in accordance with subpart E of part (ii) Each nurse tank must be thick- 180 of this subchapter as specified for ness tested in accordance with an MC 331 cargo tank; § 180.407(i) of this subchapter. A nurse (iii) The tank is restricted to rural tank with a capacity of less than 1,500 roads in areas within 50 miles of the gallons must have a minimum head fertilizer distribution point where the thickness of 0.203 inch and a minimum nurse tank is loaded; and shell thickness of 0.239 inch. A nurse (iv) For the purposes of this section, tank with a capacity of 1,500 gallons or a field truck means a vehicle on which more must have a minimum thickness a nurse tank is mounted that is de- of 0.250 inch. Any nurse tank with a signed to withstand off-road driving on thickness test reading of less than that hilly terrain. Specifically, the vehicle specified in this paragraph at any point must be outfitted with stiffer suspen- must be removed from hazardous mate- sion (for example, additional springs or rials service. airbags) than would be necessary for a (iii) Each nurse tank must be pres- comparable on-road vehicle, a rear axle sure tested in accordance with ratio that provides greater low end § 180.407(g) of this subchapter. The min- torque, and a braking system and tires imum test pressure is 375 psig. Pneu- designed to ensure stability in hilly matic testing is not authorized. terrain. The field truck must have low (iv) Each nurse tank must be in- annual over-the-road mileage and be spected and tested by a person meeting used exclusively for agricultural pur- the requirements of § 180.409(d) of this poses. subchapter. Furthermore, each nurse (n) Emergency discharge control for tank must have the tests performed at cargo tank motor vehicles in liquefied least once every five years after the compressed gas service—(1) Required completion of the initial tests. emergency discharge control equipment.

747

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00757 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.315 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Each cargo tank motor vehicle in liq- capability as specified in the following uefied compressed gas service must table: have an emergency discharge control

Required emergency discharge control § 173.315(n)(1)(*) Material Delivery service capability

(i) ...... Division 2.2 materials with no All ...... None. subsidiary hazard, excluding anhydrous ammonia.

(ii) ...... Division 2.3 materials ...... All ...... Paragraph (n)(2) of this section.

(iii) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Other than metered delivery Paragraph (n)(2) of this section. subsidiary hazard, Division service. 2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia.

(iv) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Metered delivery service ...... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section. subsidiary hazard, Division 2.1 materials, and anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank motor vehicle with a capacity of 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons) or less.

(v) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Metered delivery service ...... Paragraph (n)(3) of this section, and, for subsidiary hazard, Division obstructed view deliveries where per- 2.1 materials, and anhy- mitted by § 177.840(p) of this sub- drous ammonia in a cargo chapter, paragraph (n)(2) or (n)(4) of tank motor vehicle with a ca- this section. pacity greater than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons). (vi) ...... Division 2.2 materials with a Both metered delivery and Paragraph (n)(2) of this section, pro- subsidiary hazard, Division other than metered delivery vided the system operates for both 2.1 materials, and anhy- service. metered and other than metered deliv- drous ammonia in a cargo eries; otherwise, paragraphs (n)(2) tank with a capacity of great- and (n)(3) of this section. er than 13,247.5 L (3,500 water gallons).

(2) Cargo tank motor vehicles in other flow of product is designed to operate. than metered delivery service. A cargo All components of the discharge sys- tank motor vehicle in other than me- tem that are integral to the design tered delivery service must have a must be included in the certification. A means to automatically shut off the copy of the design certification must flow of product without the need for be provided to the owner of the cargo human intervention within 20 seconds tank motor vehicle on which the equip- of an unintentional release caused by a ment will be installed. complete separation of a liquid deliv- (iii) Installation must be performed ery hose (passive shut-down capa- under the supervision of a Registered bility). Inspector unless the equipment is in- (i) Designed flow of product through stalled and removed as part of regular a bypass in the valve is acceptable operation (e.g., a hose). The Registered when authorized by this subchapter. Inspector must certify that the equip- (ii) The design for the means to auto- ment is installed and tested, if it is matically shut off product flow must possible to do so without damaging the be certified by a Design Certifying En- equipment, in accordance with the De- gineer. The certification must consider sign Certifying Engineer’s certifi- any specifications of the original com- cation. The Registered Inspector must ponent manufacturer and must explain provide the certification to the owner how the passive means to shut off the of the cargo tank motor vehicle. flow of product operates. It must also (3) Cargo tank motor vehicles in metered outline the parameters (e.g., tempera- delivery service. When required by the ture, pressure, types of product) within table in paragraph (n)(1) of this sec- which the passive means to shut off the tion, a cargo tank motor vehicle must

748

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00758 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.315

have an off-truck remote means to section may be operated unless it has close the internal self-closing stop an appropriate emergency discharge valve and shut off all motive and auxil- control capability as specified in this iary power equipment upon activation paragraph (n) no later than the date of by a qualified person attending the units first scheduled pressure retest re- loading of the cargo tank motor vehi- quired after July 1, 2001. No MC 330, MC cle (off-truck remote shut-off). It must 331 or nonspecification cargo tank function reliably at a distance of 45.72 motor vehicle authorized under para- m (150 feet). The off-truck remote shut- graph (k) of this section may be oper- off activation device must not be capa- ated after July 1, 2006, unless it has ble of reopening the internal self-clos- been equipped with emergency dis- ing stop valve after emergency activa- charge control equipment as specified tion. in this paragraph (n). (i) The emergency discharge control (iii) No MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank equipment must be installed under the motor vehicle with a capacity over supervision of a Registered Inspector. Each wireless transmitter/receiver 13,247 L (3,500 gallons) used in metered must be tested to demonstrate that it delivery service may be operated un- will close the internal self-closing stop less it has an appropriate discharge valve and shut off all motive and auxil- control capability as specified in this iary power equipment at a distance of paragraph (n) no later than July 1, 2003, 91.44 m (300 feet) under optimum condi- or the date of its first scheduled pres- tions. Emergency discharge control sure retest required after July 1, 2001, equipment that does not employ a whichever is earlier. wireless transmitter/receiver must be (o) Chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles. tested to demonstrate its functioning Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for at the maximum length of the delivery the transportation of chlorine must hose. meet the requirements in the fol- (ii) The Registered Inspector must lowing: certify that the remote control equip- (1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used ment is installed in accordance with for loading or unloading that is mount- the original component manufacturer’s ed or carried on the motor vehicle may specifications and is tested in accord- not be attached to any valve and must ance with paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this be capped at all ends to prevent the section. The Registered Inspector must entry of moisture, except at the time provide the owner of the cargo tank of loading or unloading. Except at the motor vehicle with this certification. time of loading and unloading, the pipe (4) Query systems. When a trans- connection of each angle valve must be mitter/receiver system is used to sat- closed with a screw plug which is isfy the requirements of paragraph chained or otherwise fastened to pre- (n)(1)(v) of this section, it must close vent misplacement. the internal self-closing stop valve and shut off all motive and auxiliary power (2) Each chlorine cargo tank motor equipment unless the qualified person vehicle angle valve must be tested to attending the unloading operation pre- be leak free at not less than 225 psig vents it from doing so at least once using dry air or inert gas before instal- every five minutes. Testing and certifi- lation and thereafter every 2 years cation must be as specified in para- when performing the required periodic graph (n)(3) of this section. retest in § 180.407(c) of this subchapter. (5) Compliance dates. (i) Each speci- Prior to each loading, the cargo tank fication MC 331 cargo tank motor vehi- motor vehicle must be inspected and cle with a certificate of construction the angle valves and gasketed joints issued two or more years after July 1, must be examined and tested at a pres- 1999, must have an appropriate emer- sure of not less than 50 psig to deter- gency discharge control capability as mine that they are not leaking and are specified in this paragraph (n). in proper condition for transportation. (ii) No MC 330, MC 331, or nonspeci- Any leaks must be corrected before the fication cargo tank motor vehicle au- cargo tank motor vehicle is offered for thorized under paragraph (k) of this transportation.

749

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00759 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.316 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(3) Excess flow valves on the cargo Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this tank motor vehicle must meet the re- subchapter). quirements of paragraph (n) of this sec- (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit- tion. ting may not be installed on any cyl- (p) Fusible elements. Each MC 330, MC inder used to transport any flammable 331, or nonspecification cargo tank au- cryogenic liquid. thorized under paragraph (k) of this (6) Each cylinder must be provided section must have a thermal means of with one or more pressure relief de- closure for each internal self-closing vices, which must be installed and stop valve as specified in § 178.337– maintained in compliance with the re- 8(a)(4) of this subchapter. quirements of this subchapter. (q) Manifolding is authorized for (7) Each pressure relief device must cargo tanks containing anhydrous am- be installed and located so that the monia provided each individual cargo cooling effect of the contents during tank is equipped with a pressure relief venting will not prevent effective oper- device or valves and gauging devices as ation of the device. required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of (8) All pressure relief device inlets this section. Each valve must be tight- must under maximum filling condi- ly closed while the cargo tank is in tions be situated in the vapor space of transit. Each cargo tank must be filled the closed cryogenic receptacle and the separately. devices must be arranged to ensure that the escaping vapor is discharged [29 FR 18743, Dec. 29, 1964. Redesignated at 32 unobstructed. FR 5606, Apr. 5, 1967] (9) The maximum weight of the con- EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tents in a cylinder with a design serv- tations affecting § 173.315, see the List of CFR ice temperature colder than ¥320 °F. Sections Affected, which appears in the may not exceed the design weight Finding Aids section of the printed volume marked on the cylinder (see § 178.35 of and at www.govinfo.gov. this subchapter). (b) Pressure control systems. Each cyl- § 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders. inder containing a cryogenic liquid must have a pressure control system (a) General requirements. (1) A cyl- that conforms to § 173.301(f) and is de- inder may not be loaded with a cryo- signed and installed so that it will pre- genic liquid colder than the design vent the cylinder from becoming liquid service temperature of the packaging. full. (2) A cylinder may not be loaded with (c) Specification cylinder requirements any material which may combine and filling limits. Specification DOT-4L chemically with any residue in the cylinders (§ 178.57 of this subchapter) packaging to produce an unsafe condi- are authorized for the transportation tion. of cryogenic liquids when carried in the (3) The jacket covering the insulation vertical position as follows: on a cylinder used to transport any (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- flammable cryogenic liquid must be ing density,’’ except for hydrogen, is made of steel. defined as the percent ratio of the (4) A valve or fitting made of alu- weight of lading in the packaging to minum with internal rubbing or abrad- the weight of water that the packaging ing aluminum parts that may come in will hold at 60 °F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737 contact with oxygen in the cryogenic cubic inches at 60 °F.). liquid form may not be installed on (2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, ni- any cylinder used to transport oxygen, trogen, oxygen, helium and neon must cryogenic liquid unless the parts are be loaded and shipped in accordance anodized in accordance with ASTM with the following table:

Pressure control valve setting (maximum start- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) to-discharge pressure psig) Air Argon Nitrogen Oxygen Helium Neon

45 ...... 82.5 133 76 108 12.5 109 75 ...... 80.3 130 74 105 12.5 104 105 ...... 78.4 127 72 103 12.5 100

750

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00760 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

Pressure control valve setting (maximum start- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) to-discharge pressure psig) Air Argon Nitrogen Oxygen Helium Neon

170 ...... 76.2 122 70 100 12.5 92 230 ...... 75.1 119 69 98 12.5 85 295 ...... 73.3 115 68 96 12.5 77 360 ...... 70.7 113 65 93 12.5 450 ...... 65.9 111 61 91 12.5 540 ...... 62.9 107 58 88 12.5 625 ...... 60.1 104 55 86 12.5

Design service temperature (°F.) ...... ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥320 ¥452 ¥411

(3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent tions approved by the Associate Ad- parahydrogen) must be loaded and ministrator. shipped as follows: [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27695, June 16, 1983, as amended by Amdt. 173–166, 49 FR 24314, June Column 1 Column 2 12, 1984; Amdt. 173–180, 49 FR 42735, Oct. 24, Design service temperature ...... Minus 423 °F. or 1984; Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13041, Apr. 20, 1987: colder. Amdt. 173–250, 61 FR 25942, May 23, 1996; Maximum permitted filling density, based 6.7 percent. Amdt. 173–261, 62 FR 24741, May 6, 1997; 66 FR on cylinder capacity at minus 423 °F 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR 16013, Sept. 27, 2002; (see Note 1). 68 FR 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 54046, Sept. The pressure control valve must be de- 17 psig. 7, 2004; 78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013] signed and set to limit the pressure in the cylinder to not more than. § 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks. NOTE 1: The filling density for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent (a) General requirements. (1) A cargo ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging tank may not be loaded with a cryo- to the weight of water that the packaging genic liquid colder than the design will hold at minus 423 °F. The volume of the service temperature of the packaging. packaging at minus 423 °F is determined in (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded cubic inches. The volume is converted to with any material that may combine pounds of water (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic chemically with any residue in the inches). packaging to produce an unsafe condi- (i) Each cylinder must be con- tion (see § 178.338–15). structed, insulated and maintained so (3) The jacket covering the insulation that during transportation the total on a tank used to transport a cryogenic rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF liquid must be made of steel if the of hydrogen per hour. cryogenic liquid: (i) Is to be transported by vessel (see (ii) In addition to the marking re- § 176.76(g) of this subchapter); or quirements in § 178.35 of this sub- (ii) Is oxygen or a flammable mate- chapter, the total rate of venting in rial. SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked (4) A valve or fitting made of alu- on the top head or valve protection minum with internal rubbing or abrad- band in letters at least one-half inch ing aluminum parts that may come in high as follows: ‘‘VENT RATE**SCFH’’ contact with oxygen in the cryogenic (with the asterisks replaced by the liquid form may not be installed on number representing the total rate of any cargo tank used to transport oxy- venting, in SCF per hour). gen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts (iii) Carriage by highway is subject are anodized in accordance with ASTM to the conditions specified in Standard B 580 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this § 177.840(a) of this subchapter. subchapter). (d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fit- charging requirements are not specifi- ting, external to the jacket that re- cally prescribed in paragraph (c) of this tains lading during transportation may section, the cryogenic liquid must be not be installed on any cargo tank used shipped in packagings and under condi- to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid or any flammable cryogenic liquid.

751

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00761 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(6) A cargo tank used to transport ox- ice. For tanks in helium and atmos- ygen, cryogenic liquid must be pro- pheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic vided with a manhole (see § 178.338–6 of liquid service, the pressure relief sys- this subchapter). tem must have a flow capacity equal to (b) Pressure relief systems and pressure or greater than that calculated by the control valves—(1) Types of pressure relief applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2 systems—(i) Tanks in oxygen and flam- or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. If the mable cryogenic liquid service. Except as pressure relief system consists of a otherwise provided in this paragraph, combination of pressure relief valves each tank in oxygen and flammable and frangible discs, the pressure relief cryogenic liquid service must be pro- valves must have a total venting ca- tected by two independent pressure re- pacity equal to or greater than that lief systems which are not connected in calculated by the applicable formula in series, namely: paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet (A) A primary system of one or more S–1.2. The pressure relief system must pressure relief valves; and have this total flow capacity at a pres- (B) A secondary system of one of sure not exceeding 150 percent of the more frangible discs or pressure relief tank’s design pressure. The flow capac- valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide ity and rating must be verified and service, the secondary system must be marked by the manufacturer of the de- pressure relief valves only. vice in accordance with CGA Pamphlet (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric S–1.2. gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv- (3) Type and construction of pressure ice. For a tank used in helium and at- relief devices. (i) Each pressure relief de- mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- vice must be designed and constructed genic liquid service, the tank must be for a pressure equal to or exceeding the protected by at least one pressure re- tank’s design pressure at the coldest lief system consisting of: temperature reasonably expected to be (A) One or more pressure relief encountered. valves; or (ii) Pressure relief devices must be ei- (B) A combination of one or more ther spring-loaded pressure relief pressure relief valves and one or more valves or frangible discs. Pressure re- frangible discs. lief valves must be of a type that auto- (2) Capacities of pressure relief sys- matically open and close at predeter- tems—(i) Tanks in oxygen or flammable mined pressures. cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in ox- (4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i) ygen or flammable cryogenic liquid On a tank used in oxygen or flammable service, the primary system and the cryogenic liquid service, the pressure secondary system of pressure relief de- relief devices must perform as follows. vices must each have a flow capacity (A) Each pressure relief valve in the equal to or greater than that cal- primary relief system must be set-to- culated by the applicable formula in discharge at a pressure no higher than paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of 110 percent of the tank’s design pres- CGA S–1.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- sure. chapter). In addition: (B) Each pressure relief device in the (A) The primary pressure relief sys- secondary pressure relief system must tem must have a total flow capacity at be designed to commence functioning a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of at a pressure no lower than 130 percent the tank’s design pressure. and no higher than 150 percent of the (B) The secondary pressure relief sys- tank’s design pressure. tem must have a total flow capacity at (ii) On a tank used in helium and at- a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- the tank’s design pressure. genic liquid service, the pressure relief (C) The flow capacity and rating devices in the pressure relief system must be verified and marked by the must be designed to commence func- manufacturer of the device in accord- tioning at no higher than 150 percent of ance with CGA Pamphlet S–1.2. the tank’s design pressure. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric (5) Optional pressure relief devices and gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid serv- pressure control valves. In addition to

752

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00762 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

the required pressure relief devices, a (vi) All pressure relief device inlets cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except must under maximum filling condi- carbon monoxide) service may be tions be situated in the vapor space of equipped with one or both of the fol- the closed cryogenic receptacle and the lowing: devices must be arranged to ensure (i) One or more pressure control that the escaping vapor is discharged valves set at a pressure below the unobstructed. tank’s design pressure. (8) Connections. (i) Each connection (ii) One or more frangible discs set to to a pressure relief device must be of function at a pressure not less than one sufficient size to allow the required and one-half times or more than two rate of discharge through the pressure times the tank’s design pressure. relief device. The inlet connection (6) Maximum filling rate. (i) For a tank must be not less than one-half inch used in oxygen and flammable cryo- nominal pipe size. genic liquid service, the maximum rate (ii) A shut-off valve may be installed at which the tank is filled must not ex- in a pressure relief system only when ceed the liquid flow capacity of the pri- the required relief capacity is provided mary pressure relief system rated at a at all times. pressure not exceeding 120 percent of (9) Pressure relief devices for piping the tank’s design pressure. hose and vacuum-insulated jackets. (i) Each portion of connected liquid piping (ii) On a tank used in helium and at- or hose that can be closed at both ends mospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo- must be provided with either a hydro- genic liquid service, the maximum rate static pressure relief valve without an at which the tank is filled must not ex- intervening shut-off valve, or a check ceed the liquid flow capacity of the valve permitting flow from the pipe or pressure relief valves rated at 150 per- hose into the tank. If used, the relief cent of the tank’s design pressure. valve must be located so as to prevent (7) Arrangement and location of pres- its discharge from impinging on the sure relief devices. (i) The discharge tank, piping, or operating personnel. from any pressure relief system must (ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo be directed upward and be unob- tank the jacket must be protected by a structed to the outside of the protec- suitable relief device to release inter- tive housing in such a manner as to nal pressure. The discharge area of this prevent impingement of gas upon the device must be at least 0.00024 square jacket or any structural part of the ve- inch per pound of water capacity of the hicle. tank. This relief device must function (ii) Each pressure relief valve must at a pressure not exceeding the inter- be arranged or protected to prevent the nal design pressure of the jacket, cal- accumulation of foreign material be- culated in accordance with Section tween the relief valve and the atmos- VIII of the ASME Code (IBR, see § 171.7 pheric discharge opening in any relief of this subchapter), or 25 psig, which- piping. The arrangement must not im- ever is less. pede flow through the device. (10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief (iii) Each pressure relief valve must device and pressure control valve mark- be designed and located to minimize ings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, ex- the possibility of tampering. If the cept pressure relief devices and pres- pressure setting or adjustment is exter- sure control valves, must be perma- nal to the valve, the valve adjustment nently marked to indicate whether it must be sealed. communicates with ‘‘vapor’’ or ‘‘liq- (iv) Each pressure relief device must uid’’ when the tank is filled to the have direct communication with the maximum permitted filling density. vapor space of the tank at the (ii) Each pressure relief valve must midlength of the top centerline. be plainly and permanently marked (v) Each pressure relief device must with the pressure, in psig, at which it be installed and located so that the is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate cooling effect of the contents during of the device in SCF per minute venting will not prevent the effective (SCFM) of free air, and the manufac- operation of the device. turer’s name or trade name and catalog

753

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00763 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.318 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

number. The marked set-to-discharge percent below the inlet of the pressure pressure valve must be visible with the relief device or pressure control valve, valve in its installed position. The under conditions of incipient opening, rated discharge capacity of the device with the tank in a level attitude. must be determined at a pressure of 120 (e) Temperature. A flammable cryo- percent of the design pressure of the genic liquid in a cargo tank at the tank. start of travel must be at a tempera- (iii) Each pressure control valve must ture sufficiently cold that the pressure be plainly and permanently marked setting of the pressure control valve or with the pressure, in psig, at which it the required pressure relief valve, is set-to-discharge. whichever is lower, will not be reached (c) Weight of lading requirements. The in less time than the marked rated weight of a cryogenic liquid in the holding time for the cryogenic liquid tank must be determined by weighing (see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and or by the use of a liquid level gauging § 178.338–9(b) of this subchapter). device authorized in § 178.338–14(a) of (f) Specification MC–338 (§ 178.338 of this subchapter, and may not exceed this subchapter) cargo tanks are author- the lesser of: ized for the shipment of the following (1) The weight of lading in the tank, cryogenic liquids subject to the fol- based on the water capacity stamped lowing additional requirements: on the nameplate (§ 178.338–18(a)(4) of (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- this subchapter) and the appropriate ing density’’ is defined as the percent maximum permitted filling density ratio of the weight of lading in the specified in paragraph (f) of this sec- tank to the weight of water that the tion; or tank will hold at the design service (2) The maximum weight of lading for temperature (one pound of water = which the cargo tank was designed, as 27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gal- marked on the specification plate (see lon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. § 178.338–18(b) of this subchapter). and weighs 8.32828 pounds). (d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank (2) Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and ox- containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a ygen, cryogenic liquids must be loaded cargo tank offered for transportation and shipped in accordance with the fol- must have an outage of at least two lowing table:

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum set-to- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) discharge pressure (psig) Air Argon Helium Nitrogen Oxygen

26 ...... 12.5. 30 ...... 80.3 ...... 129 ...... 12.5 ...... 74 ...... 105 40 ...... 79.2 ...... 12.5. 50 ...... 78.0 ...... 12.5. 55 ...... 77.3 ...... 125 ...... 12.5 ...... 71 ...... 102 60 ...... 76.9 ...... 12.5. 80 ...... 75.3 ...... 12.5. 85 ...... 75.1 ...... 121 ...... 12.5 ...... 99 100 ...... 73.0 ...... 12.5. 105 ...... 73.7 ...... 12.5 ...... 67. 120 ...... 72.2 ...... 12.5. 140 ...... 71.4 ...... 12.5. 145 ...... 70.9 ...... 115 ...... 12.5 ...... 64 ...... 94 180 ...... 68.3 ...... 12.5. 200 ...... 67.3 ...... 110 ...... 12.5 ...... 61 ...... 91 250 ...... 63.3 ...... 106 ...... 12.5 ...... 57 ...... 87 275 ...... 62.3 ...... 105 ...... 12.5 ...... 56 ...... 86 325 ...... 59.4 ...... 101 ...... 53 ...... 83

Design service tem- ¥320 °F ...... ¥320 °F ...... ¥452 °F ...... ¥320 °F ...... ¥320 °F perature.

754

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00764 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.318

(3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (min- genic liquids must be loaded and shipped imum 95 percent para-hydrogen), ethyl- in accordance with the following table: ene, and methane or natural gas, cryo-

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SETTING OR RELIEF VALVE SETTING

Maximum set-to-dis- Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) charge pressure (psig) Carbon monoxide Ethylene Hydrogen Methane or natural gas

13 ...... 6.6. 15 ...... 75.0 ...... 6.6 ...... 40.5 17 ...... 74.0 ...... 6.6. 20 ...... 53.5 ...... 40.0 25 ...... 73.0. 30 ...... 72.0 ...... 52.7 ...... 6.3 ...... 39.1 35. 40 ...... 52.0 ...... 38.6 45 ...... 71.5. 50 ...... 51.4 ...... 6.0 ...... 38.2 55. 60 ...... 50.8. 70 ...... 50.2 ...... 5.7 ...... 37.5 90 ...... 49.2. 95. 100 ...... 48.4 ...... 5.4 ...... 36.6 115 ...... 48.2. 125 ...... 5.0. 150 ...... 4.5. 175 ...... 62.5 ...... 45.8. 285 ...... 56.0.

Design service tempera- ¥320 °F ...... ¥155 °F ...... ¥423 °F ...... ¥260 °F ture.

(4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where are permitted. The abbreviation charging requirements are not specifi- ‘‘OWTT’’ may be used in place of the cally prescribed in this paragraph (f), words ‘‘One-way-travel-time’’ in the the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in marking required by this paragraph. packagings and under conditions ap- (1) OWTT is based on the marked proved by the Associate Administrator. rated holding time (MRHT) of the (g) One-way travel time; marking. The cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to jacket of a cargo tank to be used to be transported in the cargo tank. If the transport a flammable cryogenic liquid MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liq- must be marked on its right side near uid is not displayed on or adjacent to the front, in letters and numbers at the specification plate, this MRHT may least two inches high, ‘‘One-Way-Trav- be derived. el-Time ll hrs.’’, with the blank filled (2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT, in with a number indicating the one- in hours, as follows: way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of (i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72 the cargo tank for the flammable cryo- hours or less, genic liquid to be transported. A cargo ¥ tank that is partially unloaded at one OWTT = (MRHT 24) / 2 or more locations must have additional (ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater marking ‘‘One-Way-Travel-Time ll than 72 hours, hrs. ll psig to ll psig at ll per- ¥ cent filling density,’’ with the second OWTT = MRHT 48 blank filled in with the pressure exist- (3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle ing after partial unloading and the used to transport a flammable cryo- third blank filled in with the set-to-dis- genic liquid must be examined after charge pressure of the control valve or each shipment to determine its actual pressure relief valve, and the fourth holding time. The record required by blank with the filling density following § 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be partial unloading. Multiple OWTT used for this determination. If the ex- markings for different pressure levels amination indicates that the actual

755

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00765 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.319 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

holding time of the cargo tank, after of shipment. Notification to the Fed- adjustment to reflect an average ambi- eral Railroad Administration may be ent temperature of 85 °F, is less than 90 made by email to [email protected] or percent of the marked rated holding telephone call to (202) 493–6245. time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid (4) A tank car may not be loaded marked on the specification plate or with any flammable cryogenic liquid: adjacent thereto (see § 178.338–18(b) of (i) That may combine chemically this subchapter), the tank may not be with any residue in the tank to refilled with any flammable cryogenic produce an unsafe condition, liquid until it is restored to its marked (ii) That is colder than the design rated holding time value or it is re- service temperature of the tank, marked with the actual marked rated (iii) If the average daily pressure rise holding time determined by this exam- in the tank exceeded 3 psig during the ination. If the name of the flammable prior shipment, cryogenic liquid that was transported (iv) Unless it is marked with the and its marked rated holding time is name of contents, in accordance with not displayed on or adjacent to the § 172.330 of this subchapter. specification plate, this requirement may be met by deriving the MRHT of (b) When a tank car containing a the cargo tank for that flammable flammable cryogenic liquid is offered cryogenic liquid and comparing that for transportation: derived MRHT with the actual holding (1) At least 0.5 percent outage must time after adjustment. be provided below the inlet of the pressure relief or pressure control valve at [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27696, June 16, 1983] the start-to-discharge pressure setting EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- of the valve, with the tank car in a tations affecting § 173.318, see the List of CFR level attitude, and Sections Affected, which appears in the (2) The absolute pressure in the annu- Finding Aids section of the printed volume lar space must be less than 75 microns and at www.govinfo.gov. of mercury. § 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank (c) Temperature. A flammable cryo- cars. genic liquid must be loaded into a tank (a) General requirements. (1) A tank car at such a temperature that the av- car containing a flammable cryogenic erage daily pressure rise during trans- liquid may not be shipped unless it was portation will not exceed 3 psig (see loaded by, or with the consent of, the paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section). owner of the tank car. (d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is au- (2) The amount of flammable cryo- thorized for the shipment of the fol- genic liquid loaded into a tank car lowing cryogenic liquids subject to the must be determined, either by direct following additional requirements: measurement or by calculation based (1) For purposes of this section, ‘‘fill- on weight, to verify that the tank has ing density’’ is defined as the percent not been filled to a level in excess of ratio of the weight of lading in the the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) tank to the weight of water that the of this section. The weight of any flam- tank will hold at the design service mable cryogenic liquid loaded, except temperature (one pound of water = hydrogen, must be checked by use of 27.737 cubic inches at 60 °F., or one gal- scales after disconnecting the loading lon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60 °F. line. and weighs 8.32828 pounds). (3) The shipper must notify the Fed- (2) Ethylene, hydrogen (minimum 95 eral Railroad Administration whenever percent parahydrogen), and methane, a tank car containing any flammable cryogenic liquids must be loaded and cryogenic liquid is not received by the shipped in accordance with the fol- consignee within 20 days from the date lowing table:

756

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00766 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.319 F. ° ...... 113C120W9.

F ...... Minus 260 ° ETTING S ALVE V t and tank heads. ELIEF F ...... Minus 423 R ° ig ...... 15 psig. (percent by weight) ETTING OR S Maximum permitted filling density F ...... Minus 155 ALVE ° V ONTROL ...... C ...... 51.1 6.60 ...... 51.1 ...... 37.3. RESSURE F ...... Minus 260 ° Ethylene Ethylene Ethylene Hydrogen Methane Ethylene )—P D § 173.319( TO 1 ABLE T F loading; F loading. F loading; ° ° ° (psig) § 180.507(b)(3) of this subchapter) .... 113D60W, 113C60W ...... 113C120W ...... 113D120W ...... 113A175W, 113A60W .. see Maximum start-to-discharge pressure D—authorized for minus 155 The specification suffix ‘‘9’’ indicates the tank car is equipped with (minimum) 9/16 inch TC 128B normalized steel outer jacke Note: For DOT 113 cryogenic tank cars, delimiters indicate the following: A—authorized for minus 423 C—authorized for minus 260 17 ...... 45 ...... 75 52.8 ...... Maximum pressure when offered for transportation ...... Design service temperature 10 psig ...... Specification ( Minus 260 20 psig ...... 20 ps

757

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00767 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.320 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(e) Special requirements for class DOT be used to transport a hazardous mate- 113 tank cars. (1) A class DOT-113 tank rial unless the tank car conforms to all car need not be periodically pressure applicable requirements of this sub- tested; however, each shipment must chapter. be monitored to determine the average (4) Each rupture disc must be re- daily pressure rise in the tank car. If placed every 12 months, and the re- the average daily pressure rise during placement date must be marked on the any shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psig) car near the pressure relief valve infor- per day, the tank must be tested for mation. thermal integrity prior to any subse- (5) Pressure relief valves and alter- quent shipment. nate pressure relief valves must be (2) Thermal integrity test. When retested every five years. The start-to- quired by paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- discharge pressure and vapor tight tion, either of the following thermal pressure requirements for the pressure integrity tests may be used: relief valves must be as specified in (i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise § 179.401–1 of this subchapter. The alter- in the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5 nate pressure relief device values speci- psig) in 24 hours. When the pressure fied in § 179.401–1 of this subchapter for rise test is performed, the absolute a DOT-113C120W tank car apply to a pressure in the annular space of the DOT-113D120W tank car. loaded tank car may not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of (49 U.S.C. 1803, 1804, 1808; 49 CFR 1.53, app. A the test and may not increase more to part 1) than 25 microns during the 24-hour pe- [Amdt. 173–166, 48 FR 27698, June 16, 1983, as riod; or amended by Amdt. 173–245, Sept. 21, 1995; 65 (ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test. FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45184, 45379, The insulation system must be per- 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 70 FR 34076, June 13, 2005; formance tested as prescribed in 81 FR 3681, Jan. 21, 2016; 85 FR 45029, July 24, § 179.400–4 of this subchapter. When the 2020] calculated heat transfer rate test is § 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; excep- performed, the absolute pressure in the tions. annular space of the loaded tank car may not exceed 75 microns of mercury (a) Atmospheric gases and helium, at the beginning of the test and may cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, in- not increase more than 25 microns dur- sulated cylinders, insulated portable ing the 24-hour period. The calculated tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insu- heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not lated tank cars, designed and con- exceed: structed so that the pressure in such (A) 120 percent of the appropriate packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig standard heat transfer rate specified in under ambient temperature conditions § 179.401–1 of this subchapter, for DOT- during transportation are not subject 113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars; to the requirements of this subchapter (B) 122.808 joules (0.1164 Btu/day/lb.) when transported by motor vehicle or of inner tank car water capacity, for railcar except as specified in para- DOT-113A175W tank cars; graphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this (C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.) section. of inner tank car water capacity, for (1) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this DOT-113C60W and 113D60W tank cars; subchapter pertaining to the reporting or of incidents, not including a release (D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of that is the result of venting through a inner tank car water capacity, for pressure control valve, or the neck of DOT-113D120W tank cars. the Dewar flask. (3) A tank car that fails a test pre- (2) Subparts A, B, C, D, G and H of scribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this sec- part 172, (§§ 174.24 for rail and 177.817 for tion must be removed from hazardous highway) and in addition, part 172 in materials service. A tank car removed its entirety for oxygen. from hazardous materials service be- (3) Subparts A and B of part 173, and cause it failed a test prescribed in §§ 174.1 and 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not this subchapter.

758

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00768 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.323

(b) The requirements of this sub- (3) The leakproofness integrity of the chapter do not apply to atmospheric closure must be maintained by a sec- gases and helium: ondary means (e.g., cap, crown, seal, (1) During loading and unloading op- binding, etc.) capable of preventing any erations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3 leakage of the closure while in trans- psig); or portation; and (2) When used in operation of a proc- (4) The capsules must be placed in a ess system; such as a refrigeration sys- strong outer packaging suitable for the tem (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig). contents and may not exceed a gross (c) For transportation aboard air- mass of 75 kg (165 pounds). craft, see the ICAO Technical Instruc- tions (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as chapter), Packing Instruction 202 and amended at 74 FR 2266, Jan. 14, 2009; 76 FR the packaging specifications in part 6, 3381, Jan. 19, 2011] chapter 5. § 173.323 Ethylene oxide. [Amdt. 173–201, 52 FR 13043, Apr. 20, 1987, as amended at 62 FR 51561, Oct. 1, 1997; 66 FR (a) For packaging ethylene oxide in 33436, June 21, 2001; 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or 68 FR 48570, Aug. 14, 2003; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, any of its alloys or copper may not be 2003] used in any part of a packaging, valve, or other packaging appurtenance if § 173.321 Ethylamine. that part, during normal conditions of Ethylamine must be packaged as fol- transportation, may come in contact lows: with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor. (a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing Copper alloys may be used only where Group I performance level require- gas mixtures do not contain free acety- ments. lene at any concentration that will (b) In specification cylinders as pre- form copper acetylene. All packaging scribed for any compressed gas except and gaskets must be constructed of acetylene. materials which are compatible with [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990] ethylene oxide and do not lower the auto-ignition temperature of ethylene § 173.322 Ethyl chloride. oxide. Ethyl chloride must be packaged in (b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged any of the following single or combina- in one of the following: tion non-bulk packagings which meet (1) In hermetically sealed glass or Packing Group I performance level re- metal inner packagings suitably cush- quirements: ioned in an outer package authorized (a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes by § 173.201(b). The maximum quantity with glass, earthenware, or metal inner permitted in any glass inner packaging receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) is 100 g (3.5 ounces), and the maximum capacity each; quantity permitted in any metal inner (b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass, packaging is 340 g (12 ounces). After earthenware, or metal inner recep- filling, each inner packaging shall be tacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) ca- determined to be leak-tight by placing pacity each. Outer packagings may not the inner packaging in a hot water exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight; bath at a temperature, and for a period (c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26 of time, sufficient to ensure that an in- gallons) capacity each; or ternal pressure equal to the vapor pres- (d) In specification cylinders as pre- sure of ethylene oxide at 55 °C is scribed for any compressed gas except achieved. The total quantity in any acetylene. Cylinders made of alu- outer packaging shall not exceed 100 g minum alloy are not authorized. (3.5 ounces), and the total quantity in (e) In capsules under the following any outer packaging containing only conditions: metal inner packagings shall not ex- (1) The mass of gas must not exceed ceed 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds). Each com- 150 g (5.30 ounces) per capsule; pleted package must be capable of (2) The capsule must be free of faults passing all Packing Group I perform- liable to impair its strength; ance tests.

759

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00769 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.323 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(2) In specification cylinders or UN subparts A and B of this part, the spe- pressure receptacles, as authorized for cial provisions specified in column 7 of any compressed gas except acetylene. the § 172.101 table, and paragraphs (d) Pressurizing valves and insulation are through (j) of this section: required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gal- (1) Tank cars. Class DOT 105 tank lon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be cars: provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gal- (i) Each tank car built before March lons) capacity. Cylinders must be 16, 2009 must have a tank test pressure seamless or welded steel (not brazed) of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psig); and with a nominal capacity of no more (ii) Except as provided in § 173.314(d), than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be tank cars built on or after March 16, liquid full below 82 °C (180 °F). Before 2009 used for the transportation of each refilling, each cylinder must be ethylene oxide must meet the applica- tested for leakage at no less than 103.4 ble authorized tank car specification kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition, listed in the table in § 173.314(c). each cylinder must be equipped with a (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330 fusible type relief device with yield and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles. temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 °F to (3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable 170 °F). The capacity of the relief de- tanks. vice and the effectiveness of the insula- (d) The pressure relief devices must tion must be such that the charged cyl- be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig). inder will not explode when tested by Portable tanks fitted with non-re- the method described in CGA Pamphlet closing devices made and in use prior C–14 or other equivalent method. to December 31, 1987, may continue to (3) In 1A1 steel drums of no more be used in ethylene oxide service. than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting (e) In determining outage, consider- Packing Group I performance stand- ation must be given to the lading tem- ards. The drum must be lagged of all perature and solubility of inert gas welded construction with the inner padding in ethylene oxide as well as shell having a minimum thickness of the partial pressure exerted by the gas 1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer padding. shell having a minimum thickness of (f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must 2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be be padded with dry nitrogen or other capable of withstanding a hydrostatic suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lag- to render the vapor space of the tank ging must be of sufficient thickness so nonflammable up to 41 °C (105 °F). The that the drum, when filled with ethyl- gas used for padding must be free of ene oxide and equipped with the re- impurities which may cause the ethyl- quired pressure relief device, will not ene oxide to polymerize, decompose or rupture when exposed to fire. The drum undergo other violent chemical reac- may not be liquid full below 85 °C (185 tion. °F), and must be marked ‘‘THIS END (g) Copper, silver, mercury, magne- UP’’ on the top head. Before each refill- sium or their alloys may not be used in ing, each drum must be tested for leak- any part of the tank or appurtenances age at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig) that are normally in contact with the pressure. Each drum must be equipped lading. with a fusible type relief device with (h) Neoprene, natural rubber and as- yield temperature of 69 °C to 77 °C (157 bestos gaskets are prohibited. All pack- °F to 170 °F), and the capacity of the ing and gaskets must be made of mate- relief device must be such that the rials which do not react with or lower filled drum is capable of passing, with- the autoignition temperature of the out rupture, the test method described lading. in CGA Pamphlet C–14 or other equiva- (i) Each tank must be insulated with lent method. cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick), (c) When § 172.101 of this subchapter or mineral wool, fiberglass or other specifies that a hazardous material be suitable insulation material of suffi- packaged under this section, only the cient thickness so that the thermal following bulk packagings are author- conductance at 16 °C (60 °F) is not more ized, subject to the requirements of than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot

760

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00770 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.335

per degree F. temperature differential. deformation or leakage if the com- Portable tanks made and in use prior pleted package is dropped 1.8 m (6 feet) to December 31, 1987 equipped with fu- onto a non-yielding surface, such as sible plugs instead of a pressure relief concrete or steel, impacting at the valve or rupture disc, must have suffi- packaging’s weakest point. cient insulation so that the tank as (e) Cylinders may be packed in strong filled for shipment will not rupture in wooden boxes with valves or other clos- a fire. The insulation on portable tanks ing devices protected from damage, or cargo tank motor vehicles must be with not more than twelve cylinders in protected with a steel jacket at least one outside wooden box. An outer fiber- 2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as re- board box may be used when not more quired by the specification. than four such cylinders are to be (j) Tank car tanks built after Decem- shipped in one packaging. Valves must ber 30, 1971 must be equipped with a be adequately protected. Box and valve thermometer well. protection must be of sufficient [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52667, Dec. 21, 1990, as strength to protect all parts of inner amended at 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. packagings and valves from deforma- 173–236, 58 FR 50237, Sept. 24, 1993; Amdt. 173– tion or breakage resulting from a drop 234, 58 FR 51532, Oct. 1, 1993; Amdt. 173–145, 60 of at least 1.8 m (6 feet) onto a non- FR 49076, Sept. 21, 1995; 66 FR 45380, 45383, yielding surface, such as concrete or Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75746, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR steel, impacting at the weakest point. 76178, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 33884, June 12, 2006; 74 FR 1801, Jan. 13, 2009] [67 FR 51651, Aug. 8, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 75 FR 5395, Feb. 2, § 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed 2010; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015] with compressed gas. § 173.335 Chemical under pressure Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion, n.o.s. tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate, tetraethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division (a) General requirements. A cylinder 6.1 organic phosphates (including a filled with a chemical under pressure compound or mixture), may be mixed must be offered for transportation in with a non-flammable compressed gas. accordance with the requirements of This mixture may not contain more this section and § 172.301 of this sub- than 20 percent by weight of organic chapter. In addition, a DOT specifica- phosphate and must be packaged in tion cylinder must meet the require- DOT 3A240, 3AA240, 3B240, 4B240, ments in §§ 173.301a, 173.302, 173.302a, 4BA240, 4BW240 or UN cylinders meet- and 173.305, as applicable. UN pressure ing all of the following requirements: receptacles must meet the require- (a) Each cylinder may be filled with ments in §§ 173.301b, 173.302b, and not more than 5 kg (11.0 lb) of the mix- 173.304b as applicable. Where more than ture, to a maximum filling density of one section applies to a cylinder, the not more than 80 percent of the water most restrictive requirements must be capacity. followed. These materials are not sub- (b) No cylinder may be equipped with ject to the cylinder valve cap require- an eduction tube or a fusible plug. ments in § 173.301(a)(11) and (12). (c) No cylinder may be equipped with (b) Filling limits. Cylinders must be any valve unless the valve is a type ap- filled so that at 50 °C (122 °F) the non- proved by the Associate Administrator. gaseous phase does not exceed 95% of (d) Cylinders must be overpacked in a their water capacity and they are not box, crate, or other strong outer pack- completely filled at 60 °C (140 °F). When aging conforming to the requirements filled, the internal pressure at 65 °C (149 of § 173.25 and arranged to protect each °F) must not exceed the test pressure valve or other closing device from dam- of the cylinder. The vapor pressures age. Except as provided in paragraph and volumetric expansion of all sub- (e) of this section, no more than four stances in the cylinders must be taken cylinders may be packed in a strong into account. outer packaging. Each strong outer (c) Minimum service pressure. The min- packaging with its closing device pro- imum service pressure must be in ac- tection must be sufficiently strong to cordance with the design specifications protect all parts of each cylinder from of part 178 of this subchapter for the

761

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00771 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.336 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

propellant. In any case the minimum 21 °C (70 °F). Transportation of nitric test pressure must not be less than 20 oxide in a DOT 3AL is cylinder is au- bar. thorized only by highway and rail. (d) Periodic inspection. The maximum (2) UN cylinder. In a UN cylinder with requalification test period for cylinders a minimum test pressure of 200 bar. transporting chemical under pressure The maximum working pressure of the n.o.s. is 5 years. cylinder must not exceed 50 bar. The pressure in the cylinder at 65 °C (149 °F) [78 FR 1092, Jan. 7, 2013, as amended at 82 FR may not exceed the test pressure. The 15891, Mar. 30, 2017; 83 FR 55810, Nov. 7, 2018] use of UN tubes and MEGCs is not au- § 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, thorized. or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. (3) Valves. Cylinders must be equipped with a stainless steel valve (a) Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or and valve seat that will not deteriorate dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied, must be in contact with nitric oxide. Cylinders packaged in specification or UN cyl- or valves may not be equipped with inders as prescribed in § 173.192, except pressure relief devices of any type. valves are not authorized. UN tubes (b) Each UN cylinder must be cleaned and MEGCs are not authorized for use. in accordance with the requirements of Cylinders must be equipped with a ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- stainless steel valve and valve seat chapter). Each DOT specification cyl- that will not deteriorate in contact inder must be cleaned in compliance with nitrogen dioxide. Each valve open- with the requirements of GSA Federal ing must be closed by a solid metal Specification RR–C–901D, paragraphs plug with tapered thread properly luted 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this to prevent leakage. Transportation in subchapter). Cleaning agents equiva- DOT 3AL cylinders is authorized only lent to those specified in Federal Spec- by highway and rail. ification RR–C–901D may be used; how- (b) Each UN pressure receptacle must ever, any cleaning agent must not be be cleaned in accordance with the re- capable of reacting with oxygen. One quirements of ISO 11621 (IBR, see § 171.7 cylinder selected at random from a of this subchapter). Each DOT speci- group of 200 or fewer and cleaned at the fication cylinder must be cleaned ac- same time must be tested for oil con- cording to the requirements of GSA tamination in accordance with Federal Federal Specification RR–C–901D, para- Specification RR–C–901D paragraph graphs 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of 4.3.2 and meet the standard of cleanli- this subchapter). Cleaning agents ness specified therein. equivalent to those specified in RR–C– 901D may be used; however, any clean- [71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006] ing agent must not be capable of react- § 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. ing with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or fewer (a) Tungsten hexafluoride must be and cleaned at the same time must be packaged in specification 3A, 3AA, tested for oil contamination in accord- 3BN, or 3E (§§ 178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 ance with Specification RR–C–901D, of this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders paragraph 4.3.2 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this must be equipped with a valve protec- subchapter) and meet the standard of tion cap or be packed in a strong outer cleanliness specified therein. packaging meeting the provisions of § 173.40. Outlets of any valves must be [71 FR 33885, June 12, 2006] capped or plugged. As an alternative, the cylinder opening may be closed by § 173.337 Nitric oxide. the use of a metal plug. Specification (a) Nitric oxide must be packaged in 3E cylinders must be shipped in an cylinders conforming to the require- overpack that meets the provisions of ments of § 173.40 and as follows: § 173.40. (1) DOT specification cylinder. In a (b) In place of the volumetric expan- DOT 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or sion test, DOT 3BN cylinders used in 3AL1800 cylinder. A DOT specification exclusive service may be given a com- cylinder must be charged to a pressure plete external visual inspection in con- of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at formance with part 180, subpart C, of

762

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00772 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.401

this subchapter, at the time such peri- one outer box, and the gross weight of odic requalification becomes due. Cyl- the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35 inders that undergo a complete exter- pounds). nal visual inspection, in place of the (4) In other packagings of a type or volumetric expansion test, must be design which has been approved by the condemned if removed from tungsten Associate Administrator. hexafluoride service. (d) Tear gas devices may be shipped [74 FR 16143, Apr. 9, 2009, as amended at 75 completely assembled when offered by FR 5395, Feb. 2, 2010] or consigned to the U.S. Department of Defense, provided the functioning ele- § 173.340 Tear gas devices. ments are packed so that they cannot (a) Packagings for tear gas devices accidentally function. Outer pack- must be approved prior to initial trans- agings must be UN 4A, 4B, or 4N metal portation by the Associate Adminis- boxes or UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal- trator. strapped wooden boxes. (b) Tear gas devices may not be as- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52669, Dec. 21, 1990, as sembled with, or packed in the same amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 78 FR packaging with, mechanically- or 1092, Jan. 7, 2013] manually-operated firing, igniting, bursting, or other functioning elements Subpart H [Reserved] unless of a type and design which has been approved by the Associate Admin- istrator. Subpart I—Class 7 (Radioactive) (c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas can- Materials dles, and similar devices must be packaged in one of the following packagings SOURCE: Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. conforming to the requirements of part 28, 1995, unless otherwise noted. 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level: § 173.401 Scope. (1) In UN 4A, 4B, or 4N metal boxes or (a) This subpart sets forth require- UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metal-strapped ments for the packaging and transpor- wooden boxes. Functioning elements tation of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- not assembled in grenades or devices rials by offerors and carriers subject to must be in a separate compartment of this subchapter. The requirements pre- these boxes, or in inner or separate scribed in this subpart are in addition outer boxes, UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F, and to, not in place of, other requirements must be packed and cushioned so that set forth in this subchapter for Class 7 they may not come in contact with (radioactive) materials and those of each other or with the walls of the box the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in during transportation. Not more than 10 CFR part 71. 50 tear gas devices and 50 functioning (b) This subpart does not apply to: elements must be packed in one box, (1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials and the gross weight of the outer box produced, used, transported, or stored may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds). within an establishment other than (2) In UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 drums. during the course of transportation, in- Functioning elements must be packed cluding storage in transportation. in a separate inner packaging or com- (2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials partment. Not more than 24 tear gas that have been implanted or incor- devices and 24 functioning elements porated into, and are still in, a person must be packed in one outer drum, and or live animal for diagnosis or treat- the gross weight of the drum may not ment. exceed 35 kg (77 pounds). (3) Class 7 (radioactive) material that (3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with in- is an integral part of the means of side tear gas devices meeting Specifica- transport. tions 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging (4) Natural material and ores con- must be placed in fiberboard tubes taining naturally occurring radio- fitted with metal ends or a fiber box nuclides which are either in their nat- with suitable padding. Not more than ural state, or which have only been 30 inner packagings must be packed in processed for purposes other than for

763

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00773 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

extraction of the radionuclides, and quantities in excess of 0.4 Bq/cm2 for which are not intended to be processed beta and gamma emitters and low tox- for the use of these radionuclides, pro- icity alpha emitters or 0.04 Bq/cm2 for vided the activity concentration of the all other alpha emitters. There are two material does not exceed 10 times the categories of contamination: exempt material activity concentra- (1) Fixed contamination means con- tion values specified in § 173.436, or de- tamination that cannot be removed termined in accordance with the re- from a surface during normal condi- quirements of § 173.433. tions of transport. (5) Non-radioactive solid objects with (2) Non-fixed contamination means radioactive substances present on any contamination that can be removed surfaces in quantities not exceeding from a surface during normal condi- the threshold limits set forth in the tions of transport. definition of contamination in § 173.403. Conveyance means: [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (1) For transport by public highway amended at 69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR or rail: any transport vehicle or large 40610, July 11, 2014] freight container; § 173.403 Definitions. (2) For transport by water: any vessel, or any hold, compartment, or de- For purposes of this subpart— fined deck area of a vessel including A1 means the maximum activity of any transport vehicle on board the ves- special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- sel; and rial permitted in a Type A package. (3) For transport by aircraft, any air- This value is either listed in § 173.435 or craft. may be derived in accordance with the procedures prescribed in § 173.433. Criticality Safety Index (CSI) means a number (rounded up to the next tenth) A2 means the maximum activity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, other which is used to provide control over than special form material, LSA mate- the accumulation of packages, over- rial, and SCO, permitted in a Type A packs or freight containers containing package. This value is either listed in fissile material. The CSI for a package § 173.435 or may be derived in accord- containing fissile material is deter- ance with the procedures prescribed in mined in accordance with the instruc- § 173.433. tions provided in 10 CFR 71.22, 71.23, Class 7 (radioactive) material See the and 71.59. The CSI for an overpack, definition of Radioactive material in this freight container, consignment or con- section. veyance containing fissile material Closed transport vehicle means a trans- packages is the arithmetic sum of the port vehicle or conveyance equipped criticality safety indices of all the with a securely attached exterior en- fissile material packages contained closure that during normal transpor- within the overpack, freight container, tation restricts the access of unauthor- consignment or conveyance. ized persons to the cargo space con- Design means the description of a taining the Class 7 (radioactive) mate- special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials. The enclosure may be either tem- rial, a package, packaging, or LSA-III, porary or permanent, and in the case of that enables those items to be fully packaged materials may be of the ‘‘see- identified. The description may include through’’ type, and must limit access specifications, engineering drawings, from top, sides, and bottom. reports showing compliance with regu- Consignment means a package or latory requirements, and other rel- group of packages or load of radio- evant documentation. active material offered by a person for Deuterium means, for the purposes of transport in the same shipment. § 173.453, deuterium and any deuterium Containment system means the assem- compound, including heavy water, in bly of components of the packaging in- which the ratio of deuterium atoms to tended to retain the Class 7 (radio- hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000. active) material during transport. Exclusive use means sole use by a sin- Contamination means the presence of gle consignor of a conveyance for a radioactive substance on a surface in which all initial, intermediate, and

764

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00774 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

final loading and unloading and ship- lent content less than 5 parts per mil- ment are carried out in accordance lion and density greater than 1.5 grams with the direction of the consignor or per cubic centimeter. consignee where required by this sub- Highway route controlled quantity chapter. The consignor and the carrier means a quantity within a single pack- must ensure that any loading or un- age which exceeds:

loading is performed by personnel hav- (1) 3,000 times the A1 value of the ing radiological training and resources radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for appropriate for safe handling of the special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- consignment. The consignor must pro- rial; vide to the initial carrier specific writ- (2) 3,000 times the A2 value of the ten instructions for maintenance of ex- radionuclides as specified in § 173.435 for clusive use shipment controls, includ- normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma- ing the vehicle survey requirement of terial; or § 173.443(c) as applicable, and include (3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is these instructions with the shipping least. paper information provided to the car- Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) rier by the consignor. material means a quantity of Class 7 means either an ex- Exemption value (radioactive) material not exceeding empt material activity concentration the material’s package limits specified or an exempt consignment activity in § 173.425 and conforming with re- limit listed in the table in § 173.436, or quirements specified in § 173.421. determined according to the proce- Low Specific Activity (LSA) material dures described in § 173.433, and used to means Class 7 (radioactive) material determine whether a given physically with limited specific activity which is radioactive material is sufficiently ra- not fissile material or is excepted dioactive to be subject to the HMR (see under § 173.453, and which satisfies the definition of radioactive material). An descriptions and limits set forth below. exemption value is different from an Shielding material surrounding the exemption, as specified under the defi- LSA material may not be considered in nition for special permit in § 171.8 of determining the estimated average spe- this subchapter. cific activity of the LSA material. LSA Fissile material means plutonium-239, material must be in one of three plutonium-241, uranium-233, uranium- groups: 235, or any combination of these radionuclides. Fissile material means the (1) LSA–I: fissile nuclides themselves, not mate- (i) Uranium and thorium ores, con- rial containing fissile nuclides, but centrates of uranium and thorium ores, does not include: Unirradiated natural and other ores containing naturally oc- uranium or depleted uranium; and nat- curring radionuclides which are in- ural uranium or depleted uranium that tended to be processed for the use of has been irradiated in thermal reactors these radionuclides; or only. Certain exceptions for fissile ma- (ii) Natural uranium, depleted ura- terials are provided in § 173.453. nium, natural thorium or their com- Freight container means a reusable pounds or mixtures, provided they are container having a volume of 1.81 cubic unirradiated and in solid or liquid meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed form; or and constructed to permit it being lift- (iii) Radioactive material for which ed with its contents intact and in- the A2 value is unlimited; or tended primarily for containment of (iv) Other radioactive material in packages in unit form during transpor- which the activity is distributed tation. A ‘‘small freight container’’ is throughout and the estimated average one which has an internal volume of specific activity does not exceed 30 not more than 3.0 cubic meters (106 times the values for activity con- cubic feet). All other freight containers centration specified in § 173.436 or cal- are designated as ‘‘large freight con- culated in accordance with § 173.433, or tainers.’’ 30 times the default values listed in Graphite means, for the purposes of Table 8 of § 173.433. § 173.453, graphite with a boron equiva- (2) LSA–II:

765

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00775 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(i) Water with tritium concentration Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- up to 0.8 TBq/L (20.0 Ci/L); or rial means Class 7 (radioactive) which (ii) Other radioactive material in has not been demonstrated to qualify which the activity is distributed as ‘‘special form Class 7 (radioactive) throughout and the average specific ac- material.’’ ¥4 tivity does not exceed 10 A2/g for sol- Package means the packaging to- ¥5 ids and gases, and 10 A2/g for liquids. gether with its radioactive contents as (3) LSA–III. Solids (e.g., consolidated presented for transport. wastes, activated materials), excluding (1) ‘‘Excepted package’’ means a powders, that meet the requirements of packaging together with its excepted § 173.468 and in which: Class 7 (radioactive) materials as speci- (i) The radioactive material is distributed throughout a solid or a collec- fied in §§ 173.421–173.426 and 173.428. tion of solid objects, or is essentially (2) ‘‘Industrial package’’ means a uniformly distributed in a solid com- packaging that, together with its low pact binding agent (such as concrete, specific activity (LSA) material or sur- bitumen, ceramic, etc.); face contaminated object (SCO) con- (ii) The radioactive material is rel- tents, meets the requirements of atively insoluble, or it is intrinsically §§ 173.410 and 173.411. Industrial pack- contained in a relatively insoluble ma- ages are categorized in § 173.411 as ei- terial, so that, even under loss of pack- ther: aging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive) (i) ‘‘Industrial package Type 1 (Type material per package by leaching when IP–1); placed in water for seven days would (ii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 2 (Type not exceed 0.1 A2; and IP–2); or (iii) The estimated average specific (iii) ‘‘Industrial package Type 3 activity of the solid, excluding any (Type IP–3). shielding material, does not exceed 2 × (3) ‘‘Type A package’’ means a pack- 10¥3 A /g. 2 aging that, together with its radio- Low toxicity alpha emitters means nat- active contents limited to A ural uranium; depleted uranium; nat- 1 or A2 as ural thorium; uranium-235 or uranium- appropriate, meets the requirements of 238; thorium-232; thorium-228 and tho- §§ 173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to rium-230 when contained in ores or retain the integrity of containment physical and chemical concentrates; and shielding required by this part and alpha emitters with a half-life of under normal conditions of transport less than 10 days. as demonstrated by the tests set forth Maximum normal operating pressure in § 173.465 or § 173.466, as appropriate. A means the maximum gauge pressure Type A package does not require Com- that would develop in a containment petent Authority approval. system during a period of one year, in (4) ‘‘Type B package’’ means a pack- the absence of venting or cooling, aging designed to transport greater under the heat conditions specified in than an A1 or A2 quantity of radio- 10 CFR 71.71(c)(1). active material that, together with its Multilateral approval means approval radioactive contents, is designed to re- of a package design or shipment by the tain the integrity of containment and relevant Competent Authority of the shielding required by this part when country of origin and of each country subjected to the normal conditions of through or into which the package or transport and hypothetical accident shipment is to be transported. This def- test conditions set forth in 10 CFR part inition does not include approval from 71. a country over which Class 7 (radioactive) materials are carried in air- (i) ‘‘Type B(U) package’’ means a craft, if there is no scheduled stop in Type B packaging that, together with that country. its radioactive contents, for inter- Natural thorium means thorium with national shipments requires unilateral the naturally occurring distribution of approval only of the package design thorium isotopes (essentially 100 per- and of any stowage provisions that cent by weight of thorium-232). may be necessary for heat dissipation.

766

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00776 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.403

(ii) ‘‘Type B(M) package’’ means a TABLE 1—NEUTRON FLUENCE RATES TO BE RE- Type B packaging, together with its ra- GARDED AS EQUIVALENT TO A RADIATION dioactive contents, that for inter- LEVEL OF 0.01 mSv/h (1mrem/h) 1 national shipments requires multilat- Flux density eral approval of the package design, equivalent to 0.01 mSv/h and may require approval of the condi- (1 mrem/h) tions of shipment. Type B(M) packages Energy of neutron neutrons per square are those Type B package designs centimeter which have a maximum normal oper- per second 2 1 ating pressure of more than 700 kPa/ (n/cm /s) cm2 (100 lb/in2) gauge or a relief device Thermal (2.5 10E–8) MeV ...... 272.0 which would allow the release of Class 1 keV ...... 272.0 10 keV ...... 281.0 7 (radioactive) material to the environ- 100 keV ...... 47.0 ment under the hypothetical accident 500 keV ...... 11.0 1 MeV ...... 7.5 conditions specified in 10 CFR part 71. 5 MeV ...... 6.4 (5) ‘‘Fissile material package’’ means 10 MeV ...... 6.7 a packaging, together with its fissile 1 Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed material contents, which meets the rein this table may be obtained by linear interpolation. quirements for fissile material pack- Radioactive contents means a Class 7 ages described in subpart E of 10 CFR (radioactive) material, together with 71. A fissile material package may be a any contaminated or activated solids, Type AF package, a Type B(U)F pack- liquids and gases within the packaging. age, or a Type B(M)F package. Radioactive instrument or article means Packaging means, for Class 7 (radio- any manufactured instrument or arti- active) materials, the assembly of com- cle such as an instrument, clock, elec- ponents necessary to ensure compli- tronic tube or apparatus, or similar in- ance with the packaging requirements strument or article having Class 7 (ra- of this subpart. It may consist of one dioactive) material in gaseous or non- or more receptacles, absorbent mate- dispersible solid form as a component rials, spacing structures, thermal insu- part. lation, radiation shielding, service Radioactive material means any material containing radionuclides where equipment for filling, emptying, vent- both the activity concentration and ing and pressure relief, and devices for the total activity in the consignment cooling or absorbing mechanical exceed the values specified in the table shocks. The conveyance, tie-down sys- in § 173.436 or values derived according tem, and auxiliary equipment may to the instructions in § 173.433. sometimes be designated as part of the Special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- packaging. rial means either an indispersible solid Quality assurance means a systematic radioactive material or a sealed cap- program of controls and inspections ap- sule containing radioactive material plied by each person involved in the which satisfies the following condi- transport of radioactive material tions: which provides confidence that a stand- (1) It is either a single solid piece or ard of safety prescribed in this sub- a sealed capsule containing radioactive chapter is achieved in practice. material that can be opened only by Radiation level means the radiation destroying the capsule; dose-equivalent rate expressed in (2) The piece or capsule has at least millisieverts per hour or mSv/h one dimension not less than 5 mm (0.2 (millirems per hour or mrem/h). It con- in); and sists of the sum of the dose-equivalent (3) It satisfies the test requirements rates from all types of ionizing radi- of § 173.469. Special form encapsulations designed in accordance with the re- ation present including alpha, beta, quirements of § 173.389(g) in effect on gamma, and neutron radiation. Neu- June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR part 173, re- tron flux densities may be used to de- vised as of October 1, 1982), and con- termine neutron radiation levels ac- structed prior to July 1, 1985 and spe- cording to Table 1: cial form encapsulations designed in

767

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00777 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.403 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

accordance with the requirements of emitters, or 40 Bq/cm2 (10¥3 microcurie/ § 173.403 in effect on March 31, 1996 (see cm2) for all other alpha emitters; 49 CFR part 173, revised as of October 1, (ii) The fixed contamination on the 1995), and constructed prior to April 1, accessible surface averaged over 300 1997, may continue to be used. Any cm2 (or the area of the surface if less other special form encapsulation must than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 × 105 Bq/ meet the requirements of this para- cm2 (20 microcurie/cm2) for beta and graph (3). gamma and low toxicity alpha Specific activity of a radionuclide emitters, or 8 × 104 Bq/cm2 (2 micro- means the activity of the radionuclide curies/cm2) for all other alpha per unit mass of that nuclide. The spe- emitters; and cific activity of a material in which (iii) The non-fixed contamination the radionuclide is essentially uni- plus the fixed contamination on the in- formly distributed is the activity per accessible surface averaged over 300 unit mass of the material. cm2 (or the area of the surface if less Surface Contaminated Object (SCO) than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 × 105 Bq/ means a solid object which is not itself cm2 (20 microcuries/cm2) for beta and radioactive but which has radioactive gamma and low toxicity alpha material distributed on its surface. emitters, or 8 × 104 Bq/cm2 (2 micro- SCO exists in two phases: curies/cm2) for all other alpha (1) SCO-I: A solid object on which: emitters. (i) The non-fixed contamination on Transport index (TI) means the the accessible surface averaged over 300 dimensionless number (rounded up to cm2 (or the area of the surface if less the next tenth) placed on the label of a than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm2 package, to designate the degree of (10¥4 microcurie/cm2) for beta and control to be exercised by the carrier gamma and low toxicity alpha during transportation. The transport emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm2 (10¥5 index is determined by multiplying the microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha maximum radiation level in emitters; millisieverts (mSv) per hour at 1 m (3.3 (ii) The fixed contamination on the ft) from the external surface of the accessible surface averaged over 300 package by 100 (equivalent to the max- cm2 (or the area of the surface if less imum radiation level in millirem per than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 × 104 Bq/ hour at 1 m (3.3 ft)). cm2 (1.0 microcurie/cm2) for beta and Type A quantity means a quantity of gamma and low toxicity alpha Class 7 (radioactive) material, the ag- emitters, or 4 × 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1 gregate radioactivity which does not microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha exceed A1 for special form Class 7 (ra- emitters; and dioactive) material of A2 for normal (iii) The non-fixed contamination form Class 7 (radioactive) material, plus the fixed contamination on the in- where A1 and A2 values are given in accessible surface averaged over 300 § 173.435 or are determined in accord- cm2 (or the area of the surface if less ance with § 173.433. than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 × 104 Bq/ Type B quantity means a quantity of cm2 (1 microcurie/cm2) for beta and material greater than a Type A quan- gamma and low toxicity alpha tity. emitters, or 4 × 103 Bq/cm2 (0.1 Unilateral approval means approval of microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha a package design solely by the Com- emitters. petent Authority of the country of ori- (2) SCO-II: A solid object on which gin of the design. the limits for SCO-I are exceeded and Unirradiated thorium means thorium on which: containing not more than 10¥7 grams (i) The non-fixed contamination on uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232. the accessible surface averaged over 300 Unirradiated uranium means uranium cm2 (or the area of the surface if less containing not more than 2 × 103 Bq of than 300 cm2) does not exceed 400 Bq/ plutonium per gram of uranium-235, cm2 (10¥2 microcurie/cm2) for beta and not more than 9 × 106 Bq of fission prod- gamma and low toxicity alpha ucts per gram of uranium-235 and not

768

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00778 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.411

more than 5 × 10¥3 g of uranium-236 per (e) Each feature that is added to the gram of uranium-235. package will not reduce the safety of Uranium—natural, depleted or enriched the package. means the following: (f) The package will be capable of (1)(i) ‘‘Natural uranium’’ means ura- withstanding the effects of any accel- nium (which may be chemically sepa- eration, vibration or vibration reso- rated) containing the naturally occur- nance that may arise under normal ring distribution of uranium isotopes conditions of transport without any de- (approximately 99.28% uranium-238 and terioration in the effectiveness of the 0.72% uranium-235 by mass). closing devices on the various recep- (ii) ‘‘Depleted uranium’’ means ura- tacles or in the integrity of the pack- nium containing a lesser mass percentage as a whole and without loosening age of uranium-235 than in natural ura- or unintentionally releasing the nuts, nium. bolts, or other securing devices even (iii) ‘‘Enriched uranium’’ means ura- after repeated use (see §§ 173.24, 173.24a, nium containing a greater mass per- and 173.24b). centage of uranium-235 than 0.72%. (g) The materials of construction of (2) For each of these definitions, a the packaging and any components or very small mass percentage of ura- structure will be physically and chemi- nium-234 may be present. cally compatible with each other and with the package contents. The behav- [69 FR 3670, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55116, Sept. ior of the packaging and the package 13, 2004; 69 FR 58843, Oct. 1, 2004; 70 FR 56098, contents under irradiation will be Sept. 23, 2005; 70 FR 73165, Dec. 9, 2005; 79 FR taken into account. 40610, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015] (h) All valves through which the package contents could escape will be § 173.410 General design requirements. protected against unauthorized oper- In addition to the requirements of ation. subparts A and B of this part, each (i) For transport by air— package used for the shipment of Class (1) The temperature of the accessible 7 (radioactive) materials must be de- surfaces of the package will not exceed signed so that— 50 °C (122 °F) at an ambient tempera- (a) The package can be easily han- ture of 38 °C (100 °F) with no account dled and properly secured in or on a taken for insulation; conveyance during transport. (2) The integrity of containment will (b) Each lifting attachment that is a not be impaired if the package is ex- structural part of the package must be posed to ambient temperatures ranging designed with a minimum safety factor from ¥40 °C (¥40 °F) to + 55 °C (131 °F); of three against yielding when used to and lift the package in the intended man- (3) A package containing liquid con- ner, and it must be designed so that tents must be capable of withstanding, failure of any lifting attachment under without leakage, an internal pressure excessive load would not impair the that produces a pressure differential of ability of the package to meet other not less than the maximum normal op- requirements of this subpart. Any erating pressure plus 95 kPa (13.8 psi). other structural part of the package [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as which could be used to lift the package amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20750, May must be capable of being rendered inop- 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 79 FR 40611, erable for lifting the package during July 11, 2014] transport or must be designed with strength equivalent to that required § 173.411 Industrial packages. for lifting attachments. (a) General. Each industrial package (c) The external surface, as far as must comply with the requirements of practicable, will be free from pro- this section which specifies package truding features and will be easily de- tests, and record retention applicable contaminated. to Industrial Package Type 1 (Type IP– (d) The outer layer of packaging will 1), Industrial Package Type 2 (Type IP– avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or 2), and Industrial Package Type 3 crevices where water might collect. (Type IP–3).

769

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00779 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.411 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(b) Industrial package certification and (iii) It is designed so that any addi- tests. (1) Each Type IP–1 package must tional shielding which is provided must meet the general design requirements be capable of withstanding the static prescribed in § 173.410. and dynamic stresses resulting from (2) Each Type IP–2 package must handling and routine conditions of meet the general design requirements transport and of preventing more than prescribed in § 173.410 and when sub- a 20% increase in the maximum radi- jected to the tests specified in ation level at any external surface of § 173.465(c) and (d) or evaluated against the tanks. these tests by any of the methods au- (6) A freight container may be used thorized by § 173.461(a), must prevent: as Type IP–2 or Type IP–3 packages (i) Loss or dispersal of the radio- provided: active contents; and (i) The radioactive contents are re- (ii) A significant increase in the radi- stricted to solid materials; ation levels recorded or calculated at (ii) It meets the requirements for a the external surfaces for the condition Type IP–1 packages specified in para- before the test. graph (b)(1); and (3) Each Type IP–3 package must (iii) It meets the standards prescribed meet the requirements for Type IP–1 in the International Organization for and Type IP–2 packages, and must Standardization document ISO 1496–1: meet the requirements specified in ‘‘Series 1 Freight Containers—Speci- § 173.412(a) through (j). fications and Testing—Part 1: General (4) A portable tank may be used as a Cargo Containers; excluding dimen- Type IP–2 or Type IP–3 package pro- sions and ratings (IBR, see § 171.7 of this vided that: subchapter). It must be designed such (i) It meets the requirements for that if subjected to the tests prescribed Type IP–1 packages specified in para- in that document and the accelerations graph (b)(1); occurring during routine conditions of (ii) It meets the requirements pre- transport it would prevent: scribed in Chapter 6.7 of the United Na- (A) Loss or dispersal of the radio- tions Recommendations on the Trans- active contents; and port of Dangerous Goods, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), ‘‘Require- (B) More than a 20% increase in the ments for the Design, Construction, In- maximum radiation level at any exter- spection and Testing of Portable Tanks nal surface of the freight containers. and Multiple-Element Gas Containers (7) A metal intermediate bulk con- (MEGCs),’’ or other requirements at tainers may be used as a Type IP–2 or least equivalent to those standards; Type IP–3 package, provided: (iii) It is capable of withstanding a (i) It meets the requirements for a test pressure of 265 kPa (38.4 psia); and Type IP–1 package specified in para- (iv) It is designed so that any addi- graph (b)(1); and tional shielding which is provided must (ii) It meets the requirements pre- be capable of withstanding the static scribed in Chapter 6.5 of the United Na- and dynamic stresses resulting from tions Recommendations on the Trans- handling and routine conditions of port of Dangerous Goods, (IBR, see transport and of preventing more than § 171.7 of this subchapter), ‘‘Require- a 20% increase in the maximum radi- ments for the Construction and Testing ation level at any external surface of of Intermediate Bulk Containers,’’ for the portable tanks. Packing Group I or II, and if subjected (5) A cargo tank or a tank car may be to the tests prescribed in that docu- used as Type IP–2 or Type IP–3 package ment, but with the drop test conducted for transporting LSA–I and LSA–II liq- in the most damaging orientation, it uids and gases as prescribed in Table 6 would prevent: of § 173.427, provided that: (A) Loss or dispersal of the radio- (i) It meets the requirements for a active contents; and Type IP–1 package specified in para- (B) More than a 20% increase in the graph (b)(1); maximum radiation level at any exter- (ii) It is capable of withstanding a nal surface of the intermediate bulk test pressure of 265 kPa (38.4 psia); and container.

770

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00780 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.412

(c) Except for Type IP–1 packages, tion of gas by chemical reaction and each offeror of an industrial package radiolysis. must maintain on file for at least two (f) The containment system will re- years after the offeror’s latest ship- tain its radioactive contents under the ment, and must provide to the Asso- reduction of ambient pressure to 60 ciate Administrator on request, com- kPa (8.7 psia). plete documentation of tests and an en- (g) Each valve, other than a pressure gineering evaluation or comparative relief device, is provided with an enclo- data showing that the construction sure to retain any leakage. methods, package design, and mate- (h) Any radiation shield that encloses rials of construction comply with that a component of the packaging specified specification. as part of the containment system will [79 FR 40611, July 11, 2014] prevent the unintentional escape of that component from the shield. § 173.412 Additional design requirements for Type A packages. (i) Failure of any tie-down attachment that is a structural part of the In addition to meeting the general packaging, under both normal and ac- design requirements prescribed in cident conditions, must not impair the § 173.410, each Type A packaging must ability of the package to meet other be designed so that— requirements of this subpart. (a) The outside of the packaging incorporates a feature, such as a seal, (j) When evaluated against the per- that is not readily breakable, and that, formance requirements of this section while intact, is evidence that the pack- and the tests specified in § 173.465 or age has not been opened. In the case of using any of the methods authorized by packages shipped in closed transport § 173.461(a), the packaging will pre- vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo vent— compartment, instead of the individual (1) Loss or dispersal of the radio- packages, may be sealed. active contents; and (b) The smallest external dimension (2) A significant increase in the radi- of the package is not less than 10 cm (4 ation levels recorded or calculated at inches). the external surfaces for the condition (c) Containment and shielding is before the test. maintained during transportation and (k) Each packaging designed for liq- storage in a temperature range of ¥40 uids will— ° ¥ ° ° ° C ( 40 F) to 70 C (158 F). Special at- (1) Be designed to provide for ullage tention shall be given to liquid con- to accommodate variations in tempera- tents and to the potential degradation ture of the contents, dynamic effects of the packaging materials within the and filling dynamics; temperature range. (2) Meet the conditions prescribed in (d) The packaging must include a paragraph (j) of this section when sub- containment system securely closed by jected to the tests specified in § 173.466 a positive fastening device that cannot or evaluated against these tests by any be opened unintentionally or by pressure that may arise within the package of the methods authorized by during normal transport. Special form § 173.461(a); and Class 7 (radioactive) material, as dem- (3) Either— onstrated in accordance with § 173.469, (i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent may be considered as a component of material to absorb twice the volume of the containment system. If the con- the liquid contents. The absorbent ma- tainment system forms a separate unit terial must be compatible with the of the package, it must be securely package contents and suitably posi- closed by a positive fastening device tioned to contact the liquid in the that is independent of any other part of event of leakage; or the package. (ii) Have a containment system com- (e) For each component of the con- posed of primary inner and secondary tainment system account is taken, outer containment components de- where applicable, of radiolytic decom- signed to enclose the liquid contents position of materials and the genera- completely and ensure retention of the

771

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00781 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.413 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

liquid within the secondary outer com- testing, including date, place of test, ponent in the event that the primary signature of testers, a detailed descrip- inner component leaks. tion of each test performed including (l) Each package designed for gases, equipment used, and the damage to other than tritium not exceeding 40 each item of the containment system TBq (1080Ci) or noble gases not exceed- resulting from the tests, or ing the A2 value appropriate for the (ii) For any other demonstration of noble gas, will be able to prevent loss compliance with tests authorized in or dispersal of contents when the pack- § 173.461, a detailed analysis which age is subjected to the tests prescribed shows that, for the contents being in § 173.466 or evaluated against these shipped, the package meets the perti- tests by any of the methods authorized by § 173.461(a). nent design and performance requirements for a DOT 7A Type A specifica- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as tion package. amended by 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR (2) If the offeror has obtained the 57633, Oct. 6, 2003; 79 FR 40612, July 11, 2014] packaging from another person who § 173.413 Requirements for Type B meets the definition of ‘‘packaging packages. manufacturer’’ in § 178.350(c) of this Except as provided in § 173.416, each subchapter, a certification from the Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must packaging manufacturer that the pack- be designed and constructed to meet age meets all the requirements of the applicable requirements specified § 178.350 for the radioactive contents in 10 CFR part 71. presented for transport and a copy of documents maintained by the pack- § 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. aging manufacturer that meet the re- The following packages are author- quirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this ized for shipment if they do not con- section. tain quantities exceeding A1 or A2 as (b) Any other Type A packaging that appropriate: also meets the applicable standards for (a) DOT Specification 7A (see § 178.350 fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71 and of this subchapter) Type A general is used in accordance with § 173.471. packaging. Until January 1, 2017 each (c) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) offeror of a Specification 7A package packaging authorized pursuant to must maintain on file for at least one § 173.416. year after the latest shipment, and (d) Any foreign-made packaging that shall provide to DOT on request, com- meets the standards in the ’’ IAEA plete documentation of tests and an en- Regulations for the Safe Transport of gineering evaluation or comparative Radioactive Material, SSR–6’’ (IBR, see data showing that the construction § 171.7 of this subchapter) and bears the methods, packaging design, and mate- marking ‘‘Type A’’. Such packagings rials of construction comply with that may be used for domestic and export specification. After January 1, 2017 each offeror of a Specification 7A pack- shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) ma- age must maintain on file for at least terials provided the offeror obtains the two years after the offeror’s latest applicable documentation of tests and shipment, and shall provide to DOT on engineering evaluations and maintains request, one of the following: the documentation on file in accord- (1) A description of the package ance with paragraph (a) of this section. showing materials of construction, di- These packagings must conform with mensions, weight, closure and closure requirements of the country of origin materials (including gaskets, tape, (as indicated by the packaging mark- etc.) of each item of the containment ing) and the IAEA regulations applica- system, shielding and packing mate- ble to Type A packagings. rials used in normal transportation, [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as and the following: amended at 67 FR 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR (i) If the packaging is subjected to 75742, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; the physical tests of § 173.465, and if ap- 69 FR 55117, Sept. 13, 2004; 79 FR 40612, July plicable, § 173.466, documentation of 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]

772

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00782 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.417

§ 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. than A1 or A2 as appropriate, must be packaged in one of the following pack- Each of the following packages is au- agings: thorized for shipment of quantities ex- (1)(i) Any packaging listed in ceeding A or A , as appropriate: 1 2 § 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radio- (a) Any Type B(U) or Type B(M) active) materials specified in 10 CFR packaging that meets the applicable part 71, subpart C; requirements of 10 CFR part 71 and (ii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or that has been approved by the U.S. Nu- Type B(M)F packaging that meets the clear Regulatory Commission may be applicable standards for fissile mate- shipped pursuant to § 173.471. rial packages in 10 CFR part 71; or (b) Any Type B(U) or B(M) packaging (iii) Any Type AF, Type B(U)F, or that meets the applicable requirements Type B(M)F packaging that meets the in ‘‘IAEA Regulations for the Safe applicable requirements for fissile ma- Transport of Radioactive Material, terial packages in Section VI of the SSR–6’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- International Atomic Energy Agency chapter) and for which the foreign ‘‘Regulations for the Safe Transport of Competent Authority Certificate has Radioactive Material, SSR–6 (IBR, see been revalidated by DOT pursuant to § 171.7 of this subchapter),’’ and for § 173.473. These packagings are author- which the foreign Competent Author- ized only for export and import ship- ity certificate has been revalidated by ments. the U.S. Competent Authority, in ac- (c) A package approved by the U.S. cordance with § 173.473. These packages Nuclear Regulatory Commission under are authorized only for export and im- a special package authorization grant- port shipments. ed in accordance with 10 CFR 71.41(d) (2) A residual ‘‘heel’’ of enriched solid provided it is offered only for domestic uranium hexafluoride may be trans- transportation in accordance with the ported without a protective overpack requirements in § 173.471(b) and (c). in any metal cylinder that meets both [69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 the requirements of § 173.415 and FR 40612, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, § 178.350 of this subchapter for Speci- 2015] fication 7A Type A packaging, and the requirements of § 173.420 for packagings § 173.417 Authorized fissile materials containing greater than 0.1 kg of ura- packages. nium hexafluoride. Any such shipment (a) Except as provided in § 173.453, must be made in accordance with Table fissile materials containing not more 2, as follows:

TABLE 2—ALLOWABLE CONTENT OF URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE (UF6 ‘‘HEEL’’ IN A SPECIFICATION 7A CYLINDER)

Maximum cylinder di- Cylinder volume Maximum Ura- Maximum ‘‘Heel’’ weight per cylinder ameter nium 235-enrichment UF6 Uranium-235 Centi- Liters Cubic feet (weight) meters Inches percent kg lb kg lb

12.7 5 8.8 0.311 100.0 0.045 0.1 0.031 0.07 20.3 8 39.0 1.359 12.5 0.227 0.5 0.019 0.04 30.5 12 68.0 2.410 5.0 0.454 1.0 0.015 0.03 76.0 30 725.0 25.64 5.0 11.3 25.0 0.383 0.84 122.0 48 3,084.0 1 108.9 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 122.0 48 4,041.0 2 142.7 4.5 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 1 10 ton. 2 14 ton

(b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) mate- packaging of fissile materials in 10 rials with radioactive content exceed- CFR part 71, and is approved by the ing A1 or A2 must be packaged in one of U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission the following packagings: and used in accordance with § 173.471; (1) Type B(U), or Type B(M) pack- (2) Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging that meets the standards for aging that also meets the applicable

773

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00783 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.418 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

requirements for fissile material pack- § 173.419 Authorized packages—oxi- aging in Section VI of the Inter- dizing Class 7 (radioactive) mate- national Atomic Energy Agency ‘‘Reg- rials. ulations for the Safe Transport of Ra- (a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) dioactive Material, SSR–6,’’ and for material, as referenced in the § 172.101 which the foreign Competent Author- table of this subchapter, is authorized ity certificate has been revalidated by in quantities not exceeding an A2 per the U.S. Competent Authority in ac- package, in a DOT Specification 7A cordance with § 173.473. These pack- package provided that— agings are authorized only for import (1) The contents are: and export shipments. (i) Not fissile; (c) A package approved by the U.S. (ii) Packed in inside packagings of Nuclear Regulatory Commission under glass, metal or compatible plastic; and a special package authorization grant- (iii) Cushioned with a material that ed in accordance with 10 CFR 71.41(d) will not react with the contents; and provided it is offered only for domestic (2) The outside packaging is made of transportation in accordance with the wood, metal, or plastic. requirements in § 173.471(b) and (c). (b) The package must be capable of [69 FR 3673, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. meeting the applicable test require- 13, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40612, July 11, ments of § 173.465 without leakage of 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72928, Nov. contents. 23, 2015] (c) For shipment by air, the maximum quantity in any package may § 173.418 Authorized packages— not exceed 11.3 kg (25 pounds). pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials. [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001] Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as referenced in the § 172.101 § 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride table of this subchapter, in quantities (fissile, fissile excepted and non- not exceeding A2 per package must be fissile). transported in DOT Specification 7A (a) In addition to any other applica- packagings constructed of materials ble requirements of this subchapter, that will not react with, nor be decom- quantities greater than 0.1 kg of fissile, posed by, the contents. Contents of the fissile excepted or non-fissile uranium package must be— hexafluoride must be offered for trans- (a) In solid form and must not be portation as follows: fissile unless excepted by § 173.453; (1) Before initial filling and during (b) Contained in sealed and corrosion periodic inspection and test, pack- resistant receptacles with positive clo- agings must be cleaned in accordance sures (friction or slip-fit covers or stop- with American National Standard pers are not authorized); N14.1 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- (c) Free of water and contaminants chapter). that would increase the reactivity of (2) Packagings must be designed, fab- the material; and ricated, inspected, tested and marked (d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition in accordance with— during transport by either— (i) American National Standard N14.1 (1) Mixing with large volumes of in effect at the time the packaging was inerting materials, such as graphite, manufactured; or dry sand, or other suitable inerting (ii) [Reserved] material, or blended into a matrix of (iii) Section VIII of the ASME Code hardened concrete; or (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), (2) Filling the innermost receptacle provided the packaging— with an appropriate inert gas or liquid. (A) Was manufactured on or before (e) Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) June 30, 1987; materials transported by aircraft must (B) Conforms to the edition of the be packaged in Type B packages. ASME Code in effect at the time the [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as packaging was manufactured; amended at 68 FR 45038, July 31, 2003; 70 FR (C) Is used within its original design 56098, Sept. 23, 2005] limitations; and

774

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00784 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.421

(D) Has shell and head thicknesses (2) The conditions of §§ 173.24, 173.24a, that have not decreased below the min- and 173.421(a) and (d) are met. imum value specified in the following (e) For a package containing 0.1 kg or table: more of UF6, the proper shipping name Minimum thick- and UN number ‘‘Radioactive material, Packaging model ness; millimeters uranium hexafluoride, UN 2978’’ must (inches) be used for the transportation of non- 1S, 2S ...... 1.58 (0.062) fissile or fissile-excepted uranium 5A, 5B, 8A ...... 3.17 (0.125) hexafluoride and the proper shipping 12A, 12B ...... 4.76 (0.187) 30B ...... 7.93 (0.312) name and UN number ‘‘Radioactive 48A, F, X, and Y ...... 12.70 (0.500) material, uranium hexafluoride, fissile, 48T, O, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G ... 6.35 (0.250) UN 2977’’ must be used for the transport of fissile uranium hexafluoride. (3) Each package shall be designed so that it will: [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55118, Sept. (i) Withstand a hydraulic test at an 13, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40612, July 11, internal pressure of at least 1.4 MPa 2014; 80 FR 1162, Jan. 8, 2015; 80 FR 72928, Nov. (200 psig) without leakage; 23, 2015] (ii) Withstand the test specified in § 173.465(c) without loss or dispersal of § 173.421 Excepted packages for lim- the uranium hexafluoride; and ited quantities of Class 7 (radio- (iii) Withstand the test specified in 10 active) materials. CFR 71.73(c)(4) without rupture of the A Class 7 (radioactive) material with containment system. an activity per package which does not (4) Uranium hexafluoride must be in exceed the limited quantity package solid form. limits specified in Table 4 in § 173.425, (5) The volume of solid uranium and its packaging, are excepted from hexafluoride, except solid depleted ura- requirements in this subchapter for ° ° nium hexafluoride, at 20 C (68 F) may specification packaging, marking (ex- not exceed 61% of the certified volu- cept for the UN identification number metric capacity of the packaging. The marking requirement described in volume of solid depleted uranium § 173.422(a)), labeling, and if not a haz- hexafluoride at 20 °C (68 °F) may not ardous substance or hazardous waste, exceed 62% of the certified volumetric shipping papers, and the requirements capacity of the packaging. (6) The pressure in the package at 20 of this subpart if: °C (68 °F) must be less than 101.3 kPa (a) Each package meets the general (14.7 psia). design requirements of § 173.410; (b) Each packaging for uranium (b) The radiation level at any point hexafluoride must be periodically in- on the external surface of the package spected, tested, marked and otherwise does not exceed 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 mrem/ conform with the American National h); Standard N14.1. (c) The non-fixed contamination on (c) Each repair to a packaging for the external surface of the package uranium hexafluoride must be per- does not exceed the limits specified in formed in accordance with the Amer- § 173.443(a); ican National Standard N14.1. (d) The outside of the inner pack- (d) Uranium hexafluoride not exceed- aging or, if there is no inner packaging, ing the limits specified in the limited the outside of the packaging itself quantity package limits column of bears the marking ‘‘Radioactive;’’ table 4 in § 173.425 may be classified as (e) The package does not contain UN 3507, Uranium hexafluoride, radio- fissile material unless excepted by active material, excepted package, less than 0.1 kg (0.22 pounds) per package, § 173.453; and non-fissile or fissile-excepted, provided (f) The material is otherwise pre- that: pared for shipment as specified in ac- (1) The mass of uranium hexafluoride cordance with § 173.422. in the package is less than 0.1 kg (0.22 [79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014] pounds); and

775

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00785 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.422 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 173.422 Additional requirements for (2) The certificate requirements in excepted packages containing Class § 176.27 must be met. 7 (radioactive) materials. [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 An excepted package of Class 7 (ra- FR 40613, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, dioactive) material that is prepared for 2015; 85 FR 27897, May 11, 2020] shipment under the provisions of § 173.421, § 173.424, § 173.426, or § 173.428, or § 173.423 Requirements for multiple a small quantity of another hazard hazard limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials. class transported by highway or rail (as defined in § 173.4) which also meets (a) Except as provided in § 173.4, when the requirements of one of these sec- a limited quantity radioactive mate- tions, is not subject to any additional rial meets the definition of another requirements of this subchapter, except hazard class or division, it must be— for the following: (1) Classed for the additional hazard; (a) The outside of each package must (2) Packaged to conform with the re- be marked with: quirements specified in § 173.421(a) (1) The UN identification number for through (e) or § 173.424(a) through (g), the material preceded by the letters as appropriate; and UN, as shown in column (4) of the Haz- (3) Offered for transportation in ac- ardous Materials Table in § 172.101 of cordance with the requirements applicable to the hazard for which it is this subchapter; and classed. (2) The letters ‘‘RQ’’ on a non-bulk (b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radio- packaging containing a hazardous sub- active) material which is classed other stance. than Class 7 in accordance with this (b) Sections 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter is excepted from the re- subchapter, pertaining to the reporting quirements of §§ 173.422(a), 172.203(d), of incidents; and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if (c) Sections 174.750, 175.705, and the entry ‘‘Limited quantity radio- 176.710 of this subchapter (depending on active material’’ appears on the ship- the mode of transportation), pertaining ping paper in association with the to the reporting of decontamination; basic description. (d) The training requirements of subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter; [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015] (e) For a material that meets the definition of a hazardous substance or a § 173.424 Excepted packages for radio- hazardous waste, the shipping paper reactive instruments and articles. quirements of subpart C of part 172 of A radioactive instrument or article this subchapter, except that such ship- and its packaging are excepted from re- ments are not subject to shipping paper quirements in this subchapter for spec- requirements applicable to Class 7 (ra- ification packaging, labeling, marking dioactive) materials in §§ 172.202(a)(5), (except for the UN identification num- 172.202(a)(6), 172.203(d) and 172.204(c)(4); ber marking requirement described in and § 173.422(a)), and if not a hazardous sub- (f) For transportation by vessel— stance or hazardous waste, shipping pa- (1) The following information must pers and the requirements of this sub- be shown on a special transport docu- part if: ment such as a bill of lading, air way- (a) Each package meets the general bill, or other similar document: design requirements of § 173.410; (i) The UN identification number for (b) The activity of the instrument or the material preceded by the letters article does not exceed the relevant ‘‘UN’’, as shown in column (4) of the limit listed in Table 4 in § 173.425; Hazardous Materials Table in § 172.101 (c) The total activity per package of this subchapter; and does not exceed the relevant limit list- (ii) The name and address of the con- ed in Table 4 in § 173.425; signor and the consignee. (d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in) from any point on the external surface

776

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00786 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.426

of any unpackaged instrument or arti- external surface of the package does cle does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10 not exceed the limits specified in mrem/hour); § 173.443(a); (e) The active material is completely (h) Except as provided in § 173.426, the enclosed by non-active components (a package does not contain more than 15 device performing the sole function of g of uranium-235; and containing radioactive material shall (i) The package is otherwise prepared not be considered to be an instrument for shipment as specified in § 173.422. or manufactured article); (f) The radiation level at any point [69 FR 3675, Jan. 26, 2004] on the external surface of a package bearing the article or instrument does § 173.425 Table of activity limits—ex- not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/ cepted quantities and articles. hour), or, for exclusive use domestic The limits applicable to instruments, shipments, 0.02 mSv/hour (2 mrem/ articles, and limited quantities subject hour); to exceptions under §§ 173.421 and 173.424 (g) The nonfixed (removable) radio- are set forth in table 4 as follows: active surface contamination on the

TABLE 4—ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR LIMITED QUANTITIES, INSTRUMENTS, AND ARTICLES

Instruments and articles 1 Nature of contents Limits for each instru- Limited quantity package limits Package limits 1 ment or article 1

Solids: ¥2 ¥3 Special form ...... 10 A1 A1 10 A1 ¥2 ¥3 Normal form ...... 10 A2 A2 10 A2 Liquids: Tritiated water: <0.0037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci/L) ...... 37 TBq (1,000 Ci) 0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L 3.7 TBq (100 Ci) (0.1 Ci to 1.0 Ci/L). >0.037 TBq/L (1.0 Ci/L) ...... 0.037 TBq (1.0 Ci) ¥3 ¥1 ¥4 Other Liquids ...... 10 A2 10 A2 10 A2 Gases: 2 ¥2 ¥1 ¥2 Tritium ...... 2 × 10 A2 2 × 10 A2 2 × 10 A2 ¥3 ¥2 ¥3 Special form ...... 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 ¥3 ¥2 ¥3 Normal form ...... 10 A2 10 A2 10 A2 1 For mixtures of radionuclides see § 173.433(d). 2 These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20751, May 8, 1996; 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998; 65 FR 58630, Sept. 29, 2000; 66 FR 45383, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004]

§ 173.426 Excepted packages for arti- (a) Each package meets the general cles containing natural uranium or design requirements of § 173.410; thorium. (b) The outer surface of the uranium A manufactured article in which the or thorium is enclosed in an inactive sole Class 7 (radioactive) material con- sheath made of metal or other durable tent is natural uranium, unirradiated protective material; depleted uranium or natural thorium, (c) The conditions specified in and its packaging, are excepted from § 173.421 (b), (c) and (d) are met; and the requirements in this subchapter for (d) The article is otherwise prepared specification packaging, labeling, for shipment as specified in § 173.422. marking (except for the UN identifica- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as tion number marking requirement de- amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May scribed in § 173.422(a)), and if not a haz- 8, 1996; 69 FR 3676, Jan. 26, 2004; 80 FR 72928, ardous substance or hazardous waste, Nov. 23, 2015] shipping papers and the requirements of this subpart if:

777

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00787 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.427 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

§ 173.427 Transport requirements for sidiary hazard labeling required in low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 § 172.402(d). However, the exterior of (radioactive) material and surface each package or unpackaged Class 7 contaminated objects (SCO). (radioactive) material must be sten- (a) In addition to other applicable re- ciled or otherwise marked ‘‘RADIO- quirements specified in this sub- ACTIVE—LSA’’ or ‘‘RADIOACTIVE— chapter, LSA material and SCO must SCO’’, as appropriate, and packages or be transported in accordance with the unpackaged Class 7 (radioactive) mate- following conditions: rial that contain a hazardous substance (1) The external dose rate may not must be stenciled or otherwise marked exceed an external radiation level of 10 with the letters ‘‘RQ’’ in association mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 m (10 feet) from with the description in this paragraph the unshielded material; (a)(6)(vi); and (2) The quantity of LSA material and (vii) Transportation by aircraft is SCO transported in any single convey- prohibited except when transported in ance may not exceed the limits speci- an industrial package in accordance fied in Table 5; with Table 6 of this section, or in an (3) LSA material and SCO that are or authorized Type A or Type B package. contain fissile material must conform (b) Except as provided in paragraph to the applicable requirements of (c) or (d) of this section, LSA material § 173.453; and SCO must be packaged as follows: (4) Packaged and unpackaged Class 7 (1) In an industrial package (Type IP– (radioactive) materials must conform 1, Type IP–2 or Type IP–3; § 173.411), to the contamination control limits subject to the limitations of Table 6; specified in § 173.443; (2) In a DOT Specification 7A (5) External radiation levels may not (§ 178.350 of this subchapter) Type A exceed those specified in § 173.441; and package; (6) For LSA material and SCO con- (3) In any Type B(U) or B(M) pack- signed as exclusive use: aging authorized pursuant to § 173.416; (i) Shipments must be loaded by the (4) For domestic transportation of an consignor and unloaded by the con- exclusive use shipment that is less signee from the conveyance or freight than an A2 quantity, in a packaging container in which originally loaded; which meets the requirements of (ii) There may be no loose radio- § 173.410; or active material in the conveyance; (5) In portable tanks, cargo tanks and however, when the conveyance is the tank cars, as provided in § 173.411(b)(4) packaging, there may not be any leak- and (5), respectively. age of radioactive material from the (c) LSA–I material and SCO–I may be conveyance; transported unpackaged under the fol- (iii) Packaged and unpackaged Class lowing conditions: 7 (radioactive) material must be braced (1) All unpackaged material, other so as to prevent shifting of lading than ores containing only naturally oc- under conditions normally incident to curring radionuclides, must be trans- transportation; ported in such a manner that under (iv) Specific instructions for mainte- routine conditions of transport there nance of exclusive use shipment con- will be no escape of the radioactive trols shall be provided by the offeror to contents from the conveyance nor will the carrier. Such instructions must be there be any loss of shielding; included with the shipping paper infor- (2) Each conveyance must be under mation; exclusive use, except when only trans- (v) The shipment must be placarded porting SCO–I on which the contamina- in accordance with subpart F of part tion on the accessible and the inacces- 172 of this subchapter; sible surfaces is not greater than 4.0 (vi) For domestic transportation Bq/cm2 for beta and gamma emitters only, packaged and unpackaged Class 7 and low toxicity alpha emitters and 0.4 (radioactive) material containing less Bq/cm2 for all other alpha emitters; than an A2 quantity are excepted from (3) For SCO–I where it is reasonable the marking and labeling requirements to suspect that non-fixed contamina- of this subchapter, other than the sub- tion may exist on inaccessible surfaces

778

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00788 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.431

in excess of the values specified in subpart F of part 172 of this sub- paragraph (c)(2) of this section, meas- chapter. ures shall be taken to ensure that the (d) LSA material and SCO that ex- radioactive material is not released ceed the packaging limits in this sec- into the conveyance or to the environ- tion must be packaged in accordance ment; and with 10 CFR part 71. (4) The highway or rail conveyance (e) Tables 5 and 6 are as follows: must be placarded in accordance with

TABLE 5—CONVEYANCE ACTIVITY LIMITS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO

Activity limit for hold or com- Activity limit for conveyances partment of an inland water- Nature of material other than by inland waterway way conveyance

1. LSA–I ...... No limit ...... No limit. 2. LSA–II and LSA–III; Non-combustible solids ...... No limit ...... 100 A2. 3. LSA–II and LSA–III; Combustible solids and all liquids and 100 A2 ...... 10 A2. gases. 4. SCO ...... 100 A2 ...... 10 A2.

TABLE 6—INDUSTRIAL PACKAGE INTEGRITY REQUIREMENTS FOR LSA MATERIAL AND SCO

Industrial packaging type Contents Exclusive use shipment Non exclusive use shipment

1. LSA–I: Solid ...... Type IP–1 ...... Type IP–1. Liquid ...... Type IP–1 ...... Type IP–2. 2. LSA–II: Solid ...... Type IP–2 ...... Type IP–2. Liquid and gas ...... Type IP–2 ...... Type IP–3. 3. LSA–III ...... Type IP–2 ...... Type IP–3. 4. SCO–I ...... Type IP–1 ...... Type IP–1. 5. SCO–II ...... Type IP–2 ...... Type IP–2.

[79 FR 40613, July 11, 2014]

§ 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) (d) Internal contamination does not materials packaging. exceed 100 times the limits in A packaging which previously con- § 173.443(a); tained Class 7 (radioactive) materials (e) Any labels previously applied in and has been emptied of contents as far conformance with subpart E of part 172 as practical, is excepted from the ship- of this subchapter are removed, obliter- ping paper and marking (except for the ated, or covered and the ‘‘Empty’’ label UN identification number marking re- prescribed in § 172.450 of this subchapter quirement described in § 173.422(a)) re- is affixed to the packaging; and quirements of this subchapter, pro- (f) The packaging is prepared for vided that— shipment as specified in § 173.422. (a) The packaging meets the require- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as ments of § 173.421 (b), (c), and (e) of this amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20752, May subpart; 8, 1996; 64 FR 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 69 FR 3677, (b) The packaging is in unimpaired Jan. 26, 2004; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015] condition and is securely closed so that there will be no leakage of Class 7 (ra- § 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and dioactive) material under conditions Type B packages. normally incident to transportation; (a) Except for LSA material and SCO, (c) The outer surface of any uranium a Type A package may not contain a or thorium in its structure is covered quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- with an inactive sheath made of metal rials greater than A1 for special form or some other substantial material; Class 7 (radioactive) material or A2 for 779

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00789 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.433 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

normal form Class 7 (radioactive) ma- value to be applied will be those cor- terial as listed in § 173.435, or, for Class responding to the parent nuclide of 7 (radioactive) materials not listed in that chain. Otherwise, the parent and § 173.435, as determined in accordance daughter nuclides will be considered as with § 173.433. a mixture of different nuclides. (b) The limits on activity contained (d) Mixtures of radionuclides whose in a Type B(U) or Type B(M) package identities and respective activities are are those prescribed in §§ 173.416 and known must conform to the following 173.417, or in the applicable approval conditions: certificate under § 173.471, § 173.472 or (1) For special form Class 7 (radio- § 173.473. active) material, the activity which [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as may be transported in a Type A pack- amended at 69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004] age must satisfy:

§ 173.433 Requirements for deter- B(i) ≤ mining basic radionuclide values, ∑ 1 and for the listing of radionuclides i A1 (i) on shipping papers and labels. Where: (a) For individual radionuclides list- B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in speed in the table in § 173.435 and § 173.436: cial form; and A (i) is the A value for radionuclide i. (1) A1 and A2 values are given in the 1 1 table in § 173.435; and (2) For normal form Class 7 (radio- (2) Activity concentration exemption active) material, the activity which values and consignment activity ex- may be transported in a Type A pack- emption values are given in the table age must satisfy: in § 173.436. (b) For individual radionuclides C(j) which are not listed in the tables in ∑ ≤ 1 § 173.435 or § 173.436 or for which no rel- j A2 (j) evant data are available: Where: (1) the radionuclide values in Tables 7 C(j) is the activity of radionuclide j in nor- or 8 of this section may be used; or mal form; and (2) other basic radionuclide values A2(j) is the A2 value for radionuclide j. may be used provided they are first ap- (3) If the package contains both spe- proved by the Associate Administrator cial and normal form Class 7 (radio- or, for international transport, multi- active) material, the activity which lateral approval is obtained from the may be transported in a Type A pack- pertinent Competent Authorities. age must satisfy: (c) In calculating A1 and A2 values for approval in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section: (1) It is permissible to use an A2 value calculated using a dose coefficient for the appropriate lung absorp- Where: tion type, as recommended by the The symbols are defined as in paragraphs International Commission on Radio- (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section.

logical Protection, if the chemical (4) Alternatively, the A1 value for a forms of each radionuclide under both mixture of special form material may normal and accident conditions of be determined as follows: transport are taken into consideration. (2) A single radioactive decay chain 1 A for mixture = in which the radionuclides are present 1 f(i) in their naturally-occurring propor- ∑ tions, and in which no daughter nuclide i A1()i has a half life either longer than 10 Where: days or longer than that of the parent f(i) is the fraction of activity for radionuclide, will be considered as a single nuclide i in the mixture; and radionuclide, and the activity to be A1(i) is the appropriate A1 value for radio- taken into account and the A1 or A2 nuclide i. 780

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00790 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26JA04.001 ER26JA04.002 ER11JY14.096 ER26JA04.004 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.433

(5) Alternatively, the A2 value for Where: mixtures of normal form material may f(i) is the fraction of activity for normal be determined as follows: form radionuclide i in the mixture; and A2(i) is the appropriate A2 value for radio- 1 nuclide i. A for mixture = 2 f(i) (6) The exempt activity concentra- ∑ tion for mixtures of nuclides may be i A2 ()i determined as follows:

1 Exempt activity concentration limit for mixture = ∑ fi() i []()Ai

Where: (7) The activity limit for an exempt f(i) is the fraction of activity concentration consignment for mixtures of nuclides of nuclide i in the mixture; and [A](i) is may be determined as follows: the activity concentration for exempt material containing nuclide i.

1 Exempt consignment activity limit for mixture = ∑ f(i) i Ai()

Where: graphs (d)(6) and (d)(7) of this section. f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in Groups may be based on the total alpha the mixture; and activity and the total beta/gamma ac- A(i) is the activity limit for exempt consign- tivity when these are known, using the ments for nuclide i. lowest [A] or A values for the alpha (e) When the identity of each nuclide emitters or beta/gamma emitters, re- is known but the individual activities spectively. of some of the radionuclides are not (g) Shipping papers and labeling. For known, the radionuclides may be mixtures of radionuclides, the radio- grouped and the lowest A1 or A2 value, nuclides (n) that must be shown on as appropriate, for the radionuclides in shipping papers and labels in accord- each group may be used in applying the ance with §§ 172.203 and 172.403 of this formulas in paragraphs (d)(1) through subchapter, respectively, must be de- (d)(5) of this section. Groups may be termined on the basis of the following based on the total alpha activity and formula: the total beta/gamma activity when n n+m these are known, using the lowest A1 or a a (i) ≥ (i) A2 values for the alpha emitters or ∑ 095. ∑ beta/gamma emitters, respectively. i=1 A(i) i=1 A(i) (f) When the identity of each nuclide Where: is known but the individual activities n + m represents all the radionuclides in the of some of the radionuclides are not mixture; known, the radionuclides may be m are the radionuclides that do not need to grouped and the lowest [A] (activity be considered; concentration for exempt material) or a(i) is the activity of radionuclide i in the A (activity limit for exempt consign- mixture; and ment) value, as appropriate, for the A(i) is the A1 or A2 value, as appropriate for radionuclides in each group may be radionuclide i. used in applying the formulas in para- (h) Tables 7 and 8 are as follows:

781

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00791 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER26JA04.005 ER13se04.013 ER26JA04.007 ER26JA04.008 § 173.434 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

TABLE 7—GENERAL VALUES FOR A1 AND A2

A1 A2 Radioactive contents (TBq) (Ci) (TBq) (Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10° 2 × 10¥2 5.4 × 10¥1 2. Alpha emitting nuclides, but no beta, gamma, or neutron emitters, are known to be present 1 ...... 2 × 10¥1 5.4 × 100 9 × 10¥5 2.4 × 10¥3 3. Neutron emitting nuclides are known to be present or no relevant data are available ...... 1 × 10¥3 2.7 × 10¥2 9 × 10¥5 2.4 × 10¥3

1 If beta or gamma emitting nuclides are also known to be present, the A1 value of 0.1 TBq (2.7 Ci) should be used.

TABLE 8—GENERAL EXEMPTION VALUES

Activity concentration for Activity limits for exempt Radioactive contents exempt material consignments (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

1. Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ...... 1 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 2. Alpha emitting nuclides, but no neutron emitters, are known to be present ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 3. Neutron emitting nuclides are known to be present or no relevant data are available ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8

[69 FR 3677, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40614, July 11, 2014]

§ 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium. The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are as follows:

Specific activity Thorium and uranium enrichment 1(Wt% 235 U present) TBq/gram Grams/Tbq Ci/gram Grams/Ci

0.45 (depleted) ...... 1.9 × 10¥8 5.4 × 107 5.0 × 10¥7 2.0 × 106 0.72 (natural) ...... 2.6 × 10¥8 3.8 × 107 7.1 × 10¥7 1.4 × 106 1.0 ...... 2.8 × 10¥8 3.6 × 107 7.6 × 10¥7 1.3 × 106 1.5 ...... 3.7 × 10¥8 2.7 × 107 1.0 × 10¥6 1.0 × 106 5.0 ...... 1.0 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥6 3.7 × 105 10.0 ...... 1.8 × 10¥7 5.6 × 106 4.8 × 10¥6 2.1 × 105 20.0 ...... 3.7 × 10¥7 2.7 × 106 1.0 × 10¥5 1.0 × 105 35.0 ...... 7.4 × 10¥7 1.4 × 106 2.0 × 10¥5 5.0 × 104 50.0 ...... 9.3 × 10¥7 1.1 × 106 2.5 × 10¥5 4.0 × 104 90.0 ...... 2.1 × 10¥6 4.7 × 105 5.8 × 10¥5 1.7 × 104 93.0 ...... 2.6 × 10¥6 3.9 × 105 7.0 × 10¥5 1.4 × 104 95.0 ...... 3.4 × 10¥6 3.0 × 105 9.1 × 10¥5 1.1 × 104 Natural thorium ...... 8.1 × 10¥9 1.2 × 108 2.2 × 10¥7 4.6 × 106 1 The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrichment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228.

[Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended by 63 FR 52849, Oct. 1, 1998]

§ 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides.

The table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides is as follows:

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ac-225 (a) ...... Actinium (89) ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 2.1 × 103 5.8 × 104 10¥1 10¥3 10¥1 Ac-227 (a) ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 9.0 × 2.4 × 2.7 7.2 × 101 10¥1 10¥5 10¥3 Ac-228 ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 8.4 × 104 2.2 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Ag-105 ...... Silver (47) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 104 Ag-108m (a) ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 9.7 × 10¥1 2.6 × 101 10¥1 10¥1

782

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00792 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ag-110m (a) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.8 × 102 4.7 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Ag-111 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 5.8 × 103 1.6 × 105 10¥1 Al-26 ...... Aluminum (13) ...... 1.0 × 2.7 1.0 × 2.7 7.0 × 10¥4 1.9 × 10¥2 10¥1 10¥1 Am-241 ...... Americium (95) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 1.3 × 10¥1 3.4 10¥3 10¥2 Am-242m (a) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 3.6 × 10¥1 1.0 × 101 10¥3 10¥2 Am-243 (a) ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 7.4 × 10¥3 2.0 × 10¥1 10¥3 10¥2 Ar-37 ...... Argon (18) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.7 × 103 9.9 × 104 Ar-39 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.3 3.4 × 101 Ar-41 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.5 × 106 4.2 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 As-72 ...... Arsenic (33) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 6.2 × 104 1.7 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 As-73 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 8.2 × 102 2.2 × 104 As-74 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 3.7 × 103 9.9 × 104 10¥1 As-76 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 5.8 × 104 1.6 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 As-77 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 3.9 × 104 1.0 × 106 10¥1 At-211 (a) ...... Astatine (85) ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 7.6 × 104 2.1 × 106 10¥1 Au-193 ...... Gold (79) ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 3.4 × 104 9.2 × 105 Au-194 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.5 × 104 4.1 × 105 Au-195 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 6.0 1.6 × 102 1.4 × 102 3.7 × 103 Au-198 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 9.0 × 103 2.4 × 105 10¥1 Au-199 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 7.7 × 103 2.1 × 105 10¥1 Ba-131 (a) ...... Barium (56) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 3.1 × 103 8.4 × 104 Ba-133 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 9.4 2.6 × 102 Ba-133m ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.2 × 104 6.1 × 105 10¥1 Ba-140 (a) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 3.0 × 8.1 2.7 × 103 7.3 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Be-7 ...... Beryllium (4) ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.3 × 104 3.5 × 105 Be-10 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 8.3 × 10¥4 2.2 × 10¥2 10¥1 Bi-205 ...... Bismuth (83) ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 1.5 × 103 4.2 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Bi-206 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 3.8 × 103 1.0 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Bi-207 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 1.9 5.2 × 101 10¥1 10¥1 Bi-210 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 4.6 × 103 1.2 × 105 10¥1 Bi-210m (a) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.0 × 5.4 × 2.1 × 10¥5 5.7 × 10¥4 10¥1 10¥2 10¥1 Bi-212 (a) ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 5.4 × 105 1.5 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Bk-247 ...... Berkelium (97) ...... 8.0 2.2 × 102 8.0 × 2.2 × 3.8 × 10¥2 1.0 10¥4 10¥2 Bk-249 (a) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 8.1 6.1 × 101 1.6 × 103 10¥1 Br-76 ...... Bromine (35) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 9.4 × 104 2.5 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Br-77 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 2.6 × 104 7.1 × 105 Br-82 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 104 1.1 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 C-11 ...... Carbon (6) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.1 × 107 8.4 × 108 10¥1 C-14 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.6 × 10¥1 4.5 Ca-41 ...... Calcium (20)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.1 × 10¥3 8.5 × 10¥2 Ca-45 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.6 × 102 1.8 × 104 Ca-47 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 × 8.1 2.3 × 104 6.1 × 105 10¥1 Cd-109 ...... Cadmium (48) ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 9.6 × 101 2.6 × 103

783

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00793 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Cd-113m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 8.3 2.2 × 102 10¥1 Cd-115 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.9 × 104 5.1 × 105 10¥1 Cd-115m ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 9.4 × 102 2.5 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Ce-139 ...... Cerium (58) ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.5 × 102 6.8 × 103 Ce-141 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.8 × 104 10¥1 Ce-143 ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.5 × 104 6.6 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Ce-144 (a) ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 1.2 × 102 3.2 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Cf-248 ...... Californium (98) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 × 5.8 × 101 1.6 × 103 10¥3 10¥1 Cf-249 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 8.0 × 2.2 × 1.5 × 10¥1 4.1 10¥4 10¥2 Cf-250 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 5.4 × 4.0 1.1 × 102 10¥3 10¥2 Cf-251 ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 5.9 × 10¥2 1.6 10¥4 10¥2 Cf-252 ...... 1 × 10¥1 2.7 3.0 × 8.1 × 2.0 × 10 1 5.4 × 10 2 10¥3 10¥2 Cf-253 (a) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 1.1 1.1 × 103 2.9 × 104 10¥2 Cf-254 ...... 1.0 × 2.7 × 1.0 × 2.7 × 3.1 × 102 8.5 × 103 10¥3 10¥2 10¥3 10¥2 Cl-36 ...... Chlorine (17) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.2 × 10¥3 3.3 × 10¥2 10¥1 Cl-38 ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 4.9 × 106 1.3 × 108 10¥1 10¥1 Cm-240 ...... Curium (96) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 × 7.5 × 102 2.0 × 104 10¥2 10¥1 Cm-241 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.1 × 102 1.7 × 104 Cm-242 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 × 2.7 × 1.2 × 102 3.3 × 103 10¥2 10¥1 Cm-243 ...... 9.0 2.4 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 1.9 5.2 × 101 10¥3 10¥2 Cm-244 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 5.4 × 3.0 8.1 × 101 10¥3 10¥2 Cm-245 ...... 9.0 2.4 × 102 9.0 × 2.4 × 6.4 × 10¥3 1.7 × 10¥1 10¥4 10¥2 Cm-246 ...... 9.0 2.4 × 102 9.0 × 2.4 × 1.1 × 10¥2 3.1 × 10¥1 10¥4 10¥2 Cm-247 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.0 × 2.7 × 3.4 × 10¥6 9.3 × 10¥5 10¥3 10¥2 Cm-248 ...... 2.0 × 5.4 × 3.0 × 8.1 × 1.6 × 10¥4 4.2 × 10¥3 10¥2 10¥1 10¥4 10¥3 Co-55 ...... Cobalt (27) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 1.1 × 105 3.1 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Co-56 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Co-57 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 3.1 × 102 8.4 × 103 Co-58 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.2 × 103 3.2 × 104 Co-58m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.2 × 105 5.9 × 106 Co-60 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.2 × 101 1.1 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Cr-51 ...... Chromium (24) ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.4 × 103 9.2 × 104 Cs-129 ...... Cesium (55) ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 4.0 1.1 × 102 2.8 × 104 7.6 × 105 Cs-131 ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.8 × 103 1.0 × 105 Cs-132 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 5.7 × 103 1.5 × 105 Cs-134 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 4.8 × 101 1.3 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Cs-134m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.0 × 105 8.0 × 106 10¥1 Cs-135 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 2.7 × 101 4.3 × 10¥5 1.2 × 10¥3 Cs-136 ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 2.7 × 103 7.3 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Cs-137 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.2 8.7 × 101 10¥1 Cu-64 ...... Copper (29) ...... 6.0 1.6 × 102 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.4 × 105 3.9 × 106 Cu-67 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 2.8 × 104 7.6 × 105 10¥1

784

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00794 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Dy-159 ...... Dysprosium (66) ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.1 × 102 5.7 × 103 Dy-165 ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.0 × 105 8.2 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Dy-166 (a) ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 3.0 × 8.1 8.6 × 103 2.3 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Er-169 ...... Erbium (68) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 2.7 × 101 3.1 × 103 8.3 × 104 Er-171 ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 9.0 × 104 2.4 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Eu-147 ...... Europium (63) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.4 × 103 3.7 × 104 Eu-148 ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 6.0 × 102 1.6 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Eu-149 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 3.5 × 102 9.4 × 103 Eu-150 (short lived) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.1 × 104 1.6 × 106 10¥1 Eu-150 (long lived) ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.1 × 104 1.6 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Eu-152 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.5 1.8 × 102 Eu-152m ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 8.2 × 104 2.2 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Eu-154 ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 9.8 2.6 × 102 10¥1 10¥1 Eu-155 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.8 × 101 4.9 × 102 Eu-156 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 2.0 × 103 5.5 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 F-18 ...... Fluorine (9) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.5 × 106 9.5 × 107 10¥1 Fe-52 (a) ...... Iron (26) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 2.7 × 105 7.3 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Fe-55 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 8.8 × 101 2.4 × 103 Fe-59 ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 1.8 × 103 5.0 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Fe-60 (a) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 7.4 × 10¥4 2.0 × 10¥2 10¥1 Ga-67 ...... Gallium (31) ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 2.2 × 104 6.0 × 105 Ga-68 ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 1.5 × 106 4.1 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Ga-72 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.1 × 105 3.1 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Gd-146 (a) ...... Gadolinium (64) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 6.9 × 102 1.9 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Gd-148 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 5.4 × 1.2 3.2 × 101 10¥3 10¥2 Gd-153 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 9.0 2.4 × 102 1.3 × 102 3.5 × 103 Gd-159 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.9 × 104 1.1 × 106 10¥1 Ge-68 (a) ...... Germanium (32) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 2.6 × 102 7.1 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Ge-71 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 5.8 × 103 1.6 × 105 Ge-77 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.3 × 105 3.6 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Hf-172 (a) ...... Hafnium (72) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 4.1 × 101 1.1 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Hf-175 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.9 × 102 1.1 × 104 Hf-181 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 6.3 × 102 1.7 × 104 10¥1 Hf-182 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1 × 10¥6 2.2 × 10¥4 Hg-194 (a) ...... Mercury (80) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.3 × 10¥1 3.5 Hg-195m (a) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 1.5 × 104 4.0 × 105 10¥1 Hg-197 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 9.2 × 103 2.5 × 105 Hg-197m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 2.5 × 104 6.7 × 105 10¥1 Hg-203 ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 1.0 2.7 × 101 5.1 × 102 1.4 × 104 Ho-166 ...... Holmium (67) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 2.6 × 104 7.0 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Ho-166m ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 6.6 × 10¥2 1.8 10¥1 10¥1 I-123 ...... Iodine (53) ...... 6.0 1.6 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 7.1 × 104 1.9 × 106 I-124 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 9.3 × 103 2.5 × 105 I-125 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.4 × 102 1.7 × 104 I-126 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 2.9 × 103 8.0 × 104 I-129 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.5 × 10¥6 1.8 × 10¥4

785

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00795 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

I-131 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 4.6 × 103 1.2 × 105 10¥1 I-132 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 3.8 × 105 1.0 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 I-133 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 4.2 × 104 1.1 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 I-134 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 9.9 × 105 2.7 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 I-135 (a) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.3 × 105 3.5 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 In-111 ...... Indium (49) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.5 × 104 4.2 × 105 In-113m ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.2 × 105 1.7 × 107 In-114m (a) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 8.6 × 102 2.3 × 104 10¥1 In-115m ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 1.0 2.7 × 101 2.2 × 105 6.1 × 106 Ir-189 (a) ...... Iridium (77) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.9 × 103 5.2 × 104 Ir-190 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 2.3 × 103 6.2 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Ir-192 (c) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.4 × 102 9.2 × 103 10¥1 Ir-194 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 3.1 × 104 8.4 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 K-40 ...... Potassium (19) ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 2.4 × 10¥7 6.4 × 10¥6 10¥1 10¥1 K-42 ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 2.2 × 105 6.0 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 K-43 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.2 × 105 3.3 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Kr-79 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 4.0 × 10 0 1.1 × 10 2 2.0 × 10 0 5.4 × 10 1 4.2 × 10 4 1.1 × 10 6 Kr-81 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 7.8 × 10¥4 2.1 × 10¥2 Kr-85 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.5 × 101 3.9 × 102 Kr-85m ...... 8.0 2.2 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 × 105 8.2 × 106 Kr-87 ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 1.0 × 106 2.8 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 La-137 ...... Lanthanum (57) ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 6.0 1.6 × 102 1.6 × 10¥3 4.4 × 10¥2 La-140 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 2.1 × 104 5.6 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Lu-172 ...... Lutetium (71) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 4.2 × 103 1.1 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Lu-173 ...... 8.0 2.2 × 102 8.0 2.2 × 102 5.6 × 101 1.5 × 103 Lu-174 ...... 9.0 2.4 × 102 9.0 2.4 × 102 2.3 × 101 6.2 × 102 Lu-174m ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 2.0 × 102 5.3 × 103 Lu-177 ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 4.1 × 103 1.1 × 105 10¥1 Mg-28 (a) ...... Magnesium (12) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 2.0 × 105 5.4 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Mn-52 ...... Manganese (25) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.6 × 104 4.4 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Mn-53 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.8 × 10¥5 1.8 × 10¥3 Mn-54 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 2.9 × 102 7.7 × 103 Mn-56 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 8.0 × 105 2.2 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Mo-93 ...... Molybdenum (42) ..... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 4.1 × 10¥2 1.1 Mo-99(a)(i) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10 1 6.0 × 1.6 × 10 1 1.8 × 10 4 4.8 × 10 5 10¥1 N-13 ...... Nitrogen (7) ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 5.4 × 107 1.5 × 109 10¥1 10¥1 Na-22 ...... Sodium (11) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 2.3 × 102 6.3 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Na-24 ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 3.2 × 105 8.7 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Nb-93m ...... Niobium (41) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 8.8 2.4 × 102 Nb-94 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.9 × 10¥3 1.9 × 10¥1 10¥1 10¥1 Nb-95 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.5 × 103 3.9 × 104 Nb-97 ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 9.9 × 105 2.7 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Nd-147 ...... Neodymium (60) ...... 6.0 1.6 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.0 × 103 8.1 × 104 10¥1 Nd-149 ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 4.5 × 105 1.2 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Ni-59 ...... Nickel (28)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.0 × 10¥3 8.0 × 10¥2

786

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00796 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Ni-63 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 2.1 5.7 × 101 Ni-65 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 7.1 × 105 1.9 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Np-235 ...... Neptunium (93) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 5.2 × 101 1.4 × 103 Np-236 (short-lived) ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 4.7 × 10¥4 1.3 × 10¥2 Np-236 (long-lived) ...... 9.0 × 100 2.4 × 102 2.0 × 5.4 × 4.7 × 10¥4 1.3 × 10¥2 10¥2 10¥1 Np-237 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 5.4 × 2.6 × 10¥5 7.1 × 10¥4 10¥3 10¥2 Np-239 ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 8.6 × 103 2.3 × 105 10¥1 Os-185 ...... Osmium (76) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 2.8 × 102 7.5 × 103 Os-191 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.6 × 103 4.4 × 104 Os-191m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 4.6 × 104 1.3 × 106 Os-193 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.0 × 104 5.3 × 105 10¥1 Os-194 (a) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.1 × 101 3.1 × 102 10¥1 10¥1 P-32 ...... Phosphorus (15) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 1.1 × 104 2.9 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 P-33 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 2.7 × 101 5.8 × 103 1.6 × 105 Pa-230 (a) ...... Protactinium (91) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 1.2 × 103 3.3 × 104 10¥2 Pa-231 ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 4.0 × 1.1 × 1.7 × 10¥3 4.7 × 10¥2 10¥4 10¥2 Pa-233 ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.7 × 102 2.1 × 104 10¥1 Pb-201 ...... Lead (82) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.2 × 104 1.7 × 106 Pb-202 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.2 × 10¥4 3.4 × 10¥3 Pb-203 ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.1 × 104 3.0 × 105 Pb-205 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.5 × 10¥6 1.2 × 10¥4 Pb-210 (a) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 2.8 7.6 × 101 10¥2 Pb-212 (a) ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 2.0 × 5.4 5.1 × 104 1.4 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Pd-103 (a) ...... Palladium (46) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.8 × 103 7.5 × 104 Pd-107 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.9 × 10¥5 5.1 × 10¥4 Pd-109 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 7.9 × 104 2.1 × 106 10¥1 Pm-143 ...... Promethium (61) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.3 × 102 3.4 × 103 Pm-144 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 9.2 × 101 2.5 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Pm-145 ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 5.2 1.4 × 102 Pm-147 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 5.4 × 101 3.4 × 101 9.3 × 102 Pm-148m (a) ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 7.9 × 102 2.1 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Pm-149 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.5 × 104 4.0 × 105 10¥1 Pm-151 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.7 × 104 7.3 × 105 10¥1 Po-210 ...... Polonium (84) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 × 1.7 × 102 4.5 × 103 10¥2 10¥1 Pr-142 ...... Praseodymium (59) .. 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.3 × 104 1.2 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Pr-143 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.5 × 103 6.7 × 104 10¥1 Pt-188 (a) ...... Platinum (78) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 2.5 × 103 6.8 × 104 10¥1 Pt-191 ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 8.7 × 103 2.4 × 105 Pt-193 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.4 3.7 × 101 Pt-193m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.8 × 103 1.6 × 105 10¥1 Pt-195m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 6.2 × 103 1.7 × 105 10¥1 Pt-197 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.2 × 104 8.7 × 105 10¥1 Pt-197m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.7 × 105 1.0 × 107 10¥1 Pu-236 ...... Plutonium (94) ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.0 × 8.1 × 2.0 × 101 5.3 × 102 10¥3 10¥2 Pu-237 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 4.5 × 102 1.2 × 104 Pu-238 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 6.3 × 10¥1 1.7 × 101 10¥3 10¥2

787

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00797 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Pu-239 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 2.3 × 10¥3 6.2 × 10¥2 10¥3 10¥2 Pu-240 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 8.4 × 10¥3 2.3 × 10¥1 10¥3 10¥2 Pu-241 (a) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 3.8 1.0 × 102 10¥2 Pu-242 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 1.5 × 10¥4 3.9 × 10¥3 10¥3 10¥2 Pu-244 (a) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.0 × 2.7 × 6.7 × 10¥7 1.8 × 10¥5 10¥1 10¥3 10¥2 Ra-223 (a) ...... Radium (88) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 1.9 × 103 5.1 × 104 10¥1 10¥3 10¥1 Ra-224 (a) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 2.0 × 5.4 × 5.9 × 103 1.6 × 105 10¥1 10¥2 10¥1 Ra-225 (a) ...... 2.0 × 5.4 4.0 × 1.1 × 1.5 × 103 3.9 × 104 10¥1 10¥3 10¥1 Ra-226 (a) ...... 2.0 × 5.4 3.0 × 8.1 × 3.7 × 10¥2 1.0 10¥1 10¥3 10¥2 Ra-228 (a) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.0 × 5.4 × 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 10¥1 10¥2 10¥1 Rb-81 ...... Rubidium (37) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 3.1 × 105 8.4 × 106 10¥1 Rb-83 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.8 × 102 1.8 × 104 Rb-84 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.8 × 103 4.7 × 104 Rb-86 ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 3.0 × 103 8.1 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Rb-87 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 3.2 × 10¥9 8.6 × 10¥8 Rb(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 6.7 × 106 1.8 × 108 Re-184 ...... Rhenium (75) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.9 × 102 1.9 × 104 Re-184m ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.6 × 102 4.3 × 103 Re-186 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.9 × 103 1.9 × 105 10¥1 Re-187 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.4 × 10¥9 3.8 × 10¥8 Re-188 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 3.6 × 104 9.8 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Re-189 (a) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.5 × 104 6.8 × 105 10¥1 Re(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 0.0 2.4 × 10¥8 Rh-99 ...... Rhodium (45) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 3.0 × 103 8.2 × 104 Rh-101 ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 4.1 × 101 1.1 × 103 Rh-102 ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 4.5 × 101 1.2 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Rh-102m ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.3 × 102 6.2 × 103 Rh-103m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.2 × 106 3.3 × 107 Rh-105 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 3.1 × 104 8.4 × 105 10¥1 Rn-222 (a) ...... Radon (86) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 4.0 × 1.1 × 5.7 × 103 1.5 × 105 10¥1 10¥3 10¥1 Ru-97 ...... Ruthenium (44) ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 5.0 1.4 × 102 1.7 × 104 4.6 × 105 Ru-103 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.2 × 103 3.2 × 104 Ru-105 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.5 × 105 6.7 × 106 10¥1 Ru-106 (a) ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 1.2 × 102 3.3 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 S-35 ...... Sulphur (16) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 8.1 × 101 1.6 × 103 4.3 × 104 Sb-122 ...... Antimony (51) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.5 × 104 4.0 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Sb-124 ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.5 × 102 1.7 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Sb-125 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 3.9 × 101 1.0 × 103 Sb-126 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 3.1 × 103 8.4 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Sc-44 ...... Scandium (21) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 6.7 × 105 1.8 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Sc-46 ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 1.3 × 103 3.4 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Sc-47 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 3.1 × 104 8.3 × 105 10¥1 Sc-48 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 5.5 × 104 1.5 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Se-75 ...... Selenium (34) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.5 × 104 Se-79 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.6 × 10¥3 7.0 × 10¥2

788

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00798 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.435

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Si-31 ...... Silicon (14) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.4 × 106 3.9 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Si-32 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 3.9 1.1 × 102 10¥1 Sm-145 ...... Samarium (62) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 9.8 × 101 2.6 × 103 Sm-147 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.5 × 10¥10 2.3 × 10¥8 Sm-151 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 9.7 × 10¥1 2.6 × 101 Sm-153 ...... 9.0 2.4 × 102 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.6 × 104 4.4 × 105 10¥1 Sn-113 (a) ...... Tin (50) ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 3.7 × 102 1.0 × 104 Sn-117m ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 3.0 × 103 8.2 × 104 10¥1 Sn-119m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 1.4 × 102 3.7 × 103 Sn-121m (a) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 10¥1 Sn-123 ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 3.0 × 102 8.2 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Sn-125 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 103 1.1 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Sn-126 (a) ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.0 × 10¥3 2.8 × 10¥2 10¥1 10¥1 Sr-82 (a) ...... Strontium (38) ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 2.3 × 103 6.2 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Sr-85 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 8.8 × 102 2.4 × 104 Sr-85m ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 5.0 1.4 × 102 1.2 × 106 3.3 × 107 Sr-87m ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 4.8 × 105 1.3 × 107 Sr-89 ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.9 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Sr-90 (a) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 5.1 1.4 × 102 10¥1 10¥1 Sr-91 (a) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.3 × 105 3.6 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Sr-92 (a) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 3.0 × 8.1 4.7 × 105 1.3 × 107 10¥1 T(H-3) ...... Tritium (1) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.6 × 102 9.7 × 103 Ta-178 (long-lived) ...... Tantalum (73) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 4.2 × 106 1.1 × 108 10¥1 Ta-179 ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 4.1 × 101 1.1 × 103 Ta-182 ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 2.3 × 102 6.2 × 103 10¥1 10¥1 Tb-157 ...... Terbium (65) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 5.6 × 10¥1 1.5 × 101 Tb-158 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 5.6 × 10¥1 1.5 × 101 Tb-160 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 4.2 × 102 1.1 × 104 10¥1 Tc-95m (a) ...... Technetium (43) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 8.3 × 102 2.2 × 104 Tc-96 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.2 × 104 3.2 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Tc-96m (a) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.4 × 106 3.8 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Tc-97 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 5.2 × 10¥5 1.4 × 10¥3 Tc-97m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 2.7 × 101 5.6 × 102 1.5 × 104 Tc-98 ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 3.2 × 10¥5 8.7 × 10¥4 10¥1 10¥1 Tc-99 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.3 × 10¥4 1.7 × 10¥2 10¥1 Tc-99m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 4.0 1.1 × 102 1.9 × 105 5.3 × 106 Te-121 ...... Tellurium (52) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.4 × 103 6.4 × 104 Te-121m ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 3.0 8.1 × 101 2.6 × 102 7.0 × 103 Te-123m ...... 8.0 2.2 × 102 1.0 2.7 × 101 3.3 × 102 8.9 × 103 Te-125m ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.7 × 102 1.8 × 104 10¥1 Te-127 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 9.8 × 104 2.6 × 106 10¥1 Te-127m (a) ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 3.5 × 102 9.4 × 103 10¥1 Te-129 ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 7.7 × 105 2.1 × 107 10¥1 10¥1 Te-129m (a) ...... 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Te-131m (a) ...... 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 3.0 × 104 8.0 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Te-132 (a) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 1.1 × 104 3.0 × 105 10¥1 10¥1

789

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00799 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.435 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

Th-227 ...... Thorium (90) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 5.0 × 1.4 × 1.1 × 103 3.1 × 104 10¥3 10¥1 Th-228 (a) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 1.0 × 2.7 × 3.0 × 101 8.2 × 102 10¥1 10¥3 10¥2 Th-229 ...... 5.0 1.4 × 102 5.0 × 1.4 × 7.9 × 10¥3 2.1 × 10¥1 10¥4 10¥2 Th-230 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 7.6 × 10¥4 2.1 × 10¥2 10¥3 10¥2 Th-231 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 × 2.0 × 104 5.3 × 105 10¥2 10¥1 Th-232 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 4.0 × 10¥9 1.1 × 10¥7 Th-234 (a) ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 8.6 × 102 2.3 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Th(nat) ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.1 × 10¥9 2.2 × 10¥7 Ti-44 (a) ...... Titanium (22) ...... 5.0 × 1.4 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 6.4 1.7 × 102 10¥1 10¥1 Tl-200 ...... Thallium (81) ...... 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 2.2 × 104 6.0 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Tl-201 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 4.0 1.1 × 102 7.9 × 103 2.1 × 105 Tl-202 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 × 103 5.3 × 104 Tl-204 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 1.7 × 101 4.6 × 102 10¥1 Tm-167 ...... Thulium (69) ...... 7.0 1.9 × 102 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 3.1 × 103 8.5 × 104 10¥1 Tm-170 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.2 × 102 6.0 × 103 10¥1 Tm-171 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 U-230 (fast lung absorp- Uranium (92) ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 × 2.7 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 104 tion) (a)(d). 10¥1 U-230 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 1.1 × 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 104 sorption) (a)(e). 10¥3 10¥1 U-230 (slow lung absorp- ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.0 × 8.1 × 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 104 tion) (a)(f). 10¥3 10¥2 U-232 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 1.0 × 2.7 × 8.3 × 10¥1 2.2 × 101 tion) (d). 10¥2 10¥1 U-232 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 7.0 × 1.9 × 8.3 × 10¥1 2.2 × 101 sorption) (e). 10¥3 10¥1 U-232 (slow lung absorp- ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 1.0 × 2.7 × 8.3 × 10¥1 2.2 × 101 tion) (f). 10¥3 10¥2 U-233 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 9.0 × 2.4 3.6 × 10¥4 9.7 × 10¥3 tion) (d). 10¥2 U-233 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 × 3.6 × 10¥4 9.7 × 10¥3 sorption) (e). 10¥2 10¥1 U-233 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 × 3.6 × 10¥4 9.7 × 10¥3 tion) (f). 10¥3 10¥1 U-234 (fast lung absorp- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 9.0 × 2.4 2.3 × 10¥4 6.2 × 10¥3 tion) (d). 10¥2 U-234 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 × 2.3 × 10¥4 6.2 × 10¥3 sorption) (e). 10¥2 10¥1 U-234 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 × 2.3 × 10¥4 6.2 × 10¥3 tion) (f). 10¥3 10¥1 U-235 (all lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 8.0 × 10¥8 2.2 × 10¥6 tion types) (a),(d),(e),(f). U-236 (fast lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.4 × 10¥6 6.5 × 10¥5 tion) (d). U-236 (medium lung ab- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 2.0 × 5.4 × 2.4 × 10¥6 6.5 × 10¥5 sorption) (e). 10¥2 10¥1 U-236 (slow lung absorp- ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 6.0 × 1.6 × 2.4 × 10¥6 6.5 × 10¥5 tion) (f). 10¥3 10¥1 U-238 (all lung absorp- ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1.2 × 10¥8 3.4 × 10¥7 tion types) (d),(e),(f). U (nat)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.6 × 10¥8 7.1 × 10¥7 U (enriched to 20% or ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see see less)(g). § 173.434 § 173.434 U (dep)...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited see see § 173.434 § 173.434 V-48 ...... Vanadium (23) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 6.3 × 103 1.7 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 V-49 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.0 × 102 8.1 × 103 W-178 (a) ...... Tungsten (74) ...... 9.0 2.4 × 102 5.0 1.4 × 102 1.3 × 103 3.4 × 104 W-181 ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 2.2 × 102 6.0 × 103

790

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00800 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Specific activity Symbol of Element and b b A1 (TBq) A1 (Ci) A2 (TBq) A2 (Ci) radionuclide atomic number (TBq/g) (Ci/g)

W-185 ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 3.5 × 102 9.4 × 103 10¥1 W-187 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 2.6 × 104 7.0 × 105 10¥1 W-188 (a) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 3.0 × 8.1 3.7 × 102 1.0 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Xe-122 (a) ...... Xenon (54) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.8 × 104 1.3 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Xe-123 ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 7.0 × 1.9 × 101 4.4 × 105 1.2 × 107 10¥1 Xe-127 ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.0 × 103 2.8 × 104 Xe-131m ...... 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 4.0 × 101 1.1 × 103 3.1 × 103 8.4 × 104 Xe-133 ...... 2.0 × 101 5.4 × 102 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 102 6.9 × 103 1.9 × 105 Xe-135 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 9.5 × 104 2.6 × 106 Y-87 (a) ...... Yttrium (39) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.0 2.7 × 101 1.7 × 104 4.5 × 105 Y-88 ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 5.2 × 102 1.4 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Y-90 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 2.0 × 104 5.4 × 105 10¥1 10¥1 Y-91 ...... 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 9.1 × 102 2.5 × 104 10¥1 10¥1 Y-91m ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 1.5 × 106 4.2 × 107 Y-92 ...... 2.0 × 5.4 2.0 × 5.4 3.6 × 105 9.6 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Y-93 ...... 3.0 × 8.1 3.0 × 8.1 1.2 × 105 3.3 × 106 10¥1 10¥1 Yb-169 ...... Ytterbium (70) ...... 4.0 1.1 × 102 1.0 2.7 × 101 8.9 × 102 2.4 × 104 Yb-175 ...... 3.0 × 101 8.1 × 102 9.0 × 2.4 × 101 6.6 × 103 1.8 × 105 10¥1 Zn-65 ...... Zinc (30) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 2.0 5.4 × 101 3.0 × 102 8.2 × 103 Zn-69 ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.8 × 106 4.9 × 107 10¥1 Zn-69m (a) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.0 × 1.6 × 101 1.2 × 105 3.3 × 106 10¥1 Zr-88 ...... Zirconium (40) ...... 3.0 8.1 × 101 3.0 8.1 × 101 6.6 × 102 1.8 × 104 Zr-93 ...... Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 9.3 × 10¥5 2.5 × 10¥3 Zr-95 (a) ...... 2.0 5.4 × 101 8.0 × 2.2 × 101 7.9 × 102 2.1 × 104 10¥1 Zr-97 (a) ...... 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 4.0 × 1.1 × 101 7.1 × 104 1.9 × 106 10¥1 10¥1

a A1 and/or A2 values for these parent radionuclides include contributions from daughter nuclides with half-lives less than 10 days as listed in footnote (a) to Table 2 in the ‘‘IAEA Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Material, SSR–6’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). b The values of A1 and A2 in curies (Ci) are approximate and for information only; the regulatory standard units are Terabecquerels (TBq), (see § 171.10). c The activity of Ir-192 in special form may be determined from a measurement of the rate of decay or a measurement of the radiation level at a prescribed distance from the source. d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal and accident conditions of transport. e These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport. f These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table. g These values apply to unirradiated uranium only. h [Reserved] i A2 = 0.74 TBq (20 Ci) for Mo-99 for domestic use.

[69 FR 3678, Jan. 26, 2004; 69 FR 55119, Sept. 13, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 54395, Sept. 14, 2006; 77 FR 60942, Oct. 5, 2012; 79 FR 40615, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015]

§ 173.436 Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt consignment activity limits for radionuclides. The Table of Exempt material activity concentrations and exempt consignment activity limits for radionuclides is as follows:

Activity con- Activity concentration for centration for Activity limit Activity limit Symbol of Element and atomic num- exempt ma- exempt ma- for exempt for exempt radionuclide ber terial terial consignment consignment (Bq/g) (Ci/g) (Bq) (Ci)

Ac-225 ...... Actinium (89) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Ac-227 ...... 1.0 × 10¥1 2.7 × 10¥12 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Ac-228 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5

791

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00801 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Ag-105 ...... Silver (47) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ag-108m (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ag-110m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ag-111 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Al-26 ...... Aluminum (13) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Am-241 ...... Americium (95) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Am-242m (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Am-243 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Ar-37 ...... Argon (18) ...... 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Ar-39 ...... 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Ar-41 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 As-72 ...... Arsenic (33) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 As-73 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 As-74 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 As-76 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 As-77 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 At-211 ...... Astatine (85) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Au-193 ...... Gold (79) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Au-194 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Au-195 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Au-198 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Au-199 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ba-131 ...... Barium (56) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ba-133 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ba-133m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ba-140 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Be-7 ...... Beryllium (4) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Be-10 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Bi-205 ...... Bismuth (83) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Bi-206 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Bi-207 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Bi-210 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Bi-210m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Bi-212 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Bk-247 ...... Berkelium (97) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Bk-249 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Br-76 ...... Bromine (35) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Br-77 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Br-82 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 C-11 ...... Carbon (6) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 C-14 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ca-41 ...... Calcium (20) ...... 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ca-45 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ca-47 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cd-109 ...... Cadmium (48) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cd-113m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cd-115 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cd-115m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ce-139 ...... Cerium (58) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ce-141 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ce-143 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ce-144 (b) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cf-248 ...... Californium (98) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cf-249 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Cf-250 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cf-251 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Cf-252 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cf-253 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cf-254 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Cl-36 ...... Chlorine (17) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cl-38 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cm-240 ...... Curium (96) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cm-241 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cm-242 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cm-243 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cm-244 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cm-245 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Cm-246 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Cm-247 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cm-248 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Co-55 ...... Cobalt (27) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5

792

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00802 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Co-56 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Co-57 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Co-58 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Co-58m ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Co-60 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cr-51 ...... Chromium (24) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Cs-129 ...... Cesium (55) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cs-131 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cs-132 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cs-134 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cs-134m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cs-135 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Cs-136 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Cs-137 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Cu-64 ...... Copper (29) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Cu-67 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Dy-159 ...... Dysprosium (66) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Dy-165 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Dy-166 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Er-169 ...... Erbium (68) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Er-171 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-147 ...... Europium (63) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-148 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-149 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Eu-150 (short lived) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-150 (long lived) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-152 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-152m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-154 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Eu-155 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Eu-156 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 F-18 ...... Fluorine (9) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Fe-52 ...... Iron (26) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Fe-55 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Fe-59 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Fe-60 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ga-67 ...... Gallium (31) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ga-68 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ga-72 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Gd-146 ...... Gadolinium (64) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Gd-148 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Gd-153 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Gd-159 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ge-68 ...... Germanium (32) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ge-71 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Ge-77 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Hf-172 ...... Hafnium (72) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hf-175 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hf-181 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hf-182 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hg-194 ...... Mercury (80) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hg-195m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hg-197 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Hg-197m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Hg-203 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ho-166 ...... Holmium (67) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ho-166m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 I-123 ...... Iodine (53) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 I-124 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 I-125 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 I-126 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 I-129 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 I-131 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 I-132 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 I-133 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 I-134 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 I-135 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 In-111 ...... Indium (49) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 In-113m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 In-114m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 In-115m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5

793

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00803 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Ir-189 ...... Iridium (77) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ir-190 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ir-192 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Ir-194 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 K-40 ...... Potassium (19) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 K-42 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 K-43 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Kr-79 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 1.0 × 10 3 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 10 5 2.7 × 10¥6 Kr-81 ...... Krypton (36) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Kr-85 ...... 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Kr-85m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 1010 2.7 × 10¥1 Kr-87 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 La-137 ...... Lanthanum (57) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 La-140 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Lu-172 ...... Lutetium (71) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Lu-173 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Lu-174 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Lu-174m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Lu-177 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Mg-28 ...... Magnesium (12) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Mn-52 ...... Manganese (25) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Mn-53 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Mn-54 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Mn-56 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Mo-93 ...... Molybdenum (42) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Mo-99 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 N-13 ...... Nitrogen (7) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Na-22 ...... Sodium (11) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Na-24 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Nb-93m ...... Niobium (41) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Nb-94 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Nb-95 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Nb-97 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Nd-147 ...... Neodymium (60) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Nd-149 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ni-59 ...... Nickel (28) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Ni-63 ...... 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Ni-65 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Np-235 ...... Neptunium (93) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Np-236 (short-lived) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Np-236 (long-lived) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Np-237 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Np-239 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Os-185 ...... Osmium (76) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Os-191 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Os-191m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Os-193 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Os-194 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 P-32 ...... Phosphorus (15) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 P-33 ...... 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Pa-230 ...... Protactinium (91) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pa-231 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Pa-233 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pb-201 ...... Lead (82) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pb-202 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pb-203 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pb-205 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pb-210 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Pb-212 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Pd-103 ...... Palladium (46) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Pd-107 ...... 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Pd-109 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pm-143 ...... Promethium (61) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pm-144 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pm-145 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pm-147 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pm-148m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pm-149 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pm-151 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Po-210 ...... Polonium (84) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Pr-142 ...... Praseodymium (59) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6

794

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00804 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.436

Pr-143 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pt-188 ...... Platinum (78) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pt-191 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pt-193 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pt-193m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pt-195m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pt-197 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pt-197m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Pu-236 ...... Plutonium (94) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Pu-237 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Pu-238 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Pu-239 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Pu-240 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Pu-241 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Pu-242 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Pu-244 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Ra-223 (b) ...... Radium (88) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ra-224 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ra-225 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Ra-226 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Ra-228 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Rb-81 ...... Rubidium (37) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Rb-83 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Rb-84 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Rb-86 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Rb-87 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Rb(nat) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Re-184 ...... Rhenium (75) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Re-184m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Re-186 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Re-187 ...... 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Re-188 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Re-189 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Re(nat) ...... 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Rh-99 ...... Rhodium (45) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Rh-101 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Rh-102 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Rh-102m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Rh-103m ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Rh-105 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Rn-222 (b) ...... Radon (86) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Ru-97 ...... Ruthenium (44) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ru-103 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ru-105 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ru-106 (b) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 S-35 ...... Sulphur (16) ...... 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Sb-122 ...... Antimony (51) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Sb-124 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sb-125 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sb-126 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Sc-44 ...... Scandium (21) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Sc-46 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sc-47 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sc-48 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Se-75 ...... Selenium (34) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Se-79 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Si-31 ...... Silicon (14) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Si-32 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sm-145 ...... Samarium (62) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Sm-147 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Sm-151 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Sm-153 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sn-113 ...... Tin (50) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Sn-117m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sn-119m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Sn-121m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Sn-123 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sn-125 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Sn-126 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Sr-82 ...... Strontium (38) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Sr-85 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5

795

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00805 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.436 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

Sr-85m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Sr-87m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sr-89 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Sr-90 (b) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Sr-91 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Sr-92 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 T(H-3) ...... Tritium (1) ...... 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Ta-178 (long-lived) ...... Tantalum (73) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Ta-179 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Ta-182 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Tb-157 ...... Terbium (65) ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Tb-158 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tb-160 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tc-95m ...... Technetium (43) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tc-96 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tc-96m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Tc-97 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 Tc-97m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Tc-98 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tc-99 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Tc-99m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Te-121 ...... Tellurium (52) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Te-121m ...... 1.0 × 10 2 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 10 6 2.7 × 10¥5 Te-123m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Te-125m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Te-127 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Te-127m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Te-129 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Te-129m ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Te-131m ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Te-132 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Th-227 ...... Thorium (90) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Th-228 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Th-229 (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Th-230 ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Th-231 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Th-232 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Th-234 (b) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Th (nat) (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 Ti-44 ...... Titanium (22) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Tl-200 ...... Thallium (81) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tl-201 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tl-202 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tl-204 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Tm-167 ...... Thulium (69) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tm-170 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Tm-171 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 108 2.7 × 10¥3 U-230 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ..... Uranium (92) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 U-230 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-230 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-232 (fast lung absorption) (b),(d) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 U-232 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-232 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-233 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-233 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 U-233 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 U-234 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-234 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 U-234 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 U-235 (all lung absorption types) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 (b),(d),(e),(f). U-236 (fast lung absorption) (d) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-236 (medium lung absorption) (e) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 U-236 (slow lung absorption) (f) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 U-238 (all lung absorption types) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 (b),(d),(e),(f). U (nat) (b) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 U (enriched to 20% or less)(g) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 U (dep) ...... 1.0 2.7 × 10¥11 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 V-48 ...... Vanadium (23) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 V-49 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4

796

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00806 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.441

W-178 ...... Tungsten (74) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 W-181 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 W-185 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 W-187 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 W-188 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Xe-122 ...... Xenon (54) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Xe-123 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 109 2.7 × 10¥2 Xe-127 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Xe-131m ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Xe-133 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 Xe-135 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 1010 2.7 × 10¥1 Y-87 ...... Yttrium (39) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Y-88 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Y-90 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Y-91 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Y-91m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Y-92 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Y-93 ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 Yb-169 ...... Ytterbium (70) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Yb-175 ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Zn-65 ...... Zinc (30) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Zn-69 ...... 1.0 × 104 2.7 × 10¥7 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Zn-69m ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Zr-88 ...... Zirconium (40) ...... 1.0 × 102 2.7 × 10¥9 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Zr-93 (b) ...... 1.0 × 103 2.7 × 10¥8 1.0 × 107 2.7 × 10¥4 Zr-95 ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 106 2.7 × 10¥5 Zr-97 (b) ...... 1.0 × 101 2.7 × 10¥10 1.0 × 105 2.7 × 10¥6 a [Reserved] b Parent nuclides and their progeny included in secular equilibrium are listed as follows: Sr-90 Y-90 Zr-93 Nb-93m Zr-97 Nb-97 Ru-106 Rh-106 Ag-108m Ag-108 Cs-137 Ba-137m Ce-144 Pr-144 Ba-140 La-140 Bi-212 Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Pb-210 Bi-210, Po-210 Pb-212 Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Rn-222 Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214 Ra-223 Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207 Ra-224 Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64), Ra-226 Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210 Ra-228 Ac-228 Th-228 Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Th-229 Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209 Th-nat Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) Th-234 Pa-234m U-230 Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214 U-232 Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208 (0.36), Po-212 (0.64) U-235 Th-231 U-238 Th-234, Pa-234m U-nat Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210 Np-237 Pa-233 Am-242m Am-242 Am-243 Np-239 c [Reserved] d These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UF6, UO2F2 and UO2(NO3)2 in both normal and accident conditions of transport. e These values apply only to compounds of uranium that take the chemical form of UO3, UF4, UCl4 and hexavalent compounds in both normal and accident conditions of transport. f These values apply to all compounds of uranium other than those specified in notes (d) and (e) of this table. g These values apply to unirradiated uranium only.

[69 FR 3685, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40615, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 72928, Nov. 23, 2015]

§ 173.441 Radiation level limitations Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered and exclusive use provisions. for transportation must be designed (a) Except as provided in paragraph and prepared for shipment, so that (b) of this section, each package of under conditions normally incident to

797

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00807 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.442 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

transportation, the radiation level does be included with the shipping paper in- not exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour) formation. The instructions must be at any point on the external surface of sufficient so that, when followed, they the package, and the transport index will cause the carrier to avoid actions does not exceed 10. that will unnecessarily delay delivery (b) A package which exceeds the radi- or unnecessarily result in increased ra- ation level limits specified in para- diation levels or radiation exposures to graph (a) of this section must be trans- transport workers or members of the ported by exclusive use shipment, and general public. the radiation levels for such shipment (d) Conveyance limits on the sum of may not exceed the following during package transport indices are as fol- transportation: lows: (1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the exter- (1) Except for shipments by cargo air- nal surface of the package unless the craft only or by seagoing vessel, the following conditions are met, in which sum of transport indices for a non-ex- case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/ clusive use shipment may not exceed h): 50. (i) The shipment is made in a closed (2) Where a consignment is trans- transport vehicle; ported under exclusive use, there is no (ii) The package is secured within the limit on the sum of the transport indi- vehicle so that its position remains ces aboard a single conveyance. The fixed during transportation; and conditions of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (iii) There are no loading or unload- (b)(4) and (c) must be met. ing operations between the beginning (3) Provisions for shipments of Class and end of the transportation; 7 (radioactive) materials by air are de- (2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point scribed in §§ 175.700–175.705 of this sub- on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, in- chapter. cluding the top and underside of the ve- (4) Provisions for shipment of Class 7 hicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style (radioactive) materials by vessel are vehicle, at any point on the vertical described in §§ 176.700–176.720 of this planes projected from the outer edges subchapter. of the vehicle, on the upper surface of (e) A package exceeding the max- the load or enclosure if used, and on imum surface radiation level or max- the lower external surface of the vehi- imum transport index prescribed in cle; paragraph (a) of this section may not (3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point be transported by aircraft. 2 m (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as top and underside of the vehicle); or in amended at 63 FR 48568, Sept. 10, 1998; 66 FR the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] any point 2 m (6.6 feet) from the § 173.442 Thermal limitations. vertical planes projected by the outer edges of the vehicle (excluding the top A package of Class 7 (radioactive) and underside of the vehicle); and material must be designed, con- (4) 0.02 mSv/h (2mrem/h) in any nor- structed, and loaded so that— mally occupied space, except that this (a) The heat generated within the provision does not apply to carriers if package by the radioactive contents they operate under the provisions of a will not, during conditions normally State or federally regulated radiation incident to transport, affect the integ- protection program and if personnel rity of the package; and under their control who are in such an (b) The temperature of the accessible occupied space wear radiation dosim- external surfaces of the loaded package etry devices. will not, assuming still air in the shade (c) For shipments made under the at an ambient temperature of 38 °C (100 provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- °F), exceed either— tion, the offeror shall provide specific (1) 50 °C (122 °F) in other than an ex- written instructions for maintenance clusive use shipment; or of the exclusive use shipment controls (2) 85 °C (185 °F) in an exclusive use to the carrier. The instructions must shipment.

798

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00808 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.443

§ 173.443 Contamination control. material. Sufficient measurements (a) The level of non-fixed contamina- must be taken in the most appropriate tion must be kept as low as reasonably locations to yield a representative as- achievable on the external surfaces of sessment of the non-fixed contamina- each package, conveyance, freight con- tion levels. The amount of radioac- tainer, and overpack offered for trans- tivity measured on any single wiping port, and the internal surfaces of each material, divided by the surface area conveyance, freight container, and wiped and divided by the efficiency of overpack in which inner packages or the wipe procedure (the fraction of receptacles of Class 7 (radioactive) ma- non-fixed contamination transferred terials are offered for transport. from the surface to the absorbent ma- (1) Excluding the interior surfaces of terial), may not exceed the limits set the containment system of packages forth in Table 9 at any time during and the internal surfaces of a convey- transport. For this purpose the actual ance, freight container, tank, or inter- wipe efficiency may be used, or the mediate bulk container dedicated to wipe efficiency may be assumed to be the transport of unpackaged radio- 0.10; or active material in accordance with (ii) Alternatively, the level of non- § 173.427(c) and remaining under that fixed contamination may be deter- specific exclusive use, the level of non- mined by using other methods of equal fixed contamination may not exceed or greater efficiency. the limits set forth in Table 9 and must (2) A conveyance used for non-exclu- be determined by either: sive use shipments is not required to be (i) Wiping an area of 300 cm2 of the surveyed unless there is reason to sus- surface concerned with an absorbent pect that it may exhibit contamina- material, using moderate pressure, and tion. measuring the activity on the wiping Table 9 is as follows:

TABLE 9—NON-FIXED EXTERNAL RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATION LIMITS FOR PACKAGES

Maximum permissible limits Contaminant Bq/cm2 uCi/cm2 dpm/cm2

1. Beta and gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters ...... 4 10 ¥4 240 2. All other alpha emitting radionuclides ...... 0 .4 10¥5 24

(b) In the case of packages trans- paragraph (b) of this section, ported as exclusive use shipments by § 173.427(b)(4), or § 173.427(c) must be sur- rail or public highway only, except as veyed with appropriate radiation detec- provided in paragraph (d) of this section instruments after each exclusive tion, at any time during transport the use transport. Except as provided in non-fixed contamination on the exter- paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section, nal surface of any package, as well as these items may not be returned to on the associated accessible internal Class 7 (radioactive) materials exclu- surfaces of any conveyance, overpack, sive use transport service, and then or freight container, may not exceed only for a subsequent exclusive use ten times the levels prescribed in para- shipment utilizing one of the above graph (a) of this section. The levels at cited provisions, unless the radiation the beginning of transport may not ex- dose rate at each accessible surface is ceed the levels prescribed in paragraph 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) (a) of this section. or less, and there is no significant non- (c) Except as provided in paragraphs fixed surface contamination as speci- (a) and (d) of this section, each convey- fied in paragraph (a) of this section. ance, overpack, freight container, The requirements of this paragraph do tank, or intermediate bulk container not address return to service of items used for transporting Class 7 (radio- outside of the above cited provisions. active) materials as an exclusive use shipment that utilizes the provisions of

799

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00809 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.447 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- § 173.447 Storage incident to transpor- tion do not apply to any closed trans- tation—general requirements. port vehicle used solely for the exclu- The following requirements apply to sive use transportation by highway or temporary storage during the course of rail of Class 7 (radioactive) material transportation but not to Nuclear Reg- with contamination levels that do not ulatory Commission or Agreement exceed ten times the levels prescribed State-licensed facilities or U.S. Gov- in paragraph (a) of this section if— ernment-owned or contracted facili- (1) A survey of the interior surfaces ties. of the empty vehicle shows that the ra- (a) The number of packages and over- diation dose rate at any point does not packs bearing FISSILE labels stored in exceed 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at the any one storage area, such as a transit surface or 0.02 mSv/h (2 mrem/h) at 1 m area, terminal building, storeroom, wa- (3.3 feet) from the surface; terfront pier, or assembly yard, must (2) Each vehicle is marked (e.g. sten- be limited so that the total sum of the ciled) with the words ‘‘For Radioactive criticality safety indices in any indi- Materials Use Only’’ in letters at least vidual group of such packages and 76 millimeters (3 inches) high in a con- overpacks does not exceed 50. Groups of spicuous place on both sides of the ex- such packages and overpacks must be terior of the vehicle; and stored so as to maintain a spacing of at (3) Each vehicle is kept closed except least 6 m (20 feet) from all other groups for loading or unloading; and of such packages and overpacks. (4) Each vehicle is placarded in ac- (b) Storage requirements for Class 7 cordance with subpart F of part 172 of (radioactive) material transported in this subchapter. vessels are described in subpart M of (e) If it is evident that a package of part 176 of this subchapter. radioactive material, or conveyance [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as carrying unpackaged radioactive mate- amended by 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR rial, is leaking, or if it is suspected 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] that the package, or conveyance carrying unpackaged material, may have § 173.448 General transportation requirements. leaked, access to the package or conveyance must be restricted and, as (a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radio- soon as possible, the extent of contami- active) materials must be secured to nation and the resultant radiation prevent shifting during normal trans- level of the package or conveyance portation conditions. must be assessed. The scope of the as- (b) Except as provided in §§ 174.81, sessment must include, as applicable, 176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or the package, the conveyance, the adja- as otherwise required by the Com- cent loading and unloading areas, and, petent Authority in the applicable cer- if necessary, all other material which tificate, a package or overpack of Class has been carried in the conveyance. 7 (radioactive) materials may be car- When necessary, additional steps for ried among packaged general cargo the protection of persons, property, without special stowage provisions, if— and the environment must be taken to (1) The heat output in watts does not overcome and minimize the con- exceed 0.1 times the minimum package sequences of such leakage. Packages, dimension in centimeters; or and conveyances carrying unpackaged (2) The average surface heat flux of material, which are leaking radio- the package or overpack does not ex- active contents in excess of limits for ceed 15 watts per square meter and the immediately surrounding cargo is not normal conditions of transport may be in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form removed to an interim location under that would seriously impede air cir- supervision, but must not be forwarded culation for heat removal. until repaired or reconditioned and de- (c) Packages or overpacks bearing la- contaminated, or as approved by the bels prescribed in § 172.403 of this sub- Associate Administrator. chapter may not be carried in compart- [79 FR 40616, July 11, 2014] ments occupied by passengers, except

800

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00810 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.457

in those compartments exclusively re- mining the required mass for solid served for couriers accompanying those nonfissile material. packages. (c) Low concentrations of solid fissile (d) Mixing of different kinds of pack- material commingled with solid ages that include fissile packages is au- nonfissile material, provide that: thorized only in accordance with (1) There is at least 2000 grams of § 173.459. nonfissile material for every gram of (e) No person shall offer for transpor- fissile material, and tation or transport aboard a passenger- (2) There is no more than 180 grams carrying aircraft any single package or of fissile material distributed within overpack with a transport index great- 360 kg of contiguous nonfissile mate- er than 3.0. rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy- (f) No person shall offer for transpor- drogenous material enriched in deute- tation or transport aboard a passenger- rium may be present in the package carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radio- but must not be included in deter- active) material unless that material is mining the required mass of solid intended for use in, or incident to, re- nonfissile material. search, medical diagnosis or treatment. (d) Uranium enriched in uranium-235 (g) If an overpack is used to consoli- to a maximum of 1 percent by weight, date individual packages or to enclose and with total plutonium and uranium- a single package of Class 7 (radio- 233 content of up to 1 percent of the active) materials, the package(s) must mass of uranium-235, provided that the comply with the packaging, marking, mass of any beryllium, graphite, and and labeling requirements of this sub- hydrogenous material enriched in deu- chapter, and: terium constitute less than 5 percent of (1) The overpack must be labeled as the uranium mass. prescribed in § 172.403(h) of this sub- (e) Liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate chapter; enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum of 2 percent by mass, with a total plu- (2) The overpack must be marked as tonium and uranium-233 content not prescribed in subpart D of part 172 of exceeding 0.002 percent of the mass of this subchapter and § 173.25(a); and uranium, and with a minimum nitro- (3) The transport index of the over- gen to uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2. pack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger- The material must be contained in at carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for least a DOT Type A package. cargo-aircraft shipments. (f) Packages containing, individually, [69 FR 3691, Jan. 26, 2004] a total plutonium mass of not more than 1000 grams, of which not more § 173.453 Fissile materials—exceptions. than 20 percent by mass may consist of Fissile materials meeting the re- plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any quirements of at least one of the para- combination of these radionuclides. graphs (a) through (f) of this section [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] are excepted from the requirements of this subpart for fissile materials, in- § 173.457 Transportation of fissile ma- cluding the requirements of §§ 173.457 terial packages—specific require- and 173.459, but are subject to all other ments. requirements of this subpart, except as (a) Packages containing fissile radio- noted. active material which are not excepted (a) An individual package containing under § 173.453 must be assigned by the 2 grams or less of fissile material. offeror, in accordance with their defini- (b) An individual or bulk packaging tions in § 173.403, a criticality safety containing 15 grams or less of fissile index (CSI) and a transport index (TI). material provided the package has at (b) Fissile material packages and least 200 grams of solid nonfissile ma- conveyances transporting fissile mate- terial for every gram of fissile material packages must satisfy the radi- rial. Lead, beryllium, graphite, and hy- ation level restrictions of § 173.441. drogenous material enriched in deute- (c) Except for consignments under ex- rium may be present in the package clusive use, the CSI of any package or but must not be included in deter- overpack may not exceed 50. A fissile

801

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00811 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.459 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

material package with CSI greater priate for the particular feature being than 50 must be transported by exclu- evaluated: sive use. (1) Performance of tests with proto- (d) For non-exclusive use shipments types or samples of the specimens rep- of fissile material packages, except on resenting LSA-III, special form Class 7 vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a (radioactive) material, or packaging, in freight container or on a conveyance which case the contents of the pack- may not exceed 50. aging for the test must simulate as (e) For exclusive use shipments of closely as practicable the expected fissile material packages, except on range of physical properties of the ra- vessels, the total sum of CSI’s in a dioactive contents or packaging to be freight container or on a conveyance tested, must be prepared as normally may not exceed 100. presented for transport. The use of non-radioactive substitute contents is (f) Exclusive use shipments of fissile encouraged provided that the results of material packages must satisfy the ra- the testing take into account the radiation level and administrative re- dioactive characteristics of the con- quirements of § 173.441(b). tents for which the package is being (g) The number of packages, over- tested; packs and freight containers con- (2) Reference to a previous, satisfac- taining fissile material stored in tran- tory demonstration of compliance of a sit in any one storage area must be so sufficiently similar nature; limited that the total sum of the CSI’s (3) Performance of tests with models in any group of packages, overpacks or of appropriate scale incorporating freight containers does not exceed 50. those features that are significant with Groups of packages shall be stored so respect to the item under investiga- as to maintain a spacing of a least 6 m tion, when engineering experience has (20 ft) between the closest surfaces of shown results of those tests to be suit- any two groups. able for design purposes. When a scale (h) Provisions for shipment by vessel model is used, the need for adjusting of Class 7 (radioactive) material pack- certain test parameters, such as the ages, including fissile material pack- penetrator diameter or the compres- ages by vessel are described in sive load, must be taken into account; §§ 176.700–176.720 of this subchapter. or [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] (4) Calculations or reasoned evaluation, using reliable and conservative § 173.459 Mixing of fissile material procedures and parameters. packages with non-fissile or fissile- (b) With respect to the initial condi- excepted material packages. tions for the tests under §§ 173.465 through 173.469, except for the water Mixing of fissile material packages immersion tests, compliance must be with other types of Class 7 (radio- based upon the assumption that the active) materials in any conveyance or package is in equilibrium at an ambi- storage location is authorized only if ent temperature of 38 °C (100 °F). the TI of any single package does not exceed 10, the CSI of any single pack- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as age does not exceed 50, and the provi- amended by 63 FR 52850, Oct. 1, 1998] sions of §§ 173.441 and 173.457 are satisfied. § 173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing. [69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004] (a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, prototype or scale model) must be exam- § 173.461 Demonstration of compliance ined before testing to identify and with tests. record faults or damage, including: (a) Compliance with the design re- (1) Divergence from the specifica- quirements in § 173.412 and the test re- tions or drawings; quirements in §§ 173.465 through 173.469 (2) Defects in construction; must be shown by any of the methods (3) Corrosion or other deterioration; prescribed in this paragraph, or by a and combination of these methods appro- (4) Distortion of features.

802

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00812 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.465

(b) Any deviation found under para- TABLE 10—FREE DROP DISTANCE FOR TESTING graph (a) of this section from the speci- PACKAGES TO NORMAL CONDITIONS OF fied design must be corrected or appro- TRANSPORT priately taken into account in the sub- Package mass Free drop distance sequent evaluation. (c) The containment system of the Kilograms (pounds) Meters (Feet) packaging must be clearly specified. 15,000 (33,000) Mass ...... 0.3 (1) it. (2) For packages containing fissile § 173.465 Type A packaging tests. material, the free drop test specified in (a) The packaging, with contents, paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be must be capable of withstanding the preceded by a free drop from a height water spray, free drop, stacking and of 0.3 m (1 foot) on each corner, or in penetration tests prescribed in this sec- the case of cylindrical packages, onto tion. One prototype may be used for all each of the quarters of each rim. tests if the requirements of paragraph (3) For fiberboard or wood rectan- (b) of this section are met. The tests gular packages with a mass of 50 kg are successful if the requirements of (110 pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free drop § 173.412(j) are met. onto each corner from a height of 0.3 m (b) Water spray test. The water spray (1 foot). test must precede each test or test se- (4) For cylindrical fiberboard pack- quence prescribed in this section. The ages with a mass of 100 kg (220 pounds) water spray test must simulate expo- or less, a separate specimen must be sure to rainfall of approximately 5 cm subjected to a free drop onto each of (2 inches) per hour for at least one the quarters of each rim from a height hour. The time interval between the of 0.3 m (1 foot). end of the water spray test and the be- (5) The target for the free drop test ginning of the next test must be such must be a flat, horizontal surface of that the water has soaked in to the such mass and rigidity that any in- maximum extent without appreciable crease in its resistance to displacement drying of the exterior of the specimen. or deformation upon impact by the In the absence of evidence to the con- specimen would not significantly in- trary, this interval may be assumed to crease the damage to the specimen. be two hours if the water spray is ap- (d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen plied from four different directions si- must be subjected for a period of at multaneously. However, no time inter- least 24 hours to a compressive load val may elapse if the water spray is ap- equivalent to the greater of the fol- plied from each of the four directions lowing: consecutively. (i) A total weight equal to five times (c) Free drop test. The specimen must the maximum weight of the package; drop onto the target so as to suffer or maximum damage to the safety fea- (ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals tures being tested, and: (1.9 psi) multiplied by the vertically projected area of the package. (1) The height of the drop measured (2) The compressive load must be ap- from the lowest point of the specimen plied uniformly to two opposite sides of to the upper surface of the target may the specimen, one of which must be the not be less than the distance specified base on which the package would nor- in table 10, for the applicable package mally rest. mass. The target must be as specified (e) Penetration test. For the penetra- in § 173.465(c)(5). Table 10 is as follows: tion test, the specimen must be placed on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that will not move significantly while the test is being performed.

803

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00813 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.466 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(1) A bar of 3.2 cm (1.25 inches) in di- § 173.468 Test for LSA-III material. ameter with a hemispherical end and a (a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioactive) ma- mass of 6 kg (13.2 pounds) must be terial must meet the test requirement dropped and directed to fall with its of paragraph (b) of this section. Any longitudinal axis vertical, onto the differences between the material to be center of the weakest part of the speci- transported and the test material must men, so that, if it penetrates far be taken into account in determining enough, it will hit the containment whether the test requirements have system. The bar may not be signifi- been met. cantly deformed by the test; and (b) Test method. (1) The specimen rep- (2) The height of the drop of the bar resenting no less than the entire con- measured from its lower end to the in- tents of the package must be immersed tended point of impact on the upper for 7 days in water at ambient tem- surface of the specimen must be 1 m perature. (3.3 feet) or greater. (2) The volume of water to be used in [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as the test must be sufficient to ensure amended by Amdt. 173–244, 61 FR 20753, May that at the end of the test period the 8, 1996; 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 69 FR 3692, free volume of the unabsorbed and Jan. 26, 2004; 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 79 FR unreacted water remaining will be at 40617, July 11, 2014] least 10% of the volume of the specimen itself. § 173.466 Additional tests for Type A packagings designed for liquids and (3) The water must have an initial pH gases. of 6–8 and a maximum conductivity of 10 micromho/cm at 20 °C (68 °F). (a) In addition to the tests prescribed (4) The total activity of the free vol- in § 173.465, Type A packagings designed ume of water must be measured fol- for liquids and gases must be capable of lowing the 7 day immersion test and withstanding the following tests in this must not exceed 0.1 A2. section. The tests are successful if the requirements of § 173.412(k) are met. § 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (1) Free drop test. The packaging spec- (radioactive) materials. imen must drop onto the target so as (a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive) to suffer the maximum damage to its materials must meet the test require- containment. The height of the drop ments of paragraph (b) of this section. measured from the lowest part of the Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) mate- packaging specimen to the upper sur- rial or capsule specimen to be tested face of the target must be 9 m (30 feet) must be manufactured or fabricated so or greater. The target must be as speci- that it is representative of the actual fied in § 173.465(c)(5). solid material or capsule that will be (2) Penetration test. The specimen transported with the proposed radio- must be subjected to the test specified active content duplicated as closely as in § 173.465(e) except that the height of practicable. Any differences between the drop must be 1.7 m (5.5 feet). the material to be transported and the (b) [Reserved] test material, such as the use of non- radioactive contents, must be taken [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45380, Aug. 28, 2001; 79 FR into account in determining whether 40617, July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015] the test requirements have been met. The following additional conditions § 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the apply: ability of Type B and fissile mate- (1) A different specimen may be used rials packagings to withstand acci- for each of the tests; dent conditions in transportation. (2) The specimen may not break or Each Type B packaging or packaging shatter when subjected to the impact, for fissile material must meet the test percussion, or bending tests; requirements prescribed in 10 CFR part (3) The specimen may not melt or 71 for ability to withstand accident disperse when subjected to the heat conditions in transportation. test; and

804

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00814 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.469

(4) After each test, leaktightness or and a length to width ratio of 10 or indispersibility of the specimen must greater. be determined by— (ii) The specimen must be rigidly (i) A method no less sensitive than clamped in a horizontal position so the leaching assessment prescribed in that one half of its length protrudes paragraph (c) of this section. For a cap- from the face of the clamp. sule resistant to corrosion by water, (iii) The orientation of the specimen and which has an internal void volume must be such that the specimen will greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alter- suffer maximum damage when its free native to the leaching assessment is a end is struck by the flat face of a steel demonstration of leaktightness of 10¥4 billet. torr-1/s (1.3 × 10¥4 atm-cm3/s) based on (iv) The billet must strike the speci- air at 25 °C (77 °F) and one atmosphere men so as to produce an impact equiva- differential pressure for solid radio- lent to that resulting from a free active content, or 10¥6 torr-1/s (1.3 × vertical drop of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) 10¥6 atm-cm3/s) for liquid or gaseous through 1 m (3.3 feet). radioactive content; or (v) The flat face of the billet must be (ii) A specimen that comprises or 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate- edges rounded off to a radius of 3 mm rial contained in a sealed capsule need ±0.3 mm (.12 inch ±0.012 inch). not be subjected to the leaching assess- (4) Heat test. The specimen must be ment specified in paragraph (c) of this heated in air to a temperature of not section provided it is alternatively sub- less than 800 °C (1475 °F), held at that jected to any of the volumetric leakage temperature for a period of 10 minutes, assessment tests prescribed in the and then allowed to cool. International Organization for Stand- (c) Leaching assessment methods. (1) ardization document ISO 9978–1992(E): For indispersible solid material— ‘‘Radiation protection—Sealed radio- (i) The specimen shall be immersed active sources—Leakage test methods’’ for seven days in water at ambient (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter). temperature. The volume of water to (b) Test methods—(1) Impact Test. The be used in the test shall be sufficient to specimen must fall onto the target ensure that at the end of the seven day from a height of 9 m (30 feet) or great- test period the free volume of the er. The target must be as specified in unabsorbed and unreacted water re- § 173.465(c)(5). maining shall be at least 10% of the (2) Percussion Test. (i) The specimen volume of the solid test sample itself. must be placed on a sheet of lead that The water shall have an initial pH of 6– is supported by a smooth solid surface, 8 and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/ and struck by the flat face of a steel m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 °C (68 °F). billet so as to produce an impact equiv- (ii) The water with specimen must alent to that resulting from a free drop then be heated to a temperature of 50 of 1.4 kg (3 pounds) through 1 m (3.3 °C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) and maintained at feet). this temperature for four hours. (ii) The flat face of the billet must be (iii) The activity of the water must 2.5 cm (1 inch) in diameter with the then be determined. edge rounded off to a radius of 3 mm (iv) The specimen shall then be kept ±0.3 mm (0.12 inch ±0.012 inch). for at least seven days in still air at (iii) The lead must be of hardness not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale humidity not less than 90%. and thickness not more than 25 mm (1 (v) The specimen must then be im- inch), and must cover an area greater mersed in water under the same condi- than that covered by the specimen. tions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this (iv) A fresh surface of lead must be section, and the water with specimen used for each impact. must be heated to 50 C ±5° (122 °F ±9°) (v) The billet must strike the speci- and maintained at that temperature men so as to cause maximum damage. for four hours. (3) Bending test. (i) This test applies (vi) The activity of the water must only to long, slender sources with a then be determined. The activities de- length of 10 cm (4 inches) or greater termined in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this

805

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00815 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.471 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

section and this paragraph, (c)(1)(vi), tation and transported without addi- may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 tional testing under this section. microcurie). [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as (2) For encapsulated material— amended at 63 FR 37461, July 10, 1998; 64 FR (i) The specimen shall be immersed 51919, Sept. 27, 1999; 66 FR 45184, 45380, 45381, in water at ambient temperature. The Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; water shall have an initial pH of 6–8 69 FR 3692, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40617, July 11, and a maximum conductivity of 1 mS/ 2014] ° ° m (10 micromho/cm) at 20 C (68 F). § 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nu- (ii) The water and specimen must be clear Regulatory Commission ap- heated to a temperature of 50 °C ±5° (122 proved packages. °F ±9°) and maintained at this tempera- In addition to the applicable require- ture for four hours. ments of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory (iii) The activity of the water must Commission (NRC) and other require- then be determined. ments of this subchapter, any offeror of (iv) The specimen shall then be kept a Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile ma- for at least seven days in still air at terial package that has been approved not less than 30 °C (86 °F) and relative by the NRC in accordance with 10 CFR humidity not less than 90%. part 71 must also comply with the fol- (v) The process in paragraphs lowing requirements: (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this (a) The offeror shall be registered section must be repeated. with the USNRC as a party to the (vi) The activity determined in para- packaging approval, and make the graph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not shipment in compliance with the terms of the packaging approval; exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 (b) The outside of each package must microcurie). be durably and legibly marked with the (d) A specimen that comprises or package identification marking indi- simulates Class 7 (radioactive) mate- cated in the USNRC packaging ap- rial contained in a sealed capsule need proval; not be subjected to— (c) Each shipping paper related to the (1) The impact test and the percus- shipment of the package must bear the sion test of this section provided that package identification marking indi- the mass of the special form material cated in the USNRC packaging ap- is— proval; (i) Less than 200 g and it is alter- (d) Before export shipment of the natively subjected to the Class 4 im- package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. pact test prescribed in ISO 2919 (IBR, Competent Authority Certificate for see § 171.7 of this subchapter), or that package design, or if one has al- (ii) Less than 500 g and it is alter- ready been issued, the offeror shall reg- natively subjected to the Class 5 im- ister in writing (including a description pact test prescribed in ISO 2919 (IBR, of the quality assurance program re- see § 171.7 of this subchapter); and quired by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S. (2) The heat test of this section, pro- Competent Authority as a user of the vided the specimen is alternatively certificate. (NOTE: The person who originally applies for a U.S. Competent subjected to the Class 6 temperature Authority Certificate will be registered test specified in the International Or- automatically.) The registration re- ganization for Standardization docu- quest must be sent to the Associate ment ISO 2919 (IBR, see § 171.7 of this Administrator for Hazardous Materials subchapter). Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- (e) Special form materials that were portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- successfully tested prior to October 1, sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590– 2014 in accordance with the require- 0001. Alternatively, the application ments of paragraph (d) of this section with any attached supporting docu- in effect prior to October 1, 2014 may mentation in an appropriate format continue to be offered for transpor- may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by

806

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00816 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.472

electronic mail (e-mail) to (c) The outside of each package must ‘‘[email protected].’’ Upon registration, be durably and legibly marked with the the offeror will be furnished with a package identification marking indi- copy of the certificate. The offeror cated in the U.S. Competent Authority shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Certificate. Competent Authority Certificate ap- (d) Each shipping paper related to the plying to that package design to the shipment of the package must bear the national competent authority of each package identification marking indi- country into or through which the cated in the U.S. Competent Authority package will be transported, unless the Certificate. offeror has documentary evidence that (e) Before export of the package, the a copy has already been furnished; and offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent (e) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package Authority Certificate as required by design, or if one has already been the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the Associate Ad- issued, the offeror shall register in ministrator. The request must be in writing (including a description of the triplicate and include copies of the ap- quality assurance program required by plicable USNRC packaging approval, 10 CFR part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR USNRC Quality Assurance Program ap- 173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Com- proval number, and a reproducible 22 petent Authority as a user of the cer- cm × 30 cm (8.5″ × 11″) drawing showing tificate. Upon registration, the offeror the make-up of the package. The re- will be furnished with a copy of the quest and accompanying documenta- certificate. The offeror shall then sub- tion must be sent to the Associate Ad- mit a copy of the U.S. Competent Au- ministrator for Hazardous Materials thority Certificate applying to that Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- package design to the national com- portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- petent authority of each country into sey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590– or through which the package will be 0001. Alternatively, the application transported, unless the offeror has doc- with any attached supporting docu- umentary evidence that a copy has al- mentation in an appropriate format ready been furnished. may be submitted by facsimile (fax) to (f) Each request for a U.S. Competent (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by Authority Certificate as required by electronic mail (e-mail) to the IAEA regulations must be sub- ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- mitted in writing to the Associate Ad- sidered in the order in which it is re- ministrator. The request must be in ceived. To allow sufficient time for triplicate and must include a descrip- consideration, requests must be re- tion of the quality assurance program ceived at least 90 days before the re- required by 10 CFR part 71, subpart H, quested effective date. or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a re- [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as producible 22 cm × 30 cm (8.5″ × 11″) amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR drawing showing the make-up of the 61014, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; package. A copy of the USNRC quality 70 FR 56099, Sept. 23, 2005; 72 FR 55693, Oct. 1, assurance program approval will sat- 2007] isfy the requirement for describing the § 173.472 Requirements for exporting quality assurance program. The re- DOT Specification Type B and quest and accompanying documenta- fissile packages. tion may be sent by mail or other de- (a) Any offeror who exports a DOT livery service. Alternatively, the re- Specification Type B or fissile material quest with any attached supporting package authorized by § 173.416 or documentation submitted in an appro- § 173.417 shall comply with paragraphs priate format may be sent by facsimile (b) through (f) of this section. (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or (b) The shipment must be made in ac- by electronic mail (e-mail) to cordance with the conditions of the ‘‘[email protected].’’ Each request is con- U.S. Certificate of Competent Author- sidered in the order in which it is re- ity. ceived. To allow sufficient time for

807

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00817 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.473 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

consideration, requests must be re- registration request with any attached ceived at least 90 days before the re- supporting documentation submitted quested effective date. in an appropriate format may be sent [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as by facsimile (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR (202) 366–3650, or by electronic mail (e- 61014, Sept. 27, 2002] mail) to ‘‘[email protected].’’ If the offer- or is requesting the revalidation, reg- § 173.473 Requirements for foreign- istration is automatic; and made packages. (3) Supply to the carrier, upon re- In addition to other applicable request, the applicable competent au- quirements of this subchapter, each of- thority certificates. However, the com- feror of a foreign-made Type B(U), petent authority certificates are not Type B(M), Type C, Type CF, Type required to accompany the packages to H(U), Type H(M), or fissile material which they apply. package for which a Competent Au- (b) The outside of each package must thority Certificate is required by be durably and legibly marked with the IAEA’s ‘‘Regulations for the Safe competent authority identification Transport of Radioactive Material, marking indicated on the Competent SSR–6, ’’ (IBR, see § 171.7 of this sub- Authority Certificate and revalidation. chapter) shall also comply with the fol- (c) Each shipping paper for a ship- lowing requirements: ment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials (a) Prior to the shipment of such a must bear a notation of the package package of Class 7 (radioactive) mate- identification marking indicated on rials into or from the U.S., the offeror the competent authority certificate or shall— revalidation. (1) Have the foreign competent au- (d) All requirements of the foreign thority certificate revalidated by the competent authority certificate and U.S. Competent Authority, unless this the U.S. Competent Authority re- has been done previously. Each request validation must be fulfilled. for revalidation must be in triplicate, contain all the information required by [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as Section VIII of the IAEA regulations in amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR ‘‘IAEA Regulations for the Safe Trans- 16015, Sept. 27, 2002; 68 FR 75742, 75747, Dec. port of Radioactive Material, SSR–6’’ 31, 2003; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; 79 FR 40617, (IBR, see § 171.7 of this subchapter), and July 11, 2014; 80 FR 1163, Jan. 8, 2015] include a copy in English of the foreign § 173.474 Quality control for construc- competent authority certificate. The tion of packaging. request and accompanying documentation must be sent to the Associate Ad- Prior to the first use of any pack- ministrator for Hazardous Materials aging for the shipment of Class 7 (ra- Safety (PHH–23), Department of Trans- dioactive) material, the offeror shall portation, East Building, 1200 New Jer- determine that— sey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590– (a) The packaging meets the quality 0001. Alternatively, the request with of design and construction require- any attached supporting documenta- ments as specified in this subchapter; tion submitted in an appropriate for- and mat may be sent by facsimile (fax) to (b) The effectiveness of the shielding, (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or by containment and, when required, the electronic mail to ‘‘[email protected].’’ heat transfer characteristics of the Each request is considered in the order package, are within the limits specified in which it is received. To allow suffi- for the package design. cient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before § 173.475 Quality control requirements the requested effective date; prior to each shipment of Class 7 (2) Register in writing with the U.S. (radioactive) materials. Competent Authority as a user of the Before each shipment of any Class 7 package covered by the foreign com- (radioactive) materials package, the of- petent authority certificate and its feror must ensure, by examination or U.S. revalidation. Alternatively, the appropriate tests, that—

808

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00818 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT § 173.476

(a) The packaging is proper for the material. For special form material contents to be shipped; manufactured outside the United (b) The packaging is in unimpaired States, an IAEA Certificate of Com- physical condition, except for super- petent Authority from the country of ficial marks; origin may be used to meet this re- (c) Each closure device of the pack- quirement. aging, including any required gasket, is (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent properly installed, secured, and free of Authority Certificate as required by defects; the IAEA regulations must be sub- (d) For fissile material, each moder- mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail ator and neutron absorber, if required, or other delivery service to the Asso- is present and in proper condition; ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the (e) Each special instruction for fill- request with any attached supporting ing, closing, and preparation of the documentation submitted in an appro- packaging for shipment has been fol- priate format may be sent by facsimile lowed; (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or (f) Each closure, valve, or other open- by electronic mail (e-mail) to ing of the containment system through ‘‘[email protected].’’. Each request is which the radioactive content might considered in the order in which it is escape is properly closed and sealed; received. To allow sufficient time for (g) Each packaging containing liquid consideration, requests must be rein excess of an A2 quantity and in- ceived at least 90 days before the re- tended for air shipment has been tested quested effective date. Each petition to show that it will not leak under an for a U.S. Competent Authority Certifi- ambient atmospheric pressure of not cate must include the following infor- more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia). mation: The test must be conducted on the en- (1) A detailed description of the ma- tire containment system, or on any re- terial, or if a capsule, a detailed de- ceptacle or vessel within the contain- scription of the contents. Particular ment system, to determine compliance reference must be made to both phys- with this requirement; ical and chemical states; (h) The internal pressure of the con- (2) A detailed statement of the cap- tainment system will not exceed the sule design and dimensions, including design pressure during transportation; complete engineering drawings [22cm × and 30cm (81⁄2 inches × 11 inches)] and sched- (i) External radiation and contamina- ules of material, and methods of con- tion levels are within the allowable struction; limits specified in this subchapter. (3) A statement of the tests that have been made and their results; or evi- § 173.476 Approval of special form dence based on calculative methods to Class 7 (radioactive) materials. show that the material is able to pass (a) Each offeror of special form Class the tests; or other evidence that the 7 (radioactive) materials must main- special form Class 7 (radioactive) mate- tain on file for at least two years after rial complies with § 173.469; the offeror’s latest shipment, and pro- (4) For the original request for a vide to the Associate Administrator on Competent Authority Certificate, evi- request, a complete safety analysis, in- dence of a quality assurance program cluding documentation of any tests, based on international, national or demonstrating that the special form other standards, for the design, manu- material meets the requirements of facture, testing, documentation, use, § 173.469. An IAEA Certificate of Com- maintenance and inspection, as appro- petent Authority issued for the special priate, of all special form material of- form material may be used to satisfy fered for transport by the requester; this requirement. and (b) Prior to the first export shipment (5) A description of any proposed pre- of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) shipment actions, such as leak testing, material from the United States, each for use in the consignment of special offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent form radioactive material for trans- Authority Certificate for the specific port.

809

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00819 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB § 173.477 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec- quested effective date. Each request for tion do not apply in those cases where a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate A1 equals A2 and the material is not re- must include the following informa- quired to be described on the shipping tion: papers as ‘‘Radioactive Material, Type (1) A safety analysis report which, at A Package, Special Form’’ or as ‘‘Ra- a minimum, provides a detailed de- dioactive Material, Type A Package, scription of the packaging and con- Special Form, Fissile.’’ tents; a description of the manufacturing process used for the packaging; [Amdt. 173–244, 60 FR 50307, Sept. 28, 1995, as amended at 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001; 67 FR and details of the tests conducted and 61015, Sept. 27, 2002; 69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004; copy of their results, evidence based on 78 FR 60754, Oct. 2, 2013; 79 FR 40617, July 11, calculative methods to show that the 2014] package is able to pass the tests, or other evidence that the package com- § 173.477 Approval of packagings con- plies with § 173.420; and taining greater than 0.1 kg of non- (2) For the original request for a fissile or fissile-excepted uranium Competent Authority Certificate, evi- hexafluoride. dence of a quality assurance program. (a) Each offeror of a package containing more than 0.1 kg of uranium [69 FR 3693, Jan. 26, 2004, as amended at 79 FR 40617, July 11, 2014] hexafluoride must maintain on file for at least two years after the offeror’s latest shipment, and provide to the As- Subparts J–O [Reserved] sociate Administrator on request, a complete safety analysis, including documentation of any tests, demonstrating that the package meets the APPENDIX A TO PART 173 [RESERVED] requirements of § 173.420. An IAEA Cer- tificate of Competent Authority issued APPENDIX B TO PART 173—PROCEDURE for the design of the packaging con- FOR TESTING CHEMICAL COMPAT- taining greater than 0.1 kg of non- IBILITY AND RATE OF PERMEATION IN fissile or fissile-exempted uranium PLASTIC PACKAGING AND RECEP- hexafluoride may be used to satisfy TACLES this requirement. 1. The purpose of this procedure is to deter- (b) Prior to the first export shipment mine the chemical compatibility and perme- of a package containing greater than ability of liquid hazardous materials pack- 0.1 kg of uranium hexafluoride from aged in plastic packaging and receptacles. the United States, each offeror shall Alternatives for this procedure are permitted obtain a U.S. Competent Authority as specified in § 173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this subchapter. Certificate for the packaging design. 2. Compatibility and rate of permeation For packagings manufactured outside are determined by subjecting full size plastic the United States, each offeror shall containers (or smaller containers as per- comply with § 173.473. mitted in paragraph 4 of this appendix) and (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent hazardous material lading to one of the fol- Authority Certificate as required by lowing combinations of time and tempera- the IAEA regulations must be sub- ture: mitted in writing, in triplicate, by mail a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature no lower than 18 °C. (64 °F.) or other delivery service to the Asso- b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature ciate Administrator. Alternatively, the no lower than 50 °C. (122 °F.) request with any attached supporting c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature documentation submitted in an appro- no lower than 60 °C. (140 °F.) priate format may be sent by facsimile 3. Regardless of which test method is used, (fax) to (202) 366–3753 or (202) 366–3650, or at least three sample containers shall be by electronic mail (e-mail) to tested for each combination of hazardous [email protected]. Each request is con- material and size and design of container. Fill containers to rated capacity with the sidered in the order in which it is re- specific hazardous material (at the con- ceived. To allow sufficient time for centration to be transported) and close as for consideration, requests must be reshipment. For the first and last 24 hours of ceived at least 90 days before the re- storage under the selected test method, place

810

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00820 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. D

the containers with closures downward, ex- falling off the platform, but must be left free cept that containers fitted with a vent are so to move vertically, bounce and rotate. placed on each occasion for five minutes 3. The test must be performed continu- only. ously for one hour at a frequency that causes 4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in each package to be raised from the vibrating those instances where it is not practicable to platform to such a degree that a piece of ma- use full size containers, smaller containers terial of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) may be used. The small container shall be thickness (such as steel strapping or paper- manufactured by the same process as the board) can be passed between the bottom of larger container (for example, using the any package and the platform. same method of molding and processing tem- 4. Immediately following the period of vi- peratures) and be made of identical resins, bration, each package shall be removed from pigments and additives. the platform, turned on its side and observed 5. Determine filled container weight or net for any evidence of leakage. weight of contents both before and after 5. Rupture or leakage from any of the storage under the selected test method. Rate packages constitutes failure of the test. of permeation is determined from loss of haz- [Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52671, Dec. 21, 1990] ardous materials contents, during the con- duct of the test, expressed as a percentage of APPENDIX D TO PART 173—TEST METH- the original weight. ODS FOR DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, 6. After storage under the selected test method, the container shall be drained, BLASTING, TYPE A) rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water 1. TEST METHOD D–1—LEAKAGE TEST and, with filled container at ambient temperature, dropped from a height determined A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long in accordance with § 178.603(e) of this sub- and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) inch in diameter, with chapter onto a rigid non-resilient, flat and a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in horizontal surface. one end of the wrapper of a dynamite car- 7. Each of the following constitute test tridge. A cork stopper is placed on the bot- failure: tom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dy- a. Visible evidence of permanent deforma- namite cartridge is placed, perforated end tion due to vapor pressure build-up or col- down, resting on the cork stopper in the cyl- lapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, craz- inder. The entire assembly is placed in an ing, cracking, excessive corrosion, oven at 38 °C (100 °F) for 48 hours and then oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, rupture examined visually for evidence of leakage. or other defects likely to cause premature failure or a hazardous condition. 2. TEST METHOD D–2—Centrifugal Exudation Test b. For materials meeting the definition of a poison according to this subchapter, a rate The test apparatus consists of a glass tube, of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in di- over the test period. For all other hazardous ameter, with both ends open, and is assem- materials, a rate of permeation in excess of bled in the following manner: 2.0% determined over the test period. (a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of diameter equal to the inner diameter of the [Amdt. 173–176, 49 FR 24691, June 14, 1984, as glass tube; amended by Amdt. 173–224, 55 FR 52670 Dec. (b) Place a small amount of absorbent cot- 21, 1990; 56 FR 66279, Dec. 20, 1991; Amdt. 173– ton on top of the plug; 234, 58 FR 51533, Oct. 1, 1993; 66 FR 45379, Aug. 28, 2001] (c) Place a plastic disk that matches the inner diameter to the glass tube and has seven small perforations on top of the cot- APPENDIX C TO PART 173—PROCEDURE ton; and FOR BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING (d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite Base-level vibration testing shall be con- sample on top of the disk. ducted as follows: The assembled glass tube is then placed in a 1. Three sample packagings, selected at hand-operated centrifuge and spun for one random, must be filled and closed as for ship- minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute). ment. A non-hazardous material may be used The dynamite sample is then removed from in place of the hazardous material if it has the glass tube and weighed to determine the essentially the same physical characteris- percent of weight loss. tics. 3. TEST METHOD D–3—Compression Exudation 2. The three packages must be placed on a Test vibrating platform that has a vertical double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) The entire apparatus for this test is shown of one inch. The packages should be con- in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is con- strained horizontally to prevent them from ducted using the following procedures:

811

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00821 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pt. 173, App. H 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

(a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long small perforations is placed on top of the and one inch in diameter, is held on a wood- cotton; en base; (f) A plastic plug matching the inner di- (b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is ameter of the glass tube is then placed on placed into the bottom of the glass tube; top of the disk; (c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample (g) The glass tube assembly is placed under are placed on top of the cotton in the glass the compression rod, and compression is applied by means of the weight on the metal tube; lever rod. The sample is compressed for one (d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is minute; and placed on top of the dynamite sample; (h) The dynamite sample is then removed (e) A plastic disk that matches the inner from the glass tube and weighed to deter- diameter of the glass tube and has seven mine the percent of weight loss.

APPENDIXES E–G TO PART 173 temperature. A specified volume of the ma- [RESERVED] terial under test is transferred to the well, and its ability to sustain combustion is APPENDIX H TO PART 173—METHOD OF noted after application and subsequent removal of a standard flame under specified TESTING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUS- conditions. TIBILITY 3. APPARATUS 1. METHOD A combustibility tester consisting of a The method describes a procedure for de- block of aluminum alloy or other corrosion- termining if the material when heated under resistant metal of high thermal conductivity the test conditions and exposed to an exter- is used. The block has a concave well and a nal source of flame applied in a standard pocket drilled to take a thermometer. A manner sustains combustion. small gas jet assembly on a swivel is attached to the block. The handle and gas inlet 2. PRINCIPLE OF THE METHOD for the gas jet may be fitted at any conven- A metal block with a concave depression ient angle to the gas jet. A suitable appa- (test portion well) is heated to a specified ratus is shown in Figure 32.5.2.1 of the UN

812

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00822 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB EC02MR91.067 Pipeline and Haz. Matls. Safety Admin., DOT Pt. 173, App. H

Manual of Test and Criteria (IBR, see (171.7 above the top of the well when in the test po- of this subchapter), and the essential dimen- sition. sions are given in Figures 32.5.2.1 and 32.5.2.2 (c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet of the UN Manual and Tests and Criteria. away from the test position (i.e. in the ‘‘off’’ The following equipment is needed: position, away from the well). Adjust the (a) Gauge, for checking that the height of size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm the center of the gas jet above the top of the high and approximately 5 mm wide. test portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure (d) Using the syringe, take from the sam- 32.5.2.1); ple container at least 2 mL of the sample and (b) Thermometer, mercury in glass, for hori- rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 mL ±0.1 zontal operation, with a sensitivity not less mL to the well of the combustibility tester than 1 mm/ °C, or other measuring device of and immediately start the timing device. equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at (e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s), 0.5 °C intervals. When in position in the by which time the test portion is deemed to block, the thermometer bulb must be sur- have reached its equilibrium temperature, rounded with thermally conducting thermo- and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing plastic compound; the test flame into the test position over the (c) Hotplate, fitted with a temperature-con- edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this trol device. (Other types of apparatus with position for 15 s and then return it to the suitable temperature-control facilities may ‘‘off’’ position while observing the behavior be employed to heat the metal block); of the test portion. The test flame must re- (d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing de- main lighted throughout the test. vice; (f) For each test observe and record: (e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 mL to (i) whether there is ignition and sustained an accuracy of ±0.1 mL; and combustion or flashing, or neither, of the (f) Fuel source, butane test fuel. test portion before the test flame is moved into the test position; 4. SAMPLING (ii) whether the test portion ignites while the test flame is in the test position, and, if The sample must be representative of the so, how long combustion is sustained after material to be tested and must be supplied the test flame is returned to the ‘‘off’’ posi- and kept in a tightly closed container prior tion. to test. Because of the possibility of loss of (g) If sustained combustion interpreted in volatile constituents, the sample must re- accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen- ceive only the minimum treatment nec- dix is not found, repeat the complete proce- essary to ensure its homogeneity. After re- dure with new test portions, but with a heat- moving each test portion, the sample con- ing time of 30 s. tainer must be immediately closed tightly to (h) If sustained combustion interpreted in ensure that no volatile components escape accordance with paragraph 6. of this appen- from the container; if this closure is incom- dix is not found at a test temperature of 60 plete, an entirely new sample must be taken. °C (140 °F), repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test tem- 5. PROCEDURE perature of 75 °C (167 °F). In the case of a ma- Carry out the determination in triplicate. terial which has a flash point above 60 °C (140 WARNING—Do not carry out the test in a °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F), if sustained com- small confined area (for example a glove box) bustion interpreted in accordance with para- because of the hazard of explosions. graph 6. of this appendix is not found at a (a) It is essential that the apparatus be set test temperature of 5 °C (9 °F) above its flash up in a completely draft-free area (see warn- point, repeat the complete procedure with ing) and in the absence of strong light to fa- new test portions, but at a test temperature cilitate observation of flash, flame, etc. of 20 °C (36 °F) above its flash point. (b) Place the metal block on the hotplate or heat the metal block by other suitable 6. INTERPRETATION OF OBSERVATIONS means so that its temperature, as indicated The material must be assessed either as by the thermometer placed in the metal not sustaining combustion or as sustaining block, is maintained at the specified tem- combustion. Sustained combustion must be perature within a tolerance of ±1 °C. For the reported at either of the heating times if one appropriate test temperature, see paragraph of the following occurs with either of the 5.(h) of this appendix. Correct this tempera- test portions: ture for the difference in barometric pressure (a) When the test flame is in the ‘‘off’’ posi- from the standard atmospheric pressure tion, the test portion ignites and sustains (101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature combustion; for a higher pressure or lowering the test (b) The test portion ignites while the test temperature for a lower pressure by 1.0 °C for flame is in the test position for 15 s, and sus- each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of tains combustion for more than 15 s after the the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use test flame has been returned to the ‘‘off’’ po- the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm sition.

813

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00823 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB Pt. 173, App. I 49 CFR Ch. I (10–1–20 Edition)

NOTE TO PARAGRAPH 6 OF THIS APPENDIX: material must be deemed to sustain combus- Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted tion. as sustained combustion. Normally, at the [Amdt. 173–241, 59 FR 67517, Dec. 29, 1994, as end of 15 s, the combustion has either clearly amended by Amdt. 173–255, 61 FR 50627, Sept. ceased or continues. In cases of doubt, the 26, 1996; 66 FR 45381, Aug. 28, 2001; 68 FR 75747, Dec. 31, 2003; 69 FR 76179, Dec. 20, 2004; 71 FR 78634, Dec. 29, 2006]

APPENDIX I TO PART 173—CALCULATION METHOD

[85 FR 27897, May 11, 2020] 174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous materials at destination. PART 174—CARRIAGE BY RAIL 174.20 Local or carrier restrictions. Subpart B—General Operating Subpart A—General Requirements Requirements

Sec. 174.24 Shipping papers. 174.1 Purpose and scope. 174.26 Notice to train crews. 174.2 Limitation on actions by states, local 174.50 Nonconforming or leaking packages. governments, and Indian tribes. 174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials Subpart C—General Handling and Loading shipments. Requirements 174.5 Carrier’s materials and supplies. 174.9 Safety and security inspection and ac- 174.55 General requirements. ceptance. 174.57 Cleaning cars. 174.14 Movements to be expedited. 174.59 Marking and placarding of rail cars.

814

VerDate Sep<11>2014 16:40 Nov 25, 2020 Jkt 250227 PO 00000 Frm 00824 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\49\49V2.TXT PC31 kpayne on VMOFRWIN702 with $$_JOB ER11MY20.003